S-2/A 1 s-2a.txt As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 12, 2004 Registration No. 333-116742 ================================================================================ UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549 PRE-EFFECTIVE AMENDMENT NO. 2 TO FORM S-2 REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 AMERICAN BUSINESS FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter) DELAWARE 87-0418807 --------------------------------------- --------------------------- (State or other jurisdiction of (I.R.S. Employer incorporation or organization) Identification No.) AMERICAN BUSINESS FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. 103 Springer Building 3411 Silverside Road Wilmington, Delaware 19810 (302) 478-6160 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- (Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant's principal executive offices) ANTHONY J. SANTILLI Chairman, President, Chief Executive Officer, Chief Operating Officer and Director American Business Financial Services, Inc. 100 Penn Square East Philadelphia, PA 19107 (215) 940-4000 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- (Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service) Copies to: JANE K. STORERO, ESQUIRE Blank Rome LLP One Logan Square Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19103-6998 (215) 569-5500 Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective. If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act, check the following box. [X] If the registrant elects to deliver its latest annual report to security holders, or a complete and legal facsimile thereof, pursuant to Item 11(a)(1) of this Form, check the following box. [_] If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. [_] If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. [_] If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. [_] If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434, check the following box. [_] THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL FILE A FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(A) OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR UNTIL THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL BECOME EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION, ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION 8(A), MAY DETERMINE. The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted. SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED NOVEMBER 12, 2004 ABFS(SM) AMERICAN BUSINESS FINANCIAL SERVICES $280,000,000 OF SUBORDINATED DEBENTURES We are offering subordinated investment notes and variable rate demand notes, collectively referred to as subordinated debentures in this document. We offer investment notes which are debt obligations with stated maturities or terms generally ranging from three months to 120 months, as described in a supplement to this prospectus. The variable rate demand notes are our unsecured, adjustable-rate debt obligations which have no stated or fixed maturity date. For a more detailed description of these securities, see "Prospectus Summary -- Highlights of Terms of the Subordinated Debentures Offered" on page 13 and "Description of the Subordinated Debentures Offered and the Indenture" on page 41. The minimum purchase requirement is $1,000. We will provide the interest rates currently being offered on the subordinated debentures in a rate supplement to this prospectus. You should read this prospectus and the rate supplement carefully before you invest. We will receive all of the proceeds from the sale of the subordinated debentures, which we estimate will total approximately $274.6 million after paying expenses, assuming the sale of all $280.0 million of subordinated debentures. We intend to use the proceeds of the offering to repay maturing subordinated debentures and other obligations and to fund our operations, including our operating losses. If we obtain less than $274.6 million of net proceeds in this offering, we may be required to implement our contingent financial restructuring plan. See "Use of Proceeds" on page 40. We do not currently use a broker-dealer or an agent to assist us in the sale of the subordinated debentures. We are offering subordinated debentures on the best efforts basis through certain of our officers who are not separately compensated for their services in connection with the sale of subordinated debentures. Your order is irrevocable upon receipt by us. We reserve the right to withdraw or cancel the offering at any time. In the event of a withdrawal or cancellation, orders previously received will be irrevocable and no funds will be refunded. This offering will terminate upon the earlier of: (i) the date that all $280.0 million of subordinated debentures are sold; (ii) the date we terminate the offering; or (iii) October 31, 2005, unless extended by us. See "Plan of Distribution" on page 204. We incurred a net loss attributable to common stock of $28.7 million for the first quarter of fiscal 2005 and $115.1 million for fiscal 2004, respectively. We had total assets of $1.1 billion and $1.0 billion at September 30, 2004 and June 30, 2004, respectively. We originated $629.7 million of loans in the first quarter of fiscal 2005 and $982.7 million of loans in fiscal 2004, respectively. Loan originations for fiscal 2004 represent a substantial reduction in loan originations as compared to fiscal 2003. THE SUBORDINATED DEBENTURES OFFERED BY THIS PROSPECTUS ARE NOT CERTIFICATES OF DEPOSIT OR OTHER OBLIGATIONS OF, OR GUARANTEED BY, A DEPOSITORY INSTITUTION. THE PAYMENT OF PRINCIPAL AND INTEREST ON THE SUBORDINATED DEBENTURES IS NOT INSURED BY THE FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION OR GUARANTEED BY THE FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION, ANY GOVERNMENTAL OR PRIVATE INSURANCE FUND, OR ANY OTHER ENTITY. IN THE EVENT OF OUR BANKRUPTCY OR LIQUIDATION, YOU COULD LOSE YOUR ENTIRE INVESTMENT. THE SUBORDINATED DEBENTURES ARE OUR UNSECURED OBLIGATIONS. WE DO NOT CONTRIBUTE FUNDS TO A SEPARATE ACCOUNT SUCH AS A SINKING FUND TO REPAY THE SUBORDINATED DEBENTURES UPON MATURITY. There is no public trading market for the subordinated debentures and it is unlikely that an active trading market will develop or be sustained. THESE SECURITIES ARE UNSECURED OBLIGATIONS, WHICH ARE SUBORDINATED TO OR SECOND IN RIGHT OF REPAYMENT TO OUR SENIOR DEBT, DEBT OF OUR SUBSIDIARIES AND SENIOR COLLATERALIZED SUBORDINATED NOTES ISSUED IN THE EXCHANGE OFFERS TO THE EXTENT OF THE COLLATERAL SECURING THE NOTES. AS OF SEPTEMBER 30, 2004, THERE WAS $378.9 MILLION OF SECURED AND SENIOR DEBT AND SUBSIDIARY DEBT OUTSTANDING. IN ADDITION, AS OF SEPTEMBER 30, 2004, WE HAD $490.0 MILLION OF INDEBTEDNESS WHICH WILL RANK EQUALLY IN RIGHT OF PAYMENT WITH THE SUBORDINATED DEBENTURES OFFERED BY THIS PROSPECTUS. IN THE EVENT WE DO NOT GENERATE SUFFICIENT CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATIONS TO REPAY THE SUBORDINATED DEBENTURES, YOU COULD LOSE ALL OR A PART OF YOUR INVESTMENT. AN INVESTMENT IN THE SUBORDINATED DEBENTURES IS HIGHLY SPECULATIVE AND INVOLVES A HIGH DEGREE OF RISK. YOU SHOULD ONLY INVEST IN THE SUBORDINATED DEBENTURES IF YOU CAN AFFORD TO LOSE YOUR ENTIRE INVESTMENT. YOU SHOULD CONSIDER CAREFULLY THE NUMEROUS RISK FACTORS AND THE OTHER INFORMATION SET FORTH IN THIS PROSPECTUS BEFORE YOU DECIDE TO PURCHASE THE SUBORDINATED DEBENTURES. SEE "RISK FACTORS" BEGINNING ON PAGE 15 FOR A DISCUSSION OF THE MATERIAL RISKS RELATED TO THIS OFFERING AND OUR BUSINESS. NEITHER THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION NOR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION HAS APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED OF THESE SECURITIES OR PASSED UPON THE ADEQUACY OR ACCURACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE. THE DATE OF THIS PROSPECTUS IS _________________, 2004 TABLE OF CONTENTS
PAGE ---- Prospectus Summary ...................................................... 1 Recent Developments .................................................... 3 Highlights of Terms of the Subordinated Debentures Offered ............. 13 Risk Factors ............................................................ 15 Forward-Looking Statements .............................................. 40 Use of Proceeds ......................................................... 40 Description of the Subordinated Debentures Offered and the Indenture .... 41 Selected Consolidated Financial Data .................................... 52 Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations ......................................................... 56 Business ................................................................ 168 Where You Can Find More Information ..................................... 195 Management .............................................................. 196 Principal Stockholders .................................................. 199 Market for Common Stock and Related Stockholder Matters ................. 202 Plan of Distribution .................................................... 204 Legal Matters ........................................................... 205 Experts ................................................................. 205 Index to Consolidated Financial Statements .............................. F-1
i PROSPECTUS SUMMARY THIS SUMMARY INCLUDES AN OVERVIEW OF THE MATERIAL TERMS OF THE OFFERING WHICH ARE DISCUSSED IN DETAIL IN THIS PROSPECTUS. IT DOES NOT CONTAIN ALL OF THE INFORMATION THAT IS NECESSARY TO MAKE AN INFORMED INVESTMENT DECISION. TO FULLY UNDERSTAND THE OFFERING, YOU SHOULD READ THE ENTIRE PROSPECTUS CAREFULLY, INCLUDING THE "RISK FACTORS," "MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS," THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND THE "DESCRIPTION OF THE SUBORDINATED DEBENTURES OFFERED AND THE INDENTURE" BEFORE YOU DECIDE TO PURCHASE THE SUBORDINATED DEBENTURES. GENERAL INFORMATION REGARDING OUR BUSINESS American Business Financial Services, Inc. is a financial services organization operating mainly in the eastern and central portions of the United States. Recent expansion has positioned us to increase our operations in the western portion of the United States, especially California. Through our principal direct and indirect subsidiaries, we currently originate, sell and service home equity and purchase money mortgage loans, to which we refer as home mortgage loans, secured by first or second mortgages on one-to-four family residences, which may not satisfy the eligibility requirements of Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac or similar buyers. During the first quarter of fiscal 2005, 91.0% of loans originated by us were secured by first mortgages and 9.0% of loans originated by us were secured by second mortgages. During fiscal 2004, 89.9% of loans originated by us were secured by first mortgages and 10.1% of loans originated by us were secured by second mortgages. See "Business -- Lending Activities -- Home Mortgage Loans" on page 173 for a description of our home mortgage loan lending activities. Additionally, we service loans to businesses secured by real estate and other business assets that we had originated and sold in prior periods, which we refer to in this document as business purpose loans. Our originations of business purpose loans during the first quarter of fiscal 2005 and the fiscal year ended June 30, 2004 totaled less than $1.0 million. To the extent we obtain a credit facility to fund business purpose loans, we may originate and sell business purpose loans in future periods. Our customers are primarily credit-impaired borrowers who are generally unable to obtain financing from banks or savings and loan associations and who are attracted to our products and services. This type of borrower is commonly referred to as a subprime borrower. Loans made to subprime borrowers are frequently referred to as subprime loans. Financial institutions utilize a credit rating system referred to as a FICO score to evaluate the creditworthiness of borrowers and as a means to establish their risk associated with lending to a particular borrower. The higher the FICO score, which can range from 300 to 850, the more creditworthy the borrower is. Generally, borrowers with FICO scores of 720 to 850 would receive the most favorable interest rates. During the three months ended September 30, 2004 and fiscal 2004, the average FICO score of our subprime home mortgage borrowers was 632 and 623, respectively. According to Standard & Poor's, subprime lenders issued securitized transactions with mixed collateral (fixed and adjustable-rate mortgage loans) with a range of average FICO scores between 584 and 642 during the second quarter of calendar 2004. Our business strategy has generally involved the sale of substantially all of the loans we originate through a combination of loan sales with servicing released, which we refer to as whole loan sales, and securitizations. Our determination as to whether to dispose of loans through securitizations or whole loan sales depends on a variety of factors including market conditions, profitability and cash flow considerations. From 1995 through the fourth quarter of fiscal 2003, we have elected to utilize securitization transactions extensively due to the favorable conditions we experienced in the securitization markets. We generally realized higher gain on sale in our securitization transactions than on whole loan sales for cash. In whole loan sale transactions, the gain on sale is generally significantly lower than the gains realized in securitization transactions, but we receive the gain in cash. Due to our inability to securitize our loans in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2003, we adjusted our business strategy to 1 emphasize more whole loan sales. The use of whole loan sales enables us to more rapidly generate cash flow, protect against volatility in the securitization markets and reduce risks inherent in retaining an interest in the securitized loans. However, unlike securitizations, where we may retain the right to service the loans we sell for a fee, which we refer to as servicing rights, whole loan sales are typically structured as a sale with servicing rights released and do not result in our receipt of interest-only strips. As a result, using whole loan sales more extensively in the future will reduce our income from servicing activities and limit the amount of securitization assets created. Of the $629.7 million of loans originated by us during the three months ended September 30, 2004, approximately 52% of these loans were sold in whole loan sales with servicing released and the remainder were on our balance sheet at September 30, 2004. Of the $982.7 million of loans originated by us in fiscal 2004, at June 30, 2004, approximately 10% of these loans were securitized, approximately 60% of these loans were sold in whole loan sales with servicing released and the remainder were on our balance sheet at June 30, 2004 as available for sale pending future sale. We do not intend to hold any of these loans on our balance sheet permanently. See "Prospectus Summary -- Recent Developments" on page 3, "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations -- Whole Loan Sales" on page 114 and "Business -- Whole Loan Sales" on page 187. When we securitize loans originated by our subsidiaries, we may retain interests in the securitized loans in the form of interest-only strips and servicing rights, which we refer to as our securitization assets. A securitization is a financing technique often used by originators of financial assets to raise capital. A securitization involves the transfer of a pool of financial assets, in our case, loans, to a trust in exchange for certificates, notes or other securities issued by the trust and representing an undivided interest in the trust assets. The transfer to the trust involves a sale and pledge of the financial assets, as well as providing representations and warranties regarding these transferred assets, depending on the particular transaction. Next, the trust sells a portion of the certificates, notes or other securities to investors for cash. Often the originator of the loans retains the servicing rights and may also retain an interest in the cash flows generated by the securitized loans which is subordinate to the interest represented by the notes or certificates sold to investors in the securitizations. This interest in the cash flows generated by the securitized loans is called an interest-only strip. See "Business -- Securitizations" on page 185 and "Business -- Loan Servicing and Administrative Procedures" on page 182 for further information. Loans and leases in which we have interests, either because the loans and leases are on our balance sheet or sold into securitizations in which we have retained interests, are referred to as our total portfolio. The managed portfolio includes loans held as available for sale on our balance sheet and loans serviced for others. In addition to other sources, we fund our operations with subordinated debentures that we offer from our principal operating office located in Philadelphia, Pennsylvania. We offer these subordinated debentures without the assistance of an underwriter or broker-dealer. At September 30, 2004, we had $490.0 million in subordinated debentures outstanding which included investment notes and variable rate demand notes. These subordinated debentures had a weighted-average interest rate of 10.30% and a weighted-average remaining maturity of 10.30 months at September 30, 2004. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations -- Liquidity and Capital Resources" on page 62. Our principal corporate office is located at 103 Springer Building, 3411 Silverside Road, Wilmington, Delaware 19810. The telephone number at that address is (302) 478-6160. Our principal operating office is located at The Wanamaker Building, 100 Penn Square East, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19107. The telephone number at the Philadelphia office is (215) 940-4000. We maintain a web site on the World Wide Web at www.abfsonline.com. The information on our web site is not and should not be considered part of this document and is not incorporated into this prospectus by reference. This web site is only intended to be an inactive textual reference. 2 RECENT DEVELOPMENTS EFFECT OF EXCHANGE OFFERS ON SUBORDINATED DEBENTURES ISSUED IN THIS OFFERING. During fiscal 2004, we made two offers to exchange eligible subordinated debentures for other securities, including senior collateralized subordinated notes and Series A convertible preferred stock, referred to as the Series A preferred stock. The first exchange offer and the second exchange offer are collectively referred to as the exchange offers in this document. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations -- Overview -- Exchange Offers" on page 59 and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations -- Liquidity and Capital Resources -- Subordinated Debentures" on page 78 for a more detailed discussion of the exchange offers. As a result of the exchange offers, subordinated debentures outstanding decreased by $208.6 million, senior collateralized subordinated notes increased by $99.2 million and our stockholders' equity increased by $109.4 million. In the event of our liquidation, holders of subordinated debentures would be repaid only if funds remain after the repayment of our senior debt, subsidiary debt (to the extent of the assets of the subsidiary), and the principal and interest on the senior collateralized subordinated notes issued in the exchange offers to the extent of the collateral for such notes. In addition, in the event of our liquidation, if the collateral securing the senior collateralized subordinated notes is not sufficient to repay the senior collateralized subordinated notes outstanding (including accrued and unpaid interest) in full, the unpaid portion of the senior collateralized subordinated notes will be equal in right of repayment with the outstanding subordinated debentures and, therefore, will dilute the amount of assets available, if any, to repay the principal and interest on the subordinated debentures. See "Description of the Subordinated Debentures Offered and the Indenture - Provisions Relating to All Securities" on page 47 and "Risk Factors -- Since subordinated debentures are unsecured and junior in right of repayment to our senior debt borrowed from institutional lenders and subsidiary debt, including credit facilities and warehouse lines of credit, as well as senior collateralized subordinated notes to the extent of the collateral securing such notes, in the event of insolvency, holders of subordinated debentures would be repaid only if funds remain after the repayment of our senior debt, subsidiary debt and principal and interest on the senior collateralized subordinated notes to the extent of the collateral securing such notes" on page 18. Depending on market conditions and our financial condition, we may engage in additional exchange offers in the future and we intend to engage in another exchange offer in the second quarter of fiscal 2005. Our ability to engage in future exchange offers of this type may be limited by the availability of collateral to secure the senior collateralized subordinated notes issued in future exchange offers. OUR RECENT FINANCIAL DIFFICULTIES AND LIQUIDITY CONCERNS. Several events and issues, which occurred beginning in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2003, have negatively impacted our short-term liquidity and contributed to our losses for fiscal 2003, fiscal 2004 and the first quarter of fiscal 2005. These events included our inability to complete publicly underwritten securitizations since the fourth quarter of fiscal 2003 (we completed a privately-placed securitization in the second quarter of fiscal 2004), our inability to draw down upon and the expiration of several of our credit facilities during the first six months of fiscal 2004, and our temporary discontinuation of sales of new subordinated debentures for approximately a six-week period during the first quarter of fiscal 2004. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations -- Overview" on page 56 for information regarding our continued inability to complete publicly underwritten securitizations. As a result of these liquidity issues our loan origination volume during fiscal 2004 was substantially reduced. From July 1, 2003 through June 30, 2004, we originated $982.7 million of loans, as compared to originations of $1.67 billion of loans for the same period in fiscal 2003. During the quarter ended September 30, 2004, we originated $629.7 million of loans, as compared to $124.1 million of loans originated during the quarter ended September 30, 2003. 3 We anticipate that depending upon the size of our future quarterly securitizations, if any, we will need to increase our loan originations to approximately $400.0 million to $500.0 million per month to return to profitable operations. If we are unable to complete quarterly securitizations, we will need to increase our loan originations to approximately $500.0 million to $600.0 million per month to return to profitability. Our ability to achieve the levels of loan originations necessary to achieve profitable operations could be hampered by our failure to continue to successfully implement our adjusted business strategy, funding limitations under existing credit facilities and our ability to obtain new credit facilities and renew existing facilities. Our plan is to increase loan originations through the continued application of our business strategy adjustments, particularly as related to building our expanded broker channel and offering adjustable-rate mortgages, purchase money mortgages and more competitively priced fixed rate mortgages. See "Business -- Business Strategy" on page 168 for a discussion of our plans to achieve this level of originations. For a detailed discussion of our losses, capital resources and commitments, see "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations -- Liquidity and Capital Resources" on page 62. On September 30, 2004, we had unrestricted cash of approximately $19.7 million and up to $70.1 million available under our warehouse credit facilities. We can only use advances under these credit facilities to fund loan originations and not for any other purposes. The combination of our current cash position and expected sources of operating cash may not be sufficient to cover our operating cash requirements. Our cash position will also be negatively impacted by the payment of fees to our lenders in connection with entering into the new credit facilities described in this document. For the next six to twelve months, we intend to augment our sources of operating cash with proceeds from the issuance of subordinated debentures. In addition to repaying maturing subordinated debentures, proceeds from the issuance of subordinated debentures may be used to fund overcollateralization requirements, as defined below, in connection with our loan originations and to fund our operating losses. Under the terms of our credit facilities, our credit facilities will advance us 75% to 99% of the value of loans we originate. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations -- Liquidity and Capital Resources" on page 62 for a discussion of the terms of our credit facilities. As a result of this limitation, we must fund the difference between the loan value and the advances, which we refer to as the overcollateralization requirement, from our operating cash. We can provide no assurances that we will be able to continue issuing subordinated debentures. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations -- Liquidity and Capital Resources -- Remedial Steps Taken to Address Liquidity Issues" on page 65 for a discussion of the specific actions we undertook to address liquidity concerns. RECENT OPERATING LOSSES AND SALE OF ASSETS. We incurred a net loss attributable to common stock of $28.7 million for the quarter ended September 30, 2004 and $115.1 million and $29.9 million for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2004 and 2003, respectively. In addition, depending on our ability to recognize gains on our future securitizations, we anticipate incurring operating losses at least through the second quarter of fiscal 2005. For the first quarter of fiscal 2005, we recorded a net loss attributable to common stock of $28.7 million. The loss for the first quarter of fiscal 2005 primarily resulted from our inability to reach the loan origination levels required under our adjusted business strategy to return to profitability, which substantially reduced our ability to generate revenues, and our inability to complete a securitization during the first quarter. Additionally, operating expenses increased in the first quarter of fiscal 2005 as we began to add loan processing and marketing support staff to support the future loan origination levels we expect to achieve under our adjusted business strategy. During the first quarter of fiscal 2005, we recorded a pre-tax write up of $18.6 million on our interest-only strips. The $18.6 million write up was recorded as an increase to other comprehensive income, a component of stockholders' equity. This write up of interest-only strips resulted from a reduction to our assumptions for loan prepayments expected to occur beyond 18 months. Management 4 believes that once we move beyond the low interest rate environment and the impact that environment has on loan prepayments, the long running and highly unfavorable prepayment experience over the last twelve quarters will leave us with securitized mortgage pools which will experience future prepayment speeds substantially lower than originally believed. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations -- Application of Critical Accounting Estimates -- Interest-Only Strips" on page 85 for a discussion of how valuation adjustments are recorded. The loss for fiscal 2004 primarily resulted from liquidity issues we have experienced since the fourth quarter of fiscal 2003, including the absence of credit facilities until the second quarter of fiscal 2004, which substantially reduced our loan origination volume and our ability to generate revenues, our inability to complete a publicly underwritten securitization during fiscal 2004, our shift in business strategy to focus on whole loan sales, and charges to the income statement of $46.4 million for pre-tax valuation adjustments on our securitization assets. Additionally, operating expense levels that would support greater loan origination volume also contributed to the loss for fiscal 2004. During fiscal 2004, we recorded total pre-tax valuation adjustments on our interest-only strips and servicing rights of $63.8 million, of which $46.4 million was charged as expense to the income statement and $17.4 million was charged to other comprehensive income, a component of stockholders' equity. The fiscal 2004 adjustments primarily reflect the impact of higher than anticipated prepayments on securitized loans experienced in fiscal 2004 due to the low interest rate environment experienced during fiscal 2004. Additionally, the fiscal 2004 valuation adjustment also includes a write down of $5.4 million of the carrying value of our interest-only strips and servicing rights related to five of our mortgage securitization trusts to reflect their values under the terms of a September 27, 2004 sale agreement. The five securitizations were sold for $9.4 million. The $5.4 million write-down was calculated as the difference between the carrying value of these interest-only strips and servicing rights immediately prior to the sale, and the $9.4 million proceeds. The sale price for these five securitizations was not considered in determining the fair value of our remaining interest-only strips and servicing rights because the sale was considered a distressed sale undertaken as part of our negotiations to obtain a new $100.0 million warehouse credit facility and to raise cash to pay fees on new warehouse credit facilities. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" on page 56. AMOUNT OF OUR INDEBTEDNESS AND USE OF PROCEEDS TO REPAY OUTSTANDING DEBT. At September 30, 2004, we had total indebtedness of approximately $869.0 million, comprised of amounts outstanding under our credit facilities, senior collateralized subordinated notes issued in the exchange offers, capitalized leases and subordinated debentures. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations -- Liquidity and Capital Resources" on page 62 for a comparison at September 30, 2004 of our secured and unsecured obligations to assets which were available to repay those obligations. Our ratio of earnings to fixed charges at September 30, 2004 was (0.84), a shortfall of $42.3 million, compared to (1.43) at September 30, 2003. Our pro forma ratio of earnings to fixed charges that includes the application of $274.6 of proceeds from this offering was (1.20), a shortfall of $197.4 million. We intend to use approximately $260.0 million to $274.6 million of the proceeds from this offering to repay the principal and interest on our maturing subordinated debentures and to pay our other obligations, including the principal and interest on the senior collateralized subordinated notes and dividends on our Series A preferred stock. See "Risk Factors -- Since we do not set aside funds to repay the subordinated debentures offered, you must rely on our cash flow from operations and other sources for repayment. If our sources of repayment are not adequate, we may be unable to repay our subordinated debentures and you could lose all or a part of your investment" on page 16. BUSINESS STRATEGY ADJUSTMENTS. In response to our inability to securitize and liquidity issues described above, we adjusted our business strategy at the beginning of fiscal 2004 to shift from gain-on- 5 sale accounting and the use of securitization transactions as our primary method of selling loans to a more diversified strategy which utilizes a combination of whole loan sales and securitizations, while protecting revenues, controlling costs and improving liquidity. See "Business -- Business Strategy" on page 168. If we fail to generate sufficient liquidity through the sales of our loans, the sale of our subordinated debentures, the maintenance of credit facilities or a combination of the foregoing, we will have to restrict loan originations and make additional changes to our business strategy, including restricting or restructuring our operations which could result in losses and impair our ability to repay our subordinated debentures and other outstanding debt. While we currently believe that we will be able to restructure our operations, if necessary, we cannot assure you that such restructuring will enable us to attain profitable operations or repay the subordinated debentures when due. If we fail to successfully implement our adjusted business strategy, we will be required to consider other alternatives, including raising additional equity, seeking to convert an additional portion of our subordinated debentures to equity, seeking protection under federal bankruptcy laws, seeking a strategic investor, or exploring a sale of the company or some or all of its assets. See "Risk Factors -- We depend upon the availability of financing to fund our continuing operations. Any failure to obtain adequate funding could hurt our ability to operate profitably and restrict our ability to repay our outstanding debt" on page 19 and "-- If we are unable to obtain additional financing, we may not be able to restructure our business to permit profitable operations or repay our outstanding debt" on page 21. In addition to these restrictions and changes to our business strategy in the event we are unable to offer additional subordinated debentures for any reason, we have developed a contingent financial restructuring plan including cash flow projections for the next twelve-month period. Based on our current cash flow projections, we anticipate being able to make all scheduled subordinated debenture maturities and vendor payments. The contingent financial restructuring plan is based on actions that we would take, in addition to those indicated in our adjusted business strategy, to reduce our operating expenses and conserve cash. These actions would include reducing capital expenditures, selling all loans originated on a whole loan basis, eliminating or downsizing various lending, overhead and support groups, and obtaining working capital funding. No assurance can be given that we will be able to successfully implement the contingent financial restructuring plan, if necessary, and repay the outstanding debt when due. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations -- Liquidity and Capital Resources -- Remedial Steps Taken to Address Liquidity Issues" on page 65. CREDIT FACILITIES, SERVICING AGREEMENTS AND WAIVERS RELATED TO FINANCIAL COVENANTS. At various times since June 30, 2003, we have been out of compliance with one or more financial covenants contained in our $200.0 million credit facility (reduced to $60.0 million). We have continued to operate on the basis of waivers granted by the lender under this facility. We currently anticipate that we will be out of compliance with one or more of these financial covenants at November 30, 2004 and will need a waiver from this lender for this noncompliance to continue to operate. The expiration date of this facility was originally September 21, 2004, but through a series of extensions granted by this lender to facilitate our closing and implementation of replacement credit facilities, this facility is now scheduled to expire on December 3, 2004. We entered into definitive agreements regarding a $100.0 million credit facility to replace the expiring facility. We have also entered into commitment letters and anticipate entering into definitive agreements for additional warehouse credit facilities to fund loan originations and a $23.0 million residual repurchase facility. However, there can be no assurance as to whether we will enter into definitive agreements regarding these facilities or that these agreements will contain terms and conditions acceptable to us. At various times since June 30, 2003, we have also been out of compliance with the net worth requirement in several of our pooling and servicing agreements and sale and servicing agreements (collectively referred to in this document as the servicing agreements) and have been required to obtain 6 waivers from and amendments to these agreements. As a result of the amendments to our servicing agreements, all of our servicing agreements associated with bond insurers now provide for term-to-term servicing and, in the case of our servicing agreements with two bond insurers, our rights as servicer may be terminated at the expiration of a servicing term in the sole discretion of the bond insurer. We cannot assure you that we will continue to receive the waivers and servicing agreement extensions that we need to operate or that they will not contain conditions that are unacceptable to us. Because we anticipate incurring losses through at least the second quarter of fiscal 2005, we anticipate that we will need to obtain additional waivers from our lenders and bond insurers as a result of our non-compliance with financial covenants contained in our credit facilities and servicing agreements. To the extent we are not able to obtain waivers under our credit facilities, we may be unable to pay dividends on the Series A preferred stock. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations -- Liquidity and Capital Resources" on page 62 for additional information regarding the waivers obtained. See also "Risk Factors -- Restrictive covenants in the agreements governing our indebtedness may reduce our operating flexibility and limit our ability to operate profitability, and our ability to repay our outstanding debt may be impaired" on page 36 and "-- Our servicing rights may be terminated if we fail to satisfactorily perform our servicing obligations, or fail to meet minimum net worth requirements or financial covenants which could hinder our ability to operate profitably and impair our ability to repay our outstanding debt" on page 28. SECURITIES CLASS ACTION LAWSUITS AND SHAREHOLDER DERIVATIVE ACTION. In January and February of 2004, four class action lawsuits were filed against us and some of our officers and directors. A consolidated amended class action complaint that supersedes these four complaints was filed on August 19, 2004 in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Pennsylvania. The consolidated complaint alleges that, during the applicable class period, our forbearance and deferment practices enabled us to, among other things, lower our delinquency rates to facilitate the securitization of our loans which purportedly allowed us to collect interest income from our securitized loans and inflate our financial results and market price of our common stock. The consolidated amended class action complaint seeks unspecified compensatory damages, costs and expenses related to bringing the action, and other unspecified relief. We filed a motion to dismiss this class action on October 21, 2004. On March 15, 2004, a shareholder derivative action was filed against us, as a nominal defendant, and some of our officers and directors, as defendants, in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Pennsylvania which alleges that the named directors and officers breached their fiduciary duties to us, engaged in the abuse of control, gross mismanagement and other violations of law. The lawsuit seeks unspecified compensatory damages, equitable or injunctive relief and costs and expenses related to bringing the action, and other unspecified relief. The parties have agreed to stay this case pending disposition of the motion to dismiss the consolidated amended complaint filed in the putative consolidated securities class action. See "Business -- Legal Proceedings" on page 191 and "Risk Factors -- We are subject to private litigation, including lawsuits resulting from the alleged "predatory" lending practices, as well as securities class action and derivative lawsuits, the impact of which on our financial position is uncertain. The inherent uncertainty related to litigation of this type and the preliminary stage of these suits makes it difficult to predict the ultimate outcome or potential liability that we may incur as a result of these matters" on page 34. 7 SUMMARY HISTORICAL FINANCIAL DATA You should consider our selected consolidated financial information set forth below together with the more detailed consolidated financial statements, including the related notes, and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" included elsewhere in this prospectus.
THREE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, ------------------- ------------------------------------------------------- 2004 2003 2004 2003 2002 2001 2000 -------- -------- --------- -------- -------- -------- -------- (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA) STATEMENT OF INCOME DATA: Revenues: Gain on sale of loans and leases: Securitizations............................... $ -- $ 799 $ 15,107 $170,950 $185,580 $128,978 $ 90,380 Whole loan sales.............................. 6,119 2,921 18,725 655 2,448 2,742 1,717 Interest and fees............................... 7,696 4,653 17,732 19,395 18,890 19,840 17,683 Interest accretion on interest-only strips...... 8,448 11,109 40,176 47,347 35,386 26,069 16,616 Other........................................... 846 719 5,332 3,059 5,597 5,707 4,250 -------- -------- --------- -------- -------- -------- -------- Total revenues................................... 23,109 20,201 97,072 241,406 247,901 183,336 130,646 Total expenses(a)................................ 61,935 62,569 276,794 290,426 234,351 170,151 120,284 -------- -------- --------- -------- -------- -------- -------- Income (loss) before provision for income taxes (benefit)...................................... (38,826) (42,368) (179,722) (49,020) 13,550 13,185 10,362 Provision for income taxes (benefit)............. (13,589) (16,100) (68,294) (19,118) 5,691 5,274 3,938 -------- -------- --------- -------- -------- -------- -------- Income (loss) before cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle................. (25,237) (26,268) (111,428) (29,902) 7,859 7,911 6,424 Cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle...................................... -- -- -- -- -- 174 -- -------- -------- --------- -------- -------- -------- -------- Income (loss) before dividends on preferred stock (25,237) (26,268) (111,428) (29,902) 7,859 8,085 6,424 Dividends on preferred stock..................... 3,475 -- 3,718 -- -- -- -- -------- -------- --------- -------- -------- -------- -------- Net income (loss) attributable to common stock... $(28,712) $(26,268) $(115,146) $(29,902) $ 7,859 $ 8,085 $ 6,424 ======== ======== ========= ======== ======== ======== ======== Per Common Share Data: Income (loss) before cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle(b): Basic earnings (loss) per common share.......... $ (7.98) $ (8.10) $ (34.07) $ (9.32) $ 2.44 $ 1.89 $ 1.41 Diluted earnings (loss) per common share........ (7.98) (8.10) (34.07) (9.32) 2.26 1.85 1.37 Net income (loss): Basic earnings (loss) per common share.......... $ (7.98) $ (8.10) $ (34.07) $ (9.32) $ 2.44 $ 1.94 $ 1.41 Diluted earnings (loss) per common share........ (7.98) (8.10) (34.07) (9.32) 2.26 1.89 1.37 Cash dividends declared per common share......... -- -- -- 0.291 0.255 0.236 0.227
--------------- (a) Includes securitization assets fair value adjustments of $29 thousand for the three months ended September 30, 2004, $10.8 million for the three months ended September 30, 2003, $46.4 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2004, $45.2 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2003, $22.1 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2002 and $12.6 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2000. (b) Amounts for the years ended June 30, 2003 and prior have been retroactively adjusted to reflect the effect of a 10% common stock dividend declared May 13, 2004 as if the additional shares had been outstanding for each period presented. Amounts for the years ended June 30, 2002 and prior have been retroactively adjusted to reflect the effect of a 10% stock dividend declared August 21, 2002. Amounts for the years ended June 30, 2001 and prior have been retroactively adjusted to reflect the effect of a 10% stock dividend declared October 1, 2001. 8
SEPTEMBER 30, JUNE 30, ------------- ---------------------------------------------------------- 2004 2004 2003 2002 2001 2000 ------------- ---------- ---------- -------- -------- -------- (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS) BALANCE SHEET DATA: Cash and cash equivalents ........................... $ 19,673 $ 910 $ 36,590 $ 99,599 $ 84,667 $ 66,507 Restricted cash ..................................... 10,419 13,307 10,885 9,000 6,425 3,244 Loan and lease receivables: Loans available for sale ........................... 336,511 304,275 263,419 45,919 78,060 29,699 Non-accrual loans .................................. 3,314 1,993 3,999 3,868 2,831 3,474 Lease receivables .................................. -- -- 3,984 7,891 14,030 18,629 Interest and fees receivable ........................ 15,304 18,089 10,838 9,595 14,582 11,071 Deferment and forbearance advances receivable ....... 5,839 6,249 4,341 2,697 1,967 1,931 Loans subject to repurchase rights .................. 40,736 38,984 23,761 9,028 2,428 -- Interest-only strips ................................ 448,812 459,086 598,278 512,611 398,519 277,872 Servicing rights .................................... 66,712 73,738 119,291 125,288 102,437 74,919 Receivable for sold loans and leases ................ -- -- 26,734 -- -- 46,333 Total assets ........................................ 1,083,396 1,042,870 1,159,351 876,375 766,487 594,282 Subordinated debentures ............................. 490,026 522,609 719,540 655,720 537,950 390,676 Senior collateralized subordinated notes ............ 97,454 83,639 -- -- -- -- Total liabilities ................................... 1,071,537 1,030,955 1,117,282 806,997 699,625 532,167 Stockholders' equity ................................ 11,859 11,915 42,069 69,378 66,862 62,115
THREE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, ------------------- -------------------------------------------------------------- 2004 2003 2004 2003 2002 2001 2000 -------- -------- -------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS) OTHER DATA: Total loans and leases on balance sheet, gross(a)................................ $333,883 $165,517 $303,603 $ 267,325 $ 59,386 $ 91,615 $ 48,580 Originations(b): Business purpose loans................... 151 -- 587 122,790 133,352 120,537 106,187 Home mortgage loans...................... 629,579 124,052 982,093 1,543,730 1,246,505 1,096,440 949,014 Average loan size of loans originated(b): Business purpose loans................... 76 -- 293 92 97 91 89 Home mortgage loans...................... 145 87 119 91 89 82 70 Weighted average interest rate of loans originated(b): Business purpose loans................... 15.99% --% 14.62% 15.76% 15.75% 15.99% 15.99% Home mortgage loans...................... 7.66 8.62 7.86 9.99 10.91 11.46 11.28 Combined................................. 7.66 8.62 7.86 10.42 11.38 11.91 11.64 Loans and leases sold: Securitizations.......................... $ -- $ 5,452 $141,407 $1,423,764 $1,351,135 $1,102,066 $1,001,702 Whole loan sales......................... 602,222 270,979 808,378 28,013 57,679 76,333 102,670
9 --------------- (a) Reconciliation of loan and lease receivables -- available for sale to loans and leases on balance sheet:
THREE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, ------------------- --------------------------------------------------- 2004 2003 2004 2003 2002 2001 2000 -------- -------- -------- -------- ------- ------- ------- (IN THOUSANDS) Total loans and leases available for sale*........... $336,511 $151,286 $304,275 $263,419 $45,919 $78,060 $29,699 Non-accrual loans*................................... 3,314 8,153 1,993 3,999 3,868 2,831 3,474 Lease receivables*................................... -- 3,249 -- 3,984 7,891 14,030 18,629 Allowance for loan losses............................ 1,238 3,788 1,469 1,529 3,442 2,100 1,247 Deferred direct loan origination costs............... (7,236) (2,593) (4,453) (6,878) (1,997) (5,786) (4,648) Valuation allowance.................................. 100 1,682 42 1,319 263 380 179 Other................................................ (44) (48) 277 (47) -- -- -- -------- -------- -------- -------- ------- ------- ------- Total loans and leases on balance sheet, gross....... $333,883 $165,517 $303,603 $267,325 $59,386 $91,615 $48,580 ======== ======== ======== ======== ======= ======= =======
* Per balance sheet. (b) Conventional first mortgages and leases originated in fiscal 2000 have been excluded because we no longer originate these types of loans and leases.
THREE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, ----------------- ------------------------------------------ 2004 2003 2004 2003 2002 2001 2000 ------- ------- ------- ------ ----- ----- ----- FINANCIAL RATIOS: Return on average assets........................................ (10.71)% (9.88)% (11.60)% (3.07)% 0.94% 1.22% 1.31% Return on average equity........................................ (958.29) (386.77) (566.80) (44.20) 11.75 12.22 10.29 Total delinquencies as a percentage of total on balance sheet portfolio at end of period(a)................................. 1.57 7.21 1.19 1.97 11.72 3.87 6.08 Real estate owned as a percentage of total on balance sheet portfolio at end of period.................................... 0.45 2.78 0.63 1.79 6.37 2.53 3.41 Loan and lease losses as a percentage of the average total on balance sheet portfolio during the period(b).................. 0.38 3.33 8.93 5.17 4.23 3.31 1.09 Pre-tax income (loss) as a percentage of total revenues......... (168.01) (209.7) (1.11) (20.00) 5.47 7.19 7.93 Ratio of earnings to fixed charges(c)........................... (0.84)x (1.43)x (1.42)x 0.31x 1.19x 1.23x 1.26x
--------------- (a) Includes loans delinquent 31 days or more and excludes real estate owned and previously delinquent loans subject to deferment and forbearance agreements if the borrower with this arrangement is current on principal and interest payments as required under the terms of the original note (exclusive of delinquent payments advanced or fees paid by us on the borrower's behalf as part of the deferment or forbearance arrangement). (b) Percentage based on annualized losses and average total portfolio. (c) Earnings (loss) before income taxes and fixed charges were insufficient to cover fixed charges by $42.3 million and $42.3 million for the three months ended September 30, 2004 and 2003, respectively and $183.4 million and $49.0 million for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2004 and 2003, respectively. OVERVIEW OF THE OFFERING THE OFFERING. We are offering up to $280.0 million of subordinated debentures. In connection with this offering of subordinated debentures, we have entered into an agreement called an indenture with U.S. Bank National Association, a national banking association who will act as the trustee. The indenture provides detailed information regarding the terms of subordinated debentures and what happens in the event we fail to make a payment. The trustee monitors our compliance with the terms of the indenture and takes actions to protect the rights of holders of the subordinated debentures if we do not comply with these terms. There is no minimum amount of subordinated debentures that must be sold in the offering. We may withdraw or cancel the offering at any time. In the event of a withdrawal or cancellation by us, the subordinated debentures previously sold will remain outstanding until maturity 10 and no funds will be refunded. This offering will terminate upon the earlier of: (i) the date that all $280.0 million of subordinated debentures are sold; (ii) the date we terminate the offering; or (iii) October 31, 2005, unless extended by us. See "Plan of Distribution" on page 204. UNSECURED OBLIGATIONS. The subordinated debentures are not insured, guaranteed or secured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, referred to as the FDIC in this document, or other government agencies or by any lien on any of our assets. We do not intend to contribute funds to a separate fund, such as a sinking fund, to provide funds to repay the subordinated debentures upon maturity. Our sources of funds for the repayment of principal at maturity and the ongoing payment of interest on these subordinated debentures include cash flows from operations, including the sale of available for sale loans through whole loan sales or securitizations, and cash generated from additional debt financing including the sale of the subordinated debentures. See "Risk Factors -- Since we do not set aside funds to repay the subordinated debentures offered, you must rely on our cash flow from operations and other sources for repayment. If our sources of repayment are not adequate, we may be unable to repay our subordinated debentures and you could lose all or a part of your investment" on page 16. SUBORDINATED OBLIGATIONS. The subordinated debentures are second in right of repayment, or subordinated, to our senior debt, debt of our subsidiaries and senior collateralized subordinated notes issued in the exchange offers to the extent of the collateral securing such notes. There is no limitation on the amount of senior debt or subsidiary debt we may incur. See "Description of the Subordinated Debentures Offered and the Indenture" on page 41 for a description of what constitutes senior debt and debt of our subsidiaries and see "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations -- Liquidity and Capital Resources" on page 62 for a description of senior collateralized subordinated notes. PARITY DEBT. Upon liquidation or dissolution, our indebtedness, other than the senior debt, subsidiary debt and senior collateralized subordinated notes issued in the exchange offers to the extent of the collateral securing these obligations, will have rights equal to those of the subordinated debentures being offered. As of September 30, 2004, we had $490.0 million of indebtedness which will rank equally in right of payment with the subordinated debentures offered by this prospectus. See "Description of the Subordinated Debentures Offered and the Indenture" on page 41. ORDERS. We may reject any order, in whole or in part, for any reason. Your order is irrevocable upon receipt by us. In the event your order is not accepted, we will promptly refund your funds, without deduction of any costs and without interest. We expect that orders will be refunded within two business days after receipt. Once your order has been accepted, the applicable order funds will be promptly deposited in our account. See "Plan of Distribution" on page 204. Upon acceptance of an order, we send an initial transaction statement to the purchaser which shows the purchaser's ownership. Purchasers may not transfer rights of ownership in the security by the endorsement and delivery of the statement to another purchaser. See "Description of the Subordinated Debentures Offered and the Indenture -- Provisions Relating to All Securities" on page 47 for information on how to transfer subordinated debentures. OVERVIEW OF TERMS OF SUBORDINATED DEBENTURES. For an overview of the subordinated debentures, see "-- Highlights of Terms of the Subordinated Debentures Offered" on page 13 and "Description of the Subordinated Debentures and the Indenture" on page 41. USE OF PROCEEDS. Assuming that we sell all of the $280.0 million of subordinated debentures offered, we will receive net proceeds of approximately $274.6 million after paying expenses which we estimate to be approximately $5.4 million. We intend to use approximately $260.0 million to $274.6 million of the net proceeds to repay maturing subordinated debentures with maturities of one day to 10 years and interest rates ranging from 4.0% to 13.0% and to pay our other obligations, including the principal and interest on the senior collateralized subordinated notes and dividends on the 11 Series A preferred stock. We intend to use the remainder of the net proceeds we receive from the sale of the subordinated debentures for our general corporate purposes as described under "Use of Proceeds" on page 40. We do not use registered broker-dealers to assist with the sale of the subordinated debentures. If we elect to use broker-dealers on a best efforts basis in connection with future sales of the subordinated debentures, we anticipate that we will pay commissions of up to 10% of the sales price to those brokers and we may reimburse those brokers for costs and expenses related to those sales. If we use brokers, expenses of the offering will increase and the proceeds we receive will be less than currently estimated. 12 HIGHLIGHTS OF TERMS OF THE SUBORDINATED DEBENTURES OFFERED
INVESTMENT NOTES VARIABLE RATE DEMAND NOTES ---------------- -------------------------- Types of Security Offered.......... Unsecured, subordinated, fixed rate, Unsecured, subordinated, adjustable-rate, fixed term debt security. uninsured debt security without fixed maturity. Denomination of Initial Purchase Minimum purchase: $1,000 per security or Minimum purchase: $1,000 per security or and Additional Purchases........... any amount in excess of $1,000. any amount in excess of $1,000. Annual Interest Rate............... Fixed upon issuance. You may choose a We will adjust the interest rate paid term length and the applicable interest from time to time in our sole discretion. rate will be based upon the term chosen. The interest rate will not be less than 4.0% per year. We will notify holders in writing at least 14 days prior to any decrease in the interest rate. No interest will be paid for any day on which the principal balance is below $1,000. Payment of Interest................ Interest on investment notes with Interest will be compounded daily and maturities of less than one year will be credited monthly at the end of each compounded daily and paid at maturity. month. No checks will be issued in Interest on investment notes with payment of interest. Accrued interest maturities of one year or greater will be will be added to principal in each compounded daily and, at the election of account in the form of additional the holder, paid at maturity, monthly, securities. quarterly, semi-annually or annually. Redemption by Holder............... Investment notes with remaining Variable rate demand notes may be maturities of less than one year are not redeemed either by delivering a written redeemable prior to maturity. Investment notice to us which specifies the amount notes with remaining maturities of one of the redemption or by using drafts, year or greater may be redeemed by the which are similar to checks. Redemptions holder, who is a natural person, by written notice may be for any amount following his/her total permanent and we may take up to 10 business days to disability (as described under the mail the proceeds of the redemption. heading "Description of the Subordinated Redemptions by draft may not be for Debentures Offered and the Indenture -- amounts less than $500. We will charge a Provisions Relating to Investment Notes" service fee for each draft in excess of on page 42), or by the holder's estate three per month. Variable rate demand after his/her death, at the principal notes may be redeemed in full and amount plus accrued interest. Any holder accounts may be closed only by sending us who is not a natural person, such as a a written request; drafts may not be trust, partnership or corporation, will utilized. We do not set aside funds to have no right to cause redemption prior repay holders of the variable rate demand to maturity (for joint holders, see notes on demand when a redemption request "Description of the Subordinated is made. If we do not have sufficient Debentures Offered and the Indenture -- cash to repay all holders requesting Provisions Relating to Investment Notes" redemption, we may take up to 10 business on page 42). days to mail the proceeds to the holders. See "Description of the Subordinated Debentures Offered and the Indenture -- Provisions Relating to Variable Rate Demand Notes -- Redemption by the Holder" on page 46 and see "Risk Factors -- Since we do not set aside funds to repay holders of our variable rate demand notes upon demand, holders of variable rate demand notes must rely on our cash flow from operations and other sources for repayment of their variable rate demand notes. If our sources of repayment are not adequate, we may be unable to satisfy the holders' redemption requests on a timely basis" on page 16 for information regarding our ability to extend this 10 business day period to the extent we do not have sufficient funds to meet all redemption requests.
13
INVESTMENT NOTES VARIABLE RATE DEMAND NOTES ---------------- -------------------------- Redemption by Us................... Redeemable upon 90 days written notice to Redeemable upon 30 days written notice to the holder. the holder. Form/Transferability............... In book-entry form and non-negotiable (a In book-entry form and non-negotiable (a transaction statement will be issued, not transaction statement will be issued, not an individual promissory note). Not an individual promissory note). Not transferable without our prior written transferable without our prior written consent. consent. Maturity........................... Investment notes are offered with terms No fixed maturity. to maturity described in a rate supplement to this prospectus. These terms generally range from three to 120 months. The term of each note is established at the time of purchase. Automatic Extension................ The investment notes will be Not applicable. automatically extended for a period equal to the original term unless: (i) we notify the holder at least seven days prior to the maturity date that an extension will not be provided; or (ii) the holder elects to redeem or change the term on his/her notes within seven days after the maturity date. Investment notes to be extended will be extended at a fixed interest rate equal to the interest rate being offered on newly issued investment notes of the same term and denomination at their respective maturity dates. Periodic Statements................ Quarterly statements detailing the Monthly statements detailing the current current balance and interest rate paid on balance and interest rate paid on each each note will be mailed to each holder account will be mailed to each holder no no later than the tenth business day later than the tenth business day following the end of each calendar following the end of each month. quarter.
14 RISK FACTORS BEFORE YOU INVEST IN OUR SUBORDINATED DEBENTURES, YOU SHOULD BE AWARE THAT THERE ARE VARIOUS RISKS RELATED TO THIS INVESTMENT. ALL KNOWN MATERIAL RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH THIS INVESTMENT ARE DISCLOSED BELOW. YOU SHOULD CAREFULLY CONSIDER RISK FACTORS SET FORTH BELOW TOGETHER WITH ALL OF THE OTHER INFORMATION INCLUDED IN THIS PROSPECTUS AND THE RATE SUPPLEMENT PROVIDED TO YOU WITH THIS PROSPECTUS BEFORE YOU DECIDE TO PURCHASE ANY SUBORDINATED DEBENTURES WE ARE OFFERING. RISKS RELATED TO THE OFFERING BECAUSE OUR SUBORDINATED DEBENTURES ARE NOT INSURED AGAINST LOSS BY THE FDIC OR ANY GOVERNMENTAL AGENCY, YOU COULD LOSE YOUR ENTIRE INVESTMENT. Neither the FDIC nor any other governmental or private agency insures the subordinated debentures. The holder of the subordinated debentures is dependent solely upon such sources of funds as our earnings, proceeds from the sale of available for sale loans through whole loan sales or securitizations, and other sources of funds, including proceeds from the continuing sale of subordinated debentures, for repayment of principal at maturity and the ongoing payment of interest. Further, we have pledged, and intend to pledge in the future in connection with financings, a significant amount of our interest-only strips and residual interests to secure these borrowings. As a result, these pledged assets may not be available to repay holders of the subordinated debentures purchased in this offering. If these sources of repayment are inadequate, you could lose your entire investment. See "-- Since we do not set aside funds to repay the subordinated debentures offered, you must rely on our cash flow from operations and other sources for repayment. If our sources of repayment are not adequate, we may be unable to repay our subordinated debentures and you could lose all or a part of your investment" on page 16. BECAUSE OUR BUSINESS OPERATIONS ARE GENERALLY NOT SUBJECT TO REGULATION AND EXAMINATION BY FEDERAL BANKING REGULATORS, THESE PROTECTIONS ARE NOT AVAILABLE TO PROTECT INVESTORS IN OUR SUBORDINATED DEBENTURES. Currently, our operations are not regulated or subject to examination in the same manner as commercial banks, savings banks and thrift institutions. Our operations are not subject to the stringent regulatory requirements imposed upon the operations of those entities and are not subject to periodic compliance examinations by federal banking regulators designed to protect investors. See "Business -- Regulation" on page 187. BECAUSE WE HAVE HISTORICALLY EXPERIENCED NEGATIVE CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATIONS, WE WILL BE REQUIRED TO RELY, IN PART, ON SALES OF ADDITIONAL SUBORDINATED DEBENTURES TO FUND OUR CONTINUING OPERATIONS AND TO REPAY OUR OUTSTANDING DEBT. TO THE EXTENT THAT WE ARE UNABLE TO SELL ADDITIONAL SUBORDINATED DEBENTURES OR OTHER SECURITIES, OUR ABILITY TO REPAY OUR OUTSTANDING DEBT, INCLUDING SUBORDINATED DEBENTURES, COULD BE IMPAIRED. We have historically experienced negative cash flows from operations since 1996 primarily because our previous business strategy of selling loans primarily through securitization required us to build an inventory of loans over time. During the period we are building this inventory of loans, we incur costs and expenses. We do not recognize a gain on the sale of loans until we complete a securitization or a whole loan sale, which may not occur until a subsequent period. In addition, our gain on a securitization results from a combination of cash proceeds received and our retained interests in the securitized loans, consisting primarily of interest-only strips which do not generate cash flows immediately. During the three months ended September 30, 2004, we experienced negative cash flow from operations of $14.2 million primarily due to the funding of a $32.2 million increase in loans available for sale. During the fiscal year ended June 30, 2004, we experienced positive cash flow from operations of $6.8 million primarily due to whole loan sales of loans we originated in the prior fiscal year. Our cash flow from operations for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2003, was a negative of $285.4 million compared to a negative $13.3 million for fiscal 2002. Negative cash flow from operations increased $272.1 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2003 mainly due to our inability to complete a securitization or otherwise sell our loans in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2003. If our adjusted business strategy changes to include a sale of loans through securitizations, then, depending on the size and frequency of our future securitizations, we may experience negative cash flow from operations in the future. We anticipate that we will be required to rely, in part, on the offering of 15 additional subordinated debentures to fund both our operations and repay our outstanding debt for at least the next two years. The combination of our current cash position and expected sources of operating cash may not be sufficient to cover our operating cash requirements. Should we continue to experience negative cash flows from operations in the future, and if we are unable to sell subordinated debentures to fund our operations, our ability to repay our outstanding debt, including subordinated debentures, could be impaired. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations -- Liquidity and Capital Resources" on page 62. BECAUSE WE HAD NEGATIVE RETAINED EARNINGS AT SEPTEMBER 30, 2004, WE HAVE NOT GENERATED SUFFICIENT EARNINGS TO COVER OUR FIXED CHARGES, WHICH MAY NEGATIVELY IMPAIR OUR ABILITY TO REPAY OUR OUTSTANDING DEBT, INCLUDING SUBORDINATED DEBENTURES. At September 30, 2004, we had negative retained earnings of $123.6 million on our balance sheet as a result of our losses experienced in the quarter ended September 30, 2004, fiscal 2004 and fiscal 2003. Our earnings before income taxes and fixed charges were insufficient to cover fixed charges by $42.3 million and $183.4 million for the quarter ended September 30, 2004 and the year ended June 30, 2004, respectively. To the extent that we are unable to generate earnings sufficient to cover our fixed charges, we may have insufficient funds to repay our outstanding debt, including the subordinated debentures. SINCE WE DO NOT SET ASIDE FUNDS TO REPAY THE SUBORDINATED DEBENTURES OFFERED, YOU MUST RELY ON OUR CASH FLOW FROM OPERATIONS AND OTHER SOURCES FOR REPAYMENT. IF OUR SOURCES OF REPAYMENT ARE NOT ADEQUATE, WE MAY BE UNABLE TO REPAY OUR SUBORDINATED DEBENTURES AND YOU COULD LOSE ALL OR A PART OF YOUR INVESTMENT. We do not contribute funds on a regular basis to a separate account, commonly known as a sinking fund, to repay our subordinated debentures upon maturity. Because funds are not set aside periodically for the repayment of the subordinated debentures over their term, holders of the subordinated debentures must rely on our cash flow from operations and other sources for repayment, such as funds from the sale of additional subordinated debentures and proceeds from whole loan sales. Further, we have pledged, and intend to pledge in the future in connection with financings, a significant amount of our interest-only strips and residual interests to secure these borrowings. As a result, these pledged assets may not be available to repay holders of the subordinated debentures purchased in this offering. We anticipate that during fiscal 2005 we will incur significant contractual obligations that will negatively impact our cash flow from operations, including, but not limited to: (i) the payment of maturing subordinated debentures and the accrued interest on outstanding subordinated debentures of $335.2 million and $21.1 million, respectively; (ii) the payment of maturing senior collateralized subordinated notes and the accrued interest on senior collateralized subordinated notes of $38.9 million and $1.8 million, respectively; (iii) the payment of dividends on Series A preferred stock of $ 10.9 million; and (iv) the repayment of the warehouse lines of credit of $274.9 million. Our cash position will also be negatively impacted by the payment of fees to our lenders in connection with entering into the new credit facilities described in this document. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations -- Liquidity and Capital Resources -- Contractual Obligations" on page 69 for a discussion of our contractual obligations. To the extent revenues from operations and other sources are not sufficient to repay the subordinated debentures, holders of subordinated debentures may lose all or a part of their investment. Our ability to repay the subordinated debentures at maturity and our ability to meet other financial obligations may depend, in part, on our ability to raise new funds through the sale of additional subordinated debentures. At September 30, 2004, $490.0 million of subordinated debentures were outstanding. We estimate that during fiscal 2005 we will not generate sufficient after-tax earnings to pay the principal and interest on maturing subordinated debentures and we will need to sell approximately $260.0 million to $275.0 million of subordinated debentures in this offering to pay the principal and interest on our outstanding subordinated debentures and to pay our other obligations, including the principal and interest on the senior collateralized subordinated notes and dividends on our Series A preferred stock. In addition, we use the proceeds from sales of additional subordinated debentures to pay maturities on existing subordinated debentures because we have been unable to issue subordinated debentures with maturities long enough to fund our business. In essence, we replace maturing short-term subordinated debentures with new short-term subordinated debentures to achieve the longer term funding effect we need in order to implement our business strategy. Once cash flows from after tax earnings become available, as anticipated under our adjusted business strategy, we anticipate having cash available to begin paying down maturing subordinated debentures and reducing the amount of maturing short-term subordinated debentures we replace with new subordinated debentures. See "-- Because we have historically experienced negative cash flows from operations, we will be required to rely, in part, on 16 sales of additional subordinated debentures to fund our continuing operations and to repay our outstanding debt. To the extent that we are unable to sell additional subordinated debentures or other securities, our ability to repay our outstanding debt, including subordinated debentures, could be impaired" on page 15, "-- We depend upon the availability of financing to fund our continuing operations. Any failure to obtain adequate funding could hurt our ability to operate profitably and restrict our ability to repay our outstanding debt" on page 19, and "-- Delinquencies and prepayments in the pools of securitized loans could adversely affect the cash flow we receive from our interest-only strips, impair our ability to sell or securitize loans in the future and impair our ability to repay our outstanding debt" on page 24. SINCE WE DO NOT SET ASIDE FUNDS TO REPAY HOLDERS OF OUR VARIABLE RATE DEMAND NOTES UPON DEMAND, HOLDERS OF VARIABLE RATE DEMAND NOTES MUST RELY ON OUR CASH FLOW FROM OPERATIONS AND OTHER SOURCES FOR REPAYMENT OF THEIR VARIABLE RATE DEMAND NOTES. IF OUR SOURCES OF REPAYMENT ARE NOT ADEQUATE, WE MAY BE UNABLE TO SATISFY THE HOLDERS' REDEMPTION REQUESTS ON A TIMELY BASIS. Holders of our variable rate demand notes may request a full or partial repayment of their notes at any time by delivering a written notice to us specifying the amount of the redemption. Redemption requests by written notice may be for any amount and we may take up to 10 business days after the receipt of the notice to mail the proceeds of the redemption to the holder. During the quarter ended September 30, 2004 and fiscal 2004, we repaid $7.0 million and $26.9 million, respectively, of variable rate demand notes pursuant to redemption requests. At September 30, 2004, we had $13.8 million of variable rate demand notes outstanding and $19.7 million of cash and cash equivalents available to repay these variable rate demand notes. Since we do not set aside funds to repay variable rate demand notes upon the holder's demand, holders must rely on our available cash and cash equivalents when a request is made for repayment. If holders of all of our variable rate demand notes outstanding requested repayment, we may not have sufficient cash or cash equivalents to repay all variable rate demand notes outstanding. If we do not have sufficient cash to repay all holders requesting redemption, we may take up to 10 business days to mail the proceeds to the holders. To the extent that we continue to experience liquidity issues, are unable to sell additional subordinated debentures or other sources for repayment are not available, we may be unable to satisfy the holders' redemption requests when made. In the event we are unable to mail proceeds to redeeming holders within 10 business days, we would be in default under the terms of our indenture governing the variable rate demand notes. Although we currently anticipate that we will have available cash from the sale of additional subordinated debentures, cash flow from operations, and our operating line of credit if obtained in the future which can be utilized to repay these variable rate demand notes, there can be no assurance that these sources of liquidity will be available to us. Absent a waiver, our failure to repay the variable rate demand notes within a 10 business day period provided for pursuant to the terms of the indenture would result in an event of default which could accelerate debt repayment terms under our credit facilities and indentures due to various cross default provisions contained in the agreements evidencing our outstanding debt, which would have a material adverse effect on our liquidity and capital resources. Subject to the consent of the trustee under the indenture governing the rights of holders of variable rate demand notes, we have the ability to change the redemption procedures without the approval of holders of variable rate demand notes, provided that no changes can be made that will adversely affect the rights of holders of outstanding variable rate demand notes. If we experience a significant increase in requests for the redemption of variable rate demand notes, we may request that the trustee approve an extension of the 10 business day period provided for the redemption of variable rate demand notes. In such event, this modification would only be effective with respect to variable rate demand notes issued subsequent to the date of the trustee's consent and our notice regarding the extension to prospective investors. See "-- Since we do not set aside funds to repay the subordinated debentures offered, you must rely on our cash flow from operations and other sources for repayment. If our sources of repayment are not adequate, we may be unable to repay our subordinated debentures and you could lose all or a part of your investment" on page 16. 17 SINCE SUBORDINATED DEBENTURES ARE UNSECURED AND JUNIOR IN RIGHT OF REPAYMENT TO OUR SENIOR DEBT BORROWED FROM INSTITUTIONAL LENDERS AND SUBSIDIARY DEBT, INCLUDING CREDIT FACILITIES AND WAREHOUSE LINES OF CREDIT, AS WELL AS SENIOR COLLATERALIZED SUBORDINATED NOTES TO THE EXTENT OF THE COLLATERAL SECURING SUCH NOTES, IN THE EVENT OF INSOLVENCY, HOLDERS OF SUBORDINATED DEBENTURES WOULD BE REPAID ONLY IF FUNDS REMAIN AFTER THE REPAYMENT OF OUR SENIOR DEBT, SUBSIDIARY DEBT AND PRINCIPAL AND INTEREST ON THE SENIOR COLLATERALIZED SUBORDINATED NOTES TO THE EXTENT OF THE COLLATERAL SECURING SUCH NOTES. As of September 30, 2004, there was $378.9 million of secured and senior debt and subsidiary debt outstanding, including $97.4 million of senior collateralized subordinated notes issued in the exchange offers. We are not limited in the amount of senior debt or subsidiary debt we can incur. We may also issue additional senior collateralized subordinated notes in future exchange offers. Senior debt includes any indebtedness incurred in connection with our (including our subsidiaries) borrowings from a bank, trust company, insurance company, or from any other institutional lender. These borrowings do not have to be specifically designated as "senior debt." As of September 30, 2004, $490.0 million of our outstanding debt ranked equally in right of payment to the subordinated debentures offered by this prospectus. If we were to become insolvent, holders of subordinated debentures would be repaid only if funds remain after the repayment of our senior debt, subsidiary debt (to the extent of the assets of the subsidiary), and the principal and interest on the senior collateralized subordinated notes issued in the exchange offers to the extent of the collateral securing such notes. If the collateral securing the senior collateralized subordinated notes is not sufficient to repay the senior collateralized subordinated notes (including accrued and unpaid interest) in full, the deficiency portion of the senior collateralized subordinated notes will be equal in right of repayment with the subordinated debentures and, therefore, will dilute the amount of assets available, if any, to repay the principal and interest on the subordinated debentures. As a result, adequate funds may not be available to pay the principal and interest on the subordinated debentures. See "Description of the Subordinated Debentures Offered and the Indenture -- Provisions Relating to All Securities" on page 47. ANY DISTRIBUTIONS MADE TO HOLDERS OF THE SUBORDINATED DEBENTURES AFTER A DEFAULT ON SENIOR DEBT OR AFTER OUR INSOLVENCY, IF WE ARE DEEMED INSOLVENT, MAY HAVE TO BE TURNED OVER TO HOLDERS OF SENIOR DEBT. In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or any other winding up of our affairs, or of any receivership, insolvency, bankruptcy, readjustment, reorganization or similar proceeding under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code or any other applicable federal or state law relating to bankruptcy or insolvency, or during the continuation of any event of default (as described below), no payment may be made on the subordinated debentures until all senior debt has been paid in full. If any of the events of default occur, holders of senior debt may also submit claims on behalf of holders of the subordinated debentures and retain the proceeds for their own benefit until they have been fully paid, and any excess will be turned over to the holders of the subordinated debentures. If any distribution is nonetheless made to holders of the subordinated debentures, the money or property distributed to them must be paid over to the holders of the senior debt to the extent necessary to pay the senior debt in full. As a result, adequate funds may not be remaining to repay the subordinated debentures. THE PAYMENT OF DIVIDENDS ON THE SERIES A PREFERRED STOCK ISSUED IN THE EXCHANGE OFFERS REDUCES THE ASSETS AVAILABLE FOR THE REPAYMENT OF THE SUBORDINATED DEBENTURES. Holders of the Series A preferred stock issued in the exchange offers are entitled to receive monthly cash dividend payments of $0.008334 per share of Series A preferred stock (equivalent to $0.10 per share annually or 10% annually of the liquidation value). The payment of cash dividends on the Series A preferred stock is subject to compliance with applicable Delaware state law. Based on 109.4 million shares of Series A preferred stock issued in the exchange offers and outstanding as of September 30, 2004, the annual cash dividend requirement equals $10.9 million. The payment of dividends on the Series A preferred stock reduces the cash assets available for the repayment of the subordinated debentures and, as a result, we may be unable to pay the interest and principal on the subordinated debentures. 18 IF WE MAKE OFFERS IN THE FUTURE TO EXCHANGE ANY SUBORDINATED DEBENTURES THAT REMAIN OUTSTANDING FOR SENIOR COLLATERALIZED SUBORDINATED NOTES OR IF WE ISSUE ADDITIONAL SECURED DEBT IN THE FUTURE, THE ASSETS AVAILABLE TO REPAY SUBORDINATED DEBENTURES WILL BE REDUCED TO THE EXTENT OF THE COLLATERAL SECURING SENIOR COLLATERALIZED SUBORDINATED NOTES OR OTHER DEBT. We reserve the right, in our sole discretion and if we are so permitted by the terms of our indebtedness, to make offers to exchange any subordinated debentures that remain outstanding or we may issue additional debt securities in the future that are secured by our assets. An offer to exchange subordinated debentures for senior collateralized subordinated notes or the issuance of secured debt that we may effect in the future will reduce the assets available to repay subordinated debentures that will remain outstanding. Because a portion of our assets will be allocated to serve as collateral for the senior collateralized subordinated notes or other collateralized notes to be issued in an exchange offer, we may be unable to pay the interest and principal on the subordinated debentures. We intend to engage in another exchange offer in the second quarter of fiscal 2005. YOUR ABILITY TO LIQUIDATE YOUR INVESTMENT IS LIMITED BECAUSE OF TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS AND THE LACK OF A TRADING MARKET. The subordinated debentures sold under this prospectus may not be transferred without our prior written consent. In addition, currently, no established trading market for the subordinated debentures exists and we do not expect one to develop. Due to the non-transferable nature of the subordinated debentures and the lack of a market for the sale of the subordinated debentures, which depends upon the presence in the marketplace of both willing buyers and sellers at any given time, even if we permitted a transfer, we cannot assure you that you would be able to sell the subordinated debentures. See "Description of the Subordinated Debentures Offered and the Indenture" on page 41. SINCE OUR MANAGEMENT HAS BROAD DISCRETION OVER HOW TO USE THE PROCEEDS FROM THE OFFERING REMAINING AFTER THE REPAYMENT OF MATURING SUBORDINATED DEBENTURES, IF ANY, THEY COULD USE THE PROCEEDS IN A MANNER CONTRARY TO THE BEST INTERESTS OF INVESTORS. We estimate that the net proceeds from this offering will be approximately $274.6 million if we sell all of the subordinated debentures we are offering through this prospectus. We intend to use approximately $260.0 million to $274.6 million of the proceeds to repay maturing subordinated debentures and to pay our other obligations, including the principal and interest on the senior collateralized subordinated notes and dividends on the Series A preferred stock. Our management will have broad discretion in determining how we will use the proceeds of the offering to fund other business activities. As a result, management could use the proceeds in a manner which may be contrary to the best interests of holders of the subordinated debentures. See "Use of Proceeds" on page 40. RISKS RELATED TO OUR BUSINESS WE DEPEND UPON THE AVAILABILITY OF FINANCING TO FUND OUR CONTINUING OPERATIONS. ANY FAILURE TO OBTAIN ADEQUATE FUNDING COULD HURT OUR ABILITY TO OPERATE PROFITABLY AND RESTRICT OUR ABILITY TO REPAY OUR OUTSTANDING DEBT. For our ongoing operations, we depend upon frequent financings, including the sale of our unsecured subordinated debentures and warehouse credit facilities or lines of credit. If we are unable to maintain, renew or obtain adequate funding under a warehouse credit facility, or other borrowings, including the sale of additional subordinated debentures, the lack of adequate funds would hinder our ability to operate profitably and restrict our ability to repay our outstanding debt. On September 22, 2003, we entered into definitive agreements with a financial institution for a $200.0 million credit facility. In addition, on October 14, 2003, we entered into definitive agreements with a warehouse lender for a $250.0 million credit facility to fund loan originations. This $200.0 million credit facility was extended to December 3, 2004 and reduced to $60.0 million. We have entered into definitive agreements regarding a $100.0 million credit facility to replace our expiring credit facility. We have also entered into commitment letters and anticipate entering into definitive agreements for additional warehouse credit facilities to fund our loan originations and a $23.0 million residual repurchase facility. However, there 19 can be no assurance as to whether we will enter into definitive agreements regarding these facilities or that these agreements will contain terms and conditions acceptable to us. If we are unable to comply with the terms of our credit facilities, these lenders have the option to accelerate payment on these facilities and would have no further obligation to make additional advances under these facilities. In addition, absent a waiver, our inability to comply with the financial and other terms of this debt could accelerate debt repayment terms under our other outstanding debt due to the various cross default provisions contained in the agreements evidencing our outstanding debt. Additionally, our ability to obtain alternative financing sources may be limited to the extent we have agreed to pledge our interest-only strips and residual interests, which represent a significant amount of our assets, to secure our obligations in an amount not to exceed 10% of the outstanding principal balance of, and the payment of fees on, the $250.0 million credit facility and a portion of the cash flows from our interest-only strips to secure the senior collateralized subordinated notes outstanding, and by our current financial condition. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations -- Liquidity and Capital Resources" on page 62 for further discussion of these facilities. Although we obtained two warehouse credit facilities totaling $450.0 million in fiscal 2004, and after December 3, 2004 we expect to have warehouse credit facilities totaling at a minimum $530.0 million, the proceeds of these credit facilities may only be used to fund loan originations and may not be used for any other purpose. Consequently, we need to generate cash to fund the balance of our business operations from other sources, such as whole loan sales, additional financings and sales of subordinated debentures. Additionally, our warehouse credit facilities have been obtained at high costs, which have a significant impact on our liquidity. While we currently believe we will continue to have credit facilities available to finance new loan obligations, we cannot assure you that we will be successful in maintaining or replacing existing credit facilities or obtaining alternative financing sources necessary to fund our operations, and to the extent that we are not successful, we may have to limit our loan originations or sell loans earlier than intended and restructure our operations. Limiting our originations or earlier sales of loans would hinder our ability to operate profitably or result in losses and restrict our ability to repay our outstanding debt. Our ability to repay our outstanding debt at maturity may depend, in part, on our ability to raise new funds through the sale of additional subordinated debentures. As the servicer of securitized loans, we could also incur certain additional cash requirements with respect to the securitization trusts which could increase our dependence on borrowed funds to the extent funds from non-credit sources were unavailable. If this additional cash requirement were to arise at a time when our access to borrowed funds was restricted, our ability to repay some or all of our outstanding debt as it comes due could be impaired. See "-- Our securitization agreements impose obligations on us to make cash outlays which could impair our ability to operate profitably and our ability to repay our outstanding debt" on page 28 and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations -- Liquidity and Capital Resources" on page 62. In the event we are unable to offer subordinated debentures for any reason, we have developed a contingent financial restructuring plan including cash flow projections for the next twelve-month period. Based on our current cash flow projections, we anticipate being able to make all scheduled debt maturities and vendor payments. The contingent financial restructuring plan is based on actions that we would take, in addition to those indicated in our adjusted business strategy, to reduce our operating expenses and conserve cash. These actions would include reducing capital expenditures, selling all loans originated on a whole loan basis, eliminating or downsizing various lending, overhead and support groups, and obtaining working capital funding. No assurance can be given that we will be able to successfully implement the contingent financial restructuring plan, if necessary, and repay our outstanding debt. 20 IF WE ARE UNABLE TO OBTAIN ADDITIONAL FINANCING, WE MAY NOT BE ABLE TO RESTRUCTURE OUR BUSINESS TO PERMIT PROFITABLE OPERATIONS OR REPAY OUR OUTSTANDING DEBT. Our inability to complete publicly underwritten securitizations during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2003, all of fiscal 2004 (we completed a privately- placed securitization in the second quarter of fiscal 2004) and the first quarter of fiscal 2005, our inability to draw down upon and the expiration of several of our credit facilities, and our temporary discontinuation of sales of new subordinated debentures for approximately a six-week period during the first quarter of fiscal 2004 adversely impacted our short-term liquidity position and resulted in our inability to comply with financial covenants contained in our credit facilities. The expiration of our $300.0 million mortgage conduit facility in July 2003 and the temporary discontinuation of the sale of new subordinated debentures for approximately a six-week period during the first quarter of fiscal 2004 also adversely impacted our short-term liquidity position. We have entered into definitive agreements for a $100.0 million credit facility to replace our expiring $200.0 million (now $60.0 million) credit facility. We have also entered into commitment letters and anticipate entering into definitive agreements for additional warehouse credit facilities and a $23.0 million residual repurchase facility. However, we cannot give any assurances that we will execute definitive agreements for these facilities or that the definitive agreements offered to us will contain terms and conditions acceptable to us. Although we obtained two warehouse credit facilities totaling $450.0 million in fiscal 2004, and after December 3, 2004 we expect to have warehouse credit facilities totaling at a minimum $530.0 million, the proceeds of these credit facilities may only be used to fund loan originations and may not be used for any other purpose. Consequently, we need to generate cash to fund the balance of our business operations from other sources, such as whole loan sales, additional financings and sales of subordinated debentures. Additionally, our warehouse credit facilities have been obtained at high costs, which have a significant impact on our liquidity. Our ability to obtain alternative sources of financing may be limited to the extent we have pledged our interest-only strips and residual interests, which represent a significant amount of our assets, to secure our obligations in an amount not to exceed 10% of the outstanding principal balance of, and the payment of fees on, the $250.0 million credit facility and a portion of the cash flows from our interest-only strips to secure the senior collateralized subordinated notes, and by our current financial situation. In addition, we intend to pledge certain interest-only strips and residual interests in connection with financings currently being negotiated and cash flows from our interest-only strips in connection with future exchange offers. Our ability to engage in future exchange offers of this type may be limited by the availability of collateral to secure the senior collateralized subordinated notes issued in future exchange offers. To the extent that we are not successful in maintaining, replacing or obtaining alternative financing sources on acceptable terms, we may have to limit our loan originations, sell loans earlier than intended and further restructure our operations under our adjusted business strategy. Limiting our originations or earlier sales of our loans would prevent us from operating profitably and restrict our ability to repay our outstanding debt. Likewise, there can be no assurance that we can successfully implement our adjusted business strategy, if necessary, or that the assumptions underlying the adjusted business strategy can be achieved. Our failure to successfully implement our adjusted business strategy, if necessary, would impair our ability to operate profitably and repay our outstanding debt. If we fail to successfully implement our adjusted business strategy, we will be required to consider other alternatives, including raising equity, seeking to convert a portion of our subordinated debentures to equity, seeking protection under federal bankruptcy laws, seeking a strategic investor, or exploring a sale of the company or some or all of its assets. EVEN IF WE ARE ABLE TO OBTAIN ADEQUATE FINANCING, OUR INABILITY TO SECURITIZE OUR LOANS COULD HINDER OUR ABILITY TO OPERATE PROFITABLY IN THE FUTURE AND REPAY OUR OUTSTANDING DEBT. Since 1995, we have relied on the quarterly securitization of our loans to generate cash for the repayment of our credit facilities and the origination of additional loans. Our inability to complete our typical publicly underwritten quarterly securitization during the fourth quarter of 2003, during fiscal 2004 and the first quarter of fiscal 2005 and the significant net pre-tax valuation adjustments to our securitization assets resulted in a net loss attributable to common stock of $29.9 million for fiscal 2003 and $115.1 million for fiscal 2004 and $28.7 million for the first quarter of fiscal 2005, and contributed to our shift in focus to less profitable whole loan sales. The losses resulted in our inability to comply with certain financial covenants 21 contained in our credit facilities. The losses and the expiration of our mortgage conduit facility adversely impacted our short-term liquidity position. The temporary discontinuation of sales of subordinated debentures further impaired our liquidity. Depending on our ability to recognize gains on our future securitizations, we anticipate incurring losses at least through the second quarter of fiscal 2005 causing us to fail to comply with the financial covenants in our credit facilities, increase our reliance on less profitable whole loan sales which will require us to originate more loans to reach the same level of profitability as we experienced in securitization transactions, and increase our need for additional financing to fund our loan originations. Our continued inability to securitize our loans could result in us reaching our capacity under our existing credit facilities or require us to sell our loans when market conditions are less favorable and could cause us to incur a loss on the sale transaction. See "-- An interruption or reduction in the whole loan sale or securitization markets would hinder our ability to operate profitably and repay our outstanding debt" on page 25. BASED UPON OUR LOSS FOR THE QUARTER ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2004 AND OUR ANTICIPATED LOSS FOR THE QUARTER ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2004, WE WILL BE OUT OF COMPLIANCE WITH FINANCIAL COVENANTS CONTAINED IN ONE OF OUR CREDIT FACILITIES AND WE WILL CONTINUE TO NEED WAIVERS FROM OUR LENDER. At various times since June 30, 2003, including at June 30, 2004, July 31, 2004, August 31, 2004, September 30, 2004 and October 31, 2004, we have been out of compliance with one or more financial covenants contained in our $200.0 million credit facility (reduced to $60.0 million). We have continued to operate on the basis of waivers granted by the lender under this facility. We currently anticipate that we will be out of compliance with one or more of these financial covenants at November 30, 2004 and will need a waiver from this lender for this noncompliance to continue to operate. The expiration date of this facility was originally September 21, 2004, but through a series of extensions granted by this lender to facilitate our closing and implementation of replacement credit facilities, this facility is now scheduled to expire on December 3, 2004. A provision in our $250.0 million credit facility required us to maintain another credit facility for $200.0 million with a $40.0 million sublimit of such facility available for funding newly originated loans. In the event we do not enter into definitive agreements with other lenders by December 3, 2004 which satisfy the above-described requirement in our $250.0 million facility for a $40.0 million sublimit, we will need an additional amendment to the $250.0 million facility or a waiver from the lender to continue to operate. We cannot assure you that we will continue to receive the waivers that we need to operate or that they will not contain conditions that are unacceptable to us. Because we anticipate incurring losses through at least the second quarter of fiscal 2005, we anticipate that we will need to obtain additional waivers from our lenders and bond insurers as a result of our non-compliance with financial covenants contained in our credit facilities and servicing agreements. See "-- We depend upon the availability of financing to fund our continuing operations. Any failure to obtain adequate funding could hurt our ability to operate profitably and restrict our ability to repay our outstanding debt" on page 19 and "-- Restrictive covenants in the agreements governing our indebtedness may reduce our operating flexibility and limit our ability to operate profitably, and our ability to repay our outstanding debt may be impaired" on page 36. IN THE EVENT OUR COMMON STOCK IS DELISTED FROM TRADING ON THE NASDAQ NATIONAL MARKET SYSTEM, OUR ABILITY TO CONTINUE TO SELL SUBORDINATED DEBENTURES WOULD BE NEGATIVELY IMPACTED. Since our common stock is listed on the NASDAQ National Market System, we are required to meet certain requirements established by the NASDAQ Stock Market in order to maintain this listing. These requirements include, among other things, maintenance of stockholders' equity of $10.0 million, a minimum bid price of $1.00 and a market value of publicly held shares of $5.0 million. On April 1, 2004, we received a notice from the NASDAQ Stock Market that we were not in compliance with the requirement for continued listing of our common stock on the NASDAQ National Market System on the basis that we have not met the requirement that the minimum market value of our publicly held shares equal at least $5.0 million. Under NASDAQ Marketplace Rules, we had 90 days, or until June 28, 2004, to become compliant with this requirement for a period of 10 consecutive trading days. On 22 June 15, 2004, we advised the NASDAQ Stock Market that we had been in compliance with this requirement for 10 consecutive trading days. On June 24, 2004, we received a letter from the staff of the NASDAQ Stock Market confirming that we had regained compliance with the NASDAQ continued listing requirement related to the market value of our publicly held shares and were not subject to delisting. There can be no assurance that we will be in compliance with the $10.0 million stockholders' equity requirement on December 31, 2004. We intend to engage in a new exchange offer in order to maintain compliance with this listing requirement. Our ability to engage in future exchange offers of this type may be limited by the availability of collateral to secure the senior collateralized subordinated notes issued in future exchange offers. If we are unable to maintain our listing on the NASDAQ National Market System, our ability to continue to sell subordinated debentures would be negatively impacted by making the process of complying with the state securities laws more difficult, costly and time consuming. As a result, we may be unable to continue to sell subordinated debentures in certain states, which would have a material adverse effect on our liquidity and our ability to repay maturing debt when due. OUR ESTIMATES OF THE VALUE OF INTEREST-ONLY STRIPS AND SERVICING RIGHTS WE RETAIN WHEN WE SECURITIZE LOANS COULD BE INACCURATE AND COULD LIMIT OUR ABILITY TO OPERATE PROFITABLY AND IMPAIR OUR ABILITY TO REPAY OUR OUTSTANDING DEBT. We generally retain interest-only strips and may retain servicing rights in the securitization transactions we complete. We estimate the fair value of the interest-only strips and servicing rights based upon discount rates, prepayment and credit loss rate assumptions established by the management of our company. The value of our interest-only strips totaled $448.8 million and the value of our servicing rights totaled $66.7 million at September 30, 2004. Together, these two assets represented 47.6% of our total assets at September 30, 2004. Although we believe that these amounts represent the fair value of these assets, the amounts were estimated based on discounting the expected cash flows to be received in connection with our securitizations using discount rate, prepayment rate and credit loss rate assumptions established by us. Changes in market interest rates may impact our discount rate assumptions and our actual prepayment and default experience may vary materially from these estimates. Even a small unfavorable change in these assumptions could have a significant adverse impact on the value of these assets. In the event of an unfavorable change in these assumptions, the fair value of these assets would be overstated, requiring an accounting adjustment, consisting of a corresponding reduction in pre-tax income or stockholders' equity or both in the period of adjustment. Adjustments to income could impair our ability to repay our outstanding debt. Further, in the event of a distressed sale of these assets, the value received upon such a sale may be substantially less than our estimate of fair value which would negatively impact our ability to repay our outstanding debt. During fiscal 2004, we recorded a write down of $63.8 million on our securitization assets. The write down consisted of a $46.4 million reduction of pre-tax income and a $17.4 million pre-tax reduction of other comprehensive income, a component of stockholders' equity. The write down was mainly due to actual prepayment experience that was higher than anticipated. During fiscal 2003, we recorded a write down of $63.3 million on our securitization assets. The write down consisted of a $45.2 million reduction of pre-tax income and an $18.1 million pre-tax reduction of stockholders' equity. The write down was mainly due to actual prepayment experience that was higher than our assumptions, but was reduced by the favorable valuation impact of reducing the discount rates used to value our securitization assets at June 30, 2003. We cannot predict with certainty what our future prepayment experience will be. Any unfavorable difference between the assumptions used to value our securitization assets and our actual experience may have a significant adverse impact on the value of these assets. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations -- Impact of Changes in Critical Accounting Estimates in Prior Fiscal Years" on page 89 and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations -- Securitizations" on page 92 for information on the sensitivities of interest-only strips and servicing rights to changes in assumptions. In addition, our servicing rights (and the related fees) can be terminated under certain circumstances, such as failure to make required servicer payments, defined changes in control and reaching certain loss and delinquency levels on the underlying pool. The termination of our servicing rights may have the effect of further reducing the value of our interest-only strips. See "-- Our servicing rights may be terminated if we fail to satisfactorily perform our servicing obligations, or fail to meet minimum net worth requirements or financial covenants which could hinder our ability to operate profitably and impair our ability to repay our outstanding debt" on page 28. 23 LENDING TO CREDIT-IMPAIRED BORROWERS MAY RESULT IN HIGHER DELINQUENCIES IN OUR TOTAL PORTFOLIO, WHICH COULD HINDER OUR ABILITY TO OPERATE PROFITABLY AND IMPAIR OUR ABILITY TO REPAY OUR OUTSTANDING DEBT. We market a significant portion of our loans to borrowers who are either unable or unwilling to obtain financing from traditional sources, such as commercial banks. This type of borrower is commonly referred to as a subprime borrower. Loans made to subprime borrowers, which are commonly referred to as subprime loans, may entail a higher risk of delinquency and loss than loans made to borrowers who use traditional financing sources. Financial institutions utilize a credit rating system referred to as a FICO score to evaluate the creditworthiness of borrowers and as a means to establish the risk associated with lending to a particular borrower. The higher the FICO score, which can range from 300 to 850, the more creditworthy the borrower is. Generally, borrowers with FICO scores of 720 to 850 would receive the most favorable interest rates. During the three months ended September 30, 2004 and fiscal 2004, the average FICO score of our subprime home mortgage borrowers was 632 and 623, respectively. According to Standard & Poor's, subprime lenders issued securitized transactions with mixed collateral (fixed and adjustable-rate mortgage loans) with a range of average FICO scores between 584 and 642 during the second quarter of calendar 2004. Historically, we have experienced higher rates of delinquency on these subprime loans as compared to delinquency rates experienced by banks on loans to borrowers who are not credit-impaired. While we use underwriting standards and collection procedures designed to mitigate the higher credit risk associated with subprime loans, our standards and procedures may not offer adequate protection against risks of default. When we securitize loans we continue to bear some exposure to delinquencies and losses through our securitization assets, which are accounted for through our credit loss assumptions. Higher than anticipated delinquencies, foreclosures or losses in our total portfolio could reduce the cash flow we receive from our securitization assets which would hinder our ability to operate profitably and restrict our ability to repay our outstanding debt. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations -- Total Portfolio Quality" on page 152 and "Business -- Lending Activities" on page 172. DELINQUENCIES AND PREPAYMENTS IN THE POOLS OF SECURITIZED LOANS COULD ADVERSELY AFFECT THE CASH FLOW WE RECEIVE FROM OUR INTEREST-ONLY STRIPS, IMPAIR OUR ABILITY TO SELL OR SECURITIZE LOANS IN THE FUTURE AND IMPAIR OUR ABILITY TO REPAY OUR OUTSTANDING DEBT. We re-acquire the risks of delinquency and default for non-performing loans that we determine to repurchase from the securitization trusts. Levels of delinquencies or losses in a particular securitized pool of loans, which exceed maximum percentage limits, or "triggers," set in the securitization agreement governing that pool, impact some or all of the cash that we would otherwise receive from our interest-only strips. If delinquencies or losses exceed maximum limits, the securitization trust withholds cash from our interest-only strips. The trust then uses the cash to repay outside investors, which reduces the proportionate interest of outside investors in the pool and results in additional overcollateralization. Additionally, for losses, the securitization trust utilizes cash from our interest-only strips to pay off investors. Our receipt of cash payments on the interest-only strip resumes when the additional overcollateralization created for outside investors meets specified targets or delinquency and loss rates for the pool of loans no longer exceed trigger levels. However, to adequately fund our ongoing operations during a period of suspended cash flow, we may need to borrow funds to replace the cash being withheld. The additional interest expense would hinder our ability to operate profitably and could impair our ability to repay our outstanding debt. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations -- Securitizations -- Trigger Management" on page 97. We have the ability to repurchase a limited number of delinquent loans from securitized pools. This ability to repurchase loans enables us to avoid disruptions in securitization cash flows by repurchasing delinquent loans before trigger limits are reached, or to restore suspended cash flows by repurchasing sufficient delinquent loans to lower delinquency and loss rates below trigger limits. However, the repurchase of loans for this purpose, called "trigger management," would require funding from the same sources we rely on for our other cash needs and could require us to borrow additional funds. If funds were not available to permit us to repurchase these loans, our cash flow from the interest-only strips would be reduced and our ability to repay our outstanding debt could be impaired. Lack of liquidity in these circumstances could result in more pools reaching trigger levels, which, in turn, would further tighten liquidity. 24 At September 30, 2004, one of our twenty mortgage securitization trusts was under a triggering event as a result of delinquencies exceeding specified levels. There were no securitization trusts exceeding specified loss levels at September 30, 2004. At June 30, 2004, four of our twenty-six mortgage securitization trusts were under a triggering event. Approximately $5.0 million of excess overcollateralization is being held by the trust as of September 30, 2004. For the three months ended September 30, 2004 and the fiscal year ended June 30, 2004, we repurchased delinquent loans and real estate owned with an aggregate unpaid principal balance of $2.7 million and $54.0 million, respectively, from securitization trusts primarily for trigger management. We cannot predict when the four trusts currently exceeding triggers will be below trigger limits and release the excess overcollateralization. In order for these trusts to release the excess overcollateralization, delinquent loans would need to decline, or we would need to repurchase delinquent loans of up to $4.8 million as of September 30, 2004. We received $1.8 million and $40.9 million of proceeds from the liquidation of repurchased loans and real estate owned in the quarter ended September 30, 2004 and fiscal 2004, respectively. While our managed portfolio has significantly decreased and we anticipate that the amount of loans repurchased from securitization trusts will decline, if delinquencies increase and we cannot cure the delinquency or liquidate the loans in the mortgage securitization trusts without exceeding loss triggers, the levels of repurchases required to manage triggers may increase. Our ability to continue to manage triggers in our securitization trusts in the future is affected by our availability of cash from operations or through the sale of subordinated debentures to fund these repurchases and our ability to retain the servicing rights over the loans held by the securitization trusts. See "-- Our servicing rights may be terminated if we fail to satisfactorily perform our servicing obligations or fail to meet minimum net worth requirements or financial covenants which could hinder our ability to operate profitably and impair our ability to repay our outstanding debt" on page 28. Prepayments by borrowers also make it more difficult for us to maintain delinquencies below trigger limits set in securitization agreements. During the three months ended September 30, 2004 and September 30, 2003, $228.7 million and $334.9 million, respectively, of our loans were prepaid by the borrowers prior to maturity. During fiscal 2004 and fiscal 2003, $1.3 billion and $1.0 billion, respectively, of our loans were prepaid by the borrowers prior to maturity. By reducing current loans in a securitized pool, prepayments mathematically increase the percentage of delinquent loans remaining in the pool. The consequences resulting from either a suspension of cash flow or our repurchase of delinquent loans from the securitized pool could impair our ability to repay our outstanding debt. We currently anticipate that the level of prepayments and prepayment speeds will decline based on current economic conditions and published mortgage industry surveys including the Mortgage Bankers Association's Refinance Indexes available at the time of our quarterly revaluation of our interest-only strips and servicing rights, and our own prepayment experience. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations -- Securitizations -- Trigger Management" on page 97, "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations -- Total Portfolio Quality" on page 152, "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations -- Securitizations" on page 92 and "Business -- Lending Activities" on page 172. AN INTERRUPTION OR REDUCTION IN THE WHOLE LOAN SALE OR SECURITIZATION MARKETS WOULD HINDER OUR ABILITY TO OPERATE PROFITABLY AND REPAY OUR OUTSTANDING DEBT. A significant portion of our revenue and net income represents gain on the sale of loans. Our strategy is to sell substantially all of the loans we originate at least quarterly. Operating results for a given period can fluctuate significantly as a result of the timing and size of whole loan sales or securitizations. If we do not close whole loan sales or securitizations on a quarterly basis, we could experience a loss for that quarter. In addition, we rely on the quarterly sale of our loans to generate cash proceeds for the repayment of our warehouse credit facilities and origination of additional loans. Our ability to complete securitizations depends on several factors, including: o conditions in the securities markets generally, including market interest rates; o conditions in the asset-backed securities markets specifically; 25 o general economic conditions, including conditions in the subprime industry; o our financial condition; o the performance of our previously securitized loans; o the credit quality of our total portfolio; and o changes in federal tax laws. If we are not able to sell substantially all of the loans that we originate during the quarter in which the loans are made, we would likely not be profitable for the quarter. Any substantial impairment in the size or availability of the market for our loans could result in our inability to continue to originate loans and repay our outstanding debt which would have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition and business prospects. If it is not possible or economical for us to complete a whole loan sale or securitization within favorable timeframes, we may exceed our capacity under our warehouse financing and lines of credit. We may be required to sell the accumulated loans at a time when market conditions for our loans are less favorable, and potentially to incur a loss on the sale transaction. If we cannot generate sufficient liquidity upon any such loan sale or through the sale of additional subordinated debentures, we will be required to restrict or restructure our operations. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations -- Liquidity and Capital Resources" on page 62 and "Business -- Securitizations" on page 185. IF WE ARE UNABLE TO SUCCESSFULLY IMPLEMENT OUR ADJUSTED BUSINESS STRATEGY WHICH FOCUSES ON WHOLE LOAN SALES, WE MAY BE UNABLE TO ATTAIN PROFITABLE OPERATIONS WHICH COULD IMPAIR OUR ABILITY TO REPAY OUR OUTSTANDING DEBT. Our adjusted business strategy seeks to increase our loan volume by broadening our loan product line, offering more competitive interest rates and through further development of existing markets while maintaining our origination fees, underwriting criteria and the interest rate spread between loan interest rates and the interest rates we pay for capital. Implementation of this strategy will depend in large part on our ability to: o broaden our mortgage loan product line and increase originations of loans; o obtain additional financing to fund our operations; o manage the mix of loans originated in order to maximize the timing and levels of advances under our credit facilities and to appeal to a broader group of borrowers; o expand in markets with a sufficient concentration of borrowers who meet our underwriting criteria; o maintain adequate financing on reasonable terms to fund our loan origination; o profitably sell our loans through whole loan sales on a regular basis; o hire, train and retain skilled employees; and o successfully implement our marketing campaigns. Our inability to achieve any or all of these factors could impair our ability to successfully implement our adjusted business strategy and successfully leverage our fixed costs which could hinder our ability to operate profitably, result in continued losses and impair our ability to repay our outstanding debt. If we fail to successfully implement our adjusted business strategy, we will be required to consider other alternatives, including raising equity, seeking to convert a portion of our subordinated debentures to equity, seeking protection under federal bankruptcy laws, seeking a strategic investor, or exploring a sale of the company or some or all of its assets. CHANGES IN INTEREST RATES COULD NEGATIVELY IMPACT OUR ABILITY TO OPERATE PROFITABLY AND IMPAIR OUR ABILITY TO REPAY OUR OUTSTANDING DEBT. Rising interest rates could reduce our overall profitability in one or more of the following ways: 26 o reducing the demand for our loan products, which could reduce our profitability; o causing investors in asset-backed securities to increase the interest rate spread requirements and overcollateralization requirements for our future securitizations, which could reduce the profitability of our securitizations; o increasing interest rates required by purchasers of our loans in whole loan sales; o reducing the spread between the interest rates we receive on loans we originate and the interest rates we pay to fund the originations, which among other effects, increases our carrying costs for these loans during the period they are being pooled for securitization; o increasing the interest rates we must pay on our subordinated debentures to attract investors at the levels we require to fund our operations; o increasing our interest expense on all sources of borrowed funds, such as subordinated debentures, credit facilities and lines of credit, and could restrict our access to the capital markets; o negatively impacting the value and profitability of loans from the date of origination until the date we sell the loans; o reducing the spread between the average interest rate on the loans in a securitization pool and the pass-through interest rate to investors issued in connection with the securitization (This reduction in the spread occurs because interest rates on loans in a securitization pool are typically set over the three months preceding a securitization while the pass-through rate on securities issued in the securitization is based on market rates at the time a securitization is priced. Therefore, if market interest rates required by investors increase prior to securitization of the loans, the interest rate spread between the average interest rate on the loans and the pass-through interest rate to investors may be reduced or eliminated. This factor would reduce our profit on the sale of the loans. Any reduction in our profitability could impair our ability to repay our outstanding debt); and o increasing the cost of floating rate certificates issued in certain securitizations without a corresponding increase in the interest income of the underlying fixed rate loan collateral (This situation would reduce the cash flow we receive from the interest-only strips related to those securitizations and reduce the fair value or expected future cash flow of that asset as well. At September 30, 2004, floating interest rate certificates represented 13.2% of total debt issued by loan securitization trusts. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations -- Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk" on page 156 for further discussion of the impact on our interest-only strips of interest rate changes in floating interest rate certificates issued by securitization trusts and outstanding debt issued by the securitization trusts). Declining interest rates could reduce our profitability in one or more of the following ways: o subordinated debentures with terms of one year or more which are not redeemable at our option represent an unfavorable source of borrowing in an environment where market rates fall below those paid on the subordinated debentures (At September 30, 2004, $8.1 million in non- redeemable subordinated debentures with maturities of greater than one year was outstanding.); and o a decline in market interest rates generally induces borrowers to refinance their loans, which are held in the securitization trusts, and could reduce our profitability; prepayment levels in excess of our assumptions reduce the value of our securitization assets. A significant decline in market interest rates would increase the level of loan prepayments, which would decrease the size of the total managed loan portfolio and the related projected cash flows. Higher than anticipated rates of loan prepayments could require a write down of the fair value of the related interest-only strips and servicing rights, adversely impacting earnings during the period of adjustment which would result in a reduction in our profitability and could impair our ability to repay our outstanding debt. (See " -- Our estimates of the value of interest-only strips and servicing rights we retain when we securitize loans could be inaccurate and could limit our ability to operate profitably and impair our ability to repay our outstanding debt") on page 23. 27 Although both rising and falling interest rates negatively impact our business and profitability, the speed at which rates fluctuate, the duration of high or low interest rate environments and the nature and magnitude of any favorable interest rate consequences, as well as economic events and business conditions outside of our control, affect the overall manner in which interest rate changes impact our operations and the magnitude of such impact. In addition, because of the volatile and unpredictable manner in which these factors interact, we may experience interest rate risks in the future that we have not previously experienced or identified. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations -- Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk" on page 156. OUR SECURITIZATION AGREEMENTS IMPOSE OBLIGATIONS ON US TO MAKE CASH OUTLAYS WHICH COULD IMPAIR OUR ABILITY TO OPERATE PROFITABLY AND OUR ABILITY TO REPAY OUR OUTSTANDING DEBT. Our securitization agreements require us to replace or repurchase loans which do not conform to representations and warranties we made in the agreements. Additionally, as servicer, we are required to: o compensate investors for interest shortfalls on loan prepayments (up to the amount of the related servicing fee); and o advance interest payments for delinquent loans if we believe in good faith the advances will ultimately be recoverable by the securitization trust. These advances can first be made out of funds available in the trusts' collection accounts. If the funds available from the trusts' collection accounts are insufficient to make the required advances, then we are required to make the advances from our operating cash. The advances made from the trusts' collection accounts, if not recovered from the borrowers or proceeds from the liquidation of the loans, require reimbursement from us. These advances, if ultimately not recoverable by us, require funding from our capital resources and may create greater demands on our cash flow, which could limit our ability to repay our outstanding debt. See "Business -- Securitizations" on page 185. In the quarter ended September 30, 2004 and in fiscal 2004, our cash expenditures related to our securitization agreements constituted less than $100,000. We do not anticipate that these cash outlays will increase significantly in the foreseeable future. OUR SERVICING RIGHTS MAY BE TERMINATED IF WE FAIL TO SATISFACTORILY PERFORM OUR SERVICING OBLIGATIONS, OR FAIL TO MEET MINIMUM NET WORTH REQUIREMENTS OR FINANCIAL COVENANTS WHICH COULD HINDER OUR ABILITY TO OPERATE PROFITABLY AND IMPAIR OUR ABILITY TO REPAY OUR OUTSTANDING DEBT. As part of the securitization of our loans, we may retain the servicing rights, which is the right to service the loans for a fee. At September 30, 2004, 82.5% of the total portfolio we serviced was owned by third parties. The value of servicing rights related to our total portfolio is an asset on our balance sheet called servicing rights. We enter into agreements in connection with the securitizations that allow bond insurers to terminate us as the servicer if we breach our servicing obligations, fail to perform satisfactorily or fail to meet a minimum net worth requirement or other financial covenants. For example, our servicing rights may be terminated if losses on the pool of loans in a particular securitization exceed prescribed levels for specified periods of time. Since October 2003 we have been out of compliance with the net worth covenant in the servicing agreements associated with one bond insurer and we have obtained a waiver from this bond insurer for this noncompliance on a monthly basis in order to continue as servicer under these servicing agreements. We anticipate having to obtain this waiver on a monthly basis for the foreseeable future. There can be no assurances that we will continue to receive the waivers necessary to operate or that such waivers will not contain conditions that are unacceptable to us. As a result of recent amendments to our servicing agreements, all of our servicing agreements associated with the bond insurers now provide for term- to-term servicing and, in the case of our servicing agreements with two bond insurers, our rights as a servicer may be terminated at the expiration of a servicing term in the sole discretion of the bond insurer. During the quarter ended September 30, 2004 and in fiscal 2004, we did not experience any termination of servicing rights pursuant to existing term-to-term servicing agreements. There can be no assurances that we will continue to receive the servicing agreement extensions we need to operate or that they will not contain conditions that are unacceptable to us. See "Management's Discussion 28 and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations -- Liquidity and Capital Resources" on page 62. If we lose the right to service some or all of the loans in our total portfolio, the servicing fees will no longer be paid to us and we would be required to write down or write off this asset, which would decrease our earnings and our net worth and impair our ability to repay our outstanding debt. In addition, if we do not meet eligibility criteria to act as servicer in future securitizations, we would not receive income from these future servicing rights. Further, to the extent we lose our right to service some or all of the loans in our total portfolio, we may be unable to manage triggering events under our securitization agreements which could cause disruptions in the cash flows from our interest-only strips, impair the value of these assets and limit our ability to repay our outstanding debt. IF WE ARE NOT ABLE TO EXCEED THE LEVELS OF LOAN ORIGINATIONS THAT WE EXPERIENCED IN THE PAST, WE MAY BE UNABLE TO ATTAIN PROFITABLE OPERATIONS AND OUR ABILITY TO REPAY OUR OUTSTANDING DEBT MAY BE IMPAIRED. During fiscal 2003 and 2002, we experienced record levels of loan originations. As a result of our liquidity issues, our loan volume for fiscal 2004 decreased substantially. During fiscal 2004, we originated $982.7 million of loans as compared to originations of $1.67 billion of loans in fiscal 2003. During the first quarter of fiscal 2005, we originated $629.7 million of loans. We anticipate that depending upon the size of our future quarterly securitizations, if any, we will need to increase our loan originations to approximately $400.0 million to $500.0 million per month to return to profitable operations. If we are unable to complete quarterly securitizations, we will need to increase our loan originations to approximately $500.0 million to $600.0 million per month to return to profitability. Our ability to achieve the level of loan originations necessary to obtain profitable operations depends upon a variety of factors, some of which are outside our control, including: o interest rates; o our ability to manage the mix of loans originated in order to maximize the timing and levels of advances under our credit facilities and to appeal to a broader group of borrowers; o our ability to broaden our mortgage loan product line; o our ability to originate loans, which have the characteristics that qualify for us to obtain advances under our new credit facilities (including higher loan-to-value ratios than those originated in the past); o our ability to obtain additional financing on reasonable terms; o conditions in the asset-backed securities markets; o our ability to attract and retain qualified personnel; o economic conditions in our primary market area; o competition; and o regulatory restrictions. To the extent that we are not successful in maintaining or replacing outstanding debt upon maturity, increasing and maintaining adequate warehouse credit facilities or lines of credit to fund increasing loan originations, or securitizing and selling our loans, we may have to limit future loan originations and further restructure our operations. If we are unable to attain the level of loan originations of approximately $400.0 to $500.0 million per month with a securitization or approximately $500.0 million to $600.0 million per month without a securitization, we may be unable to attain profitable operations and our ability to repay our outstanding debt may be impaired. See "-- Changes in interest rates could negatively impact our ability to operate profitably and impair our ability to repay our outstanding debt" on page 26. 29 THE LOANS WE RECENTLY ORIGINATED ARE UNSEASONED AND MAY HAVE HIGHER DELINQUENCY AND DEFAULT RATES THAN MORE SEASONED LOAN PORTFOLIOS, WHICH COULD RESULT IN LOSSES ON LOANS THAT ARE REQUIRED TO BE REPURCHASED BY US UNDER RECOURSE PROVISIONS AND WHICH MAY IMPACT OUR ABILITY TO SELL LOANS IN THE SECONDARY MARKET WHICH WOULD NEGATIVELY IMPAIR OUR ABILITY TO REPAY OUTSTANDING DEBT. The mortgage loans which we recently originated are unseasoned and may have higher delinquency and default rates than seasoned mortgage loans. Delinquency interrupts the flow of projected interest income from a mortgage loan, and default can ultimately lead to a loss if the net realizable value of the real property securing the mortgage loan is insufficient to cover the principal and interest due on the loan. We start bearing the risk of delinquency and default on loans when we originate them. Some whole loan sale agreements we enter into with purchasers may include limited recourse provisions obligating us to repurchase loans at the sale price in the event of unfavorable delinquency performance of the loans sold or to refund premiums if a sold loan prepays within a specified period. The duration of these obligations typically ranges from 60 days to one year from the date of the loan sale. We reserve for these premium obligations at the time of sale through an expense charge against the gain on sale. In the three months ended September 30, 2004, we sold approximately $602.2 million of loans under agreements containing recourse provisions, of which $598.9 million of loans were still subject to recourse provisions at September 30, 2004. The remaining $3.3 million of whole loan sales during the three months ended September 30, 2004 were without recourse. In fiscal 2004, we sold approximately $803.7 million of loans under agreements containing recourse provisions, of which $624.0 million of loans were still subject to recourse provisions at June 30, 2004. We attempt to manage these risks with risk-based loan pricing and appropriate underwriting policies and loan collection methods. However, if such policies and methods are insufficient to control our delinquency and default risks and do not result in appropriate loan pricing and appropriate loss reserves, our ability to repay our outstanding debt will be negatively impaired. A DECLINE IN REAL ESTATE VALUES COULD RESULT IN A REDUCTION IN OUR LOAN ORIGINATIONS, WHICH COULD HINDER OUR ABILITY TO ATTAIN PROFITABLE OPERATIONS AND IMPAIR OUR ABILITY TO REPAY OUR OUTSTANDING DEBT. Our business may be adversely affected by declining real estate values. Any significant decline in real estate values reduces the ability of borrowers to use home equity as collateral for borrowings. This reduction in real estate values may reduce the number of loans we are able to make, which will reduce the gain on sale of loans and servicing and origination fees we will collect, which could hinder our ability to attain profitable operations and limit our ability to repay our outstanding debt. See "Business -- Lending Activities" on page 172. A DECLINE IN VALUE OF THE COLLATERAL SECURING OUR LOANS COULD RESULT IN AN INCREASE IN LOSSES ON FORECLOSURE, WHICH COULD HINDER OUR ABILITY TO ATTAIN PROFITABLE OPERATIONS AND LIMIT OUR ABILITY TO REPAY OUR OUTSTANDING DEBT. Declining real estate values will increase the loan-to-value ratios of loans we previously made, which in turn, increases the probability of a loss in the event the borrower defaults and we have to sell the mortgaged property. In addition, delinquencies, foreclosures on loans and losses from delinquent and foreclosed loans generally increase during economic slowdowns or recessions, and the increase in delinquencies, foreclosures on loans and losses from delinquent and foreclosed loans we experience may be particularly pronounced because we lend to credit-impaired borrowers. As a result, the market value of the real estate or other collateral underlying our loans may not, at any given time, be sufficient to satisfy the outstanding principal amount of the loans which could hinder our ability to attain profitable operations and limit our ability to repay our outstanding debt. In addition, 91.0% of our loans originated during the first quarter of fiscal 2005 were secured by first mortgages and 9.0% of our loans originated during the first quarter of fiscal 2005 were secured by second mortgages. During fiscal 2004, 89.9% of loans originated by us were secured by first mortgages and 10.1% of loans originated by us were secured by second mortgages. Our loans secured by second mortgages are more frequently subject to delinquencies and losses on foreclosure than the loans secured by first mortgages. Any sustained period of increased delinquencies, foreclosures or losses from delinquent and foreclosed loans could adversely affect our ability to sell loans, the prices we receive for our loans or the value of our interest-only strips which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition and business prospects. See "Business -- Lending Activities" on page 172. 30 THE AMOUNT OF OUR OUTSTANDING DEBT COULD IMPAIR OUR FINANCIAL CONDITION AND OUR ABILITY TO FULFILL OUR DEBT AND DIVIDEND OBLIGATIONS. As of September 30, 2004, we had total indebtedness of approximately $869.0 million, comprised of amounts outstanding under our warehouse lines, subordinated debentures, senior collateralized subordinated notes issued in the exchange offers through September 30, 2004, convertible promissory notes and capitalized lease obligations. At September 30, 2004, our ratio of total debt and liabilities to equity was approximately 90.4 to 1. At September 30, 2004, we also had availability to incur additional indebtedness of approximately $70.1 million under our revolving warehouse and credit facilities. In the twelve-month period ending September 30, 2005, we will be obligated to pay $677.9 million of interest and principal on maturing debt outstanding at September 30, 2004 and $10.9 million of dividends on Series A preferred stock outstanding at September 30, 2004. If we issue $275.0 million of subordinated debentures during fiscal 2005, we would expect to increase the amount of interest payable in the next twelve months by approximately $14.0 million. In addition, during the three months ended September 30, 2004, and fiscal 2004, we were required to pay fees and expenses of lenders of $8.6 million and $23.3 million, respectively, in order to maintain existing and obtain new credit facilities. During fiscal 2005, these fees and expenses are estimated to be approximately $39.0 million. The amount of our outstanding indebtedness could: o require us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow to the payment of interest, principal and fees on our indebtedness, thereby reducing the availability of our cash flow to fund working capital, capital expenditures and other general corporate requirements, including the payment of dividends on our capital stock; o limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in operations and the subprime industry in which we operate; and o place us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors that have proportionately less debt. In addition, the interest expense resulting from additional outstanding debt and fees and expenses of lenders payable in order to maintain our credit facilities would reduce our profitability and could impair our ability to repay our outstanding debt as it matures. If we are unable to meet our debt service obligations, we could be forced to restructure or refinance our indebtedness, seek additional equity capital or sell assets. Our ability to obtain additional financing could be limited to the extent that our interest- only strips, which represent a significant portion of our assets, are pledged to secure our obligation in an amount not to exceed 10% of the outstanding principal balance of, and the payment of fees on, our $250.0 million credit facility and a portion of the cash flows from our interest-only strips is pledged to secure the senior collateralized subordinated notes issued in the exchange offers. Our inability to obtain financing or sell assets on satisfactory terms could impair our ability to operate profitably and our ability to repay our outstanding debt. See "-- We depend upon the availability of financing to fund our continuing operations. Any failure to obtain adequate funding could hurt our ability to operate profitably and restrict our ability to repay our outstanding debt" on page 19. IF WE ARE UNABLE TO IMPLEMENT AN EFFECTIVE HEDGING STRATEGY, WE MAY BE UNABLE TO ATTAIN PROFITABLE OPERATIONS WHICH WOULD REDUCE THE FUNDS WE HAVE AVAILABLE TO REPAY OUR OUTSTANDING DEBT. IN A DECLINING INTEREST RATE ENVIRONMENT, EVEN AN EFFECTIVE HEDGING STRATEGY COULD RESULT IN LOSSES IN THE CURRENT PERIOD WHICH COULD IMPAIR OUR ABILITY TO REPAY OUR OUTSTANDING DEBT. From time to time we use hedging strategies in an attempt to mitigate the effect of changes in interest rates on our fixed interest rate mortgage loans prior to securitization. These strategies may involve the use of, among other things, derivative financial instruments including futures, interest rate swaps and forward pricing of securitizations. An effective hedging strategy is complex and no strategy can completely insulate us from interest rate risk. In fact, poorly designed strategies or improperly executed transactions may increase rather than mitigate interest rate risk. Hedging involves transaction and other costs, and these costs could increase as the period covered by the hedging protection increases or in periods of rising and fluctuating interest rates. During the three months ended September 30, 2004, we recorded losses on the fair value of derivative 31 financial instruments of $2.0 million and paid $3.6 million of cash in settlement of derivative financial instruments. During fiscal 2004, we recorded gains on the fair value of derivative financial instruments of $2.5 million and paid $0.8 million of cash in settlement of derivative financial instruments. We recorded losses on the fair value of derivative financial instruments of $14.2 million during fiscal 2003 and $9.4 million in fiscal 2002. The amount of losses settled in cash was $7.7 million in fiscal 2003 and $9.4 million in fiscal 2002. In addition, an interest rate hedging strategy may not be effective against the risk that the interest rate spread needed to attract potential buyers of asset-backed securities may widen. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations -- Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk" on page 156. COMPETITION FROM OTHER LENDERS COULD ADVERSELY AFFECT OUR ABILITY TO ATTAIN PROFITABLE OPERATIONS AND OUR ABILITY TO REPAY OUR OUTSTANDING DEBT MAY BE IMPAIRED. The lending markets in which we compete are evolving. Some competitors have been acquired by companies with substantially greater resources, lower cost of funds, and a more established market presence than we have. Government sponsored entities are expanding their participation in our market. In addition, we have experienced increased competition over the Internet, where barriers to entry are relatively low. If these companies or entities increase their marketing efforts to include our market niche of borrowers, we may be forced to reduce the interest rates and fees we currently charge in order to maintain and expand our market share. Any reduction in our interest rates or fees could have an adverse impact on our profitability and our ability to repay our outstanding debt may be impaired. As we expand our business further, we will face a significant number of new competitors, many of whom are well established in the markets we seek to penetrate. The profitability of other similar lenders may attract additional competitors into this market. The competition in the subprime lending industry has also led to rapid technological developments, evolving industry standards, and frequent releases of new products and enhancements. As loan products are offered more widely through alternative distribution channels, such as the Internet, we may be required to make significant changes to our current retail structure, broker structure and information systems to compete effectively. Our ability to adapt to other technological changes in the industry could have a material adverse effect on our business. The need to increase our loan volume to implement our adjusted business strategy in this competitive environment creates a risk of price competition in the subprime lending industry. Competition in the industry can take many forms, including interest rates and costs of a loan, convenience in obtaining a loan, customer service, amount and term of a loan, marketing and distribution channels, and competition in attracting and retaining qualified employees. Price competition would lower the interest rates that we are able to charge borrowers, which would lower our interest income. Price-cutting or discounting reduces profits and will depress earnings if sustained for any length of time. Increased competition may also reduce the volume of our loan originations and result in a decrease in gain on sale from the securitization or sale of such loans which would decrease our income. As a result, any increase in these pricing pressures could have a material adverse effect on our business. See "Business -- Competition" on page 187. AN ECONOMIC DOWNTURN OR RECESSION IN A SMALL NUMBER OF STATES COULD HINDER OUR ABILITY TO OPERATE PROFITABLY AND REDUCE THE FUNDS AVAILABLE TO REPAY OUR OUTSTANDING DEBT. In the first quarter of fiscal 2005, we originated 58.2% of our mortgage loans in California, Maryland, Virginia, Massachusetts and Florida. In fiscal 2004, we originated 54.5% of our mortgage loans in California, New York, Pennsylvania, Massachusetts and Florida. The concentration of loans in these states subjects us to the risk that a downturn in the economy or recession in these states would more greatly affect us than if our lending business were more geographically diversified. As a result, an economic downturn or recession in these states could result in decreases in loan originations and increases in delinquencies and foreclosures in our total portfolio which could negatively impair our ability to sell or securitize loans, hinder our ability to operate profitably and limit the funds available to repay our outstanding debt. See "Business -- Lending Activities" on page 172. 32 OUR OPERATIONS IN A SMALL NUMBER OF STATES COULD BE IMPACTED BY THE OCCURRENCE OF A NATURAL DISASTER, WHICH COULD HINDER OUR ABILITY TO OBTAIN PROFITABLE OPERATIONS, IMPAIR OUR ABILITY TO REPAY OUR OUTSTANDING DEBT. In the first quarter of fiscal 2005, we originated 44.9% of our mortgage loans in California, Florida, New Jersey, Texas, and Georgia. In fiscal 2004, we originated 37.6% of our mortgage loans in these states. The occurrence of a natural disaster, such as an earthquake or hurricane, in one or more of these states could result in a decline in loan originations, the declining value or destruction of the mortgaged properties in these states and an increase in the risk of delinquency, foreclosure or loss for the loans originated by us, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial conditions and results of operations. See "Business -- Lending Activities" on page 172 and "-- A decline in value of the collateral securing our loans could result in an increase in losses on foreclosure, which could hinder our ability to attain profitable operations and limit our ability to repay our outstanding debt" on page 30. OUR RESIDENTIAL LENDING BUSINESS IS SUBJECT TO GOVERNMENT REGULATION AND LICENSING REQUIREMENTS, WHICH MAY HINDER OUR ABILITY TO OPERATE PROFITABLY AND NEGATIVELY IMPAIR OUR ABILITY TO REPAY OUR OUTSTANDING DEBT. Our residential lending business is subject to extensive regulation, supervision and licensing by various state departments of banking and other state, local and federal agencies. Our lending business is also subject to various laws and judicial and administrative decisions imposing requirements and restrictions on all or part of our home equity lending activities. We are also subject to examinations by state departments of banking or similar agencies in the 46 states where we are licensed or otherwise qualified with respect to originating, processing, underwriting, selling and servicing home mortgage loans. We are also subject to Federal Reserve Board, Federal Trade Commission, Department of Housing and Urban Development and other federal and state agency regulations related to residential mortgage lending, servicing and reporting. Failure to comply with these requirements can lead to, among other remedies, termination or suspension of licenses, rights of rescission for mortgage loans, class action lawsuits and administrative enforcement actions. In addition, we are subject to review by state attorneys general and the U.S. Department of Justice and recently entered into a joint agreement with the Civil Division of the U.S. Attorney's Office for the Eastern District of Pennsylvania which ended the inquiry by the U.S. Attorney focused on our forbearance policy initiated pursuant to the civil subpoena dated May 14, 2003. See "Business -- Legal Proceedings" on page 191. State and federal banking regulatory agencies, state attorneys' general offices, the Federal Trade Commission, the U.S. Department of Justice, the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development and state and local governmental authorities have increased their focus on lending practices by some companies in the subprime lending industry, more commonly referred to as "predatory lending" practices. State, local and federal governmental agencies have imposed sanctions for practices, including, but not limited to, charging borrowers excessive fees, imposing higher interest rates than the borrower's credit risk warrants, and failing to adequately disclose the material terms of loans to the borrowers. For example, the Pennsylvania Attorney General reviewed fees our subsidiary, HomeAmerican Credit, Inc., charged Pennsylvania customers. Although we believe that these fees were fair and in compliance with applicable federal and state laws, in April 2002, we agreed to reimburse borrowers approximately $221,000 with respect to a particular fee paid by borrowers from January 1, 1999 to mid-February 2001 and to reimburse the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania $50,000 for its costs of investigation and for future public protection purposes. We discontinued charging this particular fee in mid-February 2001. As a result of these initiatives, we are unable to predict whether state, local or federal authorities will require changes in our lending practices in the future, including reimbursement of fees charged to borrowers, or will impose fines on us. These changes, if required, could impact our profitability. These laws and regulations may limit our ability to securitize loans originated in some states or localities due to rating agency, investor or market restrictions. As a result, we have limited the types of loans we offer in some states and may discontinue originating loans in other states or localities. Additionally, the United States Congress is currently considering a number of proposed bills or proposed amendments to existing laws, such as the "Ney - Lucas Responsible Lending Act of 2003" introduced on February 13, 2003 into the U.S. House of Representatives, which could affect our lending activities and make 33 our business less profitable. These bills and amendments, if adopted as proposed, could reduce our profitability by limiting the fees we are permitted to charge, including prepayment fees, restricting the terms we are permitted to include in our loan agreements and increasing the amount of disclosure we are required to give to potential borrowers. See "Business -- Lending Activities" on page 172 and "Business -- Regulation" on page 187. In addition to new regulatory initiatives with respect to so-called "predatory lending" practices, current laws or regulations in some states restrict our ability to charge prepayment penalties and late fees. Prior to its preclusion in July 2003, we had used the Federal Alternative Mortgage Transactions Parity Act of 1982, which we refer to as the Parity Act, to preempt these state laws for loans which meet the definition of alternative mortgage transactions under the Parity Act. However, the Office of Thrift Supervision has adopted a rule effective in July 2003, which precludes us and other non-bank, non-thrift creditors from using the Parity Act to preempt state prepayment penalty and late fee laws on new loan originations. Under the provisions of this rule, we are required to modify or eliminate the practice of charging prepayment and other fees on new loans in some of the states where we originate loans. Prior to this rule becoming effective, 80% to 85% of the home mortgage loans we originated contained prepayment fees. The origination of a high percentage of loans with prepayment fees impacts our securitization gains and securitization assets by helping to reduce the likelihood of a borrower prepaying their loan, thereby prolonging the life of a securitization, and increasing the amounts of residual cash flow, servicing fees and prepayment fees we can expect to collect over the life of a securitization. We currently expect that the percentage of loans that we will originate in the future containing prepayment fees will decrease to approximately 65% to 70%. During the quarter ended September 30, 2004 and fiscal 2004, approximately 78% and 72%, respectively, of the loans we originated contained prepayment fees. This decrease in prepayment fee penetration will potentially reduce the amount of gains and securitization assets we will record on any future securitizations. Because there are many other variables including market conditions, which will also impact securitizations, we are unable to quantify the impact of this rule on any future securitization assets and related gains until we complete a publicly- placed securitization of loans which we originated since this rule became effective. We have procedures and controls to monitor compliance with numerous federal, state and local laws and regulations. However, because these laws and regulations are complex and often subject to interpretation, or as a result of inadvertent errors, we may, from time to time, inadvertently violate these laws and regulations. More restrictive laws, rules and regulations may be adopted in the future that could make compliance more difficult or expensive or we may be subject to additional governmental reviews of our lending practices which could hinder our ability to operate profitably and repay our debt. See "Business -- Regulation" on page 187. WE ARE SUBJECT TO PRIVATE LITIGATION, INCLUDING LAWSUITS RESULTING FROM THE ALLEGED "PREDATORY" LENDING PRACTICES, AS WELL AS SECURITIES CLASS ACTION AND DERIVATIVE LAWSUITS, THE IMPACT OF WHICH ON OUR FINANCIAL POSITION IS UNCERTAIN. THE INHERENT UNCERTAINTY RELATED TO LITIGATION OF THIS TYPE AND THE PRELIMINARY STAGE OF THESE SUITS MAKES IT DIFFICULT TO PREDICT THE ULTIMATE OUTCOME OR POTENTIAL LIABILITY THAT WE MAY INCUR AS A RESULT OF THESE MATTERS. We are subject, from time to time, to private litigation resulting from alleged "predatory lending" practices. Our lending subsidiaries, including HomeAmerican Credit, Inc., which does business as Upland Mortgage, are involved in class action lawsuits, other litigation, claims, investigations by governmental authorities, and legal proceedings arising out of their lending and servicing activities. For example, in the purported class action entitled, Calvin Hale v. HomeAmerican Credit, Inc., d/b/a Upland Mortgage, borrowers in several states alleged that the charging of, and failure to properly disclose the nature of, a document preparation fee were improper under applicable state law. The case was ultimately settled without class certification. In addition, on May 20, 2004, the purported consumer class action lawsuit captioned Moore v. American Business Financial Services, Inc. et al, No. 003237 was filed against us, our lending subsidiaries and an unrelated party in the Philadelphia Court of Common Pleas. The lawsuit was brought on behalf of residential mortgage consumers and challenges the validity of our deed in lieu of foreclosure and force-placed insurance practices as well as certain mortgage service fees charged by us. This lawsuit appears to relate, in part, to the same subject matter as the U.S. Attorney's inquiry concluded in December 2003 with no findings 34 of wrongdoing as discussed in "Business -- Legal Proceedings" on page 191. The lawsuit seeks actual and treble damages, statutory damages, punitive damages, costs and expenses of the litigation and injunctive relief. We believe the complaint contains fundamental factual inaccuracies and that we have numerous defenses to these allegations. We expect, that as a result of the publicity surrounding "predatory lending" practices, we may be subject to other class action suits in the future. See "Business -- Legal Proceedings" on page 191. In January and February of 2004, four class action lawsuits were filed against us and certain of our officers and directors in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Pennsylvania. The consolidated amended class action complaint that supersedes complaints filed in those four lawsuits brings claims on behalf of a class of all purchasers of our common stock for a proposed class period of January 27, 2000 through June 26, 2003. The consolidated complaint alleges that, among other things, we and the named directors and officers violated Sections 10(b) and 20(a) of the Exchange Act. The consolidated complaint alleges that, during the applicable class period, our forbearance and deferment practices enabled us to, among other things, lower our delinquency rates to facilitate the securitization of our loans which purportedly allowed us to collect interest income from our securitized loans and inflate our financial results and market price of our common stock. The consolidated amended class action complaint seeks unspecified compensatory damages, costs and expenses related to bringing the action, and other unspecified relief. We filed a motion to dismiss this class action on October 21, 2004. In addition, a shareholder derivative action was filed against us, as a nominal defendant, and our directors and certain officers in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Pennsylvania, alleging that the named directors and officers breached their fiduciary duties to us, engaged in the abuse of control, gross mismanagement and other violations of law during the period from January 27, 2000 through June 25, 2003. Procedurally, these lawsuits are in a very preliminary stage. We believe that we have several defenses to the claims raised by these lawsuits and intend to vigorously defend the lawsuits. Due to the inherent uncertainties in litigation and because the ultimate resolution of these proceedings is influenced by factors outside of our control, we are currently unable to predict the ultimate outcome of this litigation or its impact on our financial position or results of operations. However, to the extent that our management will be required to participate in or otherwise devote substantial amounts of time to the defense of these lawsuits, such activities would result in the diversion of our management resources from our business operations and the implementation of our adjusted business strategy, which may negatively impact our results of operations. See "Business -- Legal Proceedings" on page 191. CLAIMS BY BORROWERS OR INVESTORS IN LOANS COULD HINDER OUR ABILITY TO OPERATE PROFITABLY, WHICH WOULD REDUCE THE FUNDS WE HAVE AVAILABLE TO REPAY OUR OUTSTANDING DEBT. In the ordinary course of our business, we are subject to claims made against us by borrowers and investors in loans arising from, among other things: o losses that are claimed to have been incurred as a result of alleged breaches of fiduciary obligations, misrepresentation, error and omission by our employees, officers and agents (including our appraisers); o incomplete documentation; and o failure to comply with various laws and regulations applicable to our business. If claims asserted, pending legal actions or judgments against us result in legal expenses or liability, these expenses could hinder our ability to operate profitably, which would reduce funds available to repay our outstanding debt. See "Business -- Legal Proceedings" on page 191. IF WE ARE UNABLE TO REALIZE CASH PROCEEDS FROM THE SALE OF LOANS IN EXCESS OF THE COST TO ORIGINATE THE LOANS, OUR FINANCIAL POSITION AND OUR ABILITY TO REPAY OUR OUTSTANDING DEBT COULD BE ADVERSELY AFFECTED. The net cash proceeds received from loan sales consist of the premiums we receive on sales of loans in excess of the outstanding principal balance, plus the cash proceeds we receive from securitizations, minus the 35 discounts on loans that we have to sell for less than the outstanding principal balance. If we are unable to originate loans at a cost lower than the cash proceeds realized from loan sales, our results of operations, financial condition, business prospects and ability to repay our outstanding debt could be adversely affected. RESTRICTIVE COVENANTS IN THE AGREEMENTS GOVERNING OUR INDEBTEDNESS MAY REDUCE OUR OPERATING FLEXIBILITY AND LIMIT OUR ABILITY TO OPERATE PROFITABLY, AND OUR ABILITY TO REPAY OUR OUTSTANDING DEBT MAY BE IMPAIRED. The agreements governing our credit facilities and warehouse lines of credit contain various covenants that may restrict our ability to: o incur other senior indebtedness; o engage in transactions with affiliates; o incur liens; o make certain restricted payments; o enter into certain business combinations and asset sale transactions; o engage in new lines of business; and o make certain investments. These restrictions may limit our ability to obtain future financings, make needed capital expenditures, withstand a future downturn in our business or the economy in general, conduct operations or otherwise take advantage of business opportunities that may arise. Our credit facilities and warehouse lines of credit also require us to maintain specified financial ratio covenants and satisfy other financial conditions. Our ability to meet those ratio covenants and conditions can be affected by events beyond our control, such as interest rates and general economic conditions. Pursuant to the terms of these credit facilities, the failure to comply with the financial covenants constitutes an event of default and at the option of the lender, entitles the lender to, among other things, terminate commitments to make future advances to us, declare all or a portion of the loan due and payable, foreclose on the collateral securing the loan, require servicing payments be made to the lender or other third party or assume the servicing of the loans securing the credit facility. In the past, we did not meet certain financial covenants contained in our credit facilities and we requested and obtained waivers or amendments to our credit facilities to address our non- compliance with these financial covenants. The terms of our $200.0 million credit facility (reduced to $60.0 million) required, among other things, that we have a minimum net worth of $25.0 million at October 31, 2003 and November 30, 2003, $30.0 million at December 31, 2003, $32.0 million at March 31, 2004 and $34.0 million at June 30, 2004. An identical minimum net worth requirement applied to an $8.0 million letter of credit facility with the same lender through December 22, 2003, the date this facility expired according to its terms. At various times since June 30, 2004, including July 31, 2004, August 31, 2004, September 30, 2004 and October 31, 2004, we have been out of compliance with one or more financial covenants contained in our $200.0 million credit facility. We obtained waivers from these requirements from the lender under these two facilities. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations -- Liquidity and Capital Resources -- Credit Facilities" on page 69. As a result of our future anticipated losses, we anticipate that we will also need to obtain additional waivers in future periods from our lenders for our non-compliance with any financial covenants but we cannot give you any assurances as to whether or in what form these waivers will be granted. Our breach of our financial covenants under our revolving credit facilities could result in a default under the terms of those facilities, which could cause that indebtedness and other senior indebtedness, by reason of cross- default provisions in such indebtedness, to become immediately due and payable. Our failure to repay those amounts could result in a bankruptcy proceeding or liquidation proceeding or our lenders could proceed against the collateral granted to them to secure that indebtedness. If the lenders under the credit facilities and warehouse lines of credit accelerate the repayment of borrowings, we may not have sufficient cash to repay our indebtedness and may be forced to sell assets on less than optimal terms and conditions. 36 WE DEPENDED ON MORTGAGE BROKERS FOR APPROXIMATELY 66% AND 39%, RESPECTIVELY, OF OUR LOAN PRODUCTION IN THE QUARTER ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2004 AND FISCAL 2004 AND, IF WE ARE UNABLE TO MAINTAIN RELATIONSHIPS WITH THESE BROKERS, IT COULD NEGATIVELY IMPACT THE VOLUME AND PRICING OF OUR LOANS, ADVERSELY AFFECT OUR RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND ABILITY TO REPAY OUR OUTSTANDING DEBT. We depended on brokers for approximately 66% and 39%, respectively, of our loan originations in the quarter ended September 30, 2004 and fiscal 2004. In addition, our adjusted business strategy to increase loan originations requires creating an expanded broker network, which will increase the percentage of our loan production that will be dependent on broker relationships. Further, our competitors also have relationships with our brokers and other lenders, and actively compete with us in our efforts to expand our broker network. Accordingly, we cannot assure you that we will be successful in maintaining our existing relationships or expanding our broker network which could negatively impact the volume and pricing of our loans, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and our ability to repay our outstanding debt. SOME OF OUR WAREHOUSE FINANCING AGREEMENTS INCLUDE PROVISION FOR MARGIN CALLS BASED ON THE LENDER'S OPINION OF THE VALUE OF OUR LOAN COLLATERAL. AN UNANTICIPATED LARGE MARGIN CALL COULD ADVERSELY AFFECT OUR LIQUIDITY AND OUR ABILITY TO REPAY OUR OUTSTANDING DEBT. The amount of financing we receive under our warehouse agreements depends in large part on the lender's valuation of the mortgage loans that secure the financings. Each warehouse line provides the lender the right, under certain circumstances, to reevaluate the loan collateral that secures our outstanding borrowings at any time. In the event the lender determines that the value of the loan collateral has decreased, it has the right to initiate a margin call. A margin call would require us to provide the lender with additional collateral or to repay a portion of the outstanding borrowing. We have not experienced margin calls on these agreements related to the value of loan collateral. However, during the first four months of fiscal 2004, we did have one previous warehouse lender and the sponsor of a previous mortgage conduit facility request that we use up to 100% of the proceeds received from the sale of loans funded by their facilities to pay down their facilities from their scheduled 97% advance rates to advance rates of 83% and 92%, respectively. The requests from these facility providers were made primarily in response to our liquidity issues and in exchange for waivers and amendments to the credit facility. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Position and Results of Operations -- Liquidity and Capital Resources" on page 62. These facilities were fully paid off in October 2003. We are unable to predict whether we will be subject to margin calls in the foreseeable future. Any such margin call could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition and business prospects and our ability to repay our outstanding debt. BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP OF 49.7% OF OUR COMMON STOCK (EXCLUDING OPTIONS) BY OUR EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS MAY LIMIT OR PRECLUDE A CHANGE IN CONTROL OF OUR COMPANY. As of October 25, 2004, our executive officers and directors, in the aggregate, beneficially owned approximately 49.7% of our outstanding common stock (excluding options to purchase shares of our common stock). As a result, these stockholders acting together are able to control most matters requiring approval by our stockholders, including the election of directors. Such concentration of ownership may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change in control of our company, including transactions in which stockholders might otherwise receive a premium for their shares over then current market prices. ENVIRONMENTAL LAWS AND REGULATIONS AND OTHER ENVIRONMENTAL CONSIDERATIONS MAY RESTRICT OUR ABILITY TO FORECLOSE ON LOANS SECURED BY REAL ESTATE OR INCREASE COSTS ASSOCIATED WITH THOSE LOANS WHICH COULD HINDER OUR ABILITY TO OPERATE PROFITABLY AND LIMIT THE FUNDS AVAILABLE TO REPAY OUR OUTSTANDING DEBT. Our ability to foreclose on the real estate collateralizing our loans may be limited by environmental laws which pertain primarily to commercial properties that require a current or previous owner or operator of real property to investigate and clean up hazardous or toxic substances or chemical releases on the property. In addition, the owner or operator may be held liable to a governmental entity or to third parties for property damage, personal injury, investigation and cleanup costs relating to the contaminated property. While we would not knowingly make a loan collateralized by real property that was contaminated, we may not discover the environmental contamination until after we had made the loan or after we had foreclosed on a loan. If we 37 foreclosed upon a property and environmental liabilities subsequently arose, we could face significant liability. Since the commencement of our operations, there have been approximately ten instances where we have determined not to foreclose on the real estate collateralizing a delinquent loan because of environmental considerations. Two are currently under administration. Any losses we sustained on these loans did not have a material adverse effect on our profitability and we believe any losses we may sustain in the future will not be material. We may face environmental clean up costs with respect to one of the loans under administration which we do not believe will have a material adverse effect on our financial results. In addition to federal or state laws, owners or former owners of a contaminated site may be subject to common law claims, including tort claims, by third parties based on damages and costs resulting from environmental contamination migrating from the property. Other environmental considerations, such as pervasive mold infestation of real estate securing our loans, may also restrict our ability to foreclose on delinquent loans. See "Business -- Loan Servicing and Administrative Procedures" on page 182. TERRORIST ATTACKS IN THE UNITED STATES MAY CAUSE DISRUPTION IN OUR BUSINESS AND OPERATIONS AND OTHER ATTACKS OR ACTS OF WAR MAY ADVERSELY AFFECT THE MARKETS IN WHICH OUR COMMON STOCK TRADES, THE MARKETS IN WHICH WE OPERATE, OUR ABILITY TO OPERATE PROFITABLY AND OUR ABILITY TO REPAY OUR OUTSTANDING DEBT MAY BE IMPAIRED. Terrorists' attacks in the United States in September 2001 caused major instability in the United States financial markets. These attacks or new events and responses on behalf of the U.S. government may lead to further armed hostilities or to further acts of terrorism in the U.S. which may cause a further decline in the financial market and may contribute to a further decline in economic conditions. These events may cause disruption in our business and operations including reductions in demand for our loan products and our subordinated debentures, increases in delinquencies and credit losses in our managed loan portfolio, changes in historical prepayment patterns and declines in real estate collateral values. To the extent we experience an economic downturn, unusual economic patterns and unprecedented behaviors in financial markets, these developments may affect our ability to originate loans at profitable interest rates, to price future loan securitizations profitably, to effect whole loan sales and to effectively hedge our loan portfolio against market interest rate changes. Should these disruptions and unusual activities occur, our ability to operate profitably and cash flow could be reduced and our ability to make principal and interest payments on our outstanding debt could be impaired. IF MANY OF OUR BORROWERS BECOME SUBJECT TO THE SERVICEMEMBERS CIVIL RELIEF ACT, OUR CASH FLOWS AND INTEREST INCOME MAY BE ADVERSELY AFFECTED WHICH WOULD NEGATIVELY IMPAIR OUR ABILITY TO REPAY OUR OUTSTANDING DEBT. Under the Servicemembers Civil Relief Act (formerly known as the Soldiers' and Sailors' Civil Relief Act of 1940), a borrower who enters military service after the origination of his or her loan generally may not be charged interest above an annual rate of six percent. Additionally, this Relief Act may restrict or delay our ability to foreclose on an affected loan during the borrower's active duty status. The Relief Act also applies to a borrower who was on reserve status and is called to active duty after origination of the loan. A significant mobilization by the U.S. Armed Forces could increase the number of our borrowers who are the subject of this Relief Act, thereby reducing our cash flow and the interest payments we collect from those borrowers, and in the event of default, delaying or preventing us from exercising the remedies for default that otherwise would be available to us. WE ARE SUBJECT TO LOSSES DUE TO FRAUDULENT AND NEGLIGENT ACTS ON THE PART OF LOAN APPLICANTS, MORTGAGE BROKERS, OTHER VENDORS AND OUR EMPLOYEES WHICH COULD HINDER OUR ABILITY TO OPERATE PROFITABLY AND IMPAIR OUR ABILITY TO REPAY OUR OUTSTANDING DEBT. When we originate mortgage loans, we rely heavily upon information supplied by third parties including the information contained in the loan application, property appraisal, title information and employment and income documentation. If any of this information is intentionally or negligently misrepresented and such misrepresentation is not detected prior to loan funding, the value of the loan may be significantly lower than expected. Whether a misrepresentation or fraudulent act is made by the loan applicant, the mortgage broker, another third party or one of our employees, we generally bear the risk of loss. A loan subject to a material 38 misrepresentation or fraudulent act is typically unsaleable or subject to repurchase if it is sold prior to detection, such persons and entities are often difficult to locate and it is often difficult to collect any monetary losses we have suffered from them. We have controls and processes designed to help us identify misrepresented or fraudulent information in our loan origination operations. We cannot assure you, however, that we have detected or will detect all misrepresented or fraudulent information in our loan originations. 39 FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS Some of the information in this prospectus or the documents incorporated by reference in this prospectus may contain forward-looking statements. You can identify these statements by words or phrases such as "will likely result," "may," "are expected to," "will continue to," "is anticipated," "estimate," "believes," "projected," "intends to" or other similar words. These forward- looking statements regarding our business and prospects are based upon numerous assumptions about future conditions, which may ultimately prove to be inaccurate. Actual events and results may materially differ from anticipated results described in those statements. Forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties described under "Risk Factors" as well as other portions of the prospectus, which could cause our actual results to differ materially from historical earnings and those presently anticipated. When considering forward-looking statements, you should keep these risk factors in mind as well as the other cautionary statements in this prospectus. You should not place undue reliance on any forward-looking statement. USE OF PROCEEDS We estimate that the net proceeds resulting from the sale of the subordinated debentures will be approximately $274.6 million net of estimated offering expenses if we sell all of the subordinated debentures we are offering through this prospectus. We intend to use approximately $260.0 million to $274.6 million of the proceeds to repay maturing subordinated debentures with maturities of one day to 10 years and interest rates ranging from 4.0% to 13.0% and to pay our other obligations, including the principal and interest on the senior collateralized subordinated notes and dividends on the Series A preferred stock. A portion of the maturing subordinated debentures to be repaid was issued within one year and proceeds of these maturing subordinated debentures were used to repay maturing subordinated debentures and for the general corporate purposes described below. See "Prospectus Summary -- Recent Developments -- Business Strategy Adjustments" on page 5 for a discussion of our contingent financial restructuring plan that we will need to implement if we obtain less than $274.6 million of net proceeds in this offering. The remainder of the proceeds will be used for general corporate purposes including, but not limited to: o financing the future growth of our loan portfolios and capital expenditures; o the repayment of warehouse credit facilities and lines of credit; o funding our overcollateralization requirements in connection with securitizations, if any; o funding our overcollateralization requirements in connection with our loan originations; o paying interest and operating expenses; o possible future acquisitions of related businesses or assets, although none are currently contemplated; o repurchasing delinquent loans from the securitization trusts; o investments in systems and technology; o expanding into new markets; and o general operating activities, including funding our operating cash requirements. In addition, the precise amounts and timing of the application of such proceeds depends upon many factors, including, but not limited to, the amount of any such proceeds, actual funding requirements and the availability of other sources of funding. Until the proceeds are used, we may invest the proceeds, depending on our cash flow requirements, in short and long-term investments, including, but not limited to: o treasury bills; o commercial paper; o certificates of deposit; o securities issued by U.S. government agencies; o money market funds; and o repurchase agreements. Our investment practices permit significant flexibility as to the types of such investments that we may make. 40 DESCRIPTION OF THE SUBORDINATED DEBENTURES OFFERED AND THE INDENTURE GENERAL The subordinated debentures represent our unsecured debt obligations. In connection with this offering of subordinated debentures, we have entered into an agreement, called an indenture, with U.S. Bank National Association, a national banking association. The terms of the subordinated debentures include those stated in the indenture and those made part of the indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, in effect on the date the indenture is qualified under that act. The subordinated debentures are subject to all terms and conditions of the indenture and Trust Indenture Act. We refer you to the indenture and the Trust Indenture Act for a complete understanding of the subordinated debentures. The following includes a summary of some provisions of the indenture, and a copy of the indenture is available from us upon request. This summary is not complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the indenture, including the definitions in the indenture of some of the terms used below. The subordinated debentures will be subordinated in right of payment to, or subordinate to, the prior payment in full of all senior debt, including the senior collateralized subordinated notes issued in the exchange offers further described in our prospectus, whether outstanding on the date of the indenture or incurred following the date of the indenture. We are not limited in the amount of senior debt we may incur. We may also issue additional senior collateralized subordinated notes in future exchange offers. The stock we hold in our subsidiaries, as well as certain of our other assets (other than assets securing or collateralizing other debt), is available to repay the subordinated debentures in the event of default. In the event of our default and liquidation of our subsidiaries, to repay the holders of subordinated debentures, we must pay or make provisions for the payment of creditors of the subsidiaries from the assets of the subsidiaries before the remaining assets of the subsidiaries can be used to repay the holders of the subordinated debentures. See "-- Provisions Relating to All Securities -- Subordination" on page 47. Subordinated debentures are also subordinated in right of payment to senior collateralized subordinated notes issued in the exchange offers to the extent of the collateral securing these notes. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations -- Liquidity and Capital Resources" on page 62. The subordinated debentures are not secured by any collateral or lien. The subordinated debentures do not contain provisions for a sinking fund or similar fund providing for payments on the subordinated debentures. See "Risk Factors -- Since we do not set aside funds to repay the subordinated debentures offered, you must rely on our cash flow from operations and other sources for repayment. If our sources of repayment are not adequate, we may be unable to repay our subordinated debentures and you could lose all or a part of your investment" on page 16. The subordinated debentures may be purchased in the minimum amount of $1,000 or any amount in excess of $1,000, subject to our right to reject any order in whole or in part. You may not cumulate separate purchases to satisfy the minimum denomination requirement. EFFECTS OF THE EXCHANGE OFFERS ON SUBORDINATED DEBENTURES PURCHASED IN THIS OFFERING The subordinated debentures you purchase in this offering are impacted by the senior collateralized subordinated notes issued in the exchange offers. We may also issue additional senior collateralized subordinated notes in future exchange offers. In the event of our liquidation, holders of the subordinated debentures would be repaid only if funds remain after the repayment of our senior debt, subsidiary debt (to the extent of the assets of the subsidiary), and the principal and interest on the senior collateralized subordinated notes issued in the exchange offers to the extent of the collateral for such notes. In addition, in the event of our liquidation, if the collateral securing the senior collateralized subordinated notes is not sufficient to repay the senior collateralized subordinated notes outstanding (including accrued and unpaid interest) in full, the unpaid portion of the senior collateralized subordinated notes will be equal in right of repayment with the outstanding subordinated debentures and, therefore, will dilute the amount of assets available, if any, to repay the principal and interest on the subordinated debentures. The subordinated debentures and the senior collateralized subordinated notes issued in the exchange offers are senior in right of preference to the Series A preferred stock. The subordinated debentures continue to be subordinated, or junior 41 in right of repayment, to our senior debt and debt of our subsidiaries (to the extent of the assets of our subsidiaries), whether now or hereafter incurred. See "-- Provisions Relating to All Securities -- Subordination" on page 47 for further information. PROVISIONS RELATING TO INVESTMENT NOTES MATURITY. We are offering investment notes with terms generally ranging from three to 120 months. The terms offered are described in a supplement to the prospectus. You will select the term of each investment note at the time of your order from the terms we offer in the current prospectus supplement. BOOK ENTRY. Upon acceptance of an order, we will credit our book-entry registration and transfer system to the account of the purchaser of the investment note, the principal amount of such security owned of record by such purchaser, which record holder is referred to as the holder or registered holder in this document and in the indenture. Also upon acceptance of an order, we will send each holder an initial transaction statement which will indicate our acceptance of the order. The holders of investment notes issued in a book-entry form will not receive or be entitled to receive physical delivery of a note or certificate evidencing such indebtedness. The holders of the accounts we establish upon the purchase or transfer of investment notes shall be deemed to be the owners of the investment notes under the indenture. The holder of the investment notes must rely upon the procedures established by the trustee to exercise any rights of a holder of investment notes under the indenture. We will provide the trustee with information regarding the establishment of new accounts and the transfer of existing accounts on a quarterly basis. We will provide the trustee with information, as requested, regarding the total amount of any principal and/or interest due to holders with regard to the investment notes on any interest payment date or upon redemption. On each interest payment date, we will credit interest due on each account. We will determine the interest payments to be made to the book-entry accounts and maintain, supervise and review any records relating to book-entry beneficial interests in the notes. The trustee is under no obligation to verify our calculations with respect to interest or principal due or to review our records. Book-entry notations in the accounts evidencing ownership of the investment notes are exchangeable for actual notes in denominations of $1,000 and any amount in excess of $1,000 and are fully registered in those names as we direct only if: o we, at our option, advise the trustee in writing of our election to terminate the book-entry system; or o after the occurrence of an event of default under the indenture, holders of the investment notes aggregating more than 50% of the aggregate outstanding amount of the investment notes advise the trustee in writing that the continuation of a book-entry system is no longer in the best interests of the holders of investment notes, and the trustee notifies all registered holders of these securities of the occurrence of any such event and the availability of definitive notes to holders of these securities requesting such notes. Subject to the exceptions described above, the book-entry interests in these securities shall not otherwise be exchangeable for fully registered notes. INTEREST. The interest rate payable on an investment note will be determined based upon the maturity date and term established for the investment note at the date of purchase. The date of purchase for accepted orders will be the date we receive funds, if the funds are received prior to 3:00 p.m. on a business day, or the business day following the date we receive funds if the funds are received on a non-business day or after 3:00 p.m. on a business day. For this purpose, our business days are Monday through Friday, except for legal and bank holidays in the State of Delaware. Prevailing interest rates will be set forth in a supplement to this prospectus. We will establish the interest rates payable on the investment notes from time to time based on market conditions and our financial requirements. We constantly re- evaluate our interest rates based upon this analysis. Once the investment note is issued, the rate of interest payable on an investment note will remain fixed for the original term of the investment note. 42 We will compute interest on investment notes on the basis of an actual calendar year and interest will compound daily. We will pay interest on investment notes with terms of 12 months or less at maturity. Purchasers of investment notes with terms of greater than 12 months may elect at the time of purchase to have interest paid monthly, quarterly, semiannually, annually or at maturity, but if a purchaser fails to make this election, interest will be paid at maturity. A new interest payment method may be elected one time by the holder during the term of the investment notes. To change the interest payment method, a holder must send us a written request specifying the new interest payment method elected. Any interest not otherwise paid on an interest payment date will be paid at maturity. We reserve the right to vary from time to time, at our discretion, the interest rates we offer on new issuances of investment notes based on numerous factors other than length of term to maturity. These factors may include, but are not limited to: the desire to attract new investors; investment notes in excess of specified principal amounts; investment notes purchased for IRA and/ or Keogh accounts; rollover investments; and investment notes beneficially owned by persons residing in particular geographic localities. We may make a decision to vary interest rates in the future based on our fundraising objectives including, but not limited to, the attraction of new investors in particular regions, the encouragement of the rollover of investment notes by current holders, circumstances in the financial markets and the economy, and additional costs, which we may incur in selling investment notes in a particular jurisdiction, which may at the time be relevant to our operations, and other factors. AUTOMATIC EXTENSION UPON MATURITY OF INVESTMENT NOTES. The term of the investment note will automatically extend upon its maturity for a term identical to the term of the original investment note unless: o we notify the holder at least seven days prior to the maturity date of our intention not to extend the investment note; or o the holder elects to redeem the investment note or change the term within seven days after the maturity date. We will notify the holder of the upcoming maturity date of the note approximately 20 but not less than 15 days prior to the maturity date. This renewal notice will include a renewal form and will indicate that the maturing note will automatically renew for an identical term at the interest rate specified in the renewal notice unless the holder completes the renewal form and returns it to us within seven days after the maturity date indicating the holder's intention not to renew or change the term of the maturing note. The renewal notice will specify the new interest rate applicable to the renewal term and will include a copy of the current supplement to the prospectus which lists all of the interest rates applicable to each term offered at the holder's maturity date in the event the holder elects to select an alternative term upon the maturity of the note. The renewal notice will indicate that the holder should have previously received a copy of the updated prospectus, if applicable, and where the holder can get another copy of the prospectus. If the holder does not return the renewal form, a second renewal notice will be sent to the holder advising the holder of the automatic renewal and indicating that the maturing note will automatically renew for an identical term unless the holder completes the renewal form and returns it to us within seven days after the maturity date indicating otherwise. Until either we or the holder terminates or redeems the investment note, or the holder elects a new term, the investment note will continue to renew in this manner. Each renewed investment note will continue in all its provisions, including provisions relating to payment options, except that the interest rate payable during any renewed term will be the interest rate which is being offered on investment notes of the same term and denomination as of the maturity date. If a similar investment note is not being offered, the interest rate upon renewal will be the interest rate specified by us in the renewal notice sent to the holder before the maturity date, or the investment note's then current interest rate if no interest rate is specified. If we notify the holder of our intention to redeem an investment note at maturity, no interest will accrue after the date of maturity. Otherwise, if we receive a completed renewal form electing repayment within seven days of the maturity date of the investment note, we will pay interest during the period from the maturity date to the repayment date at the lower of: 43 o the lowest interest rate then being paid on the investment notes with a similar term we offer to the general public; or o the interest rate we paid on the investment note immediately prior to its maturity. As a courtesy, we provide a request for repayment form with the renewal notice. Use of the form by a holder is not a condition of repayment. Holders may also request repayment by writing to us. OPTIONAL RENEWAL PROGRAMS. In addition to renewal at the time of maturity, from time to time, we may offer, in our sole discretion, some investment note holders the ability to extend the maturity of an existing investment note. If the holder elects to extend the investment note, we will issue a new note in accordance with the terms and interest rate prevailing at the extension date. PLACE AND METHOD OF PAYMENT. We will pay principal on the investment notes at our principal executive office or at another place that we designate for that purpose. We will make interest payments by check or draft mailed to the persons entitled to the payments at their addresses appearing in the register, which we maintain for that purpose, or by electronic funds transfer (commonly known as a "direct deposit"). REDEMPTION BY US. We have the right to redeem any investment note issued under this prospectus at any time, prior to its stated maturity, upon 90 days advance written notice to the holder of the investment note. The holder has no right to require us to redeem any investment note prior to its maturity date as originally stated or as it may be extended, except as indicated below. REDEMPTION BY THE HOLDER UPON DEATH OR TOTAL PERMANENT DISABILITY. Investment notes with remaining maturities of one year or greater may be redeemed at the election of the holder, who is a natural person, following his/her total permanent disability, as established to our satisfaction, or by his/her estate following his/her death. The redemption price, in the event of such death or disability, will be the principal amount of the investment note, plus interest accrued and not previously paid, to the date of redemption. If spouses are joint registered holders of an investment note, the election to redeem will apply when either registered holder dies or becomes subject to a total permanent disability. In case of investment notes jointly held by persons (including persons who are not legally married), the election to redeem upon the death of one joint holder will not apply. If the investment note is held by a person who is not a natural person such as a trust, partnership, corporation or other similar entity, the redemption upon death or disability does not apply. We may modify the foregoing policy on redemption after death or disability in the future. However, no modification will affect the right of redemption upon death or disability applicable to any outstanding investment note. For the purpose of determining the right of a holder to demand early redemption of an investment note, total permanent disability means a determination by a physician chosen by us that the holder, who was gainfully employed on a full time basis at the time of purchase of the investment note, is unable to work on a full time basis, at least forty hours per week, during the succeeding twenty-four months. QUARTERLY STATEMENTS. We will provide holders of the investment notes with quarterly statements, which will indicate, among other things, the current account balance (including interest earned). These statements will be mailed not later than the tenth business day following the end of each calendar quarter. PROVISIONS RELATING TO VARIABLE RATE DEMAND NOTES MATURITY. The variable rate demand notes have no stated maturity and are redeemable at any time in minimum amounts of $500 (or a lesser amount available to close an account) at the option of the holder. See "-- Redemption by the Holder" on page 46. BOOK-ENTRY SYSTEM. Upon acceptance of an order, we will credit our book- entry registration and transfer system, the principal amount of the variable rate demand notes owned of record by the purchaser to the account of the purchaser of the variable rate demand note which record holder is referred to as the holder or registered holder in this document and in the indenture. Upon acceptance of the purchaser's order, we will send each purchaser a transaction statement which will indicate our acceptance of the order. The laws of some jurisdictions require that investors in securities take physical delivery of those securities in definitive 44 form. These legal requirements may impair the holder's ability to transfer the record ownership of the variable rate demand notes. The registered holders of variable rate demand notes issued in a book-entry only form will not receive or be entitled to receive physical delivery of a note or certificate. The registered holders of the accounts we establish upon the purchase or transfer of variable rate demand notes will be deemed to be the owners of the variable rate demand notes under the indenture. Each person holding a book-entry interest in the variable rate demand notes must rely upon the procedures established by the trustee to exercise any rights of a holder of the variable rate demand notes under the indenture. We will provide the trustee with information regarding the establishment of new accounts and the transfer of existing accounts on a quarterly basis. We will make the information regarding the total amount of any principal and/or interest, which we will pay in the form of additional securities, due to registered holders with regard to the variable rate demand notes on any interest payment date or upon redemption available to the trustee upon the trustee's request. On each interest payment date, we will credit each account the interest due. We will determine the interest payments to be made to the book-entry accounts and will maintain, supervise and review any records relating to book-entry beneficial interests in variable rate demand notes. Book-entry interests in the accounts evidencing ownership of the variable rate demand notes are exchangeable for actual notes in denominations of $1,000 and any amount in excess of $1,000 and are fully registered in the names of the accounts as we direct only if: o we, at our option, advise the trustee in writing of our election to terminate the book-entry system; or o after the occurrence of an event of default under the indenture, holders of the variable rate demand notes aggregating more than 50% of the aggregate outstanding amount of the variable rate demand notes advise the trustee in writing that the continuation of a book-entry system is no longer in the best interests of the holders of variable rate demand notes, and the trustee notifies all registered holders of the variable rate demand notes of the occurrence of any such event and the availability of definitive notes to holders of these securities requesting the notes. The book-entry interests in the variable rate demand notes are not otherwise exchangeable for fully registered notes. INTEREST. We will adjust the interest rates payable on the variable rate demand notes from time to time in our sole discretion provided that the interest rate will not be less than 4.0% per year. We will provide written notice to all holders of the variable rate demand notes at least 14 days prior to any decrease in the interest rate. The notice will set forth the new interest rate to be paid and the effective date of the change. We have the right to increase the interest rate paid on the variable rate demand notes at any time without prior notice to the holders of the variable rate demand notes. Investors may inquire about the current interest rate on the outstanding variable rate demand notes by calling us at (800) 776-4001. Interest on each account with a balance of at least $1,000 accrues daily and is credited monthly on the last day of each calendar month. Interest accrued during each monthly period will not be paid by check but will be added to the note holder's principal balance of the account in the form of additional securities. Additional securities issued in payment of interest due will be added to the principal balance and will accrue interest at the interest rate in effect for notes of this type on the date of issuance. Interest will continue to accrue on the principal balance of each security through the date of redemption. If a holder redeems the security in full, the principal balance of the account (including accrued interest) will be paid by check within 10 business days after our receipt of the holder's redemption election. No interest shall be paid for any day the principal amount in an account is less than $1,000. Subject to the limitations set forth in this prospectus, we may vary, at our discretion, the interest rates we offer on the variable rate demand notes based on numerous factors. These factors may include, but are not limited to: the desire to attract new investors; variable rate demand notes in excess of specified principal amounts; variable rate demand notes purchased for IRA and/ or Keogh accounts; rollover investments; and variable rate demand notes beneficially owned by persons residing in particular geographic localities. As of the date of this prospectus, we are not offering variable rate demand notes at varying interest rates to 45 different investors. However, we may make a decision to vary interest rates in the future based on our fundraising objectives including, but not limited to, the attraction of new investors in particular regions, circumstances in the financial markets and the economy or any additional costs which may be incurred by us in selling variable rate demand notes in a particular jurisdiction which may at the time be relevant to our operations and other factors. REDEMPTION BY THE HOLDER. The holder of a variable rate demand note may request a full or partial redemption of a variable rate demand note by delivering written notice to us specifying the amount of the redemption. The holder of a variable rate demand note may also make a partial redemption of a variable rate demand note by using drafts, which are similar to checks. Redemption requests by written notice to us may be for any amount and we may take up to 10 business days following receipt of the notice to mail the proceeds of the redemption to the holder. Any request for full redemption of a variable rate demand note, and any request to close a variable rate demand note account, must be made by written notice to us. If a holder of more than one variable rate demand note requests a redemption by sending written notice to us, we will treat the redemption as being made on a first-in, first-out basis, unless the holder requests otherwise in the written notice. Subject to the consent of the trustee under the indenture governing the rights of holders of variable rate demand notes, we have the ability to change the redemption procedures without the approval of holders of variable rate demand notes, provided that no changes can be made that will adversely affect the rights of holders of outstanding variable rate demand notes. If we experience a significant increase in requests for the redemption of variable rate demand notes, we may request that the trustee approve an extension of the 10 business day period provided for the redemption of variable rate demand notes. In such event, this modification would only be effective with respect to variable rate demand notes issued subsequent to the date of the trustee's consent and our notice regarding the extension to prospective investors. See "Risk Factors -- Since we do not set aside funds to repay holders of our variable rate demand notes upon demand, holders of variable rate demand notes must rely on our cash flow from operations and other sources for repayment of their variable rate demand notes. If our sources of repayment are not adequate, we may be unable to satisfy the holders' redemption requests on a timely basis." Redemptions by draft may not be for any amount less than $500. Drafts may not be used to redeem a variable rate demand note in full or to close a variable rate demand note account. If a holder of more than one variable rate demand note redeems a variable rate demand note by using a draft, we will treat the redemption as being made on a first-in, first-out basis. The drafts, which are similar to checks, can be made payable to the order of any payee. Alternatively, at the request of a holder, we will provide drafts drawn on us that will be payable through our designated bank. All authorized signers on a variable rate demand note must submit specimen signatures to us and must agree to abide by our rules and regulations pertaining to variable rate demand notes. Some banks may not provide cash at the time of deposit of a draft, but will wait until they have received payment from our designated bank. When a draft is presented to the bank for payment, the bank, as agent of the holder, will cause us to redeem a sufficient amount from the holder's variable rate demand note to cover the amount of the draft. Interest continues to accrue on the amount of a variable rate demand note covered by a draft until the draft is presented to our bank for payment. The bank will return a draft if the amount of collected funds in the holder's account is insufficient to cover the draft or if the signature(s) on the draft is (are) not, in our judgment, the same as the specimen signature(s) previously submitted to us. We reserve the right to charge a fee for insufficient funds, the dishonor of a draft, a stop payment order, account research and other services. If drafts are lost, stolen or otherwise held or used by an unauthorized individual, the rightful holder of the variable rate demand note checks must notify us within 24 hours of such event; otherwise we will not be responsible for any misappropriation of the underlying funds. In our sole discretion, draft writing capabilities may be deferred for up to 30 days from the date of opening an account. In such event, the variable rate demand notes may be redeemed upon 10 business days written notice to us. Neither we nor our bank will return canceled drafts to the holders of variable rate demand notes, although we will provide the holders with copies of drafts upon request and payment of a service charge. 46 Holders of variable rate demand notes will receive statements as described under "-- Monthly Statements" on page 47, which will reflect draft transactions. We will charge holders a service fee for each draft presented in excess of three drafts during any statement period. We may increase our service charge by providing 30 days prior written notice to each holder of a variable rate demand note. REDEMPTION BY US. We have the right to redeem a variable rate demand note at any time upon 30 days written notice to the holder of the note. PLACE AND METHOD OF PAYMENT UPON REDEMPTION. We will make payments upon the redemption of the variable rate demand notes at our principal executive office, or at another place that we may designate for that purpose. However, we may, at our option, make payments by check or draft mailed to the persons entitled to the payments at their addresses appearing in the register which we maintain for that purpose. MONTHLY STATEMENTS. We will provide holders of the variable rate demand notes with monthly statements which will indicate, among other things, the current account balance (including interest credited and withdrawals made, if any) and the applicable interest rate on those variable rate demand notes as of the month end preceding the issuance of the statement. The statements will be mailed not later than the tenth business day following the end of each month. We will provide additional statements as the holders of these securities may reasonably request from time to time. We may require holders requesting additional statements to pay all charges incurred by us in providing the additional statements. PROVISIONS RELATING TO ALL SECURITIES FORM AND DENOMINATIONS/TRANSFERS. The subordinated debenture is not a negotiable debt instrument and, subject to some exceptions, will be issued only in book-entry form. We will issue an initial transaction statement reflecting the ownership of a subordinated debenture to each purchaser upon our acceptance of the order. The transaction statement is not a negotiable instrument, and purchasers cannot transfer record ownership without our prior written consent. Each holder of a subordinated debenture will receive a periodic statement indicating any transactions in the holder's account, as well as interest credited. Each holder may transfer ownership of the subordinated debenture on our register only by written notice to us signed by the account holder or the account holder's duly authorized representatives on a form we supply and with our written consent (which we will not unreasonably withhold). We may also, in our discretion, require an opinion from the holder's counsel, at the holder's expense, that the proposed transfer will not violate any applicable securities laws and/or a signature guarantee on the form we provide in connection with the transfer. Upon transfer of a subordinated debenture, we will provide the new holder of the security with a transaction statement which will evidence the transfer of the account on our records. INTEREST ACCRUAL DATE. Interest on the subordinated debenture will accrue from the date of purchase. The date of purchase for accepted orders will be the date we receive funds, if the funds are received prior to 3:00 p.m. on a business day, or the business day following the date we receive funds if the funds are received on a non-business day or after 3:00 p.m. on a business day. For this purpose, our business days are Monday through Friday, except for legal and bank holidays in the State of Delaware. RIGHT OF SET-OFF IN CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THIS SECTION. Subject to the provisions of applicable law, if the holder of an investment note or a variable rate demand note is a borrower or guarantor on a loan, lease or other obligation owned by one of our direct or indirect subsidiaries or affiliates, and that obligation becomes delinquent or otherwise in default, we have the right in our sole discretion to set-off principal and interest payments due on the investment note or variable rate demand note against all sums due by the holder to our subsidiary or affiliate pursuant to the set-off terms contained in the loan, lease, other indebtedness or the guarantee. If we elect to exercise our right of set-off, the investment note or variable rate demand note will automatically be deemed redeemed as of the date of set-off without regard to any notice period otherwise applicable to any redemption by us. SUBORDINATION. The indebtedness evidenced by the subordinated debentures, and any interest, are subordinated to all of our senior debt. The term senior debt is defined for this purpose to include any indebtedness (whether outstanding on the date of this prospectus or created later) incurred by us in connection 47 with borrowings by us (including our subsidiaries) from a bank, trust company, insurance company, or from any other institutional lender, whether the indebtedness is or is not specifically designated by us as being "senior debt" in its defining instruments. The subordinated debentures are not guaranteed by any of our subsidiaries. Accordingly, in the event of a liquidation or dissolution of one of our subsidiaries, the law requires that we pay or make provisions for payment of the creditors of that subsidiary from the assets of that subsidiary prior to distributing any remaining assets to us as a shareholder of that subsidiary. Therefore, in the event of liquidation or dissolution of a subsidiary, creditors of that subsidiary will receive payment of their claims prior to any payment to the holders of the subordinated debentures. As of September 30, 2004, $378.9 million of secured and senior debt and subsidiary debt was outstanding, including $97.4 million of senior collateralized subordinated notes issued in the exchange offers. The provisions of the indenture do not limit the amount of senior debt or subsidiary debt we can incur. We may also issue additional senior collateralized subordinated notes in future exchange offers. Any of our indebtedness, other than that described as senior debt and the debt of the subsidiaries, will have rights upon liquidation or dissolution of us which ranks equally in right of payment to the subordinated debentures being offered. In addition, if the collateral securing the senior collateralized subordinated notes is not sufficient to repay the senior collateralized subordinated notes (including accrued and unpaid interest), the remaining subordinated debentures will rank equally in right of payment with the deficiency portion of the senior collateralized subordinated notes outstanding and other unsecured indebtedness issued by us. See "Risk Factors -- Since subordinated debentures are unsecured and junior in right of repayment to our senior debt borrowed from institutional lenders and subsidiary debt, including credit facilities and warehouse lines of credit, as well as senior collateralized subordinated notes to the extent of the collateral securing such notes, in the event of insolvency, holders of subordinated debentures would be repaid only if funds remain after the repayment of our senior debt, subsidiary debt and principal and interest on the senior collateralized subordinated notes to the extent of the collateral securing such notes" on page 18. As of September 30, 2004, $490.0 million of our outstanding debt ranked equal in right of payment to the subordinated debentures being offered. For a discussion of the lack of insurance or guarantees to support the repayment of the subordinated debentures, see "Risk Factors -- Because our business operations are generally not subject to regulation and examination by federal banking regulators, these protections are not available to protect investors in our subordinated debentures" and "Risk Factors -- Because our subordinated debentures are not insured against loss by the FDIC or any governmental agency, you could lose your entire investment" on page 15. In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or any other winding up of our affairs, or of any receivership, insolvency, bankruptcy, readjustment, reorganization or similar proceeding under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code or any other applicable federal or state law relating to bankruptcy or insolvency, or during the continuation of any event of default (as described below), no payment may be made on the subordinated debentures until all senior debt has been paid in full. If any of the events of default occur, holders of senior debt may also submit claims on behalf of holders of the subordinated debentures and retain the proceeds for their own benefit until they have been fully paid, and any excess will be turned over to the holders of the subordinated debentures. If any distribution is nonetheless made to holders of the subordinated debentures, the money or property distributed to them must be paid over to the holders of the senior debt to the extent necessary to pay the senior debt in full. See "Risk Factors -- Any distributions made to holders of the subordinated debentures after a default on senior debt or after our insolvency, if we are deemed insolvent, may have to be turned over to holders of senior debt" on page 18. EVENTS OF DEFAULT. The indenture provides that each of the following constitutes an event of default: o default for 30 days in the payment of interest when due on the subordinated debentures (whether or not prohibited by the subordination provisions of the indenture); o default in payment of principal when due on the subordinated debentures (whether or not prohibited by the subordination provisions of the indenture) and continuation of the default for 30 days; o our failure to observe or perform any covenant, condition or agreement with respect to the liquidation, consolidation or merger or other disposition of substantially all of our assets (after notice and provided such default is not cured within 60 days after receipt of notice); 48 o our failure for 60 days after receipt of notice to comply with other agreements described in the indenture or the instruments related to subordinated debentures; and o specific events of bankruptcy or insolvency with respect to us. If any event of default occurs and continues, the trustee or the holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding subordinated debentures may declare the unpaid principal of and any accrued interest on the subordinated debentures to be due and payable immediately. However, so long as we have any outstanding senior debt, a declaration of this kind will not become effective until the earlier of: o the day which is five business days after the receipt by representatives of senior debt of such written notice of acceleration; or o the date of acceleration of any senior debt. In the case of an event of default arising from specific events of bankruptcy or insolvency, with respect to us, all outstanding subordinated debentures will become due and payable without further action or notice. Holders may not enforce the indenture or the subordinated debentures except as provided in the indenture. Subject to these limitations, holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding subordinated debentures may direct the trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The trustee may withhold from holders of the subordinated debentures notice of any continuing default or event of default (except a default or event of default relating to the payment of principal or interest) if the trustee determines that withholding notice is in the interest of the holders. The holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the subordinated debentures then outstanding, by notice to the trustee, may, on behalf of the holders of all of the subordinated debentures, waive any existing default or event of default and its consequences under the indenture, except a continuing default or event of default in the payment of interest on or the principal of the subordinated debentures. We are required to deliver to the trustee annually a statement regarding compliance with the indenture, and we are required upon becoming aware of any default or event of default, to deliver to the trustee a statement specifying such default or event of default. AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER. Except as provided in this prospectus, we may amend or supplement the indenture or the terms of the subordinated debentures may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the subordinated debentures then outstanding. The holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding subordinated debentures, may waive any existing default or compliance with any provision of the indenture or the subordinated debentures. Without the consent of each holder of the investment notes affected, an amendment or waiver may not (with respect to any investment notes held by a nonconsenting holder of investment notes): o reduce the principal amount of any investment note whose holder must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver; o reduce the principal of or change the fixed maturity of any investment note or alter the redemption provisions or the price at which we shall offer to repurchase the investment note; o reduce the rate of or change the time for payment of interest, including default interest, on any investment note; o waive a default or event of default in the payment of interest, principal or premium, if any, or redemption payment with respect to the investment notes (except a rescission of acceleration of the investment notes by the holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the investment notes and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration); o make any investment note payable in money other than that stated in the prospectus or related supplement with respect to such investment note; 49 o make any change in the provisions of the indenture relating to waivers of past defaults or the rights of holders of investment notes to receive payments of principal or interest on the investment notes; o make any change to the subordination provisions of the indenture that adversely affects holders of investment notes; o modify or eliminate the right of the estate of a holder or the right of a holder to redeem an investment note upon death or total permanent disability (provided that no modification or elimination is permitted as to any investment notes issued with such right); or o make any change in the foregoing amendment and waiver provisions. Without the consent of each holder of the variable rate demand notes affected, an amendment or waiver may not (with respect to any variable rate demand notes held by a nonconsenting holder of variable rate demand notes): o reduce the principal amount of variable rate demand notes (other than as a result of withdrawals made by the holder of the note) whose holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver; o reduce the principal of any variable rate demand note (other than as a result of withdrawals made by the holder of the note) or alter the redemption provisions or the price at which we shall offer to repurchase the variable rate demand note; o reduce the rate of interest on the variable rate demand notes, other than the interest rate adjustments as provided for in the indenture, or change the time for payment of interest, including default interest, on any variable rate demand note; o waive a default or event of default in the payment of interest, principal or premium, if any, or redemption payment with respect to the variable rate demand notes (except a rescission of acceleration of the variable rate demand notes by the holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the variable rate demand notes and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration); o make any variable rate demand note payable in money other than that stated in the indenture; o make any change in the provisions of the indenture relating to waivers of past defaults or the rights of holders of variable rate demand notes to receive payments of principal or interest on the variable rate demand notes; o make any change to the subordination provisions of the indenture that adversely affects holders of variable rate demand notes; or o make any change in the foregoing amendment and waiver provisions. However, without the consent of any holder of the subordinated debentures, we and/or the trustee may amend the indenture or the subordinated debentures: o to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency; o to provide for assumption of our obligations to holders of the subordinated debentures in the case of a merger or consolidation; o to provide for additional uncertificated or certificated securities; o to make any change that does not adversely affect the legal rights under the indenture of any such holder, including but not limited to, an increase in the aggregate dollar amount of subordinated debentures which may be outstanding under the indenture; o to make any change in the provisions in the indenture relating to redemption of variable rate demand notes, provided, however, that no such change shall adversely affect the rights of any outstanding security; or 50 o to comply with requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the qualification of the indenture under the Trust Indenture Act. THE TRUSTEE. The indenture imposes restrictions on the trustee, should it become one of our creditors, regarding payments of claims, property received and proceeds on the sale of property received as security or otherwise. The trustee will be permitted to engage in other transactions with us. Subject to exceptions described in the indenture, the holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding subordinated debentures will have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the trustee. The indenture provides that in case an event of default specified in the indenture occurs and is not cured, the trustee will be required, in the exercise of its power, to use the degree of care of a reasonable person in the conduct of his own affairs. Subject to those provisions, the trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers under the indenture at the request of any holder of notes, unless the holder has offered the trustee security and indemnity satisfactory to the trustee against any loss, liability or expense. REPORTS TO THE TRUSTEE. We will provide the trustee with quarterly reports which will contain the information reasonably requested by the trustee. These quarterly reports will include information regarding the outstanding balance, interest credited, withdrawals made and interest rate paid related to each account we maintain during the preceding quarterly period. The trustee is under no obligation to verify our calculations with respect to these amounts. NO PERSONAL LIABILITY OF DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES AND STOCKHOLDERS. None of our directors, officers, employees or stockholders will have any liability for any of our obligations under the subordinated debentures, the indenture or for any claim based on, in respect to, or by reason of, these obligations or their creation. Each holder of the subordinated debentures waives and releases these persons from any liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the subordinated debentures. We have been advised that the waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws and that the SEC views these waivers as against public policy. SERVICE CHARGES. We reserve the right to assess service charges for changing the registration of any subordinated debenture to reflect a change in name of the holder, or a transfer (whether by operation of law or otherwise) of a subordinated debenture by the holder to another person. INTEREST WITHHOLDING. With respect to those investors who do not provide us with a fully executed Form W-8 BEN or Form W-9 at the time of purchase of the subordinated debentures, we will withhold 28% of any interest paid (or such higher rate as necessary to comply with the Internal Revenue Code). Otherwise, we will not withhold interest, except on subordinated debentures held by foreign business entities who do not provide us with a fully executed Form W-8 ECI. We will not sell to anyone refusing to provide a fully executed Form W-8 BEN or Form W-9. ADDITIONAL SECURITIES. We may offer, from time to time, additional classes of securities with terms and conditions different from the subordinated debentures being offered. We will amend or supplement this prospectus if and when we decide to offer to the public any additional class of security under this prospectus. VARIATIONS BY STATE. We reserve the right to offer different securities and to vary the terms and conditions of the offer (including, but not limited to, different interest rates, additional interest payments and service charges for all notes) depending upon the state where the purchaser resides. 51 SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA You should consider our selected consolidated financial information set forth below together with the more detailed consolidated financial statements, including the related notes, and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" included elsewhere in this prospectus.
THREE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, ------------------- ------------------------------------------------------- 2004 2003 2004 2003 2002 2001 2000 -------- -------- --------- -------- -------- -------- -------- (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA) STATEMENT OF INCOME DATA: Revenues: Gain on sale of loans and leases: Securitizations............................... $ -- $ 799 $ 15,107 $170,950 $185,580 $128,978 $ 90,380 Whole loan sales.............................. 6,119 2,921 18,725 655 2,448 2,742 1,717 Interest and fees............................... 7,696 4,653 17,732 19,395 18,890 19,840 17,683 Interest accretion on interest-only strips...... 8,448 11,109 40,176 47,347 35,386 26,069 16,616 Other........................................... 846 719 5,332 3,059 5,597 5,707 4,250 -------- -------- --------- -------- -------- -------- -------- Total revenues................................... 23,109 20,201 97,072 241,406 247,901 183,336 130,646 Total expenses(a)................................ 61,935 62,569 276,794 290,426 234,351 170,151 120,284 -------- -------- --------- -------- -------- -------- -------- Income (loss) before provision for income taxes (benefit)...................................... (38,826) (42,368) (179,722) (49,020) 13,550 13,185 10,362 Provision for income taxes (benefit)............. (13,589) (16,100) (68,294) (19,118) 5,691 5,274 3,938 -------- -------- --------- -------- -------- -------- -------- Income (loss) before cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle................. (25,237) (26,268) (111,428) (29,902) 7,859 7,911 6,424 Cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle...................................... -- -- -- -- -- 174 -- -------- -------- --------- -------- -------- -------- -------- Income (loss) before dividends on preferred stock (25,237) (26,268) (111,428) (29,902) 7,859 8,085 6,424 Dividends on preferred stock..................... 3,475 -- 3,718 -- -- -- -- -------- -------- --------- -------- -------- -------- -------- Net income (loss) attributable to common stock... $(28,712) $(26,268) $(115,146) $(29,902) $ 7,859 $ 8,085 $ 6,424 ======== ======== ========= ======== ======== ======== ======== Per Common Share Data: Income (loss) before cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle(b): Basic earnings (loss) per common share.......... $ (7.98) $ (8.10) $ (34.07) $ (9.32) $ 2.44 $ 1.89 $ 1.41 Diluted earnings (loss) per common share........ (7.98) (8.10) (34.07) (9.32) 2.26 1.85 1.37 Net income (loss): Basic earnings (loss) per common share.......... $ (7.98) $ (8.10) $ (34.07) $ (9.32) $ 2.44 $ 1.94 $ 1.41 Diluted earnings (loss) per common share........ (7.98) (8.10) (34.07) (9.32) 2.26 1.89 1.37 Cash dividends declared per common share......... -- -- -- 0.291 0.255 0.236 0.227
--------------- (a) Includes securitization assets fair value adjustments of $29 thousand for the three months ended September 30, 2004, $10.8 million for the three months ended September 30, 2003, $41.2 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2004, $45.2 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2003, $22.1 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2002 and $12.6 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2000. (b) Amounts for the years ended June 30, 2003 and prior have been retroactively adjusted to reflect the effect of a 10% common stock dividend declared May 13, 2004 as if the additional shares had been outstanding for each period presented. Amounts for the years ended June 30, 2002 and prior have been retroactively adjusted to reflect the effect of a 10% stock dividend declared August 21, 2002. Amounts for the years ended June 30, 2001 and prior have been retroactively adjusted to reflect the effect of a 10% stock dividend declared October 1, 2001. 52
SEPTEMBER 30, JUNE 30, ------------- ---------------------------------------------------------- 2004 2004 2003 2002 2001 2000 ------------- ---------- ---------- -------- -------- -------- (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS) BALANCE SHEET DATA: Cash and cash equivalents ........................... $ 19,673 $ 910 $ 36,590 $ 99,599 $ 84,667 $ 66,507 Restricted cash ..................................... 10,419 13,307 10,885 9,000 6,425 3,244 Loan and lease receivables: Loans available for sale ........................... 336,511 304,275 263,419 45,919 78,060 29,699 Non-accrual loans .................................. 3,314 1,993 3,999 3,868 2,831 3,474 Lease receivables .................................. -- -- 3,984 7,891 14,030 18,629 Interest and fees receivable ........................ 15,304 18,089 10,838 9,595 14,582 11,071 Deferment and forbearance advances receivable ....... 5,839 6,249 4,341 2,697 1,967 1,931 Loans subject to repurchase rights .................. 40,736 38,984 23,761 9,028 2,428 -- Interest-only strips ................................ 448,812 459,086 598,278 512,611 398,519 277,872 Servicing rights .................................... 66,712 73,738 119,291 125,288 102,437 74,919 Receivable for sold loans and leases ................ -- -- 26,734 -- -- 46,333 Total assets ........................................ 1,083,396 1,042,870 1,159,351 876,375 766,487 594,282 Subordinated debentures ............................. 490,026 522,609 719,540 655,720 537,950 390,676 Senior collateralized subordinated notes ............ 97,454 83,639 -- -- -- -- Total liabilities ................................... 1,071,537 1,030,955 1,117,282 806,997 699,625 532,167 Stockholders' equity ................................ 11,859 11,915 42,069 69,378 66,862 62,115
THREE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, ------------------- -------------------------------------------------------------- 2004 2003 2004 2003 2002 2001 2000 -------- -------- -------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS) OTHER DATA: Total loans and leases on balance sheet, gross(a)................................ $333,883 $165,517 $303,603 $ 267,325 $ 59,386 $ 91,615 $ 48,580 Originations(b): Business purpose loans................... 151 -- 587 122,790 133,352 120,537 106,187 Home mortgage loans...................... 629,579 124,052 982,093 1,543,730 1,246,505 1,096,440 949,014 Average loan size of loans originated(b): Business purpose loans................... 76 -- 293 92 97 91 89 Home mortgage loans...................... 145 87 119 91 89 82 70 Weighted average interest rate of loans originated(b): Business purpose loans................... 15.99% --% 14.62% 15.76% 15.75% 15.99% 15.99% Home mortgage loans...................... 7.66 8.62 7.86 9.99 10.91 11.46 11.28 Combined................................. 7.66 8.62 7.86 10.42 11.38 11.91 11.64 Loans and leases sold: Securitizations.......................... $ -- $ 5,452 $141,407 $1,423,764 $1,351,135 $1,102,066 $1,001,702 Whole loan sales......................... 602,222 270,979 808,378 28,013 57,679 76,333 102,670
53 --------------- (a) Reconciliation of loan and lease receivables -- available for sale to loans and leases on balance sheet:
THREE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, ------------------- --------------------------------------------------- 2004 2003 2004 2003 2002 2001 2000 -------- -------- -------- -------- ------- ------- ------- (IN THOUSANDS) Total loans and leases available for sale* ..... $336,511 $151,286 $304,275 $263,419 $45,919 $78,060 $29,699 Non-accrual loans* ............................. 3,314 8,153 1,993 3,999 3,868 2,831 3,474 Lease receivables* ............................. -- 3,249 -- 3,984 7,891 14,030 18,629 Allowance for loan losses ...................... 1,238 3,788 1,469 1,529 3,442 2,100 1,247 Deferred direct loan origination costs ......... (7,236) (2,593) (4,453) (6,878) (1,997) (5,786) (4,648) Valuation allowance ............................ 100 1,682 42 1,319 263 380 179 Other .......................................... (44) (48) 277 (47) -- -- -- -------- -------- -------- -------- ------- ------- ------- Total loans and leases on balance sheet, gross . $333,883 $165,517 $303,603 $267,325 $59,386 $91,615 $48,580 ======== ======== ======== ======== ======= ======= =======
* Per balance sheet. (b) Conventional first mortgages and leases originated in fiscal 2000 have been excluded because we no longer originate these types of loans and leases.
THREE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, ----------------- ------------------------------------------ 2004 2003 2004 2003 2002 2001 2000 ------- ------- ------- ------ ----- ----- ----- FINANCIAL RATIOS: Return on average assets........................................ (10.71)% (9.88)% (11.60)% (3.07)% 0.94% 1.22% 1.31% Return on average equity........................................ (958.29) (386.77) (566.80) (44.20) 11.75 12.22 10.29 Total delinquencies as a percentage of total on balance sheet portfolio at end of period(a)................................. 1.57 9.03 1.19 1.97 11.72 3.87 6.08 Real estate owned as a percentage of total on balance sheet portfolio at end of period.................................... 0.45 0.88 0.63 1.79 6.37 2.53 3.41 Loan and lease losses as a percentage of the average total on balance sheet portfolio during the period(b).................. 0.38 3.37 8.93 5.17 4.23 3.31 1.09 Pre-tax income (loss) as a percentage of total revenues......... (168.01) (209.7) (1.11) (20.00) 5.47 7.19 7.93 Ratio of earnings to fixed charges(c)........................... (0.84)x (1.43)x (1.42)x 0.31x 1.19x 1.23x 1.26x
--------------- (a) Includes loans delinquent 31 days or more and excludes real estate owned and previously delinquent loans subject to deferment and forbearance agreements if the borrower with this arrangement is current on principal and interest payments as required under the terms of the original note (exclusive of delinquent payments advanced or fees paid by us on the borrower's behalf as part of the deferment or forbearance arrangement). (b) Percentage based on annualized losses and average total portfolio. (c) Earnings (loss) before income taxes and fixed charges were insufficient to cover fixed charges by $42.3 million for the three months ended September 30, 2004 and $183.4 million and $49.0 million for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2004 and 2003, respectively. 54 The following table presents financial ratios and measures for our total portfolio and total real estate owned, referred to as REO. The total portfolio measure includes loans and leases recorded on our balance sheet and securitized loans and leases both managed by us and serviced by others. Management believes these measures enhance the users' overall understanding of our current financial performance and prospects for the future because the volume and credit characteristics of off-balance sheet securitized loan and lease receivables have a significant effect on our financial performance as a result of our retained interests in the securitized loans. Retained interests include interest-only strips and servicing rights. In addition, because the servicing and collection of our off-balance sheet securitized loan and lease receivables are performed in the same manner and according to the same standards as the servicing and collection of our on-balance sheet loan and lease receivables, certain of our resources, such as personnel and technology, are allocated based on their pro rata relationship to the total portfolio and total REO. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations -- Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures" for a reconciliation of total portfolio and managed real estate owned to our balance sheet.
THREE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, ---------------------- ------------------------------------------------------------- 2004 2003 2004 2003 2002 2001 2000 ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS) Total Portfolio - Loans and Leases........... $2,025,031 $2,971,800 $2,231,689 $3,651,074 $3,066,189 $2,589,395 $1,918,540 FINANCIAL RATIOS: Total delinquencies as a percentage of total portfolio at end of period........ 12.97% 9.03% 10.67% 6.27% 5.59% 4.13% 2.91% Real estate owned as a percentage of total portfolio at end of period........... 1.84 0.88 1.54 0.77 1.11 1.10 0.68 Loan and lease losses as a percentage of the average total portfolio during the period................ 0.52 0.43 1.02 0.36 0.28 0.53 0.31
55 MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS The following financial review and analysis of the financial condition and results of operations for the three months ended September 30, 2004 and 2003 and the fiscal years ended June 30, 2004, 2003 and 2002 should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements, and other detailed information appearing in this document. OVERVIEW GENERAL. We are a financial services organization operating mainly in the eastern and central portions of the United States. Recent expansion has positioned us to increase our operations in the western portion of the United States, especially California. Through our principal direct and indirect subsidiaries, we originate, sell and service home mortgage loans. We also process and purchase home mortgage loans through our Bank Alliance Services program. See "Business -- Lending Activities -- Home Mortgage Loans" on page 173 for a description of this program and the amount of loans we purchased under this program. Additionally, we service business purpose loans, which we had originated and sold in prior periods. To the extent we obtain a credit facility to fund business purpose loans, we may originate and sell business purpose loans in future periods. In addition, we offer subordinated debentures to the public, the proceeds of which are used for repayment of existing debt, loan originations, our operations (including repurchases of delinquent assets from securitization trusts and funding our loan overcollateralization requirements under our credit facilities), investments in systems and technology and for general corporate purposes. Prior to our third quarter of fiscal 2004, our loans primarily consisted of fixed interest rate loans secured by first or second mortgages on one-to-four family residences. Our business strategy adjustments include increasing loan originations by offering adjustable rate loans and purchase money mortgage loans. During the quarter ended September 30, 2004, 63.5% of loans we originated were adjustable rate and 36.5% were fixed rate. During the quarter ended September 30, 2004, 37.5% of the loans we originated were purchase money mortgage loans. During the quarter ended September 30, 2004, 91.0% of the loans we originated were secured by first mortgages and 9.0% were secured by second mortgages. See "Business" beginning on page 168 for further detail regarding the characteristics of the loans we originated during the first quarter of fiscal 2005. Our customers are primarily credit-impaired borrowers who are generally unable to obtain financing from banks or savings and loan associations and who are attracted to our products and services. This type of borrower is commonly referred to as a subprime borrower. Loans made to subprime borrowers are frequently referred to as subprime loans. We originate loans through a combination of channels including a national processing center located at our centralized operating office in Philadelphia, Pennsylvania and a network of mortgage brokers. Our loan servicing and collection activities are performed at our Philadelphia office. Our loan origination volumes, and accordingly our financial results, are affected by the economic environment, including interest rates, consumer spending and debt levels, real estate values and employment rates. Additionally, our loan originations are affected by competitive conditions and regulatory influences. Our principal revenues are derived from gains on the sale of loans in either whole loan sales or securitizations, interest accretion on our interest-only strips, interest income earned on loans while they are carried on our balance sheet and income from servicing loans. Our principal expenses include interest expense incurred on our subordinated debentures and senior collateralized subordinated notes, interest expense incurred to fund loans while they are carried on our balance sheet, the provision for credit losses recognized on loans carried on our balance sheet and loans repurchased from securitization trusts, employee related costs, marketing costs, costs to service and collect loans and other administrative expenses. 56 Our critical success factors include our ability to originate loans, our ability to sell loans in whole loan sales or into securitizations, our ability to maintain credit and warehouse facilities to fund loan originations, and our ability to raise capital through the sale of subordinated debentures. OUR RECENT FINANCIAL DIFFICULTIES AND LIQUIDITY CONCERNS. Several events and issues, which occurred beginning in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2003, have negatively impacted our short-term liquidity and contributed to our losses for fiscal 2003, fiscal 2004 and the first quarter of fiscal 2005. These events included our inability to complete publicly underwritten securitizations since the fourth quarter of fiscal 2003 (we completed a privately-placed securitization in the second quarter of fiscal 2004), our inability to draw down upon and the expiration of several of our credit facilities during the first six months of fiscal 2004, and our temporary discontinuation of sales of new subordinated debentures for approximately a six-week period during the first quarter of fiscal 2004. Our inability to complete a publicly underwritten securitization during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2003 was the result of our investment bankers' decision in late June 2003 not to underwrite the contemplated June 2003 securitization transaction. Management believes that a number of factors contributed to this decision, including a highly publicized lawsuit finding liability of an underwriter in connection with the securitizations of loans for another unaffiliated subprime leader, an inquiry by the Civil Division of the U.S. Attorney's Office in Philadelphia regarding our forbearance practices, an anonymous letter regarding us received by our investment bankers, the SEC's enforcement action against another unaffiliated subprime lender related to its loan restructuring practices and related disclosure, a federal regulatory agency investigation of practices by another subprime servicer and our investment bankers' prior experience with securitizations transactions with non-affiliated originators. We were unable to complete a publicly underwritten securitization during fiscal 2004 and the quarter ended September 30, 2004 due to our diminished capacity to originate loans during the first nine months of fiscal 2004, our commitment to whole loan sales under our adjusted business strategy, our financial condition and liquidity issues, and an absence of market demand for our securitizations. We completed a privately-placed securitization during the second quarter of fiscal 2004. As a result of these liquidity issues our loan origination volume during fiscal 2004 was substantially reduced. From July 1, 2003 through June 30, 2004, we originated $982.7 million of loans, as compared to originations of $1.67 billion of loans for the same period in fiscal 2003. During the quarter ended September 30, 2004, we originated $629.7 million of loans, including originations of $198.0 million in July 2004, $197.4 million in August 2004 and $234.3 million in September 2004, as compared to $124.1 million of loans originated during the quarter ended September 30, 2003. We anticipate that depending upon the size of our future quarterly securitizations, if any, we will need to increase our loan originations to approximately $400.0 million to $500.0 million per month to return to profitable operations. If we are unable to complete quarterly securitizations, we will need to increase our loan originations to approximately $500.0 million to $600.0 million per month to return to profitability. Our ability to achieve the levels of loan originations necessary to achieve profitable operations could be hampered by our failure to continue to successfully implement our adjusted business strategy, funding limitations under existing credit facilities and our ability to obtain new credit facilities and renew existing facilities. Our plan is to increase loan originations through the continued application of our business strategy adjustments, particularly as related to building our expanded broker channel and offering adjustable rate mortgages, purchase money mortgages and more competitively priced fixed rate mortgages. See "Business -- Business Strategy" on page 168 for a discussion of our plans to achieve this level of originations. For a detailed discussion of our losses, capital resources and commitments, see "-- Liquidity and Capital Resources" on page 62. On November 5, 2004, we entered into a definitive agreement dated as of November 4, 2004 regarding a one-year $100.0 million credit facility to replace our $200.0 million facility (reduced to $60.0 million) that expires on December 3, 2004. 57 On October 27, 2004, we entered into a commitment letter dated October 26, 2004 and are negotiating the terms of a definitive agreement with a warehouse lender for a three-year $30.0 million mortgage loan warehouse facility and a two-year $23.0 million residual repurchase facility. On November 1, 2004, we received a commitment letter from two warehouse lenders, including an affiliate of the lender on our $250.0 million credit facility, for a two-year $150.0 million mortgage loan warehouse facility. The commitment letter becomes effective and legally obligates the parties upon our payment of fees which have not been paid to date. We cannot assure you that we will succeed in entering into definitive agreements regarding these facilities or that these agreements will contain the terms and conditions acceptable to us. See "-- Liquidity and Capital Resources -- Credit Facilities" on page 69 for information regarding the terms of these facilities. On September 30, 2004, we had unrestricted cash of approximately $19.7 million and up to $70.1 million available under our warehouse credit facilities. We can only use advances under these credit facilities to fund loan originations and not for any other purposes. The combination of our current cash position and expected sources of operating cash may not be sufficient to cover our operating cash requirements. Our cash position will also be negatively impacted by the payment of fees to our lenders in connection with entering into the new credit facilities described above. For the next six to twelve months, we intend to augment our sources of operating cash with proceeds from the issuance of subordinated debentures. In addition to repaying maturing subordinated debentures, proceeds from the issuance of subordinated debentures may be used to fund overcollateralization requirements, as defined below, in connection with our loan originations and to fund our operating losses. Under the terms of our credit facilities, our credit facilities will advance us 75% to 97% of the value of loans we originate. See "-- Liquidity and Capital Resources" on page 62 for a discussion of advance rates under the terms of our credit facilities. As a result of this limitation, we must fund the difference between the loan value and the advances, which we refer to as the overcollateralization requirement, from our operating cash. We can provide no assurances that we will be able to continue issuing subordinated debentures. See "-- Liquidity and Capital Resources -- Remedial Steps Taken to Address Liquidity Issues" on page 65 for a discussion of the specific actions we undertook to address liquidity concerns. RECENT OPERATING LOSSES AND SALE OF ASSETS. We incurred net losses attributable to common stock of $28.7 million for the quarter ended September 30, 2004 and $115.1 million and $29.9 million for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2004 and 2003, respectively. In addition, depending on our ability to reach a profitable level of loan originations, complete a securitization and recognize gains, we anticipate incurring a loss at least through the second quarter of fiscal 2005. For the first quarter of fiscal 2005, we recorded a net loss attributable to common stock of $28.7 million. The loss for the first quarter of fiscal 2005 primarily resulted from our inability to reach the loan origination levels required under our adjusted business strategy to return to profitability, which substantially reduced our ability to generate revenues, and our inability to complete a securitization during the first quarter of fiscal 2005. Additionally, operating expenses increased in the first quarter of fiscal 2005 as we began to add loan processing and marketing support staff to support the future loan origination levels we expect to achieve under our adjusted business strategy. During the first quarter of fiscal 2005, we recorded a pre-tax write up of $18.6 million on our interest-only strips. The $18.6 million write up was recorded as an increase to other comprehensive income, a component of stockholders' equity. This write up of interest-only strips resulted from a reduction to our assumptions for loan prepayments expected to occur beyond 18 months. Management believes that once we move beyond the low interest rate environment and the impact that environment has on loan prepayments, the long running and highly unfavorable prepayment experience over the last twelve quarters will leave us with securitized mortgage pools which will experience future prepayment speeds substantially lower than originally believed. See "-- Application of Critical Accounting Estimates -- Interest-Only Strips" on page 85 for a discussion of how valuation adjustments are recorded. The loss for fiscal 2004 primarily resulted from liquidity issues we had experienced since the fourth quarter of fiscal 2003, including the absence of credit facilities until the second quarter of fiscal 2004, which substantially reduced our loan origination volume and our ability to generate revenues, our inability to 58 complete a publicly underwritten securitization during fiscal 2004, our shift in business strategy to focus on whole loan sales, and charges to the income statement of $46.4 million for pre-tax valuation adjustments on our securitization assets. Additionally, operating expense levels that would support greater loan origination volume also contributed to the loss for fiscal 2004. During fiscal 2004, we recorded total pre-tax valuation adjustments on our interest-only strips and servicing rights of $63.8 million, of which $46.4 million was charged as expense to the income statement and $17.4 million was charged to other comprehensive income, a component of stockholders' equity. These adjustments primarily reflect the impact of higher than anticipated prepayments on securitized loans experienced in fiscal 2004 due to the low interest rate environment experienced during fiscal 2004. Additionally, the fiscal 2004 valuation adjustment included a write down of $5.4 million of the carrying value of our interest-only strips and servicing rights related to five of our mortgage securitization trusts to reflect their values under the terms of a September 27, 2004 sale agreement. The five securitizations were sold for $9.4 million. The $5.4 million write-down was calculated as the difference between the carrying value of these interest-only strips and servicing rights immediately prior to the sale, and the $9.4 million proceeds. The sale price for these five securitizations was not considered in determining the fair value of our remaining interest-only strips and servicing rights because the sale was considered a distressed sale undertaken as part of our negotiations to obtain a new $100.0 million warehouse credit facility and to raise cash to pay fees on new warehouse credit facilities. The new $100.0 million warehouse credit facility is described in "-- Liquidity and Capital Resources" on page 62. See "-- Application of Critical Accounting Estimates -- Interest-Only Strips" on page 85 for a discussion of how valuation adjustments are recorded. EXCHANGE OFFERS. On December 1, 2003, we mailed an offer to exchange, which we refer to as the first exchange offer, to holders of our subordinated debentures issued prior to April 1, 2003. On May 14, 2004, we mailed a second offer to exchange, which we refer to as the second exchange offer, to holders of our subordinated debentures issued prior to November 1, 2003. See "-- Liquidity and Capital Resources -- Subordinated Debentures" on page 78 for more detail on the terms of the exchange offers, senior collateralized subordinated notes and Series A preferred stock issued and the results of the exchange offers. Depending on market conditions and our financial condition, we may engage in additional exchange offers in the future and we intend to engage in another exchange offer in our second quarter of fiscal 2005. Our ability to engage in future exchange offers of this type may be limited by the availability of collateral to secure the senior collateralized subordinated notes issued in future exchange offers. See "Prospectus Summary -- Recent Developments -- Effect of Exchange Offers on Subordinated Debentures Issued in This Offering" on page 3 for information regarding the impact of the exchange offers on the subordinated debentures you purchase in this offering. AMOUNT OF OUR INDEBTEDNESS. At September 30, 2004, we had total indebtedness of approximately $869.0 million, comprised of amounts outstanding under our credit facilities, senior collateralized subordinated notes issued in the exchange offers, capitalized leases and subordinated debentures. See "-- Liquidity and Capital Resources -- Secured and Unsecured Indebtedness" on page 64 for a comparison at September 30, 2004 of our secured and senior debt obligations and unsecured subordinated debenture obligations to assets which are available to repay those obligations. BUSINESS STRATEGY ADJUSTMENTS. In response to our inability to securitize our loans and the liquidity concerns described above, we adjusted our business strategy at the beginning of fiscal 2004. Our adjusted business strategy focuses on shifting from gain-on-sale accounting and the use of securitization transactions as our primary method of selling loans to a more diversified strategy which utilizes a combination of whole loan sales and securitizations, while protecting revenues, controlling costs and improving liquidity. Our business strategy also focuses on increasing loan originations by continuing to expand our broker channel and by offering adjustable rate mortgages loans, purchase money mortgages and more competitively priced fixed rate mortgage loans. See "Business -- Business Strategy" on page 168 for information regarding our adjusted business strategy. Our business strategy is dependent on our ability to emphasize lending related activities that provide us with the most economic value. The implementation of this strategy will depend in large part on a variety of factors outside of our control, including, but not limited to, our ability to obtain adequate financing on reasonable terms and to profitably sell or securitize our loans on a regular basis. Our failure with respect to any of these factors could impair our ability to successfully implement our strategy, which could adversely 59 affect our results of operations and financial condition. See "Risk Factors -- If we are unable to successfully implement our adjusted business strategy which focuses on whole loan sales, we may be unable to attain profitable operations which could impair our ability to repay our outstanding debt" on page 26. If we fail to generate sufficient liquidity through the sales of our loans, the sale of our subordinated debentures, the maintenance of credit facilities or a combination of the foregoing, we will have to restrict loan originations and make additional changes to our business strategy, including restricting or restructuring our operations which could result in losses and impair our ability to repay our subordinated debentures and other outstanding debt. While we currently believe that we will be able to restructure our operations, if necessary, we cannot assure you that such restructuring will enable us to attain profitable operations or repay the subordinated debentures when due. If we fail to successfully implement our adjusted business strategy, we will be required to consider other alternatives, including raising additional equity, seeking to convert an additional portion of our subordinated debentures to equity, seeking protection under federal bankruptcy laws, seeking a strategic investor, or exploring a sale of the company or some or all of its assets. See "Risk Factors -- We depend upon the availability of financing to fund our continuing operations. Any failure to obtain adequate funding could hurt our ability to operate profitably and restrict our ability to repay our outstanding debt" on page 19 and "-- If we are unable to obtain additional financing, we may be not be able to restructure our business to permit profitable operations or repay our outstanding debt" on page 21. In addition to the above potential restrictions and changes to our business strategy, in the event we are unable to offer additional subordinated debentures for any reason, we have developed a contingent financial restructuring plan including cash flow projections for the next twelve-month period. Based on our current cash flow projections, we anticipate being able to make all scheduled subordinated debenture maturities and vendor payments. The contingent financial restructuring plan is based on actions that we would take, in addition to those indicated in our adjusted business strategy, to reduce our operating expenses and conserve cash. These actions would include reducing capital expenditures, selling all loans originated on a whole loan basis, eliminating or downsizing various lending, overhead and support groups and obtaining working capital funding. No assurance can be given that we will be able to successfully implement the contingent financial restructuring plan, if necessary, and repay the subordinated debentures when due. CREDIT FACILITIES, SERVICING AGREEMENTS AND WAIVERS RELATED TO FINANCIAL COVENANTS. At various times since June 30, 2003, including at June 30, 2004, July 31, 2004, August 31, 2004, September 30, 2004 and October 31, 2004, we have been out of compliance with one or more financial covenants contained in our $200.0 million credit facility (reduced to $60.0 million). We have continued to operate on the basis of waivers granted by the lender under this facility. We currently anticipate that we will be out of compliance with one or more of these financial covenants at November 30, 2004 and will need a waiver from this lender for this noncompliance to continue to operate. The expiration date of this facility was originally September 21, 2004, but through a series of extensions granted by this lender to facilitate our closing and implementation of replacement credit facilities, this facility is now scheduled to expire on December 3, 2004. A provision in our $250.0 million credit facility required us to maintain another credit facility for $200.0 million with a $40.0 million sublimit of such facility available for funding newly originated loans. As a result of the reduction of our $200.0 million facility to $100.0 million, as described above, we entered into an amendment to the master loan and security agreement governing our $250.0 million facility which reduced the required amount for another facility to $100.0 million. At various times since June 30, 2003, we have also been out of compliance with the net worth requirement in several of our pooling and servicing agreements and sale and servicing agreements (collectively referred to in this document as the servicing agreements). Two of the financial insurers who provide financial guaranty insurance to certain bond holders and certificate holders under these servicing agreements (collectively referred to in this document as bond insurers) required us to amend the servicing agreements in consideration for granting us waivers from this noncompliance. One bond insurer granted us a permanent waiver from this noncompliance in consideration for a term-to-term servicing arrangement. The other bond insurer granted us a one-time waiver in consideration for a term-to-term servicing arrangement. 60 Since then, we have had to obtain a waiver of net worth requirements from this bond insurer on a monthly basis and we currently anticipate that we will need to do so for the foreseeable future. Due to our financial results during fiscal 2004, two other bond insurers required us to amend the servicing agreements related to the securitizations these bond insurers insured. As a result of the amendments to our servicing agreements, all of our servicing agreements associated with bond insurers now provide for term-to-term servicing and, in the case of our servicing agreements with two bond insurers, our rights as servicer may be terminated at the expiration of a servicing term in the sole discretion of the bond insurer. We cannot assure you that we will continue to receive the waivers and servicing agreement extensions that we need to operate or that they will not contain conditions that are unacceptable to us. Because we anticipate incurring losses through at least the second quarter of fiscal 2005, we anticipate that we will need to obtain additional waivers from our lenders and bond insurers as a result of our non-compliance with financial covenants contained in our credit facilities and servicing agreements. To the extent we are not able to obtain waivers under our credit facilities, we may be unable to pay dividends on the Series A preferred stock. See "-- Liquidity and Capital Resources" on page 62 for additional information regarding the waivers obtained. See also "Risk Factors -- Restrictive covenants in the agreements governing our indebtedness may reduce our operating flexibility and limit our ability to operate profitably and our ability to repay our outstanding debt may be impaired" on page 36 and " -- Our servicing rights may be terminated if we fail to satisfactorily perform our servicing obligations, or fail to meet minimum net worth requirements or financial covenants which could hinder our ability to operate profitably and impair our ability to repay our outstanding debt" on page 28. DELINQUENCIES; FORBEARANCE AND DEFERMENT ARRANGEMENTS. We had total delinquencies in our managed portfolio of $239.4 million at September 30, 2004 compared to $219.4 million at June 30, 2004 and $228.9 million at June 30, 2003. The managed total portfolio includes loans on our balance sheet and loans serviced for others. At September 30, 2004, the total managed portfolio was $1.9 billion compared to $2.1 billion at June 30, 2004 and $3.7 billion at June 30, 2003. Total delinquencies (loans and leases, excluding real estate owned, with payments past due for more than 30 days) as a percentage of the total managed portfolio were 12.57% at September 30, 2004 compared to 10.49% at June 30, 2004 and 6.27% at June 30, 2003. As the managed portfolio continues to season and if the economy does not continue to improve, the delinquency rate may continue to increase, which could negatively impact our ability to sell or securitize loans and reduce our profitability and the funds available to repay our subordinated debentures. As the portfolio seasons, or ages, the likelihood that borrowers will incur credit problems increases. Additionally, continuing low market interest rates could continue to encourage borrowers to refinance their loans and increase the levels of loan prepayments we experience which would negatively impact our delinquency rate. Delinquencies in our total managed portfolio at September 30, 2004 do not include $184.6 million of previously delinquent loans, which are subject to deferment and forbearance arrangements. Generally, a loan remains current after we enter into a deferment or forbearance arrangement with the borrower only if the borrower makes the principal and interest payments as required under the terms of the original note (exclusive of the delinquent payments advanced or fees paid by us on borrower's behalf as part of the deferment or forbearance arrangement) and we do not reflect it as a delinquent loan in our delinquency statistics. However, if the borrower fails to make principal and interest payments, we will generally declare the account in default, reflect it as a delinquent loan in our delinquency statistics and resume collection actions. During the final six months of fiscal 2003 and the first six months of fiscal 2004, we experienced a pronounced increase in the number of borrowers under deferment arrangements and in light of the weakened economic environment during that twelve-month period we made use of deferment arrangements to a greater degree than in prior periods. Since December 2003, we have experienced a reduction and leveling off in new deferment arrangements and if the improving economic environment continues, we expect to continue to experience a reduction in new deferment arrangements. 61 There was approximately $184.6 million of cumulative unpaid principal balance of loans under deferment and forbearance arrangements at September 30, 2004, as compared to approximately $216.3 million and $197.7 million of cumulative unpaid principal balance at June 30, 2004 and 2003, respectively. Total cumulative unpaid principal balances under deferment or forbearance arrangements as a percentage of the total managed portfolio were 9.69% at September 30, 2004, 10.34% at June 30, 2004 and 5.41% at June 30, 2003. Additionally, there are loans under deferment and forbearance arrangements which have returned to delinquent status. At September 30, 2004, there was $72.9 million of cumulative unpaid principal balance under deferment arrangements and $53.7 million of cumulative unpaid principal balance under forbearance arrangements that are now reported as delinquent 31 days or more. See "-- On Balance Sheet Portfolio Quality -- Deferment and Forbearance Arrangements" on page 148, "-- Total Portfolio Quality -- Deferment and Forbearance Arrangements" on page 153 and "Risk Factors -- Restrictive covenants in the agreements governing our indebtedness may reduce our operating flexibility and limit our ability to operate profitably, and our ability to repay our outstanding debt may be impaired" on page 36. LISTING ON THE NASDAQ NATIONAL MARKET SYSTEM. Since our common stock is listed on the NASDAQ National Market System, we are required to meet certain requirements established by the NASDAQ Stock Market in order to maintain this listing. These requirements include, among other things, maintenance of stockholders' equity of $10.0 million, a minimum bid price of $1.00 and a market value of publicly held shares of $5.0 million. If we are unable to maintain our listing on the NASDAQ National Market System, our ability to continue to sell subordinated debentures would be negatively impacted by making the process of complying with the state securities laws more difficult, costly and time consuming. As a result, we may be unable to continue to sell subordinated debentures in certain states, which would have a material adverse effect on our liquidity and our ability to repay maturing debt when due. There can be no assurance that we will be in compliance with the $10.0 million stockholders' equity requirement on December 31, 2004. We intend to engage in a new exchange offer in order to maintain compliance with this listing requirement. Our ability to engage in future exchange offers of this type may be limited by the availability of collateral to secure the senior collateralized subordinated notes issued in future exchange offers. See "Risk Factors -- In the event our common stock is delisted from trading on the NASDAQ National Market System, our ability to continue to sell subordinated debentures would be negatively impacted" on page 22. LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES GENERAL. Liquidity and capital resource management is a process focused on providing the funding to meet our short and long-term cash needs. We have used a substantial portion of our funding sources to build our serviced portfolio and investments in securitization assets with the expectation that they will generate sufficient cash flows in the future to cover our operating requirements, including repayment of maturing subordinated debentures and senior collateralized subordinated notes outstanding. Since the fourth quarter of fiscal 2003, we have also used our funding sources to cover our operating losses. Our cash needs change as the mix of loan sales through securitization shifts to more whole loan sales, as the serviced portfolio changes, as our interest-only strips mature and release cash, as subordinated debentures and senior collateralized subordinated notes outstanding mature, as operating expenses change and as revenues change. Because we have historically experienced negative cash flows from operations under our prior business strategy and, more recently, have been impacted by short-term liquidity issues, our business requires continual access to short and long-term sources of debt to generate the cash required to fund our operations. Our cash requirements include funding loan originations, repaying existing subordinated debentures and senior collateralized subordinated notes outstanding, paying interest expense, preferred dividends and operating expenses, funding capital expenditures, and in connection with our securitizations, funding overcollateralization requirements, costs of repurchasing delinquent loans for trigger management and servicer obligations. When loans are sold through a securitization, we may retain the rights to service the loans. Servicing loans obligates us to advance interest payments for delinquent loans under certain circumstances and allows us to repurchase a limited amount of delinquent loans from securitization trusts. See "-- Securitizations" on page 92, "-- Securitizations -- Trigger Management" on page 97 and "-- Securitizations -- Repurchase Rights" on page 102 for more information on how the servicing of securitized loans affects requirements on our capital resources and cash flow. At times, we have used cash to repurchase our common stock and could in the future use cash for unspecified acquisitions of related businesses or assets (although no acquisitions are currently contemplated). 62 Under our business strategy, we initially finance our loans under secured credit facilities. These credit facilities are generally revolving lines of credit that enable us to borrow on a short-term basis against our loans. We then sell our loans to unrelated third parties on a whole loan basis or securitize our loans to generate the cash to pay off these revolving credit facilities. LIQUIDITY CONCERNS. Several events and issues have negatively impacted our short-term liquidity. First, our inability to complete a publicly underwritten securitization during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2003 adversely impacted our short-term liquidity position and contributed to our loss for fiscal 2003. Because there was no securitization, $453.4 million of the $516.1 million in revolving credit and conduit facilities available to us at June 30, 2003 was drawn upon. Our revolving credit facilities and mortgage conduit facility had only $62.7 million of unused capacity available at June 30, 2003, which significantly reduced our ability to fund loan originations in fiscal 2004 until we sold existing loans, extended existing credit facilities, or added new credit facilities. Second, our ability to borrow under credit facilities to fund new loan originations in the first three months of fiscal 2004 using borrowings under certain of our credit facilities which carried over into fiscal 2004 was limited, terminated or expired by October 31, 2003. Further advances under a non-committed portion of one of these credit facilities were subject to the discretion of the lender and subsequent to June 30, 2003, there were no new advances under the non-committed portion. Additionally, on August 20, 2003, this credit facility was amended to, among other things, eliminate the non-committed portion, reduce the amount available to $50.0 million and accelerate the expiration date from November 2003 to September 30, 2003. We entered into a subsequent amendment to this facility, which extended its maturity date to October 17, 2003. We also had a $300.0 million mortgage conduit facility with a financial institution that enabled us to sell our loans into an off-balance sheet facility, which expired pursuant to its terms on July 5, 2003. In addition, we were unable to borrow under a $25.0 million warehouse facility after September 30, 2003, and this $25.0 million facility expired on October 31, 2003. Third, even though we were successful in obtaining one new credit facility in September 2003 and a second new credit facility in October 2003, our ability to finance new loan originations in the second and third quarters of fiscal 2004 with borrowings under these new facilities was limited. The limitations resulted from requirements to fund overcollateralization, which is discussed below, in connection with new loan originations. Fourth, our temporary discontinuation of sales of new subordinated debentures for approximately a six-week period during the first quarter of fiscal 2004 further impaired our liquidity. As a result of these liquidity issues, our loan origination volume in fiscal 2004 was substantially reduced. In fiscal 2004, we originated $982.7 million of loans, compared to originations of $1.67 billion of loans in fiscal 2003. As a result of the decrease in loan originations and liquidity issues described above, we incurred losses in fiscal 2003 and 2004. While we increased loan originations to $629.7 million for the first quarter of fiscal 2005, we recorded a loss for the first quarter of fiscal 2005 primarily because we did not reach the loan origination level required under our adjusted business strategy to return to profitability. Depending on our ability to reach a profitable level of loan originations and to complete a securitization and recognize gains, we anticipate incurring a loss at least through the second quarter of fiscal 2005. For the next six to twelve months, we intend to augment our sources of operating cash with proceeds from the issuance of subordinated debentures. In addition to repaying maturing subordinated debentures, proceeds from the issuance of subordinated debentures may be used to fund overcollateralization requirements in connection with our loan originations and fund our operating losses. Under the terms of our credit facilities, our credit facilities will advance us 75% to 97% of the value of loans we originate. As a result of this limitation, we must fund the difference between the loan value and the advances, which we refer to as the overcollateralization requirement, from our operating cash. We can provide no assurances that we will be able to continue issuing subordinated debentures. Because we depend upon the availability of financing to fund our continuing operations, any failure to obtain adequate financing could hurt our ability to operate profitably and, therefore, the realization of our 63 deferred tax asset is dependent on obtaining adequate financing and profitable operations. See "-- Application of Critical Accounting Estimates -- Deferred Tax Asset" on page 87 for a discussion of our deferred tax asset. There can be no assurance that we will be in compliance with the $10.0 million stockholders' equity requirement on December 31, 2004. We intend to engage in a new exchange offer in order to maintain compliance with this listing requirement. Our ability to engage in future exchange offers of this type may be limited by the availability of collateral to secure the senior collateralized subordinated notes issued in future exchange offers. If we are unable to maintain our listing on the NASDAQ National Market System, our ability to continue to sell subordinated debentures would be negatively impacted by making the process of complying with the state securities laws more difficult, costly and time consuming. As a result, we may be unable to continue to sell subordinated debentures in certain states, which would have a material adverse effect on our liquidity and our ability to repay maturing debt when due. SECURED AND UNSECURED INDEBTEDNESS. At September 30, 2004, we had total indebtedness of approximately $869.0 million, comprised of amounts outstanding under our credit facilities, senior collateralized subordinated notes issued in the exchange offers, capitalized leases and subordinated debentures. The following table compares our secured and senior debt obligations and unsecured subordinated debenture obligations at September 30, 2004 to assets which were available to repay those obligations. We anticipate that any shortfall in assets available to repay obligations will be funded through cash received on the sale of future loan originations:
SECURED AND UNSECURED SENIOR DEBT SUBORDINATED TOTAL OBLIGATIONS DEBENTURES DEBT/ASSETS ----------- ------------ ----------- (IN THOUSANDS) Outstanding debt obligations.......................................................... $378,926(b) $490,026 $868,952 ======== ======== ======== Assets available to repay debt: Cash and cash equivalents............................................................ $ -- $ 19,673 $ 19,673 Loans................................................................................ 296,559(c) 39,952 336,511 Interest-only strips(e).............................................................. 193,744(a)(b) 255,068 448,812(d Servicing rights..................................................................... -- 66,712 66,712(d -------- -------- -------- Total assets available............................................................... $490,303 $381,405 $871,708 ======== ======== ========
--------------- (a) Includes the impact of the exchange of $208.6 million of subordinated debentures (unsecured subordinated debentures) for $99.2 million of senior collateralized subordinated notes (secured and senior debt obligations) and 109.4 million shares of Series A preferred stock in the exchange offers. At September 30, 2004, our interest in the cash flows from the interest-only strips held in the trust, which secure the senior collateralized subordinated notes totaled $401.6 million, of which approximately $146.2 million represents 150% of the principal balance of the senior collateralized subordinated notes outstanding at September 30, 2004. For presentation purposes, $146.2 million of the interest-only strips balance is allocated to the secured and senior debt obligations column. (b) Security interests under the terms of the $250.0 million credit facility are included in this table. This $250.0 million credit facility is secured by loans when funded under this facility. In addition, interest-only strips secure, as a first priority, obligations in an amount not to exceed 10% of the outstanding principal balance under this facility and the obligations due under the fee letter related to this facility. Assuming the entire $250.0 million available under this credit facility were utilized, the maximum amount secured by the interest-only strips would be approximately $47.6 million. This amount is included as an allocation of our interest-only strips to the secured and senior debt obligations column. (c) Reflects the amount of loans specifically pledged as collateral against our advances under our credit facilities. (d) Reflects the fair value of our interest-only strips and servicing rights at September 30, 2004. (e) The grant of a lien on the collateral to secure the senior collateralized subordinated notes is not a direct lien on any interest-only strips, but is, rather, a lien on the right of certain of our subsidiaries to receive certain cash flows from ABFS Warehouse Trust 2003-1 which is a special purpose entity which holds the majority of, but not all of, the interest-only strips directly or indirectly held by us. The interest-only strips in this trust also secure, as a first priority, obligations in an amount not to exceed 10% of the outstanding 64 principal balance under our $250.0 million credit facility and the obligations due under the fee letter related to this facility. Assuming the entire $250.0 million available under this credit facility were utilized, the maximum amount secured by the interest-only strips would be approximately $53.7 million. In addition, interest-only strips in this trust will also secure certain obligations under our new $30.0 million credit facility, the definitive terms of which are being negotiated, which security interest is not reflected in the table above. Finally, it is intended that approximately $86.0 million of interest-only strips held by this trust will be transferred to the lender in connection with a $23.0 million residual repurchase facility, the terms of which are being negotiated, which transfer is not reflected in the table above. REMEDIAL STEPS TAKEN TO ADDRESS LIQUIDITY ISSUES. Since June 30, 2003, we undertook specific remedial actions to address liquidity concerns including: o We adjusted our business strategy beginning in early fiscal 2004. Our adjusted business strategy focuses on shifting from gain-on-sale accounting and the use of securitization transactions as our primary method of selling loans to a more diversified strategy which utilizes a combination of whole loan sales and securitizations, while protecting revenues, controlling costs and improving liquidity. See "-- Overview -- Business Strategy Adjustments" on page 59 and "Business -- Business Strategy" on page 168 for more information. o We solicited bids and commitments from participants in the whole loan sale market and entered into forward sale agreements and individual sale transactions. In total, from June 30, 2003 through June 30, 2004, we sold approximately $1.1 billion (which includes $222.3 million of loans sold by the expired mortgage conduit facility described under "-- Credit Facilities" on page 69) of loans through whole loan sales. From July 1, 2004 through September 30, 2004, we sold an additional $586.5 million of loans through whole loan sales. o We have entered into an informal arrangement with one recurring purchaser of our loans whereby the purchaser maintains members of its loan underwriting staff on our premises to facilitate its purchase of our loans promptly after we originate them. This arrangement accelerates our receipt of cash proceeds from the sale of loans, accelerates the pay down of our advances under our warehouse credit facilities and adds to our liquidity. This quicker turnaround time is expected to enable us to operate with smaller committed warehouse credit facilities than would otherwise be necessary. o On October 31, 2003, we completed a privately-placed securitization, with servicing released, of $173.5 million of loans. o We entered into two definitive loan agreements during fiscal 2004 for the purpose of funding our loan originations. These two agreements replaced those credit facilities, which carried over into fiscal 2004 but were limited, terminated or expired by October 31, 2003. We entered into the first agreement on September 22, 2003 with a financial institution for a one-year $200.0 million credit facility. We entered into the second agreement on October 14, 2003 with a warehouse lender for a three-year revolving mortgage loan warehouse credit facility of up to $250.0 million. The $200.0 million facility was extended to December 3, 2004 reduced on September 30, 2004 to $100.0 million and on November 5, 2004, reduced to $60.0 million. This reduction to $60.0 million will occur at a rate of $10.0 million per week commencing on November 5, 2004. The three-year $250.0 million warehouse credit facility continues to be available. See "-- Credit Facilities" on page 69 for information regarding the terms of these facilities. o On November 5, 2004, we entered into a definitive agreement dated as of November 4, 2004 with a warehouse lender for a one-year $100.0 million credit facility to replace the maturing $200.0 million credit facility (reduced to $60.0 million). See "-- Credit Facilities" on page 69 for information regarding the terms of this facility. We also sold the interest-only strips and servicing rights related to five of our mortgage securitization trusts to an affiliate of this facility provider under the terms of a September 27, 2004 sale agreement. The sale of these assets was undertaken as part of our negotiations to obtain the new $100.0 million credit facility and to raise cash to pay fees on new warehouse credit facilities and as a result, we did not realize their full value as reflected on our books. We wrote down the carrying value of these interest-only strips and servicing rights by $5.4 65 million at June 30, 2004 to reflect their values under the terms of the sale agreement. On September 27, 2004, we received proceeds from this sale of $9.7 million. o On October 27, 2004, we entered into a commitment letter dated October 26, 2004 and are negotiating the terms of a definitive agreement with a warehouse lender for a three-year $30.0 million mortgage loan warehouse facility and a two-year $23.0 million residual repurchase facility. We cannot assure you that we will succeed in entering into a definitive agreement regarding these facilities or that this agreement will contain the terms and conditions acceptable to us. See "-- Credit Facilities" on page 69 for information regarding the terms of these facilities. o On November 1, 2004, we received a commitment letter from two warehouse lenders, including an affiliate of the lender on our $250.0 million credit facility, for a two-year $150.0 million mortgage loan warehouse facility. The commitment letter becomes effective and legally obligates the parties upon our payment of fees described in the commitment letter which have not been paid to date. We cannot assure you that we will succeed in entering into a definitive agreement regarding the $150.0 million credit facility or that this agreement will contain the terms and conditions acceptable to us. See "-- Credit Facilities" on page 69 for information regarding the terms of this facility. o We mailed exchange offers on December 1, 2003 and May 14, 2004 to holders of our subordinated debentures in order to increase our stockholders' equity and reduce the amount of our outstanding debt. These exchange offers resulted in the exchange of $208.6 million of our subordinated debentures for 109.4 million shares of Series A preferred stock and $99.2 million of senior collateralized subordinated notes. The issuance of 109.4 million shares of Series A preferred stock results in an annual cash preferred dividend obligation of $10.9 million. See "-- Subordinated Debentures" on page 78 for more detail on the terms of the exchange offers, senior collateralized subordinated notes and preferred stock issued. o On January 22, 2004, we executed an agreement to sell our interests in the remaining leases in our portfolio. The terms of the agreement included a cash sale price of approximately $4.8 million in exchange for our lease portfolio balance as of December 31, 2003. We received the cash from this sale in January 2004 and recognized a net gain of $0.5 million. o We suspended the payment of quarterly dividends on our common stock beginning in the first quarter of fiscal 2004. Although we obtained two warehouse credit facilities totaling $450.0 million in fiscal 2004, and after December 3, 2004 we expect to have warehouse credit facilities totaling at a minimum $530.0 million, the proceeds of these credit facilities may only be used to fund loan originations and may not be used for any other purpose. Consequently, we need to generate cash to fund the balance of our business operations from other sources, such as whole loan sales, additional financings and sales of subordinated debentures. Additionally, our warehouse credit facilities have been obtained at high costs, which have a significant impact on our liquidity. See "-- Credit Facilities" on page 69 for detail on the amount of fees we are required to pay under these facilities. We can provide no assurances that we will be able to sell our loans, maintain existing credit facilities or expand or obtain new credit facilities, if necessary. If we are unable to maintain existing financing, we may not be able to restructure our business to permit profitable operations or repay our subordinated debentures and senior collateralized subordinated notes when due. Even if we are able to maintain adequate financing, our inability to originate and sell our loans could hinder our ability to operate profitably in the future and repay our subordinated debentures and senior collateralized subordinated notes when due. SHORT AND LONG TERM CAPITAL RESOURCES AND CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS. The following table summarizes our short and long-term capital resources and contractual obligations as of September 30, 2004. For capital resources, the table presents projected and scheduled principal cash flows expected to be available to meet our contractual obligations. For those timeframes where a shortfall in capital resources exists, we anticipate that these shortfalls will be funded through a combination of cash from whole loan sales of future loan originations and the issuance of subordinated debentures. We can provide no assurances that we will be able to continue issuing subordinated debentures. In the event that we are unable to offer additional 66 subordinated debentures for any reason, we have developed a contingent financial restructuring plan. See "-- Overview -- Business Strategy Adjustments" on page 59 for a discussion of this plan. The terms of our credit facilities provide that we may only use the funds available under the credit facilities to originate home mortgage loans.
LESS THAN 1 TO 3 3 TO 5 MORE THAN 1 YEAR YEARS YEARS 5 YEARS TOTAL --------- --------- -------- --------- ---------- (IN THOUSANDS) Capital Resources from: Unrestricted cash.................................................. $ 10,419 $ -- $ -- $ -- $ 10,419 Cash pledged as collateral against contractual obligation.......... 1,000 2,000 1,000 4,000 8,000 Loans available for sale........................................... 332,710 102 118 3,581 336,511 Interest-only strips(a)............................................ 103,908 154,339 104,203 344,973 707,423 Servicing rights(a) 17,183 26,132 21,544 66,351 131,210 --------- --------- -------- -------- ---------- 465,220 182,573 126,865 418,905 1,193,563 --------- --------- -------- -------- ---------- Contractual Obligations(b) Subordinated debentures............................................ 335,172 133,105 12,089 9,660 490,026 Accrued interest-subordinated debentures(c)........................ 21,095 9,620 1,353 1,399 33,467 Senior collateralized subordinated notes........................... 38,859 53,615 2,801 2,179 97,454 Accrued interest-senior collateralized subordinated notes(d)....... 1,799 2,137 133 131 4,200 Warehouse lines of credit(e)....................................... 279,943 -- -- -- 279,943 Convertible promissory note(f)..................................... 694 433 -- -- 1,127 Capitalized lease(g)............................................... 376 49 -- -- 425 Operating leases(h)................................................ 5,763 11,084 10,830 25,153 52,830 Services and equipment............................................. 74 -- -- -- 74 --------- --------- -------- -------- ---------- 683,775 210,043 27,206 38,522 959,546 --------- --------- -------- -------- ---------- Excess (Shortfall)................................................. $(218,555) $(27,470) $ 99,659 $380,383 $ 234,017 ========= ========= ======== ======== ==========
--------------- (a) Reflects projected cash flows utilizing assumptions including prepayment and credit loss rates. See "-- Application of Critical Accounting Estimates -- Interest-Only Strips" on page 85 and "Application of Critical Accounting Estimates -- Servicing Rights" on page 86. (b) See "-- Contractual Obligations" on page 69. (c) This table reflects interest payment terms elected by subordinated debenture holders as of September 30, 2004. In accordance with the terms of the subordinated debenture offering, subordinated debenture holders have the right to change the timing of the interest payment on their notes once during the term of their investment. (d) This table reflects interest payment terms elected by senior collateralized subordinated note holders as of September 30, 2004. (e) See the table provided under "-- Credit Facilities" on page 69 for additional information about our credit facilities. (f) Amount includes principal and accrued interest at September 30, 2004. (g) Amounts include principal and interest. (h) Amounts include lease for office space. Cash flow from operations, the issuance of subordinated debentures and lines of credit fund our operating cash needs. We expect these sources of funds to be sufficient to meet our cash needs. Loan originations are funded through borrowings against warehouse credit facilities. Each funding source is described in more detail below. CASH FLOW FROM OPERATIONS. One of our corporate goals is to achieve sustainable positive cash flow from operations. However, we cannot be certain that we will achieve our projections regarding positive cash 67 flow from operations. Our achieving this goal is dependent on our ability to successfully implement our business strategy and on the following items: o manage the mixture of whole loan sales and securitization transactions to maximize cash flow and economic value; o manage levels of securitizations to maximize cash flows received at closing and subsequently from interest-only strips and servicing rights; o maintain a portfolio of mortgage loans which will generate income and cash flows through our servicing activities and the residual interests we hold in the securitized loans; o build on our established approaches to underwriting loans, servicing and collecting loans and managing credit risks in order to control delinquency and losses; o continue to identify and invest in technology and other efficiencies to reduce per unit costs in our loan origination and servicing process; and o control overall expense levels. Historically, our cash flow from operations had been negative because we incur cash expenses as we originate loans, but generally do not recover from these origination expense cash outflows until we sell or securitize the underlying loans. With respect to loans securitized, we may be required to wait more than one year to begin recovering the cash outflow from loan origination expenses through cash inflows from the residual assets retained in a securitization. However, during the year ended June 30, 2004, we experienced positive cash flow from operations, primarily due to whole loan sales of loans we originated in prior periods that were carried on our balance sheet at June 30, 2003. Additionally, increasing market interest rates could negatively impact our cash flows. If market interest rates increase, the premiums we would be paid on whole loan sales could be reduced and the interest rates that investors will demand on the certificates issued in future securitizations will increase. The increase in interest rates paid to investors reduces the cash we will receive from interest-only strips created in future securitizations. Although we may have the ability in a rising interest rate market to charge higher loan interest rates to our borrowers, competition, laws and regulations and other factors may limit or delay our ability to do so. Increasing market interest rates would also result in higher interest expense incurred on future issuances of subordinated debentures and interest expense incurred to fund loans while they are carried on our balance sheet. Cash flow from operations for the three months ended September 30, 2004 was a negative $14.2 million, compared to a positive $128.4 million for the first three months of fiscal 2004. The negative cash flow from operations for the three months ended September 30, 2004 resulted from funding a $32.2 million increase in loans available for sale. The positive cash flow from operations for the three months ended September 30, 2003 was due to sales of loans during that three-month period, which were originated in the 2003 fiscal year and carried on our balance sheet at June 30, 2003. During the three months ended September 30, 2004, we received cash on whole loan sales of $602.2 million and originated $629.7 million of loans. During the three months ended September 30, 2003, we received cash on whole loan sales of $271.0 million and originated $124.1 million of loans. Cash flow from operations for the year ended June 30, 2004 was a positive $6.8 million compared to a negative $285.4 million for the year ended June 30, 2003. The positive cash flow from operations for the year ended June 30, 2004 was due to our sales during fiscal 2004 of loans originated in the prior fiscal year that were carried on our balance sheet at June 30, 2003. During the year ended June 30, 2004, we received cash on whole loan sales of $835.5 million and $26.7 million during the year ended June 30, 2003 from a whole loan sale transaction, which closed on June 30, 2003, but settled in cash on July 1, 2003. Additionally, cash flow from our interest-only strips in fiscal 2004 increased $18.0 million, compared to fiscal 2003. The amount of cash we receive as gains on whole loan sales, and the amount of cash we receive and the amount of overcollateralization we are required to fund at the closing of our securitizations are dependent upon a number of factors including market factors over which we have no control. Although we expect cash 68 flow from operations to continue to fluctuate in the foreseeable future, our goal is to improve upon our historical levels of negative cash flow from operations. We believe that if our projections based on our business strategy prove accurate, our cash flow from operations will continue to be positive. However, negative cash flow from operations may occur in any future quarter depending on the size and frequency of our whole loan sales, the size and frequency of our future securitizations and due to the nature of our operations and the time required to implement our business strategy adjustments. We generally expect the level of cash flow from operations to fluctuate. Other factors could negatively affect our cash flow and liquidity such as increases in mortgage interest rates, legislation or other economic conditions, which may make our ability to originate loans more difficult. As a result, our costs to originate loans could increase or our volume of loan originations could decrease. CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS. Following is a summary of future payments required on our contractual obligations as of September 30, 2004 (in thousands):
PAYMENTS DUE BY PERIOD ------------------------------------------------------- LESS THAN 1 TO 3 3 TO 5 MORE THAN CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS TOTAL 1 YEAR YEARS YEARS 5 YEARS ----------------------- -------- --------- -------- ------- --------- Subordinated debentures................................................. $490,026 $335,172 $133,105 $12,089 $ 9,660 Accrued interest - subordinated debentures(a)........................... 33,467 21,095 9,620 1,353 1,399 Senior collateralized subordinated notes................................ 97,454 38,859 53,615 2,801 2,179 Accrued interest - senior collateralized subordinated notes(b).......... 4,200 1,799 2,137 133 131 Warehouse lines of credit(c)............................................ 279,943 279,943 -- -- -- Convertible promissory notes(d)......................................... 1,127 694 433 -- -- Capitalized lease(e).................................................... 425 376 49 -- -- Operating leases(f)..................................................... 52,830 5,763 11,084 10,830 25,153 Services and equipment.................................................. 74 74 -- -- -- -------- -------- -------- ------- ------- Total obligations....................................................... $959,546 $683,775 $210,043 $27,206 $38,522 ======== ======== ======== ======= =======
--------------- (a) This table reflects interest payment terms elected by subordinated debenture holders as of September 30, 2004. In accordance with the terms of the subordinated debenture offering, subordinated debenture holders have the right to change the timing of the interest payment on their notes once during the term of their investment. (b) This table reflects interest payment terms elected by senior collateralized subordinated note holders as of September 30, 2004. (c) See the table provided under "-- Credit Facilities" on page 69 for additional information about our credit facilities. (d) Amount includes principal and accrued interest at September 30, 2004. (e) Amounts include principal and interest. (f) Amounts include lease for office space. CREDIT FACILITIES. Borrowings against warehouse credit facilities represent cash advanced to us for a limited duration, generally no more than 270 days, and are secured by the loans we pledge to the lender. These credit facilities provide the primary funding source for loan originations. Under the terms of these facilities, approximately 75% to 97% of our loan originations may be funded with borrowings under the credit facilities and the remaining amounts, our overcollateralization requirements, must come from our operating capital. The ultimate sale of the loans through whole loan sale or securitization generates the cash proceeds necessary to repay the borrowings under the warehouse facilities. We periodically review our expected future credit needs and attempt to negotiate credit commitments for those needs as well as excess capacity in order to allow us flexibility in implementing our adjusted business strategy. 69 The following is a description of the warehouse and operating lines of credit facilities, which were available to us at September 30, 2004 (in thousands):
FACILITY AMOUNT AMOUNT AMOUNT UTILIZED AVAILABLE -------- -------- --------- REVOLVING CREDIT FACILITIES: Warehouse revolving line of credit, expiring December 2004(a) $100,000 $ 73,276 $26,724 Warehouse revolving line of credit, expiring October 2006(b)................................... 250,000 206,667 43,333 -------- -------- ------- Total revolving credit facilities.............................................................. 350,000 279,943 70,057 OTHER FACILITIES: Capitalized leases, maturing January 2006(c).................................................. 404 404 -- -------- -------- ------- Total credit facilities........................................................................ $350,404 $280,347 $70,057 ======== ======== =======
--------------- (a) Originally a $200.0 million warehouse revolving line of credit with JP Morgan Chase Bank entered into on September 22, 2003 and originally scheduled to expire in September 2004. In September 2004, the maturity date of this facility was extended to November 5, 2004 and the facility was reduced to $100.0 million. In November 2004, the maturity date was extended to December 3, 2004 and the facility amount will reduce to $60.0 million at a rate of $10.0 million per week commencing on November 5, 2004. Interest rates on the advances under this facility are based upon one-month LIBOR plus a margin. Obligations under the facility are collateralized by pledged loans. Further detail and provisions of this facility are described below. Additionally, we have a stand alone letter of credit with JP Morgan Chase Bank to secure lease obligations for corporate office space. The amount of the letter of credit was $8.0 million at September 30, 2004. The letter of credit was collateralized by cash and expires on December 16, 2004. (b) $250.0 million warehouse revolving line of credit with Chrysalis Warehouse Funding, LLC, entered into on October 14, 2003 and expiring October 2006. Interest rates on the advances under this facility are based upon one-month LIBOR plus a margin. Obligations under the facility are collateralized by pledged loans. Further detail and provisions of this facility are described below. (c) Capitalized leases, imputed interest rate of 8.0%, collateralized by computer equipment. CREDIT FACILITIES AVAILABLE AT SEPTEMBER 30, 2004 $200.0 MILLION WAREHOUSE FACILITY. On September 22, 2003, we entered into definitive agreements with JP Morgan Chase Bank for a $200.0 million credit facility (subsequently reduced to $60.0 million) for the purpose of funding our loan originations. Pursuant to the terms of this facility, we are required to, among other things: (i) have a net worth of at least $28.0 million by September 30, 2003; with quarterly increases of $2.0 million thereafter; (ii) apply 60% of our net cash flow from operations each quarter to reduce the outstanding amount of subordinated debentures commencing with the quarter ending March 31, 2004; (iii) as of the end of any month, commencing January 31, 2004, the aggregate outstanding balance of subordinated debentures must be less than the aggregate outstanding balance as of the end of the prior month; and (iv) provide a parent company guaranty of 10% of the outstanding principal amount of loans under the facility. This facility had a term of 364 days and by its original terms would have expired September 21, 2004. This facility is secured by the mortgage loans, which are funded by advances under the facility with interest equal to LIBOR plus a margin. This facility is subject to representations and warranties and covenants, which are customary for a facility of this type, as well as amortization events and events of default related to our financial condition. These provisions require, among other things, our maintenance of a delinquency ratio for the managed portfolio (which represents the portfolio of securitized loans and leases we service for others) at the end of each fiscal quarter of less than 12.0%, our subordinated debentures not to exceed $705.0 million at any time, and our ownership of an amount of repurchased loans not to exceed 1.5% of the managed portfolio. On September 20, 2004, we entered into an amendment to our $200.0 million credit facility which extended the scheduled expiration date of this credit facility from September 21, 2004 to September 30, 2004. On September 30, 2004, we entered into an amendment to our $200.0 million credit facility which extended the expiration date of this credit facility from September 30, 2004 to November 5, 2004, and 70 decreased this facility from $200.0 million to $100.0 million. Since entering into this facility on September 22, 2003, the amount outstanding under this facility at any given time has not exceeded $100.0 million. In addition, the amendment included changes which reduce the advance rate if the amount outstanding under the facility exceeds $75.0 million. The amendment also changed the portfolio composition requirements to accommodate fluctuations in the pledged loans at the beginning and end of each month, providing greater flexibility to us. The purpose of the amendment was to allow us to continue to borrow under this facility, subject to its terms as described above, while we finalize the definitive agreement for a new credit facility. In light of this amendment, on October 1, 2004, we entered into an amendment to the $250.0 million credit facility described below which decreased the amount of the additional credit facilities that we must maintain from $200.0 million to $100.0 million, provided that there continues to be at least $40.0 million available for funding newly originated loans, as originally required by the facility agreements. On November 5, 2004, we entered into an additional amendment to this $200.0 million facility (reduced to $100.0 million on September 30, 2004). The amendment further extended the scheduled expiration date of this facility from November 5, 2004 to December 3, 2004 and further reduced the maximum amount that can be borrowed under the facility from $100.0 million to $60.0 million. The reduction will occur at a rate of $10.0 million per week commencing on November 5, 2004. This amendment also restored portfolio composition requirements to their original terms except that funding for up to $60.0 million of newly originated loans, rather than as a percentage of the facility's outstanding balance, was made available and no loans older than 30 days may be funded. The purpose of the amendment was to allow us to continue to borrow under this facility, subject to its terms as described above, while we transition from this facility to replacement credit facilities. $250.0 MILLION WAREHOUSE FACILITY. On October 14, 2003, we entered into definitive agreements with Chrysalis Warehouse Funding, LLC for a revolving mortgage loan warehouse credit facility of up to $250.0 million to fund loan originations. The $250.0 million facility has a term of three years with an interest rate on amounts outstanding equal to the one-month LIBOR plus a margin and the yield maintenance fees (as defined in the agreements). We also agreed to pay an affiliate of the lender fees of $8.9 million upon closing and approximately $10.3 million annually plus a non-usage fee based on the difference between the average daily outstanding balance for the current month and the maximum credit amount under the facility, as well as the lender's out-of-pocket expenses. Advances under this facility are collateralized by specified pledged loans. Additional credit support for a portion of the facility was created by granting a security interest in substantially all of our interest-only strips and residual interests which we contributed to a special purpose entity organized to facilitate this transaction. The interest-only strips and residual interests contributed to this special purpose entity also secured our fee obligations under this facility to an affiliate of the lender, as described above. The interest-only strips sold pursuant to the previously described sale agreement of September 27, 2004 were part of the interest-only strips contributed to this special purpose entity for the purpose of securing our fee obligations to this lender affiliate. In consideration for the release by this lender affiliate of its lien on the interest-only strips involved in the September 27, 2004 sale, we prepaid $3.5 million of fees owed or to be owed to the lender affiliate. This $250.0 million facility contains representations and warranties, events of default and covenants which are customary for facilities of this type, as well as our agreement to: (i) restrict the total amount of indebtedness outstanding under the indenture related to our subordinated debentures to $750.0 million or less; (ii) make quarterly reductions commencing in April 2004 of an amount of subordinated debentures pursuant to the formulas set forth in the loan agreement; (iii) maintain maximum interest rates offered on subordinated debentures not to exceed 10 percentage points above comparable rates for FDIC insured products; and (iv) maintain minimum cash and cash equivalents of not less than $10.0 million. In addition to events of default which are typical for this type of facility, an event of default would occur if: (1) we are unable to sell subordinated debentures for more than three consecutive weeks or on more than two occasions in a 12 month period; and (2) certain members of management are not executive officers and a satisfactory replacement is not found within 60 days. The definitive agreements for this $250.0 million facility, as amended, granted the lender an option from the first anniversary of entering into the definitive agreements up to November 30, 2005 to increase the credit amount to $400.0 million with additional fees and interest payable by us. This option will be satisfied upon the completion of the $150.0 million Warehouse Facility. 71 We amended the security agreements related to the senior collateralized subordinated notes to accommodate a request from the lender on our $250.0 million credit facility, and its affiliate, dated September 30, 2004, to clarify an inconsistency between these agreements and the $250.0 million credit facility documents related to liens on certain assets previously pledged by ABFS Warehouse Trust 2003-1 to Clearwing, the affiliate of the lender. DEFINITIVE AGREEMENTS AND COMMITMENTS RELATED TO NEW CREDIT FACILITIES $100.0 MILLION WAREHOUSE FACILITY. On November 5, 2004, we entered into definitive agreements, dated as of November 4, 2004, with Fortress Credit Corp. for a $100.0 million revolving mortgage warehouse credit facility to fund loan originations, referred to as the $100.0 million facility, including up to $30.0 million for newly originated loans ($40.0 million if the facility is increased as described below). The $100.0 million facility has a term of one year, with the right to extend upon mutual written agreement of the parties and our payment to the lender of a renewal fee equal to a percentage of the maximum amount available under the facility. The lender may, at any time during the period from the 121st day through the 300th day from the closing date, in its sole discretion, increase the maximum amount available under the facility up to $175.0 million, at which time the Company is obligated to pay a commitment increase fee equal to 2.25% of the amount of the increase. Our ability to utilize this facility for newly originated loans is subject to our satisfaction of such requirements to be determined by the lender in its sole discretion. We agreed to pay fees of $2.3 million upon closing and approximately $3.8 million over the term of the facility (and if the facility is increased to $175.0 million, an additional $2.6 million in fees), plus a monthly non-usage fee equal to a percentage of the undrawn portion of the $100.0 million facility. The $100.0 million facility has a floating interest rate based on LIBOR plus a margin of 4.25% (which is increased to 7.5% for newly originated loans) and is secured by the mortgage loans which are funded by advances under the facility, as well as all assets, accounts receivable and all related proceeds held by the special purpose entity organized to facilitate the transaction, referred to as the borrower. The $100.0 million facility contains representations, warranties, conditions and covenants which are customary for facilities of this type, including provisions which require the borrower to: (1) use the proceeds solely to fund loan originations as described in the facility; (2) not incur any other indebtedness except as specified in the facility; (3) not permit any liens, claims or interests on, or any sale or disposition of, the collateral securing the facility; and (4) provide the lender with all financial statements, certificates and notices as specified in the facility. The $100.0 million facility contains events of default typical for this type of facility, including but not limited to, if: (1) the borrower fails to make any payment when due to the lender; (2) the borrower breaches or fails to comply with the representations, warranties, conditions or covenants under the facility; (3) we become insolvent or the subject of insolvency proceedings; (4) a material adverse change or effect as described in the facility occurs; (5) certain members of management are no longer our executive officers and a satisfactory replacement has not been found within 60 days; (6) we are unable to sell or issue subordinated notes for more than three consecutive weeks or on more than two occasions in any 12-month period irrespective of the length of time of such occasions; (7) we are delisted from the NASDAQ Stock Market or any other stock market or securities exchange or trading of our stock is suspended for at least three consecutive days; (8) any of our servicing agreements, other than a servicing agreement relating to a securitization in which one of our bond insurers or its affiliates have provided bond insurance or similar credit enhancement, are terminated for cause or an event of default; (9) our net worth is negative at the end of any calendar month or less than $10.0 million at the end of any calendar quarter; (10) we fail to maintain cash and cash equivalents and undrawn borrowing capacity under committed borrowing facilities of less than $20.0 million after December 30, 2004; or (11) we fail to maintain minimum cash of at least $10.0 million after December 30, 2004. Subject to certain exceptions and the expiration of any applicable cure period as described in the $100.0 million facility, upon the occurrence of one or more events of default, the lender may declare the amount outstanding under the facility immediately due and payable. We expect to draw down on the full amount of this line to the extent necessary to fund our loan originations. We also sold the interest-only strips and servicing rights related to five of our mortgage securitization trusts to an affiliate of this facility provider under the terms of a September 27, 2004 sale agreement. The sale of these assets was undertaken as part of our negotiations to obtain the new $100.0 million facility and to raise cash to pay fees on new warehouse credit facilities and as a result, we did not realize their full value as reflected on our books. We wrote down the carrying value of these interest-only strips and 72 servicing rights by $5.4 million at June 30, 2004 to reflect their values under the terms of the sale agreement. On September 27, 2004, we received proceeds from this sale of $9.7 million. COMMITMENT LETTER RELATED TO $30.0 MILLION WAREHOUSE FACILITY AND $23.0 MILLION RESIDUAL REPURCHASE FACILITY. On October 27, 2004, we executed a commitment letter, dated as of October 26, 2004, with a lender for: (i) a $30.0 million warehouse facility to fund the origination of residential mortgage loans, including mortgage loans for which the complete documentation will not have been received by the custodian at the time of funding and closing of such loans, referred to as newly originated loans in this document; and (ii) a $23.0 million repurchase facility for specified interest-only strips owned by one of our subsidiaries. Pursuant to the commitment letter, we agreed to organize a special purpose trust to act as borrower under the warehouse facility, hold the related newly originated loans and act as seller under the repurchase facility. We also agreed to form a second trust, referred to as the parent trust, to hold 100% of the ownership interest in the special purpose trust. The warehouse facility will have a term of three years, although, upon the termination of the repurchase facility at the close of its two-year term, we have an option to terminate the warehouse facility on the second anniversary of the closing date upon payment of a termination fee of $600,000. Pursuant to the commitment letter, the warehouse facility will have a floating interest rate based upon LIBOR plus a margin of 2.5% per year. The warehouse facility will be secured by, among other items, (i) newly originated loans funded through the facility and proceeds from these loans; (ii) a pledge of 100% of the common stock of ABFS Consolidated Holdings, Inc., our subsidiary that will own 97% of the parent trust; (iii) a certificate issued by the parent trust entitling an entity organized by the lender to a priority interest in all of the parent trust's assets and distributions, including income derived from certain of our interest-only strips; (iv) certain servicing advances owned by American Business Credit, Inc., our subsidiary; and (v) the value of the interest-only strips in excess of the amount necessary for the special purpose trust to satisfy its obligations under the repurchase facility. In connection with the warehouse facility, the lender on our $250.0 million credit facility must consent to certain aspects of the proposed transaction. In addition, the parent trust will enter into an amendment to security agreements with the trustee for our outstanding senior collateralized subordinated notes pursuant to which collateral owned by the parent trust will be pledged to secure the senior collateralized subordinated notes. In connection with the execution of the commitment letter, we paid fees of approximately $1.9 million. We also agreed to pay fees on the closing of the facility and over the term of the warehouse facility totaling approximately $7.1 million, as well as an annual non-use fee equal to a percentage of the undrawn portion of the warehouse facility. As described in the commitment letter, under the repurchase facility, an entity organized by the lender for the purposes of the repurchase facility transaction, referred to as the purchaser, will acquire specified interest-only strips for $23.0 million, which amount will be initially adjusted to reflect any pre-closing adjustments to the value of such interest-only strips that may result from distributions on the interest-only strips after September 30, 2004, changes in market conditions or other factors as determined by the purchaser, and may be reduced after the closing in case of a margin payment paid to the purchaser, as described in the repurchase facility. The interest-only strips to be transferred pursuant to this arrangement had an aggregate book value of $86.0 million at September 30, 2004. Subject to certain limitations, the repurchase price of the specified interest-only strips will be secured by the collateral under the warehouse facility, other than the specified interest-only strips necessary for the special purpose trust to satisfy its obligations under the repurchase facility. The repurchase facility will terminate two years after the closing date. We have an option to terminate the repurchase facility by repurchasing the specified interest-only strips in whole, but not in part, and paying the applicable exit fee equal to 3% of the repurchase facility amount. Our execution of the definitive agreement related to the repurchase facility will require the consent of the lender under our $250.0 million credit facility. 73 The commitment letter is subject to, among other things, (i) the approval by the lender's investment committee on or prior to November 5, 2004 and (ii) the execution of definitive agreements not later than November 5, 2004. On November 8, 2004, the lender amended the commitment letter to notify us that it had obtained the approval of its investment committee and to extend the deadline for the execution of definitive agreements from November 5, 2004 to November 22, 2004. We currently anticipate entering into an interim repurchase facility with this lender which will expire when the definitive agreement related to the warehouse facility and the permanent repurchase facility is executed. The availability of the warehouse facility and the repurchase facility, referred to as the facilities, is subject to the satisfaction of certain initial conditions which include, but are not limited to, the following: (i) our receipt of one or more definitive commitments from one or more other new lenders for warehouse funding of at least $100.0 million with a minimum of $30.0 million available for funding newly originated loans; and (ii) our assignment to the lender of a "key man" life insurance policy equal to at least $2.0 million on the life of Mr. Santilli, our Chief Executive Officer, and our agreement to use our best efforts to increase such policy to $5.0 million within six months of the closing date. The facilities will also be subject to certain customary and other on-going conditions pursuant to which we will be required (i) to maintain at all times an effective registration statement with the SEC for the sale of at least $30.0 million of subordinated debentures; (ii) to maintain our ability to issue and sell our subordinated debentures, except for the inability to issue and sell subordinated debentures for a period of time which shall not exceed three consecutive weeks or two occasions in any 12-month period irrespective of the length of time of any such occasions; (iii) to satisfy all requirements for the continued listing of our common stock on the NASDAQ National Market, with a delisting notification to be considered a default under the facilities subject to the cure period provided in the applicable NASDAQ listing standards; and (iv) during the terms of the facilities, to retain Messrs. Santilli, Ruben and Mandia in their current positions with us or, if Messrs. Ruben or Mandia cease to hold their current positions of Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, respectively, to secure a replacement employee reasonably satisfactory to the lender. The facilities will contain additional conditions, representations, covenants and events of default customary for transactions of this type and similar to those contained in our $250.0 million credit facility, as well as our covenant to maintain additional warehouse facilities for an aggregate of at least $350.0 million. The failure to satisfy any of the initial or on-going conditions contained in the facilities or the loss of servicing rights under more than two of our outstanding securitizations or any warehouse facility will constitute an event of default under the facilities. While we anticipate that we will close on the facilities with the lender, there can be no assurance that these negotiations will result in definitive agreements or that these agreements, as negotiated, will contain terms and conditions acceptable to us. COMMITMENT LETTER RELATED TO $150.0 MILLION WAREHOUSE FACILITY. We received a commitment letter dated as of November 1, 2004 for a mortgage warehouse facility from two warehouse lenders, including an affiliate of the lender on our $250.0 million credit facility, for the purpose of funding our home mortgage loan originations. The commitment letter becomes effective and legally obligates the parties upon the payment of the fees by us, as described below, which fees have not been paid to date. The commitment letter provides for a $150.0 million senior secured revolving facility, of which $10.0 million can be utilized to fund newly originated loans. Of the $150.0 million, one lender would provide up to approximately $132.0 million as the A Facility and the affiliate of the lender on our $250.0 million credit facility would provide up to approximately $18.0 million as the B Facility. The A Facility and B Facility together are referred to as the $150.0 million facility. The $150.0 million facility will expire on October 14, 2006 with a one-year extension of the A Facility after the expiration of the initial term subject to, among other things, the effectiveness of a committed B Facility in an amount and on terms and conditions substantially satisfactory to the A facility lender. The A Facility will have a floating interest rate based upon LIBOR plus a margin, which decreases over the term of the facility, or prime plus a margin of 1.5%. The $150.0 million facility will satisfy the option provided to the lender on our $250.0 million facility which permitted this lender to increase the maximum credit amount to $400.0 million and triggers the payment of additional fees to such lender as described below. 74 The A Facility and the B Facility will each be secured by the home mortgage loans which are funded by advances under the $150.0 million facility, as well as all assets, held by a special purpose entity organized to facilitate this transaction, provided, however, that the B Facility will be subordinate to the A Facility. The $150.0 million facility will contain representations and warranties and covenants, events of default and other conditions, which are customary for a facility of this type. The commitment letter and the closing of the $150.0 million facility are subject to such other customary and commercially reasonable terms, including no material adverse condition or change in or affecting our business, operations, property, condition or prospects since June 30, 2004, our receipt of a working capital facility or reverse repurchase line of not less than $23.0 million, cash on hand and available working capital facilities of not less than $40.0 million, delivery of 2004 audited financial statements with an unqualified audit opinion, preparation, execution and delivery of definitive loan documents, completion of due diligence by the lenders, and execution of a servicing arrangement satisfactory to the lenders. In connection with the execution and effectiveness of the commitment letter, we are obligated to pay the lender on the A Facility a work fee to offset its costs and expenses incurred in connection with the facility and a fee of 2.0% of the amount of the A Facility, half of which is due upon the effective date of the commitment letter and the second half upon the closing of the facility. We agreed to pay annual collateral management fees to affiliates of the lender on the A Facility over the term of the facility. We also agreed to pay the lender on the B Facility: the increase commitment fees provided for in the fee agreement related to our $250.0 million facility of approximately $21.9 million, with approximately $1.4 million payable upon the termination of the facility and the balance payable in equal monthly installments over the term of the facility, a work fee to offset the lender's costs and expenses incurred in connection with the facility, and additional fees of $4.5 million payable in equal monthly installments over the term of the facility. The commitment letter terminates on November 30, 2004 if the execution and delivery of the definitive agreements does not occur on or before such date. While we anticipate that we will close on the $150.0 million facility with the lenders, there can be no assurance that these negotiations will result in definitive agreements or that these agreements, as negotiated, will contain terms and conditions acceptable to us. Although after December 3, 2004 we expect to have mortgage loan warehouse credit facilities totaling at a minimum $530.0 million, the proceeds of these credit facilities may only be used to fund loan originations and may not be used for any other purpose. Consequently, we will have to generate cash to fund the balance of our business operations from other sources, such as whole loan sales, additional financings and sales of subordinated debentures. WAIVERS AND AMENDMENTS OF FINANCIAL COVENANTS RELATED TO OUR CREDIT AGREEMENTS AND SERVICING AGREEMENTS. Our warehouse credit agreements require that we comply with one or more financial covenants regarding, for example, net worth, leverage, net income, liquidity, total debt and debt to equity and other debt ratios. Each agreement has multiple individualized financial covenant thresholds and ratio limits that we must meet as a condition to drawing on a particular line of credit. Pursuant to the terms of these credit facilities, the failure to comply with the financial covenants constitutes an event of default and at the option of the lender, entitles the lender to, among other things, terminate commitments to make future advances to us, declare all or a portion of the loan due and payable, foreclose on the collateral securing the loan, require servicing payments be made to the lender or other third party or assume the servicing of the loans securing the credit facility. An event of default under these credit facilities would result in defaults pursuant to cross-default provisions of our other agreements, including but not limited to, other loan agreements, lease agreements and other agreements. The failure to comply with the terms of these credit facilities or to obtain the necessary waivers would have a material adverse effect on our liquidity and capital resources. As a result of the loss experienced during fiscal 2003, we were not in compliance with the terms of certain financial covenants related to net worth, consolidated stockholders' equity and the ratio of total liabilities to consolidated stockholders' equity under two of our principal credit facilities existing at June 30, 2003 (one for $50.0 million and the other for $200.0 million, which was reduced to $50.0 million as described below). We obtained waivers from these covenant provisions from both lenders. Commencing August 21, 2003, the lender under the $50.0 million warehouse credit facility (which had been amended in December 2002 to add a letter of credit facility) granted us a series of waivers for our non-compliance with a 75 financial covenant in that credit facility through November 30, 2003 and on September 22, 2003, in connection with the creation of a $200.0 million credit facility on the same date, reduced this facility to an $8.0 million letter of credit facility, which secured the lease on our principal executive office. This letter of credit facility expired according to its terms on December 22, 2003, but the underlying letter of credit was renewed for a one year term on December 18, 2003. We also entered into an amendment to the $200.0 million credit facility which provided for the waiver of our non-compliance with the financial covenants in that facility, the reduction of the committed portion of this facility from $100.0 million to $50.0 million, the elimination of the $100.0 million non-committed portion of this credit facility and the acceleration of the expiration date of this facility from November 2003 to September 30, 2003. We entered into subsequent amendments to this credit facility, which extended the expiration date until October 17, 2003. This facility was paid down in full on October 16, 2003 and expired on October 17, 2003. In addition, in light of the losses experienced during the first quarter of fiscal 2005 and the fiscal year 2004, we requested and obtained waivers or amendments to credit facilities as discussed below to address our non-compliance with certain financial covenants. The lender under a $25.0 million credit facility agreed to amend such facility in light of our non-compliance at September 30, 2003 with the requirement that our net income not be less than zero for two consecutive quarters. Pursuant to the revised terms of our agreement with this lender, no additional advances were made under this facility after September 30, 2003. This facility was paid down in full on October 16, 2003 and expired pursuant to its terms on October 31, 2003. On September 22, 2003, the lender under the $200.0 million facility agreed (reduced to $60.0 million) to extend the deadline for our registration statement to be declared effective by the SEC to November 10, 2003. Our registration statement was declared effective on November 7, 2003. The lender on the $200.0 million credit facility agreed to extend the date by which we were required to close an additional credit facility of at least $200.0 million from October 3, 2003 to October 8, 2003. We subsequently obtained an additional waiver from this lender, which extended this required closing date for obtaining the additional credit facility to October 14, 2003 (this condition was satisfied by the closing of the $250.0 million facility described above). Prior to the closing of the second credit facility, our borrowing capacity on the $200.0 million facility was limited to $80.0 million. We entered into two amendments to the sale and servicing agreement with the lender under our $200.0 million facility which clarified the scope of particular financial covenants: one amendment dated as of May 12, 2004 clarified the scope of the financial covenant regarding the maintenance of minimum adjusted tangible net worth; and one amendment dated as of June 30, 2004 clarified the scope of the financial covenant regarding the maintenance of minimum cash and cash equivalents. This lender waived our noncompliance with the minimum net worth requirements at September 30, 2003, October 31, 2003, November 30, 2003, December 31, 2003, March 31, 2004, June 30, 2004 and September 30, 2004. This lender also waived our non-compliance with: the covenant regarding minimum adjusted tangible net worth, for all monthly compliance periods commencing with the month ending April 30, 2004 and continuing through the month ending October 31, 2004; the covenant regarding minimum cash and cash equivalents, for the compliance periods ending December 31, 2003, April 30, 2004, May 31, 2004 and October 31, 2004; the covenant regarding the ratio of debt to adjusted tangible net worth, for the compliance periods ending September 30, 2004 and October 31, 2004; and the covenant regarding aggregate cash flow from all securitization trusts, for the compliance period ending September 30, 2004. We have continued to operate on the basis of waivers granted by the lender under this facility to each of these events of noncompliance. The expiration date of this facility was originally September 21, 2004, but through a series of extensions granted by this lender to facilitate our closing and implementation of replacement credit facilities, this facility is now scheduled to expire on December 3, 2004. Consequently, we currently anticipate that we will be out of compliance with one or more of the financial covenants contained in this facility at November 30, 2004 and will need an additional waiver for this noncompliance from this lender to continue to operate. A provision in our $250.0 million credit facility required us to maintain another credit facility for $200.0 million with a $40.0 million sublimit of such facility available for funding loans between the time they are closed by a title agency or closing attorney and the time documentation for the loans is received by the 76 collateral agent. As a result of the reduction of our $200.0 million facility to $100.0 million, as described above, we entered into an amendment to the master loan and security agreement governing our $250.0 million facility which reduced the required amount for another facility to $100.0 million. Additionally, as a result of being out of compliance at various times since June 30, 2003 with the net worth requirement in several of our servicing agreements, we requested and obtained waivers of this non-compliance from the bond insurers associated with each of two separable groups of these servicing agreements. In connection with the waiver of the net worth covenant granted by one of these bond insurers, for the remaining term of the related servicing agreements, we amended the servicing agreements on September 30, 2003 principally to provide for 120-day term-to-term servicing and for our appointment as servicer for an initial 120-day period commencing as of October 1, 2003. The bond insurer re-appointed us as servicer under these amended servicing agreements for additional 120-day terms commencing, respectively, on January 29, 2004, May 27, 2004 and September 23, 2004. The second of these bond insurers waived our non-compliance with net worth requirements on an oral basis from September 30, 2003 through March 9, 2004, at which time it executed a written waiver document which confirmed its prior oral waivers and extended these waivers through March 14, 2004. Additionally, we entered into an agreement with this second bond insurer on February 20, 2004 which amended the related servicing agreements principally to provide for 30-day term-to-term servicing and which re-appointed us as servicer for an initial term through March 15, 2004. Subsequently, this bond insurer, on a monthly basis, has given us a waiver of the net worth covenant and re-appointed us as servicer for an additional one-month term under these amended servicing agreements for all relevant periods since the execution of the amended servicing agreements. Our reappointment as servicer under these amended servicing agreements occurs in the sole discretion of the associated bond insurer. Separately, one bond insurer, as a condition to its participation in our October 31, 2003 privately-placed securitization, required that we amend the servicing agreement related to a previous public securitization in which the bond insurer had provided financial guarantee insurance to the Class M certificate. The resulting amendment to this servicing agreement, dated October 31, 2003, provided, among other things, for a specifically designated back-up servicer, for 90-day term-to-term servicing and for our re-appointment as servicer for an initial 90-day term commencing October 31, 2003. This bond insurer subsequently re-appointed us as servicer under the amended servicing agreement for an additional term through April 30, 2004. On April 30, 2004 this amended servicing agreement was amended again principally to provide for 30-day term-to-term servicing and for our reappointment as servicer for a 30-day term expiring May 31, 2004. On May 24, 2004 this amended servicing agreement was further amended principally to provide for minor administrative changes to the agreement and to reappoint us as servicer for an additional term expiring June 30, 2004. This bond insurer subsequently has re-appointed us as servicer under this amended servicing agreement for successive additional terms during all relevant periods including the current term ending November 30, 2004. Our re-appointment as servicer under this amended servicing agreement is determined by reference to its provisions. Also separately, on March 5, 2004, we entered into agreements with another bond insurer which amended the servicing agreements related to all securitizations insured by this bond insurer. These amendments principally provided for a specifically designated back-up servicer. The original provisions of these servicing agreements providing for 3-month term-to-term servicing were not altered by these amendments. We were continuously re-appointed as servicer under these servicing agreements prior to the described amendments and we have continuously been re-appointed as servicer for all relevant periods subsequent to the described amendments. Our re-appointment as servicer under these amended servicing agreements is determined by reference to their provisions. As a result of the foregoing amendments to our servicing agreements, all of our servicing agreements associated with bond insurers now provide for term-to-term servicing. See "Risk Factors -- Our servicing rights may be terminated if we fail to satisfactorily perform our servicing obligations, or fail to meet minimum net worth requirements or financial covenants which could hinder our ability to operate profitably and impair our ability to repay our outstanding debt" on page 28 for information regarding the impact of these amendments to servicing agreements. 77 We amended the security agreements related to the senior collateralized subordinated notes to accommodate a request from the lender on our $250.0 million credit facility, and its affiliate, dated September 30, 2004, to clarify an inconsistency between these agreements and the $250.0 million credit facility documents related to liens on certain assets previously pledged by ABFS Warehouse Trust 2003-1 to Clearwing, the affiliate of the lender. See "-- Credit Facilities -- Credit Facilities Available at September 30, 2004" on page 70 for additional information regarding these amendments. Because we anticipate incurring losses at least through the second quarter of fiscal 2005 and as a result of any non-compliance with other financial covenants, we anticipate that we will need to obtain additional waivers. We cannot assure you as to whether or in what form a waiver or modification of these agreements would be granted to us. SUBORDINATED DEBENTURES. The issuance of subordinated debentures funds the majority of our remaining operating cash requirements. We rely significantly on our ability to issue subordinated debentures since our cash flow from operations is not sufficient to meet these requirements. In order to expand our businesses we have issued subordinated debentures to partially fund growth and to partially fund maturities of subordinated debentures. In addition, we utilize proceeds from the issuance of subordinated debentures to fund overcollateralization. During the quarter ended September 30, 2004, subordinated debentures decreased by $32.8 million compared to a decrease of $32.0 million in the quarter ended September 30, 2003. The reduction in subordinated debentures outstanding at September 30, 2004 was primarily due to the closings of the second exchange offer during the quarter ended September 30, 2004 and the resulting conversion of $30.8 million of subordinated debentures into 15.6 million of shares of Series A preferred stock and $15.2 million of senior collateralized subordinated notes. On December 1, 2003, we mailed the first exchange offer to holders of our subordinated debentures issued prior to April 1, 2003. Holders of such subordinated debentures had the ability to exchange their debentures for (i) equal amounts of senior collateralized subordinated notes and shares of Series A preferred stock; and/or (ii) dollar-for-dollar for shares of Series A preferred stock. Senior collateralized subordinated notes issued in the exchange offer have interest rates equal to 10 basis points above the subordinated debentures tendered. Senior collateralized subordinated notes with maturities of 12 months were issued in exchange for subordinated debentures tendered with maturities of less than 12 months, while subordinated debentures with maturities greater than 36 months were exchanged for senior collateralized subordinated notes with the same maturity or a maturity of 36 months. All other senior collateralized subordinated notes issued in the exchange have maturities equal to the subordinated debentures tendered. The senior collateralized subordinated notes outstanding are secured by a security interest in certain cash flows originating from interest-only strips of certain of our subsidiaries held by ABFS Warehouse Trust 2003-1 with an aggregate value of at least an amount equal to 150% of the principal balance of the senior collateralized subordinated notes issued in the first exchange offer plus priority lien obligations secured by interest-only strips and/or the cash flows from the interest-only strips; provided that, such collateral coverage may not fall below 100% of the principal balance of the senior collateralized subordinated notes issued in the first exchange offer, as determined by us on any quarterly balance sheet date. In the event of liquidation, to the extent the collateral securing the senior collateralized subordinated notes is not sufficient to repay these notes, the deficiency portion of the senior collateralized subordinated notes will rank junior in right of payment behind our senior indebtedness and all of our other existing and future senior debt and behind the existing and future debt of our subsidiaries and equally in right of payment with the deficiency portion of the senior collateralized subordinated notes, and any future subordinated debentures issued by us and other unsecured debt. On May 14, 2004, we mailed the second exchange offer to holders of up to $120,000,000 of investment notes issued prior to November 1, 2003, which offered holders of such notes the ability to exchange their investment notes on substantially the same terms described above. 78 Under the terms of the exchange offers, the following amounts of subordinated dentures were exchanged for shares of Series A preferred stock and senior collateralized subordinated notes (in thousands):
SHARES OF SENIOR SUBORDINATED SERIES A COLLATERALIZED DEBENTURES PREFERRED SUBORDINATED BY CLOSING DATES EXCHANGED STOCK ISSUED NOTES ISSUED ---------------- ------------ ------------ -------------- First exchange offer: December 31, 2003................................................................ $ 73,554 39,095 $34,459 February 6, 2004................................................................. 43,673 22,712 20,961 -------- ------- ------- Results of first exchange offer................................................ 117,227 61,807 55,420 -------- ------- ------- Second exchange offer: June 30, 2004.................................................................... 60,589 31,980 28,609 July 31, 2004.................................................................... 25,414 12,908 12,506 August 23, 2004.................................................................. 5,418 2,741 2,677 -------- ------- ------- Results of second exchange offer............................................... 91,421 47,629 43,792 -------- ------- ------- Cumulative results of exchange offers............................................. $208,648 109,436 $99,212 ======== ======= =======
At September 30, 2004, our interest in the cash flows from the interest-only strips held in the trust which secure the senior collateralized subordinated notes totaled $401.6 million of which approximately $146.2 million represented 150% of the outstanding principal balance of senior collateralized subordinated notes. See "-- Secured and Unsecured Indebtedness" on page 64 for a description of our additional obligations related to the interest-only strips held in this trust. Anthony J. Santilli, our Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and President, Beverly Santilli, formerly our First Executive Vice President, and Dr. Jerome Miller, our director, each held subordinated debentures eligible to participate in the first exchange offer. Each named individual tendered all such eligible subordinated debentures in the first exchange offer and as of February 6, 2004, the expiration date of the first exchange offer, pursuant to the terms of the first exchange offer, were holders of the following number of shares of Series A preferred stock (SAPS) and aggregate amount of senior collateralized subordinated notes (SCSN) outstanding: Mr. Santilli: SAPS - 4,691, SCSN - $4,691; Mrs. Santilli: SAPS - 4,691, SCSN - $4,691; Dr. Miller: SAPS - 30,164, SCSN - $30,164. Mr. Santilli and Mrs. Santilli subsequently transferred ownership of the Series A preferred stock acquired on February 6, 2004. Under a registration statement declared effective by the SEC on November 7, 2003, we registered $295.0 million of subordinated debentures. Of the $295.0 million, $77.2 million of debt from this registration statement was available for future issuance as of September 30, 2004. On October 22, 2004, we filed Post-Effective Amendment No. 1 to this registration statement to update the financial and other information. In the event we are unable to offer additional subordinated debentures for any reason, we have developed a contingent financial restructuring plan including cash flow projections for the next twelve-month period. Based on our current cash flow projections, we anticipate being able to make all scheduled subordinated debenture maturities and vendor payments. The contingent financial restructuring plan is based on actions that we would take, in addition to those indicated in our adjusted business strategy, to reduce our operating expenses and conserve cash. These actions would include reducing capital expenditures, selling all loans originated on a whole loan basis, eliminating or downsizing various lending, overhead and support groups, and obtaining working capital funding. No assurance can be given that we will be able to successfully implement the contingent financial restructuring plan, if necessary, and repay our outstanding debt when due. We intend to meet our obligation to repay such debt and interest as it matures with cash flow from operations, cash flows from interest-only strips and cash generated from additional debt financing. To the extent that we fail to maintain our credit facilities or obtain alternative financing on acceptable terms and increase our loan originations, we may have to sell loans earlier than intended and further restructure our operations which could further hinder our ability to repay the subordinated debentures when due. 79 The weighted-average interest rate of our subordinated debentures issued in the month of September 2004 was 11.02%, compared to a weighted-average interest rate of 7.49% for subordinated debentures issued in the month of June 2003. We had reduced the interest rates offered on subordinated debentures beginning in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2001 and had continued reducing rates through June 2003 in response to decreases in market interest rates as well as declining cash needs during that period. However, during fiscal 2004, the weighted-average interest rate on subordinated debentures we issued had steadily increased, reflecting our financial condition. We expect to reduce the interest rates offered on subordinated debentures over time as our business and cash needs, our financial condition, liquidity, future results of operations, market interest rates and competitive factors permit. The weighted average remaining maturity of our subordinated debentures at September 30, 2004 was 11.5 months compared to 13.5 months at June 30, 2004 and 19.5 months at June 30, 2003. TERMS OF THE SERIES A PREFERRED STOCK. The Series A preferred stock has a par value of $0.001 per share and may be redeemed at our option at a price equal to the liquidation value plus accrued and unpaid dividends after the second anniversary of the issuance date. There were 109,435,580 shares of the Series A preferred stock issued and outstanding at September 30, 2004. Upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, the holders of the Series A preferred stock will be entitled to receive a liquidation preference of $1.00 per share, plus accrued and unpaid dividends to the date of liquidation. Based on the shares of Series A preferred stock outstanding on September 30, 2004, the liquidation value equals $109.4 million. Monthly cash dividend payments are $0.008334 per share of Series A preferred stock (equivalent to $0.10 per share annually or 10% annually of the liquidation value). Payment of cash dividends on the Series A preferred stock is subject to compliance with applicable Delaware state law. Based on the shares of Series A preferred stock outstanding on September 30, 2004, the annual cash dividend requirement equals $10.9 million. On or after the second anniversary of the issuance date (or on or after the one year anniversary of the issuance date if no dividends are paid on the Series A preferred stock), each share of the Series A preferred stock is convertible at the option of the holder into a number of shares of our common stock determined by dividing: (A) $1.00 plus an amount equal to accrued but unpaid dividends (if the conversion date is prior to the second anniversary of the issuance date because the Series A preferred stock has become convertible due to a failure to pay dividends), $1.20 plus an amount equal to accrued but unpaid dividends (if the conversion date is prior to the third anniversary of the issuance date but on or after the second anniversary of the issuance date) or $1.30 plus an amount equal to accrued but unpaid dividends (if the conversion date is on or after the third anniversary of the issuance date) by (B) the market value of a share of our common stock (which figure shall not be less than $5.00 per share regardless of the actual market value on the conversion date). Based on the $5.00 per share market value floor and if each share of Series A preferred stock issued in the first exchange offer and the second exchange offer converted at the conversion prices listed below, the number of shares of our common stock which would be issued upon conversion follows (shares in thousands):
AS OF SEPTEMBER 30, 2004 ----------------------- CONVERTIBLE NUMBER OF INTO NUMBER PREFERRED OF COMMON SHARES SHARES --------- ----------- Conversion at $1.20 ................................. 109,436 26,265 Conversion at $1.30 ................................. 109,436 28,453
As described above, the conversion ratio of the Series A preferred stock increases during the first three years following its issuance, which provides the holders of the Series A preferred stock with a discount on the shares of common stock that will be issued upon conversion. Under guidance issued by the EITF in issue 98-5, "Accounting for Convertible Securities with Beneficial Conversion Features or Contingently Adjustable Conversion Ratios," this discount, or beneficial conversion feature, must be valued and amortized to the 80 income statement as additional non-cash preferred dividends over the three-year period that the holders of the Series A preferred stock earn the discount. We computed the value of the beneficial conversion feature using the conversion ratio of $1.30 to $5.00, which is the conversion term that is most beneficial to the investor and would result in the issuance of 28.5 million shares of common stock based on the shares of Series A preferred stock that were issued through September 30, 2004. The value of the beneficial conversion feature equals the excess of the intrinsic value of those 28.5 million shares of common stock at their closing prices on the dates the preferred stock was issued, over the value of the Series A preferred stock on the same dates. The value of the Series A preferred stock was equal to the carrying value of the subordinated debentures exchanged. For closings under the exchange offers through September 30, 2004, the value of the beneficial conversion feature was $11.3 million. During the first quarter of fiscal 2005, amortization of $0.9 million was added to the $2.6 million of cash dividends declared on the Series A preferred stock resulting in a total charge to the income statement of $3.5 million. During fiscal 2004, amortization of $0.8 million was added to the $2.9 million of cash dividends declared on the Series A preferred stock resulting in a total charge to the income statement of $3.7 million. The offset to the charge to the income statement for the amortization of the beneficial conversion feature is recorded to additional paid in capital. Amortization of the total value of the beneficial conversion feature will be $3.6 million in fiscal 2005, $3.8 million in fiscal 2006 and $3.0 million for fiscal 2007. SALES INTO SPECIAL PURPOSE ENTITIES AND OFF-BALANCE SHEET FACILITIES. In the past, we have relied significantly on access to the asset-backed securities market through securitizations to provide permanent funding of our loan production. Our adjusted business strategy will continue to rely on access to this market, although to a lesser extent. We also may retain the right to service the loans. Residual cash from the loans after required principal and interest payments are made to the investors provides us with cash flows from our interest-only strips. See "-- Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements" on page 91 for further detail of our securitization activity and effect of securitizations on our liquidity and capital resources. OTHER LIQUIDITY CONSIDERATIONS. At our annual meeting of shareholders held on December 31, 2003, our shareholders approved three proposals to enable us to consummate the first exchange offer: a proposal to increase the number of authorized shares of common stock from 9.0 million to 209.0 million, a proposal to increase the number of authorized shares of preferred stock from 3.0 million to 203.0 million, and a proposal to authorize us to issue Series A preferred stock in connection with our first exchange offer and the common stock issuable upon the conversion of the Series A preferred stock. At a special meeting of stockholders held on June 29, 2004, our shareholders approved a proposal to authorize the issuance of shares of Series A preferred stock in connection with our second exchange offer and the common stock issuable upon the conversion of the Series A preferred stock. Shareholder approval of these issuances of securities was required pursuant to the NASDAQ Corporate Governance Rules as the issuance of such shares could result in a change in control of our company. In addition to meeting the requirements of the exchange offers, the preferred shares may be used to raise equity capital, redeem outstanding debt or acquire other companies, although no such acquisitions are currently contemplated. The Board of Directors has discretion with respect to designating and establishing the terms of each series of preferred stock prior to issuance. A further decline in economic conditions, continued instability in financial markets or further acts of terrorism in the United States may cause disruption in our business and operations including reductions in demand for our loan products and our subordinated debentures, increases in delinquencies and credit losses in our total loan portfolio, changes in historical prepayment patterns and declines in real estate collateral values. To the extent the United States experiences an economic downturn, unusual economic patterns and unprecedented behaviors in financial markets, these developments may affect our ability to originate loans at profitable interest rates, to price future loan securitizations profitably and to hedge our loan portfolio effectively against market interest rate changes which could cause reduced profitability. Should these disruptions and unusual activities occur, our profitability and cash flow could be reduced and our ability to make principal and interest payments on our subordinated debentures could be impaired. Additionally, under the Servicemembers Civil Relief Act, members of all branches of the military on active duty, including draftees and reservists in military service and state national guard called to federal duty are entitled to have 81 interest rates reduced and capped at 6% per annum, on obligations (including mortgage loans) incurred prior to the commencement of military service for the duration of military service and may be entitled to other forms of relief from mortgage obligations. To date, compliance with the Act has not had a material effect on our business. LEGAL AND REGULATORY CONSIDERATIONS Local, state and federal legislatures, state and federal banking regulatory agencies, state attorneys general offices, the Federal Trade Commission, the U.S. Department of Justice, the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development and state and local governmental authorities have increased their focus on lending practices by companies in the subprime lending industry, more commonly referred to as "predatory lending" practices. State, local and federal governmental agencies have imposed sanctions for practices including, but not limited to, charging borrowers excessive fees, imposing higher interest rates than the borrower's credit risk warrants, failing to adequately disclose the material terms of loans to the borrowers and abusive servicing and collections practices. As a result of initiatives such as these, we are unable to predict whether state, local or federal authorities will require changes in our lending practices in the future, including reimbursement of fees charged to borrowers, or will impose fines on us. These changes, if required, could impact our profitability. These laws and regulations may limit our ability to securitize loans originated in some states or localities due to rating agency, investor or market restrictions. As a result, we have limited the types of loans we offer in some states and may discontinue originating loans in other states or localities. Additionally, the United States Congress is currently considering a number of proposed bills or proposed amendments to existing laws, such as the "Ney -- Lucas Responsible Lending Act of 2003" introduced on February 13, 2003 into the U.S. House of Representatives, which could affect our lending activities and make our business less profitable. These bills and amendments, if adopted as proposed, could reduce our profitability by limiting the fees we are permitted to charge, including prepayment fees, restricting the terms we are permitted to include in our loan agreements and increasing the amount of disclosure we are required to give to potential borrowers. While we cannot predict whether or in what form Congress may enact legislation, we are currently evaluating the potential impact of these legislative initiatives, if adopted, on our lending practices and results of operations. In addition to new regulatory initiatives with respect to so-called "predatory lending" practices, current laws or regulations in some states restrict our ability to charge prepayment penalties and late fees. Prior to its preclusion in July 2003, we used the Federal Alternative Mortgage Transactions Parity Act of 1982, which we refer to as the Parity Act, to preempt these state laws for loans which meet the definition of alternative mortgage transactions under the Parity Act. However, the Office of Thrift Supervision has adopted a rule effective in July 2003, which precludes us and other non-bank, non-thrift creditors from using the Parity Act to preempt state prepayment penalty and late fee laws on new loan originations. Under the provisions of this rule, we are required to modify or eliminate the practice of charging prepayment and other fees on new loans in some of the states where we originate loans. Prior to this rule becoming effective, 80% to 85% of the home mortgage loans we originated contained prepayment fees. The origination of a high percentage of loans with prepayment fees impacts our securitization gains and securitization assets by helping to reduce the likelihood of a borrower prepaying their loan, thereby prolonging the life of a securitization, and increasing the amounts of residual cash flow, servicing fees and prepayment fees we can expect to collect over the life of a securitization. We currently expect that the percentage of loans that we will originate in the future containing prepayment fees will decrease to approximately 65% to 70%. During the first quarter of fiscal 2005 and fiscal 2004, approximately 78% and 72%, respectively, of the loans we originated contained prepayment fees. This decrease in prepayment fee penetration will potentially reduce the amount of gains and securitization assets we will record on any future securitizations. Because there are many other variables including market conditions, which will also impact securitizations, we are unable to quantify the impact of this rule on any future securitization assets and related gains until we complete a publicly-placed securitization of loans which we originated since this rule became effective. Additionally, in an earlier decision, the Appellate Division of the Superior Court of New Jersey determined that the Parity Act's preemption of state law was invalid and that the state laws precluding some lenders from imposing prepayment fees were applicable to loans made in New Jersey, including alternative mortgage transactions. On May 26, 2004, the New Jersey Supreme Court reversed the decision of the Appellate Division of the 82 Superior Court of New Jersey and held that the Parity Act had preempted the New Jersey Prepayment Law, which prohibited housing lenders from imposing prepayment penalties. However, the plaintiff has petitioned the United States Supreme Court for certiorari in this matter. Although we are licensed or otherwise qualified to originate loans in 46 states, our loan originations are concentrated mainly in the eastern half of the United States. Recent expansion has positioned us to increase originations in the western portion of the United States, especially California. The concentration of loans in a specific geographic region subjects us to the risk that a downturn in the economy or recession in the eastern half of the country would more greatly affect us than if our lending business were more geographically diversified. As a result, an economic downturn or recession in this region could result in reduced profitability See "Risk Factors -- An economic downturn or recession in a small number of states could hinder our ability to operate profitably and reduce the funds available to repay our outstanding debt" on page 32. We are also subject, from time to time, to private litigation resulting from alleged "predatory lending" practices. We expect that as a result of the publicity surrounding predatory lending practices and the recent New Jersey court decision regarding the Parity Act, we may be subject to other class action suits in the future. See "Risk Factors -- Our residential lending business is subject to government regulation and licensing requirements, which may hinder our ability to operate profitably and negatively impair our ability to repay our outstanding debt" on page 33. On May 20, 2004, the purported consumer class action lawsuit captioned Moore v. American Business Financial Services, Inc. et al, No. 003237 was filed against us, our lending subsidiaries and an unrelated party in the Philadelphia Court of Common Pleas. The lawsuit was brought on behalf of residential mortgage consumers and challenges the validity of our deed in lieu of foreclosure and force-placed insurance practices as well as certain mortgage service fees charged by us. This lawsuit relates, in part, to the same subject matter as the U.S. Attorney's inquiry concluded in December 2003 with no findings of wrongdoing as discussed below. The lawsuit seeks actual and treble damages, statutory damages, punitive damages, costs and expenses of the litigation and injunctive relief. Procedurally, this lawsuit is in a very preliminary stage. We believe the complaint contains fundamental factual inaccuracies and that we have numerous defenses to these allegations. We intend to vigorously defend this lawsuit. Due to the inherent uncertainties in litigation and because the ultimate resolution of this proceeding is influenced by factors outside of our control, we are currently unable to predict the ultimate outcome of this litigation or its impact on our financial position or results of operations. SECURITIES CLASS ACTION LAWSUITS AND SHAREHOLDER DERIVATIVE ACTION. In January and February of 2004, four class action lawsuits were filed against us and certain of our officers and directors. Lead plaintiffs and counsel were appointed on June 3, 2004. A consolidated amended class action complaint that supersedes these four complaints was filed on August 19, 2004 in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Pennsylvania. The consolidated amended class action complaint brings claims on behalf of a class of all purchasers of our common stock for a proposed class period of January 27, 2000 through June 26, 2003. The consolidated complaint names us, our director and Chief Executive Officer, Anthony Santilli, our Chief Financial Officer, Albert Mandia, and former director, Richard Kaufman, as defendants and alleges that we and the named directors and officers violated Sections 10(b) and 20(a) of the Exchange Act. The consolidated complaint alleges that, during the applicable class period, our forbearance and deferment practices enabled us to, among other things, lower our delinquency rates to facilitate the securitization of our loans which purportedly allowed us to collect interest income from our securitized loans and inflate our financial results and market price of our common stock. The consolidated amended class action complaint seeks unspecified compensatory damages, costs and expenses related to bringing the action, and other unspecified relief. We filed a motion to dismiss this class action on October 21, 2004. On March 15, 2004, a shareholder derivative action was filed against us, as a nominal defendant, and our director and Chief Executive Officer, Anthony Santilli, our Chief Financial Officer, Albert Mandia, our directors, Messrs. Becker, DeLuca and Sussman, and our former director Mr. Kaufman, as defendants, in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Pennsylvania. The lawsuit was brought nominally on behalf of the company, as a shareholder derivative action, alleging that the named directors and officers 83 breached their fiduciary duties to us, engaged in the abuse of control, gross mismanagement and other violations of law during the period from January 27, 2000 through June 25, 2003. The lawsuit seeks unspecified compensatory damages, equitable or injunctive relief and costs and expenses related to bringing the action, and other unspecified relief. The parties have agreed to stay this case pending disposition of the motion to dismiss the consolidated amended complaint filed in the putative consolidated securities class action. Procedurally, these lawsuits are in a very preliminary stage. We believe that we have several defenses to the claims raised by these lawsuits and intend to vigorously defend the lawsuits. Due to the inherent uncertainties in litigation and because the ultimate resolution of these proceedings is influenced by factors outside of our control, we are currently unable to predict the ultimate outcome of this litigation or its impact on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows. See "Risk Factors -- We are subject to private litigation, including lawsuits resulting from the alleged "predatory" lending practices, as well as securities class action and derivative lawsuits, the impact of which on our financial position is uncertain. The inherent uncertainty related to litigation of this type and the preliminary stage of these suits makes it difficult to predict the ultimate outcome or potential liability that we may incur as a result of these matters" on page 34. JOINT AGREEMENT WITH THE U.S. ATTORNEY'S OFFICE. On December 22, 2003, we entered into a Joint Agreement with the Civil Division of the U.S. Attorney's Office for the Eastern District of Pennsylvania which ended the inquiry by the U.S. Attorney initiated pursuant to the civil subpoena dated May 14, 2003. The U.S. Attorney's inquiry focused on our forbearance policies, primarily on our practice of requesting a borrower who entered into forbearance agreement to execute a deed in lieu of foreclosure. In response to the inquiry and as part of the Joint Agreement, we, among other things, adopted a revised forbearance policy, which became effective on November 19, 2003 and agreed to make an $80 thousand contribution to a housing counseling organization approved by the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development, of which $40 thousand was contributed with the balance being due in 2005. We do not believe that the Joint Agreement with the U.S. Attorney has had a significant impact on our operations. See " Business Legal Proceedings" on page 191. APPLICATION OF CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES Our consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with GAAP. The accounting policies discussed below are considered by management to be critical to understanding our financial condition and results of operations. The application of these accounting policies requires significant judgment and assumptions by management, which are based upon historical experience and future expectations. The nature of our business and our accounting methods make our financial condition, changes in financial condition and results of operations highly dependent on management's estimates. The line items on our income statement and balance sheet impacted by management's estimates are described below. REVENUE RECOGNITION. When we securitize loans, revenue recognition is highly dependent on the application of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards, referred to as SFAS in this document, No. 140 "Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities," referred to as SFAS No. 140 in this document, and "gain-on-sale" accounting to our loan securitizations. While we completed no securitization in the three months ended September 30, 2004 and recorded minimal gains for the three months ended September 30, 2003, we believe the accounting estimates related to gain on sale are critical accounting estimates because more than 80% of the securitization gains in fiscal 2003 were based on estimates of the fair value of retained interests. Securitization gains represent the difference between the net proceeds to us, including retained interests in the securitization, and the allocated cost of loans securitized. The allocated cost of loans securitized is determined by allocating their net carrying value between the loans, the interest-only strips and the servicing rights we may retain based upon their relative fair values. Estimates of the fair values of the interest-only strips and the servicing rights we may retain are discussed below. The amount recognized as gain on sale for the retained interests we receive as proceeds in a securitization, in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, is highly dependent on management's estimates. 84 INTEREST-ONLY STRIPS. Interest-only strips, which represent the right to receive future cash flows from securitized loans, represented 41.4% of our total assets at September 30, 2004 and 44.0% of our total assets at June 30, 2004 and are carried at their fair values. Interest-only strips are initially recorded at their allocated cost basis at the time of recording a securitization gain and in accordance with SFAS No. 115 "Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities," referred to as SFAS No. 115 in this document, are then written up to their fair value through other comprehensive income, a component of stockholders' equity. Fair value is based on a discounted cash flow analysis which estimates the present value of the future expected residual cash flows and overcollateralization cash flows utilizing assumptions made by management. These assumptions include the rates used to calculate the present value of expected future residual cash flows and overcollateralization cash flows, referred to as the discount rates, and expected prepayment and credit loss rates on pools of loans sold through securitizations. We believe the accounting estimates used in determining the fair value of interest-only strips are critical accounting estimates because estimates of prepayment and credit loss rates are made based on management's expectation of future experience, which is based in part, on historical experience, current and expected economic conditions and in the case of prepayment rate assumptions, consideration of the impact of changes in market interest rates. The actual loan prepayment rate may be affected by a variety of economic and other factors, including prevailing interest rates, the availability of alternative financing to borrowers and the type of loan. We re-evaluate expected future cash flows from our interest-only strips on a quarterly basis. We monitor the current assumptions for prepayment and credit loss rates against actual experience and other economic and market conditions and we adjust assumptions if deemed appropriate. Even a small unfavorable change in our assumptions made as a result of unfavorable actual experience or other considerations could have a significant adverse impact on our estimate of residual cash flows and on the value of these assets. In the event of an unfavorable change in these assumptions, the fair value of these assets would be overstated, requiring an accounting adjustment for impairment. In accordance with the provisions of Emerging Issues Task Force guidance on issue 99-20, "Recognition of Interest Income and Impairment on Purchased and Retained Beneficial Interests in Securitized Financial Assets," referred to as EITF 99-20 in this document, and SFAS No. 115, decreases in the fair value of interest-only strips that are deemed to be other than temporary adjustments to fair value are recorded through the income statement, which would adversely affect our income in the period of adjustment. Additionally, to the extent any individual interest-only strip has a portion of its initial write up to fair value still remaining in other comprehensive income, other than temporary decreases in its fair value would first be recorded as a reduction to other comprehensive income, which would adversely affect our stockholders' equity in the period of adjustment. During the first quarter of fiscal 2005, we recorded a pre-tax write up of $18.6 million on our interest-only strips. The $18.6 million write up was recorded as an increase to other comprehensive income, a component of stockholders' equity. This write up of interest-only strips resulted from a reduction to our assumptions for loan prepayments expected to occur beyond 18 months. Management believes that once we move beyond the low interest rate environment and the impact that environment has on loan prepayments, the long running and highly unfavorable prepayment experience over the last twelve quarters will leave us with securitized mortgage pools which will experience future prepayment speeds substantially lower than originally believed. During fiscal 2004, we recorded total pre-tax other than temporary valuation adjustments on our interest-only strips of $57.0 million, of which in accordance with EITF 99-20, $39.6 million was charged as expense to the income statement and $17.4 million was charged to other comprehensive income. The valuation adjustments primarily reflect the impact of higher than anticipated prepayments on securitized loans experienced during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2004 due to the continuing low interest rate environment. Additionally, on June 30, 2004, we wrote down the carrying value of our interest-only strips related to five of our mortgage securitization trusts by $4.1 million to reflect their values under the terms of a September 27, 2004 sale agreement. The sale of these assets is described in "-- Liquidity and Capital Resources" on page 62. See "-- Securitizations" on page 92 for more detail on the estimation of the fair value of interest-only strips and the sensitivities of these balances to changes in assumptions and the impact on our financial statements of changes in assumptions. See "Risk Factors -- Our estimates of the value of interest-only strips 85 and servicing rights we retain when we securitize loans could be inaccurate and could limit our ability to operate profitably and impair our ability to repay our outstanding debt" on page 23. Interest accretion income represents the yield component of cash flows received on interest-only strips. We use a prospective approach to estimate interest accretion. As previously discussed, we update estimates of residual cash flow from our securitizations on a quarterly basis. Under the prospective approach, when it is probable that there is a favorable or unfavorable change in estimated residual cash flow from the cash flow previously projected, we recognize a larger or smaller percentage of the cash flow as interest accretion. Any change in value of the underlying interest-only strip could impact our current estimate of residual cash flow earned from the securitizations. For example, a significant change in market interest rates could increase or decrease the level of prepayments, thereby changing the size of the total managed loan portfolio and related projected cash flows. The managed portfolio includes loans held as available for sale on our balance sheet and loans serviced for others. SERVICING RIGHTS. Servicing rights, which represent the rights to receive contractual servicing fees from securitization trusts and ancillary fees from borrowers, net of adequate compensation that would be required by a substitute servicer, represented 6.2% of our total assets at September 30, 2004 and 7.1% of our total assets at June 30, 2004. Servicing rights are carried at the lower of cost or fair value. The fair value of servicing rights is determined by computing the benefits of servicing in excess of adequate compensation, which would be required by a substitute servicer. The benefits of servicing are the present value of projected net cash flows from contractual servicing fees and ancillary servicing fees. We believe the accounting estimates used in determining the fair value of servicing rights are critical accounting estimates because the projected cash flows from servicing fees incorporate assumptions made by management, including prepayment rates and discount rates. These assumptions are similar to those used to value the interest-only strips retained in a securitization. We monitor the current assumptions for prepayment rates against actual experience and other economic and market conditions and we adjust assumptions if deemed appropriate. Even a small unfavorable change in our assumptions, made as a result of unfavorable actual experience or other considerations could have a significant adverse impact on the value of these assets. In the event of an unfavorable change in these assumptions, the fair value of these assets would be overstated, requiring an adjustment, which would adversely affect our income in the period of adjustment. A review for impairment is performed on a quarterly basis by stratifying the serviced loans by loan type, home mortgage or business purpose loans, which we consider to be the predominant risk characteristic in the portfolio of loans we service. In establishing loan type as the predominant risk characteristic, we considered the following additional loan characteristics and determined these characteristics as mostly uniform within our two types of serviced loans and not predominant for risk stratification: o Fixed versus floating rate loans -- All loans we service in our securitizations are fixed-rate loans. o Conforming versus non-conforming loans -- All loans we service are sub-prime (non-conforming) loans, with over 80% of the loans serviced having credit grades of A or B. o Interest rate on serviced loans -- The serviced loan portfolio has a high penetration rate of prepayment fees. Sub-prime borrowers, in general, are not as influenced by movement in market interest rates as conforming borrowers. A sub-prime borrower's ability to `rate shop' is generally limited due to personal credit circumstances that are not market driven. o Loan collateral -- All loans we service are secured by real estate, with approximately 85% secured with first liens on residential property. o Individual loan size -- The average loan size in our managed portfolio is $71 thousand. The managed portfolio is approximately $1.6 billion at September 30, 2004 with approximately 22 thousand loans. There are no significant defining groupings with respect to loan size. No loans are greater than $1.0 million, only $9.1 million of loans have principal balances greater than $500 thousand, and only $30.3 million of loans have principal balances greater than $350 thousand. o Geographic location of loans -- The largest percentage of loans we service are geographically located in the mid-Atlantic and northeast sections of the United States. 86 o Original loan term -- Home equity loan terms are primarily 180, 240 or 360 months. Business purpose loan terms are primarily 120 or 180 months. If our quarterly analysis indicates the carrying value of servicing rights is not recoverable through future cash flows from contractual servicing and other ancillary fees, a valuation allowance or write down would be required. Our valuation analyses indicated that no adjustment was required in the quarter ended September 30, 2004 and $5.5 million was required in fiscal 2004. The fiscal 2004 valuation adjustment for impairment of servicing rights was due to higher than expected prepayment experience. Additionally, on June 30, 2004, we wrote down the carrying value of our servicing rights related to five of our mortgage securitization trusts by $1.3 million to reflect their values under the terms of a September 27, 2004 sale agreement. The sale of these assets is described in "-- Liquidity and Capital Resources." In accordance with SFAS No. 140, the write downs were recorded as a charge to the income statement. Impairment is measured as the excess of carrying value over fair value. See "-- Securitizations" on page 92 for more detail on the estimation of the fair value of servicing rights and the sensitivities of these balances to changes in assumptions and the estimated impact on our financial statements of changes in assumptions. Amortization of the servicing rights asset for securitized loans is calculated individually for each securitized loan pool and is recognized in proportion to, and over the period of, estimated future servicing income on that particular pool of loans. DEFERRED TAX ASSET. Estimates of deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities make up the deferred income tax asset on our balance sheet. These estimates involve significant judgments and estimates by management, which may have a material impact on the carrying value of the deferred income tax asset. We periodically review the deferred income tax asset to determine if it is more likely than not that we will realize this deferred tax asset. Our net deferred income tax increased from $59.1 million at June 30, 2004 to $66.2 million at September 30, 2004. For more detail on this net deferred income tax asset, see Note 10 of the September 30, 2004 Consolidated Financial Statements on page F-43. This increase results primarily from recording $13.6 million of federal income tax benefits on our prior loss for the quarter ended September 30, 2004, partially offset by the deferred tax credit recorded on September 30, 2004 write-up of our interest-only strips. In fiscal 2004, we recorded $68.3 million of federal and state income tax benefits on our pre-tax loss for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2004. These federal and state income tax benefits will be realized against anticipated future years' state and federal taxable income. Factors we considered in determining that it is more likely than not we will realize this deferred tax asset included: (i) the circumstances producing the losses for the fourth quarter of fiscal 2003, the fiscal year ended June 30, 2004 and the quarter ended September 30, 2004; (ii) our historical profitability prior to the fourth quarter of fiscal 2003; (iii) the anticipated impact that our adjusted business strategy will have on producing more currently taxable income than our previous business strategy produced due to higher loan originations and shifting from securitizations to whole loan sales; (iv) the achievability of anticipated levels of future taxable income under our adjusted business strategy; and (v) the likely utilization of our net operating loss carryforwards. Additionally, we consider tax-planning strategies we can use to increase the likelihood that the deferred income tax asset will be realized. Our adjusted business strategy, as described in "Business -- Business Strategy" on page 168, will more likely than not produce the level of loan originations that we need to achieve taxable income. In the month of September 2004 under our adjusted business strategy, we originated $234.0 million of loans and management believes that amount would have been higher if not for the impact of hurricanes in some of the states in which we originate loans. Once our adjusted business strategy is fully implemented, we anticipate increasing our loan originations to approximately $400.0 million to $600.0 million per month, which will return us to profitable operations. We have significantly expanded our geographic reach and established a strong presence on the west coast in fiscal 2004, and are continuing to apply our adjusted business strategy, particularly as it relates to expanding our broker channel and offering adjustable rate mortgages, purchase money mortgages and more competitively priced fixed rate mortgages. Additionally, economic conditions are favorable for loan originations with growing GDP and employment, high real estate values and moderate increases in interest rates. 87 In determining that it is more likely than not that we would realize our deferred tax asset, adequate funding and liquidity was assumed based on the current status of negotiations with credit facility providers. Credit facilities of at a minimum $530.0 million and a working capital line of $23.0 million were assumed. In addition to our existing $250.0 million credit facility which has two more years remaining on its term, on November 5, 2004, we closed a new credit facility totaling $100.0 million (which can be increased to $175.0 million from month four through month ten of the facility term at the sole discretion of the lender). As of November 12, 2004, we had a commitment letter for a new $150.0 million credit facility, a firm commitment for a new $30.0 million credit facility and a $23.0 million repurchase facility. These facilities are expected to close by November 30, 2004 bringing our total credit facilities to $530.0 million possibly growing to $605.0 million at the sole discretion of one of our lenders. The combination of existing financing and financing scheduled to close before November 30, 2004 provides adequate funding to determine that it is more likely than not that we will realize its deferred tax asset. ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES. The allowance for loan losses is maintained on non-accrual loans to account for delinquent loans and leases and delinquent loans that have been repurchased from securitization trusts. The allowance is maintained at a level that management determines is adequate to absorb estimated probable losses. The allowance is calculated based upon management's estimate of our ability to collect on outstanding loans based upon a variety of factors, including, periodic analysis of the loans, economic conditions and trends, historical credit loss experience, borrowers' ability to repay, and collateral considerations. Additions to the allowance arise from the provision for credit losses charged to operations or from the recovery of amounts previously charged-off. Loan charge-offs reduce the allowance. Delinquent loans are charged off against the allowance in the period in which a loan is deemed fully uncollectable or when liquidated in a payoff or sale. If the actual collection of outstanding loans is less than we anticipate, further write downs would be required which would reduce our net income in the period the write down was required. DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS. We utilize derivative financial instruments to manage the effect of changes in interest rates on the fair value of our loans between the date loans are originated at fixed interest rates and the date the terms and pricing for a whole loan sale are fixed or the date the fixed interest rate pass-through certificates to be issued by a securitization trust are priced. See "-- Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk -- Strategies for Use of Derivative Financial Instruments" on page 158 for more detail. Derivative contracts receive hedge accounting only if they are designated as a hedge and are expected to be, and are, highly effective in substantially reducing interest rate risk arising from the pools of mortgage loans exposing us to risk. Under hedge accounting, the gain or loss derived from these derivative financial instruments, which are designated as fair value hedges, is reported in the Statement of Income (included in the caption "gains and losses on derivative financial instruments") as it occurs with an offsetting adjustment to the hedged loans attributable to the risk being hedged also reported in the Statement of Income. The fair value of derivative financial instruments is determined based on quoted market prices. The fair value of the hedged loans is determined based on current pricing of these assets in a whole loan sale or securitization. Cash flows resulting from fair value hedges are reported in the period they occur. Assuming a hedge relationship continues to be highly effective, determined as described below, the relationship continues until the mortgage loan pool is sold in a whole loan sale, is committed to a forward sale agreement or is sold in a securitization. When a hedge relationship is terminated, the derivative financial instrument may be re-designated as a hedge of a new mortgage pool. The effectiveness of our fair value hedges is periodically assessed. Fair value hedges must meet specific effectiveness tests to be considered highly effective. Over time the change in the fair values of the derivative financial instrument must be within 80 to 120 percent of the change in the fair value of the hedged loans due to the designated risk. If highly effective correlation does not exist, we discontinue hedge accounting prospectively. DEVELOPMENT OF CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES. On a quarterly basis, senior management reviews the estimates used in our critical accounting policies. As a group, senior management discusses the development 88 and selection of the assumptions used to perform its estimates described above. Management has discussed the development and selection of the estimates used in our critical accounting policies as of September 30, 2004 and June 30, 2004 with the Audit Committee of our Board of Directors. In addition, management has reviewed its disclosure of the estimates discussed in "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" with the Audit Committee. IMPACT OF CHANGES IN CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES. For a description of the impact of changes in critical accounting estimates related to interest-only strips and servicing rights in the quarter ended September 30, 2004 and the fiscal years ended June 30, 2004, 2003 and 2002, see "-- Securitizations" on page 92. Initial Adoption of Accounting Policies. In conjunction with the relocation of our corporate headquarters to new leased office space, we entered into a lease agreement and certain governmental grant agreements, which provided us with reimbursement for certain expenditures related to our office relocation. The reimbursable expenditures included both capitalizable items for leasehold improvements, furniture and equipment and expense items such as legal costs, moving costs and employee communication programs. Amounts reimbursed to us in accordance with our lease agreement are initially recorded as a liability on our balance sheet and will be amortized in the income statement on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease as a reduction of rent expense. Amounts received from government grants were initially recorded as a liability. Grant funds received to offset expenditures for capitalizable items are classified as a reduction of the related fixed asset and amortized to income over the depreciation period of the related asset as an offset to depreciation expense. Amounts received to offset expense items were recognized in the income statement as an offset to the expense item. IMPACT OF CHANGES IN CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES IN PRIOR FISCAL YEARS During fiscal 2004 and fiscal 2003, we recorded valuation adjustments on our securitization assets of $63.8 million and $63.3 million, respectively. The breakout of the total pre-tax adjustments recorded in fiscal 2004 and fiscal 2003 between interest-only strips and servicing rights, and the amounts charged as expense to the income statement or to other comprehensive income were as follows (in thousands):
YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 2004 YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 2003 ------------------------------------ ------------------------------------ TOTAL INCOME OTHER TOTAL INCOME OTHER WRITE STATEMENT COMPREHENSIVE WRITE STATEMENT COMPREHENSIVE DOWN IMPACT INCOME IMPACT DOWN IMPACT INCOME IMPACT ------- --------- ------------- ------- --------- ------------- Interest-only strips ............................... $57,031 $39,659 $17,372 $57,973 $39,900 $18,073 Servicing rights ................................... 6,791 6,791 -- 5,282 5,282 -- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- Total securitization assets ........................ $63,822 $46,450 $17,372 $63,255 $45,182 $18,073 ======= ======= ======= ======= ======= =======
The amounts of the valuation adjustments recorded in fiscal 2004 and fiscal 2003 related to changes in critical accounting estimates are discussed below. See "-- Application of Critical Accounting Estimates -- Interest-Only Strips" on page 85 and "-- Application of Critical Accounting Estimates -- Servicing Rights" on page 86 for a discussion of how valuation adjustments are recorded. DISCOUNT RATES. The amounts of the valuation adjustments recorded in fiscal 2004 and fiscal 2003 related to changes in discount rates were as follows (in thousands):
YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 2004 YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 2003 ----------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------- INCOME OTHER INCOME OTHER TOTAL STATEMENT COMPREHENSIVE TOTAL STATEMENT COMPREHENSIVE WRITE WRITE INCOME WRITE WRITE WRITE INCOME WRITE DOWN/ DOWN/(WRITE DOWN/(WRITE DOWN/ DOWN/(WRITE DOWN/(WRITE RELATED TO DISCOUNT RATE (WRITE UP) UP) UP) (WRITE UP) UP) UP) ------------------------ ---------- ----------- ------------- ---------- ----------- ------------- Interest-only strips ..................... $(16) $(553) $537 $(20,904) $(10,756) $(10,148) Servicing rights ......................... -- -- -- (7,118) (7,118) -- ---- ----- ---- -------- -------- --------- Total securitization assets .............. $(16) $(553) $537 $(28,022) $(17,874) $(10,148) ==== ===== ==== ======== ======== =========
89 The valuation adjustment on interest-only strips for fiscal 2004 included the net impact of a December 31, 2003 reduction in the discount rate applied to value the residual cash flows from interest-only strips from 11% to 10%, and a subsequent increase in that discount rate at June 30, 2004 back to 11%. The discount rate was reduced to 10% on December 31, 2003 from 11% on September 30, 2003 and June 30, 2003 primarily to reflect the impact of the sustained decline in market interest rates. The increase in the discount rate to 11% at June 30, 2004 was made to reflect an increase in market interest rates that had occurred since the end of the March 2004 quarter. The December 31, 2003 reduction in the discount rate had a favorable impact of $8.4 million on that quarter's valuation adjustment. The June 30, 2004 increase in discount rate had an unfavorable impact of $8.4 million on that quarter's valuation adjustment. There was no change in the discount rate applied to value the cash flows from servicing rights. During fiscal 2003, we reduced the discount rates applied to value the residual cash flows from interest-only strips and the cash flows from servicing rights. The discount rates were reduced at June 30, 2003 primarily to reflect the impact of the sustained decline in market interest rates. The reductions in discount rates for fiscal 2003 are discussed in more detail below. From June 30, 2000 through March 31, 2003, we had applied a discount rate of 13% to residual cash flows. On June 30, 2003, we reduced that discount rate to 11% based on the following factors: o We had experienced a period of sustained decreases in market interest rates. Interest rates on three and five-year term US Treasury securities have been on the decline since mid-2000. Three-year rates had declined approximately 475 basis points and five-year rates have declined approximately 375 basis points over that period. o The interest rates on the bonds issued in our securitizations over that same timeframe also had experienced a sustained period of decline. The trust certificate pass-through interest rate had declined 426 basis points, from 8.04% in the 2000-2 securitization to 3.78% in the 2003-1 securitization. o The weighted average interest rate on loans securitized had declined from a high of 12.01% in the 2000-3 securitization to 10.23% in the 2003-1 securitization. o Market factors and the economy favored the continuation of low interest rates for the foreseeable future. o Economic analysis of interest rates and data released at the time of the June 30, 2003 evaluation supported declining mortgage refinancings even though predicting the continuation of low interest rates for the foreseeable future. o The interest rates paid on subordinated debentures issued, which is used to fund our interest-only strips, had declined from a high of 11.85% in February 2001 to a rate of 7.49% in June 2003. However, because the discount rate is applied to projected cash flows, which consider expected prepayments and losses, the discount rate assumption was not evaluated in isolation. These risks involved in our securitization assets were considered in establishing a discount rate. The impact of this reduction in discount rate from 13% to 11% was to increase the valuation of our interest-only strips by $17.6 million at June 30, 2003. We apply a second discount rate to projected cash flows from the overcollateralization portion of our interest-only strips. The discount rate applied to projected overcollateralization cash flows in each mortgage securitization is based on the highest trust certificate pass-through interest rate in the mortgage securitization. In fiscal 2001, we instituted the use of a minimum discount rate of 6.5% on overcollateralization cash flows. At June 30, 2003 we reduced the minimum discount rate to 5.0% to reflect the sustained decline in interest rates. This reduction in the minimum discount rate impacted the valuation of three securitizations and increased the June 30, 2003 valuation of our interest-only strips by $3.3 million. At September 30, 2004, only one of our securitizations was using the 5.0% floor discount rate and that floor was removed for the September 30, 2004 valuation. The blended rate used to value our interest-only strips at June 30, 2003 was 9%. 90 From June 2000 to March 2003, the discount rate applied in determining the fair value of servicing rights was 11%, which was 200 basis points lower than the 13% discount rate applied to value residual cash flows from interest-only strips during that period. On June 30, 2003, we reduced the discount rate on servicing rights cash flows to 9%. The impact of the June 30, 2003 reduction in discount rate from 11% to 9% was to increase the valuation of our servicing rights by $7.1 million at June 30, 2003. This favorable impact was offset by a decrease of $12.4 million mainly due to prepayment experience in fiscal 2003. PREPAYMENT RATES. From the second quarter of fiscal 2002 through the first quarter of fiscal 2005, we revised the prepayment rate assumptions used to value our securitization assets, thereby impacting the fair value of these assets. See "-- Securitizations" on page 92 for discussion of the impacts of these revisions in prepayment rate assumptions. OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS We use off-balance sheet arrangements extensively in our business activities. The types of off-balance sheet arrangements we use include special purpose entities for the securitization of loans, obligations we incur as the servicer of securitized loans and other contractual obligations such as operating leases for corporate office space. See "-- Liquidity and Capital Resources" on page 62 for additional information regarding our off-balance sheet contractual obligations. We have used special purpose entities and off-balance sheet facilities in our mortgage loan securitizations. Asset securitizations are one of the most common off-balance sheet arrangements in which a company transfers assets off of its balance sheet by selling them to a special purpose entity. We sell our loans into off-balance sheet facilities to generate the cash to pay off revolving credit facilities and to generate revenue through securitization gains. The special purpose entities described below meet our objectives for mortgage loan securitization structures and comply with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. We expect to use off-balance sheet facilities in any future securitizations. Our securitizations involve a two-step transfer that qualifies for sale accounting under SFAS No. 140. First, we sell the loans to a special purpose entity, which has been established for the limited purpose of buying and reselling the loans and establishing a true sale under legal standards. Next, the special purpose entity sells the loans to a qualified special purpose entity, which we refer to as the trust. The trust is a distinct legal entity, independent from us. By transferring title of the loans to the trust, we isolate those assets from our assets. Finally, the trust issues certificates to investors to raise the cash purchase price for the loans we have sold. Cash from the sale of certificates to third party investors is returned to us in exchange for our loan receivables and we use this cash, in part, to repay any borrowings under warehouse and credit facilities. The off-balance sheet trusts' activities are restricted to holding title to the loan collateral, issuing certificates to investors and distributing loan payments to the investors and us in accordance with the relevant agreement. When we securitize loans, we also may retain the right to service the loans. We do not service the loans in the 2003-2 securitization, our most recent securitization, which closed in October 2003. We have no additional obligations to the off-balance sheet facilities other than those required as servicer of the loans and for breach of covenants or warranty obligations. We are not required to make any additional investments in the trusts. Under current accounting rules, the trusts do not qualify for consolidation in our financial statements. The trusts carry the loan collateral as assets and the certificates issued to investors as liabilities. Residual cash from the loans after required principal and interest payments are made to the investors and after payment of certain fees and expenses provides us with cash flows from our interest-only strips. We expect that future cash flows from our interest-only strips and servicing rights will generate more of the cash flows required to meet maturities of our subordinated debentures and our operating cash needs. We may retain the rights to service the loans we sell through securitizations. If we retain the servicing rights, as the servicer of securitized loans, we are obligated to advance interest payments for delinquent loans if we deem that the advances will ultimately be recoverable. These advances can first be made out of funds available in a trust's collection account. If the funds available from the collection account are insufficient to make the required interest advances, then we are required to make the advance from our operating cash. The advances made from a trust's collection account, if not recovered from the borrower or proceeds from the liquidation of the loan, require reimbursement from us. These advances may require funding from our capital 91 resources and may create greater demands on our cash flow than either selling loans with servicing released or maintaining a portfolio of loans on our balance sheet. However, any advances we make on a mortgage loan from our operating cash can be recovered from the subsequent mortgage loan payments to the applicable trust prior to any distributions to the certificate holders. At September 30, 2004 and June 30, 2004, the mortgage securitization trusts held loans with an aggregate principal balance due of $1.6 billion and $1.9 billion as assets and owed $1.5 billion and $1.7 billion to third party investors, respectively. There were no revenues from the sale of loans to securitization trusts for the three months ended September 30, 2004. The revenues for the three months ended September 30, 2003 were $0.8 million. Revenues from the sale of loans to securitization trusts were $15.1 million, or 15.6% of total revenues for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2003. We have interest-only strips and servicing rights with fair values of $448.8 million and $66.7 million, respectively at September 30, 2004, which combined represent 48% of our total assets. Net cash flows received from interest-only strips and servicing rights were $35.7 million for the three months ended September 30, 2004, $61.6 million for the three months ended September 30, 2003, $194.7 million for fiscal 2004 and $132.1 million for fiscal 2003. These amounts are included in our operating cash flows. We also used special purpose entities in our sales of loans to a $300.0 million off-balance sheet mortgage conduit facility that was available to us until July 5, 2003. Sales into the off-balance sheet facility involved a two-step transfer that qualified for sale accounting under SFAS No. 140, similar to the process described above. This facility had a revolving feature and could be directed by the third party sponsor to dispose of the loans. Typically, the loans were disposed of by securitizing the loans in a term securitization. The third party note purchaser also has the right to have the loans sold in whole loan sale transactions. Under this off-balance sheet facility arrangement, the loans have been isolated from us and our subsidiaries and as a result, transfers to the facility were treated as sales for financial reporting purposes. When loans were sold to this facility, we assessed the likelihood that the sponsor would transfer the loans into a term securitization. As the sponsor had typically transferred the loans to a term securitization prior to the fourth quarter of fiscal 2003, the amount of gain on sale we had recognized for loans sold to this facility was estimated based on the terms we would obtain in a term securitization rather than the terms of this facility. For the fourth quarter of fiscal 2003, the likelihood that the facility sponsor would ultimately transfer the underlying loans to a term securitization was significantly reduced and the amount of gain recognized for loans sold to this facility was based on terms expected in a whole loan sale transaction. Our ability to sell loans into this facility expired pursuant to its terms on July 5, 2003. At June 30, 2003, the off-balance sheet mortgage conduit facility held loans with principal balances due of $275.6 million as assets and owed $267.5 million to third parties. Through September 30, 2003, $222.3 million of the loans which were in the facility at June 30, 2003 were sold in whole loan sales as directed by the facility sponsor. At September 30, 2003, the off-balance sheet mortgage conduit facility held loans with principal balances due of $40.5 million as assets and owed $36.0 million to third parties. This conduit facility was refinanced in the October 16, 2003 refinancing described under "-- Liquidity and Capital Resources -- Credit Facilities." SECURITIZATIONS In our mortgage loan securitizations, pools of mortgage loans are sold to a trust. The trust then issues certificates or notes, which we refer to as certificates in this document, to third-party investors, representing the right to receive a pass-through interest rate and principal collected on the mortgage loans each month. These certificates, which are senior in right to our interest-only strips in the trusts, are sold in public or private offerings. The difference between the weighted-average interest rate that is charged to borrowers on the fixed interest rate pools of mortgage loans and the weighted-average pass-through interest rate paid to investors is referred to as the interest rate spread. The interest rate spread after payment of certain fees and expenses and subject to certain conditions is distributed from the trust to us and is the basis of the value of our interest-only strips. In addition, when we securitize our loans we may retain the right to service the loans for a fee, which is the basis for our servicing rights. Servicing includes processing of mortgage payments, processing of disbursements for tax and insurance payments, maintenance of mortgage loan records, performance of collection efforts, including disposition of delinquent loans, foreclosure activities and disposition of real estate owned, referred to as REO, and performance of investor accounting and reporting processes. 92 In a declining interest rate environment, such as experienced during fiscal 2003, securitization pass-through interest rates generally decline, which can lead to higher interest rate spreads. Increased interest rate spreads result in increases in the residual cash flow we expect to receive on securitized loans, the amount of cash we receive at the closing of a securitization from the sale of notional bonds or premiums on investor certificates and corresponding increases in the gains we recognize on the sale of loans in a securitization. In our fiscal 2003 securitizations, we experienced improved interest rate spreads. However, in a rising interest rate environment and under our business strategy we would expect our ability to originate loans at interest rates that will maintain our most recent level of securitization gain profitability to become more difficult than during a stable or falling interest rate environment. No assurances can be made that market interest rates will remain at current levels or that we can complete securitizations in the future. We would seek to address the challenge presented by a rising interest rate environment by carefully monitoring our product pricing, the actions of our competition, market trends and the use of hedging strategies in order to continue to originate loans in as profitable a manner as possible. See "-- Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk -- Strategies for Use of Derivative Financial Instruments" on page 158 for a discussion of our hedging strategies. While a declining interest rate environment can lead to higher interest rate spreads, a declining interest rate environment could also unfavorably impact the valuation of our interest-only strips. In a declining interest rate environment the level of mortgage refinancing activity tends to increase, which could result in an increase in loan prepayment experience and may require increases in assumptions for prepayments for future periods. This has been our experience since fiscal 2002. Declining interest rates and resulting high prepayment rates over the last twelve quarters have required revisions to our estimates of the value of our securitization assets. Beginning in the second quarter of fiscal 2002 and on a quarterly basis thereafter, our prepayment rates, as well as those throughout the mortgage industry, remained at higher than expected levels due to continuing low interest rates during this period. As a result, over the last twelve quarters we have recorded cumulative pre-tax write downs to our interest-only strips in the aggregate amount of $140.4 million and pre-tax adjustments to the value of servicing rights of $12.1 million, for total adjustments of $152.5 million, mainly due to the higher than expected prepayment experience. On June 30, 2004, we wrote down the carrying value of our interest-only strips and servicing rights related to five of our mortgage securitization trusts by $5.4 million to reflect their values under the terms of a September 27, 2004 sale agreement. The sale of these assets is described in "-- Liquidity and Capital Resources." The following table summarizes the net cumulative write downs recorded on our securitization assets over the last twelve quarters (in thousands):
TOTAL INCOME OTHER WRITE DOWN STATEMENT COMPREHENSIVE (WRITE UP) IMPACT INCOME IMPACT ---------- --------- ------------- PRE-TAX ADJUSTMENT RESULTING FROM: Prepayments............................................................................. $177,396 $128,697 $ 48,699 Discount rate........................................................................... (30,305) (18,427) (11,878) Loss on sale............................................................................ 5,452 3,446 2,006 -------- -------- -------- Net cumulative write down............................................................... $152,543 $113,716 $ 38,827 ======== ======== ========
See "-- Application of Critical Accounting Estimates -- Interest-Only Strips" on page 85 for a discussion of how valuation adjustments are recorded in the income statement or other comprehensive income. During the quarter ended September 30, 2004, we recorded a pre-tax write up of $18.6 million on our interest-only strips. The $18.6 million write up was recorded as an increase to other comprehensive income, a component of stockholders' equity. This write up in the value of our interest-only strips resulted from a reduction to our assumptions for loan prepayments expected to occur beyond 18 months. Management believes that once we move beyond the low interest rate environment and the impact that environment has on loan prepayments, the long running and highly unfavorable prepayment experience over the last twelve quarters will leave us with securitized mortgage pools which will experience future prepayment speeds 93 substantially lower than originally believed. No adjustments were recorded to our servicing rights at September 30, 2004. The breakout of the total securitization assets adjustments recorded in fiscal 2004 and 2003 between interest-only strips and servicing rights was as follows (in thousands):
YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 2004 YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 2003 ------------------------------------ ------------------------------------ TOTAL INCOME OTHER TOTAL INCOME OTHER WRITE STATEMENT COMPREHENSIVE WRITE STATEMENT COMPREHENSIVE DOWN IMPACT INCOME IMPACT DOWN IMPACT INCOME IMPACT ------- --------- ------------- ------- --------- ------------- Interest-only strips ............................... $57,031 $39,659 $17,372 $57,973 $39,900 $18,073 Servicing rights ................................... 6,791 6,791 -- 5,282 5,282 -- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- Total securitization assets ........................ $63,822 $46,450 $17,372 $63,255 $45,182 $18,073 ======= ======= ======= ======= ======= =======
The long duration of historically low interest rates, combined with increasing home values and high consumer debt levels has given borrowers an extended opportunity to engage in mortgage refinancing activities, which resulted in elevated prepayment experience. Low interest rates and increasing home values provide incentive to borrowers to convert high cost consumer debt into lower rate tax deductible loans. As home values have increased, lenders have been highly successful in educating borrowers that they have the ability to access the cash value in their homes. The persistence of historically low interest rate levels, unprecedented in the last 40 years, has made the forecasting of prepayment levels difficult. We assumed for each quarter end valuation that the decline in interest rates had stopped and a rise in interest rates would occur in the near term. This assumption was supported by published data. Consistent with this view that interest rates would rise, we had utilized derivative financial instruments to manage interest rate risk exposure on our loan production and loan pipeline to protect the fair value of these fixed rate items against potential increases in market interest rates. We believe that once we are beyond the low interest rate environment and its impact on prepayments, the long recurring and highly unfavorable prepayment experience over the last eleven quarters will subside. Also, the rate of increase in home values has slowed considerably, which we expect will mean that fewer borrowers will have excess value in their homes to access. The Mortgage Bankers Association of America has forecast as of September 17, 2004 that mortgage refinancings as a percentage share of total mortgage originations will decline from 49% in the second quarter of calendar 2004 to 24% in the second quarter of calendar 2005. The Mortgage Bankers Association of America has also projected in its September 2004 economic forecast that the 10-year treasury rate (which generally affects mortgage rates) will increase steadily each quarter in their forecast. As a result of our analysis of these factors, we believe prepayments will continue to remain at higher than normal levels for the near term before declining to historical prepayment levels and then further declining in the future. See the table "-- Summary of Material Mortgage Loan Securitization Valuation Assumptions and Actual Experience at September 30, 2004" on page 110 for our current prepayment assumptions. See "-- Prepayment Rates" on page 107 for more detail regarding prepayment assumptions. However, we cannot predict with certainty what our prepayment experience will be in the future. Any unfavorable difference between the assumptions used to value our securitization assets and our actual experience may have a significant adverse impact on the value of these assets. The following tables detail the net pre-tax write-up of the interest-only strips for the first quarter of fiscal 2005 and the net pre-tax write downs of the securitization assets by quarter for fiscal years 2004, 2003 and 2002 and detail the impact to the income statement and to other comprehensive income in accordance with the provisions of SFAS No. 115 and EITF 99-20 as they relate to interest-only strips and SFAS No. 140 as it relates to servicing rights (in thousands): 94 FISCAL YEAR 2005:
INCOME OTHER TOTAL STATEMENT COMPREHENSIVE QUARTER ENDED WRITE DOWN IMPACT INCOME IMPACT ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ---------- --------- ------------- September 30, 2004...................................................................... $(18,614) $29 $(18,643)
FISCAL YEAR 2004:
INCOME OTHER TOTAL STATEMENT COMPREHENSIVE QUARTER ENDED WRITE DOWN IMPACT INCOME IMPACT ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ---------- --------- ------------- September 30, 2003...................................................................... $16,658 $10,795 $ 5,863 December 31, 2003....................................................................... 14,724 11,968 2,756 March 31, 2004.......................................................................... 23,191 15,085 8,106 June 30, 2004........................................................................... 9,249 8,602 647 ------- ------- ------- Total Fiscal 2004....................................................................... $63,822 $46,450 $17,372 ======= ======= =======
FISCAL YEAR 2003:
INCOME OTHER TOTAL STATEMENT COMPREHENSIVE QUARTER ENDED WRITE DOWN IMPACT INCOME IMPACT ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ---------- --------- ------------- September 30, 2002...................................................................... $16,739 $12,078 $ 4,661 December 31, 2002....................................................................... 16,346 10,568 5,778 March 31, 2003.......................................................................... 16,877 10,657 6,220 June 30, 2003........................................................................... 13,293 11,879 1,414 ------- ------- ------- Total Fiscal 2003....................................................................... $63,255 $45,182 $18,073 ======= ======= =======
FISCAL YEAR 2002:
INCOME OTHER TOTAL STATEMENT COMPREHENSIVE QUARTER ENDED WRITE DOWN IMPACT INCOME IMPACT ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ---------- --------- ------------- December 31, 2001....................................................................... $11,322 $ 4,462 $ 6,860 March 31, 2002.......................................................................... 15,513 8,691 6,822 June 30, 2002........................................................................... 17,244 8,900 8,344 ------- ------- ------- Total Fiscal 2002....................................................................... $44,079 $22,053 $22,026 ======= ======= =======
The following table summarizes the volume of loan securitizations and whole loan sales for the three months ended September 30, 2004 and fiscal years ended June 30, 2004, 2003 and 2002 (dollars in thousands):
THREE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, ----------------- ----------------------------------- 2004 2003 2004 2003 2002 -------- ------ -------- ---------- ---------- SECURITIZATIONS: Business loans......................................................... $ -- $1,207 $ 11,027 $ 112,025 $ 129,074 Home equity loans...................................................... -- 4,245 130,380 1,311,739 1,222,061 -------- ------ -------- ---------- ---------- Total.................................................................. $ -- $5,452(a) $141,407 $1,423,764 $1,351,135 ======== ====== ======== ========== ========== Gain on sale of loans through securitization........................... $ -- $ 799 $ 15,107 $ 170,950 $ 185,580 Securitization gains as a percentage of total revenue.................. -- 4.0% 15.6% 70.8% 74.9%
(a) These loans were sold into an off-balance sheet mortgage conduit facility prior to its expiration on July 15, 2003. 95
WHOLE LOAN SALES: Whole loan sales........................................................... $602,222 $270,979 $808,378 $28,013 $57,679 Premiums on whole loan sales............................................... $ 6,119 $ 2,921 $ 18,725 $ 655 $ 2,448
As demonstrated in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2003 and the fiscal year ended June 30, 2004, our quarterly revenues and net income will fluctuate in the future principally as a result of the timing, size and profitability of our securitizations. The business strategy of selling loans through whole loan sales and securitizations requires building an inventory of loans over time, during which time we incur costs and expenses. Since a gain on sale is not recognized until a whole loan sale is settled or securitization is closed, which may not occur until a subsequent quarter, operating results for a given quarter can fluctuate significantly. If whole loan sales or securitizations do not close when expected, we could experience a material adverse effect on our results of operations for a quarter. See "-- Liquidity and Capital Resources" on page 62 for a discussion of the impact of whole loan sales and securitizations on our cash flow. Several factors affect the level of profitability realized on a securitization. These factors include conditions in the securities markets, such as fluctuations in interest rates, conditions in the asset-backed securities markets relating to the loans we originate, credit quality of the total portfolio of loans we originate or potential changes to the legal and accounting principles underlying securitization transactions. INTEREST-ONLY STRIPS. As the holder of interest-only strips, we are entitled to receive excess (or residual) cash flows and cash flows from the release of overcollateralization. These cash flows are the difference between the payments made by the borrowers on securitized loans and the sum of the scheduled and prepaid principal and pass-through interest paid to trust investors, servicing fees, trustee fees and, if applicable, surety bond fees. In most of our securitizations, surety bond fees are paid to an unrelated insurance entity to provide credit enhancement for the trust investors. The use of bond insurers and our relationships with them impact the gain on sale of loans from securitizations and the amount of residual cash flows we receive from our securitization trusts. The forms of credit enhancement in our securitizations are described below. Generally, all residual cash flows are initially retained by the trust to establish required overcollateralization levels in the trust. Overcollateralization is the excess of the aggregate principal balances of loans in a securitized pool over the aggregate principal balance of investor interests. Our securitizations provide credit enhancement to the trust investors through the use of overcollateralization, a surety bond and/or subordinate bond structures. The terms and conditions of credit enhancements are specific to each securitization and are determined at inception for the life of the trust. All of our securitizations require overcollateralization as the primary credit enhancement for the benefit of the trust investors. Overcollateralization levels are generally established by bond rating agencies. A second form of credit enhancement is provided from a third party surety bond provider, the use of subordinate investor bond structures, or a combination of both. Subordinate investor bonds receive a higher rate of interest for the higher risk associated with their investment and typically have a defined principal amortization, which maintains a specified ratio of subordinate bonds to senior bonds. Third party surety bond providers receive monthly fees, which are deducted from the excess interest cash flow from the trust and in return the surety bond provider guarantees the repayment of principal to the trust investors. The surety bond fee amount is specific to each applicable securitization and generally ranges from 0.19% to 0.45% annually on the applicable investor notes outstanding. The surety bond provider establishes their annual surety bond fee based on the levels of overcollateralization set for each securitization trust and their assessment of credit risk in each pool of securitized loans. The fair value of our interest-only strips is a combination of the fair values of our residual cash flows and our overcollateralization cash flows. At September 30, 2004, investments in interest-only strips totaled $448.8 million, including the fair value of overcollateralization related cash flows of $202.2 million. At June 30, 2004, investments in interest-only strips totaled $459.1 million, including the fair value of overcollateralization cash flows of $216.9 million. OVERCOLLATERALIZATION REQUIREMENTS. Overcollateralization requirements are specific to each securitization. The amount of required overcollateralization, often referred to as specified 96 overcollateralization, varies during the life of the trust. The requirements for overcollateralization typically include: o The initial requirement, if any, which is a percentage of the original unpaid principal balance of loans securitized and is paid in cash at the time of sale. o The final target, which is a percentage of the original unpaid principal balance of loans securitized and is funded from the monthly excess cash flow. All residual cash flows are initially retained by the trust until the final target is reached. The final target is maintained until the stepdown date. The stepdown period generally begins at the later of 30 to 36 months after the initial securitization of the loans or when the remaining balance of securitized loans is less than 50% of the original balance of securitized loans. o Specific securitizations contain provisions requiring an increase above the final target overcollateralization levels during periods in which delinquencies exceed specified limits. The overcollateralization levels return to the final target levels when delinquencies fall below the specified limits. See "-- Trigger Management" on page 97 for a discussion of securitization trusts holding excess overcollateralization. o The stepdown requirement is a percentage of the remaining unpaid principal balance of securitized loans. The step-down target percentage is typically twice the percentage of the final target and is applied each period to the current unpaid principal balance of the remaining loans in the securitized pool. During the stepdown period, the overcollateralization amount is reduced through cash payments to us until the overcollateralization balance declines to a specific floor. The floor percentage is typically 0.50% to 1.00% of the original principal balance of the loans in the securitized pool and provides for a minimum constant amount of overcollateralization for the remaining life of the trust. The ability to stepdown may be precluded during periods in which delinquencies exceed specified limits. The overcollateralization levels return to the target levels when delinquencies fall below the specified limits. TRIGGER MANAGEMENT. Repurchasing delinquent loans from securitization trusts benefits us by allowing us to limit the level of delinquencies and losses in the securitization trusts and as a result, we can avoid exceeding specified limits on delinquencies and losses that trigger a temporary reduction or discontinuation of cash flow from our interest-only strips until the delinquency or loss triggers are no longer exceeded. We have the right, but not the obligation, to repurchase a limited amount of delinquent loans from securitization trusts. See "-- Repurchase Rights" on page 102 for a summary of the amount of delinquent loans which we have the right, but not obligation, to repurchase from securitization trusts. In addition, we may elect to repurchase delinquent loans in situations requiring more flexibility for the administration and collection of these loans. The purchase price of a delinquent loan is at the loan's outstanding contractual balance. A foreclosed loan is one where we, as servicer, have initiated formal foreclosure proceedings against the borrower and a delinquent loan is one that is 31 days or more past due. The foreclosed and delinquent loans we typically elect to repurchase are usually 90 days or more delinquent and the subject of foreclosure proceedings, or where a completed foreclosure is imminent. The related allowance for loan losses on these repurchased loans is included in our provision for credit losses in the period of repurchase. The related REO writedown for REO repurchased is recorded through general and administrative expense in the period of repurchase. Our ability to repurchase these loans does not disqualify us for sale accounting under SFAS No. 140 or other relevant accounting literature because we are not required to repurchase any loan and our ability to repurchase a loan is limited by contract. At September 30, 2004, one of our twenty mortgage securitization trusts were under a triggering event as a result of delinquencies exceeding specified levels. There were no securitization trusts exceeding specified loss levels at September 30, 2004. At June 30, 2004, four of our twenty-six mortgage securitization trusts were under a triggering event. Approximately $5.0 million of excess overcollateralization is being held by the trust as of September 30, 2004. For the three months ended September 30, 2004, we repurchased delinquent loans with an aggregate unpaid principal balance of $2.7 million from securitization trusts primarily for trigger management. We cannot predict when the trust currently exceeding triggers will be below trigger limits and release the excess overcollateralization. In order for the trust to release the excess 97 overcollateralization, delinquent loans would need to decline, or we would need to repurchase delinquent loans of up to $4.8 million as of September 30, 2004. If delinquencies increase and we cannot cure the delinquency or liquidate the loans in the mortgage securitization trust without exceeding loss triggers, the levels of repurchases required to manage triggers may increase. Our ability to continue to manage triggers in our securitization trusts in the future is affected by our availability of cash from operations or through the sale of subordinated debentures to fund these repurchases. See "Risk Factors -- Delinquencies and prepayments in the pools of securitized loans could adversely affect the cash flow we receive from our interest-only strips, impair our ability to sell or securitize loans in the future and impair our ability to repay our outstanding debt" on page 24. Additionally, our repurchase activity increases prepayments, which may result in unfavorable prepayment experience. See "-- Prepayment Rates" on page 107 for more detail regarding prepayment assumptions. See "-- Securitizations" on page 92 for more detail of the effect prepayments have on our financial statements. Also see "Total Portfolio Quality -- Delinquent Loans and Leases" on page 156 for further discussion of the impact of delinquencies. The following table presents the securitization trust under a triggering event at September 30, 2004, its related specified limit on delinquencies, actual delinquencies at September 30, 2004, the related amounts of actual excess overcollateralization and the maximum target amounts of excess overcollateralization. The amount by which the maximum target amounts of excess overcollateralization exceeds current excess overcollateralization amounts will be withheld by the trust from future residual cash flows, as long as the actual delinquency levels continue to exceed the specified limit, until the maximum amount is reached. SUMMARY OF SECURITIZATION TRUSTS UNDER TRIGGERING EVENTS (dollars in thousands)
ACTUAL SEPTEMBER 30, 2004 DELINQUENCIES --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- AMOUNT ACTUAL MAXIMUM SPECIFIED ABOVE SEPTEMBER 30, 2004 TARGET EXCESS SECURITIZATION TRIGGER SPECIFIED EXCESS OVER- OVER- TRUST TRIGGER EXCEEDED LIMIT % LIMIT(A) COLLATERALIZATION COLLATERALIZATION ------------------------------- -------------------- --------- ----- --------- ------------------ ----------------- Rolling 3 month 90+ 2001-4 day delinquency rate 12.50% 13.21% 4,835 4,992 4,992(b)
--------------- (a) In order for this trust to release the excess overcollateralization, delinquent loans would need to decline, or we would need to repurchase delinquent loans of up to $4.8 million as of September 30, 2004. (b) Residual cash flows will be retained by the securitization trust until this maximum is reached or the actual delinquency level returns to the specified limit. The following table summarizes the principal balances of loans and REO we have repurchased from the mortgage loan securitization trusts, the valuation adjustments recorded through the provision for loan losses for loans repurchased and the REO writedown recorded through general and administrative expense for REO repurchased during the quarter ended September 30, 2004 and the fiscal years ended June 30, 2004, 2003 and 2002. We received $1.8 million, $40.9 million, $37.6 million and $19.2 million of proceeds from the liquidation of repurchased loans and REO for the quarter ended September 30, 2004, and for the fiscal years 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively. We carried as assets on our balance sheet, repurchased loans and REO in the amounts of $5.9 million, $5.2 million and $9.2 million at September 30, 2004, and June 30, 2004 and 2003 respectively. All loans and REO were repurchased at the contractual outstanding balances at the time of repurchase and are carried at the lower of their cost basis or fair value. Because the contractual outstanding balance is typically greater than the fair value, we generally incur a loss on these repurchases. Mortgage loan securitization trusts are listed only if repurchases have occurred. 98 SUMMARY OF LOANS AND REO REPURCHASED FROM MORTGAGE LOAN SECURITIZATION TRUSTS (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
2001-3 2000-2 1998-3 1997(C) TOTAL ------ ------ ------ ------- ------ THREE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2004: -------------------------------------- Repurchases by original loan type: Business purpose loans........................................................... $1,127 $ -- $ -- $ 875 $2,002 Home equity loans................................................................ 464 34 45 158 701 ------ ----- ----- ------ ------ Total.......................................................................... $1,591 $ 34 $ 45 $ 1033 $2,703 ====== ===== ===== ====== ====== % of Original balance of loans securitized....................................... 0.53% 0.01% 0.02% 0.59% Number of loans and REO repurchased.............................................. 10 1 1 8 20 Repurchases by loan or REO: Loans repurchased................................................................ $1,591 $ 34 $ 45 $ 937 $2,607 REO repurchased.................................................................. -- -- -- 96 96 ------ ----- ----- ------ ------ Total.......................................................................... $1,591 $ 34 $ 45 $1,033 $2,703 ====== ===== ===== ====== ====== Valuation adjustment at repurchase: Loans repurchased(a)............................................................. $ 304 $ -- $ 13 $ 281 $ 598 REO repurchased(b)............................................................... -- -- -- -- -- ------ ----- ----- ------ ------ Total.......................................................................... $ 304 $ -- $ 13 $ 281 $ 598 ====== ===== ===== ====== ======
--------------- (a) The valuation adjustment for loans repurchased is recorded through the provision for loan losses. (b) The valuation adjustment for REO repurchased is recorded through general and administrative expense. 99 SUMMARY OF LOANS AND REO REPURCHASED FROM MORTGAGE LOAN SECURITIZATION TRUSTS (CONTINUED) (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
2003-1 2002-1 2001-3 2001-2 2001-1 2000-4 2000-3 2000-2 2000-1 1999-4 ------ ------ ------ -------- ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 2004: ------------------------- Repurchases by original loan type: Business purpose loans .......... $ 219 $ -- $ 592 $ 1,713 $1,008 $2,252 $ 631 $1,386 $ 925 $1,324 Home equity loans ............... -- 35 1,129 2,937 4,152 3,493 2,145 2,699 2,702 4,864 ----- ----- ------ -------- ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ Total.......................... $ 219 $ 35 $1,721 $ 4,650 $5,160 $5,745 $2,776 $4,085 $3,627 $6,188 ===== ===== ====== ======== ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== % of Original balance of loans securitized..................... 0.05% 0.01% 0.57% 1.31% 1.88% 2.09% 1.85% 1.35% 1.53% 2.79% Number of loans and REO repurchased..................... 1 1 23 40 64 63 28 53 54 102 Repurchases by loan or REO: Loans repurchased ............... $ 219 $ 35 $1,121 $ 3,818 $4,593 $4,464 $2,159 $3,428 $2,280 $4,596 REO repurchased ................. -- -- 600 832 567 1,281 617 657 1,347 1,592 ----- ----- ------ -------- ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ Total.......................... $ 219 $ 35 $1,721 $ 4,650 $5,160 $5,745 $2,776 $4,085 $3,627 $6,188 ===== ===== ====== ======== ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== Valuation adjustment at repurchase: Loans repurchased (a) ........... $ 55 $ 11 $ 409 $ 774 $1,456 $1,195 $ 515 $ 938 $ 784 $1,753 REO repurchased(b) .............. -- -- 140 202 179 472 230 215 480 611 ----- ----- ------ -------- ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ Total.......................... $ 55 $ 11 $ 549 $ 976 $1,635 $1,667 $ 745 $1,153 $1,264 $2,364 ===== ===== ====== ======== ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 2003: ------------------------- Repurchases by original loan type: Business purpose loans .......... $ -- $ -- $ 349 $ -- $ 543 $ 223 $ 144 $2,065 $1,573 $2,719 Home equity loans ............... -- -- 853 -- 4,522 520 839 4,322 4,783 5,175 ----- ----- ------ -------- ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ Total.......................... $ -- $ -- $1,202 $ -- $5,065 $ 743 $ 983 $6,387 $6,356 $7,894 ===== ===== ====== ======== ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== % of Original Balance of Loans Securitized..................... -- -- 0.40% -- 1.84% 0.27% 0.66% 2.11% 2.68% 3.56% Number of loans and REO repurchased..................... -- -- 11 -- 51 9 11 59 65 97 Repurchases by loan or REO: Loans repurchased ............... $ -- $ -- $ 560 $ -- $2,957 $ 46 $ 393 $1,688 $1,868 $3,382 REO repurchased ................. -- -- 642 -- 2,108 697 590 4,699 4,488 4,512 ----- ----- ------ -------- ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ Total ............................ $ -- $ -- $1,202 $ -- $5,065 $ 743 $ 983 $6,387 $6,356 $7,894 ===== ===== ====== ======== ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== Valuation adjustment at repurchase: Loans repurchased(a) ............ $ -- $ -- $ 112 $ -- $ 603 $ 9 $ 78 $ 442 $ 386 $ 817 REO repurchased(b) .............. -- -- 87 -- 667 250 147 1,557 1,235 1,770 ----- ----- ------ -------- ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ Total.......................... $ -- $ -- $ 199 $ -- $1,270 $ 259 $ 225 $1,999 $1,621 $2,587 ===== ===== ====== ======== ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 2002: ------------------------- Repurchases by original loan type: Business purpose loans .......... $ -- $ -- $ -- $ -- $ -- $ -- $ -- $ -- $ -- $ 194 Home equity loans ............... -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 84 944 ----- ----- ------ -------- ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ Total.......................... $ -- $ -- $ -- $ -- $ -- $ -- $ -- $ -- $ 84 $1,138 ===== ===== ====== ======== ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== % of Original Balance of Loans Securitized..................... -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 0.04% 0.51% Number of loans and REO repurchased..................... -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 2 18 Repurchases by loan or REO: Loans repurchased ............... $ -- $ -- $ -- $ -- $ -- $ -- $ -- $ -- $ 84 $ 228 REO repurchased ................. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 910 ----- ----- ------ -------- ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ Total.......................... $ -- $ -- $ -- $ -- $ -- $ -- $ -- $ -- $ 84 $1,138 ===== ===== ====== ======== ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== Valuation adjustment at repurchase: Loans repurchased(a) ............ $ -- $ -- $ -- $ -- $ -- $ -- $ -- $ -- $ 75 $ 123 REO repurchased(b) .............. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 459 ----- ----- ------ -------- ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ Total.......................... $ -- $ -- $ -- $ -- $ -- $ -- $ -- $ -- $ 75 $ 582 ===== ===== ====== ======== ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ======
--------------- (a) The valuation adjustment for loans repurchased is recorded through the provision for loan losses. (b) The valuation adjustment for REO repurchased is recorded through general and administrative expense. 100 SUMMARY OF LOANS AND REO REPURCHASED FROM MORTGAGE LOAN SECURITIZATION TRUSTS (CONTINUED) (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
1999-3 1999-2 1999-1 1998-4 1998-3 1998-2 1998-1 1997(C) 1996(C) TOTAL ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------- ------- ------- YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 2004: ------------------------- Repurchases by original loan type: Business loans ................. $ 915 $1,014 $ 696 $ 497 $ 456 $ -- $ 350 $ 781 $ -- $14,759 Home equity loans .............. 2,228 3,472 3,223 1,354 2,825 399 875 579 100 39,211 ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ----- ------- Total......................... $3,143 $4,486 $3,919 $1,851 $3,281 $ 399 $1,225 $1,360 $ 100 $53,970 ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ===== ======= % of Original Balance of Loans Securitized.................... 1.42% 2.04% 2.12% 2.31% 1.64% 0.33% 1.17% 0.78% 0.16% Number of loans and REO repurchased.................... 47 58 52 24 33 4 17 19 1 684 Repurchases by loan or REO: Loans repurchased .............. $2,185 $3,324 $2,106 $1,687 $2,865 $ 355 $ 532 $1,295 $ 100 $41,162 REO repurchased ................ 958 1,162 1,813 164 416 44 693 65 -- 12,808 ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ----- ------- Total......................... $3,143 $4,486 $3,919 $1,851 $3,281 $ 399 $1,225 $1,360 $ 100 $53,970 ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ===== ======= Valuation adjustment at repurchase: Loans repurchased(a) ........... $ 914 $ 995 $ 511 $ 435 $ 771 $ 51 $ 140 $ 405 $ 30 $12,142 REO repurchased(b) ............. 317 434 651 44 125 17 115 -- -- 4,232 ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ----- ------- Total......................... $1,231 $1,429 $1,162 $ 479 $ 896 $ 68 $ 255 $ 405 $ 30 $16,374 ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ===== ======= YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 2003: ------------------------- Repurchases by original loan type: Business loans ................. $2,138 $1,977 $1,199 $ 72 $1,455 $ 205 $ 395 $ 744 $ 451 $16,252 Home equity loans .............. 3,697 3,140 4,432 549 3,211 1,386 610 381 355 38,775 ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ----- ------- Total......................... $5,835 $5,117 $5,631 $ 621 $4,666 $1,591 $1,005 $1,125 $ 806 $55,027 ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ===== ======= % of Original Balance of Loans Securitized.................... 2.63% 2.33% 3.04% 0.78% 2.33% 1.33% 0.96% 0.64% 1.30% Number of loans and REO repurchased.................... 83 59 60 7 60 23 13 16 13 637 Repurchases by loan or REO: Loans repurchased .............. $1,692 $2,263 $3,484 $ 309 $2,553 $ 686 $ 598 $ 817 $ 513 $23,809 REO repurchased ................ 4,143 2,854 2,147 312 2,113 905 407 308 293 31,218 ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ----- ------- Total......................... $5,835 $5,117 $5,631 $ 621 $4,666 $1,591 $1,005 $1,125 $ 806 $55,027 ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ===== ======= Valuation adjustment at repurchase: Loans repurchased(a) ........... $ 385 $ 336 $ 797 $ 62 $ 503 $ 144 $ 22 $ 160 $ 157 $ 5,013 REO repurchased(b) ............. 1,674 739 375 54 344 87 97 69 69 9,221 ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ----- ------- Total......................... $2,059 $1,075 $1,172 $ 116 $ 847 $ 231 $ 119 $ 229 $ 226 $14,234 ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ===== ======= YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 2002: ------------------------- Repurchases by original loan type: Business loans ................. $1,006 $ 341 $ 438 $ 632 $ 260 $ 516 $1,266 $1,912 $ 104 $ 6,669 Home equity loans .............. 3,249 2,688 2,419 4,649 5,575 1,548 1,770 462 183 23,571 ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ----- ------- Total......................... $4,255 $3,029 $2,857 $5,281 $5,835 $2,064 $3,036 $2,374 $ 287 $30,240 ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ----- ------- % of Original Balance of Loans Securitized.................... 1.92% 1.38% 1.54% 6.60% 2.92% 1.72% 2.89% 1.36% 0.46% Number of loans and REO repurchased.................... 47 31 33 58 61 24 37 26 4 341 Repurchases by loan or REO: Loans repurchased .............. $1,221 $1,375 $1,437 $2,535 $2,702 $ 818 $1,611 $1,641 $ -- $13,652 REO repurchased ................ 3,034 1,654 1,420 2,746 3,133 1,246 1,425 733 287 16,588 ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ----- ------- Total......................... $4,255 $3,029 $2,857 $5,281 $5,835 $2,064 $3,036 $2,374 $ 287 $30,240 ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ===== ======= Valuation adjustment at repurchase: Loans repurchased(a) ........... $ 235 $ 132 $ 222 $ 528 $ 557 $ 149 $ 747 $ 244 $ -- $ 3,012 REO repurchased(b) ............. 899 508 606 851 633 370 490 426 110 5,352 ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ----- ------- Total......................... $1,134 $ 640 $ 828 $1,379 $1,190 $ 519 $1,237 $ 670 $ 110 $ 8,364 ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ===== =======
--------------- (a) The valuation adjustment for loans repurchased is recorded through the provision for loan losses. (b) The valuation adjustment for REO repurchased is recorded through general and administrative expense. (c) Amounts represent combined repurchases and percentages for two 1997 securitization pools and two 1996 securitization pools. 101 REPURCHASE RIGHTS. SFAS No. 140 was effective on a prospective basis for transfers of financial assets occurring after March 31, 2001. For securitizations recorded under SFAS No. 140 which have removal of accounts provisions providing us with a contractual right to repurchase delinquent loans, SFAS No. 140 requires that we recognize the loans which are subject to these rights as assets on our balance sheet and record a liability to reflect the repurchase cost. SFAS No. 140 requires this accounting treatment because the default by the borrower has given us effective control over the loan whether or not we actually repurchase these loans. We do not record a loss on our retained interests or on the loans that have been re-recognized under removal of accounts provisions of SFAS No. 140. We do record a loss and an allowance for loan losses at the time we exercise our contractual rights to repurchase these loans. For securitization trusts 2001-2 through 2003-2, to which this rule applies, we have the contractual right to repurchase a limited amount of loans greater than 180 days past due, but no obligation to do so. As delinquent loans in securitization trusts 2001-2 through 2003-2 age greater than 180 days past due, we record an asset reflecting the estimated fair value of the loans and a liability to reflect the repurchase cost. In accordance with the provisions of SFAS No. 140, we have recorded on our September 30, 2004 balance sheet an asset of $40.7 million and a liability of $47.9 million for delinquent loans subject to the removal of accounts provisions under securitization trusts 2001-2 through 2003-2. For securitization trusts 1998-3 through 2001-1, we also have rights to repurchase a limited amount of delinquent loans, but are not obligated to do so. No liabilities or assets have been recorded on our balance sheet related to these rights. We have not changed the accounting for our retained interests related to any loans we re-recognize under SFAS No. 140 removal of accounts provision. The following table summarizes the amount of delinquent loans in securitization trusts, which we have the right, but not obligation, to repurchase as of September 30, 2004 (in thousands):
REPURCHASE RIGHTS REPURCHASE RIGHTS NOT REQUIRED TO BE ACCOUNTED FOR ACCOUNTED FOR UNDER SFAS 140 UNDER SFAS 140 (B) -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- AMOUNT AMOUNT TRUST OF LOANS TRUST OF LOANS ----- -------- ----- -------- 1998(a) $ 2,579 2001-2 $ 2,125 1999-1 3,133 2001-3 1,485 1999-2 3,073 2001-4 6,320 1999-3 4,013 2002-1 6,400 1999-4 4,061 2002-2 7,600 2000-1 1,458 2002-3 7,400 2000-2 4,232 2002-4 7,600 2000-3 10,104 2003-1 6,526 2000-4 7,713 2003-2 2,469 ------- 2001-1 7,240 Sub-total $47,925 ------- ------- Sub-total $47,606 Total $95,531 =======
--------------- (a) Amounts represent combined repurchase rights for two 1998 securitization pools. (b) The liability for loans subject to repurchase rights under SFAS No. 140 of $45.9 million is recorded on our balance sheet. MORTGAGE LOAN SECURITIZATION TRUST INFORMATION. The following tables provide information regarding the nature and principal balances of mortgage loans securitized in each trust, the securities issued by each trust, and the overcollateralization requirements of each trust. 102 SUMMARY OF SELECTED MORTGAGE LOAN SECURITIZATION TRUST INFORMATION CURRENT BALANCES AS OF SEPTEMBER 30, 2004 (dollars in millions)
2003-2 2003-1 2002-4 2002-3 2002-2 2002-1 2001-4 -------- -------- ------- -------- ------- -------- ------ ORIGINAL BALANCE OF LOANS SECURITIZED: -------------------------------------- Business loans....................................... $ 27 $ 33 $ 30 $ 34 $ 34 $ 32 $ 29 Home equity loans.................................... 146 417 350 336 346 288 287 -------- -------- ------- -------- ------- -------- ------ Total.............................................. $ 173 $ 450 $ 380 $ 370 $ 380 $ 320 $ 316 ======== ======== ======= ======== ======= ======== ====== CURRENT BALANCE OF LOANS SECURITIZED: ------------------------------------- Business loans....................................... $ 21 $ 22 $ 22 $ 22 $ 20 $ 17 $ 16 Home equity loans.................................... 100 200 151 129 121 90 80 -------- -------- ------- -------- ------- -------- ------ Total.............................................. $ 121 $ 222 $ 173 $ 151 $ 141 $ 107 $ 96 ======== ======== ======= ======== ======= ======== ====== WEIGHTED-AVERAGE INTEREST RATE ON LOANS SECURITIZED: ---------------------------------------------------- Business loans....................................... 15.66% 15.94% 16.04% 15.94% 15.97% 15.89% 15.77% Home equity loans.................................... 8.80% 9.70% 10.54% 10.88% 10.90% 10.92% 10.74% Total.............................................. 10.00% 10.32% 11.23% 11.63% 11.61% 11.69% 11.58% Percentage of first mortgage loans.................... 88% 87% 87% 88% 89% 91% 90% Weighted-average loan-to-value........................ 76% 76% 76% 77% 76% 75% 76% Weighted-average remaining term (months) on loans securitized......................................... 261 246 236 231 217 211 208 Original balance of Trust Certificates................ $ 173 $ 450 $ 376 $ 370 $ 380 $ 320 $ 322 Current balance of Trust Certificates................. $ 115 $ 198 $ 152 $ 138 $ 128 $ 97 $ 83 Weighted-average pass-through interest rate to Trust Certificate holders(a).............................. 2.83% 6.09% 6.73% 7.63% 8.31% 6.09% 5.35% Highest Trust Certificate pass-through interest rate.. 8.00% 3.78% 8.61% 6.86% 7.39% 6.51% 5.35% OVERCOLLATERALIZATION REQUIREMENTS(d): -------------------------------------- REQUIRED PERCENTAGES: Initial.............................................. -- -- 1.00% -- -- -- -- Final target......................................... 4.10% 5.50% 5.75% 3.50% 3.50% 4.50% 4.25% Stepdown overcollateralization....................... 8.20% 11.00% 11.50% 7.00% 7.00% 9.00% 8.50% REQUIRED DOLLAR AMOUNTS: Initial.............................................. $ -- $ -- $ 4 $ -- $ -- $ -- $ -- Final target......................................... $ 7 $ 25 $ 22 $ 13 $ 13 $ 14 $ 13 CURRENT STATUS: Overcollateralization amount......................... $ 6 $ 24 $ 22 $ 13 $ 13 $ 10 $ 14 Final target reached or anticipated date to reach.... 1/2005 12/2004 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Stepdown reached or anticipated date to reach........ 11/2006 4/2006 1/2006 10/2005 7/2005 10/2004 Yes(c) ANNUAL SURETY FEE(d).................................. 0.50% 0.20% (b) (b) (b) 0.21% 0.20% SERVICING RIGHTS: ----------------- Original balance..................................... $ -- $ 16 $ 14 $ 13 $ 15 $ 13 $ 13 Current balance...................................... $ -- $ 9 $ 7 $ 6 $ 7 $ 5 $ 5
--------------- (a) Rates for securitizations 2002-1 and forward include rates on notional bonds, or the impact of premiums to loan collateral received on trust certificates, included in securitization structure. The sale of notional bonds allows us to receive more cash at the closing of a securitization. (b) Credit enhancement was provided through a senior / subordinate certificate structure. (c) Although the final target has been reached, this trust is exceeding delinquency limits, and the trust is retaining additional overcollateralization. We cannot predict when normal residual cash flow will resume. See "-- Trigger Management" on page 97 for further detail. (d) See "-- Interest-Only Strips" on page 96 for a discussion of credit enhancements in our securitizations and "-- Overcollateralization Requirements" on page 96 for further detail on overcollateralization. 103 SUMMARY OF SELECTED MORTGAGE LOAN SECURITIZATION TRUST INFORMATION (CONTINUED) CURRENT BALANCES AS OF SEPTEMBER 30, 2004 (dollars in millions)
2001-3 2001-2 2001-1 2000-4 2000-3 2000-2 2000-1 ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ORIGINAL BALANCE OF LOANS SECURITIZED: -------------------------------------- Business loans................................................. $ 31 $ 35 $ 29 $ 27 $ 16 $ 28 $ 25 Home equity loans.............................................. 269 320 246 248 134 275 212 ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ Total........................................................ $ 300 $ 355 $ 275 $ 275 $ 150 $ 303 $ 237 ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== CURRENT BALANCE OF LOANS SECURITIZED: ------------------------------------- Business loans................................................. $ 15 $ 17 $ 11 $ 8 $ 4 $ 9 $ 8 Home equity loans.............................................. 69 71 49 49 24 52 36 ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ Total........................................................ $ 84 $ 88 $ 60 $ 57 $ 28 $ 61 $ 44 ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== WEIGHTED-AVERAGE INTEREST RATE ON LOANS SECURITIZED: ---------------------------------------------------- Business loans................................................. 15.89% 16.06% 16.01% 16.07% 16.17% 16.00% 16.16% Home equity loans.............................................. 11.13% 11.27% 11.48% 11.61% 11.50% 11.44% 11.41% Total........................................................ 11.97% 12.21% 12.31% 12.22% 12.21% 12.11% 12.23% Percentage of first mortgage loans.............................. 90% 90% 89% 88% 91% 85% 81% Weighted-average loan-to-value.................................. 75% 75% 74% 75% 76% 76% 75% Weighted-average remaining term (months) on loans securitized... 204 197 198 188 184 195 180 Original balance of Trust Certificates.......................... $ 306 $ 355 $ 275 $ 275 $ 150 $ 300 $ 235 Current balance of Trust Certificates........................... $ 82 $ 79 $ 55 $ 52 $ 26 $ 54 $ 38 Weighted-average pass-through interest rate to Trust Certificate holders....................................................... 5.76% 6.51% 6.28% 7.05% 7.61% 7.14% 7.15% Highest Trust Certificate pass-through interest rate............ 6.17% 6.99% 6.28% 7.05% 7.61% 8.04% 7.93% OVERCOLLATERALIZATION REQUIREMENTS(b): -------------------------------------- REQUIRED PERCENTAGES: Initial........................................................ -- -- -- -- -- 0.90% 0.75% Final target................................................... 4.00% 4.40% 4.10% 4.50% 4.75% 5.95% 5.95% Stepdown overcollateralization................................. 8.00% 8.80% 8.20% 9.00% 9.50% 11.90% 11.90% REQUIRED DOLLAR AMOUNTS: Initial........................................................ -- -- -- -- -- $ 3 $ 2 Final target................................................... $ 12 $ 16 $ 11 $ 12 $ 7 $ 18 $ 14 CURRENT STATUS: Overcollateralization amount................................... $ 8 $ 8 $ 5 $ 5 $ 3 $ 7 $ 5 Final target reached or anticipated date to reach.............. Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Stepdown reached or anticipated date to reach.................. Yes(a) Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes ANNUAL SURETY FEE(b)............................................ 0.20% 0.20% 0.20% 0.21% 0.21% 0.21% 0.19% SERVICING RIGHTS: ----------------- Original balance............................................... $ 12 $ 15 $ 11 $ 14 $ 7 $ 14 $ 10 Current balance................................................ $ 5 $ 5 $ 3 $ 4 $ 1 $ 3 $ 2
--------------- (a) Although the final target has been reached, this trust is exceeding delinquency limits, and the trust is retaining additional overcollateralization. We cannot predict when normal residual cash flow will resume. See "-- Trigger Management" on page 97 for further detail. (b) See "-- Interest-Only Strips" on page 96 for a discussion of credit enhancements in our securitizations and "-- Overcollateralization Requirements" on page 96 for further detail on overcollateralization. 104 SUMMARY OF SELECTED MORTGAGE LOAN SECURITIZATION TRUST INFORMATION (CONTINUED) CURRENT BALANCES AS OF SEPTEMBER 30, 2004 (dollars in millions)
1999-4 1999-3 1999-2 1999-1 1998(A) ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ORIGINAL BALANCE OF LOANS SECURITIZED: ------------------------------------- Business loans....................................................... $ 25 $ 28 $ 30 $ 16 $ 26 Home equity loans.................................................... 197 194 190 169 254 ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ Total.............................................................. $ 222 $ 222 $ 220 $ 185 $ 280 ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== CURRENT BALANCE OF LOANS SECURITIZED: ------------------------------------ Business loans....................................................... $ 8 $ 7 $ 6 $ 4 $ 4 Home equity loans.................................................... 37 38 38 31 34 ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ Total.............................................................. $ 45 $ 45 $ 44 $ 35 $ 38 ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== WEIGHTED-AVERAGE INTEREST RATE ON LOANS SECURITIZED: ---------------------------------------------------- Business loans....................................................... 16.08% 15.88% 15.70% 15.95% 15.70% Home equity loans.................................................... 11.01% 10.81% 10.50% 10.66% 10.70% Total.............................................................. 11.85% 11.61% 11.22% 11.27% 11.26% Percentage of first mortgage loans.................................... 86% 87% 89% 93% 90% Weighted-average loan-to-value........................................ 75% 76% 76% 77% 76% Weighted-average remaining term (months) on loans securitized......... 178 183 189 185 187 Original balance of Trust Certificates................................ $ 220 $ 219 $ 219 $ 184 $ 498 Current balance of Trust Certificates................................. $ 40 $ 40 $ 39 $ 31 $ 35 Weighted-average pass-through interest rate to Trust Certificate holders.............................................................. 7.16% 6.96% 6.78% 6.56% 6.06% Highest Trust Certificate pass-through interest rate.................. 7.68% 7.49% 7.13% 6.58% 6.35% OVERCOLLATERALIZATION REQUIREMENTS(b): -------------------------------------- REQUIRED PERCENTAGES: Initial.............................................................. 1.00% 1.00% 0.50% 0.50% 1.50% Final target......................................................... 5.50% 5.00% 5.00% 5.00% 5.10% Stepdown overcollateralization....................................... 11.00% 10.00% 10.00% 10.00% 10.21% REQUIRED DOLLAR AMOUNTS: Initial.............................................................. $ 2 $ 2 $ 1 $ 1 $ 7 Final target......................................................... $ 12 $ 11 $ 11 $ 9 $ 26 CURRENT STATUS: Overcollateralization amount......................................... $ 5 $ 4 $ 4 $ 3 $ 4 Final target reached or anticipated date to reach.................... Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Stepdown reached or anticipated date to reach........................ Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes ANNUAL SURETY FEE(b).................................................. 0.21% 0.21% 0.19% 0.19% 0.20% SERVICING RIGHTS: ----------------- Original balance..................................................... $ 10 $ 10 $ 10 $ 8 $ 18 Current balance...................................................... $ 2 $ 2 $ 2 $ 1 $ 1
--------------- (a) Amounts represent combined balances and weighted-average percentages for two 1998 securitization pools. (b) See "-- Interest-Only Strips" on page 96 for a discussion of credit enhancements in our securitizations and "-- Overcollateralization Requirements" on page 96 for further detail on overcollateralization. DISCOUNTED CASH FLOW ANALYSIS. The estimation of the fair value of interest-only strips is based upon a discounted cash flow analysis which estimates the present value of the future expected residual cash flows and overcollateralization cash flows utilizing assumptions made by management at the time loans are sold. These assumptions include the rates used to calculate the present value of expected future residual cash flows and overcollateralization cash flows, referred to as the discount rates, prepayment rates and credit loss rates on the pool of loans. These assumptions are monitored against actual experience and other economic and market conditions and are changed if deemed appropriate. Our methodology for determining the discount 105 rates, prepayment rates and credit loss rates used to calculate the fair value of our interest-only strips is described below. DISCOUNT RATES. We use discount rates, which we believe are commensurate with the risks involved in our securitization assets. While quoted market prices on comparable interest-only strips are not available, we have performed comparisons of our valuation assumptions and performance experience to others in the non-conforming mortgage industry. We quantify the risks in our securitization assets by comparing the asset quality and performance experience of the underlying securitized mortgage pools to comparable industry performance. At September 30, 2004, we applied a discount rate of 11% to the estimated residual cash flows. From June 30, 2000 through March 31, 2003, we had applied a discount rate of 13% to residual cash flows. On June 30, 2003, we reduced that discount rate to 11% and on December 31, 2003, we further reduced that discount rate to 10% to reflect the impact of sustained decreases in market interest rates. On June 30, 2004, we increased the discount rate to 11% to reflect an increase in market interest rates that had occurred since the end of the March 2004 quarter. In determining the discount rate that we apply to residual cash flows, we follow what we believe to be a practice of other companies in the non-conforming mortgage industry. That is, to determine the discount rate by adding an interest rate spread to the all-in cost of securitizations to account for the risks involved in securitization assets. The all-in cost of the securitization trusts' investor certificates includes the highest trust certificate pass-through interest rate in each mortgage securitization, trustee fees, and surety fees. Trustee fees and surety fees, where applicable, generally range from 19 to 22 basis points combined. From industry experience comparisons and our evaluation of the risks inherent in our securitization assets, we have determined an interest rate spread, which is added to the all-in cost of our mortgage loan securitization trusts' investor certificates. Our interest-only strips are financed by our subordinated debentures, senior collateralized subordinated notes and Series A preferred stock. The costs of these instruments are considered in determining the discount rate used to value interest-only strips. In fact, the increase in interest rates paid on newly issued subordinated debentures was a major factor in our decision to increase the discount rate on interest-only strips at June 30, 2004 from 10% to 11%. At June 30, 2004, the weighted average yield of our subordinated debentures outstanding was 9.91%. The increase in the rates paid on newly issued subordinated debentures and the total portfolio yield were significantly impacted by our recent liquidity issues and current financial conditions. Consequently, we have been paying up for risk and to raise cash. We expect to begin a reduction in interest rates offered as our financial condition improves. The weighted average yield on senior collateralized subordinated notes was 9.92% at June 30, 2004. Our Series A preferred stock yields a 10% dividend rate. The weighted average rate of the financing of our retained interest was 9.92% at June 30, 2004. However, because the discount rate is applied to projected cash flows, which consider expected prepayments and losses, the discount rate assumption was not evaluated in isolation. These risks involved in our securitization assets were considered in establishing a discount rate. The 11% discount rate that we apply to our residual cash flow portion of our interest-only strips also reflects the other characteristics of our securitized loans described below: o Underlying loan collateral with fixed interest rates, which are higher than others in the non-conforming mortgage industry. Average interest rate of securitized loans exceeds the industry average by 100 basis points or more. All of the securitized loans have fixed interest rates, which are more predictable than adjustable rate loans. o At origination, approximately 90% to 95% of securitized business purpose loans had prepayment fees and approximately 80% to 85% of securitized home equity loans had prepayment fees. At September 30, 2004 in our total portfolio, approximately 50% to 55% of securitized business purpose loans had prepayment fees and approximately 50% to 55% of securitized home equity loans had prepayment fees. Our historical experience indicates that prepayment fees lengthen the prepayment ramp periods and slow annual prepayment speeds, which have the effect of increasing the life of the securitized loans. 106 o A portfolio mix of first and second mortgage loans of 85-90% and 10-15%, respectively. Historically, the high proportion of first mortgages has resulted in lower delinquencies and losses. o A portfolio credit grade mix comprised of 60% A credits, 23% B credits, 14% C credits, and 3% D credits. In addition, our historical loss experience is below what is experienced by others in the non-conforming mortgage industry. We apply a second discount rate to projected cash flows from the overcollateralization portion of our interest-only strips. The discount rate applied to projected overcollateralization cash flows in each mortgage securitization is based on the highest trust certificate pass-through interest rate in the mortgage securitization. In fiscal 2001, we instituted the use of a minimum discount rate of 6.5% on overcollateralization cash flows. At June 30, 2003 we reduced the minimum discount rate to 5.0% to reflect the sustained decline in interest rates. At September 30, 2004, only one of our securitizations was using the 5.0% floor discount rate and that floor was removed for the September 30, 2004 valuation. At September 30, 2004 and June 30, 2004, the average discount rate applied to projected overcollateralization cash flows was 7%. This discount rate is lower than the discount rate applied to residual cash flows because the risk characteristics of the projected overcollateralization cash flows do not include prepayment risk and have minimal credit risk. For example, if the entire unpaid principal balance in a securitized pool of loans was prepaid by borrowers, we would fully recover the overcollateralization portion of the interest-only strips. In addition, historically, these overcollateralization balances have not been impacted by credit losses as the residual cash flow portion of our interest-only strips has always been sufficient to absorb credit losses and stepdowns of overcollateralization have generally occurred as scheduled. Overcollateralization represents our investment in the excess of the aggregate principal balance of loans in a securitized pool over the aggregate principal balance of trust certificates. The blended discount rate used to value the interest-only strips, including the overcollateralization cash flows, was 9% at September 30, 2004 and June 30, 2004. PREPAYMENT RATES. The assumptions we use to estimate future prepayment rates are regularly compared to actual prepayment experience of the individual securitization pools of mortgage loans and to an average of the actual experience of other similar pools of mortgage loans at the same age. Current economic conditions, current interest rates, loans repurchased from securitization trusts and other factors are considered in our analysis of prepayment experience and in forecasting future prepayment levels. Our analysis of prepayment experience and our forecast of prepayments consider that prepayments on securitized loans may be initiated by the borrower, such as a refinancing for a lower interest rate, initiated by the servicer in the collection process for delinquent loans, or as a result of our repurchase of delinquent loans from the securitization trusts for trigger management. See "-- Trigger Management" on page 97 for a discussion of our loan repurchase activities and the amount of loans we have repurchased from securitization trusts. Prepayments initiated by the borrower are viewed as voluntary prepayments. Voluntary prepayments are the most significant component of our prepayment experience, generally representing approximately 91% of total prepayments, and are full cash payoffs of a securitized loan. Prepayments initiated by the servicer are viewed as involuntary prepayments, generally representing approximately 4% of our total prepayment experience and are the result of delinquent loan bulk sales, REO liquidations and settlements on delinquent loans. Losses on these involuntary prepayments are absorbed by the securitization trusts. See "-- Credit Loss Rates" on page 108. Prepayments as a result of our repurchase of delinquent loans from the securitization trusts are also viewed as involuntary and generally represent approximately 5% of our total prepayment experience. Losses on the liquidation of repurchased loans are absorbed on our books. See "-- Credit Loss Rates" on page 108. Both voluntary and involuntary loan prepayments are incorporated in our prepayment assumption forecasts. Our practice in forecasting prepayment assumptions had been to use an average historical prepayment rate of similar pools for the expected constant prepayment rate assumption while a pool of mortgage loans was less than a year old even though actual experience may be different. During that period, before a pool of mortgage loans reached its expected constant prepayment rate, actual experience both quantitatively and qualitatively was generally not considered sufficient to conclude that final actual experience for an individual pool of mortgage loans would be materially different from the average. For pools of mortgage loans greater 107 than one-year old, prepayment experience trends for an individual pool was considered to be more significant. For these pools, adjustments to prepayment assumptions may be made to more closely conform the assumptions to actual experience if the variance from average experience is significant and is expected to continue. As was previously discussed, for the past eleven quarters, our actual prepayment experience was generally higher, most significantly on home equity loans, than our historical averages for prepayments prior to that eleven-quarter period. The long duration of historically low interest rates, combined with increasing home values and high consumer debt levels has given borrowers an extended opportunity to engage in mortgage refinancing activities, which resulted in elevated prepayment experience. Low interest rates and increasing home values provide incentive to borrowers to convert high cost consumer debt into lower rate tax deductible loans. As home values have increased, lenders have been highly successful in educating borrowers that they have the ability to access the cash value in their homes. The persistence of historically low interest rate levels, unprecedented in the last 40 years, has made the forecasting of prepayment levels difficult. We assumed for each quarter end valuation that the decline in interest rates had stopped and a rise in interest rates would occur in the near term. Economic conditions and published mortgage industry surveys supported our assumption. We believe that once we move beyond the low interest rate environment and the impact that environment has had on prepayments, the long recurring and highly unfavorable prepayment experience over the last twelve quarters will leave us with securitized mortgage loan pools which will experience future prepayment speeds substantially lower than originally believed. Also, the rate of increase in home values has slowed considerably, which we expect will mean that fewer borrowers will have excess value in their homes to access. As a result of our analysis of these factors, we believe prepayments will continue to remain at higher than normal levels for the near term before declining to historical prepayment levels and then further declining in the future. See the table "-- Summary of Material Mortgage Loan Securitization Valuation Assumptions and Actual Experience at September 30, 2004" on page 110 for our current prepayment assumptions. However, we cannot predict with certainty what our prepayment experience will be in the future. Any unfavorable difference between the assumptions used to value our securitization assets and our actual experience may have a significant adverse impact on the value of these assets. See "-- Securitizations" on page 92 for further detail regarding the impact of our recent prepayment experience and published information available from the Mortgage Bankers Association of America. In addition to the use of prepayment fees on our loans, we have implemented programs and strategies in an attempt to reduce loan prepayments in the future. These programs and strategies may include providing information to a borrower regarding costs and benefits of refinancing, which at times may demonstrate a refinancing option is not in the best economic interest of the borrower. Other strategies include offering second mortgages to existing qualified borrowers or offering financial incentives, such as our customer retention incentive program, to qualified borrowers to deter prepayment of their loan. We cannot predict with certainty what the impact these efforts will have on our future prepayment experience. CREDIT LOSS RATES. Credit loss rates are analyzed in a similar manner to prepayment rates. Credit loss assumptions are compared to actual loss experience for individual mortgage loan pools and averages for similar mortgage loan pools. Delinquency trends, economic conditions, loans repurchased from securitization trusts and other factors are also considered. If our analysis indicates that loss experience may be different from our assumptions, we would adjust our assumptions as necessary. See the table "-- Summary of Material Mortgage Loan Securitization Valuation Assumptions and Actual Experience at September 30, 2004" on page 110 for our current credit loss assumptions and actual credit loss experience. However, we cannot predict with certainty what credit loss experience will be in the future. Any unfavorable difference between the assumptions used to value securitization assets and actual experience may have a significant adverse impact on the value of these assets. We may elect to repurchase delinquent loans from securitization trusts to limit the level of delinquencies and losses in the securitization trusts, and as a result, we can avoid exceeding specified limits on delinquencies and losses that trigger a temporary reduction or discontinuation of cash flow from our interest-only strips. See "-- Trigger Management" on page 97 for a discussion of our loan repurchase 108 activities and the amount of loans we have repurchased from securitization trusts. Once a loan has been included in a pool of securitized loans, its performance, including historical loss experience if the loan has been repurchased, is reflected in the performance of that pool of mortgage loans. We may enter into deferment and forbearance arrangements with borrowers in our managed portfolio who experience financial hardships. See "-- On Balance Sheet Portfolio Quality -- Deferment and Forbearance Arrangements" on page 148 and "-- Total Portfolio Quality -- Deferment and Forbearance Arrangements" on page 153 for more detail regarding these arrangements. Any credit losses ultimately realized on these arrangements are included in total historical losses of the loans' original pool of securitized loans, which are used in developing credit loss assumptions. FLOATING INTEREST RATE CERTIFICATES. Some of the securitization trusts have issued floating interest rate certificates supported by fixed interest rate mortgages. The fair value of the excess cash flow we will receive may be affected by any changes in the interest rates paid on the floating interest rate certificates. The interest rates paid on the floating interest rate certificates are based on one-month LIBOR. The assumption used to estimate the fair value of the excess cash flows received from these securitization trusts is based on a forward yield curve. See "-- Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk" on page 156 for further detail of our management of the risk of changes in interest rates paid on floating interest rate certificates. SENSITIVITY ANALYSIS. The table below summarizes at September 30, 2004 the amount of securitized loans in our securitization trusts, the carry value of our securitization assets and the weighted-average life of our securitized loans:
Securitized collateral balance.................................... $1,639,889 Balance sheet carrying value of retained interests (a)............ $ 515,524 Weighted-average collateral life (in years)....................... 6.45
--------------- (a) Amount includes interest-only strips and servicing rights. The table below outlines the sensitivity of the current fair value of our interest-only strips and servicing rights to 10% and 20% adverse changes in the key assumptions used in determining the fair value of those assets. Our base prepayment, loss and discount rates are described in the table "Summary of Material Mortgage Loan Securitization Valuation Assumptions and Actual Experience" (dollars in thousands):
IMPACT OF ADVERSE CHANGE ----------------------- 10% CHANGE 20% CHANGE ---------- ---------- Prepayment speed .................................... $17,312 $35,373 Credit loss rate .................................... 3,616 7,231 Floating interest rate certificates (a) ............. 1,070 2,140 Discount rate ....................................... 19,277 37,168
--------------- (a) The floating interest rate certificates are indexed to one-month LIBOR plus a trust specific interest rate spread. The base one-month LIBOR assumption used in this sensitivity analysis was derived from a forward yield curve incorporating the effect of rate caps where applicable to the individual deals. The sensitivity analysis in the table above is hypothetical and should be used with caution. As the figures indicate, changes in fair value based on a 10% or 20% variation in management's assumptions generally cannot easily be extrapolated because the relationship of the change in the assumptions to the change in fair value may not be linear. Also, in this table, the effect that a change in a particular assumption may have on the fair value is calculated without changing any other assumption. Changes in one assumption may result in changes in other assumptions, which might magnify or counteract the impact of the intended change. These sensitivities reflect the approximate amount of the fair values that our interest-only strips and servicing rights would be reduced for the indicated adverse changes. These reductions would result in a charge to expense in the income statement in the period incurred and a resulting reduction of stockholders' equity, net of income taxes. The effect on our liquidity of changes in the fair values of our interest-only strips and servicing rights are discussed in "-- Liquidity and Capital Resources" on page 62. 109 The following tables provide information regarding the initial and current assumptions applied in determining the fair values of mortgage loan related interest-only strips and servicing rights for each securitization trust. SUMMARY OF MATERIAL MORTGAGE LOAN SECURITIZATION VALUATION ASSUMPTIONS AND ACTUAL EXPERIENCE AT SEPTEMBER 30, 2004
2003-2 2003-1 2002-4 2002-3 2002-2 2002-1 2001-4 ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ Interest-only strip residual discount rate: ------------------------------------------- Initial valuation.............................................. 11% 13% 13% 13% 13% 13% 13% Current valuation.............................................. 11% 11% 11% 11% 11% 11% 11% Interest-only strip overcollateralization discount rate: -------------------------------------------------------- Initial valuation.............................................. 8% 7% 9% 7% 7% 7% 7% Current valuation.............................................. 8% 4% 9% 7% 7% 7% 5% Servicing rights discount rate: ------------------------------- Initial valuation.............................................. (e) 11% 11% 11% 11% 11% 11% Current valuation.............................................. (e) 9% 9% 9% 9% 9% 9% Prepayment rates(a): -------------------- INITIAL ASSUMPTION(b): Business loans............................................... 11% 11% 11% 11% 11% 11% 11% Home equity loans............................................ 22% 22% 22% 22% 22% 22% 22% Ramp period (months): Business loans............................................... 27 27 27 27 27 27 27 Home equity loans............................................ 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 CURRENT EXPERIENCE(c): Business loans............................................... 24% 25% 15% 18% 37% 28% 18% Home equity loans............................................ 41% 53% 47% 42% 44% 41% 42% CURRENT ASSUMPTION(c): Business loans Months 1 through 3.......................................... 13% 19% 21% 22% 20% 17% 14% Months 4 through 9.......................................... 17% 22% 22% 19% 15% 12% 10% Months thereafter........................................... 12% 11% 10% 10% 10% 10% 10% Home equity loans Months 1 through 3.......................................... 38% 38% 38% 38% 38% 38% 38% Months 4 through 9.......................................... 25% 25% 25% 25% 25% 25% 25% Months 10 through 12........................................ 18% 18% 18% 18% 18% 18% 18% Months 13 through 15........................................ 13% 13% 13% 13% 13% 13% 13% Months 16 through 27........................................ 8% 8% 8% 8% 8% 8% 8% Months thereafter........................................... 6% 6% 6% 6% 6% 6% 6% Annual credit loss rates: ------------------------- Initial assumption............................................. 0.52% 0.40% 0.40% 0.40% 0.40% 0.40% 0.40% Actual experience.............................................. 0.05% 0.02% 0.05% 0.10% 0.14% 0.14% 0.22% Current assumption............................................. 0.52% 0.40% 0.40% 0.40% 0.40% 0.40% 0.40% Servicing fees: --------------- Contractual fees............................................... (e) 0.50% 0.50% 0.50% 0.50% 0.50% 0.50% Ancillary fees................................................. (e) 1.25% 1.25% 1.25% 1.25% 1.25% 1.25%
--------------- (a) Prepayment rates are expressed as Constant Prepayment Rate (CPR). (b) The prepayment ramp is the length of time before a pool of mortgage loans reaches its expected CPR. The business loan prepayment ramp begins at 3% in month one ramps to an expected peak rate over 27 months then declines to the final expected CPR by month 40. The home equity loan prepayment ramp begins at 2% in month one and ramps to an expected rate over 30 months. (c) Current experience is a six-month historical average. (d) Current assumption is a blended average projected during the time period described. (e) Servicing rights for the 2003-2 loans were sold to a third party servicer. 110 SUMMARY OF MATERIAL MORTGAGE LOAN SECURITIZATION VALUATION ASSUMPTIONS AND ACTUAL EXPERIENCE AT SEPTEMBER 30, 2004 (CONTINUED)
2001-3 2001-2 2001-1 2000-4 2000-3 2000-2 2000-1 ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ Interest-only strip residual discount rate: ------------------------------------------- Initial valuation.............................................. 13% 13% 13% 13% 13% 13% 11% Current valuation.............................................. 11% 11% 11% 11% 11% 11% 11% Interest-only strip overcollateralization discount rate: -------------------------------------------------------- Initial valuation.............................................. 7% 7% 6% 7% 8% 8% 8% Current valuation.............................................. 6% 7% 6% 7% 8% 8% 8% Servicing rights discount rate: ------------------------------- Initial valuation.............................................. 11% 11% 11% 11% 11% 11% 11% Current valuation.............................................. 9% 9% 9% 9% 9% 9% 9% Prepayment rates(a): -------------------- INITIAL ASSUMPTION(b): Business loans .............................................. 11% 11% 11% 10% 10% 10% 10% Home equity loans............................................ 22% 22% 22% 24% 24% 24% 24% Ramp period (months): Business loans............................................... 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 Home equity loans............................................ 30 30 30 24 24 24 18 CURRENT EXPERIENCE(c): Business loans............................................... 18% 23% 22% 26% 36% 33% 23% Home equity loans............................................ 43% 43% 40% 33% 41% 35% 35% CURRENT ASSUMPTION(d): Business loans Months 1 through 3.......................................... 11% 10% 14% 14% 17% 11% 14% Months 4 through 9.......................................... 10% 10% 10% 10% 10% 10% 10% Months thereafter........................................... 10% 10% 10% 10% 10% 10% 10% Home equity loans Months 1 through 3.......................................... 38% 38% 38% 38% 38% 38% 38% Months 4 through 9.......................................... 25% 25% 25% 25% 25% 25% 25% Months 10 through 12........................................ 18% 18% 18% 18% 18% 18% 18% Months 13 through 15........................................ 13% 13% 13% 13% 13% 13% 13% Months 16 through 17........................................ 8% 8% 8% 8% 8% 8% 8% Months thereafter........................................... 6% 6% 6% 6% 6% 6% 6% Annual credit loss rates: ------------------------- Initial assumption............................................. 0.40% 0.40% 0.40% 0.40% 0.40% 0.40% 0.40% Actual experience.............................................. 0.52% 0.49% 0.80% 0.48% 0.50% 0.54% 0.68% Current assumption............................................. 0.50% 0.50% 0.55% 0.50% 0.50% 0.55% 0.70% Servicing fees: --------------- Contractual fees............................................... 0.50% 0.50% 0.50% 0.70% 0.50% 0.50% 0.50% Ancillary fees................................................. 1.25% 1.25% 1.25% 1.25% 1.25% 1.25% 1.25%
--------------- (a) Prepayment rates are expressed as Constant Prepayment Rate (CPR). (b) The prepayment ramp is the length of time before a pool of mortgage loans reaches its expected CPR. The business loan prepayment ramp begins at 3% in month one ramps to an expected peak rate over 27 months then declines to the final expected CPR by month 40. The home equity loan prepayment ramp begins at 2% in month one and ramps to an expected rate over 30 months. (c) Current experience is a six-month historical average. (d) Current assumption rates are a blended average during the projected time period described. 111 SUMMARY OF MATERIAL MORTGAGE LOAN SECURITIZATION VALUATION ASSUMPTIONS AND ACTUAL EXPERIENCE AT SEPTEMBER 30, 2004 (CONTINUED)
1999-4 1999-3 1999-2 1999-1 1998 (e) ------ ------ ------ ------ -------- Interest-only strip residual discount rate: ------------------------------------------- Initial valuation............................................................... 11% 11% 11% 11% 11% Current valuation............................................................... 11% 11% 11% 11% 11% Interest-only strip overcollateralization discount rate: -------------------------------------------------------- Initial valuation............................................................... 8% 7% 7% 7% 7% Current valuation............................................................... 8% 7% 7% 7% 7% Servicing rights discount rate: ------------------------------- Initial valuation............................................................... 11% 11% 11% 11% 11% Current valuation............................................................... 9% 9% 9% 9% 9% Prepayment rates(a): -------------------- INITIAL ASSUMPTION(b): Business loans ............................................................... 10% 10% 10% 10% 13% Home equity loans............................................................. 24% 24% 24% 24% 24% Ramp period (months): Business loans................................................................ 24 24 24 24 24 Home equity loans............................................................. 18 18 18 18 12 CURRENT EXPERIENCE(c): Business loans................................................................ 12% 29% 27% 13% 10% Home equity loans............................................................. 36% 32% 35% 34% 32% CURRENT ASSUMPTION(d): Business loans Months 1 through 3........................................................... 13% 13% 15% 11% 14% Months 4 through 9........................................................... 10% 10% 10% 10% 10% Months thereafter............................................................ 10% 10% 10% 10% 10% Home equity loans Months 1 through 3........................................................... 38% 38% 38% 38% 38% Months 4 through 9........................................................... 25% 25% 25% 25% 25% Months 10 through 12......................................................... 18% 18% 18% 18% 18% Months 13 through 15......................................................... 13% 13% 13% 13% 13% Months 16 through 27......................................................... 8% 8% 8% 8% 8% Months thereafter............................................................ 6% 6% 6% 6% 6% Annual credit loss rates: ------------------------- Initial assumption.............................................................. 0.30% 0.25% 0.25% 0.25% 0.25% Actual experience............................................................... 0.76% 0.66% 0.45% 0.54% 0.59% Current assumption.............................................................. 0.85% 0.65% 0.45% 0.55% 0.65% Servicing fees: --------------- Contractual fees................................................................ 0.50% 0.50% 0.50% 0.50% 0.50% Ancillary fees.................................................................. 1.25% 1.25% 1.25% 1.25% 1.25%
--------------- (a) Prepayment rates are expressed as Constant Prepayment Rate (CPR). (b) The prepayment ramp is the length of time before a pool of mortgage loans reaches its expected CPR. The business loan prepayment ramp begins at 3% in month one ramps to an expected peak rate over 27 months then declines to the final expected CPR by month 40. The home equity loan prepayment ramp begins at 2% in month one and ramps to an expected rate over 30 months. (c) Current experience is a six-month historical average. (d) Current assumption is a blended average during the projected time period described. (e) Amounts represent weighted-average percentages for two 1998 securitization pools. 112 SERVICING RIGHTS. As the holder of servicing rights on securitized loans, we are entitled to receive annual contractual servicing fees of 50 basis points (70 basis points in the case of the 2000-4 securitization) on the aggregate outstanding loan balance. We do not service the loans in the 2003-2 securitization, our most recent securitization, which closed in October 2003. These fees are paid out of accumulated mortgage loan payments before payments of principal and interest are made to trust certificate holders. In addition, ancillary fees such as prepayment fees, late charges, nonsufficient funds fees and other fees are retained directly by us, as servicer, as payments are collected from the borrowers. We also retain the interest paid on funds held in a trust's collection account until these funds are distributed from a trust. The fair value of servicing rights is determined by computing the benefits of servicing in excess of adequate compensation, which would be required by a substitute servicer. The benefits of servicing are the present value of projected net cash flows from contractual servicing fees and ancillary servicing fees. These projections incorporate assumptions, including prepayment rates, credit loss rates and discount rates. These assumptions are similar to those used to value the interest-only strips retained in a securitization. On a quarterly basis, we evaluate capitalized servicing rights for impairment, which is measured as the excess of unamortized cost over fair value. Our valuation analyses at September 30, 2004 indicated that no adjustment was required in the first quarter of fiscal 2005. See "-- Application of Critical Accounting Estimates -- Servicing Rights" on page 86 for a discussion of the $6.8 million write down of servicing rights recorded in fiscal 2004 including the impact of our sale of servicing rights related to five of our securitization trusts under the terms of a September 27, 2004 sale agreement. On June 30, 2003, we reduced the discount rate on servicing rights cash flows to 9% and used the same discount rate to value servicing rights at September 30, 2004 and June 30, 2004. In determining the discount rate applied to calculate the present value of cash flows from servicing rights, management has subtracted a factor from the discount rate used to value residual cash flows from interest-only strips to provide for the lower risks inherent in servicing assets. Unlike the interest-only strips, the servicing asset is not exposed to credit losses. Additionally, the distribution of the contractual servicing fee cash flow from the securitization trusts is senior to both the trusts' investor certificates and our interest-only strips. This priority of cash flow reduces the risks associated with servicing rights and thereby supports a lower discount rate than the rate applied to residual cash flows from interest-only strips. Cash flows related to ancillary servicing fees, such as prepayment fees, late fees, and non-sufficient fund fees are retained directly by us. Servicing rights can be terminated under certain circumstances, such as our failure to make required servicer payments, defined changes of control, reaching specified loss levels on underlying mortgage pools and failure to obtain renewals under term-to-term agreements. All of our servicing agreements associated with bond insurers now provide for term-to-term servicing with terms ranging from 30 days to 120 days. Under the term-to-term servicing provisions in certain of our servicing agreements, the associated bond insurers have the right to elect not to re-appoint us as servicer in their sole discretion. See "-- Overview -- Credit Facilities, Servicing Agreements and Waivers Related to Financial Covenants" on page 60 and "-- Liquidity and Capital Resources" on page 62. The origination of a high percentage of loans with prepayment fees impacts our servicing rights and income in two ways. Prepayment fees help reduce the likelihood of a borrower prepaying their loan. This results in prolonging the length of time a loan is outstanding, which increases the contractual servicing fees to be collected over the life of the loan. Additionally, the terms of our servicing agreements with the securitization trusts allow us to retain prepayment fees collected from borrowers as part of our compensation for servicing loans. In addition, although prepayments increased in recent periods compared to our historical averages, we have generally found that the non-conforming mortgage market is less sensitive to prepayments due to changes in interest rates than the conforming mortgage market where borrowers have more favorable credit history for the following reasons. First, there are relatively few lenders willing to supply credit to non-conforming borrowers, which limits those borrowers' opportunities to refinance. Second, interest rates available to non-conforming borrowers tend to adjust much slower than conforming mortgage interest rates which reduces the non-conforming borrowers' opportunity to capture economic value from refinancing. 113 As a result of the use of prepayment fees and the reduced sensitivity to interest rate changes in the non-conforming mortgage market, we believe the prepayment experience on our total portfolio is more stable than the mortgage market in general. We believe this stability has favorably impacted our ability to value the future cash flows from our servicing rights and interest-only strips because it increased the predictability of future cash flows. However, for the past twelve quarters, our prepayment experience has exceeded our expectations for prepayments on our total portfolio and as a result we have written down the value of our securitization assets. See "-- Securitizations" on page 92 for further detail of the effects prepayments that were above our expectations have had on the value of our securitization assets. WHOLE LOAN SALES We also sell loans with servicing released, which we refer to as whole loan sales. Gains on whole loan sales equal the difference between the net proceeds from such sales and the net carrying value of the loans. The net carrying value of a loan is equal to its principal balance plus its unamortized origination costs and fees. See " -- Securitizations" on page 92 for information on the volume of whole loan sales and premiums recorded for the three months ended September 30, 2004 and 2003 and the fiscal years ended June 30, 2004, 2003 and 2002. Loans reported as sold on a whole loan basis were generally loans that we originated specifically for a whole loan sale and exclude impaired loans, which may be liquidated by selling the loan. See "-- Overview -- Business Strategy Adjustments" on page 59 for detail on our adjustment in business strategy from originating loans predominantly for publicly underwritten securitizations, to originating loans for a combination of whole loan sales and smaller securitizations. Many of our whole loan sale agreements with purchasers include recourse provisions, which are customary in the mortgage industry, obligating us to repurchase loans at the sales price in the event of unfavorable delinquency performance of the loans sold or to refund premiums if a sold loan prepays within a specified period. The duration of these obligations typically ranges from 60 days to one year from the date of the loan sale. Delinquency performance generally relates to borrower first payment default. Premium refund obligations typically decline monthly over the obligation period. We reserve for these premium obligations at the time of sale through an expense charge against the gain on sale. The amount of the reserve is calculated based on the expected first payment defaults and prepayment performance of the sold loans and the premiums received at the time of sale. Based on our experience, first payment defaults make up an immaterial portion of the reserve. In determining our reserve for premium obligation on prepayments, we refer to our prepayment experience within the various recourse timeframes that are dictated by the whole loan sale agreements with the purchasers. The reserve for repurchase and payoff obligations of premiums received, which is included in miscellaneous liabilities on the balance sheet, was $446 thousand at September 30, 2004 and $307 thousand at June 30, 2004. Because we have no retained interests in loans sold under these agreements and we are able to estimate our liability under the agreements' recourse provisions, sale accounting is appropriate. The following table summarizes as of September 30, 2004, the aggregate principal balance of loans which we have sold with recourse that are still subject to recourse provisions and the quarter during which our recourse obligations on those loans terminate (in thousands):
PRINCIPAL QUARTER ENDED BALANCE ------------- --------- December 31, 2004 .................................................. 378,960 March 31, 2005 ..................................................... 150,608 June 30, 2005 ...................................................... 102,861 September 30, 2005 ................................................. 148,475 -------- $780,904 ========
114 RESULTS OF OPERATIONS SUMMARY FINANCIAL RESULTS (dollars in thousands, except per share data)
THREE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, ------------------- PERCENTAGE -------------------------------- PERCENTAGE CHANGE 2004 2003 CHANGE 2004 2003 2002 '04/'03 '03/'02 -------- -------- ---------- --------- -------- -------- ------- ------- Total revenues ....................... $ 23,109 $ 20,201 14.4% $ 97,072 $241,406 $247,901 (59.8)% (2.6) Total expenses ....................... $ 61,935 $ 62,569 1.0% $ 276,794 $290,426 $234,351 (4.7)% 23.9% Income (loss) before dividends on preferred stock..................... $(25,237) $(26,268) 3.9% $(111,428) $(29,902) $ 7,859 (272.6)% (480.5) Dividends on preferred stock ......... $ 3,475 $ -- 100% $ 3,718 $ -- $ -- -- -- Net income (loss) attributable to common stock........................ $(28,712) $(26,268) (9.3)% $(115,146) $(29,902) $ 7,859 (285.1)% (480.5) Return on average assets ............. (10.71)% (9.88)% (11.60)% (3.07)% 0.94% Return on average equity ............. (958.29)% (386.77)% (566.80)% (44.20)% 11.75% Earnings (loss) per common share: Basic ............................... $ (7.98) $ (8.10) (1.5)% $ (34.07) $ (9.32) $ 2.44 (265.6)% (482.0) Diluted ............................. $ (7.98) $ (8.10) (1.5)% $ (34.07) $ (9.32) $ 2.26 (265.6)% (512.4) Common dividends declared per share .. $ -- $ -- -- $ -- $ 0.291 $ 0.255 (100.0)% 14.1%
OVERVIEW THREE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2004. For the three months ended September 30, 2004, we recorded a net loss attributable to common stock of $28.7 million compared to a net loss of $26.3 million in the three months ended September 30, 2003. During the three months ended September 30, 2004, preferred dividends of $3.5 million were recorded on the Series A preferred stock, which was issued in the exchange offers. There were no preferred dividends in the three months ended September 30, 2003. The loss for the three months ended September 30, 2004 primarily resulted from our inability to reach the loan origination levels required under our adjusted business strategy to return to profitability, which substantially reduced our ability to generate revenues, and our inability to complete a securitization during the three months ended September 30, 2004. Additionally, operating expenses increased in the three months ended September 30, 2004 as we began to add loan processing and marketing support staff to support the future loan origination levels we expect to achieve under our adjusted business strategy. Loan origination volume increased to $629.1 million in the three months ended September 30, 2004, compared to origination volume of $514.4 million in the three months ended June 30, 2004 and $124.1 million in the three months ended September 30, 2003. Total stockholders' equity at September 30, 2004 totaled $11.9 million and was substantially unchanged from June 30, 2004 as the $28.7 million net loss attributable to common stock was offset by the 15.6 million shares of Series A Preferred Stock issued during the three months ended September 30, 2004 in the exchange offers and the $12.1 million pre-tax increase to other comprehensive income for adjustments on our interest-only strips at September 30, 2004. The loss per common share for the three months ended September 30, 2004 was $7.98 on average common shares of 3,598,000 compared to a loss per common share of $8.10 on average common shares of 3,242,000 for the three months ended September 30, 2003. No common dividends were paid in fiscal 2005 or 2004. On May 13, 2004, our Board of Directors declared a 10% stock dividend payable June 8, 2004 to common shareholders of record on May 25, 2004. All outstanding stock options and related exercise prices were adjusted as a result of the stock dividend. Accordingly, all outstanding common shares, earnings per common share, average common share and stock option amounts presented in this document have been adjusted to reflect the effect of this stock dividend. 115 The following schedule details our loan originations during the three months ended September 30, 2004 and 2003, by loan type (in thousands):
THREE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, ------------------- 2004 2003 -------- -------- Home mortgage loans ..................................... $629,579 $124,052 Business purpose loans .................................. 151 -- -------- -------- Total loan originations ................................. $629,730 $124,052 ======== ========
Home mortgage loans are originated by our subsidiaries, HomeAmerican Credit, doing business as Upland Mortgage, and American Business Mortgage Services, Inc., and purchased through the Bank Alliance Services program. Total home mortgage loan originations increased $505.5 million, or 407%, for the three months ended September 30, 2004 to $629.6 million from $124.1 million for the three months ended September 30, 2003. Liquidity issues had substantially reduced our ability to originate home mortgage loans during the three months ended September 30, 2003. Our adjusted business strategy emphasizes whole loan sales, and if market conditions permit, smaller publicly underwritten or privately-placed securitizations and reducing costs. Based on our adjusted business strategy, we no longer originate loans through retail branches, which were a high cost origination channel, and plan to continue increasing our broker channel origination sources. Our home mortgage loan origination subsidiaries will continue to focus on increasing efficiencies and productivity gains by refining marketing techniques and integrating technological improvements into the loan origination process as we work through our liquidity issues. In addition, as part of our focus on developing broker relationships, a lower cost source of originations, during fiscal 2004 we acquired broker operations located in West Hills, California and Austin, Texas, opened new offices in Irvine, California and Edgewater, Maryland to support our broker operations and have expanded the broker business within HomeAmerican Credit. See "Business -- Business Strategy" on page 168. The following schedule details our home mortgage loan originations by source for the three months ended September 30, 2004 and 2003 (in thousands):
THREE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, ------------------- 2004 2003 -------- -------- Direct channel .......................................... $200,484 $ 70,657 Retail branches ......................................... -- 649 Broker channel .......................................... 414,392 10,014 Bank Alliance Services program ......................... 14,703 42,732 -------- -------- Total home mortgage loans ............................... $629,579 $124,052 ======== ========
116 The following table presents the amounts of home mortgage loans we originated in the first quarter of fiscal 2005 in our direct and broker operations channels and in our Bank Alliance Services program by loan characteristic (in thousands):
BANK BROKER BROKER ALLIANCE CHANNEL CHANNEL SERVICES TOTAL -------- -------- -------- -------- ORIGINATIONS BY TYPE OF LOAN: ----------------------------- Purchase Money Mortgage Loans: Fixed rate ......................................................................... $ 341 $ 41,548 $ 54 $ 41,943 Adjustable rate .................................................................... 933 193,212 -- 194,145 -------- -------- ------- -------- Total .............................................................................. $ 1,274 $234,760 $ 54 $236,088 ======== ======== ======= ======== Average WAC ........................................................................ 7.85% 7.49% 8.70% 7.49% Average LTV ........................................................................ 88.94% 85.32% 98.18% 85.34% Home Equity Loans: Fixed rate ......................................................................... $139,921 $ 38,174 $ 9,265 $187,360 Adjustable rate .................................................................... 59,289 141,458 5,384 206,131 -------- -------- ------- -------- Total .............................................................................. $199,210 $179,632 $14,649 $393,491 ======== ======== ======= ======== Average WAC ........................................................................ 8.40% 7.04% 7.89% 7.76% Average LTV ........................................................................ 81.38% 80.15% 75.41% 80.60% Total Home Mortgage Loans: Fixed rate ......................................................................... $140,262 $ 79,722 $ 9,319 $229,303 Adjustable rate .................................................................... 60,222 334,670 5,384 400,276 -------- -------- ------- -------- Total .............................................................................. $200,484 $414,392 $14,703 $629,579 ======== ======== ======= ======== Average WAC ........................................................................ 8.40% 7.29% 7.89% 7.66% Average LTV ........................................................................ 81.43% 83.08% 75.50% 82.38% ORIGINATIONS BY LIEN: --------------------- 1st Lien: Loans originated ................................................................... $182,480 $377,147 $13,099 $572,726 Average WAC ........................................................................ 8.00% 6.95% 7.47% 7.30% 2nd Lien: Loans originated ................................................................... $ 18,004 $ 37,245 $ 1,604 $ 56,853 Average WAC ........................................................................ 12.39% 10.77% 11.37% 11.30%
During the three months ended September 30, 2004, our subsidiary, American Business Credit, Inc., originated $151 thousand in business purpose loans. During the three months ended September 30, 2003, American Business Credit, Inc. did not originate any business purpose loans. Pursuant to our adjusted business strategy and depending on the availability of a credit facility to fund business purpose loans, we may continue to originate business purpose loans, however at lower volumes, to meet demand in the whole loan sale and securitization markets. See "Business -- Business Strategy" on page 168. FISCAL YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 2004. For fiscal 2004, we recorded a net loss attributable to common stock of $115.1 million compared to a net loss of $29.9 million in fiscal 2003. During fiscal 2004, preferred dividends of $3.7 million were recorded on the Series A preferred stock, which was issued in the exchange offers. There were no preferred dividends in fiscal 2003. The loss for fiscal 2004 primarily resulted from our previously discussed short-term liquidity issues, including the absence of credit facilities until the second quarter of fiscal 2004, which substantially reduced our loan origination volume and our ability to generate revenues, our inability to complete a publicly underwritten securitization during fiscal 2004, and our shift in business strategy to focus on whole loan sales. Additionally, a charge to the income statement of $46.4 million for pre-tax valuation adjustments on our securitization assets and operating expense levels that would support greater loan origination volume also contributed to the loss for fiscal 2004. Loan origination volume decreased to $982.7 million in fiscal 2004, 117 compared to origination volume of $1,666.5 million in fiscal 2003. Primarily as a result of this decline in loan originations and our business strategy adjustments, combined gains on sales of loans through securitizations and whole loan sales declined $137.8 million from $171.6 million in fiscal 2003, to $33.8 million in fiscal 2004. While we originated loans at a substantially reduced level during the first three quarters of fiscal 2004, our expense base for the period would have supported greater origination volume. See discussions below for more detail on loan originations, gains on sale of loans, securitization assets valuation adjustments, and other revenues and expenses. Total stockholders' equity was reduced to $11.9 million at June 30, 2004 as a result of the $115.1 million net loss attributable to common stock and the $17.4 million pre-tax reduction to other comprehensive income for adjustments on our securitization assets for fiscal 2004, partially offset by the issuance of $93.8 million of Series A preferred stock in the exchange offer closing through June 30, 2004. The loss per common share for fiscal 2004 was $34.07 on average common shares of 3,380,000 compared to a loss per common share of $9.32 on average common shares of 3,210,000 for fiscal 2003. No common dividends were paid in fiscal 2004. Common dividends of $0.291 per share were paid in fiscal 2003. On May 13, 2004, our Board of Directors declared a 10% stock dividend payable June 8, 2004 to common shareholders of record on May 25, 2004. In conjunction with the Board's resolution, all outstanding stock options and related exercise prices were adjusted. Accordingly, all outstanding common shares, earnings per common share, average common share and stock option amounts presented have been adjusted to reflect the effect of this stock dividend. Amounts presented for fiscal 2002 have been similarly adjusted for the effect of a 10% stock dividend declared on August 21, 2002, which was paid on September 13, 2002 to common shareholders of record on September 3, 2002. The following schedule details our loan originations during the fiscal years ended June 30, 2004, 2003 and 2002, by loan type (in thousands):
YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, ----------------------------------- 2004 2003 2002 -------- ---------- ---------- Home mortgage loans......................................................................... $982,093 $1,543,730 $1,246,505 Business purpose loans...................................................................... 587 122,790 133,352 -------- ---------- ---------- Total loan originations..................................................................... $982,680 $1,666,520 $1,379,857 ======== ========== ==========
Home mortgage loans are originated by our subsidiaries, HomeAmerican Credit, doing business as Upland Mortgage, and American Business Mortgage Services, Inc., and purchased through the Bank Alliance Services program. Total home mortgage loan originations decreased $561.6 million, or 36.4%, for fiscal 2004 to $982.1 million from $1.5 billion for fiscal 2003. Liquidity issues had substantially reduced our ability to originate home mortgage loans. Our adjusted business strategy emphasizes whole loan sales, smaller publicly underwritten or privately-placed securitizations and reducing costs. Based on our adjusted business strategy, we no longer originate loans through retail branches, which were a high cost origination channel, and plan to continue increasing our broker channel origination sources. Our home mortgage loan origination subsidiaries will continue to focus on increasing efficiencies and productivity gains by refining marketing techniques and integrating technological improvements into the loan origination process as we work through our liquidity issues. In addition, as part of our focus on developing broker relationships, a lower cost source of originations, we acquired broker operations located in West Hills, California and Austin, Texas, opened new offices in Irvine, California and Edgewater, Maryland to support our broker operations and have expanded the broker business within HomeAmerican Credit. See "Business -- Business Strategy" on page 168. 118 The following schedule details our home mortgage loan originations by source, including through the Bank Alliance Services program, for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2004, 2003 and 2002. Loans originated under the Bank Alliance Services program are originated through substantially the same process as all other loans we originate. See "Business -- Lending Activities -- Home Mortgage Loans" for a description of this program. (in thousands):
YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, ------------------------------------- 2004 2003 2002 ---------- ---------- ---------- Direct channel............................................................................ $ 467,406 $ 538,877 $ 488,110 Retail branches........................................................................... 649 160,272 127,207 Broker channel............................................................................ 371,777 642,670 485,267 Bank Alliance Services program ........................................................... 142,261 201,911 145,921 ---------- ---------- ---------- Total home mortgage loans................................................................. $ 982,093 $1,543,730 $1,246,505 ========== ========== ==========
During fiscal 2004, our subsidiary, American Business Credit, Inc., originated $587 thousand in business purpose loans. During fiscal year ended June 30, 2003, American Business Credit, Inc. originated $122.8 million of business purpose loans. Previously discussed liquidity issues substantially reduced our ability to originate business purpose loans in fiscal 2004. Pursuant to our adjusted business strategy and depending on the availability of a credit facility to fund business purpose loans, we may continue to originate business purpose loans, however at lower volumes, to meet demand in the whole loan sale and securitization markets. See "Business -- Business Strategy" on page 168. THREE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2004 COMPARED TO THREE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2003 TOTAL REVENUES. For the three months ended September 30, 2004, total revenues increased $2.9 million, or 14.4%, to $23.1 million from $20.2 million for the three months ended September 30, 2003. Increases during the three months ended September 30, 2004 in gains on whole loan sales and interest and fees on loans originated were partially offset by a reduction in interest accretion on interest-only strips. Our ability to originate and sell more loans in the three months ended September 30, 2004 than we did during the three months ended September 30, 2003, when our ability to borrow under credit facilities to finance new loan originations was limited, accounted for the increases in gains on whole loan sales and interest and fees. While we currently believe we will continue to have credit facilities available to finance new loan obligations and therefore anticipate further increases in total revenues, we cannot assure you that we will be successful in maintaining existing credit facilities, or replacing or obtaining alternative credit facilities. GAIN ON SALE OF LOANS -- SECURITIZATIONS. For the three months ended September 30, 2004, we did not complete a securitization and no gains were recorded. In the three months ended September 30, 2003, we recorded gains of $0.8 million on the sale of $5.5 million of loans into an off-balance sheet facility before its expiration on July 5, 2003 and additional gains realized from our residual interests in $35.0 million of loans remaining in the off-balance sheet facility from June 30, 2003. GAIN ON SALE OF LOANS -- WHOLE LOAN SALES. Gains on whole loan sales increased to $6.1 million for the three months ended September 30, 2004 from gains of $2.9 million for the three months ended September 30, 2003. The volume of whole loan sales increased $331.2 million, to $602.2 million for the quarter ended September 30, 2004 from $271.0 million for the quarter ended September 30, 2003. The increase in the volume of whole loan sales for the quarter ended September 30, 2004 resulted from increased loan origination volume and our adjusted business strategy which emphasizes more whole loan sales. Due to our adjusted business strategy, we anticipate further increases in gains on whole loan sales. See "Business -- Business Strategy" on page 168 and "-- Liquidity and Capital Resources" on page 62 for further detail. INTEREST AND FEES. For the three months ended September 30, 2004, interest and fee income increased $3.0 million, or 65.4%, to $7.7 million compared to $4.7 million in the three months ended September 30, 2003. Interest and fee income consists primarily of interest income earned on loans available for sale, interest income on invested cash and other ancillary fees collected in connection with loans originated and sold during the same quarter. 119 The following schedule details interest and fees for the three months ended September 30, 2004 and 2003 (in thousands):
THREE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, --------------- 2004 2003 ------ ------ Interest on loans and invested cash ......................... $4,954 $3,914 Other fees .................................................. 2,742 739 ------ ------ Total interest and fees ..................................... $7,696 $4,653 ====== ======
During the three months ended September 30, 2004, interest income increased $1.1 million, or 26.6%, to $5.0 million from $3.9 million for the three months ended September 30, 2003. The increase for the three-month period resulted from our carrying a higher average loan balance during the three months ended September 30, 2004 as compared to the three months ended September 30, 2003 due to higher loan originations in the three months ended September 30, 2004. Investment interest income in the three months ended September 30, 2004 was level with investment interest income in the three months ended September 30, 2003. Other fees increased $2.0 million duringthe three months ended September 30, 2004 or 271.0%, to $2.7 million from $0.7 million for the three months ended September 30, 2003. This increase was mainly due to higher loan originations in the three months ended September 30, 2004. While we currently believe we will continue to have credit facilities available to finance new loan obligations and therefore anticipate further increases in other fees, we cannot assure you that we will be successful in maintaining existing credit facilities, or replacing or obtaining alternative credit facilities. Additionally, our ability to collect certain fees in connection with loans we originate and sell in the future may be impacted by proposed laws and regulations by various authorities. See "-- Legal and Regulatory Considerations" on page 82. INTEREST ACCRETION ON INTEREST-ONLY STRIPS. Interest accretion of $8.4 million was earned in the three months ended September 30, 2004 compared to $11.1 million in three months ended September 30, 2003. The decrease reflects the decline in the balance of our interest-only strips of $96.8 million, or 17.7%, to $448.8 million at September 30, 2004 from $545.6 million at September 30, 2003. We expect to experience continued declines in the amount of interest accretion on our interest-only strips until we can resume selling our loans into quarterly securitizations. SERVICING INCOME. Servicing income is comprised of contractual and ancillary fees collected on securitized loans serviced for others, less amortization of the servicing rights assets that are recorded at the time loans are securitized. Ancillary fees include prepayment fees, late fees and other servicing fee compensation. For the three months ended September 30, 2004, servicing income increased $0.1 million, or 17.7%, to $0.8 million from $0.7 million for the three months ended September 30, 2003. Contractual fees decreased in during the three months ended September 30, 2004 compared to three months ended September 30, 2003 due to the decline in our managed portfolio resulting primarily from our inability to complete securitizations in four of the five quarters from June 2003 to September 2004. In addition, there were decreases in loan prepayment fees received in the three months ended September 30, 2004. The decreases in fees were more than offset by a decrease in the amortization of servicing rights due to lower fees received as well as a reduction in the rate of amortization. Amortization is recognized in proportion to contractual and ancillary fees collected. The following table summarizes the components of servicing income for the three months ended September 30, 2004 and 2003 (in thousands):
THREE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, ------------------ 2004 2003 ------- -------- Contractual fees ......................................... $ 2,120 $ 3,792 Prepayment fees .......................................... 3,707 6,973 Other ancillary fees ..................................... 1,458 2,328 Amortization of servicing rights ......................... (6,440) (12,375) ------- -------- Net servicing income ..................................... $ 845 $ 718 ======= ========
120 On September 27, 2004, we sold the servicing rights related to five of our mortgage securitization trusts. This sale will not have a significant impact on our future net servicing income. During the three months ended September 30, 2004, we recognized $20 thousand for servicing these five securitization trusts and for the fiscal year 2004, we recognized net servicing income of $170 thousand. EXPENSES TOTAL EXPENSES. Total expenses decreased $0.6 million, or 1.0%, to $61.9 million for the three months ended September 30, 2004 compared to $62.6 million for the three months ended September 30, 2003. The decrease for the period was mainly a result of decreases in securitization assets valuation adjustments, provision for credit losses and employee related costs during the three months ended September 30, 2004, partially offset by increases in losses on derivative financial instruments, general and administrative expenses, sales and marketing expenses and interest expense. INTEREST EXPENSE. The three major components of interest expense are interest on subordinated debentures, interest on warehouse lines of credit used to fund loans, and interest on senior collateralized subordinated notes. During the three months ended September 30, 2004, interest expense increased $1.3 million, or 7.9%, to $18.2 million, compared to $16.8 million for the three months ended September 30, 2003. In addition, as a result of the exchange offers, we recorded preferred dividends of $3.5 million in the three months ended September 30, 2004 on the Series A preferred stock issued in exchange for subordinated debentures. In fiscal 2005, we anticipate preferred dividends will exceed $14 million. The increases in interest expense to fund loans due to higher average outstanding balances under warehouse lines of credit and interest expense on senior collateralized subordinated notes issued in the exchange offers were offset by a decrease in interest expense on subordinated debentures due to the decline in average subordinated debentures outstanding as a result of the exchange offers. The following schedule details interest expense for the three months ended September 30, 2004 and 2003 (in thousands):
THREE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, ----------------- 2004 2003 ------- ------- Interest on subordinated debentures ....................... $13,284 $16,093 Interest to fund loans .................................... 2,489 696 Interest on senior collateralized subordinated notes ..... 2,343 -- Other interest ............................................ 39 29 ------- ------- Total interest expense .................................... $18,155 $16,818 ======= =======
Average subordinated debentures outstanding during the three months ended September 30, 2004 were $501.1 million compared to $704.7 million during the three months ended September 30, 2003. The decrease was primarily the result of the exchange offers. Average interest rates paid on subordinated debentures were 10.12% during the three months ended September 30, 2004 compared to 8.75% during the three months ended September 30, 2003. We had reduced the interest rates offered on subordinated debentures beginning in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2001 and had continued reducing rates through June 2003 in response to decreases in market interest rates as well as declining cash needs during that period. The weighted-average interest rate of subordinated debentures issued in the month of September 2004, was 11.02%, compared to the average interest rate of 7.49% on subordinated debentures issued in the month of June 2003. However, during fiscal 2004, the weighted-average interest rate on subordinated debentures we issued had steadily increased, reflecting our financial condition. We expect to reduce the interest rates offered on subordinated debentures over time as our business and cash needs, our financial condition, liquidity, future results of operations, market interest rates and competitive factors permit. The average outstanding balances under warehouse lines of credit were $240.6 million during the three months ended September 30, 2004, compared to $131.9 million during the three months ended September 30, 121 2003. The increase in the average balance on warehouse lines was due to a higher volume of loans held on balance sheet during the three months ended September 30, 2004 as a result of higher originations and our adjusted business strategy. Interest rates paid on warehouse lines during the three months ended September 30, 2004 were generally based on one-month LIBOR plus an interest rate spread ranging from 2.00% to 2.50%. One-month LIBOR has increased from approximately 1.12% at September 30, 2003 to 1.84% at September 30, 2004. Due to our adjusted business strategy, we anticipate further increases in both average outstanding balances under warehouse lines of credit and the resulting interest expense to fund loans. While we currently believe we will continue to have credit facilities available to finance new loan obligations, we cannot assure you that we will be successful in maintaining existing credit facilities, or replacing or obtaining alternative credit facilities. The average outstanding balance on senior collateralized subordinated notes was $93.4 million during the three months ended September 30, 2004. The senior collateralized subordinated notes were issued in the exchange offers. The average rate paid on senior collateralized subordinated notes was 9.86% during the three months ended September 30, 2004. PROVISION FOR CREDIT LOSSES. The provision for credit losses for the three months ended September 30, 2004 decreased $4.0 million, or 97.2%, to $117 thousand, compared to $4.2 million for the three months ended September 30, 2003. The decrease in the provision for loan losses for the three months ended September 30, 2004 was primarily due to lower loan charge-offs resulting from the decreased amounts of delinquent loans repurchased from securitization trusts. In addition, a related allowance for loan losses on repurchased loans is included in our provision for credit losses in the period of repurchase. During the three months ended September 30, 2004, we repurchased $2.6 million of loans from securitization trusts and recorded a provision for credit losses of $0.6 million on those repurchases, compared to loan repurchases of $9.8 million and a provision of $2.8 million in the three months ended September 30, 2003. Principal loss severity on loans generally ranged from 20% to 30% in the three months ended September 30, 2004 and from 15% to 35% in the three months ended September 30, 2003. See "-- Securitizations -- Trigger Management" on page 97 for further discussion and information regarding repurchases from securitization trusts. The provision for credit losses also includes adjustments to the carrying value of loans available for sale, which are delinquent and expected to be sold at a loss. The following schedule details the provision for credit losses for three months ended September 30, 2004 and 2003 (in thousands):
THREE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, ------------- 2004 2003 ---- ------ Loans available for sale ...................................... $ 58 $ 363 Non-accrual loans ............................................. 59 3,823 Leases ....................................................... -- (30) ---- ------ Total Provision for Credit Losses ............................. $117 $4,156 ==== ======
The allowance for credit losses was $1.2 million, or 27.2% of non-accrual loans at September 30, 2004, compared to $3.8 million, or 24.6%, of non-accrual loans and leases at September 30, 2003. Non-accrual loans were $4.6 million at September 30, 2004, compared to $11.9 million at September 30, 2003. See "-- On Balance Sheet Portfolio Quality" on page 147 for information on non-accrual loans carried on our balance sheet. Although we maintain an allowance for credit losses at the level we consider adequate to provide for potential losses, there can be no assurances that actual losses will not exceed the estimated amounts or that an additional provision will not be required, particularly if economic conditions deteriorate. 122 The following table summarizes changes in the allowance for credit losses for the three months ended September 30, 2004 and 2003 (in thousands):
THREE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, ---------------- 2004 2003 ------ ------- Balance at beginning of period ............................. $1,469 $ 1,529 Provision for credit losses ................................ 59 3,793 Charge-offs ................................................ (394) (1,660) Recoveries ................................................. 104 126 ------ ------- Balance at end of period ................................... $1,238 $ 3,788 ====== =======
The following tables summarize the changes in the allowance for credit losses by loan type for the three months ended September 30, 2004 and September 30, 2003 (in thousands):
BUSINESS HOME PURPOSE MORTGAGE THREE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2004 LOANS LOANS TOTAL ------------------------------------- -------- -------- ------ Balance at beginning of period .......................................................... $350 $1,119 $1,469 Provision for credit losses ............................................................. 146 (87) 59 Charge-offs ............................................................................. (66) (328) (394) Recoveries .............................................................................. 70 34 104 ---- ------ ------ Balance at end of period ................................................................ $500 $ 738 $1,238 ==== ====== ======
BUSINESS HOME PURPOSE MORTGAGE THREE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2003 LOANS LOANS LEASES TOTAL ------------------------------------- -------- -------- ------ ------- Balance at beginning of period ......................................................... $ 503 $ 856 $ 170 $ 1,529 Provision for credit losses ............................................................ 1,129 2,694 (30) 3,793 Charge-offs ............................................................................ (352) (1,198) (110) (1,660) Recoveries ............................................................................. 4 14 108 126 ------ ------- ----- ------- Balance at end of period ............................................................... $1,284 $ 2,366 $ 138 $ 3,788 ====== ======= ===== =======
The following table summarizes net charge-off experience by loan type for the three months ended September 30, 2004 and 2003 (in thousands):
THREE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, ------------- 2004 2003 ---- ------ Business purpose loans ........................................ $ (4) $ 349 Home mortgage loans ........................................... 294 1,183 Equipment leases .............................................. -- 2 ---- ------ Total ......................................................... $290 $1,534 ==== ======
EMPLOYEE RELATED COSTS. For the three months ended September 30, 2004, employee related costs decreased $1.9 million, or 13.8%, to $11.9 million from $13.9 million in the three months ended September 30, 2003. The decrease in employee related costs for the three months ended September 30, 2004 was primarily attributable to a increase in the amount of expenses deferred under SFAS No. 91, "Accounting for Nonrefundable Fees and Costs Associated with Originating or Acquiring Loans and Initial Direct Costs of Leases," referred to as SFAS No. 91 in this document, due to the increase in loan originations and the ability to defer costs of loan origination personnel under SFAS No. 91. The increase in SFAS No. 91 deferrals was $3.3 million during the three months ended September 30, 2004. Increases in bonuses, salaries and cost of benefits partially offset the effect of increased SFAS No. 91 cost deferrals. 123 Total employees at September 30, 2004 were 1,053 compared to 1,119 at June 30, 2003. Since June 30, 2003, we have been implementing our adjusted business strategy and our workforce has experienced a net reduction of 66 employees. With our business strategy's focus on whole loan sales and offering a broader mortgage product line that we expect will appeal to a wider array of customers, we currently require a smaller employee base with fewer sales, servicing and support positions. However, we expect to increase our sales, servicing and support positions as necessary in the future to handle higher levels of loan originations. In the process of implementing our adjusted business strategy, since June 30, 2003 we reduced our workforce by approximately 255 employees and experienced a net loss of approximately 90 additional employees who have resigned. Partially offsetting this workforce reduction, we have added 275 loan origination employees in our broker channel as part of our business strategy's focus on expanding our broker operations. Factors affecting the level of future employee related costs include future staffing decisions related to our business strategy, our loan origination levels, and our ability or inability to defer loan originations costs under SFAS No. 91. See "Business -- Business Strategy" on page 168 for further discussion. SALES AND MARKETING EXPENSES. For the three months ended September 30, 2004, sales and marketing expenses increased $3.6 million, or 125.0%, to $6.4 million from $2.8 million for the three months ended September 30, 2003. The increase was primarily due to increases in direct mail and internet advertising for direct channel loan originations. The increase in direct mail and internet advertising costs of $2.5 million in the three months ended September 30, 2004 was mainly due to the increase in home mortgage loan originations in our direct channel. While we expect to continue streamlining our direct mail costs in the future by offering a wider array of loan products and targeting customer segments that we believe will enable us to increase our loan origination conversion rates, we expect direct mail expense to increase over the fiscal 2004 expense level as direct channel originations increase. By increasing our conversion rates, we expect to be able to lower our overall sales and marketing costs per dollar originated. In addition, in the three months ended September 30, 2004, print media advertising costs related to subordinated debentures increased $1.1 million. See "Business -- Business Strategy" on page 168 for further discussion. (GAINS) AND LOSSES ON DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS. The following table summarizes (gains) and losses on derivative financial instruments and gains and losses on hedged loans for the three months ended September 30, 2004 and 2004 (in thousands):
THREE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, ----------------- 2004 2003 ------ -------- Hedge accounting: (Gains) losses on derivatives............................ $ 652 $ -- (Gains) losses on hedged loans........................... (632) -- Trade accounting: Related to pipeline...................................... 1,969 -- Related to whole loan sales.............................. -- (5,097) Related to interest-only strips.......................... -- (11) Other, net ------ -------- Total (gains) and losses .................................. $1,989 $(5,108) ====== ========
For more detail on our hedging and trading activities see "-- Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk -- Strategies for Use of Derivative Financial Instruments" on page 158. GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES. For the three months ended September 30, 2004, general and administrative expenses increased $4.1 million, or 21.3%, to $23.3 million from $19.2 million for the three months ended September 30, 2003. The increase was primarily attributable to $4.5 million in fees on new credit facilities and a write-off of $1.5 million of fee receivables and deferment and forbearance advances related to collateral in trusts whose servicing we sold on September 27, 2004 partially offset by a decrease of $1.8 million in costs associated with servicing and collecting our total managed portfolio including expenses 124 associated with REO and delinquent loans, and a $0.2 million decrease in costs associated with customer retention incentives. The following table summarizes general and administrative expenses for the three months ended September 30, 2003 and 2004 and the fiscal years ended June 30, 2004, 2003 and 2002 (in thousands):
THREE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, _______________ ___________________________ 2004 2003 2004 2003 2002 ------ ------ ------- ------- ------- Expenses associated with servicing and collecting loans: Fees and advances on serviced loans............................................ $5,932 $1,501 $ 9,545 $15,623 $13,412 Interest on repurchases from trusts............................................ 565 3,339 9,235 13,528 6,403 REO expenses................................................................... 281 1,460 5,418 8,004 6,017 Valuation adjustment on repurchased REO........................................ -- 2,293 4,232 9,221 5,352 REO revaluation losses and (gains) losses on sales............................. 174 132 63 1,504 (159) ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- Total Expenses associated with servicing and collecting loans............................................................ 6,952 8,725 28,493 47,880 31,025 Fees on credit facilities....................................................... 4,658 -- 14,370 1,030 1,102 Professional fees............................................................... 2,695 2,017 8,622 7,250 7,162 Depreciation and amortization................................................... 1,451 1,762 7,137 8,613 6,776 Occupancy expenses.............................................................. 1,386 1,626 5,607 5,089 4,887 Business insurance.............................................................. 1,003 899 3,885 2,544 990 Expenses associated with customer retention incentives.......................... 767 934 1,820 8,834 805 Other, net...................................................................... 4,399 3,252 14,784 14,942 21,118 ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- Total general and administrative expenses.................................... $23,311 $19,215 $84,718 $96,182 $73,865 ======= ======= ======= ======= =======
Beginning in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2002, we offered customer retention incentives to borrowers who were exploring loan refinancing opportunities for the purpose of lowering their monthly loan payments. In an attempt to retain the loans we were servicing for these borrowers, we offered the borrowers the opportunity to receive a monthly cash rebate equal to a percentage of their scheduled monthly loan payments for periods of six to twelve months. We do not initiate any outbound activity to identify borrowers who are interested in refinancing loans. Eligible borrowers for the cash rebate program are identified when they contact us inquiring about refinancing opportunities. When we were successful in retaining these loans, we reduced the level of loan prepayments in our managed portfolio of securitized loans. To initially qualify for this program, a borrower has to be current on their loan principal and interest payments. To be eligible for the cash rebate payment, a borrower must make his monthly loan payment on a timely basis (within 15 days of the payment due date) and has to remain on a current basis. The rebate amount is a percentage of the scheduled monthly loan payment, principal plus interest. The percentage of rebates on scheduled loan payments offered to participants ranged from 15% to 20%. Our policy is to forward a rebate payment to the borrower within six weeks of receiving the monthly loan payment from the borrower. 125 For those borrowers who elected to participate in customer retention incentives, we recorded a liability for the amount of future cash payments that we expected to make under this program. The liability we recorded for this program was determined based on an analysis of our two-year experience on the number of borrowers who remain for the full term of the incentive program. Some borrowers are dropped from this program because they fail to make timely monthly loan payments and others leave the program when they payoff their loans. Factors which have contributed to the fluctuation in the expense charges for the rebate program include the reduction in our managed portfolio, loan refinancing activities, shortening of the term of the incentive program offered from 12 months to 6 months and, finally, our ultimate payment experience as the program seasoned. The following table summarizes the activity for customer retention incentives and the related balance sheet liability at September 30, 2004 and 2003 (in thousands):
THREE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, ------------------- 2004 2003 -------- -------- Balance at beginning period ............................. $ 1,277 $ 5,231 Liability accrued for new participants .................. 1,148 2,556 Participants leaving the program: Loan became delinquent................................. (114) (238) Loans paid off......................................... (267) (1,384) -------- -------- Net charge to income statement........................ 767 934 Cash payments made to participants ...................... (768) (1,843) -------- -------- Balance at end of year .................................. $ 1,276 $ 4,322 ======== ======== Principal amount outstanding on loans participating at period end(a).......................................... $374,766 $578,360 ======== ========
--------------- (a) These are loans included in mortgage securitization trusts, which are serviced by us. Factors affecting future general and administrative expense levels include the size of our total managed portfolio, which decreased 35.9% in the three months ended September 30, 2004 from the three months ended September 30, 2003, the amount of future loan originations and the costs associated with obtaining new or increasing existing credit facilities. SECURITIZATION ASSETS VALUATION ADJUSTMENT. During the three months ended September 30, 2004, we recorded a pre-tax write up of $18.6 million on our interest-only strips. The $18.6 million write up was recorded as an increase to other comprehensive income, a component of stockholders' equity. This write up of interest-only strips resulted from a reduction to our assumptions for loan prepayments expected to occur beyond 18 months. Management believes that once we move beyond the low interest rate environment and the impact that environment has on loan prepayments, the long running and highly unfavorable prepayment experience over the last twelve quarters will leave us with securitized mortgage pools which will experience future prepayment speeds substantially lower than originally believed. No adjustments were recorded to our servicing rights at September 30, 2004. During the three months ended September 30, 2003, we recorded valuation adjustments on our securitization assets of $16.7 million. The breakout of the total pre-tax adjustments recorded in the three months ended September 30, 2004 and 2003 between interest-only strips and servicing rights, and the amounts charged as expense to the income statement or added to or charged to other comprehensive income were as follows (in thousands): 126
THREE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2004 THREE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2003 ---------------------------------------- --------------------------------------- TOTAL INCOME OTHER INCOME OTHER (WRITE UP)/ STATEMENT COMPREHENSIVE TOTAL STATEMENT COMPREHENSIVE WRITE DOWN IMPACT INCOME IMPACT WRITE DOWN IMPACT INCOME IMPACT ----------- --------- ------------- ---------- --------- ------------- Interest-only strips ........................ $(18,614) $29 $(18,643) $15,814 $ 9,951 $5,863 Servicing rights ............................ -- -- -- 844 844 -- -------- --- -------- ------- ------- ------ Total securitization assets ................. $(18,614) $29 $(18,643) $16,658 $10,795 $5,863 ======== === ======== ======= ======= ======
See "-- Application of Critical Accounting Estimates -- Interest-Only Strips" on page 96 for a discussion of how valuation adjustments are recorded and "-- Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements" on page 91 and "-- Securitizations" on page 92 for more detail on securitization assets valuations. PROVISION FOR INCOME TAX EXPENSE (BENEFIT). In the three months ended September 30, 2004, our tax benefit decreased $2.5 million from $16.1 million for the three months ended September 30, 2004, to $13.6 million as a result of a $3.6 million reduction in pre-tax loss as well as a decrease in our effective tax rate from 38% in fiscal 2004 to 35% in fiscal 2005. The utilization of our net operating loss carry forwards are dependent on future taxable income from operations and it is more likely than not we will be able to primarily utilize all benefits within two years. Our adjusted business strategy of shifting to primarily whole loan sales will result in a quicker recognition and a higher level of taxable income. Our previous business strategy of using primarily securitizations allowed for the deferral of taxable income. See "-- Application of Critical Accounting Estimates -- Deferred Tax Asset" on page 87 for a discussion of the factors we considered in determining that it is more likely than not we will realize these benefits. YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 2004 COMPARED TO YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 2003 REVENUES TOTAL REVENUES. For fiscal 2004, total revenues decreased $144.3 million, or 59.8%, to $97.1 million from $241.4 million for fiscal 2003. Our ability to borrow under credit facilities to finance new loan originations was limited for much of the first six months of fiscal 2004 and our inability to complete a publicly underwritten securitization in all of fiscal 2004 (we completed a privately-placed securitization during the second quarter of fiscal 2004 discussed below) accounted for this decrease in total revenues. While we currently believe we will continue to have credit facilities available to finance new loan obligations and therefore do not anticipate further decreases in total revenues, we cannot assure you that we will be successful in maintaining existing credit facilities, or replacing or obtaining alternative credit facilities. GAIN ON SALE OF LOANS -- SECURITIZATIONS. For fiscal 2004, gains of $15.1 million were recorded on the securitization of $141.4 million of loans. This was a decrease of $155.9 million, or 91.2% below gains of $171.0 million recorded on securitizations of $1.4 billion of loans for fiscal 2003. The decrease in securitization gains for fiscal 2004 was due to our inability to complete a publicly underwritten securitization in all of fiscal 2004 and our reduced level of loan originations in fiscal 2004. We completed a privately-placed securitization, with servicing released, recognizing gains on $135.9 million of loans on October 31, 2003. The $15.1 million in gains recorded in fiscal 2004 resulted from $135.9 million of loans securitized in the second quarter, the sale of $5.5 million of loans into an off-balance sheet facility before its expiration on July 5, 2003 and additional gains realized from our residual interests in $35.0 million of loans remaining in the off-balance sheet facility from June 30, 2003 until the October 31, 2003 privately-placed securitization. GAIN ON SALE OF LOANS -- WHOLE LOAN SALES. Gains on whole loan sales increased to $18.7 million for the year ended June 30, 2004 from gains of $0.7 million for the year ended June 30, 2003. The volume of whole loan sales increased $780.4 million, to $808.4 million for the year ended June 30, 2004 from $28.0 million for the year ended June 30, 2003. The increase in the volume of whole loan sales for the year ended June 30, 2004 resulted from our adjusted business strategy which emphasizes more whole loan sales and our inability to complete securitizations in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2003 and the first, third and fourth quarters of fiscal 2004. Due to our adjusted business strategy, we anticipate further increases in gains on whole loan 127 sales. See "Business -- Business Strategy" on page 168 and "-- Liquidity and Capital Resources" on page 62 for further detail. INTEREST AND FEES. For the year ended June 30, 2004, interest and fee income decreased $1.7 million, or 8.6%, to $17.7 million compared to $19.4 million in fiscal 2003. Interest and fee income consists primarily of interest income earned on loans available for sale, interest income on invested cash and other ancillary fees collected in connection with loans originated and sold during the same quarter. The following schedule details interest and feesfor the years ended June 30, 2004, 2003 and 2002 (in thousands):
YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, ---------------------------- 2004 2003 2002 ------- ------- ------- Interest on loans and invested cash ...................................................... $12,901 $10,495 $ 9,506 Other fees ............................................................................... 4,831 8,900 9,384 ------- ------- ------- Total interest and fees .................................................................. $17,732 $19,395 $18,890 ======= ======= =======
During the year ended June 30, 2004, interest income increased $2.4 million, or 22.9%, to $12.9 million from $10.5 million for the year ended June 30, 2003. The increase for the twelve-month period resulted from our carrying a higher average loan balance during the first, third, and fourth quarters of fiscal 2004 as compared to fiscal 2003 due to our inability to complete securitizations in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2003 and the first, third and fourth quarters of fiscal 2004. This increase was partially offset by a decrease of $0.6 million of investment interest income due to lower invested cash balances and lower interest rates on invested cash balances due to general decreases in market interest rates. Other fees decreased $4.1 million for the year ended June 30, 2004, or 45.7%, to $4.8 million from $8.9 million for the year ended June 30, 2003. This decrease was mainly due to our reduced ability to originate loans during the first nine months of fiscal 2004. While we currently believe we will continue to have credit facilities available to finance new loan obligations and therefore do not anticipate further decreases in other fees, we cannot assure you that we will be successful in maintaining existing credit facilities, or replacing or obtaining alternative credit facilities. Additionally, our ability to collect certain fees in connection with loans we originate and sell in the future may be impacted by proposed laws and regulations by various authorities. INTEREST ACCRETION ON INTEREST-ONLY STRIPS. Interest accretion of $40.2 million was earned in fiscal 2004 compared to $47.3 million in fiscal 2003. The decrease reflects the decline in the balance of our interest-only strips of $139.2 million, or 23.3%, to $459.1 million at June 30, 2004 from $598.3 million at June 30, 2003. However, cash flows from interest-only strips for the year ended June 30, 2004 totaled $151.1 million, an increase of $63.9 million from the year ended June 30, 2003 due to additional securitizations reaching final target overcollateralization levels and stepdown overcollateralization levels. We expect to experience continued declines in the amount of interest accretion on our interest-only strips until we can resume selling our loans into quarterly securitizations. SERVICING INCOME. Servicing income is comprised of contractual and ancillary fees collected on securitized loans serviced for others, less amortization of the servicing rights assets that are recorded at the time loans are securitized. Ancillary fees include prepayment fees, late fees and other servicing fee compensation. For the year ended June 30, 2004, servicing income increased $1.8 million, or 59.1%, to $4.9 million from $3.1 million for the year ended June 30, 2003. Contractual fees decreased in fiscal 2004 compared to fiscal 2003 due to the decline in our managed portfolio resulting primarily from our inability to complete securitizations in four of the five quarters from June 2003 to June 2004. This was partially offset by an increase in loan prepayment fees received in fiscal 2004. The amortization of servicing rights decreased due to lower fees received. Amortization is recognized in proportion to contractual and ancillary fees collected. 128 The following table summarizes the components of servicing income for the years ended June 30, 2004, 2003 and 2002 (in thousands):
YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, ------------------------------- 2004 2003 2002 -------- -------- -------- Contractual fees .............................................................. $ 12,486 $ 15,943 $ 13,624 Prepayment fees ............................................................... 23,424 19,787 13,011 Other ancillary fees .......................................................... 7,702 9,205 8,679 Amortization of servicing rights .............................................. (38,762) (41,886) (29,831) -------- -------- -------- Net servicing income .......................................................... $ 4,850 $ 3,049 $ 5,483 ======== ======== ========
On September 27, 2004, we sold the servicing rights related to five of our mortgage securitization trusts. This sale will not have a significant impact on our future net servicing income. In fiscal 2004, we recognized net servicing income of $170 thousand for servicing these five securitization trusts. OTHER INCOME. On January 22, 2004, we executed an agreement to sell our interests in the remaining leases in our portfolio. The terms of the agreement included a cash sale price of approximately $4.8 million in exchange for our lease portfolio balance as of December 31, 2003. We received the cash from this sale in January 2004 and recognized a net gain of $0.5 million. EXPENSES TOTAL EXPENSES. Total expenses decreased $13.6 million, or 4.7%, to $276.8 million for the year ended June 30, 2004 compared to $290.4 million for the year ended June 30, 2003. The decrease for the period was mainly a result of decreases in sales and marketing expenses, general and administrative expenses, decreases in losses on derivative financial instruments and securitization assets valuation adjustments during the year ended June 30, 2004, partially offset by increases in provision for credit losses and employee related costs. INTEREST EXPENSE. The three major components of interest expense are interest on subordinated debentures, interest on warehouse lines of credit used to fund loans, and interest on senior collateralized subordinated notes. During fiscal 2004, interest expense increased only $40 thousand, remaining constant at $68.1 million, compared to the same amount for the year ended June 30, 2003. However, as a result of the exchange offers, we recorded preferred dividends of $3.7 million in fiscal 2004 on the Series A preferred stock issued in exchange for subordinated debentures. In fiscal 2005, we anticipate preferred dividends will exceed $14 million. The increase in interest expense to fund loans due to higher average outstanding balances under warehouse lines of credit and interest expense on senior collateralized subordinated notes in the exchange offers were offset by a decrease in interest expense on subordinated debentures due to the decline in average subordinated debentures outstanding as a result of the exchange offers. The following schedule details interest expense for the years ended June 30, 2004, 2003 and 2002 (in thousands):
YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, ---------------------------- 2004 2003 2002 ------- ------- ------- Interest on subordinated debentures ...................................................... $61,386 $66,480 $67,223 Interest to fund loans ................................................................... 4,121 1,527 1,429 Interest on senior collateralized subordinated notes .................................... 2,519 -- -- Other interest ........................................................................... 112 91 31 ------- ------- ------- Total interest expense ................................................................... $68,138 $68,098 $68,683 ======= ======= =======
Average subordinated debentures outstanding during fiscal 2004 were $648.5 million compared to $690.7 million during the year ended June 30, 2003. The decrease was primarily the result of the exchange offers. Average interest rates paid on subordinated debentures were 9.15% during the year ended June 30, 2004 compared to 9.27% during the year ended June 30, 2003 and 10.64% during the year ended June 30, 2002. 129 We had reduced the interest rates offered on subordinated debentures beginning in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2001 and had continued reducing rates through the fourth quarter of fiscal 2003 in response to decreases in market interest rates as well as declining cash needs during that period. The weighted-average interest rate of subordinated debentures issued at its peak rate, which was the month of February 2001, was 11.85%, compared to the average interest rate of 7.49% on subordinated debentures issued in the month of June 2003. However, during fiscal 2004, the weighted-average interest rate on subordinated debentures we issued had steadily increased, reflecting our financial condition. The weighted-average interest rate on subordinated debentures we issued during the month of June 2004 was 11.09%. We expect to reduce the interest rates offered on subordinated debentures over time as our business and cash needs, our financial condition, liquidity, future results of operations, market interest rates and competitive factors permit. The average outstanding balances under warehouse lines of credit were $126.8 million during the year ended June 30, 2004, compared to $51.1 million during the year ended June 30, 2003. The increase in the average balance on warehouse lines was due to a higher volume of loans held on balance sheet during fiscal 2004 as a result of our inability to complete securitizations in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2003 and the first, third and fourth quarters of fiscal 2004 and our adjusted business strategy. Interest rates paid on warehouse lines during fiscal 2004 were generally based on one-month LIBOR plus an interest rate spread ranging from 2.00% to 2.50%. One-month LIBOR has increased from approximately 1.12% at June 30, 2003 to 1.37% at June 30, 2004. Due to our adjusted business strategy, we anticipate further increases in both average outstanding balances under warehouse lines of credit and the resulting interest expense to fund loans. While we currently believe we will continue to have credit facilities available to finance new loan obligations, we cannot assure you that we will be successful in maintaining existing credit facilities, or replacing or obtaining alternative credit facilities. The average outstanding balance on senior collateralized subordinated notes was $25.8 million during the year ended June 30, 2004. The senior collateralized subordinated notes were issued in the exchange offers. The average rate paid on senior collateralized subordinated notes was 9.79% during the year ended June 30, 2004. PROVISION FOR CREDIT LOSSES. The provision for credit losses for the year ended June 30, 2004 increased $7.7 million, or 118.1%, to $14.3 million, compared to $6.6 million for the year ended June 30, 2003. The increase in the provision for loan losses for the year ended June 30, 2004 was primarily due to loan charge-offs resulting from the higher amounts of delinquent loans repurchased from securitization trusts and higher principal loss severity. The provision for credit losses includes adjustments to the carrying value of loans available for sale, which are delinquent and expected to be sold at a loss or ineligible for securitization. In addition, a related allowance for loan losses on repurchased loans is included in our provision for credit losses in the period of repurchase. During the year ended June 30, 2004 we repurchased $41.2 million of loans from securitization trusts and recorded a provision for credit losses of $12.1 million on those repurchases, compared to loan repurchases of $23.8 million and a provision of $5.0 million in fiscal 2003. Principal loss severity on loans generally ranged from 20% to 30% in fiscal 2004 and from 15% to 35% in fiscal 2003. See "-- Securitizations -- Trigger Management" on page 97 for further discussion and information regarding repurchases from securitization trusts. 130 The following schedule details the provision for credit losses for the years ended June 30, 2004, 2003 and 2002 (in thousands):
YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, -------------------------- 2004 2003 2002 ------- ------ ------ Loans available for sale ................................................................... $ 42 $1,319 $ 262 Non-accrual loans .......................................................................... 15,776 5,133 5,255 Leases .................................................................................... (210) 364 1,319 ------- ------ ------ Total Provision for Credit Losses .......................................................... $15,608 $6,816 $6,836 ======= ====== ======
The allowance for credit losses was $1.5 million, or 42.4% of non-accrual loans at June 30, 2004, compared to $1.5 million, or 16.1%, of non-accrual loans and leases at June 30, 2003 and $3.4 million, or 22.7% of non-accrual loans and leases at June 30, 2002. Non-accrual loans were $3.5 million at June 30, 2004, compared to $5.4 million at June 30, 2003. See "-- On Balance Sheet Portfolio Quality" on page 147 for information on non-accrual loans carried on our balance sheet. Although we maintain an allowance for credit losses at the level we consider adequate to provide for potential losses, there can be no assurances that actual losses will not exceed the estimated amounts or that an additional provision will not be required, particularly if economic conditions deteriorate. The following table summarizes changes in the allowance for credit losses for the years ended June 30, 2004, 2003 and 2002 (in thousands):
YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, ----------------------------- 2004 2003 2002 -------- ------- ------- Balance at beginning of period .......................................................... $ 1,529 $ 3,442 $ 2,099 Provision for credit losses ............................................................. 15,566 5,497 6,574 Charge-offs ............................................................................. (16,891) (7,812) (5,533) Recoveries .............................................................................. 1,265 402 302 -------- ------- ------- Balance at end of period ................................................................ $ 1,469 $ 1,529 $ 3,442 ======== ======= =======
The following tables summarize the changes in the allowance for credit losses by loan and lease type for the year ended June 30, 2004 (in thousands):
BUSINESS HOME PURPOSE MORTGAGE EQUIPMENT LOANS LOANS LEASES TOTAL -------- -------- --------- -------- Balance at beginning of period ..................................................... $ 504 $ 855 $ 170 $ 1,529 Provision for credit losses ........................................................ 3,344 12,432 (210) 15,566 Charge-offs ........................................................................ (3,582) (12,182) (1,127) (16,891) Recoveries ......................................................................... 84 14 1,167 1,265 ------- -------- ------- -------- Balance at end of period ........................................................... $ 350 $ 1,119 $ -- $ 1,469 ======= ======== ======= ========
131 The following table summarizes net charge-off experience by loan type for the years ended June 30, 2004, 2003 and 2002 (in thousands):
YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, -------------------------- 2004 2003 2002 ------- ------ ------ Business purpose loans ..................................................................... $ 3,498 $1,984 $ 924 Home mortgage loans ........................................................................ 12,168 4,913 2,892 Equipment leases ........................................................................... (40) 513 1,416 ------- ------ ------ Total ...................................................................................... $15,626 $7,410 $5,232 ======= ====== ======
EMPLOYEE RELATED COSTS. For the year ended June 30, 2004, employee related costs increased $8.4 million, or 20.3%, to $50.0 million from $41.6 million in fiscal 2003. The increase in employee related costs for the year ended June 30, 2004 was primarily attributable to a decrease in the amount of expenses deferred under SFAS No. 91, "Accounting for Nonrefundable Fees and Costs Associated with Originating or Acquiring Loans and Initial Direct Costs of Leases," referred to as SFAS No. 91 in this document, due to the reduction in loan originations and the inability to defer costs of loan origination personnel under SFAS No. 91. The total decrease in SFAS No. 91 deferrals was $18.8 million during fiscal 2004. A decrease in base salaries of $9.9 million due to workforce reductions discussed below partially offset the effect of reduced SFAS No. 91 cost deferrals. Total employees at June 30, 2004 were 969 compared to 1,119 at June 30, 2003. Since June 30, 2003, our workforce has experienced a net reduction of 150 employees. With our business strategy's focus on whole loan sales and offering a broader mortgage product line that we expect will appeal to a wider array of customers, we currently require a smaller employee base with fewer sales, servicing and support positions. However, we expect to increase our sales, servicing and support positions as necessary in the future to handle higher levels of loan originations. Since June 30, 2003 we reduced our workforce by approximately 255 employees and experienced a net loss of approximately 90 additional employees who have resigned. Partially offsetting this workforce reduction, we have added 195 loan origination employees in our broker channel as part of our business strategy's focus on expanding our broker operations. Factors affecting the level of future employee related costs include future staffing decisions related to our business strategy, our loan origination levels, and our ability or inability to defer loan originations costs under SFAS No. 91. See "Business -- Business Strategy" on page 168 for further discussion. SALES AND MARKETING EXPENSES. For the year ended June 30, 2004, sales and marketing expenses decreased $12.0 million, or 43.3%, to $15.7 million from $27.8 million for the year ended June 30, 2003. The decrease was primarily due to reductions in direct mail advertising for home mortgage and business purpose loan originations. The reduction in direct mail advertising costs of $13.0 million in fiscal 2004 was mainly due to our reduced ability to originate home mortgage loans during the first nine months of fiscal 2004, our focus on expanding loan originations in our broker channel, which does not utilize direct mail advertising, and the absence of a credit facility to fund business purpose loans. While we expect to continue streamlining our direct mail costs in the future by offering a wider array of loan products and targeting customer segments that we believe will enable us to increase our loan origination conversion rates, we expect direct mail expense to increase over the fiscal 2004 expense level as home mortgage originations increase. By increasing our conversion rates, we expect to be able to lower our overall sales and marketing costs per dollar originated. See "Business -- Business Strategy" on page 168 for further discussion. Partially offsetting the reduction in direct mail advertising expense in fiscal 2004 was an increase of $1.4 million in advertising costs related to subordinated debentures. 132 (GAINS) AND LOSSES ON DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS. The following table summarizes (gains) and losses on derivative financial instruments and gains and losses on hedged loans for the years ended June 30, 2004, 2003 and 2002 (in thousands):
YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, --------------------------- 2004 2003 2002 ------- ------- ------ Hedge accounting: (Gains) losses on derivatives............................................................ $(1,252) $ 7,037 $ -- (Gains) losses on hedged loans........................................................... 2,283 (6,160) -- Trade accounting: Related to pipeline...................................................................... 1,520 3,796 296 Related to whole loan sales.............................................................. (5,097) (551) -- Related to interest-only strips.......................................................... (28) 911 726 Other, net ................................................................................ 13 4 -- ------- ------- ------ Total (gains) and losses .................................................................. $(2,561) $ 5,037 $1,022 ======= ======= ======
For more detail on our hedging and trading activities see "-- Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk -- Strategies for Use of Derivative Financial Instruments" on page 156. GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES. For the year ended June 30, 2004, general and administrative expenses decreased $11.5 million, or 11.9%, to $84.7 million from $96.2 million for the year ended June 30, 2003. The decrease was primarily attributable to a decrease of $19.4 million in costs associated with servicing and collecting our total managed portfolio including expenses associated with REO and delinquent loans, and a $7.0 million decrease in costs associated with customer retention incentives, partially offset by $13.8 million in fees on new credit facilities. Beginning in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2002, we offered customer retention incentives to borrowers who were exploring loan refinancing opportunities for the purpose of lowering their monthly loan payments. In an attempt to retain the loans we were servicing for these borrowers, we offered the borrowers the opportunity to receive a monthly cash rebate equal to a percentage of their scheduled monthly loan payments for periods of six to twelve months. When we were successful in retaining these loans, we reduced the level of loan prepayments in our managed portfolio of securitized loans. To initially qualify for this program, a borrower has to be current on their loan principal and interest payments and to continue to qualify and receive each month's cash rebate, a borrower has to remain current. The percentage of rebates on scheduled monthly loan payments offered to participants ranged from 10% to 25%. For those borrowers who elected to participate in customer retention incentives, we recorded a liability for the amount of future cash payments that we expected to make under this program. The following table summarizes the activity for customer retention incentives and the related balance sheet liability for the years ended June 30, 2004, 2003, 2002 (in thousands):
YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, ------------------------------ 2004 2003 2002 -------- -------- ------- Balance at beginning of year ........................................................... $ 5,231 $ 753 $ -- Liability accrued for new participants ................................................. 5,705 10,719 833 Participants leaving the program: Loan became delinquent................................................................ (801) (194) (28) Loans paid off........................................................................ (3,084) (1,691) -- -------- -------- ------- Net charge to income statement....................................................... 1,820 8,834 805 Cash payments made to participants ..................................................... (5,774) (4,356) (52) -------- -------- ------- Balance at end of year ................................................................. $ 1,277 $ 5,231 $ 753 ======== ======== ======= Principal amount outstanding on loans participating at period end(a) ................... $344,764 $477,076 $41,218 ======== ======== =======
--------------- (a) These are loans included in mortgage securitization trusts, which are serviced by us. 133 Factors affecting future general and administrative expense levels include the size of our total managed portfolio, which decreased 42.7% in fiscal 2004, the amount of future loan originations and the costs associated with obtaining new or increasing existing credit facilities. SECURITIZATION ASSETS VALUATION ADJUSTMENT. During fiscal 2004, we recorded total pre-tax valuation adjustments on our interest-only strips and servicing rights of $63.8 million, of which $46.4 million was charged as expense to the income statement and $17.4 million was charged to other comprehensive income. These adjustments primarily reflect the impact of higher than anticipated prepayments on securitized loans experienced in fiscal 2004 due to the low interest rate environment experienced during fiscal 2004. The pre-tax valuation adjustment recorded on our interest-only strips was $57.0 million, of which $39.6 million was charged as expense to the income statement and $15.4 million was charged to other comprehensive income. The pre-tax valuation adjustment recorded on our servicing rights was $6.8 million, all of which was charged as expense to the income statement. Additionally, the fiscal 2004 valuation adjustment also includes a write down of the carrying value of our interest-only strips and servicing rights related to five of our mortgage securitization trusts of $5.4 million to reflect their values under the terms of a September 27, 2004 sale agreement. The write down on interest-only strips was $4.1 million and the write down on servicing rights was $1.3 million. The sale of these assets was undertaken as part of our negotiations to obtain the new $100.0 million warehouse credit facility described in "-- Liquidity and Capital Resources" and to raise cash to pay fees on new warehouse credit facilities and as a result, we did not realize their full value as reflected on our books. See "-- Application of Critical Accounting Estimates -- Interest-Only Strips" on page 85 for a discussion of how valuation adjustments are recorded and "-- Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements" on page 91 and "-- Securitizations" on page 92 for more detail on securitization assets valuations. This compares to total pre-tax valuation adjustments on our securitization assets of $63.3 million during the year ended June 30, 2003, of which $45.2 million was charged as expense to the income statement and $18.1 million was reflected as an adjustment to other comprehensive income. The pre-tax valuation adjustment recorded on our interest-only strips was $58.0 million, of which $39.9 million was charged as expense to the income statement and $18.1 million was charged to other comprehensive income. The pre-tax valuation adjustment recorded on our servicing rights was $5.3 million. PROVISION FOR INCOME TAX EXPENSE (BENEFIT). In fiscal 2004 our tax benefit increased $49.2 million from $19.1 million to $68.3 million as a result of a $130.7 million decline in pre-tax income. The utilization of our net operating loss carry forwards are dependent on future taxable income from operations and it is more likely than not we will be able to primarily utilize all benefits within two years. Our adjusted business strategy of shifting to primarily whole loan sales will result in a quicker recognition and a higher level of taxable income. Our previous business strategy of using primarily securitizations allowed for the deferral of taxable income. See "-- Application of Critical Accounting Estimates -- Deferred Tax Asset" on page 87 for a discussion of the factors we considered in determining that it is more likely than not we will realize these benefits. YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 2003 COMPARED TO YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 2002 TOTAL REVENUES. For fiscal 2003, total revenues decreased $6.5 million, or 2.6%, to $241.4 million from $247.9 million for fiscal 2002. Our inability to complete a quarterly securitization of loans during the fourth quarter of our fiscal year accounted for this decrease in total revenues. GAIN ON SALE OF LOANS -- SECURITIZATIONS. For the year ended June 30, 2003, gains of $171.0 million were recorded on the securitization of $1.4 billion of loans. This was a decrease of $14.6 million, or 7.9% over gains of $185.6 million recorded on securitizations of $1.4 billion of loans for the year ended June 30, 2002. The decrease in gains recorded was a direct result of our inability to complete a quarterly securitization during the fourth quarter of our fiscal year. During the year ended June 30, 2003, securitization gains as a percentage of loans securitized on our term securitization deals increased to 14.6% on loans securitized from 13.9% on loans securitized for the year ended June 30, 2002. Securitization gains as a percentage of loans securitized through our off-balance sheet facility, however, decreased to 5.5% for the year ended June 30, 2003 from 12.9% for the year ended June 30, 2002. At June 30, 2003, the likelihood that the facility sponsor 134 would ultimately transfer the underlying mortgage loans to a term securitization was significantly reduced and the amount of gain recognized for loans sold to this facility in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2003 was based on terms expected in a whole loan sale transaction. Our ability to sell loans into this facility expired pursuant to its terms on July 5, 2003. See "-- Securitizations" on page 92 for further discussion of this facility. During fiscal 2003, we saw increases in interest rate spreads on our three term securitizations that increased residual cash flows to us and the amount of cash we received at the closing of a securitization from notional bonds or premiums on the sale of trust certificates. Increases in the cash received at the closing of a securitization and residual cash flows resulted in increases in the gains we recognized on the sale of loans into securitizations as compared to the year ended June 30, 2002. See "-- Securitizations" on page 92 for further detail of how securitization gains are calculated. The increase in interest rate spread realized in term securitization transactions during the year ended June 30, 2003 compared to the year ended June 30, 2002 resulted from decreases in pass-through interest rates on investor certificates issued by securitization trusts. For loans securitized during the year ended June 30, 2003, the weighted average loan interest rate was 10.82%, a 58 basis point decrease from the weighted average interest rate of 11.40% on loans securitized during the year ended June 30, 2002. However, the weighted average interest rate on trust certificates issued in mortgage loan securitizations during the year ended June 30, 2003 was 4.47%, a 104 basis point decrease from 5.51% during the year ended June 30, 2002. The resulting net improvement in interest rate spread was approximately 46 basis points. The improvement in the interest rate spread through fiscal 2002 to the third quarter of fiscal 2003 enabled us to enter into securitization transactions structured to provide cash at the closing of our term securitizations through the sale of notional bonds, sometimes referred to as interest-only bonds, or the sale of trust certificates at a premium to total loan collateral. During the year ended June 30, 2003 we received additional cash at the closing of our three securitizations, due to these modified structures, of $30.2 million compared to $32.9 million received for four securitizations for fiscal 2002. Securitization gains and cash received at the closing of securitizations were partially offset by initial overcollateralization requirements of $10.6 million in fiscal 2003. There was no initial overcollateralization requirement in fiscal 2002. GAIN ON SALE OF LOANS -- WHOLE LOAN SALES. Gains on whole loan sales decreased $1.7 million, to $0.7 million for the year ended June 30, 2003 from $2.4 million for the year ended June 30, 2002. The volume of whole loan sales decreased 51.4%, to $28.0 million for the year ended June 30, 2003 from $57.7 million for the year ended June 30, 2002. The decrease in the volume of whole loan sales for the year ended June 30, 2003 resulted from management's decision to securitize additional loans as the securitization market's experience during the past year was more favorable than the whole loan sale market. However, our inability to complete a securitization in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2003 created a need for short-term liquidity, which resulted in management utilizing whole loan sales to sell our fourth quarter of fiscal 2003 loan originations. INTEREST AND FEES. For the year ended June 30, 2003, interest and fee income increased $0.5 million, or 2.7%, to $19.4 million compared to $18.9 million in the same period of fiscal 2002. Interest and fee income consists primarily of interest income earned on loans available for sale, interest income on invested cash and other ancillary fees collected in connection with loans originated and sold during the same quarter. During the year ended June 30, 2003, total interest income increased $1.0 million, or 10.5%, to $10.5 million from $9.5 million for the year ended June 30, 2002. Loan interest income increased $2.1 million from June 30, 2002 as a result of our carrying a higher average loan balance during fiscal 2003 as compared to fiscal 2002. This increase was offset by a decrease of $1.1 million of investment interest income due to lower interest rates earned on invested cash balances caused by general decreases in market interest rates. Other fees decreased $0.5 million for fiscal 2003 compared to the same periods in fiscal 2002. The decrease was mainly due to a decrease in leasing income, which resulted from our decision in fiscal 2000 to discontinue the origination of new leases. Our ability to collect certain fees on loans we originate in the future may be impacted by proposed laws and regulations by various authorities. See "-- Legal and Regulatory Considerations" on page 82. 135 INTEREST ACCRETION ON INTEREST-ONLY STRIPS. Interest accretion of $47.3 million was earned in the year ended June 30, 2003 compared to $35.4 million in the year ended June 30, 2002. The increase reflects the growth in the balance of our interest-only strips of $85.7 million, or 16.7%, to $598.3 million at June 30, 2003 from $512.6 million at June 30, 2002. In addition, cash flows from interest-only strips for the year ended June 30, 2003 totaled $87.2 million, an increase of $26.9 million, or 50.4%, from the year ended June 30, 2002 due to the larger size of our more recent securitizations and additional securitizations reaching final target overcollateralization levels and stepdown overcollateralization levels. SERVICING INCOME. Servicing income is comprised of contractual and ancillary fees collected on securitized loans serviced for others, less amortization of the servicing rights assets that are recorded at the time loans are securitized. Ancillary fees include prepayment fees, late fees and other servicing fee compensation. For the year ended June 30, 2003, servicing income decreased $2.4 million, or 44.4%, to $3.1 million from $5.5 million for the year ended June 30, 2002. Because loan prepayment levels in fiscal 2003 increased from fiscal 2002, the amortization of servicing rights has also increased. Amortization is recognized in proportion to contractual and ancillary fees collected. Therefore the collection of additional prepayment fees in fiscal 2003 has resulted in higher levels of amortization. TOTAL EXPENSES. Total expenses increased $56.0 million, or 23.9%, to $290.4 million for the year ended June 30, 2003 compared to $234.4 million for the year ended June 30, 2002. As described in more detail below, this increase was mainly a result of increases in securitization asset valuation adjustments recorded during the year ended June 30, 2003, increases in employee related costs and increases in general and administrative expenses. INTEREST EXPENSE. During fiscal 2003, interest expense decreased $0.6 million, or 0.9%, to $68.1 million compared to $68.7 million for fiscal 2002. Average subordinated debentures outstanding during the year ended June 30, 2003 was $690.7 million compared to $615.2 million during the year ended June 30, 2002. Average interest rates paid on subordinated debentures outstanding decreased to 9.27% during the year ended June 30, 2003 from 10.64% during the year ended June 30, 2002. Rates offered on subordinated debentures were reduced beginning in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2001 and had continued downward through the fourth quarter of fiscal 2003 in response to decreases in market interest rates as well as declining cash needs during that period. The average interest rate of subordinated debentures issued at its peak rate, which was the month of February 2001, was 11.85% compared to the average interest rate of subordinated debentures issued in the month of June 2003 of 7.49%. The average outstanding balances under warehouse lines of credit were $51.1 million during the year ended June 30, 2003, compared to $29.5 million during the year ended June 30, 2002. The increase in the average balance on warehouse lines was due to a higher volume of loans originated and lower average cash balances available for loan funding during the period. Interest rates paid on warehouse lines are generally based on one-month LIBOR plus an interest rate spread ranging from 0.95% to 1.75%. One-month LIBOR has decreased from approximately 1.8% at June 30, 2002 to 1.12% at June 30, 2003. PROVISION FOR CREDIT LOSSES. The provision for credit losses on loans and leases available for sale increased $0.1 million, or 1.5%, to $6.6 million for the year ended June 30, 2003 from $6.5 million for the year ended June 30, 2002. A related provision for credit losses on repurchased loans is recorded in the period of repurchase. See "--Securitizations -- Trigger Management" on page 97 for further discussion of repurchases from securitization trusts. See "-- Year Ended June 30, 2004 Compared to Year Ended June 30, 2003 -- Provision for Credit Losses" on page 130 for the components of our provision for credit losses for the years ended June 30, 2003 and 2002. The allowance for credit losses was $1.5 million, or 16.1% of non-accrual loans and leases at June 30, 2003 compared to $3.4 million, or 22.7% of non-accrual loans and leases at June 30, 2002. The allowance for credit losses as a percentage of non-accrual loans and leases decreased from June 30, 2002 due to the decrease of the non-accrual loan balance being carried on our balance sheet at June 30, 2003 as well as a decrease in the expected loss severity on these non-accrual loans. 136 The following table summarizes the changes in the allowance for credit losses by loan and lease type for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2003 (in thousands):
BUSINESS HOME PURPOSE EQUITY EQUIPMENT YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 2003: LOANS LOANS LEASES TOTAL ------------------------- -------- ------- --------- ------- Balance at beginning of period ....................................................... $ 1,278 $ 1,844 $ 320 $ 3,442 Provision for credit losses .......................................................... 1,210 3,923 364 5,497 Charge-offs .......................................................................... (2,022) (4,924) (866) (7,812) Recoveries ........................................................................... 38 12 352 402 ------- ------- ----- ------- Balance at end of period ............................................................. $ 504 $ 855 $ 170 $ 1,529 ======= ======= ===== =======
EMPLOYEE RELATED COSTS. For the year ended June 30, 2003, employee related costs increased $5.3 million, or 14.6%, to $41.6 million from $36.3 million in the prior year. The increase in employee related costs for the year ended June 30, 2003 was primarily attributable to additions of personnel to originate, service and collect loans. Total employees at June 30, 2003 were 1,119 compared to 1,019 at June 30, 2002. Increases in payroll and benefits expenses for the increased number of employees were offset by reductions of management bonus accruals due to our overall financial performance in fiscal 2003. The remaining increase was attributable to annual salary increases as well as increases in the costs of providing insurance benefits to employees during fiscal 2003. SALES AND MARKETING EXPENSES. For the year ended June 30, 2003, sales and marketing expenses increased $1.8 million, or 7.0%, to $27.8 million from $26.0 million for the year ended June 30, 2002. The increase was primarily due to increases in expenses for direct mail advertising and broker commissions for home equity and business loan originations partially offset by decreases in newspaper advertisements for subordinated debentures. (GAINS) AND LOSSES ON DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS. For the year ended June 30, 2003, losses on derivative financial instruments increased $4.0 million, or 492.9%, to $5.0 million from $1.0 million for the year ended June 30, 2002. The increase was due primarily to increases in losses from trading activities of $2.9 million and losses from hedging activities of $.9 million. GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES. For the year ended June 30, 2003, general and administrative expenses increased $22.3 million, or 30.2%, to $96.2 million from $73.9 million for the year ended June 30, 2002. This increase was primarily attributable to increases of approximately $16.9 million in costs associated with servicing and collecting our larger total portfolio including expenses associated with REO and delinquent loans and $8.0 million related to costs associated with customer retention incentives. See "-- Year Ended June 30, 2004 Compared to Year Ended June 30, 2003 -- General and Administrative Expenses" on page 133 for a description of customer retention incentives. SECURITIZATION ASSETS VALUATION ADJUSTMENT. During fiscal 2003, pre-tax write downs of $45.2 million were charged as expense to the income statement, compared to $22.1 million for fiscal 2002. Of these write downs, $39.9 million and $22.1 million were write downs of our interest-only strips in fiscal 2003 and 2002, respectively. The remaining $5.3 million in fiscal 2003 was a write down of our servicing rights. These adjustments primarily reflect the impact of higher prepayment experience on home equity loans than anticipated during the periods. The valuation adjustment recorded on securitization assets in fiscal 2003 was reduced by a $17.9 million favorable valuation impact to the income statement as a result of reducing the discount rates applied in valuing the securitization assets at June 30, 2003. The discount rates were reduced at June 30, 2003 primarily to reflect the impact of a sustained decline in market interest rates. The discount rate on the projected residual cash flows from our interest-only strips was reduced from 13% to 11% at June 30, 2003. The discount rate used to determine the fair value of the overcollateralization portion of the cash flows from our interest-only strips was minimally impacted by the decline in interest rates and remained at 7% on average. As a result, the blended rate used to value our interest-only strips, including the overcollateralization cash flows, was 9% at June 30, 2003. The discount rate on our servicing rights was reduced from 11% to 9% at June 30, 2003. The adjustments were considered to be other than temporary and were therefore recorded as an adjustment to earnings in the current period in accordance with SFAS No. 115 and EITF 99-20 as they 137 relate to interest-only strips and SFAS No. 140 as it relates to servicing rights. See "-- Securitizations" on page 92 for further detail of these adjustments. PROVISION FOR INCOME TAX EXPENSE (BENEFIT). For fiscal 2003, the provision for income taxes decreased $24.8 million as a result of a $62.6 million decline in pre-tax income and a reduction in our effective tax rate from 42% to 39%. The change in the effective tax rate was made due to an anticipated decrease in our overall tax liabilities. SEGMENT REPORTING We have three operating segments: Loan Origination, Servicing and Treasury and Funding. The Loan Origination segment originates home mortgage loans. The Servicing segment services the loans originated by us both while held as available for sale by us and subsequent to securitization. The Treasury and Funding segment offers our subordinated debenture securities pursuant to a registered public offering and obtains other sources of funding for our general operating and lending activities. All Other is mainly comprised of interest-only strips, unallocated overhead and other expenses unrelated to the reportable segments identified. Refer to Note 14 to the September 30, 2004 Consolidated Financial Statements for comparative data for the three months ended September 30, 2004 and 2003 and Note 22 to the June 30, 2004 Consolidated Financial Statements for comparative data for the years ended June 30, 2004, 2003 and 2002. THREE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2004 COMPARED TO THREE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2003 LOAN ORIGINATION SEGMENT TOTAL REVENUES. For the three months ended September 30, 2004, total revenues increased $5.7 million, or 173.8% to $13.5 million from $7.8 million for the three months ended September 30, 2003. Gains on whole loan sales increased to $6.1 million for the first quarter of fiscal 2005 from gains of $2.9 million for the first quarter of fiscal 2004. The volume of whole loan sales increased $331.2 million, to $602.2 million for the three months ended September 30, 2004 from $271.0 million for the three months ended September 30, 2003. In the three months ended September 30, 2003, we recorded gains of $0.8 million on the sale of $5.5 million of loans into an off-balance sheet facility before its expiration on July 5, 2003 and additional gains realized from our residual interests in $35.0 million of loans remaining in the off-balance sheet facility from June 30, 2003. TOTAL EXPENSES. Total expenses increased $5.8 million, or 13.6%, to $48.3 million for the three months ended September 30, 2004 compared to $42.5 million for the three months ended September 30, 2003. Interest expense for the loan origination segment consists primarily of interest expense on warehouse lines of credit used to fund loans. During the three months ended September 30, 2004, interest expense decreased $1.0 million or 15.1%, to $5.6 million compared to $6.7 million for the three months ended September 30, 2003. Non-interest expense for the loan origination segment consists of a provision for credit losses, employee related costs, sales and marketing expenses and general and administrative expenses. The provision for credit losses for the three months ended September 30, 2004 decreased $4.1 million or 96.0%, to $117 thousand, compared to $4.2 million for the three months ended September 30, 2003. The decrease was primarily due to lower loan charge-offs resulting from the decreased amounts of delinquent loans repurchased from securitization trusts. Employee related costs decreased $3.2 million, or 44.8%, to $4.0 million for the first quarter fiscal 2005 from $7.2 million for the first quarter fiscal 2004. The decrease in employee related costs was primarily attributable to the increase in loan originations and the ability to defer costs of loan origination personnel under SFAS No. 91. Sales and marketing expenses increased $2.5 million, or 99.1% to $5.0 million for the period ended September 30, 2004, from $2.5 million for the period ended September 30, 2003 due to increases in direct mail and internet advertising for direct channel loan originations. For the three months ended September 30, 2004, general and administrative expenses increased $12.3 million to $10.6 million from a credit of $1.7 million for the three months ended September 30, 2003. The increase was primarily attributable to a $7.1 million increase in losses on derivative financial instruments and a $4.7 million increase in fees on new credit facilities. 138 TREASURY AND FUNDING SEGMENT TOTAL REVENUES. For the three months ended September 30, 2004, total revenues decreased $3.6 million, or 19.8% to $14.5 million from $18.1 million for the three months ended September 30, 2003. The reduction in total revenues is primarily attributed to a decrease in intercompany revenues earned on the allocation of capital. For the first quarter of fiscal 2005, the capital provided by the Treasury and Funding Segment decreased $152.2 million, or 25.8%, to $438.1 million compared to $590.3 million in the first quarter of fiscal 2004. TOTAL EXPENSES. Total expenses for the three months ended September 30, 2004 increased $1.2 million, or 6.9% to $18.6 million from $17.4 million for the three months ended September 30, 2003 primarily due to a $1.1 million increase in advertising costs related to subordinated debentures. SERVICING SEGMENT TOTAL REVENUES. For the three months ended September 30, 2004, total revenues decreased $6.1 million, or 45.3% to $7.3 million from $13.4 million for the three months ended September 30, 2003. For the period ended September 30, 2004, contractual fee income decreased $5.8 million, or 44.4%, to $7.3 million from $13.1 million for the period ended September 30, 2003 due to the decrease in our managed portfolio. TOTAL EXPENSES. Total expenses decreased $3.6 million, or 33.3%, to $7.2 million for the three months ended September 30, 2004 compared to $10.8 million for the three months ended September 30, 2003. The decrease is due primarily to a reduction in professional fees and REO expenses. ALL OTHER SEGMENTS TOTAL REVENUES. For the three months ended September 30 2004, total revenues increased $2.7 million, or 12.3% to $24.7 million from $22.0 million for the three months ended September 30, 2003. An increase of $5.4 million in inter-segment revenues was partially offset by a $2.7 million decrease in interest accretion on interest-only strips. Interest accretion of $8.4 million was earned in the three months ended September 30, 2004 compared to $11.1 million in the three months ended September 30, 2003. TOTAL EXPENSES. Total expenses decreased $8.0 million, or 24.5%, to $24.8 million for the three months ended September 30, 2004 compared to $32.8 million for the three months ended September 30, 2003. The decrease for the period was principally due to a decline in the valuation adjustment for the securitization assets recorded in the income statement. For the three months ended September 30, 2004, the valuation adjustment decreased $10.8 million, or 99.7%, to $29 thousand from $10.8 million for the three months ended September 30, 2003. YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 2004 COMPARED TO YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 2003 LOAN ORIGINATION SEGMENT TOTAL REVENUES. For fiscal 2004, total revenues decreased $138.8 million, or 73.6% to $49.7 million from $188.5 million for fiscal 2003. For fiscal 2004, gains of $15.1 million were recorded on the securitization of $141.1 million of loans. This was a decrease of $155.9 million, or 91.2% below gains of $171.0 million recorded on securitizations of $1.4 billion of loans for fiscal 2003. Gains on whole loan sales increased to $18.7 million for the year ended June 30, 2004 from gains of $0.7 million for the year ended June 30, 2003. The volume of whole loan sales increased $780.4 million, to $808.4 million for the year ended June 30, 2004 from $28.0 million for the year ended June 30, 2003. For the year ended June 30, 2004, interest income increased $3.5 million, or 8.6%, to $12.0 million compared to $8.5 million in fiscal 2003. Other fees decreased $4.5 million for the year ended June 30, 2004, or 53.8%, to $3.9 million from $8.4 million for the year ended June 30, 2003. This decrease was mainly due to our reduced ability to originate loans during the first nine months of fiscal 2004. TOTAL EXPENSES. Total expenses decreased $15.4 million, or 7.9%, to $178.8 million for the year ended June 30, 2004 compared to $194.2 million for the year ended June 30, 2003. During fiscal 2004, interest expense increased $2.8 139 million or 13.6%, to $23.1 million for the year ended June 30, 2004 compared to $20.3 million for the year ended June 30, 2003. Non-interest expense for the loan origination segment consists of a provision for credit losses, employee related costs, sales and marketing expenses and general and administrative expenses. The provision for credit losses for the year ended June 30, 2004 increased $8.3 million or 134.3%, to $14.5 million, compared to $6.2 million for the year ended June 30, 2003. The increase in the provision for loan losses for the year ended June 30, 2004 was primarily due to loan charge-offs resulting from the higher amounts of delinquent loans repurchased from securitization trusts and higher principal loss severity. For the year ended June 30, 2004, employee related costs increased $9.8 million, or 107.2%, to $18.9 million from $9.1 million in fiscal 2003. The increase in employee related costs for the year ended June 30, 2004 was due to the reduction in loan originations and the inability to defer costs of loan origination personnel under SFAS No. 91. For the year ended June 30, 2004, sales and marketing expenses decreased $13.3 million, or 52.1%, to $12.2 million from $25.5 million for the year ended June 30, 2003. The decrease was primarily due to reductions in direct mail advertising for home equity loan originations. For the year ended June 30, 2004, general and administrative expenses decreased $634 thousand, or 2.6%, to $24.1 million from $24.7 million for the year ended June 30, 2003. The decrease was primarily attributable to a $7.0 million decrease in costs associated with customer retention incentives, a net gain of $7.6 million in the derivative financial instruments, which are offset by an increase of $13.3 million in fees on the new credit facility fees. TREASURY AND FUNDING SEGMENT TOTAL REVENUES. For fiscal 2004, total revenues decreased $14.0 million, or 18.5% to $61.8 million from $75.8 million for fiscal 2003. The reduction in total revenues is primarily attributed to a decrease in intercompany revenues earned on the allocation of capital provided by the Treasury and Funding Segment. For the year ended June 30, 2004, the capital provided by the Treasury and Funding Segment decreased $111.3 million, or 18.1%, to $504.4 million compared to $615.7 million in fiscal 2003. TOTAL EXPENSES. Total expenses for fiscal 2004 were substantially level with expenses in fiscal 2003 and pertain to interest expense, sales and marketing expenses and general and administrative expenses. SERVICING SEGMENT TOTAL REVENUES. For fiscal 2004, total revenues decreased $1.5 million, or 18.5% to $44.7 million from $46.2 million for fiscal 2003. For the year ended June 30, 2004, contractual fee income decreased $3.4 million, or 21.7%, to $12.5 million from $15.9 million for the year ended June 30, 2003. The decrease is offset by a $3.6 million increase in prepayment fees. TOTAL EXPENSES. Total expenses decreased $9.4 million, or 20.3%, to $36.8 million for the year ended June 30, 2004 compared to $46.2 million for the year ended June 30, 2003. The decrease for the period was mainly a result of decreases in interest expense, professional fees, REO expenses and advances on serviced loans. ALL OTHER SEGMENTS TOTAL REVENUES. For fiscal 2004, total revenues decreased $25.1 million, or 22.5% to $86.3 million from $111.4 million for fiscal 2003 due to a decrease in inter-segment revenues and interest accretion on interest-only strips. Interest accretion of $40.2 million was earned in fiscal 2004 compared to $47.3 million in fiscal 2003. TOTAL EXPENSES. Total expenses decreased $23.8 million, or 15.2%, to $132.7 million for the year ended June 30, 2004 compared to $156.5 million for the year ended June 30, 2003. The decrease for the period was mainly a result of decreases in interest expense, employee related costs and general and administrative expenses. For fiscal 2004, the valuation adjustment charged to the income statement for the securitization assets increased $1.2 million, or 2.8%, to $46.4 million from $45.2 million for fiscal 2003. 140 BALANCE SHEET INFORMATION BALANCE SHEET DATA (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
JUNE 30, SEPTEMBER 30, ----------------------------------- 2004 2004 2003 2002 ------------- ---------- ---------- -------- Cash and cash equivalents .................................................. $ 19,673 $ 910 $ 36,590 $ 99,599 Restricted cash ............................................................ 10,419 13,307 10,885 9,000 Loan and lease receivables: Loans available for sale .................................................. 336,511 304,275 263,419 46,141 Non-accrual loans ......................................................... 3,314 1,993 3,999 3,645 Lease receivables ......................................................... -- -- 3,984 7,891 Interest and fees receivable ............................................... 15,304 18,089 10,838 9,595 Deferment and forbearance advances receivable .............................. 5,839 6,249 4,341 2,697 Loans subject to repurchase rights ......................................... 40,736 38,984 23,761 9,028 Interest-only strips ....................................................... 448,812 459,086 598,278 512,611 Servicing rights ........................................................... 66,712 73,738 119,291 125,288 Receivable for sold loans .................................................. -- -- 26,734 -- Deferred income tax asset .................................................. 66,201 59,133 -- -- Total assets ............................................................... 1,083,396 1,042,870 1,159,351 876,375 Subordinated debentures .................................................... 490,026 522,609 719,540 655,720 Senior collateralized subordinated notes ................................... 97,454 83,639 -- -- Warehouse lines and other notes payable .................................... 281,472 241,200 212,916 8,486 Accrued interest payable ................................................... 38,324 37,675 45,448 43,069 Deferred income tax liability .............................................. -- -- 17,036 35,124 Total liabilities .......................................................... 1,071,537 1,030,955 1,117,282 806,997 Total stockholders' equity ................................................. 11,859 11,915 42,069 69,378 Book value per common share ................................................ $ 3.30 $ 3.31 $ 12.98 $ 22.18 ========== ========== ========== ========
SEPTEMBER 30, 2004 COMPARED TO JUNE 30, 2004 Total assets increased $40.5 million, or 3.9%, to $1,083.4 million at September 30, 2004 from $1,042.9 million at June 30, 2004 primarily due to increases in loans available for sale, cash and cash equivalents and deferred income tax assets. Decreases in interest-only strips and servicing rights partially offset these increases. Cash and cash equivalents increased $18.8 million, to $19.7 million at September 30, 2004 from $0.9 million at June 30, 2004 due to remedial actions taken to address liquidity issues described in "-- Liquidity and Capital Resources." Loans available for sale increased $32.2 million, or 10.6% to $336.5 million. Loans available for sale at September 30, 2004 were at a historically high level due to our business strategy adjustments. Interest and fees receivable decreased $2.8 million, or 15.4%, to $15.3 million at September 30, 2004 from $18.1 million at June 30, 2004. This decrease is mainly due to decreases in receivables for tax and insurance payments advanced on behalf of borrowers whose loans we service and first lien buyouts and the write-off of $1.2 million of fee receivables related to loan collateral in trusts whose servicing we sold on September 27, 2004. Loans subject to repurchase rights increased $1.8 million, or 4.5%, due to increases in the amount of delinquent loans eligible for repurchase from securitization trusts. See "-- Securitizations -- Repurchase Rights" on page 102 for a more information on loans subject to repurchase rights. Interest-only strips at September 30, 2004 decreased $10.3 million, or 2.2%, from June 30, 2004 as a result of cash flow received and the sale of five interest-only strips under the terms of a September 27, 2004 141 sale agreement, partially offset by interest accretion and a write up of interest-only strips recorded through other comprehensive income. See "-- Securitizations" on page 92 for a discussion of valuation adjustments recorded on our interest-only strips. Activity in our interest-only strips for the three months ended September 30, 2004 and 2003 was as follows (in thousands):
THREE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, ------------------- 2004 2003 -------- -------- Balance at beginning of period .......................... $459,086 $598,278 Initial recognition of interest-only strips, including initial overcollateralization of $0.................... -- 950 Cash flow from interest-only strips ..................... (33,141) (56,222) Required purchases of additional overcollateralization .. 4,615 7,660 Interest accretion ...................................... 8,448 10,828 Adjustment for loans subject to repurchase rights ....... 309 162 Proceeds from sale of interest-only strips .............. (9,120) -- Adjustments to fair value recorded through other comprehensive income(a)................................ 18,644 (6,122) Other than temporary fair value adjustment(b) ........... (29) (9,951) -------- -------- Balance at end of period ................................ $448,812 $545,583 ======== ========
--------------- (a) Adjustments to the carrying value of interest-only strips for the initial write up to fair value are recorded through other comprehensive income at the time of impairment, which is a component of stockholders' equity. Additionally, to the extent any individual interest-only strip has a portion of its initial write up to fair value still remaining in other comprehensive income, other than temporary decreases in its fair value would first be recorded as a reduction to other comprehensive income. (b) Recorded through the income statement. 142 The following table summarizes our purchases of overcollateralization by securitization trust for the three months ended September 30, 2004 and the fiscal years ended June 30, 2004, 2003 and 2002. Purchases of overcollateralization represent amounts of residual cash flows from interest-only strips retained by the securitization trusts to establish required overcollateralization levels in the trust. Overcollateralization represents our investment in the excess of the aggregate principal balance of loans in a securitized pool over the aggregate principal balance of trust certificates. See "-- Securitizations" on page 92 for a discussion of overcollateralization requirements. SUMMARY OF MORTGAGE LOAN SECURITIZATION OVERCOLLATERALIZATION PURCHASES (IN THOUSANDS)
2003-2 2003-1 TOTAL ------ ------ ------ THREE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2004: Required purchases of additional overcollateralization........................... $1,719 $2,534 $4,253 ====== ====== ======
2003-2 2003-1 2002-4 2002-3 OTHER (a) TOTAL ------ ------- ------ ------ --------- ------- YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 2004: Required purchases of additional overcollateralization.......... $3,872 $16,587 $9,323 $1,978 $(4,426) $27,334 ====== ======= ====== ====== ======= =======
(a) includes the recovery of $9.5 million of overcollateralization from an off-balance sheet mortgage conduit facility.
2003-1 2002-4 2002-3 2002-2 2002-1 2001-4 2001-3 2001-2 OTHER TOTAL ------ ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------ ------ ------ ------- YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 2003: Initial overcollateralization $ -- $ 3,800 $ -- $ -- $ -- $ -- $ -- $ -- $6,841 $10,641 Required purchases of additional overcollateralization 4,807 8,728 10,972 13,300 10,586 12,522 7,645 3,007 1,686 73,253 ------ ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------ ------ ------ ------- Total................. $4,807 $12,528 $10,972 $13,300 $10,586 $12,522 $7,645 $3,007 $8,527 $83,894 ====== ======= ======= ======= ======= ======= ====== ====== ====== =======
2002-1 2001-4 2001-3 2001-2 2001-1 2000-4 2000-3 2000-2 2000-1 OTHER TOTAL ------ ------ ------ ------- ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ----- ------- YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 2002: Required purchases of additional overcollateralization.. $3,814 $908 $4,354 $11,654 $8,700 $6,326 $3,074 $4,978 $2,490 $973 $47,271 ====== ==== ====== ======= ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ==== =======
Servicing rights decreased $7.0 million, or 9.5%, to $66.7 million at September 30, 2004 from $73.7 million at June 30, 2004, primarily due to the amortization of servicing rights. Our net deferred income tax increased from $59.1 million at June 30, 2004 to $66.2 million at September 30, 2004. For more detail on this net deferred income tax asset, see Note 10 of the September 30, 2004 Consolidated Financial Statements on page F-43. This increase results primarily from recording $13.6 million of federal income tax benefits on our prior loss for the three months ended September 30, 2004, partially offset by the deferred tax credit recorded on September 30, 2004 write-up of our interest-only strips. See "-- Application of Critical Accounting Estimates -- Deferred Tax Asset" on page 87 for more information regarding our deferred tax asset. Total liabilities increased $40.6 million, or 3.9% to $1,071.5 million at September 30, 2004 from $1,030.9 million at June 30, 2004 primarily due to increases in warehouse lines and notes payable, senior collateralized subordinated notes as a result of the second exchange offer, accounts payable and accrued expenses and other liabilities. Partially offsetting these increases were decreases in subordinated debentures as a results of the second exchange offer. During the first quarter of fiscal 2005, subordinated debentures decreased $32.6 million, or 6.2%, to $490.0 million primarily due to the conversion of $30.8 million of subordinated debentures into 15.6 million shares of Series A preferred stock and $15.2 million of senior collateralized subordinated notes. See "-- Liquidity and Capital Resources" on page 62 for further information regarding outstanding debt. Warehouse lines and other notes payable increased $40.3 million at September 30, 2004, or 16.7%, primarily due to the increase in loans available for sale. 143 Other liabilities increased $8.6 million, or 12.0%, to $80.5 million at September 30, 2004 from $71.9 million at June 30, 2004 due to an increase of $10.4 million in our liability to fund closed loans partially offset by a $1.0 reduction in liabilities recorded for derivative financial instruments. JUNE 30, 2004 COMPARED TO JUNE 30, 2003 Total assets decreased $116.5 million, or 10.0%, to $1,042.9 million at June 30, 2004 from $1,159.4 million at June 30, 2003 primarily due to decreases in cash and cash equivalents, interest-only strips, servicing rights and receivable for sold loans. Increases in loans available for sale and deferred income tax assets partially offset these decreases. Cash and cash equivalents decreased $35.7 million, or 97.5%, due to liquidity issues described in "-- Liquidity and Capital Resources," which reduced our ability to originate loans for sale and resulted in our operating losses during fiscal 2004, and from a reduction in the issuance of subordinated debentures. Loans available for sale increased $40.9 million, or 15.5% to $304.3 million. Loans available for sale at June 30, 2004 were at a historically high level due to our business strategy adjustments and our inability to complete publicly underwritten securitizations in fiscal 2004 (we completed a privately-placed securitization during the second quarter of fiscal 2004). Interest and fees receivable increased $7.3 million, or 66.9%, to $18.1 million at June 30, 2004 from $10.8 million at June 30, 2003. This increase is mainly due to increases in tax and insurance payments advanced on behalf of borrowers whose loans we service and late fees. Loans subject to repurchase rights increased $15.2 million, or 64.1%, to $39.0 million at June 30, 2004 from $23.8 million at June 30, 2003, due to increases in the amount of delinquent loans eligible for repurchase from securitization trusts. See "-- Securitizations -- Repurchase Rights" on page 102 for a more information on loans subject to repurchase rights. Interest-only strips at June 30, 2004 decreased $139.2 million, or 23.3%, from June 30, 2003 as a result of valuation adjustments and our inability to complete a securitization during the first, third and fourth quarters of fiscal 2004. See "-- Securitizations" on page 92 for a discussion of valuation adjustments recorded on our interest-only strips. Activity in our interest-only strips for the years ended June 30, 2004, 2003 and 2002 was as follows (in thousands):
JUNE 30, ---------------------------------- 2004 2003 2002 --------- --------- --------- Balance at beginning of period ..................................................... $ 598,278 $ 512,611 $ 398,519 Initial recognition of interest-only strips, including initial overcollateralization of $0, $10,641 and $0....................................... 25,523 160,116 153,463 Cash flow from interest-only strips ................................................ (178,457) (160,417) (100,692) Required purchases of additional overcollateralization ............................. 27,334 73,253 47,271 Interest accretion ................................................................. 40,176 47,347 35,386 Termination of lease securitization(a) ............................................. (1,759) (1,890) -- Adjustment for obligation to repurchase loans ...................................... 2,687 2,600 1,596 Adjustments to fair value recorded through other comprehensive income(b) (15,037) 4,558 (879) Other than temporary fair value adjustment(c) ...................................... (39,659) (39,900) (22,053) --------- --------- --------- Balance at end of period ........................................................... $ 459,086 $ 598,278 $ 512,611 ========= ========= =========
--------------- (a) Reflects release of lease collateral from lease securitization trusts which were terminated in accordance with the trust documents after the full payout of trust note certificates. Lease receivables of $1.8 million and $1.6 million, respectively, were recorded on our balance sheet at December 31, 2003 and 2002 as a result of the terminations. 144 (b) Adjustments to the carrying value of interest-only strips for the initial write up to fair value are recorded through other comprehensive income at the time of impairment, which is a component of stockholders' equity. Additionally, to the extent any individual interest-only strip has a portion of its initial write up to fair value still remaining in other comprehensive income, other than temporary decreases in its fair value would first be recorded as a reduction to other comprehensive income. (c) Recorded through the income statement. Servicing rights decreased $45.5 million, or 38.2%, to $73.7 million at June 30, 2004 from $119.3 million at June 30, 2003, primarily due to our inability to complete a securitization in the first, third and fourth quarters of fiscal 2004, completing a privately-placed securitization with servicing released in the second quarter of fiscal 2004, amortization of servicing rights and a $6.8 million write down of servicing rights mainly due to the impact of higher than expected prepayment experience. Total liabilities decreased $86.3 million, or 7.7%, to $1,031.0 million at June 30, 2004 from $1,117.3 million at June 30, 2003 primarily due to decreases in subordinated debentures outstanding and accrued interest payable as a result of the exchange offers, a decrease in accounts payable and accrued expenses primarily due to a reduction in our liability for costs associated with customer retention incentives (see "-- Results of Operations -- Year Ended June 30, 2004 Compared to Year Ended June 30, 2003 -- General and Administrative Expenses" on page 133 for a description of customer retention incentives) and a decrease in our deferred income tax liability. Partially offsetting these decreases were increases in warehouse lines and other notes payable, liabilities for loans subject to repurchases rights (see "-- Securitizations -- Repurchase Rights" on page 102 for a more information on loans subject to repurchase rights) and other liabilities. Other liabilities increased $7.8 million, or 12.2%, to $71.9 million from $64.0 million due to an increase of $11.5 million in our liability to fund closed loans, and recording an unearned rent incentive of $8.2 million related to our corporate headquarters lease, partially offset by a $5.7 million reduction in liabilities recorded for derivative financial instruments. During the year ended June 30, 2004, subordinated debentures decreased $197.0 million, or 27.4%, to $522.6 million primarily due to the conversion of $177.8 million of subordinated debentures into 93.8 million shares of Series A preferred stock and $84.0 million of senior collateralized subordinated notes and the temporary discontinuation of sales of new subordinated debentures for approximately a six-week period during the three months ended September 30, 2003. See "-- Liquidity and Capital Resources" on page 62 for further information regarding outstanding debt. Warehouse lines and other notes payable increased $28.3 million at June 30, 2004, or 13.3%, primarily due to the increase in loans available for sale. Our net deferred income tax position changed from a liability of $17.0 million at June 30, 2003 to an asset of $59.1 million at June 30, 2004. This change from a liability position is the result of the federal and state tax benefits of $68.3 million recorded on our pre-tax loss for the year ended June 30, 2004, which will be realized against anticipated future years' state and federal taxable income. In addition, a federal benefit of $5.3 million was recognized on the portion of the valuation adjustment on our interest-only strips, which was recorded through other comprehensive income. These benefits were partially offset by refunds totaling $0.3 million on our June 30, 2002 and 2003 federal tax returns. See "-- Application of Critical Accounting Estimates -- Deferred Tax Asset" on page 87 for a discussion of the factors we considered in determining that it is more likely than not we will realize this deferred income tax asset. JUNE 30, 2003 COMPARED TO JUNE 30, 2002 Total assets increased $283.0 million, or 32.3%, to $1.2 billion at June 30, 2003 from $876.4 million at June 30, 2002 primarily due to increases in loans available for sale, interest-only strips and receivable for sold loans, offset by a decrease in cash and cash equivalents. Cash and cash equivalents decreased mainly due to higher levels of loan receivables funded with cash, a reduction in the amount of subordinated debentures issued during fiscal year 2003 and also due to our inability to complete a quarterly securitization in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2003. 145 Loans available for sale increased $217.5 million due to our inability to complete a quarterly securitization in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2003. Loans subject to repurchase rights increased $14.7 million or 163.2% due to increases in the amount of delinquent loans eligible for repurchase from securitization trusts. See "-- Securitizations -- Repurchase Rights" on page 102 for more detail. Servicing rights decreased $6.0 million, or 4.8%, to $119.3 million at June 30, 2003 from $125.3 million at June 30, 2002, primarily due to our inability to complete a securitization in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2003 and a $5.3 million write down of the servicing asset mainly due to the impact of higher than expected prepayment experience. The receivable for sold loans of $26.7 million at June 30, 2003 resulted from a whole loan sale transaction, which closed on June 30, 2003, but settled in cash on July 1, 2003. Total liabilities at June 30, 2003 increased $310.3 million, or 38.4%, to $1.1 billion from $807.0 million at June 30, 2002 primarily due to increases in warehouse lines and other notes payable, subordinated debentures outstanding, accounts payable and accrued expenses, liabilities for loans subject to repurchases rights, and other liabilities. The increase in warehouse lines and other notes payable was due to not completing a securitization in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2003. A fourth quarter securitization would have provided the cash to pay down the warehouse lines. Accounts payable and accrued expenses increased $16.7 million, or 121.7%, primarily due to accruals for costs associated with customer retention incentives (see "-- Results of Operations -- Year Ended June 30, 2004 Compared to Year Ended June 30, 2003 -- General and Administrative Expenses" on page 133 for a description of customer retention incentives) and liabilities to our securitization trust collection accounts for periodic interest advances on delinquent loans. Our liability for loans subject to repurchases rights (see "-- Securitizations -- Repurchase Rights" on page 102 for a more information on loans subject to repurchase rights.) increased $17.3 million. Other liabilities increased $23.7 million, or 58.9%, to $64.0 million from $40.3 million due to an increase of $5.3 million in our liability to fund closed loans, recording an unearned rent incentive of $9.5 million related to our corporate headquarters lease and a $6.3 million liability recorded for unsettled interest rate swaps. During fiscal 2003, subordinated debentures increased $63.8 million, or 9.7%, to $719.5 million due to sales of subordinated debentures used to repay existing debt, to fund loan originations and our operations and for general corporate purposes. Approximately $33.7 million of the increase in subordinated debentures was due to the reinvestment of accrued interest on the subordinated debentures at maturity. See "-- Liquidity and Capital Resources" on page 62 for further information regarding outstanding debt. Deferred income taxes decreased $18.1 million, or 51.5%, to $17.0 million at June 30, 2003 from $35.1 million at June 30, 2002. This decrease is primarily due to a $4.4 million net increase in expected benefits from net operating loss carryforwards, less a valuation allowance, and an $8.2 million increase in other deferred tax debits. The increase in other deferred tax debits primarily resulted from recognizing the benefit of governmental grants and lease incentives associated with the relocation of our corporate headquarters earlier for tax purposes than for financial reporting purposes. In addition, deferred tax payables on our interest-only strips decreased by $5.6 million due to loan prepayment experience in fiscal 2003. 146 ON BALANCE SHEET PORTFOLIO QUALITY The following table provides data concerning delinquency experience, non-accrual loans, real estate owned and loss experience for loans and leases on our balance sheet at June 30, 2004, 2003 and 2002. (dollars in thousands):
SEPTEMBER 30, JUNE 30, ---------------- ----------------------------------------------------- 2004 2004 2003 2002 ---------------- ---------------- --------------- -------------- AMOUNT % AMOUNT % AMOUNT % AMOUNT % -------- ----- -------- ----- ------- ----- ------ ----- DELINQUENCY BY TYPE: -------------------- BUSINESS PURPOSE LOANS(a) Total portfolio ...................................... $ 2,597 1,210 17,126 10,949 Period of delinquency: 31-60 days .......................................... $ -- --% -- --% 46 0.27% -- --% 61-90 days .......................................... -- --% -- --% 84 0.49% -- --% Over 90 days ........................................ 2,314 89.10% 1,125 92.98% 2,275 13.28% 3,536 32.30% -------- ----- -------- ----- ------- ----- ------ ----- Total delinquencies ................................. $ 2,314 89.10% 1,125 92.98% 2,405 14.04% 3,536 32.30% ======== ===== ======== ===== ======= ===== ====== ===== Amount of loans in non-accrual status(b) ............. 2,360 1,125 2,427 3,674 ======== ======== ======= ====== REO .................................................. $ 676 900 1,522 1,289 HOME MORTGAGE LOANS(a) Total portfolio ...................................... $331,286 302,393 246,073 40,663 Period of delinquency: 31-60 days .......................................... $ 812 0.25% 69 0.02% 207 0.08% 64 0.16% 61-90 days .......................................... 50 0.02% 201 0.07% -- --% 319 0.78% Over 90 days ........................................ 2,073 0.63% 2,204 0.73% 2,549 1.04% 2,780 6.84% -------- ----- -------- ----- ------- ----- ------ ----- Total delinquencies ................................. $ 2,935 0.89% 2,474 0.82% 2,756 1.12% 3,163 7.78% ======== ===== ======== ===== ======= ===== ====== ===== Amount of loans in non-accrual status(b) ............. 2,192 2,337 2,931 3,317 ======== ======== ======= ====== REO .................................................. $ 834 1,020 3,254 2,495 EQUIPMENT LEASES(c) Total portfolio ...................................... $ -- --% $ -- --% 4,126 7,774 Period of delinquency: 31-60 days .......................................... -- --% -- --% 46 1.11% 172 2.21% 61-90 days .......................................... -- --% -- --% 3 0.07% 8 0.10% Over 90 days ........................................ -- --% -- --% 62 1.50% 79 1.02% -------- ----- -------- ----- ------- ----- ------ ----- Total delinquencies ................................. $ -- --% $ -- --% 111 2.69% 259 3.33% TOTAL ON BALANCE SHEET LOANS(a) Total loans and leases ............................... $333,883 303,603 267,325 59,386 Period of delinquency: 31-60 days .......................................... $ 812 0.24% 69 0.02% 299 0.11% 236 0.40% 61-90 days .......................................... 50 0.01% 201 0.07% 87 0.03% 327 0.55% Over 90 days ........................................ 4,387 1.31% 3,329 1.10% 4,886 1.83% 6,395 10.77% -------- ----- -------- ----- ------- ----- ------ ----- Total delinquencies ................................. $ 5,249 1.57% 3,599 1.19% 5,272 1.97% 6,958 11.72% ======== ===== ======== ===== ======= ===== ====== ===== Amount of loans in non-accrual status(b) ............. 4,552 1.36% 3,462 1.14% 5,358 2.00% 6,991 11.77% ======== ===== ======== ===== ======= ===== ====== ===== REO .................................................. $ 1,510 0.45% 1,920 0.63% 4,776 1.79% 3,784 6.37% Net Losses experience during the period: On Loans: Non-accrual loans ................................... $ 289 0.38% 15,666 9.06% 6,897 5.03% 3,816 3.38% Loans available for sale ............................ -- --% -- --% -- --% -- --% On Leases ............................................ -- --% (40) (2.00)% 513 8.14% 1,416 13.23% On REO ............................................... 569 0.74% 6,467 3.74% 9,375 6.84% 3,812 3.37% -------- -------- ------- ------ Total net losses ..................................... $ 858 1.12% 22,093 12.63% 16,785 11.71% 9,044 7.31% ======== ===== ======== ===== ======= ===== ====== =====
--------------- (a) Includes loans carried on our balance sheet as available for sale, non-accrual loans and leases. Excludes deferred direct origination costs and allowance for loan losses. Non-accrual loans consist primarily of loans repurchased from securitization trusts. Leases consist of primarily loans that are held for sale. (b) Non-accrual loans are included in total delinquencies in the "On Balance Sheet Portfolio Quality" table. (c) We sold our interests in the leasing portfolio on January 22, 2004. (d) Percentage based on annualized losses and average loans available for sale, non-accrual loans and leases. 147 DELINQUENT LOANS AVAILABLE FOR SALE. Total delinquent loans available for sale (loans with payments past due greater than 30 days) were $862 thousand at September 30, 2004, compared to $245 thousand at June 30, 2004 and $225 thousand at June 30, 2003. Total delinquent loans available for sale as a percentage of loans available for sale were 0.26% at September 30, 2004 compared to 0.08% at June 30, 2004 and 0.09% at June 30, 2003. If a loan available for sale becomes contractually delinquent for 90 days or more, it is placed on non-accrual status and transferred to non-accrual loans. We do not anticipate significant increases in the amount of delinquent loans available for sale because our adjusted business strategy focuses on whole loan sales, which result in loans being held on our books for short periods. The amount of loans available for sale which were transferred to non-accrual loans was $271 thousand for the three months ended September 30, 2004, $2.7 million for the year ended June 30, 2004, $0.7 million for the year ended June 30, 2003 and $1.5 million for the year ended June 30, 2002. The following table summarizes delinquent loans available for sale (dollars in thousands):
SEPTEMBER 30, JUNE 30, -------------- ------------------------------------------------- 2004 2004 2003 2002 -------------- -------------- -------------- ------------- AMOUNT % AMOUNT % AMOUNT % AMOUNT % ------- ---- ------- ---- ------- ---- ------ ---- Total loans available for sale ............................. 329,331 300,141 257,840 44,619 Period of delinquency: 31-60 days ................................................ 812 0.24% 69 0.02% 142 0.06% 35 0.08% 61-90 days ................................................ 50 0.02% 176 0.06% 83 0.03% 181 0.40% Over 90 days .............................................. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- ------- ---- ------- ---- ------- ---- ------ ---- Total delinquencies ....................................... 862 0.26% 245 0.08% 225 0.09% 216 0.48% ======= ==== ======= ==== ======= ==== ====== ====
NON-ACCRUAL LOANS. It is our policy to suspend the accrual of interest income when a loan is contractually delinquent for 90 days or more. Non-accrual loans consist primarily of loans repurchased from securitization trusts, but also include loans previously carried as available for sale when they become contractually delinquent for 90 days or more. The following table summarizes non-accrual loans by source at September 30, 2004 and 2003 (in thousands):
SEPTEMBER 30, JUNE 30, ------------- ------------------------- 2004 2004 2003 2002 ------------- ------ ------ ------ Repurchased from securitization trusts ............................................... $4,392 $3,281 $4,674 $4,985 Transferred from loans available from sale ........................................... 80 181 684 2,006 Other ................................................................................ 80 -- -- -- ------ ------ ------ ------ Total non-accrual loans .............................................................. $4,552 $3,462 $5,358 $6,991 ====== ====== ====== ======
DEFERMENT AND FORBEARANCE ARRANGEMENTS. From time to time, borrowers in the portfolio of loans which we manage are confronted with events, usually involving hardship circumstances or temporary financial setbacks that adversely affect their ability to continue payments on their loan. To assist borrowers, we may agree to enter into a deferment or forbearance arrangement. Prevailing economic conditions, which may affect the borrower's ability to make their regular payments, may also have an impact on the value of the real estate or other collateral securing the loans, resulting in a change to the loan-to-value ratios. We may take these conditions into account when we evaluate a borrower's request for assistance for relief from the borrower's financial hardship. Our policies and practices regarding deferment and forbearance arrangements, like all of our collections policies and practices, are designed to manage customer relationships, maximize collections and avoid foreclosure (or repossession of other collateral, as applicable) if reasonably possible. We review and regularly revise these policies and procedures in order to enhance their effectiveness in achieving these goals. In a deferment arrangement, we make advances on behalf of the borrower in amounts equal to the delinquent loan payments, which include principal and interest. Additionally, we may pay taxes, insurance and other fees on behalf of the borrower. Based on our review of the borrower's current financial circumstances, the borrower must repay the advances and other payments and fees we make on the 148 borrower's behalf either at the termination of the loan or on a payment plan. Borrowers must provide a written explanation of their hardship, which generally requests relief from their delinquent loan payments. We review the borrower's current financial situation and, based upon this review, we may create a payment plan for the borrower which allows the borrower to pay past due amounts over a period ranging from approximately 12 to 42 months, depending on the period for which deferment is requested, but not beyond the maturity date of the loan, in addition to making regular monthly loan payments. Each deferment arrangement must be approved by two of our managers. Deferment arrangements which defer two or more past due payments must also be approved by at least two senior vice presidents. Principal guidelines currently applicable to the deferment process include: (i) the borrower may have up to six payments deferred during the life of the loan; (ii) no more than three payments may be deferred during a twelve-month period; and (iii) the borrower must have made a minimum of six payments on the loan and twelve months must have passed since the last deferment in order to qualify for a new deferment arrangement. Any deferment arrangement which includes an exception to our guidelines must be approved by two senior vice presidents. If the deferment arrangement is approved, a collector contacts the borrower regarding the approval and the revised payment terms. For borrowers who are three or more payments delinquent, we will consider using a forbearance arrangement. In a forbearance arrangement, we make advances on behalf of the borrower in amounts equal to the delinquent loan payments, which include principal and interest. Additionally, we may pay taxes, insurance and other fees on behalf of the borrower. We assess the borrower's current financial situation and based upon this assessment, we will create a payment plan for the borrower which allows the borrower to pay past due amounts over a longer period than a typical deferment arrangement, but not beyond the maturity date of the loan. We typically structure a forbearance arrangement to require the borrower to make payments of principal and interest equivalent to the original loan terms plus additional monthly payments, which in the aggregate represent the amount that we advanced on behalf of the borrower. Principal guidelines currently applicable to the forbearance process include the following: (i) the borrower must have first and/or second mortgages with us; (ii) the borrower's account was originated at least six months prior to the request for forbearance; (iii) the borrower's account must be at least three payments delinquent to qualify for a forbearance agreement; (iv) the borrower must submit a written request for forbearance containing an explanation for his or her previous delinquency and setting forth the reasons that the borrower now believes he or she is able to meet his or her loan obligations; and (v) the borrower must make a down payment of at least one month's past due payments of principal and interest in order to enter into a forbearance agreement, and the borrower who is six or more payments delinquent must make a down payment of at least two past due payments. No request for forbearance may be denied without review by our senior vice president of collections or his designee. We do not enter into a deferment or forbearance arrangement based solely on the fact that a loan meets the criteria for one of the arrangements. Our use of any of these arrangements also depends upon one or more of the following factors: our assessment of the individual borrower's current financial situation, reasons for the delinquency and our view of prevailing economic conditions. Because deferment and forbearance arrangements are account management tools which help us to manage customer relationships, maximize collection opportunities and increase the value of our account relationships, the application of these tools generally is subject to constantly shifting complexities and variations in the marketplace. We attempt to tailor the type and terms of the arrangement we use to the borrower's circumstances. As a result of these arrangements, we reset the contractual status of a loan in our managed portfolio from delinquent to current based upon the borrower's resumption of making their principal and interest loan payments. A loan remains current after a deferment or forbearance arrangement with the borrower only if the borrower makes the principal and interest payments as required under the terms of the original note (exclusive of delinquent payments advanced or fees paid by us on the borrower's behalf as part of the deferment or forbearance arrangement), and we do not reflect it as a delinquent loan in our delinquency statistics. However, if the borrower fails to make principal and interest payments, we will generally declare the account in default, reflect it as a delinquent loan in our delinquency statistics and resume collection actions. 149 Information regarding the principal amounts of loans in our managed portfolio under deferment and forbearance arrangements and the principal amounts of loans which entered into deferment and forbearance arrangements during the years ended June 30, 2004 and 2003 is presented in "-- Total Portfolio Quality -- Deferment and Forbearance Arrangements." Advances made under deferment and forbearance arrangements result from a new credit decision regarding the borrower's ability to repay the advance, as well as perform under the original terms of the original loan, and do not involve any modification of the terms of the original loan. These arrangements are considered a new lending activity and do not qualify as troubled debt restructurings under SFAS No. 15, "Accounting by Debtors and Creditors for Troubled Debt Restructurings." We record the advances that we make under deferment and forbearance arrangements with borrowers as receivables on our balance sheet. We carry these receivables at their estimated recoverable amounts. If the original loan returns to a delinquency status of 90 days or more past due, we write the receivable off to expense. During the fiscal year ended June 30, 2004, we did not record any fee income on these arrangements while we recorded $100 thousand and $59 thousand during fiscal years ended June 30, 2003 and 2002, respectively. We view deferment and forbearance arrangements as loss mitigation actions available to assist borrowers who have reached out for help to prevent their loans from becoming more delinquent and going into a default status. We believe that in order to assist these borrowers, "best practice" lending would suggest mitigating the cost to the borrowers related to entering into these arrangements. We had charged fees where permitted by state lending laws for entering into this type of arrangement, however, starting in fiscal year 2004, we decided to discontinue the practice of charging fees to borrowers who entered into deferment and forbearance arrangements. The following table presents information regarding our on balance sheet receivables for advances to borrowers related to deferment and forbearance arrangements for the three months ended September 30, 2004 and 2003 (in thousands):
ADVANCES RECEIVABLE --------------------------------- UNDER UNDER DEFERMENT FORBEARANCE TOTAL --------- ----------- ------ THREE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2004: Balance June 30, 2004......................................................................... $3,311 $2,938 $6,249 Advances on new arrangements.................................................................. 880 68 948 Payments received............................................................................. (511) (473) (984) Receivables written off....................................................................... (236) (138) (374) ------ ------ ------ Balance September 30, 2004.................................................................... $3,444 $2,395 $5,839 ====== ====== ====== THREE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2003: Balance June 30, 2003......................................................................... $1,286 $3,055 $4,341 Advances on new arrangements.................................................................. 1,511 1,320 2,831 Payments received............................................................................. (287) (576) (863) Receivables written off....................................................................... (218) (147) (365) ------ ------ ------ Balance September 30, 2003.................................................................... $2,292 $3,652 $5,944 ====== ====== ======
REAL ESTATE OWNED. REO, comprising foreclosed properties and deeds acquired in lieu of foreclosure, decreased to $1.5 million at September 30, 2004, compared to $1.9 million at June 30, 2004, $4.8 million at June 30, 2003 and $3.8 million at June 30, 2002. The decrease in the amount of REO on our balance sheet at September 30, 2004 was mainly due to lower REO repurchases from the securitization trusts and liquidation of REO during the three months ended September 30, 2004. 150 The activity in REO carried on our balance sheet during the three months ended September 30, 2004 and 2003 was as follows. For total REO purchased from securitization trusts and the valuation loss recorded at the time of purchase, see the table "Summary of Loans and REO Repurchased from Mortgage Loan Securitization Trusts" on page 99 in "-- Securitizations -- Trigger Management." (in thousands):
THREE MONTHS ENDED YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, ------------------ ------------------------------- SEPTEMBER 30, 2004 2004 2003 2002 ------------------ -------- -------- -------- Balance at beginning of period ............................................ $1,920 $ 4,776 $ 3,784 $ 2,322 Properties acquired through foreclosure (a) ............................... 101 471 2,771 3,319 Properties purchased from securitization trusts (a) ....................... 96 8,576 21,998 11,236 Sales/liquidation proceeds ................................................ (433) (11,840) (22,273) (13,252) Property revaluation losses ............................................... -- (352) (833) (282) Gain (Loss) on sale/liquidation ........................................... (174) 289 (671) 441 ------ -------- -------- -------- Balance at end of period .................................................. $1,510 $ 1,920 $ 4,776 $ 3,784 ====== ======== ======== ========
--------------- (a) At lower of cost or net realizable value. LOSS EXPERIENCE. During the three months ended September 30, 2004, we experienced net loan, lease and REO charge-offs of $0.9 million or 1.12% on an annualized basis. During the three months ended June 30, 2004, we experienced net charge-offs of $7.3 million or 13.13% on an annualized basis. During the three months ended March 31, 2004, we experienced net charge-offs of $7.7 million, or 19.02% on an annualized basis. Principal loss severity experience on delinquent loans generally has ranged from 20% to 30% of principal and loss severity experience on REO generally has ranged from 20% to 40% of principal. The increase in net charge-offs from the prior periods was mainly due to the larger volume of loans that became delinquent, were repurchased from securitization trusts and/or, were liquidated during the period, as well as economic conditions and the seasoning of the total portfolio. See the table "Summary of Loans and REO Repurchased from Mortgage Loan Securitization Trusts" on page 99 for further detail of loan repurchase activity. 151 TOTAL PORTFOLIO QUALITY The following table provides data concerning delinquency experience, real estate owned and loss experience for the total loan and lease portfolio in which we have interests, either because the loans and leases are on our balance sheet or sold into securitizations in which we have retained interests. The total portfolio is divided into the portion of the portfolio managed and serviced by us, and the portion of the portfolio serviced by others. See "-- Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures" on page 163 for a reconciliation of total portfolio and REO measures to our balance sheet. See "-- Deferment and Forbearance Arrangements" on page 153 for the amounts of previously delinquent loans managed by us subject to these deferment and forbearance arrangements which are not included in this table if borrowers are current on principal and interest payments as required under the terms of the original note (exclusive of delinquent payments advanced or fees paid by us on the borrower's behalf as part of the deferment or forbearance arrangement) (dollars in thousands):
JUNE 30, SEPTEMBER 30, -------------------------------------------------------------- 2004 2004 2003 2002 ------------------ ------------------ ------------------ ------------------ AMOUNT % AMOUNT % AMOUNT % AMOUNT % ---------- ----- ---------- ----- ---------- ----- ---------- ----- DELINQUENCY BY TYPE: -------------------- MANAGED BY ABFS: BUSINESS PURPOSE LOANS (a)............. $ 233,221 $ 255,200 $ 393,098 $ 361,638 Total portfolio Period of delinquency: 31-60 days............................ $ 12,849 5.51% $ 4,847 1.90% $ 4,849 1.23% $ 2,449 0.68% 61-90 days............................ 6,608 2.83% 4,241 1.66% 4,623 1.18% 1,648 0.46% Over 90 days.......................... 44,926 19.26% 51,625 20.23% 38,237 9.73% 32,987 9.12% ---------- ----- ---------- ----- ---------- ----- ---------- ----- Total delinquencies................... $ 64,383 27.61% $ 60,713 23.79% $ 47,709 12.14% $ 37,084 10.25% ========== ===== ========== ===== ========== ===== ========== ===== REO.................................... $ 5,662 $ 3,725 $ 5,744 $ 6,220 ========== ========== ========== ========== HOME MORTGAGE LOANS Total portfolio........................ $1,671,205 $1,836,678 $3,249,501 $2,675,559 Period of delinquency: 31-60 days............................ $ 49,624 2.97% $ 35,301 1.92% $ 48,427 1.49% $ 37,213 1.39% 61-90 days............................ 25,083 1.50% 18,961 1.03% 24,124 0.74% 22,919 0.86% Over 90 days.......................... 100,317 6.00% 104,441 5.69% 108,272 3.33% 73,410 2.74% ---------- ----- ---------- ----- ---------- ----- ---------- ----- Total delinquencies................... $ 175,024 10.47% $ 158,703 8.64% $ 180,823 5.56% $ 133,542 4.99% ========== ===== ========== ===== ========== ===== ========== ===== REO.................................... $ 31,652 $ 30,675 $ 22,256 $ 27,825 ========== ========== ========== ========== EQUIPMENT LEASES (a) Total portfolio........................ -- $ 8,475 $ 28,992 Period of delinquency: 31-60 days............................ -- $ 162 1.91% $ 411 1.42% 61-90 days............................ -- 83 0.98% 93 0.32% Over 90 days.......................... -- 154 1.82% 423 1.46% ---------- ---------- ----- ---------- ----- Total delinquencies................... -- $ 399 4.71% $ 927 3.20% ========== ========== ===== ========== ===== TOTAL MANAGED BY ABFS: Total loans and leases................. $1,904,426 $2,091,878 $3,651,074 $3,066,189 Period of delinquency: 31-60 days............................ $ 62,473 3.28% $ 40,148 1.92% $ 53,438 1.46% $ 40,073 1.31% 61-90 days............................ 31,691 1.66% 23,202 1.11% 28,830 0.79% 24,660 0.80% Over 90 days.......................... 145,243 7.63% 156,066 7.46% 146,663 4.02% 106,820 3.48% ---------- ----- ---------- ----- ---------- ----- ---------- ----- Total delinquencies(b)................ $ 239,407 12.57% $ 219,416 10.49% $ 228,931 6.27% $ 171,553 5.59% ========== ===== ========== ===== ========== ===== ========== ===== REO.................................... $ 37,224 1.95% $ 34,400 1.64% $ 28,000 0.77% $ 34,045 1.11% ========== ===== ========== ===== ========== ===== ========== ===== SERVICED BY OTHERS (c): Total loans and leases................. $ 120,605 $ 139,811 -- -- Period of delinquency: 31-60 days............................ $ 9,332 7.74% $ 6,976 4.99% -- -- -- -- 61-90 days............................ 3,737 3.10% 3,636 2.60% -- -- -- -- Over 90 days.......................... 10,124 8.39% 8,105 5.80% -- -- -- -- ---------- ----- ---------- ----- ---------- ----- ---------- ----- Total delinquencies................... $ 23,193 19.23% $ 18,717 13.39% -- -- -- -- ========== ===== ========== ===== ========== ===== ========== =====
152 TOTAL PORTFOLIO QUALITY (CONTINUED)
JUNE 30, SEPTEMBER 30, ------------------------------------------------------------ 2004 2004 2003 2002 ------------------ ------------------ ----------------- ----------------- AMOUNT % AMOUNT % AMOUNT % AMOUNT % ---------- ----- ---------- ----- ---------- ---- ---------- ---- TOTAL PORTFOLIO ............................. $2,025,031 $2,231,689 $3,651,074 $3,066,189 Period of delinquency: 31-60 days ................................. $ 71,805 3.55% $ 47,124 2.11% $ 53,438 1.46% $ 40,073 1.31% 61-90 days ................................. 35,428 1.75% 26,838 1.20% 28,830 0.79% 24,660 0.80% Over 90 days ............................... 155,367 7.67% 164,171 7.36% 146,663 4.02% 106,820 3.48% ---------- ----- ---------- ----- ---------- ---- ---------- ---- Total delinquencies ........................ $ 262,600 12.97% $ 238,133 10.67% $ 228,931 6.27% $ 171,553 5.59% ========== ===== ========== ===== ========== ==== ========== ==== REO ......................................... $ 37,224 1.84% $ 34,400 1.54% $ 28,000 0.77% $ 34,045 1.11% ========== ===== ========== ===== ========== ==== ========== ==== NET LOSSES EXPERIENCED DURING THE PERIOD(d): On Loans: Absorbed by securitization trusts .......... $ 1,129 0.21% $ 8,782 0.32% 4,861 0.15% $ 2,618 0.09% Non-accrual loans .......................... 1,658 0.31% 19,676(e) 0.71% 6,897 0.21% 3,816 0.14% Loans available for sale ................... -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- On Leases: -- -- (40) (1.25%) 513 2.91% 1,416 3.20% On REO: Absorbed by securitization trusts .......... 288 0.05% 5,648 0.20% 8,358 0.25% 5,231 0.19% ---------- ----- ---------- ----- ---------- ---- ---------- ---- REO on balance sheet ....................... 643 0.12% 6,467 0.23% 9,375 0.28% 3,812 0.14% ========== ===== ========== ===== ========== ==== ========== ==== TOTAL NET LOSSES ............................ $ 3,718 0.70% $ 40,533 1.46% $ 30,004 0.90% $ 16,893 0.60% ========== ===== ========== ===== ========== ==== ========== ====
--------------- (a) We sold our interests in the leasing portfolio on January 22, 2004. (b) Including previously delinquent loans under deferment and forbearance arrangements (which are reported as current loans if borrowers are current under the terms of the original note), total delinquency for the managed portfolio would be 22.26%, 20.83%, 11.68% and 10.11% at September 30, 2004, June 30, 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively. (c) We do not service the mortgage loans in the 2003-2 securitization trust, our most recent securitization, which closed in October 2003. (d) Percentage based on annualized losses and average total portfolio. (e) $15.7 million was charged to the provision for credit losses and $4.0 million was charged to General and Administrative expenses. We do not service the mortgage loans in the 2003-2 securitization trust, our most recent securitization, which closed in October 2003. A third party services the $139.8 million of mortgage loans in that trust. Those loans and their delinquency status are included in the above Total Portfolio Quality table because we have retained securitization interests in the form of interest-only strips on our balance sheet. Due to different servicing practices, which may be followed by other loan servicers, loans serviced by others may perform less favorably and incur higher delinquencies and losses than the loans in the portfolio managed by us. We adjusted the initial loss assumption applied in valuing our interest-only strip from the 2003-2 securitization to account for this risk. No mortgage loans in the total portfolio were serviced by third parties prior to October 2003. DEFERMENT AND FORBEARANCE ARRANGEMENTS. See "-- On Balance Sheet Portfolio Quality -- Deferment and Forbearance Arrangements" on page 148 for a discussion of how these arrangements arise and our policies and practices regarding deferment and forbearance arrangements. The following table presents, as of the end of our last nine quarters, information regarding loans under deferment and forbearance arrangements, which are reported as current loans if borrowers are current on principal and interest payments as required under the terms of the original note (exclusive of delinquent payments advanced or fees paid by us on the borrower's behalf as part of the deferment or forbearance arrangement) and thus not included in delinquencies in the delinquency table (dollars in thousands): 153
CUMULATIVE UNPAID PRINCIPAL BALANCE ----------------------------------------------- % OF PORTFOLIO UNDER UNDER MANAGED DEFERMENT FORBEARANCE TOTAL(a) BY ABFS --------- ----------- -------- --------- June 30, 2002 .................................................................. $ 64,958 $73,705 $138,663 4.52% September 30, 2002 ............................................................. 67,282 76,649 143,931 4.50 December 31, 2002 .............................................................. 70,028 81,585 151,613 4.55 March 31, 2003 ................................................................. 85,205 84,751 169,956 4.89 June 30, 2003 .................................................................. 110,487 87,199 197,686 5.41 September 30, 2003 ............................................................. 141,547 80,467 222,014 7.47 December 31, 2003 .............................................................. 152,664 75,769 228,433 9.17 March 31, 2004 ................................................................. 162,576 66,844 229,420 10.46 June 30, 2004 .................................................................. 160,572 55,776 216,348 10.34 September 30, 2004 ............................................................. 145,314 39,283 184,597 9.69
--------------- (a) Included in cumulative unpaid principal balance are loans with arrangements that were entered into longer than twelve months ago. At September 30, 2004, there was $63.6 million of cumulative unpaid principal balance under deferment arrangements and $31.2 million of cumulative unpaid principal balance under forbearance arrangements that were entered into prior to July 2003. Additionally, there are loans under deferment and forbearance arrangements, which have returned to delinquent status. At September 30, 2004 there was $72.9 million of cumulative unpaid principal balance under deferment arrangements and $53.7 million of cumulative unpaid principal balance under forbearance arrangements that are now reported as delinquent 31 days or more. During the final six months of fiscal 2003 and the first six months of fiscal 2004, we experienced a pronounced increase in the number of borrowers under deferment arrangements and in light of the weakened economic environment during that twelve-month period we made use of deferment arrangements to a greater degree than in prior periods. The economic conditions that contributed most to the greater use of deferment arrangements during this period related to increased unemployment, loss of one job in two income households, and reductions in normal working hours and overtime. Since December 2003, we have experienced a reduction in new deferment arrangements due to improving economic conditions and if the improving economic environment continues, we expect to continue to experience a reduction in new deferment arrangements. The following table presents the amount of unpaid principal balance of loans that entered into a deferment or forbearance arrangement in each quarter (dollars in thousands):
UNPAID PRINCIPAL BALANCE IMPACTED BY ARRANGEMENTS ENTERED INTO DURING THE QUARTER ---------------------------------------------- % OF PORTFOLIO QUARTER ENDED: UNDER UNDER MANAGED -------------- DEFERMENT FORBEARANCE TOTAL BY ABFS --------- ----------- ------- --------- September 30, 2002 .............................................................. $11,619 $23,564 $35,183 1.10% December 31, 2002 ............................................................... 17,015 27,004 44,019 1.32 March 31, 2003 .................................................................. 37,117 28,051 65,168 1.87 June 30, 2003 ................................................................... 44,840 18,064 62,904 1.72 September 30, 2003 .............................................................. 58,419 15,955 74,374 2.50 December 31, 2003 ............................................................... 52,029 14,272 66,301 2.66 March 31, 2004 .................................................................. 32,812 4,139 36,951 1.69 June 30, 2004 ................................................................... 32,332 982 33,314 1.59 September 30, 2004 .............................................................. 36,571 435 37,006 1.94
154 The following table presents a summary of the activity, in terms of the principal balance, of loans under these arrangements for the three months ended September 30, 2004 and 2003 (in thousands):
THREE MONTHS ENDED THREE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2004 SEPTEMBER 30, 2003 ----------------------- ----------------------- UNDER UNDER UNDER UNDER DEFERMENT FORBEARANCE DEFERMENT FORBEARANCE --------- ----------- --------- ----------- Principal balance beginning of period ....................................... $160,572 $ 55,776 $110,487 $ 87,199 Plus loans entering arrangements: First time arrangements .................................................... 30,502 435 56,762 14,678 Repeat arrangements ........................................................ 6,069 -- 1,657 1,277 Plus/Less loans that changed status: Loans returned to current status ........................................... 23,728 12,010 6,950 5,286 Loans returned to delinquent status(a) ..................................... (57,826) (23,662) (22,593) (22,682) Less loans exiting the program: Loans charged off .......................................................... -- -- (6) (18) Loans paid off ............................................................. (11,734) (3,022) (9,156) (4,521) Loans servicing released ................................................... (28) -- Loan principal payments received ........................................... (232) (31) (99) (111) Loans that completed program ............................................... (5,737) (2,223) (2,455) (641) -------- -------- -------- -------- Principal balance end of period ............................................. $145,314 $ 39,283 $141,547 $ 80,467 ======== ======== ======== ========
--------------- (a) During the three months ended September 30, 2004, $1.2 million and $2.3 million of loans previously under forbearance and deferment arrangements, respectively, which had returned to delinquent status, were foreclosed. The following table presents a summary of the activity, in terms of the principal balance, of loans under these arrangements for the years ended June 30, 2004 and 2003 (in thousands):
YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 2004 2003 ----------------------- ----------------------- UNDER UNDER UNDER UNDER DEFERMENT FORBEARANCE DEFERMENT FORBEARANCE --------- ----------- --------- ----------- Principal balance beginning of period ....................................... $ 110,487 $ 87,199 $ 64,958 $ 73,705 Plus loans entering arrangements: First time arrangements .................................................... 166,288 32,459 106,781 83,942 Repeat arrangements ........................................................ 9,304 2,889 3,810 12,741 Less loans that changed status: Loans returned to current status ........................................... 54,246 34,569 23,777 24,710 Loans returned to delinquent status(a) ..................................... (121,008) (78,863) (57,700) (86,142) Less loans exiting the program: Loans charged off .......................................................... (120) (101) (54) (118) Loans paid off ............................................................. (47,445) (16,610) (20,775) (13,510) Loan principal payments received ........................................... (771) (259) (94) (29) Loans that completed program ............................................... (10,409) (5,507) (10,216) (8,100) --------- -------- -------- -------- Principal balance end of period ............................................. $ 160,572 $ 55,776 $110,487 $ 87,199 ========= ======== ======== ========
--------------- (a) During the year ended June 30, 2004, $2.5 million and $4.2 million of loans previously under forbearance and deferment arrangements, respectively, which had returned to delinquent status, were foreclosed. From June 30, 2002 through the quarter ended September 30, 2004, we entered into deferment and forbearance arrangements with borrowers with loan principal outstanding totaling $1.9 billion at the time of those arrangements. Of the total loans under deferment or forbearance arrangements, $425.2 million, or 23%, returned to delinquent status during fiscal years ended June 30, 2004 and 2003 and the three months ended September 30, 2004. Once these loans ceased to be current they were reported in our loan portfolio 155 delinquency statistics. Since loans under deferment and forbearance arrangements are held within the securitization trusts loans, their return to delinquency status would be reflected in all trust delinquency and loss statistics and would be considered in delinquency and loss triggers for the respective securitization trusts. Any credit losses realized on loans under these arrangements are included in total portfolio historical losses, which are used in developing credit loss assumptions. DELINQUENT LOANS AND LEASES. Total delinquencies (loans with payments past due greater than 30 days, excluding REO) in the total portfolio were $262.6 million at September 30, 2004 compared to $238.1 million at June 30, 2004, $228.9 million at June 30, 2003 and $171.6 million at June 30, 2002. Total delinquencies as a percentage of the total portfolio were 12.97% at September 30, 2004, compared to 10.67% at June 30, 2004, 6.27% at June 30, 2003 and 5.59% at June 30, 2002. The increase in delinquencies and delinquency percentage in fiscal 2005 were mainly due to the impact on our borrowers of weak and uncertain economic conditions, which may include the reduction in other sources of credit to our borrowers, and the seasoning of the total portfolio. As the total portfolio seasons, or ages, more borrowers can be expected to incur credit problems. These factors have resulted in a significant usage of deferment and forbearance arrangements. In addition, the delinquency percentage has increased due to high loan prepayment experience resulting from borrowers' refinancing activities. Refinancing is not typically available to delinquent borrowers, and therefore the remaining portfolio is experiencing a higher delinquency rate. A decrease in the amount of loans managed by us also contributed to the increase in the delinquency percentage at September 30, 2004 from June 30, 2004. As the total portfolio continues to season, and if our economy does not continue to improve, the delinquency rate may increase. REAL ESTATE OWNED. Total REO, comprising foreclosed properties and deeds acquired in lieu of foreclosure, increased to $37.2 million, or 1.84% of the total portfolio at September 30, 2004 compared to $34.4 million, or 1.54% at June 30, 2004 and $26.2 million, or 1.11% at March 31, 2004. The increase in REO resulted from actions taken during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2004 to slow down the sales and liquidations of REO properties in the total portfolio and to implement a program to identify REO properties whose values may be maximized through rehabilitation. We intend to put greater effort into rehabilitating those REO properties and renting the properties to create sales value. It is too early in this program to predict how successful the program may be. As the total portfolio continues to season and if our economy does not continue to improve, the REO balance may increase. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK A primary market risk exposure that we face is interest rate risk. Profitability and financial performance is sensitive to changes in interest rate swap yields, Treasury yields and one-month LIBOR yields. Changes in these interest rates impact the interest rate spread between the effective rate of interest received on loans available for sale or securitized loans (all fixed interest rates) and the interest rates paid pursuant to credit facilities or the pass-through interest rate to investors for interests issued in connection with securitizations. Profitability and financial performance is also sensitive to the impact of changes in interest rates on the fair value of loans which are expected to be sold in whole loan sales. A substantial and sustained increase in market interest rates could adversely affect our ability to originate and purchase loans and maintain our profitability. The overall objective of our interest rate risk management strategy is to mitigate the effects of changing interest rates on profitability and the fair value of interest rate sensitive balances (primarily loans available for sale, interest-only strips, servicing rights and subordinated debentures). We address this challenge by carefully monitoring our product pricing, the actions of our competition and market trends and the use of hedging strategies in order to continue to originate loans in as profitable a manner as possible. A component of our interest rate risk exposure relates to changes in the fair value of certain interest-only strips due to changes in one-month LIBOR. The structure of certain securitization trusts includes a floating interest rate certificate, which pays interest based on one-month LIBOR plus an interest rate spread. Floating interest rate certificates in a securitization expose us to gains or losses due to changes in the fair value of the interest-only strip from changes in the floating interest rate paid to the certificate holders. A rising interest rate environment could unfavorably impact our liquidity and capital resources. Rising interest rates could impact our short-term liquidity by limiting our ability to sell loans at favorable premiums 156 in whole loan sales, widening investor interest rate spread requirements in pricing future securitizations, increasing the levels of overcollateralization in future securitizations, limiting our access to borrowings in the capital markets and limiting our ability to sell our subordinated debentures at favorable interest rates. In a rising interest rate environment, short-term and long-term liquidity could also be impacted by increased interest costs on all sources of borrowed funds, including the subordinated debentures, and by reducing interest rate spreads on our securitized loans, which would reduce our cash flows. See "-- Liquidity and Capital Resources" on page 62 for a discussion of long-term and short-term liquidity. INTEREST RATE SENSITIVITY. The following table provides information about financial instruments that are sensitive to changes in interest rates. For interest-only strips and servicing rights, the table presents projected principal cash flows utilizing assumptions including prepayment and credit loss rates. See "-- Securitizations" on page 92 for more information on these assumptions. For debt obligations, the table presents principal cash flows and related average interest rates by expected maturity dates (dollars in thousands):
AMOUNT MATURING AFTER JUNE 30, 2004 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ MONTHS MONTHS MONTHS MONTHS MONTHS THERE- 1 TO 12 13 TO 24 25 TO 36 37 TO 48 49 TO 60 AFTER TOTAL FAIR VALUE -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- ---------- RATE SENSITIVE ASSETS: Loans available for sale(a) ......... $332,709 $ 49 $ 53 $ 57 $ 62 $ 3,581 $336,511 $345,953 Interest-only strips ................ 103,908 90,057 64,282 54,660 49,543 344,973 707,423 448,812 Servicing rights .................... 17,183 13,767 12,365 11,274 10,270 66,351 131,210 66,712 RATE SENSITIVE LIABILITIES: Fixed interest rate borrowings ...... $374,226 $155,704 $32,241 $ 7,507 $ 7,492 $ 11,839 $589,009 $587,898 Average interest rate ............... 10.29% 9.87% 10.17% 9.63% 11.76% 11.93% 10.22% Variable interest rate borrowings ... $279,943 $ -- $ -- $ -- $ -- $ -- $279,943 $279,943 Average interest rate ............... 4.21% -- -- -- -- -- 4.21%
--------------- (a) For purposes of this table, all loans which qualify for securitization or whole loan sale are reflected as maturing within twelve months, since loans available for sale are generally held for less than three months prior to securitization or whole loan sale. LOANS AVAILABLE FOR SALE. Gain on sale of loans may be unfavorably impacted to the extent we hold loans with fixed interest rates prior to their sale. See "Business -- Business Strategy" on page 168 for a discussion of our intent to add adjustable rate mortgage loans to our loan product line. A significant variable affecting the gain on sale of loans in a securitization is the interest rate spread between the average interest rate on fixed interest rate loans and the weighted-average pass-through interest rate to investors for interests issued in connection with the securitization. Although the average loan interest rate is fixed at the time the loan is originated, the pass-through interest rate to investors is not fixed until the pricing of the securitization which occurs just prior to the sale of the loans. Generally, the period between loan origination and pricing of the pass-through interest rate is less than three months. If market interest rates required by investors increase prior to securitization of the loans, the interest rate spread between the average interest rate on the loans and the pass-through interest rate to investors may be reduced or eliminated. This factor could have a material adverse effect on our future results of operations and financial condition. We estimate that each 0.1% reduction in the interest rate spread reduces the gain on sale of loans as a percentage of loans securitized by approximately 0.2%. See "-- Strategies for Use of Derivative Financial Instruments" on page 158 for further detail of our interest rate risk management for available for sale loans. A significant variable affecting the gain on sale of fixed interest rate loans sold in whole loan sale transactions is the change in market interest rates between the date the loan was originated at a fixed rate of interest and the date the loan was sold in a whole loan sale. If market interest rates required by investors increase prior to sale of the loans, the premium expected on sale of the loans would be reduced. This factor could have a material adverse effect on our future results of operations and financial condition. INTEREST-ONLY STRIPS AND SERVICING RIGHTS. A portion of the certificates issued to investors by certain securitization trusts are floating interest rate certificates based on one-month LIBOR plus an interest rate spread. The fair value of the excess cash flow we will receive from these trusts would be affected by any 157 changes in interest rates paid on the floating interest rate certificates. At September 30, 2004, $195.5 million of debt issued by loan securitization trusts was floating interest rate certificates based on one-month LIBOR, representing 13.2% of total debt issued by loan securitization trusts. In accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, the changes in fair value are generally recognized as part of net adjustments to other comprehensive income, which is a component of stockholders' equity. As of September 30, 2004, the interest rate sensitivity for $170.6 million of floating interest rate certificates issued by securitization trusts is managed with an interest rate swap contract effectively fixing our cost for this debt. See "-- Strategies for Use of Derivative Financial Instruments" on page 158 for further detail. The interest rate sensitivity for $63.0 million of floating interest rate certificates issued from the 2003-1 Trust is managed by an interest rate cap, which was entered into by the Trust at the inception of the securitization. This interest rate cap limits the one-month LIBOR to a maximum rate of 4.0% and was structured to automatically unwind as the floating interest rate certificates pay down. The interest rate sensitivity for $107.6 million of floating interest rate certificates issued from the 2003-2 Trust is managed by an interest rate cap, which was entered into by the Trust at the inception of the securitization. This interest rate cap limits the one-month LIBOR to a maximum rate of 4.0% and was structured to automatically unwind as the floating interest rate certificates pay down. A significant change in market interest rates could increase or decrease the level of loan prepayments, thereby changing the size of the total managed loan portfolio and the related projected cash flows. We attempt to minimize prepayment risk on interest-only strips and servicing rights by requiring prepayment fees on business loans and home equity loans, where permitted by law. When originally recorded, approximately 90-95% of business loans and 80-85% of home equity loans in the total portfolio were subject to prepayment fees. At June 30, 2004, approximately 50-55% of business loans and 50-55% of home equity loans in the total portfolio were subject to prepayment fees. However, higher than anticipated rates of loan prepayments could result in a write down of the fair value of related interest-only strips and servicing rights, adversely impacting earnings during the period of adjustment. We perform revaluations of our interest-only strips and servicing rights on a quarterly basis. As part of the revaluation process, we monitor the assumptions used for prepayment rates against actual experience, economic conditions and other factors and we adjust the assumptions, if warranted. See "-- Securitizations" on page 92 for further information regarding these assumptions and the impact of prepayments during this period. SUBORDINATED DEBENTURES AND SENIOR COLLATERALIZED SUBORDINATED NOTES. We also experience interest rate risk to the extent that as of September 30, 2004 approximately $213.4 million of our liabilities were comprised of fixed interest rate subordinated debentures and senior collateralized subordinated notes outstanding with scheduled maturities of greater than one year. To the extent that market interest rates demanded on subordinated debentures increase in the future, the interest rates paid on replacement debt could exceed interest rates currently paid thereby increasing interest expense and reducing net income. STRATEGIES FOR USE OF DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS. All derivative financial instruments are recorded on the balance sheet at fair value with realized and unrealized gains and losses included in the statement of income in the period incurred. The following discussion breaks down our use of derivative financial instruments into hedging activity and trading activity. In June 1998, the FASB issued SFAS No. 133 "Accounting for Derivative Financial Instruments and Hedging Activities," referred to as SFAS No. 133 in this document. SFAS No. 133 establishes accounting and reporting standards for derivative instruments, including certain derivative instruments embedded in other contracts (collectively referred to as derivatives), and for hedging activities. It requires that an entity recognize all derivatives as either assets or liabilities in the statement of financial position and measure those instruments at fair value. If certain criteria are met, a derivative may be specifically designated as (a) a hedge of the exposure to changes in the fair value of a recognized asset or liability or an unrecognized firm commitment (fair value hedge), (b) a hedge of the exposure to variable cash flows of a forecasted transaction (cash flow hedge), or (c) a hedge of the foreign currency exposure of a net investment in a foreign operation. If a derivative is a hedge, depending on the nature of the hedge designation, changes in the fair value of a derivative are either offset against the change in the fair value of assets, liabilities, or firm commitments through earnings or recognized in other comprehensive income until the hedged item is recognized in 158 earnings. The ineffective portion of a derivative's change in fair value will be recognized in earnings immediately. If a derivative is trading, changes in its fair value are recognized in earnings. The value of a derivative financial instrument is based on a notional amount, but this notional amount is not carried on the balance sheet. The notional amount is not exchanged between counterparties to the derivative financial instrument, but is only used as a basis to determine fair value, which is recorded on the balance sheet and to determine interest and other payments between the counterparties. Our exposure to credit risk in a derivative transaction is represented by the fair value of those derivative financial instruments in a gain position. We attempt to manage this exposure by limiting our derivative financial instruments to those traded on major exchanges and where our counterparties are major financial institutions. HEDGE ACCOUNTING From time to time, we utilize derivative financial instruments in an attempt to mitigate the effect of changes in interest rates between the date loans are originated at fixed interest rates and the date the terms and pricing for a whole loan sale are fixed or the date the fixed interest rate pass-through certificates to be issued by a securitization trust are priced. Generally, the period between loan origination and pricing for whole loan sales is less than 45 days and the period between loan origination and pricing of the pass-through interest rate is less than three months. The types of derivative financial instruments we use to mitigate the effects of changes in fair value of our loans due to interest rate changes may include interest rate swaps, futures and forward contracts, including forward sale agreements. The nature and quantity of hedging transactions are determined based on various factors, including market conditions and the expected volume of mortgage loan originations and purchases. RELATED TO LOANS EXPECTED TO BE SOLD THROUGH WHOLE LOAN SALE TRANSACTIONS. We may also utilize derivative financial instruments in an attempt to mitigate the effect of changes in market interest rates between the date loans are originated at fixed interest rates and the date that the loans will be sold in a whole loan sale. Derivative contracts may be specifically designated as hedges of mortgage loans, which we would expect to include in a whole loan sale transaction at a future date. We may hedge the effect of changes in market interest rates with forward sale agreements, Eurodollar futures, forward starting interest rate swaps, forward treasury sales or derivative contracts of similar underlying securities. We also enter into forward sale agreements to manage this risk. RELATED TO LOANS EXPECTED TO BE SOLD THROUGH SECURITIZATIONS. We may specifically designate derivative contracts as hedges of mortgage loans, which we expect to include in a term securitization at a future date. The mortgage loans consist of essentially similar pools of fixed interest rate loans, collateralized by real estate (primarily residential real estate) with similar maturities and similar credit characteristics. Fixed interest rate pass-through certificates issued by securitization trusts are generally priced to yield an interest rate spread above interest rate swap yield curves with maturities matching the maturities of the pass-through certificates. We may hedge potential changes in fair value due to changes in interest rate swap yield curves with forward starting interest rate swaps, Eurodollar futures, forward treasury sales or derivative contracts of similar underlying securities. This practice has provided strong correlation between our hedge contracts and the ultimate pricing we receive on the subsequent securitization. At June 30, 2004 and 2003, we did not have any outstanding derivative financial instruments designated as hedges of loans we expected to sell through securitizations. DISQUALIFIED HEDGING RELATIONSHIP IN FISCAL 2003. The securitization market was not available to us in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2003. As a result, we realized that the expected high correlation between the changes in the fair values of derivatives designated as a hedge of mortgage loans previously expected to be securitized would not be achieved, and we discontinued hedge accounting for $170.0 million of forward starting interest rate swaps. Losses of $4.0 million on these $170.0 million of interest rate swaps were charged to the Statement of Income in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2003. An offsetting increase of $3.7 million in the value of the hedged mortgage loans was also recorded in the Statement of Income, representing the change in fair value of the loans for the hedged risk until the date that we learned that the securitization market was not available. The $170.0 million of interest rate swaps were reclassified as trading contracts. 159 SUMMARY OF HEDGE ACCOUNTING. We recorded the following gains and losses on the fair value of derivative financial instruments accounted for as hedging transactions for the three months ended September 30, 2004. There were no derivative financial instruments accounted for as hedging transactions for the three months ended September 30, 2003. Ineffectiveness related to qualified hedging relationships was immaterial. Ineffectiveness is a measure of the difference in the change in fair value of the derivative financial instrument as compared to the change in the fair value of the item hedged (in thousands):
THREE MONTHS ENDED YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, SEPTEMBER 30, ----------------------------- 2004 2004 2003 2002 ------------- ------- ------- -------- Gains and losses on derivatives recorded in securitization gains and offset by gains and losses recorded on loan securitizations: Losses on derivative financial instruments ....................................... $ -- $ -- $(3,806) $ (9,401) Recorded in gains and losses on derivative financial instruments: Gains (losses) on derivative financial instruments ............................... $(652) $ 1,157 $(7,037) $ -- Gains (losses) on hedged loans ................................................... $ 632 $(2,283) $ 6,160 $ -- Amount settled in cash -- received (paid) ........................................ $(773) $ 656 $(5,041) $(9,401)
At September 30, 2004 and June 30, 2004 and 2003, the notional amounts of forward sale agreements, Eurodollar futures contracts and forward starting interest rate swap contracts accounted for as hedges and related unrealized gains and losses recorded as assets or liabilities on the balance sheet were as follows (in thousands):
AT JUNE 30, SEPTEMBER 30, ---------------------------------------------- 2004 2004 2003 --------------------- --------------------- --------------------- NOTIONAL UNREALIZED NOTIONAL UNREALIZED NOTIONAL UNREALIZED AMOUNT (LOSS) AMOUNT (LOSS) AMOUNT LOSS -------- ---------- -------- ---------- -------- ---------- Forward sale agreement .............................. $360,358 $-- $275,000 $ -- $275,000 $ -- Eurodollar futures contracts ........................ $ -- $-- $ 27,962 $(103) $ -- $ -- Forward starting interest rate swaps ................ $ -- $-- $ -- $ -- $ -- $(6,776)(a)
--------------- (a) Represents the liability carried on the balance sheet at June 30, 2003 for previously recorded losses not settled in cash by June 30, 2003. The sensitivity of the Eurodollar futures contracts classified as fair value hedges as of June 30, 2004 to a 0.1% change in market interest rates is $9 thousand. TRADE ACCOUNTING Generally, we do not enter into derivative financial instrument contracts for trading purposes. However, we have entered into derivative financial instrument contracts, which were not designated or qualified as accounting hedges in accordance with SFAS No. 133. In these cases the derivative contracts are recorded as an asset or liability on the balance sheet at fair value and gains and losses are included in the income statement. RELATED TO LOANS EXPECTED TO BE SOLD THROUGH WHOLE LOAN SALE TRANSACTIONS. During fiscal 2005 and 2004, we used Eurodollar futures contracts or interest rate swap contracts to manage interest rate risk on loans in our pipeline or loans expected to be sold in whole loan sale transactions. Forward starting interest rate swap contracts with a notional amount of $170.0 million were carried over from a fiscal 2003 disqualified hedging relationship. These forward starting interest rate swap contracts were used to manage the effect of changes in market interest rates on the fair value of fixed-rate mortgage loans that were sold in the first quarter of fiscal 2004 and the contracts were closed in that quarter. We had elected not to designate these derivative contracts as an accounting hedge. 160 RELATED TO LOANS EXPECTED TO BE SOLD THROUGH SECURITIZATIONS. During fiscal 2003, we used interest rate swap contracts to protect the future securitization spreads on loans in our pipeline. Loans in the pipeline represent loan applications for which we are in the process of obtaining all the documentation required for a loan approval or approved loans, which have not been accepted by the borrower and are not considered to be firm commitments. We believed there was a greater chance that market interest rates we would obtain on the subsequent securitization of these loans would increase rather than decline, and chose to protect the spread we could earn in the event of rising rates. However due to declining market interest rates during the period the derivative contracts were used to manage interest rate risk on loans in our pipeline, we recorded losses on forward starting interest rate swap contracts during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2003. The losses are summarized in the table below. During the year ended June 30, 2004, we did not utilize derivative financial instruments to protect future securitization spreads on loans in our pipeline. We recorded the following gains and losses on the fair value of derivative financial instruments classified as trading for the three months ended September 30, 2004 and 2003 and the years ended June 30, 2004 and 2003. There were no derivative contracts classified as trading for the year ended June 30, 2002 except those noted below at June 30, 2002 to manage the exposure to changes in the fair value of certain interest-only strips due to changes in one-month LIBOR (in thousands):
THREE MONTHS ENDED YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, SEPTEMBER 30, ------------------ 2004 2004 2003 ------------- ------- -------- Trading Gains/(Losses) on Eurodollar futures contracts: Related to loan pipeline.................................................................... $(1,969) $(1,425) $ -- Trading Gains/(Losses) on forward starting interest rate swaps: Related to loan pipeline.................................................................... $ -- $ -- $ (3,796) Related to whole loan sales................................................................. $ -- $ 5,097 $ 441 Amount settled in cash -- (paid)............................................................ $(2,838) $(1,187) $(2,671)
At September 30, 2004 and June 30, 2004 and 2003, outstanding Eurodollar futures contracts or forward starting interest rate swaps used to manage interest rate risk on loans in our pipeline or expected to be sold in whole loan sale transactions and associated unrealized gains and unrealized losses recorded as assets and liabilities on the balance sheet were as follows (in thousands):
AT JUNE 30, SEPTEMBER 30, ---------------------------------------------- 2004 2004 2003 --------------------- --------------------- --------------------- NOTIONAL UNREALIZED NOTIONAL UNREALIZED NOTIONAL UNREALIZED AMOUNT GAIN AMOUNT (LOSS) AMOUNT GAIN -------- ---------- -------- ---------- -------- ---------- Eurodollar futures contracts ........................... $10,000 $ 2 $202,038 $(851) $ -- $ -- Forward starting interest rate swaps ................... $ -- $-- $ -- $ -- $170,000 $441
The sensitivity of the Eurodollar futures contracts held as trading as of September 30, 2004 to a 0.1% change in market interest rates is $2 thousand. RELATED TO INTEREST-ONLY STRIPS. We had an interest rate swap contract, which was not designated as an accounting hedge, designed to reduce the exposure to changes in the fair value of certain interest-only strips due to changes in one-month LIBOR. This contract matured in April 2004. Unrealized gains and losses on the interest rate swap contract were due to changes in the interest rate swap yield curve during the periods the contract was in place. Net gains and losses on this interest rate swap contract included the amount of cash settlement with the contract counter party each period. Net gains and losses on this interest rate swap contract for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2004, 2003 and 2002 were as follows (in thousands): 161
YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, ------------------------- 2004 2003 2002 ----- ------- ------ Unrealized gain (loss) on interest rate swap contract................................................. $ 335 $ 127 $ (460) Cash interest paid on interest rate swap contract..................................................... (307) (1,038) (266) ----- ------- ------ Net gain (loss) on interest rate swap contract........................................................ $ 28 $ (911) $(726) ===== ======= ======
In the future, we may expand the types of derivative financial instruments we use to hedge interest rate risk to include other types of derivative contracts. However, an effective interest rate risk management strategy is complex and no such strategy can completely insulate us from interest rate changes. Poorly designed strategies or improperly executed transactions may increase rather than mitigate risk. Hedging involves transaction and other costs that could increase as the period covered by the hedging protection increases. Although it is expected that such costs would be offset by income realized from whole loan sales or securitizations in that period or in future periods, we may be prevented from effectively hedging fixed interest rate loans held for sale without reducing income in current or future periods. In addition, while Eurodollar rates, interest rate swap yield curves and the pass-through interest rate of securitizations are generally strongly correlated, this correlation has not held in periods of financial market disruptions. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS We have a non-recourse loan receivable from our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Anthony J. Santilli, for $0.6 million, which was an advance for the exercise of stock options to purchase 247,513 shares (272,264 shares after the effect of stock dividends) of our common stock in 1995. The loan is due in September 2005 (earlier if the stock is disposed of). Interest at 6.46% is payable annually. The non-recourse loan is secured by 247,513 shares (272,264 shares after the effect of stock dividends) of our common stock, and is shown as a reduction of stockholders' equity in our financial statements. Mr. Santilli is current in all payments required by the loan agreement. Our only recourse in the event of non-payment is to the shares securing the loan. In February 2003, we awarded 2,000 shares (2,200 shares after the effect of a subsequent stock dividend) of our common stock to each of Warren E. Palitz and Jeffrey S. Steinberg as newly appointed members of our Board of Directors. Jeffrey S. Steinberg, formerly one of our directors and currently an Executive Vice President, received $58 thousand in consulting fees from us during the quarter ended December 31, 2003 and $60 thousand in consulting fees during the quarter ended March 31, 2004 prior to his resignation from our Board of Directors on February 20, 2004. Mr. Steinberg received the consulting fees for assisting us during these two fiscal quarters with the implementation of the adjusted business strategy, including the expansion of our broker network into California, Texas and Maryland. Mr. Steinberg was instrumental in negotiating agreements to purchase broker assets in these states and in quickly organizing these assets into loan production facilities. Mr. Steinberg's compensation was determined by reference to the fees charged by finders and brokers, including investment bankers, for efforts to find and purchase loan production assets. Barry Epstein, Managing Director of the National Wholesale Residential Mortgage Division, received 200,000 shares (220,000 shares after giving effect to subsequent stock dividends) of common stock on December 24, 2003 under the terms of his employment agreement, subject to the transfer restrictions and forfeiture provisions provided for in a restricted stock agreement until achievement of certain performance goals stipulated in both agreements. The shares were issued by us as a material inducement for Mr. Epstein's employment. The performance goals have been met, and the transfer and forfeiture provisions have been terminated, with respect to 100,000 shares (110,000 shares after giving effect to a subsequent stock dividend). We employ members of the immediate family of three of our executive officers (one of whom is also a director) in various executive and other positions. We believe that the salaries we pay these individuals are competitive with salaries paid to other employees in similar positions in our organization and in our industry. In fiscal 2003, Lanard & Axilbund, Inc. ("L&A"), a real estate brokerage and management firm in which our Director, Mr. Sussman, was a shareholder until December 31, 2002 and is now Chairman 162 Emeritus, acted as our agent in connection with the lease of our current corporate office space. As a result of this transaction, L&A received a commission of $978,439 from the landlord of the leased office space during fiscal 2003 and is currently entitled to receive an additional commission of the same amount. We believe this commission in the aggregate to be consistent with market and industry standards. Pursuant to an exit agreement between L&A and Mr. Sussman, Mr. Sussman received a distribution from L&A during fiscal 2003 on account of the first commission payment consistent with his percentage stock ownership of L&A in the amount of $59,212 and is entitled to receive the same amount upon L&A's receipt of the second commission payment. As part of our agreement with L&A, L&A reimbursed us in the amount of $229,214 for some of our costs related to finding new office space including some of our expenses related to legal services, feasibility studies and space design. Anthony J. Santilli, our Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and President, Beverly Santilli, our Executive Vice President, and Dr. Jerome Miller, our director, each held subordinated debentures eligible to participate in the first exchange offer. Each named individual tendered all such eligible subordinated debentures in the first exchange offer and as of February 6, 2004, the expiration date of the first exchange offer, pursuant to the terms of the first exchange offer, were holders of the following number of shares of Series A preferred stock (SAPS) and aggregate amount of senior collateralized subordinated notes (SCSN): Mr. Santilli: SAPS - 4,691, SCSN - $4,691; Mrs. Santilli: SAPS - 4,691, SCSN - $4,691; Dr. Miller: SAPS - 30,164, SCSN - $30,164. Mr. Santilli and Mrs. Santilli subsequently transferred ownership of the Series A preferred stock acquired on February 6, 2004. RECONCILIATION OF NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES This document contains non-GAAP financial measures. For purposes of the SEC's Regulation G, a non-GAAP financial measure is a numerical measure of a registrant's historical or future financial performance, financial position or cash flow that excludes amounts, or is subject to adjustments that have the effect of excluding amounts, that are included in the most directly comparable measure calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP in our statement of income, balance sheet or statement of cash flows (or equivalent statement); or includes amounts, or is subject to adjustments that have the effect of including amounts, that are excluded from the most directly comparable measure so calculated and presented. In this regard, GAAP refers to accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Pursuant to the requirements of Regulation G, following is a reconciliation of the non-GAAP financial measures to the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure. We present total portfolio and total real estate owned, referred to as REO, information. The total portfolio measure includes loans and leases recorded on our balance sheet and securitized loans and leases both managed by us and serviced by others. Management believes these measures enhance the users' overall understanding of our current financial performance and prospects for the future because the volume and credit characteristics of off-balance sheet securitized loan and lease receivables have a significant effect on our financial performance as a result of our retained interests in the securitized loans. Retained interests include interest-only strips and servicing rights. In addition, because the servicing and collection of our off-balance sheet securitized loan and lease receivables are performed in the same manner and according to the same standards as the servicing and collection of our on-balance sheet loan and lease receivables, certain of our resources, such as personnel and technology, are allocated based on their pro rata relationship to the total portfolio and total REO. The following tables reconcile the total portfolio measures presented in "-- Total Portfolio Quality." (dollars in thousands): 163
SEPTEMBER 30, 2004: DELINQUENCIES ------------------- ----------------- AMOUNT % -------- ------ On-balance sheet loan receivables: Loans available for sale....................................................................... $ 329,331 $ 862 Non-accrual loans.............................................................................. 4,552 4,387 ---------- -------- Total on-balance sheet loan receivables...................................................... 333,883 5,249 1.57% Securitized loan receivables.................................................................... 1,691,148 257,351 15.22% ---------- -------- Total Portfolio................................................................................ $2,025,031 $262,600 12.97% ========== ======== On-balance sheet REO............................................................................ $ 1,510 Securitized REO................................................................................. 35,714 ---------- Total REO....................................................................................... $ 37,224 ==========
JUNE 30, 2004: DELINQUENCIES -------------- ----------------- AMOUNT % -------- ------ On-balance sheet loan receivables: Loans available for sale....................................................................... $ 300,141 $ 245 Non-accrual loans.............................................................................. 3,462 3,354 ---------- -------- Total on-balance sheet loan receivables...................................................... 303,603 3,599 1.19% Securitized loan receivables.................................................................... 1,928,086 234,534 12.16% ---------- -------- Total Portfolio................................................................................ $2,231,689 $238,133 10.67% ========== ======== On-balance sheet REO............................................................................ $ 1,920 Securitized REO................................................................................. 32,480 ---------- Total REO....................................................................................... $ 34,400 ==========
JUNE 30, 2003: DELINQUENCIES -------------- ---------------- AMOUNT % -------- ----- On-balance sheet loan receivables: Loans available for sale........................................................................ $ 257,841 $ 225 Non-accrual loans............................................................................... 5,358 4,936 Lease receivables............................................................................... 4,126 111 ---------- -------- Total on-balance sheet loan receivables....................................................... 267,325 5,272 1.97% Securitized loan and lease receivables........................................................... 3,383,749 223,659 6.61% ---------- -------- Total Portfolio.................................................................................. $3,651,074 $228,931 6.27% ========== ======== On-balance sheet REO............................................................................. $ 4,776 Securitized REO.................................................................................. 23,224 ---------- Total REO........................................................................................ $ 28,000 ==========
JUNE 30, 2002: DELINQUENCIES -------------- ----------------- AMOUNT % -------- ------ On-balance sheet loan receivables: Loans available for sale....................................................................... $ 44,621 $ 216 Non-accrual loans.............................................................................. 6,991 6,483 Lease receivables.............................................................................. 7,774 259 ---------- -------- Total on-balance sheet loan receivables...................................................... 59,386 6,958 11.72% Securitized loan and lease receivables.......................................................... 3,006,803 164,595 5.47% ---------- -------- Total Portfolio................................................................................. $3,066,189 $171,553 5.59% ========== ======== On-balance sheet REO............................................................................ $ 3,784 Securitized REO................................................................................. 30,261 ---------- Total REO....................................................................................... $ 34,045 ==========
164 OFFICE FACILITIES We presently lease office space for our corporate headquarters in Philadelphia, Pennsylvania. The current lease term for the Philadelphia facility expires in June 2014. The terms of the rental agreement require increased payments annually for the term of the lease with average minimum annual rental payments of $4.2 million. We have entered into contracts, or may engage parties in the future, related to the relocation of our corporate headquarters such as contracts for building improvements to the leased space, office furniture and equipment and moving services. The provisions of the lease and local and state grants provided us with reimbursement of a substantial amount of our costs related to the relocation, subject to certain conditions and limitations. We do not believe our unreimbursed expenses or unreimbursed cash outlay related to the relocation will be material to our operations. The lease requires us to maintain a letter of credit in favor of the landlord to secure our obligations to the landlord throughout the term of the lease. The amount of the letter of credit is currently $8.0 million. The letter of credit is currently issued by JPMorgan Chase Bank. We continue to lease some office space in Bala Cynwyd under a five-year lease expiring in November 2004 at an annual rental of approximately $0.7 million. We performed loan servicing and collection activities at this office, but relocated these activities to our Philadelphia office on July 12, 2004. The expenses and cash outlay related to the relocation were not material to our operations. We also lease the office space in Roseland, New Jersey and the nine-year lease expires in January 2012. The terms of the rental agreement require increased payments periodically for the term of the lease with average minimum annual rental payments of $0.8 million. In connection with the acquisition of the California mortgage broker operation in December 2003, we assumed the obligations under a lease for approximately 3,700 square feet of space in West Hills, California. The remaining term of the lease is 2 years, expiring September 30, 2006 at an annual rental of approximately $0.1 million. In connection with the opening of the Irvine, California mortgage broker operation, we entered into a sublease on March 4, 2004 for approximately 6,400 square feet of space. The term of the sublease is 1 2/3 years and expires November 30, 2005. The terms of the sublease require average minimum annual rental payments of $0.1 million. In connection with the opening of the Maryland mortgage broker operation, we entered into a sublease on March 15, 2004 for approximately 10,300 square feet of space in Edgewater, Maryland. The term of the sublease is 3 years and expires March 15, 2007. The terms of the sublease require increased payments annually for the term of the lease with average minimum annual rental payments of $0.2 million. In connection with the acquisition of the Texas broker operation, we entered into a sublease on June 11, 2004 for approximately 6,000 square feet of space in Austin, Texas. The term of the sublease is 10 1/2 months, expiring April 28, 2005 at an annual rental of approximately $0.1 million. 165 RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS The following description should be read in conjunction with the significant accounting policies, which have been adopted and are set forth in Note 1 of the June 30, 2004 Consolidated Financial Statements. In November 2002, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued Financial Interpretation No. ("FIN") 45 "Guarantor's Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, Including Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others." FIN 45 standardizes practices related to the recognition of a liability for the fair value of a guarantor's obligation. The rule requires companies to record a liability for the fair value of its guarantee to provide or stand ready to provide services, cash or other assets. The rule applies to contracts that require a guarantor to make payments based on an underlying factor such as change in market value of an asset, collection of the scheduled contractual cash flows from individual financial assets held by a special purpose entity, non-performance of a third party, for indemnification agreements, or for guarantees of the indebtedness of others among other things. The provisions of FIN 45 are effective on a prospective basis for guarantees that are issued or modified after December 31, 2002. The disclosure requirements were effective for statements of annual or interim periods ending after December 15, 2002. Based on the requirements of this guidance, we are carrying a liability of $0.7 million on our balance sheet for our obligation to 2003-1 securitization trust which was created in March 2003. This liability represents the fair value of periodic interest advances that we, as servicer of the securitized loans, are obligated to pay on behalf of delinquent loans in the trust. The recording of this liability reduced the gain on sale recorded for the securitization. We would expect to record a similar liability for any subsequent securitization as it occurs. The amount of the liability that will be recorded is dependent mainly on the volume of loans we securitize, the expected performance of those loans and the interest rate of the loans. We have not completed a new securitization with servicing retained since 2003-1. In December 2002, the FASB issued SFAS No. 148 "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation -- Transition and Disclosure." SFAS No. 148 amends SFAS No. 123 "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation." SFAS No. 148 provides alternative methods of transition for a voluntary change to the fair value method of accounting for stock-based compensation and requires pro forma disclosures of the effect on net income and earnings per share had the fair value method been used to be included in annual and interim reports and disclosure of the effect of the transition method used if the accounting method was changed, among other things. SFAS No. 148 is effective for annual reports of fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2002 and interim reports for periods beginning after December 15, 2002. We plan to continue using the intrinsic value method of accounting for stock-based compensation and therefore the new rule will have no effect on our financial condition or results of operations. We have adopted the new standard related to disclosure in the interim period beginning January 1, 2003. See Notes 1 and 13 of the Consolidated Financial Statements on pages F-59 and F-106, respectively, for further detail of the adoption of this rule. In April 2003, the FASB began reconsidering the current alternatives available for accounting for stock-based compensation. Currently, the FASB is continuing its deliberations on this matter. We cannot predict whether the guidance will change our current accounting for stock-based compensation, or what effect, if any, changes may have on our current financial condition or results of operations. In April 2003, the FASB issued SFAS No. 149, "Amendment of Statement 133 on Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities." SFAS No. 149 amends SFAS No. 133, "Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities" to clarify the financial accounting and reporting for derivative instruments and hedging activities. SFAS No. 149 is intended to improve financial reporting by requiring comparable accounting methods for similar contracts. SFAS No. 149 is effective for contracts entered into or modified subsequent to June 30, 2003. The requirements of SFAS No. 149 do not affect our current accounting for derivative instruments or hedging activities, therefore, it will have no effect on our financial condition or results of operations. 166 In May 2003, the FASB issued SFAS No. 150, "Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of both Liabilities and Equity." SFAS No. 150 requires an issuer to classify certain financial instruments having characteristics of both liabilities and equity, such as mandatorily redeemable shares and obligations to repurchase the issuer's equity shares, as liabilities. The guidance is effective for financial instruments entered into or modified subsequent to May 31, 2003, and otherwise is effective at the beginning of the first interim period after June 15, 2003. We do not have any instruments with such characteristics and do not expect SFAS No. 150 to have a material impact on our financial condition or results of operations. In December 2003, the FASB issued Interpretation No. 46 (revised December 2003), "Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities" ("FIN 46R"), which replaces the original FIN No. 46 issued in January 2003. FIN 46R addresses how a business enterprise should evaluate whether it has a controlling interest in an entity through means other than voting rights. This interpretation requires a variable interest entity to be consolidated by a company if that company is subject to a majority of the risk of loss from the variable interest entity's activities or is entitled to receive a majority of the entity's residual returns or both. The interpretation also requires disclosures about variable interest entities that the Company is not required to consolidate but in which it has a significant variable interest. Special Purpose Entities ("SPE") are one type of entity, which, under certain circumstances, may qualify as a variable interest entity. Although the Company uses unconsolidated SPEs extensively in its loan securitization activities, the guidance will not affect the Company's current consolidation policies for SPEs as the guidance does not change the guidance incorporated in SFAS No. 140 "Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishment of Liabilities" which precludes consolidation of a qualifying SPE by a transferor of assets to that SPE. FIN 46R will therefore have no effect on the Company's financial condition or results of operations and would not be expected to affect it in the future. 167 BUSINESS GENERAL We originate loans through a combination of channels including a national processing center located at our centralized operating office in Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, and a network of mortgage brokers. During fiscal 2004, we acquired broker operations in West Hills, California and Austin, Texas, and opened new offices in Edgewater, Maryland and Irvine, California to support our broker operations. We also process and purchase home mortgage loans through our Bank Alliance Services program. Through this program, we purchase home mortgage loans from other financial institutions and hold these loans as available for sale until they are sold in a whole loan sale or in connection with a future securitization. Our loan servicing and collection activities were performed at our Bala Cynwyd, Pennsylvania office, and were relocated to our Philadelphia office on July 12, 2004. See "-- Lending Activities" on page 172. We were incorporated in Delaware in 1985 and began operations as a finance company in 1988, initially offering business purpose loans to customers whose borrowing needs we believed were not being adequately serviced by commercial banks. Since our inception, we have significantly expanded our product line and geographic scope and currently have licenses or are otherwise qualified to offer our home mortgage loan products in 46 states. Additionally, we service business purpose loans, which we had originated and sold in prior periods. Certain business purpose loans originated by us in prior periods are held for sale. To the extent we obtain a credit facility to fund business purpose loans, we may originate and sell business purpose loans in future periods. Our business strategy has generally involved the sale of substantially all of the loans we originate on a quarterly basis through a combination of whole loan sales and securitizations. See "-- Securitizations" on page 92 and "-- Whole Loan Sales" on page 114. BUSINESS STRATEGY Our adjusted business strategy focuses on a shift from gain-on-sale accounting and the use of securitization transactions as our primary method of selling loans to a more diversified strategy which utilizes a combination of whole loan sales and securitizations, while protecting revenues, controlling costs and improving liquidity. Our adjusted business strategy involves significantly increasing the use of loan brokers to increase loan origination volume and retaining and hiring senior officers to manage the broker program. In December 2003, we hired an experienced industry professional who manages our wholesale business and acquired a broker operation with 35 employees (63 employees at September 30, 2004) located in California. In March 2004, we opened a mortgage broker office in Maryland and hired three experienced senior managers and a loan origination staff of 40 (74 employees at September 30, 2004). In June 2004, we acquired a broker operation with 35 employees in Texas. In addition, we hired 25 account executives to develop relationships with mortgage brokers and to expand our broker presence in the eastern, southern and mid-western areas of the United States and retained 67 employees in our Upland Broker Services Philadelphia headquarters to support our growing broker network. In total at September 30, 2004, we had 353 employees in our broker operations, including 173 account executives. Our business strategy includes the following: o Selling substantially all of the loans we originate through a combination of whole loan sales and securitizations. Whole loan sales are generally completed on a weekly basis. o Shifting from a predominantly publicly underwritten securitization strategy and gain-on-sale business model to a strategy focused on a combination of whole loan sales and smaller securitization transactions. When securitization opportunities are available to us, the size of our quarterly loan securitizations will be reduced from previous levels. We expect to execute our securitizations, if any, as private placements to institutional investors or publicly underwritten securitizations, subject to market conditions. Historically, the market for whole loan sales has provided reliable liquidity for numerous originators as an alternative to securitization. Whole loan sales provide immediate cash 168 premiums to us, while securitizations generate cash over time but generally result in higher gains at the time of sale. We intend to rely less on gain-on-sale accounting and loan servicing activities for our revenue and earnings and will rely more on cash premiums earned on whole loan sales. This strategy is expected to result in relatively lower earnings levels at current loan origination volumes, but will increase cash flow, accelerate the timeframe for becoming cash flow positive and improve our liquidity position. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations -- Liquidity and Capital Resources" on page 62 for more detail on cash flow. o Broadening our mortgage loan product line and increasing loan originations. Historically we have originated primarily fixed-rate home equity loans. Under our business strategy, we originate adjustable-rate, alt-A and alt-B mortgage loans which have higher credit scores as well as a wide array of fixed-rate and adjustable- rate mortgage loans in order to appeal to a broader base of prospective customers and increase loan originations. During the three months ended September 30, 2004, 63.5% of the loans we originated were adjustable-rate mortgage loans. During the three months ended June 30, 2004, 46.7% of the loans which we originated were adjustable-rate mortgage loans. We have also begun to originate purchase money mortgage loans primarily through our broker channel. In the three months ended September 30, 2004, we originated $236.1 million of purchase money mortgages or 37.5%, of total home mortgage loans originated. In fiscal 2004, we originated $176.9 million of purchase money mortgages, or 18.0% of total home mortgage loans originated. o Offering more competitive interest rates charged to borrowers on new products. By offering more competitive interest rates charged on new products, we originate loans to borrowers with higher credit quality. In addition, by offering more competitive interest rates our loans appeal to a wider customer base which we expect will substantially reduce our marketing costs, make more efficient use of marketing leads and increase loan origination volume. o Reducing origination of the types of loans that are not well received in the whole loan sale and securitization markets. During the three months ended September 30, 2004 and fiscal 2004, we originated only $151,000 and $587,000, respectively, of business purpose loans. In the future, we may originate business purpose loans to meet demand in the whole loan sale and securitization markets to the extent we obtain a credit facility to fund business purpose loans. We can utilize our current credit facilities only to fund home mortgage loans. o Expanding the use of e-commerce in our retail and broker channels. This is expected to increase loan applications and reduce the cost to originate loans. o Reducing the cost of loan originations. We have implemented plans to: o reduce the cost to originate in our Upland Mortgage direct retail channel by broadening the product line and offering more competitive interest rates in order to increase origination volume, and reducing marketing costs; o reduce the cost to originate in our broker channel by: a) increasing volume by broadening the mortgage loan product line, b) consolidating some of the broker channel's operating functions to our centralized operating office in Philadelphia, and c) developing and expanding broker relationships; we also introduced Easy Loan Advisor on our Internet-based website for our offices supporting our broker operations. Easy Loan Advisor offers significant efficiencies by automating the origination and underwriting of loans; and o reduce the cost to originate in the Bank Alliance Services program by broadening our product line and increasing the amount of fees we would charge to any new participating financial institutions. o Reducing the amount of outstanding subordinated debentures. The increase in cash flow expected under our business strategy is expected to accelerate a reduction in our reliance on issuing subordinated debentures to meet our liquidity needs and allow us to begin to pay down existing subordinated debentures. 169 o Reducing operating costs. From June 30, 2003 to June 30, 2004, our workforce has experienced a net reduction of 150 employees. With our business strategy's focus on whole loan sales and offering a broader mortgage product line that we expect will appeal to a wider array of customers, we currently require a smaller employee base with fewer sales, servicing and support positions. However, we expect to increase our sales, servicing and support positions as necessary in the future to handle higher levels of loan originations. Since June 30, 2003, we reduced our workforce by approximately 255 employees and experienced a net loss of approximately 90 additional employees who resigned. Partially offsetting this workforce reduction, we have added 195 loan origination employees in our broker channel as part of our business strategy's focus on expanding our broker operations. Our business strategy is dependent on our ability to emphasize lending related activities that provide us with the most economic value. The implementation of this strategy will depend in large part on a variety of factors outside of our control, including, but not limited to, our ability to obtain adequate financing on reasonable terms and to profitably securitize or sell our loans on a regular basis. Our failure with respect to any of these factors could impair our ability to successfully implement our strategy, which could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition. See "Risk Factors -- If we are unable to successfully implement our adjusted business strategy which focuses on whole loan sales, we may be unable to attain profitable operations which could impair our ability to repay our outstanding debt" on page 26. SUBSIDIARIES As a holding company, our activities have been limited to: o providing management oversight over subsidiary operations; o holding the shares of our subsidiaries; and o raising capital for use in the subsidiaries' lending and loan servicing operations. We are the parent holding company of American Business Credit, Inc. and its primary subsidiaries, HomeAmerican Credit, Inc. (doing business as Upland Mortgage), American Business Mortgage Services, Inc., and Tiger Relocation Company. American Business Credit, Inc., a Pennsylvania corporation incorporated in 1988 and acquired by us in 1993, currently services business purpose loans and home mortgage loans. In the past, this subsidiary also originated and sold business purpose loans. HomeAmerican Credit, Inc., a Pennsylvania corporation incorporated in 1991, originates, purchases, sells and services home mortgage loans. HomeAmerican Credit, Inc. acquired Upland Mortgage Corp. in 1996 and since that time has conducted business as "Upland Mortgage." HomeAmerican Credit, Inc. also administers the Bank Alliance Services program. See "-- Lending Activities -- Home Mortgage Loans" on page 173. American Business Mortgage Services, Inc., a New Jersey corporation organized in 1938 and acquired by us in October 1997, originates, purchases, sells and services home mortgage loans. Tiger Relocation Company, a Pennsylvania corporation, was incorporated in 1992 to hold, maintain and sell real estate properties acquired due to the default of a borrower under the terms of our loan documents. We also have numerous special purpose subsidiaries that were incorporated solely to facilitate our securitizations and off-balance sheet mortgage conduit facilities. None of these corporations engage in any business activity other than holding the subordinated certificate, if any, and the interest-only strips created in connection with completed securitizations. See "-- Securitizations" on page 92 and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations -- Securitizations" on page 92. We also utilize special purpose entities in connection with our financing activities, including credit facilities. We also have several additional subsidiaries that are inactive or not significant to our operations. 170 The following chart sets forth our basic organizational structure and our primary subsidiaries.(a) ----------------------------------------------- AMERICAN BUSINESS FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. ----------------------------------------------- Holding Company Management oversight over subsidiary operations and raising capital for lending and servicing operations ----------------------------------------------- | | | ----------------------------------------------- AMERICAN BUSINESS CREDIT, INC. ----------------------------------------------- Services business purpose loans and home mortgage loans ----------------------------------------------- | | | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | | | | | | | | ------------------- ---------------------------- -------------------- AMERICAN HOMEAMERICAN TIGER RELOCATION BUSINESS CREDIT, INC. D/B/A COMPANY MORTGAGE UPLAND MORTGAGE SERVICES, INC. ------------------- ---------------------------- -------------------- Originates, Originates, purchases, sells Holds, maintains and puchases, sells and and services home sells foreclosed real services home mortgage loans and estate mortgage administers the Bank loans Alliance Services program ------------------- ---------------------------- -------------------- --------------- (a) In addition to the corporations pictured in this chart, we organized at least one special purpose corporation for each securitization and have several other subsidiaries that are inactive or not significant to our operations. 171 LENDING ACTIVITIES GENERAL. The following table sets forth information concerning our loan origination, purchase and sale activities for the periods indicated.
THREE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, ------------------- ----------------------------------- 2004 2003 2004 2003 2002 -------- -------- -------- ---------- ---------- (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS) Loans Originated/Purchased Business purpose loans.............................................. $ 151 $ -- $ 587 $ 122,790 $ 133,352 Home mortgage loans................................................. $629,579 $124,052 $982,093 $1,543,730 $1,246,505 Number of Loans Originated/Purchased Business purpose loans.............................................. 2 -- 2 1,340 1,372 Home mortgage loans................................................. 4,335 1,429 8,281 17,003 14,015 Average Loan Size Business purpose loans.............................................. $ 76 $ -- $ 293 $ 92 $ 97 Home mortgage loans................................................. $ 145 $ 87 $ 119 $ 91 $ 89 Weighted-Average Interest Rate on Loans Originated/Purchased Business purpose loans.............................................. 15.99% -- 14.62% 15.76% 15.75% Home mortgage loans................................................. 7.66% 8.62% 7.86% 9.99% 10.91% Combined............................................................ 7.66% 8.62% 7.86% 10.42% 11.38% Weighted-Average Term (in months) Business purpose loans.............................................. 300 160 150 160 161 Home mortgage loans................................................. 308 272 294 272 260 Loans Securitized or Sold Business purpose loans.............................................. $ 1,120 $ 6,568 $ 18,931 $ 112,025 $ 129,074 Home mortgage loans................................................. $601,102 $269,863 $930,853 $1,339,752 $1,279,740 Number of Loans Securitized or Sold Business purpose loans.............................................. 17 82 198 1,195 1,331 Home mortgage loans................................................. 4,283 2,879 9,932 14,952 14,379
The following table sets forth information regarding the average loan-to- value ratios for loans we originated and purchased during the periods indicated.
SEPTEMBER 30, YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, ----------- ------------------- LOAN TYPE 2004 2003 2004 2003 2002 --------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- Business purpose loans....................................................................... 55.1% --% 70.1% 62.2% 62.6% Home mortgage loans.......................................................................... 82.4 78.2 81.3 78.2 77.8
172 The following table shows the geographic distribution of our loan originations and purchases during the periods indicated.
SEPTEMBER 30, YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, ------------------ ------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2004 2004 2003 2002 ------------------ ------------------ ------------------- ------------------- Amount % Amount % Amount % Amount % ------ --- ------ --- ------ --- ------ --- (dollars in thousands) California $ 169,848 26.98% $ 230,665 23.47% $ -- -- % $ -- -- % Maryland 75,157 11.94 48,777 4.96 36,542 2.19 25,307 1.83 Virginia 44,571 7.08 41,294 4.20 46,508 2.79 33,169 2.40 Florida 40,729 6.47 57,092 5.81 135,164 8.11 97,686 7.08 Massachusetts 38,809 6.16 64,254 6.54 134,342 8.06 101,383 7.35 New York 38,489 6.11 99,631 10.14 376,425 22.59 341,205 24.73 Texas 34,402 5.46 17,155 1.75 9,746 0.59 304 0.02 New Jersey 29,614 4.70 38,108 3.88 212,035 12.72 159,117 11.53 Pennsylvania 27,832 4.42 83,594 8.51 118,915 7.14 103,865 7.53 Illinois 14,428 2.29 37,617 3.83 90,111 5.41 73,152 5.30 Ohio 12,675 2.01 39,949 4.07 70,957 4.26 65,884 4.77 Georgia 11,467 1.82 26,127 2.66 21,022 1.26 49,956 3.62 Michigan 10,482 1.67 40,975 4.17 92,009 5.52 89,224 6.47 North Carolina 9,898 1.57 13,636 1.39 47,805 2.87 38,060 2.76 Colorado 9,652 1.53 8,778 0.89 3,378 0.20 1,411 0.10 Connecticut 8,056 1.28 16,841 1.71 42,525 2.55 30,461 2.21 Indiana 5,023 0.80 17,583 1.79 33,671 2.02 27,833 2.02 Other (a) 48,447 7.71 100,604 10.23 195,365 11.72 141,840 10.28 --------- ----- -------- ------ ----------- ------ ----------- ------ Total 629,579 100.00% $982,680 100.00% $ 1,666,520 100.00% $ 1,379,857 100.00% ========= ====== ======== ====== =========== ====== =========== ======
--------------- (a) No individual state included in "Other" constitutes more than 1.5% of total loan originations for the quarter ended September 30, 2004 and the fiscal year ended June 30, 2004. CUSTOMERS. Our loan customers are primarily credit-impaired borrowers who are generally unable to obtain financing from banks or savings and loan associations and who are attracted to our products and services. These institutions have historically provided loans only to individuals with the most favorable credit characteristics. These borrowers generally have impaired or unsubstantiated credit histories and/or unverifiable income. Our experience has indicated that these borrowers are attracted to our loan products as a result of our marketing efforts, the personalized service provided by our staff of highly trained lending officers and our timely response to loan requests. Historically, our customers have been willing to pay our origination fees and interest rates even though they are generally higher than those charged by traditional lending sources. This type of borrower is commonly referred to as a subprime borrower. Loans made to subprime borrowers are frequently referred to as subprime loans. See "-- Business Strategy" on page 168. HOME MORTGAGE LOANS. We originate home mortgage loans, consisting of home equity loans and purchase money mortgage loans, through Upland Mortgage and American Business Mortgage Services, Inc. We also process and purchase loans through the Bank Alliance Services program. We originate home mortgage loans primarily to credit-impaired borrowers through various channels including retail marketing and broker operations. Our retail channel includes direct mail and our subsidiaries' interactive web sites, and have included radio and television advertisements. In total at September 30, 2004, we had 353 employees in our broker operations, including 173 account executives. Our broker operations originate loans using a broker network that after recent expansion is spread geographically throughout the continental United States. During fiscal 2004, we added four offices with 192 employees at June 30, 2004 to support our broker operations and hired 25 account executives to expand our broker presence and increase loan originations. We also introduced Easy Loan Advisor on our Internet-based broker website for our offices supporting our broker operations. Easy Loan Advisor offers significant efficiencies by automating the origination and underwriting of these loans. 173 We entered the home equity loan market in 1991. With the recent expansion of our broker operations, we added purchase money mortgage loans in 2004. Currently, we are licensed or otherwise qualified to originate home mortgage loans in 46 states. We also hired 25 account executives to develop relationships with mortgage brokers and to expand our broker presence in the eastern, southern and mid-western areas of the United States. We generally sell on a whole loan basis with servicing released, or securitize the loans originated and funded by our subsidiaries. The business strategy that we are emphasizing beginning in fiscal 2004 has impacted our origination of home mortgage loans. Our business strategy is designed to appeal to a broader prospective customer base and increase the amount of loan originations. We have broadened our mortgage loan product line to include adjustable-rate, alt-A and alt-B and purchase money mortgage loans. Our strategy also emphasizes reducing the cost to originate loans by expanding our broker network and reducing retail marketing costs. Our business strategy also focuses on shifting from a predominantly publicly underwritten securitization strategy and gain-on-sale business model to a strategy focused on a combination of whole loan sales and smaller securitization transactions. For a discussion of our business strategy and its potential impact on our home mortgage loan business, see "-- Business Strategy" on page 168. Our retail operations receive home mortgage loan applications from potential borrowers over the phone, in writing, in person or through our subsidiaries' interactive web sites, and most recently through third-party lending-related web sites with whom we have working agreements. The loan request is then evaluated for possible loan approval. The loan processing staff generally provides its home mortgage applicants who qualify for loans with a conditional loan approval within 24 hours and closes its home mortgage loans within approximately fifteen to twenty days of obtaining a conditional loan approval. Our broker operations receive home mortgage loan applications from third- party unrelated brokers both in writing and increasingly through our newly introduced broker Internet web site. The loan request is then evaluated for possible loan approval. The loan processing staff generally provides the brokers with a conditional loan approval within 24 hours and closes its home mortgage loans within approximately fifteen to twenty days of obtaining a conditional loan approval. The following table presents the amounts of home mortgage loans we originated in the three months ended September 30, 2004 in our direct and broker operations channels and in our Bank Alliance Services program by loan characteristic (in thousands):
RETAIL BROKER BANK ALLIANCE CHANNEL CHANNEL SERVICES TOTAL -------- -------- ------------- --------- ORIGINATIONS BY TYPE OF LOAN: ----------------------------- Purchase Money Mortgage Loans: Fixed rate ................................................................... $ 341 $ 41,548 $ 54 $ 41,943 Adjustable rate .............................................................. 933 193,212 -- 194,145 -------- -------- ------------- --------- Total ........................................................................ $ 1,274 $234,760 $ 54 $ 236,088 ======== ======== ============= ========= Average WAC .................................................................. 7.85 7.49 8.70 7.49 Average LTV .................................................................. 88.94 85.32 98.18 85.34 Home Equity Loans: Fixed rate ................................................................... $139,921 $ 38,174 $ 9,265 $ 187,360 Adjustable rate .............................................................. 59,289 141,458 5,384 206,131 -------- -------- ------------- --------- Total ........................................................................ $199,210 $179,632 $14,649 $ 393,491 ======== ======== ============= ========= Average WAC .................................................................. 8.40 7.40 7.89 7.76 Average LTV .................................................................. 81.38 80.15 75.41 80.60 Total Home Mortgage Loans: Fixed rate ................................................................... $140,262 $ 79,722 $ 9,319 $ 229,303 Adjustable rate .............................................................. 60,222 334,670 5,384 400,276 -------- -------- ------------- --------- Total ........................................................................ $200,484 $414,392 $14,703 $ 629,579 ======== ======== ============= ========= Average WAC .................................................................. 8.40 7.29 7.89 7.66 Average LTV .................................................................. 81.43 83.08 75.50 82.38
174
RETAIL BROKER BANK ALLIANCE CHANNEL CHANNEL SERVICES TOTAL -------- -------- ------------- -------- ORIGINATIONS BY LIEN: --------------------- 1st Lien: Loans originated .............................................................. $182,480 $377,147 $13,099 $572,726 Average WAC ................................................................... 8.00 6.95 7.47 7.30 2nd Lien: Loans originated .............................................................. $ 18,004 $ 37,245 $ 1,604 $ 56,853 Average WAC ................................................................... 8.40 10.77 11.37 11.30
The following table presents the amounts of home mortgage loans we originated in fiscal 2004 in our retail and broker operations channels (in thousands):
BANK RETAIL BROKER ALLIANCE CHANNEL CHANNEL SERVICES TOTAL -------- -------- -------- -------- Purchase Money Mortgage Loans: Fixed rate ......................................................................... $ 2,177 $ 45,617 $ 634 $ 48,428 Adjustable-rate .................................................................... 836 127,607 -- 128,443 -------- -------- -------- -------- Total .............................................................................. $ 3,013 $173,224 $ 634 $176,871 ======== ======== ======== ======== Home Equity Loans: Fixed rate ......................................................................... $424,619 $ 94,051 $127,770 $646,440 Adjustable-rate .................................................................... 40,423 104,503 13,856 158,782 -------- -------- -------- -------- Total .............................................................................. $465,042 $198,554 $141,626 $805,222 ======== ======== ======== ======== Total Home Mortgage Loans: Fixed rate ......................................................................... $426,796 $139,668 $128,404 $694,868 Adjustable-rate .................................................................... 41,259 232,110 13,856 287,225 -------- -------- -------- -------- Total .............................................................................. $468,055 $371,778 $142,260 $982,093 ======== ======== ======== ========
Home mortgage loans ranged from $10,600 to $890,000 with an average loan size of approximately $145,217 during the three months ended September 30, 2004 and $119,000 during fiscal 2004. We originated $629.6 million of home mortgage loans during the three months ended September 30, 2004 and $982.1 million during fiscal 2004. These loans were made both at fixed rates of interest and adjustable rates of interest, which were tied to 6 month LIBOR, and for terms ranging from five to thirty years, generally, with average origination fees of approximately 1.5% of the aggregate loan amount. The weighted-average interest rate received on home mortgage loans during the three months ended September 30, 2004 was 7.66% and during fiscal 2004 was 7.86%. The average loan-to-value ratios for the loans originated by us during the three months ended September 30, 2004 was 82.4% and during fiscal 2004 was 81.3%. Home mortgage loans ranged from $7,700 to $658,500 with an average loan size of approximately $119,000 during 2004 and $91,000 during 2003. We originated $982.1 million of home mortgage loans during fiscal 2004 and $1.5 billion during fiscal 2003. These loans were made both at fixed rates of interest and adjustable-rates of interest, which were tied to 6 month LIBOR, and for terms ranging from five to thirty years, generally, with average origination fees of approximately 1.5% of the aggregate loan amount. The weighted-average interest rate received on home mortgage loans during fiscal 2004 was 7.86% and during fiscal 2003 was 9.99%. The average loan-to-value ratios for the loans originated by us during fiscal 2004 and fiscal 2003 were 81.3% and 78.2%, respectively. We attempt to maintain our interest rates and other charges on home mortgage loans to be competitive with the lending rates of other sub-prime mortgage finance companies. To the extent permitted by law, borrowers are given an option to choose between a loan without a prepayment fee at a higher interest rate or a loan with a prepayment fee at a lower interest rate. We may waive the collection of a prepayment fee, if any, in the event the borrower refinances a home mortgage loan with us. 175 We have business arrangements with several financial institutions, which provide for our purchase of home mortgage loans that meet our underwriting criteria, but do not meet the guidelines of the selling institution for loans to be held in its portfolio. This program is called the Bank Alliance Services program. The Bank Alliance Services program is designed to provide an additional source of home mortgage loans. This program targets traditional financial institutions, such as banks, which because of their strict underwriting and credit guidelines for loans held in their portfolio have generally provided mortgage financing only to the most credit-worthy borrowers. This program allows these financial institutions to originate loans to credit-impaired borrowers in order to achieve community reinvestment goals and to generate fee income and subsequently sell such loans to one of our subsidiaries. We have business arrangements with several financial institutions which provide an additional loan origination channel for us. Loans originated under this Bank Alliance Services program are originated through substantially the same process as all loans we originate. Pursuant to the program, a financial institution adopts our underwriting criteria for home mortgage loans not intended to be held in its portfolio. If an applicant meets our underwriting criteria, as adopted by the program, we process the application materials and underwrite the loan for final approval by the financial institution. If the financial institution approves the loan, we close the loan for the financial institution in its name with funding provided by the financial institution. We purchase the loan from the financial institution shortly after the closing. Following our purchase of the loans through this program, we hold these loans as available for sale until they are sold in a whole loan sale or securitization. Loans originated through the Bank Alliance Services program make up less than 2% of our total annual originations. During the three months ended September 30 2004, we received referrals from approximately ten financial institutions participating in this program. As of September 30, 2004, seven financial institutions located in the eastern portion of the United States were actively participating in this program. These financial institutions provide us with the opportunity to process and purchase loans generated by the branch networks of such institutions, which consists of approximately 575 branches. Pursuant to this program, our subsidiaries purchased approximately $14.7 million and $142.3 million, respectively, of loans during the three months ended September 30, 2004 and the year ended June 30, 2004. During the three months ended September 30, 2004, our top three financial institutions under the Bank Alliance Services program accounted for approximately 98.8% of our loan volume from this program. Only one of the seven remaining active participants was in our top three volume providers in the three months ended September 30, 2004. We intend to expand the Bank Alliance Services program with financial institutions across the United States. See "-- Business Strategy" on page 168. During fiscal 1999, we launched a retail Internet loan distribution channel through Upland Mortgage's web site. Through this interactive web site, borrowers can examine available loan options and calculate monthly principal and interest payments. The Upland Mortgage Internet platform provides borrowers with convenient access to the mortgage loan information 7 days a week, 24 hours a day. Throughout the loan processing period, borrowers who submit applications are supported by our staff of highly trained loan officers. Currently, in addition to the ability to utilize an automated rapid pre-approval process, which we believe reduces time and manual effort required for loan approval, the site features our proprietary software, Easy Loan Advisor, which provides personalized services and solutions to retail customers through interactive web dialog. We have applied to the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office to patent this product. During fiscal 2004, using our Easy Loan Advisor proprietary software, we launched a broker Internet loan distribution channel. We have added functionality to service the brokerage community and sales channels through its automated underwriting engine thereby providing access to the brokerage communities 7 days a week, 24 hours a day as well as loan structuring options to provide the various loan solutions to borrowers. The Easy Loan Advisor software is a state of the art loan restructuring system which provides brokers almost instantaneous loan structure options. This technology is key to our forecasted loan growth. BUSINESS PURPOSE LOANS. Through our subsidiary, American Business Credit, Inc., we service business purpose loans that we originated and sold in prior periods predominantly in the eastern and central portions of the United States through a network of salespeople, loan brokers and through our business loan web site. 176 During prior periods, we originated business purpose loans to corporations, partnerships, sole proprietors and other business entities for various business purposes including, but not limited to, working capital, business expansion, equipment acquisition, tax payments and debt-consolidation. We did not target any particular industries or trade groups and, in fact, took precautions against a concentration of loans in any one industry group. All business purpose loans originated generally were collateralized by a first or second mortgage lien on a principal residence of the borrower or a guarantor of the borrower or some other parcel of real property, such as office and apartment buildings and mixed use buildings, owned by the borrower, a principal of the borrower, or a guarantor of the borrower. In most cases, these loans were further collateralized by personal guarantees, pledges of securities, assignments of contract rights, life insurance and lease payments and liens on business equipment and other business assets. Prior to the fourth quarter of fiscal 2003, we generally securitized business purpose loans subsequent to their origination. When we originate business purpose loans, we focus our marketing efforts on small businesses that do not meet all of the credit criteria of commercial banks and small businesses that our research indicates may be predisposed to using our products and services. See "-- Business Strategy" on page 168. We originated $151,000 in business purpose loans during the three months ended September 30, 2004, $587,000 during the year ended June 30, 2004, and $122.8 million during fiscal 2003. When we originated larger volumes of business purpose loans, these loans generally ranged from $14,000 to $685,000 and had an average loan size of approximately $92,000 for the loans originated during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2003. Generally, our business purpose loans are made at fixed interest rates and for terms ranging from five to fifteen years. We generally charged origination fees for these loans of 4.75% to 5.75% of the outstanding principal balance. The weighted-average interest rate charged on the business purpose loans originated by us during the three months ended September 30, 2004 was 15.99%, during the year ended June 30, 2004 was 14.62% and during fiscal year 2003 was 15.76%. Business purpose loans we originated during the three months ended September 30, 2004, fiscal 2004 and fiscal 2003 had a loan-to-value ratio, based solely upon the real estate collateral securing the loans, of 55.1%, 70.1% and 62.2%, respectively. Generally, we compute interest due on our outstanding business purpose loans using the simple interest method. We generally impose a prepayment fee. Although prepayment fees imposed vary based upon applicable state law, the prepayment fees on our business purpose loan documents can be a significant portion of the outstanding loan balance. Whether a prepayment fee is imposed and the amount of such fee, if any, is negotiated between the individual borrower and American Business Credit, Inc. prior to closing of the loan. We may waive the collection of a prepayment fee, if any, in the event the borrower refinances a business loan with us. PREPAYMENT FEES. Approximately 80% to 85% of our home mortgage loans serviced had prepayment fees at the time of their origination. On home mortgage loans where the borrower has elected the prepayment fee option, the prepayment fee is generally a certain percentage of the outstanding principal balance of the loan. Our typical prepayment fee structure provides for a fee of 5% or less of the outstanding principal loan balance and will not extend beyond the first three years after a loan's origination. Prepayment fees on our existing home mortgage loans range from 1% to 5% of the outstanding principal balance and remain in effect for one to five years. At the time of their origination, approximately 90% to 95% of our business purpose loans had prepayment fees. The prepayment fee on business purpose loans is generally 8% to 12% of the outstanding principal balance, provided that no prepayment option is available until after the 24th scheduled payment is made and no prepayment fee is due after the 60th scheduled payment is made. From time to time, a different prepayment fee arrangement may be negotiated or we may waive prepayment fees for borrowers who refinance their loans with us. At September 30, 2004 and June 30, 2004, approximately 50% to 55% of securitized home mortgage loans in our total portfolio had prepayment fees and approximately 50% to 55% of securitized business purpose loans in our total portfolio had prepayment fees. State law sometimes restricts our ability to charge a prepayment fee for both home mortgage and business purpose loans. Prior to its preclusion, we used the Parity Act to preempt these state laws for home mortgage loans which meet the definition of alternative mortgage transactions under the Parity Act. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations -- Legal and Regulatory Considerations" on page 82 for a discussion of how the adoption by the Office of Thrift 177 Supervision in July 2003 of a rule which precludes us from using the Parity Act to preempt state prepayment penalty and late fees laws may impact our new loan originations. In states which have overridden the Parity Act and in the case of some fully amortizing home mortgage loans, state laws may restrict prepayment fees either by the amount of the prepayment fee or the time period during which it can be imposed. Federal law restrictions in connection with certain high interest rate and fee loans may also preclude the imposition of prepayment fees on these loans. Similarly, in the case of business purpose loans, some states prohibit or limit prepayment fees when the loan is below a specific dollar threshold or is secured by residential property. MARKETING STRATEGY RETAIL LOAN ORIGINATION CHANNEL. Historically, we concentrated our marketing efforts for home mortgage loans primarily on credit-impaired borrowers who are generally unable to obtain financing from banks or savings and loan associations and who are attracted to our products and services. Although we still intend to lend to credit-impaired borrowers under our current business strategy, we have broadened our mortgage loan product line to include adjustable-rate, alt-A and alt-B and purchase money mortgage loans and to offer competitive interest rates in order to appeal to a wider range of customers. See "-- Business Strategy" on page 168 and "Risk Factors -- Lending to credit-impaired borrowers may result in higher delinquencies in our total portfolio, which could hinder our ability to operate profitably and impair our ability to repay our outstanding debt" on page 24. We market home mortgage loans through direct mail campaigns and our interactive web sites, and have in the past used telemarketing, radio and television advertising. Recently, we have begun to accept applications forwarded to us by third-party lending-related web sites with whom we have working agreements. We believe that our targeted direct mail strategy delivers more leads at a lower cost than broadcast marketing channels. Our integrated approach to media advertising that utilizes a combination of direct mail and Internet advertising is intended to maximize the effect of our advertising campaigns. We expect the implementation of our business strategy to improve our response and conversion rates, which will reduce our overall marketing costs. We also use the Bank Alliance Services program as additional sources of loans. Our marketing efforts for home mortgage loans in our retail channel are focused on the eastern and central portions of the United States and continuing to expand to the western portion of the United States. We previously utilized branch offices in various states to market our loans. Effective June 30, 2003, we no longer originate loans through retail branch offices. BROKER OPERATIONS CHANNEL. We also use a network of loan brokers as a source of home mortgage loans. We continue to expand our network of loan brokers as part of our focus on whole loan sales in order to increase the amount of loans originated and reduce origination costs. During fiscal 2004, we acquired broker operations in West Hills, California and Austin, Texas, and opened new offices in Edgewater, Maryland and Irvine, California to support our broker operations. We market our broker operations through various sources including direct broker solicitation, trade shows and trade advertising. We also introduced Easy Loan Advisor on our Internet-based website for our offices supporting our broker operations. Additionally, we market our programs and rates through e-mail. BUSINESS PURPOSE LOANS. Our marketing efforts for business purpose loans focus on our niche market of selected small businesses located in our market area, which generally includes the eastern and central portions of the United States. We target businesses, which might qualify for loans from traditional lending sources, but elect to use our products and services. Our experience had indicated that these borrowers were attracted to us as a result of our marketing efforts, the personalized service provided by our staff of highly trained lending officers and our timely response to loan applications. Historically, such customers had been willing to pay our origination fees and interest rates, which were generally higher than those charged by traditional lending sources. We market business purpose loans through various forms of advertising, including large direct mail campaigns, our business loan web site and a direct sales force and loan brokers, and had in the past used 178 newspaper and radio advertising. Although we originated only $151,000 and $587,000 of business purpose loans during the three months ended September 30, 2004 and the year ended June 30, 2004, we may continue to originate and sell business purpose loans in future periods to the extent we obtain a credit facility to fund business purpose loans. Certain business purpose loans originated by us in prior periods are held for sale. See "-- Business Strategy" on page 168 and "-- Lending Activities -- Business Purpose Loans" on page 176. UNDERWRITING PROCEDURES AND PRACTICES Summarized below are some of the policies and practices which are followed in connection with the origination of home mortgage loans and business purpose loans. These policies and practices may be altered, amended and supplemented, from time to time, as conditions warrant. We reserve the right to make changes in our day-to-day practices and policies at any time. Our loan underwriting standards are applied to evaluate prospective borrowers' credit standing and repayment ability as well as the value and adequacy of the mortgaged property as collateral. Initially, the prospective borrower is required to provide pertinent credit information in order to complete a detailed loan application. As part of the description of the prospective borrower's financial condition, the borrower is required to provide information concerning assets, liabilities, income, credit, employment history and other demographic and personal information. If the application demonstrates the prospective borrower's ability to repay the debt as well as sufficient income and equity, loan processing personnel generally obtain and review an independent credit bureau report on the credit history of the borrower and verify the borrower's income. Once all applicable employment, credit and property information is obtained, a determination is made as to whether sufficient unencumbered equity in the property exists and whether the prospective borrower has sufficient monthly income available to meet the prospective borrower's monthly obligations. The following table outlines the key parameters of the major credit grades of our current home mortgage loan underwriting guidelines. During fiscal 2004, we adjusted our credit grade and underwriting guidelines. We believe these adjustments provide more consistency with the guidelines used by institutional purchasers in the whole loan sale secondary market. As a result, we have broadened our home mortgage loan products to include loan programs allowing higher overall loan-to-value ratios, which are offset by compensating credit characteristics. These loans are originated with the primary intent of being sold as whole loans on the secondary market. The implementation of the new credit and underwriting guidelines allows us to be more competitive in the whole loan sale secondary market and enhances our ability to execute our adjusted business strategy. We will continue to monitor our credit and underwriting guidelines to maintain consistency with demand by institutional purchasers of whole loans. During the three months ended September 30, 2004 and the year ended June 30, 2004, home mortgage loans represented 99.9% of the loans we originated. 179
"A" CREDIT GRADE "B" CREDIT GRADE ------------------------- ------------------------------------- ------------------------------------- General Repayment Has good credit but might have some Pays the majority of accounts on time minor delinquency. but has some 30 and/or 60 day delinquency. Existing Mortgage Loans Cannot exceed a maximum of three 30 Cannot exceed a maximum of four 30 day day delinquencies in the past delinquencies/one 60 day delinquency 12 months. in the past 12 months. Non-Mortgage Credit Major credit and installment debt Major credit and installment debt can should be current but may exhibit exhibit some minor 30 and/or 60 day some minor 30 day delinquency. Minor delinquency. Minor credit may exhibit credit may exhibit some minor up to 90 day delinquency. delinquency. Bankruptcy Filings Discharged more than 2 years with Discharged more than 18 months with Chapter 7 reestablished credit. reestablished credit. Chapter 13 Filed more than 2 years, satisfactory Filed more than 18 months, payment plan performance. satisfactory payment plan performance. Debt Service-to-Income Generally not to exceed 50%. Generally not to exceed 50%. Owner Occupied: Generally 80% to 100% for a 1-4 Generally 80% to 85% for a 1-4 family Loan-to-value ratio family dwelling residence; 90% for a dwelling residence; 85% for a condominium. condominium. Non-Owner Occupied: Generally 85% for a 1-4 family Generally 75% for a 1-4 family Loan-to-value ratio dwelling or condominium. dwelling or condominium. "C" CREDIT GRADE HOPE ------------------------- ------------------------------------- ------------------------------------- General Repayment Marginal credit history which is Designed to provide a borrower with offset by other positive attributes. poor credit history an opportunity to correct past credit problems through lower monthly payment. Existing Mortgage Loans Cannot exceed two 60 day Cannot exceed a maximum of one 120 delinquencies and/or one 90 day day delinquency in the past 12 months. delinquency in the past 12 months. Non-Mortgage Credit Major credit and installment debt can Major and minor credit delinquency is exhibit some minor 30 and/or 90 day acceptable, but must demonstrate some delinquency. Minor credit may exhibit payment regularity. more serious delinquency. Bankruptcy Filings Discharged more than 1 year with Discharged more than 2 years with Chapter 7 reestablished credit. reestablished credit. Chapter 13 Filed more than 1 year, satisfactory Filed more than 1 year, satisfactory payment plan performance. payment plan performance. Debt Service-to-Income Generally not to exceed 55%. Generally not to exceed 55%. Owner Occupied: Generally 70% to 80% for a 1-4 family Generally 65% to 70% for a 1-4 family Loan-to-value ratio dwelling residence; 70% for a dwelling residence. condominium. Non-Owner Occupied: Generally 70% for a 1-4 family N/A Loan-to-value ratio dwelling or condominium.
180 In addition to the home mortgage loans we originate under the standard home mortgage loan underwriting guidelines outlined in the preceding table, we also originate a limited number of second mortgage home equity loans that have loan-to-value ratios ranging from 90% to 100%. We consider these loans to be high loan-to-value home equity loans and we underwrite these loans with a more restrictive approach to evaluating the borrowers' qualifications and we require a stronger credit history than our standard guidelines. The borrowers' existing mortgage and installment debt payments must generally be paid as agreed, with no more than one 30-day delinquency on a mortgage within the last 12 months. No bankruptcy or foreclosure is permitted in the last 24 months. Pursuant to our current business strategy, a greater number of loans that we originate will be offered to the secondary market through whole loan sales. These loans will be underwritten, allocated and sold to specific third party purchasers based on agreed upon products and underwriting guidelines. The purchaser products and guidelines currently being utilized generally conform to key parameters outlined in the preceding table. See "-- Business Strategy" on page 168. If originated, business purpose loans generally are secured by residential real estate and at times commercial real estate. Loan amounts generally ranged from $14,000 to $685,000. The loan-to-value ratio (based solely on the appraised fair market value of the real estate collateral securing the loan) on the properties collateralizing the loans generally has a maximum range of 50% to 75%. The actual maximum loan-to-value ratio varies depending on a variety of factors including, the credit grade of the borrower, whether the collateral is a one to four family residence, a condominium or a commercial property and whether the property is owner occupied or non-owner occupied. The credit grade of a business purpose loan borrower will vary depending on the payment history of their existing mortgages, major lines of credit and minor lines of credit, allowing for delinquency but generally requiring major credit to be current at closing. The underwriting of the business purpose loan included confirmation of income or cash flow through tax returns, bank statements and other forms of proof of income and business cash flow. Generally, we made loans to businesses whose bankruptcy was discharged at least two years prior to closing, but we had made exceptions to allow for the bankruptcy to be discharged just prior to or at closing. In addition, we generally received additional collateral in the form of, among other things, personal guarantees, pledges of securities, assignments of contract rights, assignments of life insurance and lease payments and liens on business equipment and other business assets, as available. Based solely on the value of the real estate collateral securing our business purpose loans, the average loan-to-value ratio of business purpose loans we originated during the three months ended September 30, 2004, fiscal 2004 and 2003 were 55.1%, 70.1% and 62.2%, respectively. Generally, the maximum acceptable loan-to-value ratio for home mortgage loans to be securitized is 100%. The average loan-to-value ratios of home mortgage loans we originated during the three months ended September 30, 2004, the years ended June 30, 2004 and 2003 were 82.4%, 81.3% and 78.2%, respectively. We generally obtain title insurance in connection with our loans. In determining whether the mortgaged property is adequate as collateral, we have an appraisal performed for each property considered for financing. The appraisal is completed by a licensed qualified appraiser on a Fannie Mae form and generally includes pictures of comparable properties and pictures of the property securing the loan. Any material decline in real estate values reduces the ability of borrowers to use home equity to support borrowings and increases the loan-to-value ratios of loans previously made by us, thereby weakening collateral coverage and increasing the possibility of a loss in the event of borrower default. Further, delinquencies, foreclosures and losses generally increase during economic slowdowns or recessions. As a result, we cannot assure that the market value of the real estate underlying the loans will at any time be equal to or in excess of the outstanding principal amount of those loans. Although we have expanded the geographic area in which we originate loans, a downturn in the economy generally or in a specific region of the country may have an effect on our originations. See "Risk Factors -- A decline in value of the collateral securing our loans could result in an increase in losses on foreclosure, which could hinder our ability to attain profitable operations and limit our ability to repay our outstanding debt" on page 30. 181 LOAN SERVICING AND ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURES We service the loans in accordance with our established servicing procedures. The loans we service include loans we hold as available for sale and most of the loans we have securitized. Our servicing procedures include practices regarding processing of mortgage payments, processing of disbursements for tax and insurance payments, maintenance of mortgage loan records, performance of collection efforts, including disposition of delinquent loans, foreclosure activities and disposition of real estate owned and performance of investor accounting and reporting processes, which in general conform to the mortgage servicing practices of prudent mortgage lending institutions. We generally receive contractual servicing fees for our servicing responsibilities for securitized loans, calculated as a percentage of the outstanding principal amount of the loans serviced. In addition, we receive other ancillary fees related to the loans serviced. On July 12, 2004, our servicing and collections activities, which were previously located at our operating office in Bala Cynwyd, Pennsylvania, were relocated to our Philadelphia, Pennsylvania office. At September 30, 2004, the portfolio we serviced consisted of 24,760 loans with an aggregate outstanding balance of $1.9 billion. In servicing loans, we send an invoice to borrowers on a monthly basis advising them of the required payment and its scheduled due date. We begin the collection process promptly after a borrower fails to make a scheduled monthly payment. When a loan becomes 45 to 60 days delinquent, it is transferred to a senior collector in the collections department. The senior collector tries to resolve the delinquency by reinstating a delinquent loan, seeking a payoff, or entering into a deferment or forbearance arrangement with the borrower to avoid foreclosure. All proposed arrangements are evaluated on a case-by-case basis, based on, among other things, the borrower's past credit history, current financial status, cooperativeness, future prospects and the reasons for the delinquency. If a mortgage loan becomes 45 days delinquent and we do not reach a satisfactory arrangement with the borrower, our legal department will mail a notice of default to the borrower. If the delinquency is not cured within the time period provided for in the loan documents, we generally start a foreclosure action. The collection department maintains normal collection efforts during the cure periods following a notice of default and the initiation of foreclosure action. If a borrower declares bankruptcy, our in- house attorneys and paralegals promptly act to protect our interests. We may initiate legal action earlier than 45 days following a delinquency if we determine that the circumstances warrant such action. We employ a staff of experienced mortgage collectors and managers working in shifts seven days a week to manage delinquent loans. In addition, a staff of in-house attorneys and paralegals works closely with the collections staff to optimize collection efforts. The primary goal of our labor-intensive collections program is to emphasize delinquency and loss prevention. From time to time, borrowers are confronted with events, usually involving hardship circumstances or temporary financial setbacks that adversely affect their ability to continue payments on their loan. To assist borrowers, we may agree to enter into a deferment or forbearance arrangement. Prevailing economic conditions, which may affect the borrower's ability to make their regular payments, may also have an impact on the value of the real estate or other collateral securing the loans, resulting in a change to the loan-to- value ratios. We may take these conditions into account when we evaluate a borrower's request for assistance for relief from the borrower's financial hardship. Our policies and practices regarding deferment and forbearance arrangements, like all of our collections policies and practices, are designed to manage customer relationships, maximize collections and avoid foreclosure (or repossession of other collateral, as applicable) if reasonably possible. We review and regularly revise these policies and procedures in order to enhance their effectiveness in achieving these goals. In a deferment arrangement, we make advances on behalf of the borrower in amounts equal to the delinquent loan payments, which include principal and interest. Additionally, we may pay taxes, insurance and other fees on behalf of the borrower. Based on our review of the borrower's current financial circumstances, the borrower must repay the advances and other payments and fees we make on the borrower's behalf either at the termination of the loan or on a payment plan. Borrowers must provide a written explanation of their hardship, which generally requests relief from their delinquent loan payments. We review the borrower's current financial situation and based upon this review, we may create a payment plan for the borrower which allows the borrower to pay past due amounts over a period ranging from 182 approximately 12 to 42 months, depending on the period for which deferment is requested, but not beyond the maturity date of the loan, in addition to making regular monthly loan payments. Each deferment arrangement must be approved by two of our managers. Deferment arrangements which defer two or more past due payments must also be approved by at least two senior vice presidents. Principal guidelines currently applicable to the deferment process include: (i) the borrower may have up to six payments deferred during the life of the loan; (ii) no more than three payments may be deferred during a twelve-month period; and (iii) the borrower must have made a minimum of six payments on the loan and twelve months must have passed since the last deferment in order to qualify for a new deferment arrangement. Any deferment arrangement which includes an exception to our guidelines must be approved by two senior vice presidents. If the deferment arrangement is approved, a collector contacts the borrower regarding the approval and the revised payment terms. For borrowers who are three or more payments delinquent, we will consider using a forbearance arrangement. In a forbearance arrangement, we make advances on behalf of the borrower in amounts equal to the delinquent loan payments, which include principal and interest. Additionally, we may pay taxes, insurance and other fees on behalf of the borrower. We assess the borrower's current financial situation and, based upon this assessment, we will create a payment plan for the borrower which allows the borrower to pay past due amounts over a longer period than a typical deferment arrangement, but not beyond the maturity date of the loan. We typically structure a forbearance arrangement to require the borrower to make payments of principal and interest equivalent to the original loan terms plus additional monthly payments, which in the aggregate represent the amount that we advanced on behalf of the borrower. Principal guidelines currently applicable to the forbearance process include the following: (i) the borrower must have first and/or second mortgages with us; (ii) the borrower's account was originated at least six months prior to the request for forbearance; (iii) the borrower's account must be at least three payments delinquent to qualify for a forbearance agreement; (iv) the borrower must submit a written request for forbearance containing an explanation for his or her previous delinquency and setting forth the reasons that the borrower now believes he or she is able to meet his or her loan obligations; and (v) the borrower must make a down payment of at least one month's past due payments of principal and interest in order to enter into a forbearance agreement, and the borrower who is six or more payments delinquent must make a down payment of at least two past due payments. No request for forbearance may be denied without review by our senior vice president of collections or his designee. We do not enter into a deferment or forbearance arrangement based solely on the fact that a loan meets the criteria for one of the arrangements. Our use of any of these arrangements also depends upon one or more of the following factors: our assessment of the individual borrower's current financial situation, reasons for the delinquency and our view of prevailing economic conditions. Because deferment and forbearance arrangements are account management tools which help us to manage customer relationships, maximize collection opportunities and increase the value of our account relationships, the application of these tools generally is subject to constantly shifting complexities and variations in the marketplace. We attempt to tailor the type and terms of the arrangement we use to the borrower's circumstances, and we prefer to use deferment over forbearance arrangements, if possible. As a result of these arrangements, we reset the contractual status of a loan in our managed portfolio from delinquent to current based upon the borrower's resumption of making their principal and interest loan payments. A loan remains current after a deferment or forbearance arrangement with the borrower only if the borrower makes the principal and interest payments as required under the terms of the original note (exclusive of delinquent payments advanced or fees paid by us on the borrower's behalf as part of the deferment or forbearance arrangement), and we do not reflect it as a delinquent loan in our delinquency statistics. However, if the borrower fails to make principal and interest payments, we will declare the account in default, reflect it as a delinquent loan in our delinquency statistics and resume collection actions. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations -- Total Portfolio Quality -- Deferment and Forbearance Arrangements" on page 148 for information regarding the impact of these arrangements on our operations. 183 Based on information learned by our in-house legal staff while participating in industry forums and conferences and statements made by outside attorneys to us in the course of their legal representation of us, we believe we are among a small number of non-conforming lenders that have an in-house legal staff dedicated to the collection of delinquent loans and the handling of bankruptcy cases. As a result, we believe our delinquent loans are reviewed from a legal perspective earlier in the collection process than is the case with loans made by traditional lenders so that troublesome legal issues can be noted and, if possible, resolved earlier. For example, if in the course of the collection of a loan or fee the servicing department or collections department becomes aware of problems with a loan, such as title issues, department personnel will immediately notify an in-house attorney who will review the file and immediately initiate any necessary corrective action, including referral to outside counsel if appropriate. Also as an example, every notice of default and bankruptcy proof of claim is signed by an in-house attorney. Frequently, when reviewing the file relevant to a particular notice of default or proof of claim, the reviewing attorney will become aware of inconsistencies or issues and immediately initiate any necessary corrective action, including referral to outside counsel if appropriate. This frequent day-to-day contact between our servicing and collections departments, our in-house legal staff and outside counsel, and the early involvement of an in-house attorney in emerging legal issues that this facilitates, enables our in-house attorneys to resolve issues before they become costly disputes and to negotiate alternatives to foreclosure for problem loans. Real estate acquired as a result of foreclosure or by deed in lieu of foreclosure is classified as real estate owned until it is sold. After acquisition, all costs incurred in maintaining the property are accounted for as expenses. When carried on our balance sheet, we record real estate owned at the lower of cost or estimated fair value. Most foreclosures are handled by outside counsel who are managed by our in- house legal staff to ensure that the time period for handling foreclosures meets or exceeds established industry standards. Frequent contact between in- house and outside counsel ensures that the process moves quickly and efficiently in an attempt to achieve a timely and economical resolution to contested matters. Our ability to foreclose on some properties may be affected by state and federal environmental laws. The costs of investigation, remediation or removal of hazardous substances may be substantial and can easily exceed the value of the property. The presence of hazardous substances, or the failure to properly eliminate the substances from the property, can hurt the owner's ability to sell or rent the property and prevent the owner from using the property as collateral for another loan. Even parties who arrange for the disposal or treatment of hazardous or toxic substances may be liable for the costs of removal and remediation, whether or not the facility is owned or operated by the party who arranged for the disposal or treatment. See "Risk Factors -- Environmental laws and regulations and other environmental considerations may restrict our ability to foreclose on loans secured by real estate or increase costs associated with those loans which could hinder our ability to operate profitably and limit the funds available to repay our outstanding debt" on page 37. The technical nature of some laws and regulations, such as the Truth in Lending Act, can also contribute to difficulties in foreclosing on real estate and other assets, as even immaterial errors can trigger foreclosure delays or other difficulties. As the servicer of securitized loans, we are obligated to advance funds for scheduled interest payments that have not been received from the borrower unless we determine that our advances will not be recoverable from subsequent collections of the related loan payments. See "-- Securitizations" on page 92 and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations -- Securitizations" on page 56. We are also required to compensate investors (without a right to reimbursement) for interest shortfall resulting from loan prepayments up to the amount of our servicing fee. See "Risk Factors -- Our securitization agreements impose obligations on us to make cash outlays which could impair our ability to operate profitably and our ability to repay our outstanding debt" on page 28. Beginning in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2002, we offered customer retention incentives to borrowers who were exploring loan refinancing opportunities for the purpose of lowering their monthly loan payments. In an attempt to retain the loans we were servicing for these borrowers, we offered the borrowers the opportunity to receive a monthly cash rebate equal to a percentage of their scheduled monthly loan payments for periods of six to twelve months. We do not initiate any outbound activity to identify borrowers who are 184 interested in refinancing loans. Eligible borrowers for the cash rebate program are identified when they contact us inquiring about refinancing opportunities. When we were successful in retaining these loans, we reduced the level of loan prepayments in our managed portfolio of securitized loans. To initially qualify for this program, a borrower has to be current on their loan principal and interest payments. To be eligible for the cash rebate payment, a borrower must make his monthly loan payment on a timely basis (within 15 days of the payment due date) and has to remain on a current basis. The rebate amount is a percentage of the scheduled monthly loan payment, principal plus interest. The percentage of rebates on scheduled loan payments offered to participants ranged from 15% to 20%. Our policy is to forward a rebate payment to the borrower within six weeks of receiving the monthly loan payment from the borrower. At September 30, 2004, $374.8 million in principal amount outstanding on loans were participating in this program on which we expect to pay rebates of approximately $1.3 million. SECURITIZATIONS We were unable to complete quarterly publicly underwritten securitizations during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2003, all of fiscal 2004 and the first quarter of fiscal 2005. We completed a privately-placed securitization in the second quarter of fiscal 2004. Our inability to complete a publicly underwritten securitization during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2003 was the result of our investment bankers' decision in late June 2003 not to underwrite the contemplated June 2003 securitization transaction. Management believes that a number of factors contributed to this decision, including a highly- publicized lawsuit finding liability of an underwriter in connection with the securitization of loans for another unaffiliated subprime lender, an inquiry by the Civil Division of the U.S. Attorney's Office in Philadelphia regarding our forbearance practices, an anonymous letter regarding us received by our investment bankers, the SEC's enforcement action against another unaffiliated subprime lender related to its loan restructuring practices and related disclosure, a federal regulatory agency investigation of practices by another subprime servicer and our investment bankers' prior experience with securitization transactions with non-affiliated originators. During the year ended June 30, 2004, we completed a securitization of $135.9 million of loans in the second quarter and sold $5.5 million of loans into an off-balance sheet mortgage conduit facility. During fiscal 2003, we securitized $112.0 million of business purpose loans and $1.3 billion of home equity loans. During fiscal 2002, we securitized $129.1 million of business purpose loans and $1.2 billion of home equity loans. The securitization of loans and sale into the mortgage conduit facility generated gains on sale of loans of $15.1 million during the year ended June 30, 2004, $171.0 million during fiscal 2003 and $185.6 million during fiscal 2002. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations -- Securitizations" on page 92 for additional information regarding our securitizations. Securitization is a financing technique often used by originators of financial assets to raise capital. A securitization involves the sale of a pool of financial assets, in our case loans, to a trust in exchange for cash and a retained interest in the securitized loans which is called an interest- only strip. The trust issues multi-class securities which derive their cash flows from a pool of securitized loans. These securities, which are senior to our retained interest-only strips in the trust, are sold to public or private investors. We may also retain servicing on securitized loans. See "-- Loan Servicing and Administrative Procedures" on page 182. In twenty of the twenty-four public securitizations we sponsored from 1996 through 2003, we utilized financial guaranty insurance to enhance the credit rating of the securitization. Depending on the structure of the particular securitization, the trust created to purchase and hold the loans pooled for the particular securitization issued investment units in the trust either in the form of mortgage-backed bonds or mortgage pass-through certificates which are referred to in this document as certificates. Pursuant to the financial guaranty insurance utilized by us, the timely payment of interest and principal on the investment grade or "A" certificate in the particular securitization was guaranteed by the financial guaranty company issuing the insurance which is referred to in this document as a bond insurer. In consideration for providing this financial guaranty insurance, we entered into insurance and indemnification agreements with the bond insurer which contained various representations, warranties, and covenants, including financial covenants in some cases, and we agreed in the servicing agreement related to the particular securitization that upon the occurrence of a servicer default or servicer event of default, as defined in the servicing agreements, under the related 185 servicing agreement or insurance agreement that the bond insurer would be entitled to exercise all the powers and authorities granted to certificate holders under the servicing agreement in such circumstances. As the holder of the interest-only strips received in a securitization, we are entitled to receive excess (or residual) cash flows. These cash flows are the difference between the payments made by the borrowers on securitized loans and the sum of the scheduled and prepaid principal and pass-through interest paid to trust investors, servicing fees, trustee fees and, if applicable, surety fees. In most of our securitizations, surety bond fees are paid to an unrelated insurance entity to provide credit enhancement for the trust investors. Third party surety bond providers receive monthly fees, which are deducted from the excess interest cash flow from the trust and in return the surety bond provider guarantees the repayment of principal to the trust investors. The surety bond fee amount is specific to each applicable securitization and generally ranges from 0.19% to 0.45% annually on the applicable investor notes outstanding. The surety bond provider establishes their annual surety bond fee based on the levels of overcollateralization set for each securitization trust and their assessment of credit risk in each pool of securitized loans. These cash flows also include cash flows from overcollateralization. Overcollateralization is the excess of the aggregate principal balances of loans in a securitized pool over investor interests. Overcollateralization requirements are established to provide credit enhancement for the trust investors. We may be required either to repurchase or to substitute loans which do not conform to the representations and warranties we made in the agreements entered into when the loans are sold through a securitization. As of September 30, 2004, we have been required to substitute only one such loan from the securitization trusts for this reason. When borrowers are delinquent in making scheduled payments on loans included in a securitization trust, we are obligated to advance interest payments with respect to such delinquent loans if we deem that these advances will ultimately be recoverable. These advances can first be made out of funds available in the trust's collection account. If the funds available from the collection account are insufficient to make the required interest advances, then we are required to make the advances from our operating cash. The advances made from a trust's collection account, if not recovered from the borrower or proceeds from the liquidation of the loan, require reimbursement from us. These advances may require funding from our capital resources and may create greater demands on our cash flow than either selling loans with servicing released or maintaining a portfolio of loans on our balance sheet. However, any advances we make from our operating cash can be recovered from the subsequent mortgage loan payments to the applicable trust prior to any distributions to the certificate holders. See "Risk Factors -- Our securitization agreements impose obligations on us to make cash outlays which could impair our ability to operate profitably and our ability to repay our outstanding debt" on page 28. At times we elect to repurchase some delinquent loans from the securitization trusts, some of which may be in foreclosure. Repurchasing loans benefits us by allowing us to limit the level of delinquencies and losses in the securitization trusts and as a result, we can avoid exceeding specified limits on delinquencies and losses that trigger a temporary reduction or discontinuation of residual or stepdown overcollateralization cash flows from our interest-only strips until the delinquencies or losses no longer exceed the triggers. We have the right, but are not obligated, to repurchase a limited amount of delinquent loans from securitization trusts. The purchase price of a delinquent loan is at the loan's outstanding contractual balance plus accrued and unpaid interest and unreimbursed servicing advances, however, unpaid interest and unreimbursed servicing advances are returned to us by the trust. A foreclosed loan is one where we, as servicer, have initiated formal foreclosure proceedings against the borrower and a delinquent loan is one that is 31 days or more past due. The foreclosed and delinquent loans we typically elect to repurchase are usually 90 days or more delinquent and the subject of foreclosure proceedings, or where a completed foreclosure is imminent. In addition, we elect to repurchase loans in situations requiring more flexibility for the administration and collection of these loans in order to maximize their economic recovery. See "Risk Factors -- Our securitization agreements impose obligations on us to make cash outlays which could impair our ability to operate profitably and our ability to repay our outstanding debt" on page 28. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations -- Securitizations -- Trigger Management" on page 97 for a description of the impact of these repurchases on our business. 186 In the past, certain of our securitizations included a prefunding option where a portion of the cash received from investors is withheld until additional loans are transferred to the trust. The loans to be transferred to the trust to satisfy the prefund option must be substantially similar in terms of collateral, size, term, interest rate, geographic distribution and loan-to- value ratio as the loans initially transferred to the trust. We had no prefund obligations at September 30, 2004. WHOLE LOAN SALES Our determination to engage in whole loan sales depends upon a variety of factors, including market conditions in the securitization markets and the secondary loan markets, profitability and cash flow considerations. Due to our inability to complete a quarterly securitization during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2003, we adjusted our business strategy from a predominantly publicly underwritten securitization strategy to a strategy focused on a combination of whole loan sales and securitizations. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations -- Whole Loan Sales" on page 114 for more detail. COMPETITION We have significant competition for home mortgage loans. We concentrate our marketing efforts for home mortgage loans on credit-impaired borrowers. Through Upland Mortgage and American Business Mortgage Services, Inc., we compete with banks, thrift institutions, mortgage bankers and other finance companies. Many large financial institutions have gradually expanded their sub-prime lending capabilities. Many of these companies have name recognition and greater access to capital at a cost lower than our cost of capital. Additionally, federally chartered banks and thrifts can preempt some of the state and local lending laws to which we are subject, thereby giving them a competitive advantage. Competition among industry participants can take many forms, including convenience in obtaining a loan, customer service, marketing and distribution channels, amount and term of the loan, loan origination fees and interest rates. Additional competition may lower the interest rates we can charge borrowers, thereby potentially lowering gain on future whole loan sales and securitizations. We attempt to mitigate these factors through a highly trained staff of professionals, rapid response to prospective borrowers' requests and by maintaining a relatively short average loan processing time. See "-- Marketing Strategy" on page 178 for information regarding the markets in which we compete. See "-- Business Strategy" on page 168 for discussion of our emphasis on broadening our mortgage loan product line and offering competitive interest rates. See "Risk Factors -- Competition from other lenders could adversely affect our ability to attain profitable operations and our ability to repay our outstanding debt may be impaired" on page 32. REGULATION GENERAL. Our business is regulated by federal, state and, in certain cases, local laws. All home mortgage loans must meet the requirements of, among other statutes and regulations, the Truth in Lending Act, the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act of 1974, and their associated Regulations Z, X and B, respectively. TRUTH IN LENDING. The Truth in Lending Act and Regulation Z contain disclosure requirements designed to provide consumers with uniform, understandable information about the terms and conditions of loans and credit transactions so that consumers may compare credit terms. The Truth in Lending Act also guarantees consumers a three-day right to cancel certain transactions described in the act and imposes specific loan feature restrictions on some loans, including some of the same types of loans originated by us. If we were found not to be in compliance with the Truth in Lending Act, some aggrieved borrowers could, depending on the nature of the non-compliance, have the right to recover actual damages, statutory damages, penalties, rescind their loans and/or to demand, among other things, the return of finance charges and fees paid to us and third parties. Other fines and penalties can also be imposed under the Truth in Lending Act and Regulation Z. 187 EQUAL CREDIT OPPORTUNITY ACT, FAIR CREDIT REPORTING ACT AND OTHER LAWS. We are also required to comply with the Equal Credit Opportunity Act and Regulation B, which prohibit creditors from discriminating against applicants on the basis of race, color, religion, national origin, sex, age or marital status. Regulation B also restricts creditors from obtaining certain types of information from loan applicants. Among other things, it also requires lenders to advise applicants of the reasons for any credit denial. Equal Credit Opportunity Act violations can also result in fines, penalties and other remedies. In instances where the applicant is denied credit or the rate of interest for a loan increases as a result of information obtained from a consumer credit reporting agency, the Fair Credit Reporting Act of 1970, as amended, requires lenders to supply the applicant with the name and address of the reporting agency whose credit report was used in making such determinations. It also requires that lenders provide other information and disclosures about the loan application rejection. In addition, we are subject to the Fair Housing Act and regulations under the Fair Housing Act, which broadly prohibit discriminatory practices in connection with our home equity and other lending businesses. Pursuant to the Home Mortgage Disclosure Act and Regulation C, we are also required to report information on loan applicants and certain other borrowers to the Department of Housing and Urban Development, which is among numerous federal and state agencies which monitor compliance with fair lending laws. We are also subject to the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act and Regulation X. This law and this regulation, which are administered by the Department of Housing and Urban Development, impose limits on the amount of funds a borrower can be required to deposit with us in any escrow account for the payment of taxes, insurance premiums or other charges; limits the fees which may be paid to third parties; and imposes various disclosure and other requirements. We are subject to various other federal, state and local laws, rules and regulations governing the licensing of mortgage lenders and servicers. We must comply with procedures mandated for mortgage lenders and servicers, and must provide disclosures to consumer applicants and borrowers. Failure to comply with these laws, as well as with the laws described above, may result in civil and criminal liability. Several of our subsidiaries are licensed and regulated by the departments of banking or similar entities in the various states in which they are conducting business. The rules and regulations of the various states impose licensing and other restrictions on lending activities, such as prohibiting discrimination and regulating collection, foreclosure procedures and claims handling, disclosure obligations, payment feature restrictions and, in some cases, these laws fix maximum interest rates and fees. Failure to comply with these requirements can lead to termination or suspension of licenses, rights of rescission for mortgage loans, individual and class action lawsuits and/or administrative enforcement actions. Our in-house compliance staff, which includes attorneys, and our outside counsel review and monitor the lending policies of our subsidiaries for compliance with the various federal and state laws. The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, which was signed into law at the end of 1999, contains comprehensive consumer financial privacy restrictions. Various federal enforcement agencies, including the Federal Trade Commission, have issued final regulations to implement this act. These restrictions fall into two basic categories. First, a financial institution must provide various notices to consumers about such institution's privacy policies and practices. Second, this act imposes restrictions on a financial institution and gives consumers the right to prevent a financial institution from disclosing non- public personal information about the consumer to non-affiliated third parties, with exceptions. We have prepared the appropriate consumer disclosures and internal procedures to address these requirements. In addition, on December 22, 2003, we entered into a joint agreement with the Civil Division of the U.S. Attorney's Office for the Eastern District of Pennsylvania, which ended the inquiry by the U.S. Attorney focused on our forbearance policy initiated pursuant to the civil subpoena dated May 14, 2003. See "-- Legal Proceedings" on page 191. The previously described laws and regulations are subject to legislative, administrative and judicial interpretation. Some of these laws and regulations have recently been enacted or amended. Some of these laws and regulations are rarely challenged in, or interpreted by, the courts. Infrequent interpretations, an 188 insignificant number of interpretations and/or conflicting interpretations of these enacted or amended laws and regulations can make it difficult for us to always know what is permitted conduct under these laws and regulations. Any ambiguity or vagueness under the laws and regulations to which we are subject may lead to regulatory investigations or enforcement actions and private causes of action, such as class action lawsuits, with respect to our compliance with the applicable laws and regulations. See "Risk Factors -- Our residential lending business is subject to government regulation and licensing requirements, which may hinder our ability to operate profitably and negatively impair our ability to repay our outstanding debt" on page 33. PREDATORY LENDING REGULATIONS. State and federal banking regulatory agencies, state attorneys general offices, the Federal Trade Commission, the U.S. Department of Justice, the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development and state and local governmental authorities have increased their focus on lending practices by some companies in the subprime lending industry, more commonly referred to as "predatory lending" practices. State, local and federal governmental agencies have imposed sanctions for practices including, but not limited to, charging borrowers excessive fees, imposing higher interest rates than the borrower's credit risk warrants and failing to adequately disclose the material terms of loans to the borrowers. For example, the Pennsylvania Attorney General reviewed fees our subsidiary, HomeAmerican Credit, Inc., charged Pennsylvania customers. Although we believe that these fees were fair and in compliance with applicable federal and state laws, in April 2002, we agreed to reimburse borrowers approximately $221,000 with respect to a particular fee paid by borrowers from January 1, 1999 to mid- February 2001 and to reimburse the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania $50,000 for its costs of investigation and for future public protection purposes. We discontinued charging this particular fee in mid-February 2001. As a result of these initiatives, we are unable to predict whether state, local or federal authorities will require changes in our lending practices in the future, including reimbursement of fees charged to borrowers, or will impose fines on us. These changes, if required, could impact our profitability. These laws and regulations may limit our ability to securitize loans originated in certain states or localities due to rating agency, investor or market restrictions. As a result, we have limited the types of loans we offer in some states and may discontinue originating loans in other states or localities. See "Risk Factors -- Our residential lending business is subject to government regulation and licensing requirements, which may hinder our ability to operate profitably and negatively impair our ability to repay our outstanding debt" on page 33. Additionally, the United States Congress is currently considering a number of proposed bills or proposed amendments to existing laws, such as the "Ney - Lucas Responsible Lending Act of 2003" introduced on February 13, 2003 into the U.S. House of Representatives, which could affect our lending activities and make our business less profitable. These bills and amendments, if adopted as proposed, could reduce our profitability by limiting the fees we are permitted to charge, including prepayment fees, restricting the terms we are permitted to include in our loan agreements and increasing the amount of disclosure we are required to give to potential borrowers. While we cannot predict whether or in what form Congress may enact legislation, we are currently evaluating the potential impact of these legislative initiatives, if adopted, on our lending practices and results of operations. State law sometimes restricts our ability to charge a prepayment fee for both home equity and business purpose loans. Prior to its preclusion, we used the Parity Act to preempt these state laws for home equity loans which meet the definition of alternative mortgage transactions under the Parity Act. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations -- Legal and Regulatory Considerations" on page 82 for a discussion of how the adoption by the Office of Thrift Supervision in July 2003 of a rule which precludes us from using the Parity Act to preempt state prepayment penalty and late fees laws may impact our new loan originations. SERVICEMEMBERS CIVIL RELIEF ACT. Under the Servicemembers Civil Relief Act (formerly known as the Soldiers' and Sailors' Civil Relief Act of 1940), referred to as the Relief Act in this document, members of all branches of the military on active duty, including draftees and reservists in military service and state national guard called to federal duty: o are entitled to have interest rates reduced and capped at 6% per annum, on obligations (including mortgage loans) incurred prior to the commencement of military service for the duration of military service; 189 o may be entitled to a stay of proceeding on any kind of foreclosure or repossession action in the case of defaults on obligations entered into prior to military service for the duration of military service; and o may have the maturity of obligations stayed and may have obligations adjusted in a manner to preserve the interests of all parties. If a borrower's obligation to repay amounts otherwise due on a mortgage loan included in a trust is relieved pursuant to the Relief Act, none of the trust, the servicer, the back-up servicer, the seller, the depositor, the originators or the trustee will be required to advance these amounts, and any resulting loss may reduce the amounts available to be paid to the holders of the certificates. Any shortfalls in interest collections on mortgage loans included in the trust resulting from application of the Relief Act will be allocated to the certificates in reduction of the amounts payable to such certificates on the related distribution date. As a result of the current military actions in Iraq and Afghanistan, President Bush authorized the placement of tens of thousands of military reservists and members of the National Guard on active duty status. To the extent that any such person is a borrower under a loan, the interest rate limitations and other provisions of the Relief Act would apply to the loan during the period of active duty. The number of reservists and members of the National Guard placed on active duty status in the near future may increase. In addition, other borrowers who enter military service after the origination of their loans (including borrowers who are members of the National Guard at the time of the origination of their loans and are later called to active duty) would be covered by the terms of the Relief Act. See "Risk Factors -- If many of our borrowers become subject to the Servicemembers Civil Relief Act, our cash flows and interest income may be adversely affected which would negatively impair our ability to repay our outstanding debt" on page 38. We have procedures and controls to monitor compliance with numerous federal, state and local laws and regulations. However, because these laws and regulations are complex and often subject to interpretation, or as a result of inadvertent errors, we may, from time to time, inadvertently violate these laws and regulations. If more restrictive laws, rules and regulations are enacted or more restrictive judicial and administrative interpretations of those laws are issued, compliance with the laws could become more expensive or difficult. EMPLOYEES At September 30, 2004, we employed 1,042 people on a full-time basis and 11 employees on a part-time basis. None of our employees are covered by a collective bargaining agreement. We consider our employee relations to be good. PROPERTIES Except for real estate acquired in foreclosure in the normal course of our business, we do not presently hold title to any real estate for operating purposes. The interests which we presently hold in real estate are in the form of mortgages against parcels of real estate owned by our borrowers or their affiliates and real estate acquired through foreclosure. We presently lease office space for our corporate headquarters in Philadelphia, Pennsylvania. The current lease term for the Philadelphia facility expires in June 2014. The terms of the rental agreement require increased payments annually for the term of the lease with average minimum annual rental payments of $4.2 million. We have entered into contracts, or may engage parties in the future, related to the relocation of our corporate headquarters such as contracts for building improvements to the leased space, office furniture and equipment and moving services. The provisions of the lease and local and state grants provided us with reimbursement of a substantial amount of our costs related to the relocation, subject to certain conditions and limitations. We do not believe our unreimbursed expenses or unreimbursed cash outlay related to the relocation will be material to our operations. The lease requires us to maintain a letter of credit in favor of the landlord to secure our obligations to the landlord throughout the term of the lease. The amount of the letter of credit is currently $8.0 million. The letter of credit is currently issued by JPMorgan Chase Bank. 190 We continue to lease some office space in Bala Cynwyd under a five-year lease expiring in November 2004 at an annual rental of approximately $0.7 million. We performed loan servicing and collection activities at this office, but these activities were relocated to our Philadelphia office on July 12, 2004. The expenses and cash outlay related to the relocation were not material to our operations. We also lease the office space in Roseland, New Jersey and the nine-year lease expires in January 2012. The terms of the rental agreement require increased payments periodically for the term of the lease with average minimum annual rental payments of $0.8 million. In connection with the acquisition of the California mortgage broker operation in December 2003, we assumed the obligations under a lease for approximately 3,700 square feet of space in West Hills, California. The remaining term of the lease is 2 years, expiring September 30, 2006 at an annual rental of approximately $0.1 million. In connection with the opening of the Irvine, California mortgage broker operation, we entered into a sublease on March 4, 2004 for approximately 6,400 square feet of space. The term of the sublease is 1 2/3 years and expires November 30, 2005. The terms of the sublease require average minimum annual rental payments of $0.1 million. In connection with the opening of the Maryland mortgage broker operation, we entered into a sublease on March 15, 2004 for approximately 10,300 square feet of space in Edgewater, Maryland. The term of the sublease is 3 years and expires March 15, 2007. The terms of the sublease require increased payments annually for the term of the lease with average minimum annual rental payments of $0.2 million. In connection with the acquisition of the Texas broker operation, we entered into a sublease on June 11, 2004 for approximately 6,000 square feet of space in Austin, Texas. The term of the sublease is 10 1/2 months, expiring April 28, 2005 at an annual rental of approximately $0.1 million. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS On February 26, 2002, a purported class action titled Calvin Hale v. HomeAmerican Credit, Inc., No. 02 C 1606, United States District Court for the Northern District of Illinois, was filed in the Circuit Court of Cook County, Illinois (subsequently removed by Upland Mortgage to the captioned federal court) against our subsidiary, HomeAmerican Credit, Inc., which does business as Upland Mortgage, on behalf of borrowers in Illinois, Indiana, Michigan and Wisconsin who paid a document preparation fee on loans originated since February 4, 1997. The case consisted of three purported class action counts and two individual counts. The plaintiff alleged that the charging of, and the failure to properly disclose the nature of, a document preparation fee were improper under applicable state law. In November 2002 the Illinois Federal District Court dismissed the three class action counts and an agreement in principle was reached in August 2003 to settle the matter. The terms of the settlement were finalized and the action was dismissed on September 23, 2003. The matter did not have a material effect on our consolidated financial position or results of operations. On May 20, 2004, the purported consumer class action lawsuit captioned Moore v. American Business Financial Services, Inc. et al, No. 003237 was filed against us, our lending subsidiaries and an unrelated party in the Philadelphia Court of Common Pleas. The lawsuit was brought on behalf of residential mortgage consumers and challenges the validity of our deed in lieu of foreclosure and force-placed insurance practices as well as certain mortgage service fees charged by us. This lawsuit relates, in part, to the same subject matter as the U.S. Attorney's inquiry concluded in December 2003 with no findings of wrongdoing as discussed below. The lawsuit seeks actual and treble damages, statutory damages, punitive damages, costs and expenses of the litigation and injunctive relief. Procedurally, this lawsuit is in a very preliminary stage. We believe the complaint contains fundamental factual inaccuracies and that we have numerous defenses to these allegations. We intend to vigorously defend this lawsuit. Due to the inherent uncertainties in litigation and because the ultimate resolution of this proceeding is influenced by factors outside of our control, we are currently unable to predict the ultimate outcome of this litigation or its impact on our financial position or results of operations. In addition, our lending subsidiaries, including HomeAmerican Credit, Inc., which does business as Upland Mortgage, and American Business Mortgage Services, Inc., are involved, from time to time, in class 191 action lawsuits, other litigation, claims, investigations by governmental authorities, and legal proceedings arising out of their lending and servicing activities. For example, in July 2004, we received a document request in the form of an administrative subpoena from the New Jersey Attorney General's Office, acting as counsel for the Office of Consumer Protection, in connection with American Business Mortgage Services, Inc. It seeks the loan files of two borrowers and includes a broader request for a list of loans solicited or closed by a former loan officer from January 1, 1999 to the present. The loan officer's employment was terminated in 2001. While it would appear that the request does not raise material issues, since this matter is in the preliminary stages, communications from the Attorney General's Office have not been sufficient to confirm the extent of their interest. Due to our current expectation regarding the ultimate resolution of these actions, management believes that the liabilities resulting from these actions will not have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial position or results of operations. However, due to the inherent uncertainty in litigation and because the ultimate resolution of these proceedings is influenced by factors outside of our control, our estimated liability under these proceedings may change or actual results may differ from our estimates. Additionally, court decisions in litigation to which we are not a party may also affect our lending activities and could subject us to litigation in the future. For example, in Glukowsky v. Equity One, Inc., (Docket No. A-3202 - 01T3), dated April 24, 2003, to which we are not a party, the Appellate Division of the Superior Court of New Jersey determined that the Parity Act's preemption of state law was invalid and that the state laws precluding some lenders from imposing prepayment fees are applicable to loans made in New Jersey. On May 26, 2004, the New Jersey Supreme Court reversed the decision of the Appellate Division of the Superior Court of New Jersey and held that the Parity Act had preempted the New Jersey Prepayment Law, which prohibited housing lenders from imposing prepayment penalties. However, the plaintiff has petitioned the United States Supreme Court for certiorari in this matter. We expect that, as a result of the publicity surrounding predatory lending practices, we may be subject to other class action suits in the future. In addition, from time to time, we are involved as plaintiff or defendant in various other legal proceedings arising in the normal course of our business. While we cannot predict the ultimate outcome of these various legal proceedings, management believes that the resolution of these legal actions should not have a material effect on our financial position, results of operations or liquidity. We received a civil subpoena, dated May 14, 2003, from the Civil Division of the U.S. Attorney for the Eastern District of Pennsylvania. The subpoena requested that we provide certain documents and information with respect to us and our lending subsidiaries for the period from May 1, 2000 to May 1, 2003, including: (i) all loan files in which we entered into a forbearance agreement with a borrower who is in default; (ii) the servicing, processing, foreclosing, and handling of delinquent loans and non-performing loans, the carrying, processing and sale of real estate owned, and forbearance agreements; and (iii) agreements to sell or otherwise transfer mortgage loans (including, but not limited to, any pooling or securitization agreements) or to obtain funds to finance the underwriting, origination or provision of mortgage loans, any transaction in which we sold or transferred mortgage loans, any instance in which we did not service or act as custodian for a mortgage loan, representations and warranties made in connection with mortgage loans, secondary market loan sale schedules, and credit loss, delinquency, default, and foreclosure rates of mortgage loans. On December 22, 2003, we entered into a Joint Agreement with the Civil Division of the U.S. Attorney's Office for the Eastern District of Pennsylvania which ends this inquiry. We do not believe that the Joint Agreement with the U.S. Attorney's Office has had a significant impact on our operations. In response to the inquiry and as part of the Joint Agreement, we adopted a revised forbearance policy, which became effective on November 19, 2003. Under this policy, we no longer require a borrower to execute a deed in lieu of foreclosure as a condition to entering into a forbearance agreement with us where the real estate securing the loan is the borrower's primary residence. Under the Joint Agreement, we also agreed to return to existing borrowers any executed but unrecorded deeds in lieu of foreclosure obtained under our former forbearance policy. We also agreed to contribute a total of $80 thousand to a U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD) approved housing counseling organization providing housing counseling in states in 192 which we originate mortgage loans, of which $40 thousand was contributed with the balance being due in 2005. Under our revised forbearance policy, eligible borrowers are sent a letter, along with our standard form forbearance agreement encouraging them to: read the forbearance agreement; seek the advice of an attorney or other advisor prior to signing the forbearance agreement; and contact our consumer advocate by calling a toll-free number with questions. The Joint Agreement requires that for 18 months following its execution, we will notify the U.S. Attorney's Office of any material changes we propose to make to our forbearance policy and form of forbearance agreement (or cover letter) and that no changes to these documents shall be effective until at least 30 days after this notification. The U.S. Attorney reserves the right to reinstitute its inquiry if we do not comply with our revised forbearance policy, fail to provide the 30 days' notice described above, or disregard the concerns of the U.S. Attorney's Office after providing such notice. The Joint Agreement also requires that we provide the U.S. Attorney with two independently prepared reports confirming our compliance with our revised forbearance policy (including the standard form of forbearance agreement and cover letter) and internal company training for collections department employees described below. These reports are to be submitted to the U.S. Attorney's Office at 9 and 18 months after the execution of the Joint Agreement. KPMG LLP, which we engaged to perform an independent compliance audit required at the end of the 9-month period, determined that we had complied with our policy requirements entered into as a result of the Joint Agreement with the U.S. Attorney's Office. We also agreed to implement a formal training session regarding our revised forbearance policy for all of our collections department employees, at which such employees are directed to inform borrowers that they can obtain assistance from housing and credit counseling organizations and how to find such organizations in their area. We agreed to monitor compliance with our forbearance policy and take appropriate disciplinary action against those employees who do not comply with this policy. In January and February of 2004, four class action lawsuits were filed against us and certain of our officers and directors. Lead plaintiffs and counsel were appointed on June 3, 2004. A consolidated amended class action complaint that supersedes these four complaints was filed on August 19, 2004 in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Pennsylvania. The consolidated class action case is American Business Financial Services, Inc. Securities Litigation, Civil Action No. 04-0265. The consolidated amended class action complaint brings claims on behalf of a class of all purchasers of our common stock for a proposed class period of January 27, 2000 through June 26, 2003. The consolidated complaint names us, our director and Chief Executive Officer, Anthony Santilli, our Chief Financial Officer, Albert Mandia, and former director, Richard Kaufman, as defendants and alleges that, among other things, we and the named directors and officers violated Sections 10(b) and 20(a) of the Exchange Act. The consolidated complaint alleges that, during the applicable class period, our forbearance and deferment practices enabled us to, among other things, lower our delinquency rates to facilitate the securitization of our loans which purportedly allowed us to collect interest income from our securitized loans and inflate our financial results and market price of our common stock. The consolidated amended class action complaint seeks unspecified compensatory damages, costs and expenses related to bringing the action, and other unspecified relief. We filed a motion to dismiss this class action on October 21, 2004. On March 15, 2004, a shareholder derivative action was filed against us, as a nominal defendant, and our director and Chief Executive Officer, Anthony Santilli, our Chief Financial Officer, Albert Mandia, our directors, Messrs. Becker, DeLuca and Sussman, and our former director Mr. Kaufman, as defendants, in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Pennsylvania. The complaint is captioned: Osterbauer v. Santilli, Kaufman, Mandia, Becker, DeLuca and Sussman, Civil Action No. 04-1105. The lawsuit was brought nominally on behalf of the company, as a shareholder derivative action, alleging that the named directors and officers breached their fiduciary duties to us, engaged in the abuse of control, gross mismanagement and other violations of law during the period from January 27, 2000 through June 25, 2003. The lawsuit seeks unspecified compensatory damages, equitable or injunctive relief and costs and expenses related to bringing the action, and other unspecified relief. The parties have agreed to stay this case pending disposition of the motion to dismiss the consolidated amended complaint filed in the putative consolidated securities class action. 193 Procedurally, these lawsuits are in a very preliminary stage. We believe that we have several defenses to the claims raised by these lawsuits and intend to vigorously defend the lawsuits. Due to the inherent uncertainties in litigation and because the ultimate resolution of these proceedings is influenced by factors outside of our control, we are currently unable to predict the ultimate outcome of this litigation or its impact on our financial position or results of operations. See "Risk Factors -- We are subject to private litigation, including lawsuits resulting from the alleged "predatory" lending practices, as well as securities class action and derivative lawsuits, the impact of which on our financial position is uncertain. The inherent uncertainty related to litigation of this type and the preliminary stage of these suits makes it difficult to predict the ultimate outcome or potential liability that we may incur as a result of these matters" on page 34. 194 WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION We filed a Registration Statement on Form S-2 (which, together with all exhibits and schedules thereto, is referred to as the "registration statement") with the SEC, with respect to the registration of the subordinated debentures offered by this prospectus, which contains additional information and documents. For further information pertaining to our business, the subordinated debentures offered by this prospectus and related matters, you should review the registration statement, including the exhibits filed as a part of the registration statement. We file annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. So long as we are subject to the SEC's reporting requirements, we will continue to furnish the reports and other required information to the SEC. We will furnish all holders of the subordinated debentures with copies of our annual reports containing audited financial statements and an opinion thereon expressed by our independent auditors and will make available copies of quarterly reports for the first three quarters of each fiscal year containing unaudited financial information. We will also furnish all holders of the subordinated debentures with a copy of an updated prospectus related to the subordinated debentures after the SEC declares it effective. The following documents that we filed with the SEC, as well as all other reports filed with the SEC (File No. 0-22474) since June 30, 2004, are incorporated by reference in this prospectus:
SEC FILING PERIOD ----------------------------------------------------------- ------------------ Annual Report on Form 10-K ................................ June 30, 2004 Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q ............................. September 30, 2004 Current Report on Form 8-K ................................ July 31, 2004 Current Report on Form 8-K ................................ August 23, 2004 Current Report on Form 8-K ................................ September 17, 2004 Current Report on Form 8-K ................................ September 20, 2004 Current Report on Form 8-K ................................ October 22, 2004 Current Report on Form 8-K ................................ October 27, 2004
You may read and copy any reports, statements and other information we file at the SEC's Public Reference Room at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, DC 20549. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the operations of the Public Reference Room. Our SEC filings are also available on the SEC's Internet website, www.sec.gov. We also make this information available free of charge on our web site, www.abfsonline.com, as soon as reasonably practicable after filing with the SEC. Except as indicated above, the information on this web site is not and should not be considered part of this document and is not incorporated into this prospectus by reference. This web site is, and is only intended to be, inactive textual references. Our common stock is traded on the NASDAQ National Market System under the symbol "ABFI." You may also read reports, proxy statements and other information we file at the offices of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc., 1735 K Street, N.W., Washington, DC 20006. We will provide, at no cost, to each person to whom this prospectus is delivered, upon written or oral request, copies of any of the information incorporated by reference or included in the registration statement, which is not included in this prospectus. Requests should be directed to: Stephen M. Giroux, Esquire, Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary, American Business Financial Services, Inc., The Wanamaker Building, 100 Penn Square East, Philadelphia, PA 19107; (215) 940-4000. 195 MANAGEMENT GENERAL The following table sets forth information regarding our Board of Directors and executive officers:
NAME AGE(1) POSITION -------------------------------------- --------- --------------------------------------------------------------------------- Anthony J. Santilli ................... 62 Chairman, President, Chief Executive Officer, Chief Operating Officer and Director Leonard Becker ........................ 81 Director Michael R. DeLuca ..................... 73 Director Jerome Miller ......................... 71 Director Warren E. Palitz ...................... 60 Director Joseph F. Pignotti .................... 57 Director Harold E. Sussman ..................... 79 Director Jeffrey M. Ruben ...................... 41 Executive Vice President Albert W. Mandia ...................... 57 Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer Milton Riseman ........................ 68 Chairman of the Consumer Mortgage Group Stephen M. Giroux ..................... 56 Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary Barry P. Epstein ...................... 65 Managing Director of the National Wholesale Residential Mortgage Division Beverly Santilli ...................... 45 President, American Business Credit, Inc., and Executive Vice President, HomeAmerican Credit, Inc.
--------------- (1) As of October 25, 2004. DIRECTORS Our certificate of incorporation currently provides that the Board of Directors will consist of not less than one nor more than fifteen directors and that within these limits the number of directors shall be as established by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors has set the current number of directors at seven. Our certificate of incorporation provides that the Board of Directors will be divided into three classes which have staggered terms of office, and which are as equal in number as possible. The members of each class of directors are elected for a term of three years or until their successors are elected and qualified. Our certificate of incorporation does not permit stockholders to cumulate their votes for the election of directors. The principal occupation of each of our directors is set forth below. All directors have held their present position for at least five years unless otherwise indicated. ANTHONY J. SANTILLI is our Chairman, President, Chief Executive Officer and Chief Operating Officer. He has held these positions since early 1993 when we became the parent company of American Business Credit, Inc. He has been an executive officer of American Business Credit, Inc. since June 1988 and of each of the other subsidiaries since their formation. Prior to the founding of American Business Credit, Inc. in 1988, Mr. Santilli was Vice President and Department Head of the Philadelphia Savings Fund Society, a savings association, referred to as PSFS in this document. As such, Mr. Santilli was responsible for PSFS' commercial relationships with small and middle market business customers. Mr. Santilli also served as the Secretary of PSFS' Asset/ Liability Committee from May 1983 to June 1985 and as the Secretary of PSFS' Policy Committee from June 1986 to June 1987. Mr. Santilli is the husband of Beverly Santilli. LEONARD BECKER is a self-employed real estate investor, a position he has held since 1980. Mr. Becker was a former 50% owner and officer of the SBIC of the Eastern States, Inc., a federally licensed small business corporation which made medium term loans to small business concerns from 1967 to 1980. For the last 30 years, Mr. Becker has been heavily involved in the investment in and management of real estate, and has been involved in the ownership of numerous shopping centers, office buildings and apartments. Mr. Becker formerly served as a director of Eagle National Bank and Cabot Medical Corp. and was a founding director in each of these corporations. Mr. Becker is also a director of Universal Display Corporation. 196 MICHAEL R. DELUCA is Chairman of the Board of Lux Products Corporation, a manufacturer and merchandiser of thermostats and timers, a position he has held since 2003. Mr. Deluca has been a director of Lux Products Corporation since 1991 and served as Chief Executive Officer from 1991 to 2003. Mr. DeLuca was President, Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer and a former owner of Bradford-White Corporation, a manufacturer of plumbing products from 1982 to the end of 1991. Mr. DeLuca formerly served as a director of BWC-West, Inc. and Bradford-White International. JEROME MILLER, D.O. is currently the medical director of GE Financial Assurance Co., which provides claim review services for insurance companies affiliated with General Electric Co. Dr. Miller has held this position since August of 2001. From February 1986 through July 2000, Dr. Miller was a physician in the Frankford Health System, a family medical practice. Prior to that time, Dr. Miller was a private practitioner. WARREN E. PALITZ is currently a Vice President and registered representative with Greentree Brokerage Services, Inc., a securities brokerage firm. From July 2001 until July 2003, Mr. Palitz was a private investor. From 1994 until 2001, Mr. Palitz was an independent investment advisor who provided investment advisory services on a transactional basis to S.W. Ryan & Co., a registered securities broker-dealer. Mr. Palitz currently serves on the Advisory Board of the Rittenhouse Trust Company and is a member of the Board of Directors and Compensation Committee of BFS Entertainment & Multimedia Limited, a publicly traded company listed on the Toronto Stock Exchange. JOSEPH F. PIGNOTTI has been employed since 1996 as Executive Vice President of Friendly Finance Corporation, an auto finance company, and since 2003 he has been serving as a corporate consultant for the First Mutual Corporation, a mortgage banking company. From 1997 to 2002, Mr. Pignotti served as a corporate consultant to Wells Fargo Financial Preferred Capital, Inc., a subsidiary of Wells Fargo & Company specializing in secured commercial loans to the finance company industry. In addition, from 1982 to 1996, Mr. Pignotti was Executive Vice President of BankAmerica Business Credit, Inc. (formerly Security Pacific Business Credit, Inc.), and from 1964 to 1982, he worked as Vice President of First Pennsylvania Bank, N.A. HAROLD E. SUSSMAN is currently retired. From 1972 until December 31, 2002, Mr. Sussman was a partner in the real estate firm of Lanard Axilbund, Inc., a major commercial and industrial real estate brokerage and management firm in the Delaware Valley, Pennsylvania, and Fort Lauderdale and Miami, Florida. EXECUTIVE OFFICERS WHO ARE NOT ALSO DIRECTORS BARRY P. EPSTEIN is our Managing Director of the National Wholesale Residential Mortgage Division, a position he has held since December 2003. Mr. Epstein is responsible for the sales, marketing and day-to-day management of our broker origination channel. From October 2003 to December 2003, Mr. Epstein was Chief Operating Officer of Rekaren, Incorporated, a mortgage loan broker. Mr. Epstein was Managing Director and a director of Approved FSB, a federally chartered savings bank, from 2000 to 2002. From 1998 through 2000, he was a consultant with Lincolnshire Management, Inc., an equity fund manager. Mr. Epstein was Senior Vice President of Ocwen Financial Services, a subsidiary of Ocwen Federal Bank of West Palm Beach, Florida, from 1996 to 1998. STEPHEN M. GIROUX is our Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary. Mr. Giroux is also an Executive Vice President and the General Counsel and Secretary of all of our subsidiaries. Mr. Giroux was promoted to Executive Vice President and Secretary in November 2003. Mr. Giroux was our Senior Vice President and General Counsel from April 2001 to November 2003. Mr. Giroux joined us in September 1999 as Senior Vice President and Deputy General Counsel. Prior to such time, he was a partner with the law firm of Weir & Partners, LLC, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania from 1998 to 1999. From 1977 to 1998, Mr. Giroux was Senior Vice President and Lead Counsel for CoreStates Financial Corp., Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, and its predecessors. ALBERT W. MANDIA is our Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, positions he has held since June 1998 and October 1998, respectively. Mr. Mandia is responsible for all financial, treasury, information systems, facilities and investor relations functions. Mr. Mandia also is an Executive Vice 197 President and the Chief Financial Officer of all of our subsidiaries. From 1974 to 1998, Mr. Mandia was associated with CoreStates Financial Corp. where he last held the position of Chief Financial Officer from February 1997 to April 1998. MILTON RISEMAN is our Chairman of our Consumer Mortgage Group. Mr. Riseman has held that position from the time he joined us in June 1999. Mr. Riseman resigned and served as our consultant from July 2, 2003 until November 24, 2003. On November 24, 2003, Mr. Riseman rejoined us as Chairman of our Consumer Mortgage Group. As Chairman of the Consumer Mortgage Group, Mr. Riseman is responsible for the sales, marketing and day-to-day management of Upland Mortgage's retail operation and he held supervisory responsibility for the Bank Alliance Services program. From February 1994 until October 1998, Mr. Riseman served as President of Advanta Mortgage. Mr. Riseman joined Advanta in 1992 as Senior Vice President, Administration. From 1965 until 1992, Mr. Riseman served in various capacities at Citicorp, including serving as President of Citicorp Acceptance Corp. from 1986 to 1992. JEFFREY M. RUBEN is our Executive Vice President, a position he has held since September 1998. Mr. Ruben was our general counsel from April 1992 to April 2001. He is also Executive Vice President of some of our subsidiaries, positions he has held since April 1992. Mr. Ruben is responsible for the loan servicing and collections departments, the asset allocation unit and the legal department. Mr. Ruben served as Vice President from April 1992 to 1995 and Senior Vice President from 1995 to 1998. From June 1990 until he joined us in April 1992, Mr. Ruben was an attorney with the law firm of Klehr, Harrison, Harvey, Branzburg & Ellers in Philadelphia, Pennsylvania. From December 1987 until June 1990, Mr. Ruben was employed as a credit analyst with the CIT Group Equipment Financing, Inc. Mr. Ruben is a member of the Pennsylvania and New Jersey Bar Associations. Mr. Ruben holds a New Jersey Mortgage Banker License and a New Jersey Secondary Mortgage Banker License. BEVERLY SANTILLI was our First Executive Vice President from September 1998 through May 2004. Prior to September 1998, Mrs. Santilli held a variety of positions with us, including Executive Vice President, Vice President and Secretary. Mrs. Santilli is the President of American Business Credit, Inc. and an Executive Vice President of HomeAmerican Credit, Inc., a position she was appointed to on June 1, 2004. Mrs. Santilli is also responsible for our human resources and those of our subsidiaries. Prior to joining American Business Credit, Inc. and from September 1984 to November 1987, Mrs. Santilli was affiliated with PSFS initially as an Account Executive and later as a Commercial Lending Officer with that bank's Private Banking Group. Mrs. Santilli is the wife of Anthony J. Santilli. 198 PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS The following table sets forth certain information regarding the beneficial ownership of our common stock and the Series A preferred stock as of October 25, 2004 (except as described below in footnotes 1 and 2) by each person known to be the beneficial owner of five percent or more of our common stock, by each of our directors and executive officers whose total annual salary and bonus exceeded $100,000 during fiscal 2004, and by all directors and executive officers as a group. As of October 25, 2004, 3,598,342 shares of our common stock were outstanding and 109,435,580 shares of the Series A preferred stock were outstanding. Unless otherwise specified, all persons listed below have sole voting and investment power with respect to their shares. The business address of our executive officers and directors is our address.
AMOUNT AND NATURE OF BENEFICIAL PERCENTAGE NAME, POSITION AND ADDRESS OF BENEFICIAL OWNER TITLE OF CLASS OWNERSHIP(1) OF CLASS ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ------------------ ------------ ----------- Dimensional Fund Advisors Inc. 1299 Ocean Avenue - 11th Floor Santa Monica, CA 90401....................................................... Common Stock 179,985(2) 5.0% Anthony J. Santilli, Chairman, President, Chief Executive Officer, Chief Operating Officer and Director and Beverly Santilli, President of American Business Credit, Inc. and Executive Vice President of HomeAmerican Credit, Inc........ Common Stock 1,217,018(3)(4) 33.0% Michael R. DeLuca, Director.................................................... Common Stock 240,827(5) 6.6% Harold E. Sussman, Director.................................................... Common Stock 119,311(6) 3.3% Leonard Becker, Director....................................................... Common Stock 126,838(7) 3.5% Jerome Miller, Director........................................................ Common Stock 34,285(8) * Series A Preferred Stock 30,164(15) * Warren E. Palitz, Director..................................................... Common Stock 13,750(9) * Joseph F. Pignotti, Director................................................... Common Stock -- * Jeffrey M. Ruben, Executive Vice President..................................... Common Stock 82,102(10) 2.3% Albert W. Mandia, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer......... Common Stock 64,162(11) 1.8% Milton Riseman, Chairman of the Consumer Mortgage Group........................ Common Stock 58,968(12) 1.6% Barry P. Epstein, Managing Director of the National Wholesale Residential Mortgage Division............................................................ Common Stock 220,000(13) 6.1% Stephen M. Giroux, Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary..... Common Stock 7,097(14) * All executive officers and directors as a group (13 persons)................... Common Stock 2,184,358(16) 54.7% Series A Preferred Stock 30,164(15) *
--------------- * Less than 1%. 199 (1) The securities "beneficially owned" by an individual are determined in accordance with the definition of "beneficial ownership" set forth in the regulations of the SEC. Accordingly, they may include securities owned by or for, among others, the wife and/or minor children of the individual and any other relative who has the same home as such individual, as well as other securities as to which the individual has or shares voting or investment power or has the right to acquire under outstanding stock options within 60 days of the date of this table. Beneficial ownership may be disclaimed as to certain of the securities. The share numbers in the table may, as indicated in the appropriate footnotes, include shares held in the 401(k) Plan. The number of shares held in the 401(k) Plan is based on the value of the units held as of the last 401(k) Plan statement dated June 30, 2004 divided by the closing price of our common stock as reported on the NASDAQ National Market System for June 30, 2004. (2) Reflects the information provided by Dimensional Fund Advisors Inc. as of May 31, 2004. In an Amendment to Schedule 13G filed on February 6, 2004, Dimensional Fund Advisors Inc., as investment advisor to four investment companies and as investment manager to other commingled group trusts and separate accounts, reported sole voting and dispositive power over 156,901 shares of common stock. In this Amendment to Schedule 13G, Dimensional Fund Advisors Inc. disclaimed beneficial ownership with respect to these shares of common stock. (3) Includes 1,102,251 shares of common stock held directly by Mr. and Mrs. Santilli as joint tenants with right of survivorship, 3,172 shares of common stock held through the 401(k) Plan and 18,639 shares held in trust by Mr. Santilli, Mrs. Santilli and Raymond Bucceroni for the benefit of Luc Armon Santilli, Mr. and Mrs. Santilli's child. (4) Includes options to purchase 51,740 shares of common stock awarded to Mr. Santilli pursuant to our stock option plans, all of which are exercisable within 60 days of the date of this table. Includes options to purchase 41,216 shares of common stock awarded to Mrs. Santilli pursuant to our stock option plans, all of which are exercisable within 60 days of the date of this table. (5) Includes 189,087 shares of common stock held by the DeLuca Family Partnership, L.P. over which Mr. DeLuca holds voting and/or dispositive power and options to purchase 51,740 shares of common stock awarded pursuant to our stock option plans, which are exercisable within 60 days of the date of this table. (6) Includes 4,714 shares of common stock held directly by Mr. Sussman, 11,006 shares of common stock held by Mr. and Mrs. Sussman as joint tenants with right of survivorship, 51,851 shares of common stock held by Mr. Sussman's spouse and options to purchase 51,740 shares of common stock awarded pursuant to our stock option plans, which are exercisable within 60 days of the date of this table. (7) Includes 15,941 shares of common stock held directly, 90,600 shares of common stock held jointly by Mr. and Mrs. Becker and options to purchase 20,297 shares of common stock awarded pursuant to our stock option plans, which are exercisable within 60 days of the date of this table. (8) Includes 22,185 shares of common stock held directly and options to purchase 12,100 shares of common stock awarded pursuant to our stock option plans, which are exercisable within 60 days of the date of this table. (9) All shares held directly. (10) Includes 14,922 shares of common stock held directly, 9,992 shares of common stock held through the 401(k) Plan, and options to purchase 57,188 shares of common stock awarded to Mr. Ruben pursuant to our stock option plans, which are exercisable within 60 days of the date of this table. Excludes options to purchase 10,648 shares of common stock, which are not exercisable within 60 days of the date of this table. (11) Includes 9,983 shares of common stock held directly, 1,853 shares of common stock held through the 401(k) Plan, and options to purchase 52,326 shares of our common stock awarded to Mr. Mandia pursuant to our stock option plans, which are exercisable within 60 days of the date of this table. Excludes options to purchase 10,488 shares of our common stock, which are not exercisable within 60 days of the date of this table. (12) Includes 3,968 shares of common stock held directly and options to purchase 55,000 shares of common stock issued to Mr. Riseman pursuant to our stock option plans, which are exercisable within 60 days of the date of this table. 200 (13) Represents restricted shares of common stock awarded to Mr. Epstein as an inducement to his employment with us and includes 110,000 shares of common stock which are subject to the risk of forfeiture until specified performance-based criteria are satisfied. (14) Includes 1,338 shares of common stock held directly, 1,222 shares of common stock held through our 401(k) Plan, and options to purchase 4,537 shares of common stock awarded to Mr. Giroux pursuant to our stock option plans which are exercisable within 60 days of the date of this table. Excludes options to purchase 1,815 shares of common stock which are not exercisable within 60 days of the date of this table. (15) Excludes common stock issuable upon the conversion of the Series A preferred stock because the Series A preferred stock is not convertible within 60 days of the date of this table. (16) Includes options to purchase 397,884 shares of common stock awarded to our directors and executive officers pursuant to our stock option plans which are exercisable within 60 days of the date of this table. Excludes options to purchase 22,951 shares of common stock awarded to our directors and executive officers pursuant to our stock option plans which are not exercisable within 60 days of the date of this table. 201 MARKET FOR COMMON STOCK AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS Our common stock is currently traded on the NASDAQ National Market System under the symbol "ABFI." Our common stock began trading on the NASDAQ National Market System on February 14, 1997. The following table sets forth the high and low sales prices of our common stock for the periods indicated.
QUARTER ENDED HIGH LOW ---------------------------------------------------------------- ----- ---- September 30, 2002 ............................................. 14.42 5.78 December 31, 2002 .............................................. 11.52 8.81 March 31, 2003 ................................................. 13.56 9.14 June 30, 2003 .................................................. 11.55 5.77 September 30, 2003 ............................................. 7.25 4.00 December 31, 2003 .............................................. 6.62 2.83 March 31, 2004 ................................................. 4.09 2.73 June 30, 2004 .................................................. 5.60 2.97 September 30, 2004 ............................................. 5.75 3.54 December 31, 2004 (through November 5, 2004) ................... 4.14 3.01
On November 5, 2004, the closing price of the common stock on the NASDAQ National Market System was $3.82. On April 1, 2004, we received a notice from the NASDAQ Stock Market that we were not in compliance with the requirement for continued listing of our common stock on the NASDAQ National Market System on the basis that we have not met the requirement that the minimum market value of our publicly held shares equals at least $5.0 million. Under NASDAQ Marketplace Rules, we had 90 days, or until June 28, 2004, to become compliant with this requirement for a period of 10 consecutive trading days. On June 15, 2004, we advised the NASDAQ Stock Market that we had been in compliance with this requirement for 10 consecutive trading days. On June 24, 2004, we received a letter from the staff of the NASDAQ Stock Market confirming that we had regained compliance with the NASDAQ continued listing requirement related to the market value of our publicly held shares and were not subject to delisting. There can be no assurance that we will be in compliance with the $10.0 million stockholders' equity requirement on December 31, 2004. We intend to engage in a new exchange offer in order to maintain compliance with this listing requirement. Our ability to engage in future exchange offers of this type may be limited by the availability of collateral to secure the senior collateralized subordinated notes issued in future exchange offers. If we are unable to maintain our listing on the NASDAQ National Market System, our ability to continue to sell subordinated debentures would be negatively impacted by making the process of complying with the state securities laws more difficult, costly and time consuming. As a result, we may be unable to continue to sell subordinated debentures in certain states, which would have a material adverse effect on our liquidity and our ability to repay maturing debt when due. As of October 5, 2004, there were 1,131 record holders and approximately 1,470 beneficial holders of our common stock. As of October 25, 2004, 3,598,342 shares of our common stock were outstanding. On May 13, 2004, our board of directors declared a 10% common stock dividend, which was paid on June 8, 2004 to common stockholders of record as of May 25, 2004. Stock price and related information contained in this document have been adjusted to reflect this stock dividend. During the first quarter of fiscal 2004, we suspended paying quarterly cash dividends on our common stock. During the fiscal year ended June 30, 2003, we paid dividends of $0.291 per share on our common stock for an aggregate dividend payment of $0.9 million. On August 21, 2002, the Board of Directors declared a 10% stock dividend on our common stock which was paid on September 13, 2002 to shareholders of record as of September 3, 2002. All cash dividends on our common stock reported above have been adjusted to reflect all stock dividends. The payment of dividends on our common stock in the future is at the sole discretion of our Board of Directors and will depend upon, among other things, our earnings, capital requirements and financial condition, as well as other relevant factors. 202 During the quarter ended September 30, 2004 and fiscal 2004, we declared the following dividends on our Series A preferred stock (in thousands, except per share):
PREFERRED TOTAL DIVIDEND PREFERRED FOR THE MONTH ENDED PER SHARE DIVIDENDS ------------------------------------------------------- --------- --------- January 31, 2004 ...................................... $0.008334 $323 February 29, 2004 ..................................... 0.008334 514 March 31, 2004 ........................................ 0.008334 515 April 30, 2004 ........................................ 0.008334 515 May 31, 2004 .......................................... 0.008334 515 June 30, 2004 ......................................... 0.008334 515 July 31, 2004 ......................................... 0.008334 781 August 31, 2004 ....................................... 0.008334 912 September 30, 2004 .................................... 0.008334 912 ------ $5,502 ======
As a Delaware corporation, we may not declare and pay dividends on capital stock if the amount paid exceeds an amount equal to the surplus which represents the excess of our net assets over paid-in-capital or, if there is no surplus, our net profits for the current and/or immediately preceding fiscal year. Dividends cannot be paid from our net profits unless the paid-in- capital represented by the issued and outstanding stock having a preference upon the distribution of our assets at the market value is intact. Under applicable Delaware case law, dividends may not be paid on our Series A preferred stock or common stock if we become insolvent or the payment of the dividend will render us insolvent. To the extent we pay dividends and we are deemed to be insolvent or inadequately capitalized, a bankruptcy court could direct the return of any dividends. In addition, pursuant to the terms of the Series A preferred stock, no dividends may be paid on shares of Series A preferred stock or set apart for payment by us if the terms of any of our agreements prohibit such declaration, payment or setting apart for payment or provide that such declaration, payment or setting apart for payment would constitute a breach thereof or a default thereunder, or if such declaration or payment shall be restricted by agreement or law, would be unlawful, or would cause us to become insolvent as contemplated by the Delaware law. On February 11, 2003, the Board of Directors issued 2,000 shares (2,200 shares after the effect of subsequent stock dividends) of common stock to each of Warren E. Palitz, a current director, and Jeffrey S. Steinberg, a former director, in consideration for their board service. This issuance was exempt from registration under Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, referred to as the Securities Act, based upon a determination that the investors were sophisticated, had access to, and were provided with, information that would otherwise be contained in a registration statement and there was no general solicitation. As of December 24, 2003, we issued a convertible non-negotiable promissory note; referred to as the note in this document, in the principal amount of $475,000 to Rekaren, Incorporated, a California corporation referred to as Rekaren, as partial consideration for the purchase of certain assets of Rekaren. At any time on or after December 24, 2004 and before January 31, 2005, the outstanding principal balance of, and accrued interest under, the note is convertible, at the holder's option, into the number of shares of our common stock determined by dividing the aggregate principal amount of the note by the conversion price of $5.00 per share (the conversion price is subject to adjustments in case of a stock split, combination, reclassification or other similar event effected by us with respect to the common stock). We issued the note in reliance on the exemption from registration under Section 4(2) of the Securities Act based upon a determination that the investor was sophisticated, had access to, and was provided with, information that would otherwise be contained in a registration statement and there was no general solicitation. As of December 24, 2003, we issued 200,000 shares (220,000 shares after the effect of subsequent stock dividends) of common stock to Barry Epstein, the newly hired experienced industry professional to head the National Wholesale Residential Mortgage Division, as an inducement material to his employment with us pursuant to the employment agreement and restricted stock agreement by and between us and Mr. Epstein, dated December 24, 2003. We issued the foregoing shares in reliance on the exemption from registration 203 under Section 4(2) of the Securities Act based upon a determination that the security was issued to a sophisticated investor who had access to, and was provided with, information that would otherwise be contained in a registration statement and there was no general solicitation. As of August 23, 2004, in connection with the exchange offers, we issued $99.2 million in the aggregate principal amount of senior collateralized subordinated notes and 109.4 million shares of Series A preferred stock in exchange for $208.6 million in the aggregate principal amount of subordinated debentures. We issued the foregoing senior collateralized subordinated notes and shares of the Series A preferred stock in reliance on the exemption from the registration under Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations -- Liquidity and Capital Resources" on page 62 for a description of the terms of the conversion of the Series A preferred stock into our common stock. We believe that the exchange offers met all of the requirements of the exemption provided by Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act because (i) we were the issuer of both (a) the senior collateralized subordinated notes and the Series A preferred stock issued in the exchange offers and (b) the subordinated debentures exchanged; (ii) the exchange offers involved an exchange exclusively with our existing security holders and did not involve any new consideration being paid by security holders; and (iii) we did not pay, and do not intend to pay, any compensation for soliciting holders of subordinated debentures to participate in the exchange offers. As of June 11, 2004, we issued a convertible non-negotiable promissory note, referred to as the ESI note in this document, in the principal amount of $650,000 to ESI Mortgage, LP, a Texas limited partnership referred to as ESI, as partial consideration for the purchase of certain assets of ESI. At any principal payment date (based on an installment schedule), the principal balance due under the ESI note is convertible, at the holder's option, into the number of shares of our common stock determined by dividing the aggregate principal amount then due under the ESI note by the closing sales price per share of our common stock on the immediately preceding principal due date, except for the principal amount due on December 31, 2004, which is based on the closing sales price per share of our common stock on June 11, 2004. However, the ESI note may not be converted by the holder as of the December 31, 2004 principal payment date if such conversion would negatively impact the securities law exemptions available with respect to our unregistered securities offerings occurring during the period from June 11, 2004 through the first principal payment date, in which case the principal amount which would have been convertible as of such date will be convertible on March 31, 2005, at the same exchange ratio that would have applied to a December 31, 2004 conversion. We issued the ESI note in reliance on the exemption from registration under Section 4(2) of the Securities Act based upon a determination that the investor was sophisticated, had access to, and was provided with, information that would otherwise be contained in a registration statement and there was no general solicitation. PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION We market the subordinated debentures offering through tombstone advertisements in newspapers of general circulation and on our website. We do not market the subordinated debentures directly. Since we do not utilize the services of an underwriter, broker dealer or agent in connection with the sale of the subordinated debt, a limited number of our officers participate in the offering of subordinated debentures. Other employees participate in the offering in ministerial capacities or providing clerical work in effecting a sales transaction. Other employees have been instructed not to solicit offers to purchase subordinated debentures or provide advice regarding the purchase of the subordinated debentures. Questions of prospective purchasers are directed to our officers specifically trained to respond to inquiries from the public, which responses are specifically limited to information contained in the prospectus or supplement to the prospectus. We rely on Rule 3a4-1 under the Exchange Act, and sales of the subordinated debentures will be conducted within the requirements of Rule 3a4-1, so as to permit officers, and employees to participate in the sale of the subordinated debentures. None of our officers or employees will be compensated in connection with his or her participation in the offering by the payment of commissions or other remuneration based either directly or indirectly on transactions in and the subordinated debentures. 204 We may employ the services of a National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. member broker-dealer in the future for purposes of offering the subordinated debentures on a "best-efforts" or agency basis. If an agreement concerning the use of the services of any broker-dealer is reached, we may pay the broker-dealer a commission, which we estimate will range from .5% to 10% of the sale price of any subordinated debentures sold through the broker- dealer, depending on numerous factors. We may also agree to indemnify the broker-dealer against specific liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act and to reimburse the broker-dealer for its costs and expenses, up to a maximum to be determined, based upon the total dollar value of the subordinated debentures sold. We may reject any order, in whole or in part, for any reason. Your order is irrevocable upon receipt by us. In the event your order is not accepted, we will promptly refund your funds, without deduction of any costs and without interest. We expect that orders will be refunded within two business days after receipt. Once your order has been accepted, the applicable order funds will be promptly deposited in our account. We will send a receipt to you as soon as practicable after acceptance of your order. No minimum number of subordinated debentures must be sold in the offering. You will not know at the time of order whether we will be successful in completing the sale of any or all of the subordinated debentures being offered. We reserve the right to withdraw or cancel the offering at any time. In the event of a withdrawal or cancellation, orders previously received will be irrevocable and no funds will be refunded. This offering will terminate upon the earlier of: (i) the date that all $280.0 million of subordinated debentures are sold; (ii) the date we terminate the offering; or (iii) October 31, 2005, unless extended by us. We may from time to time offer investment incentives to investors. These incentives could take the form of merchandise, travel, accommodations, or other goods or services which would be awarded to investors who satisfy total investment, length of investment or other criteria. There are no specific incentive programs in place on the date of this prospectus. Any specific incentive program would be disclosed in a prospectus supplement. Investors must consider that they will recognize income for income tax purposes based upon the value of any incentive received. LEGAL MATTERS Blank Rome LLP, a Pennsylvania limited liability partnership, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, delivered an opinion stating that the subordinated debentures when issued as contemplated by this prospectus will be binding obligations. EXPERTS The financial statements included and incorporated by reference in this prospectus have been audited by BDO Seidman, LLP, independent certified public accountants, to the extent and for the periods set forth in their report appearing elsewhere in this prospectus and incorporated in this prospectus by reference, and are included and incorporated in this prospectus in reliance upon that report given upon the authority of BDO Seidman, LLP as experts in auditing and accounting. 205 AMERICAN BUSINESS FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
PAGE ---- Unaudited Quarterly Financial Information: Consolidated Balance Sheets as of September 30, 2004 and June 30, 2004 .. F-2 Consolidated Statements of Operations for the three months ended September 30, 2004 and 2003............................................ F-4 Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity for the three months ended September 30, 2004............................................... F-5 Consolidated Statements of Cash Flow for the three months ended September 30, 2004 and 2003............................................ F-6 Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements .................... F-8 Audited Annual Financial Information: Report of Independent Registered Public Accountants ..................... F-51 Consolidated Balance Sheets as of June 30, 2004 and 2003 ................ F-52 Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended June 30, 2004, 2003, 2002............................................................. F-54 Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity for the years ended June 30, 2004, 2003, 2002................................................... F-55 Consolidated Statements of Cash Flow for the years ended June 30, 2004, 2003, 2002............................................................. F-57 Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements .............................. F-59
F-1 AMERICAN BUSINESS FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (dollar amounts in thousands)
SEPTEMBER 30, JUNE 30, 2004 2004 ------------- ---------- (UNAUDITED) (NOTE) ASSETS Cash and cash equivalents ........................ $ 19,673 $ 910 Restricted cash .................................. 10,419 13,307 Loan and lease receivables: Loans available for sale ........................ 336,511 304,275 Non-accrual loans (net of allowance for credit losses of $1,238 at September 30, 2004 and $1,469 at June 30, 2003) 3,314 1,993 Interest and fees receivable ..................... 15,304 18,089 Deferment and forbearance advances receivable .... 5,839 6,249 Loans subject to repurchase rights ............... 40,736 38,984 Interest-only strips (includes the fair value of overcollateralization related cash flows of $202,215 and $216,926 at September 30, 2004 and June 30, 2004).................................. 448,812 459,086 Servicing rights ................................. 66,712 73,738 Deferred income tax asset ........................ 66,201 59,133 Property and equipment, net ...................... 25,182 26,047 Prepaid expenses ................................. 16,740 13,511 Other assets ..................................... 27,953 27,548 ---------- ---------- TOTAL ASSETS ..................................... $1,083,396 $1,042,870 ========== ==========
F-2 AMERICAN BUSINESS FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS -- (CONTINUED) (dollar amounts in thousands)
SEPTEMBER 30, JUNE 30, 2004 2004 ------------- ---------- LIABILITIES Subordinated debentures .......................... $ 490,026 $ 522,609 Senior collateralized subordinated notes ......... 97,454 83,639 Warehouse lines and other notes payable .......... 281,472 241,200 Accrued interest payable ......................... 38,324 37,675 Accounts payable and accrued expenses ............ 35,819 28,096 Liability for loans subject to repurchase rights . 47,925 45,864 Deferred income tax liability .................... -- -- Other liabilities ................................ 80,517 71,872 ---------- ---------- Total liabilities ................................ 1,071,537 1,030,955 ========== ========== STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY Preferred stock, par value $.001, liquidation preference of $1.00 per share plus accrued and unpaid dividends to the date of liquidation, authorized, 203,000,000 shares at September 30, 2004 and June 30, 2004; Issued: 109,435,580 shares of Series A at September 30, 2004 and 93,787,111 shares of Series A at June 30, 2004....................... 109 94 Common stock, par value $.001, authorized shares 209,000,000 at September 30, 2004 and June 30, 2004; Issued: 3,653,165 shares at September 30, 2004 and at June 30, 2004 3,653,165 shares in 2004 (including Treasury shares of 54,823 at September 30, 2004 and 54,823 at June 30, 2004). 4 4 Additional paid-in capital ....................... 120,214 107,241 Accumulated other comprehensive income ........... 16,706 4,596 Unearned compensation ............................ (440) (495) Stock awards outstanding ......................... 123 95 Retained earnings (deficit) ...................... (123,561) (98,324) Treasury stock, at cost .......................... (696) (696) ---------- ---------- 12,459 12,515 Note receivable .................................. (600) (600) ---------- ---------- Total stockholders' equity ....................... 11,859 11,915 ---------- ---------- TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY ....... $1,083,396 $1,042,870 ========== ========== ----- Note: The balance sheet at June 30, 2004 has been derived from the audited financial statements at that date.
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements. F-3 AMERICAN BUSINESS FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS (dollar amounts in thousands, except per share data) (unaudited)
THREE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, ------------------- 2004 2003 -------- -------- REVENUES Gain on sale of loans: Whole loan sales ....................................... $ 6,119 $ 2,921 Securitizations ........................................ -- 799 Interest and fees ....................................... 7,696 4,653 Interest accretion on interest-only strips .............. 8,448 11,109 Servicing income ........................................ 845 718 Other income ............................................ 1 1 -------- -------- Total revenues .......................................... 23,109 20,201 -------- -------- EXPENSES Interest ................................................ 18,155 16,818 Provision for credit losses ............................. 117 4,156 Employee related costs .................................. 11,943 13,852 Sales and marketing ..................................... 6,391 2,841 (Gains) and losses on derivative financial instruments .. 1,989 (5,108) General and administrative .............................. 23,311 19,215 Securitization assets valuation adjustment .............. 29 10,795 -------- -------- Total expenses .......................................... 61,935 62,569 -------- -------- INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES ......... (38,826) (42,368) Provision for income tax expense (benefit) (13,589) (16,100) -------- -------- INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE DIVIDENDS ON PREFERRED STOCK ....... (25,237) (26,268) Dividends on preferred stock ............................ 3,475 -- -------- -------- NET INCOME (LOSS) ATTRIBUTABLE TO COMMON STOCK .......... $(28,712) $(26,268) ======== ======== EARNINGS (LOSS) PER COMMON SHARE: Basic .................................................. $ (7.98) $ (8.10) ======== ======== Diluted ................................................ $ (7.98) $ (8.10) ======== ======== AVERAGE COMMON SHARES (IN THOUSANDS): Basic .................................................. 3,598 3,242 ======== ======== Diluted ................................................ 3,598 3,242 ======== ========
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements. F-4 AMERICAN BUSINESS FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (amounts in thousands) (unaudited)
PREFERRED STOCK COMMON STOCK -------------------- -------------------- ACCUMULATED NUMBER OF NUMBER OF ADDITIONAL OTHER SHARES SHARES PAID-IN COMPREHENSIVE OUTSTANDING AMOUNT OUTSTANDING AMOUNT CAPITAL INCOME ----------- ------ ----------- ------ ---------- ------------- Balance, June 30, 2004 .............................. 93,787 $ 94 3,598 $ 4 $107,241 $ 4,596 Comprehensive income (loss): Net loss ........................................... -- -- -- -- -- -- Net unrealized gain on interest-only strips ........ -- -- -- -- -- 12,110 ------- ---- ----- --- -------- ------- Total comprehensive income (loss) ................... -- -- -- -- -- 12,110 Issuance of preferred stock ......................... 15,649 15 -- -- 15,633 -- Valuation of restricted stock (110,000 shares) ...... -- -- -- -- (55) -- Stock awards outstanding ............................ -- -- -- -- -- -- Cash dividends declared on preferred stock ($0.025 per share)................................. -- -- -- -- (2,605) -- Preferred stock beneficial conversion feature: Amortization of beneficial conversion feature ...... -- -- -- -- 870 -- Non-cash preferred dividend ........................ -- -- -- -- (870) -- ------- ---- ----- --- -------- ------- Balance September 30, 2004 .......................... 109,436 $109 3,598 $ 4 $120,214 $16,706 ======= ==== ===== === ======== =======
STOCK TOTAL UNEARNED AWARDS RETAINED TREASURY NOTE STOCKHOLDERS' (CONTINUED) COMPENSATION OUTSTANDING EARNINGS STOCK RECEIVABLE EQUITY ------------ ----------- --------- -------- ---------- ------------- Balance, June 30, 2004 ........................ $(495) $ 95 $ (98,324) $(696) $(600) $ 11,915 Comprehensive income (loss): Net loss ..................................... -- -- (25,237) -- -- (25,237) Net unrealized gain on interest-only strips .. -- -- -- -- -- 12,110 ----- ---- --------- ----- ----- -------- Total comprehensive income (loss) ............. -- -- (25,237) -- -- (13,127) Issuance of preferred stock ................... -- -- -- -- -- 15,648 Valuation of restricted stock (110,000 shares) 55 -- -- -- -- -- Stock awards outstanding ...................... -- 28 -- -- -- 28 Cash dividends declared on preferred stock ($0.025 per share) -- -- -- -- -- (2,605) Preferred stock beneficial conversion feature: Amortization of beneficial conversion discount..................................... -- -- -- -- -- 870 Non-cash preferred dividend .................. -- -- -- -- -- (870) ----- ---- --------- ----- ----- -------- Balance September 30, 2004 $(440) $123 $(123,561) $(696) $(600) $ 11,859 ===== ==== ========= ===== ===== ========
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements. F-5 AMERICAN BUSINESS FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOW (dollar amounts in thousands) (unaudited)
THREE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, --------------------- 2004 2003 --------- --------- CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES Net income (loss) ..................................... $ (25,237) $ (26,268) Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash used in operating activities: Gain on sale of loans ................................ (6,119) (3,720) Depreciation and amortization ........................ 8,452 14,647 Interest accretion on interest-only strips ........... (8,448) (10,828) Securitization assets valuation adjustment ........... 29 10,795 Provision for credit losses .......................... 117 4,156 Loans originated for sale ............................. (642,756) (158,284) Proceeds from sale of loans ........................... 612,965 278,523 Principal payments on loans and leases ................ 1,947 4,169 (Increase) decrease in accrued interest and fees on loan and lease receivables........................... 3,195 (2,217) Cash proceeds from sale of securitization assets ...... 9,000 -- Required purchase of additional overcollateralization on securitized loans................................. (4,615) (7,660) Cash flow from interest-only strips ................... 33,141 56,222 Increase in prepaid expenses .......................... (3,229) (5,584) (Decrease) increase in accrued interest payable ....... 649 (1,696) Increase in accounts payable and accrued expenses ..... 6,812 2,372 Accrued interest payable reinvested in subordinated debt................................................. 6,262 9,686 Decrease in deferred income taxes ..................... (13,587) (16,097) Increase (decrease) in loans in process ............... 10,441 (24,148) (Payments) on derivative financial instruments ........ (3,611) (1,378) Other, net ............................................ 371 5,714 --------- --------- Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities ... (14,221) 128,404 --------- --------- CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES Purchase of property and equipment, net ............... (587) (6,774) Principal receipts and maturity of investments ........ 839 11 --------- --------- Net cash used in investing activities ................. 252 (6,763) --------- ---------
F-6 AMERICAN BUSINESS FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOW -- (CONTINUED) (dollar amounts in thousands) (unaudited)
THREE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, -------------------- 2004 2003 -------- --------- CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES Proceeds from issuance of subordinated debt ............ $ 45,525 $ 1,576 Redemptions of subordinated debt ....................... (53,538) (43,217) Net borrowings (repayments) on revolving lines of credit................................................ 40,356 (77,271) Principal payments under capital lease obligations ..... (84) (77) Net repayments of other notes payable .................. -- (26,158) Financing costs incurred ............................... (721) (314) Lease incentive receipts ............................... -- 3,562 Cash dividends paid on preferred stock ................. (1,694) -- -------- --------- Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities .... 29,844 (141,899) -------- --------- Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents ... 15,875 (20,258) Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year ......... 14,217 47,475 -------- --------- Cash and cash equivalents at end of year ............... $ 30,092 $ 27,217 ======== ========= SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES: Cash paid during the period for: Interest .............................................. $ 11,244 $ 8,828 Income taxes .......................................... $ 38 $ 40
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements. F-7 AMERICAN BUSINESS FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS SEPTEMBER 30, 2004 1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES BUSINESS American Business Financial Services, Inc. ("ABFS"), together with its subsidiaries (the "Company"), is a financial services organization operating mainly in the eastern and central portions of the United States. Recent expansion has positioned the Company to increase its operations in the western portion of the United States, especially California. The Company originates, sells and services home mortgage loans through its principal direct and indirect subsidiaries. The Company also processes and purchases home mortgage loans from other financial institutions through the Bank Alliance Services program. Additionally, the Company services business purpose loans that it had originated and sold in prior periods. Historically, the Company's loans primarily consisted of fixed interest rate loans secured by first or second mortgages on one-to-four family residences. The Company's recent business strategy adjustments include increasing loan originations by offering adjustable rate loans and purchase money mortgage loans. The Company's customers are primarily credit-impaired borrowers who are generally unable to obtain financing from banks or savings and loan associations and who are attracted to the Company's products and services. The Company originates loans through a combination of channels including a national processing center located at its centralized operating office in Philadelphia, Pennsylvania and a network of mortgage brokers. During fiscal 2004, the Company acquired broker operations in West Hills, California and Austin, Texas and opened new offices in Edgewater, Maryland and Irvine, California to support the Company's broker operations. The Company's loan servicing and collection activities are performed at its Philadelphia office. In addition, the Company offers subordinated debentures to the public, the proceeds of which are used for repayment of existing debt, loan originations, operations (including repurchases of delinquent assets from securitization trusts and funding loan overcollateralization requirements under its credit facilities), investments in systems and technology and for general corporate purposes. BUSINESS CONDITIONS GENERAL. For its ongoing operations, the Company depends upon frequent financings, including the sale of unsecured subordinated debentures, borrowings under warehouse credit facilities or lines of credit and it also depends on the sale of loans on a whole loan basis or through publicly underwritten or privately-placed securitizations. If the Company is unable to renew or obtain adequate funding on acceptable terms through its sale of subordinated debentures or under a warehouse credit facility, or other borrowings, or if it is unable to sell or securitize its loans, the lack of adequate funds would adversely impact liquidity and result in continued losses or reduce profitability. To the extent that the Company is not successful in replacing existing subordinated debentures and senior collateralized subordinated notes upon maturity, maintaining adequate warehouse credit facilities or lines of credit to fund increasing loan originations, or securitizing and selling its loans, it may have to limit future loan originations and restructure its operations. Limiting loan originations or restructuring operations could impair the Company's ability to repay subordinated debentures and senior collateralized subordinated notes at maturity and may result in continued losses. The Company has historically experienced negative cash flow from operations since 1996 primarily because, in general, its business strategy of selling loans through securitizations had not generated cash flow immediately. However, during fiscal 2004, the Company experienced positive cash flow from operations of $6.8 million, primarily due to sales of loans on a whole loan basis it originated in fiscal 2003. For the first three months of fiscal 2005, the Company experienced negative operating cash flow of $14.2 million, primarily due to its funding a $32.2 million increase in loans available for sale. F-8 AMERICAN BUSINESS FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) SEPTEMBER 30, 2004 1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED) BUSINESS CONDITIONS -- (CONTINUED) For the first quarter of fiscal 2005, the Company recorded a net loss attributable to common stock of $28.7 million. The loss for the first quarter of fiscal 2005 primarily resulted from the Company's inability to reach the loan origination levels required under its adjusted business strategy to return to profitability, which substantially reduced its ability to generate revenues, and its inability to complete a securitization during the first quarter. Additionally, operating expenses increased in the first quarter of fiscal 2005 as the Company began to add loan processing and marketing support staff to support the future loan origination levels it expects to achieve under its adjusted business strategy. For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2004, the Company recorded a net loss attributable to common stock of $115.1 million. The loss primarily resulted from: a) liquidity issues described below, which substantially reduced the Company's ability to originate loans and generate revenues during the first nine months of fiscal 2004, b) the Company's inability to complete securitizations of loans during the first, second and third quarters of fiscal 2004, c) operating expense levels which would support greater loan origination volume, and d) $46.4 million of pre-tax charges for valuation adjustments on its securitization assets. The valuation adjustments reflect the impact of higher than anticipated prepayments on securitized loans experienced during fiscal 2004 due to the continuing low interest rate environment. In fiscal 2004, the Company originated $982.7 million of loans, which represents a significant reduction as compared to $1.67 billion of loans originated in the prior fiscal year. LIQUIDITY CONCERNS. The Company's short-term liquidity has been negatively impacted by several events and issues, which have occurred starting in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2003. First, the Company's inability to complete a securitization during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2003 adversely impacted its short-term liquidity position and contributed to the loss for fiscal 2003. Because there was no securitization, $453.4 million of the Company's $516.1 million of revolving credit and conduit facilities then available was drawn upon at June 30, 2003. The Company's revolving credit facilities and mortgage conduit facility had $62.7 million of unused capacity available at June 30, 2003, which significantly reduced its ability to fund loan originations in fiscal 2004 until it sold existing loans, extended existing credit facilities, or added new credit facilities. Second, the Company's ability to finance new loan originations in the first three months of fiscal 2004 using borrowings under certain of its credit facilities which carried over into fiscal 2004 was limited, terminated or expired by October 31, 2003. Further advances under a non-committed portion of one of these credit facilities were subject to the discretion of the lender and subsequent to June 30, 2003, there were no new advances under the non- committed portion. Additionally, on August 20, 2003, amendments to this credit facility eliminated the non-committed portion of this facility, reduced the committed portion to $50.0 million and accelerated the expiration date from November 2003 to September 30, 2003. Also, a $300.0 million mortgage conduit facility with a financial institution that enabled the Company to sell its loans into an off-balance sheet facility, expired pursuant to its terms on July 5, 2003. In addition, the Company was unable to borrow under a $25.0 million warehouse facility after September 30, 2003, and this facility expired on October 31, 2003. F-9 AMERICAN BUSINESS FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) SEPTEMBER 30, 2004 1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED) BUSINESS CONDITIONS -- (CONTINUED) Third, even though the Company was successful in obtaining one new credit facility in September 2003 and obtaining a second new credit facility in October 2003, see Remedial Actions to Address Liquidity Issues below, its ability to finance new loan originations in the second and third quarters of fiscal 2004 with borrowings under these new credit facilities was limited. The limitations resulted from requirements to fund overcollateralization, which is discussed below, in connection with new loan originations. Fourth, the Company's temporary discontinuation of sales of new subordinated debentures for approximately a six-week period during the first quarter of fiscal 2004 further impaired its liquidity. As a result of these liquidity issues, the Company's loan origination volume was substantially reduced in fiscal 2004. From July 1, 2003 through June 30, 2004, the Company originated $982.7 million of loans, which represents a significant reduction as compared to originations of $1.67 billion of loans in fiscal 2003. As a result of the decrease in loan originations in fiscal 2004 and liquidity issues described above, the Company incurred a loss in fiscal 2004 and the first quarter of fiscal 2005 and depending on the Company's ability to reach a profitable level of loan originations, complete securitizations and recognize gains, it anticipates incurring losses at least through the second quarter of fiscal 2005. During the first three months of fiscal 2005, the Company originated $629.7 million of loans including $198.0 million in July 2004, $197.4 million in August 2004 and $234.3 million in September 2004. The Company anticipates that depending upon the size of its future quarterly securitizations, it will need to increase loan originations to approximately $400.0 million to $500.0 million per month to return to profitable operations. If the Company is unable to complete quarterly securitizations, it will need to increase its loan originations to approximately $500.0 million to $600.0 million per month to return to profitability. The Company plans to achieve these increased levels of loan originations through the continued application of its business strategy adjustments, particularly as related to building an expanded broker channel and offering adjustable rate mortgages and more competitively priced fixed rate mortgages. The following actions were undertaken in fiscal 2004 to increase the Company's ability to originate loans in its broker channel: (i) in December 2003 the Company hired an experienced industry professional to manage the wholesale business; (ii) in December 2003 the Company acquired a broker operation with 35 employees (63 employees at September 30, 2004) located in California; (iii) in February 2004, the Company opened a mortgage broker office in Irvine, California; (iv) in March 2004, the Company opened a mortgage broker office in Maryland and hired three experienced senior managers and a loan origination staff of 40 (74 employees at September 30, 2004); and (v) in June 2004 the Company acquired a broker operation with 35 employees (36 employees at September 30, 2004) located in Texas. In addition, the Company hired 38 mortgage broker account executives in its Upland Mortgage Broker Services division to expand its broker presence in the eastern, southern and mid- western areas of the United States and retained/hired 101 employees in its Upland Broker Services Philadelphia headquarters to support its growing broker network. In total, at September 30, 2004, the Company had 353 employees in its broker operations including 182 account executives. The Company's ability to achieve those levels of loan originations could be hampered by a failure to implement its business strategy adjustments and by loan funding limitations should the Company fail to maintain or replace adequate credit facilities to finance new loan obligations. F-10 AMERICAN BUSINESS FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) SEPTEMBER 30, 2004 1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED) BUSINESS CONDITIONS -- (CONTINUED) The combination of the Company's current cash position and expected sources of operating cash in fiscal 2005 may not be sufficient to cover its operating cash requirements. For the next six to twelve months the Company expects to augment its sources of operating cash with proceeds from the issuance of subordinated debentures. In addition to repaying maturing subordinated debentures, proceeds from the issuance of subordinated debentures will be used to fund overcollateralization requirements in connection with loan originations and fund the Company's operating losses. The Company can provide no assurances that it will be able to continue issuing subordinated debentures. In the event the Company is unable to offer additional subordinated debentures for any reason, it has developed a contingent financial restructuring plan. This plan is described later in this note under "Subordinated Debentures and Senior Collateralized Subordinated Notes." On September 30, 2004, the Company had unrestricted cash of approximately $19.7 million and up to $70.1 million available under its credit facilities. Advances under these credit facilities can only be used to fund loan originations and not for any other purposes. Due to losses recorded in each of the quarters in fiscal 2004, the Company requested and obtained waivers for its non-compliance with financial covenants in its credit facility agreements and servicing agreements. See Note 8 for more detail. REMEDIAL ACTIONS TO ADDRESS LIQUIDITY ISSUES. The Company undertook specific remedial actions to address liquidity issues including: o The Company adjusted its business strategy beginning in early fiscal 2004. The adjusted business strategy focuses on shifting from gain-on- sale accounting and the use of securitization transactions as the Company's primary method of selling loans to a more diversified strategy which utilizes a combination of whole loan sales and securitizations,while protecting revenues, controlling costs and improving liquidity. o The Company solicited bids and commitments from participants in the whole loan sale market and entered into forward sale agreements. In total, from June 30, 2003 through June 30, 2004, the Company sold approximately $1.1 billion (which includes $222.3 million of loans sold by the expired mortgage conduit facility) of loans through whole loan sales. From July 1, 2004 through September 30, 2004, the Company sold an additional $586.5 million of loans through whole loan sales. o The Company has entered into an informal arrangement with one recurring purchaser of its loans whereby the purchaser maintains members of their loan underwriting staff on the Company's premises to facilitate their purchase of the Company's loans promptly after the Company originates them. This arrangement accelerates the Company's receipt of cash proceeds from the sale of loans, accelerates the pay down of its advances under its warehouse credit facilities and adds to its liquidity. This quicker turnaround time is expected to enable the Company to operate with smaller committed warehouse credit facilities than would otherwise be necessary. o On October 31, 2003, the Company completed a privately-placed securitization, with servicing released, of $173.5 million of loans. o The Company entered into two definitive loan agreements during fiscal 2004 for the purpose of funding its loan originations. These two agreements replaced those credit facilities, which carried over into fiscal 2004 but were limited, terminated or expired by October 31, 2003. The Company entered into the first agreement on September 22, 2003 with a financial institution for a one-year $200.0 million credit facility. It entered into the second agreement on October 14, 2003 with a warehouse lender for a three-year revolving mortgage loan warehouse credit facility of up to $250.0 million. The one-year facility was extended to December 3, 2004, reduced on September 30, 2004 to F-11 AMERICAN BUSINESS FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) SEPTEMBER 30, 2004 1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED) BUSINESS CONDITIONS -- (CONTINUED) $100.0 million and reduced on November 4, 2004 to $60.0 million. The reduction to $60.0 million will occur at a rate of $10.0 million per week commencing on November 5, 2004. The three-year $250.0 million warehouse credit facility continues to be available. See Note 10 for information regarding the terms of these facilities. o On November 5, 2004, the Company entered into a definitive agreement dated as of November 4, 2004 with a warehouse lender for a one-year $100.0 million credit facility to replace the maturing $200.0 million credit facility (reduced to $60.0 million). The Company also sold the interest-only strips and servicing rights related to five of its mortgage securitization trusts to an affiliate of this facility provider under the terms of a September 27, 2004 sale agreement. The sale of these assets was undertaken as part of the Company's negotiations to obtain the new $100.0 million credit facility and to raise cash to pay fees on new warehouse credit facilities and as a result, the Company did not realize their full value as reflected on its books. The Company wrote down the carrying value of these interest-only strips and servicing rights by $5.4 million at June 30, 2004 to reflect their values under the terms of the sale agreement. On September 27, 2004, the Company received proceeds from this sale of $9.7 million. o On October 27, 2004, the Company entered into a commitment letter dated October 26, 2004 and is negotiating the terms of a definitive agreement with a warehouse lender for a three-year $30.0 million mortgage loan warehouse facility and a two-year $23.0 million residual repurchase facility. There can be no assurance that the Company will succeed in entering into a definitive agreement regarding these facilities or that this agreement will contain the terms and conditions acceptable to it. See Note 8 for information regarding the terms of these facilities. o On November 1, 2004, the Company received a commitment letter from two warehouse lenders, including an affiliate of the lender on its $250.0 million credit facility, for a two-year $150.0 million mortgage loan warehouse facility. The commitment letter becomes effective and legally obligates the parties upon the Company's payment of fees described in the commitment letter which have not been paid to date. However, there can be no assurance that the Company will enter into definitive agreements regarding the $150.0 million credit facility or that this agreement will contain the terms and conditions acceptable to it. See Note 8 for information regarding the terms of this facility. o The Company mailed an Offer to Exchange on December 1, 2003 and May 14, 2004 ("the exchange offers") to holders of its subordinated debentures in order to increase stockholders' equity and reduce the amount of outstanding debt. These exchange offers resulted in the exchange of $208.6 million of the Company's subordinated debentures for 109.4 million shares of Series A preferred stock and $99.2 million of senior collateralized subordinated notes. See Notes 10 and 11 for more detail on the terms of the exchange offers, senior collateralized subordinated notes and preferred stock issued. The issuance of 109.4 million shares of Series A preferred stock results in an annual cash preferred dividend obligation of $10.9 million. o On January 22, 2004, the Company executed an agreement to sell its interests in the remaining leases in its portfolio. The terms of the agreement included a cash sale price of approximately $4.8 million in exchange for the Company's lease portfolio balance as of December 31, 2003. The Company received the cash from this sale in January 2004 and recognized a net gain of $0.5 million. F-12 AMERICAN BUSINESS FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) SEPTEMBER 30, 2004 1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED) BUSINESS CONDITIONS -- (CONTINUED) o The Company suspended payment of quarterly dividends on its common stock beginning in the first quarter of fiscal 2004. To the extent that the Company fails to maintain its credit facilities or obtain alternative financing on acceptable terms and increase its loan originations, it may have to sell loans earlier than intended and further restructure its operations. While the Company currently believes that it will be able to restructure its operations, if necessary, it can provide no assurances that such restructuring will enable it to attain profitable operations or repay subordinated debentures or senior collateralized subordinated notes when due. SUBORDINATED DEBENTURES AND SENIOR COLLATERALIZED SUBORDINATED NOTES. At September 30, 2004 there were approximately $321.4 million of subordinated debentures and $38.9 million of senior collateralized subordinated notes, maturing within twelve months. The Company obtains the funds to repay the subordinated debentures and senior collateralized subordinated notes at their maturities by selling additional subordinated debentures and selling loans on a whole loan basis and securitizing loans. Cash flow from operations, the sale of subordinated debentures and lines of credit fund the Company's cash needs. The Company expects these sources of funds to be sufficient to meet its cash needs. The Company could, in the future, generate cash flows by securitizing, selling, or borrowing against its interest-only strips and selling servicing rights generated in past securitizations, although the Company's ability to utilize the interest-only strips in this fashion could be restricted in whole or in part by the terms of the Company's $250.0 million warehouse credit facility and senior collateralized subordinated notes, both of which are collateralized by the interest-only strips at the present time or other prospective credit facilities. See Note 5 for more detail on obligations collateralized by interest-only strips. The Company can provide no assurances that it will be able to continue issuing subordinated debentures. In the event the Company is unable to offer additional subordinated debentures for any reason, the Company has developed a contingent financial restructuring plan including cash flow projections for the next twelve-month period. Based on the Company's current cash flow projections, the Company anticipates being able to make all scheduled subordinated debenture maturities and vendor payments. The contingent financial restructuring plan is based on actions that the Company would take, in addition to those indicated in its adjusted business strategy, to reduce its operating expenses and conserve cash. These actions would include reducing capital expenditures, selling all loans originated on a whole loan basis, eliminating or downsizing various lending, overhead and support groups, and obtaining working capital funding. No assurance can be given that the Company will be able to successfully implement the contingent financial restructuring plan, if necessary, and repay its outstanding debt when due. BASIS OF FINANCIAL STATEMENT PRESENTATION The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of ABFS and its subsidiaries (all of which are wholly owned). The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated. In preparing the consolidated financial statements, management is required to make estimates and assumptions, which affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities as of the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. These estimates include, among other things, estimated prepayment, credit loss and discount rates on interest-only strips and servicing rights, estimated servicing revenues and costs, valuation of real estate owned, the net recoverable value of interest and fee receivables and determination of the allowance for credit losses. F-13 AMERICAN BUSINESS FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) SEPTEMBER 30, 2004 1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED) BASIS OF FINANCIAL STATEMENT PRESENTATION -- (CONTINUED) Certain prior period financial statement balances have been reclassified to conform to current period presentation. All outstanding shares, average common shares, earnings per common share and stock option amounts have been retroactively adjusted to reflect the effect of a 10% stock dividend declared on May 13, 2004. See Note 11 for further description. RESTRICTED CASH The Company held restricted cash balances of $8.0 million at September 30, 2004 collateralizing a letter of credit facility, $2.2 million and $3.1 million related to borrower escrow accounts at September 30, 2004 and June 30, 2004, respectively, and $0.1 million and $2.1 million at June 30, 2004 related to deposits for future settlement of derivative financial instruments. LOAN RECEIVABLES Loans available for sale are loans the Company plans to sell or securitize and are carried at the lower of amortized cost (principal balance, including unamortized origination costs and fees) or fair value. Fair value is determined by quality of credit risk, types of loans originated, current interest rates, economic conditions, and other relevant factors. Non-accrual loans consist primarily of loans repurchased from securitization trusts and transferred from loans available for sale that are greater than 90 days delinquent. Non-accrual loans are carried at cost less an allowance for credit losses. INTEREST AND FEES RECEIVABLE Interest and fees receivables are comprised mainly of accrued interest receivable on loans and fees on loans that are less than 90 days delinquent. Fee receivables include, among other types of fees, late fees and taxes and insurance advances. FORBEARANCE AND DEFERMENT ADVANCES RECEIVABLES Under deferment and forbearance arrangements, the Company makes advances to a securitization trust on behalf of a borrower in amounts equal to the delinquent loan payments and may pay taxes, insurance and other fees on behalf of the borrower. As a result of these arrangements the Company resets the contractual status of a loan in its managed portfolio from delinquent to current based upon the borrower's resumption of making their loan payments. These amounts are carried at their estimated net recoverable value. Advances made under deferment and forbearance arrangements result from a new credit decision regarding the borrower's ability to repay the advance, as well as perform under the original terms of the original loan, and do not involve any modification of the terms of the original loan. These arrangements are considered a new lending activity and do not qualify as troubled debt restructurings under Statement of Financial Accounting Standard ("SFAS") No. 15, "Accounting by Debtors and Creditors for Troubled Debt Restructurings." The Company records the advances that it makes under deferment and forbearance arrangements with borrowers as receivables on its balance sheet. The Company carries these receivables at their estimated recoverable amounts. If the original loan returns to a delinquency status of 90 days or more past due, the Company writes the receivable off to expense. The Company did not record any fee income on these arrangements during the three months ended September 30, 2004 or the fiscal year ended June 30, 2004. F-14 AMERICAN BUSINESS FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) SEPTEMBER 30, 2004 1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED) LOANS SUBJECT TO REPURCHASE RIGHTS / LIABILITY FOR LOANS SUBJECT TO REPURCHASE RIGHTS Loans subject to repurchase rights is comprised of loans which were securitized under SFAS No. 140 that the Company has a right to repurchase because of a default by the borrower. SFAS No. 140 was effective on a prospective basis for transfers of financial assets occurring after March 31, 2001. For securitizations recorded under SFAS No. 140 which have removal of accounts provisions providing the Company with a contractual right to repurchase delinquent loans, SFAS No. 140 requires that it recognize the loans which are subject to these rights as assets on its balance sheet and record a liability to reflect the repurchase cost. SFAS No. 140 requires this accounting treatment because the default by the borrower has given the Company effective control over the loans whether or not the Company actually repurchases these loans. For securitization trusts 2001-2 through 2003-2, to which this rule applies, the Company has the contractual right to repurchase a limited amount of loans greater than 180 days past due, but no obligation to do so. As delinquent loans in securitization trusts 2001-2 through 2003-2 age greater than 180 days past due, the Company records an asset representing the fair value of the loans and a liability to reflect the repurchase cost. In accordance with the provisions of SFAS No. 140, the Company has recorded on its September 30, 2004 balance sheet an asset of $40.7 million and a liability of $47.9 million for delinquent loans subject to these removal of accounts provisions under securitization trusts 2001-2 through 2003-2. For securitization trusts 1998-3 through 2001-1, the Company also has rights to repurchase a limited amount of delinquent loans, but is not obligated to do so. No liabilities or assets have been recorded on its balance sheet related to these rights. The amount of delinquent loans in securitization trusts 1998- 3 through 2001-1 which the company has the right to repurchase as of September 30, 2004 was $47.6 million. ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES The Company's allowance for credit losses on non-accrual loans and leases is maintained to account for delinquent loans and leases and delinquent loans that have been repurchased from securitization trusts. The allowance is maintained at a level that management determines is adequate to absorb estimated probable losses. The allowance is calculated based upon management's estimate of its ability to collect on outstanding loans and leases based upon a variety of factors, including, but not limited to, periodic analysis of the non-accrual loans and leases, economic conditions and trends, historical credit loss experience, borrowers' ability to repay and collateral considerations. Additions to the allowance arise from the provision for credit losses charged to operations or from the recovery of amounts previously charged-off. Loan and lease charge-offs reduce the allowance. Delinquent loans are charged off against the allowance in the period in which a loan is deemed fully uncollectable or when liquidated in a payoff. Management considers the current allowance to be adequate. INTEREST-ONLY STRIPS Prior to June 30, 2003, the Company sold most of the loans it originated through securitizations. In connection with these securitizations, the Company received cash and an interest-only strip, which represents the Company's retained interest in the securitized loans. As a holder of the interest-only strips, the Company is entitled to receive certain excess (or residual) cash flows and overcollateralization cash flows, which are derived from payments made to a trust from the securitized loans after deducting payments to investors in the securitization trust and other miscellaneous fees. These retained interests are carried at their fair value. Interest-only strips are initially recorded at their allocated cost basis at the time of recording a securitization gain and in accordance with SFAS No. 115 "Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities," referred to as SFAS No. 115 in this document, are then written up to their fair value through other comprehensive income, a component of stockholders' equity. F-15 AMERICAN BUSINESS FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) SEPTEMBER 30, 2004 1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED) INTEREST-ONLY STRIPS -- (CONTINUED) Fair value is based on a discounted cash flow analysis which estimates the present value of the future expected residual cash flows and overcollateralization cash flows utilizing assumptions made by management at the time the loans are sold. These assumptions include the rates used to calculate the present value of expected future residual cash flows and overcollateralization cash flows, referred to as the discount rates, and expected prepayment and credit loss rates on the pools of loans sold through securitizations. Cash flows are discounted from the date the cash is expected to be available to the Company (the "cash-out method"). Management based its estimates of prepayment and credit loss rates on historical experience, current and expected economic conditions and in the case of prepayment rate assumptions, consideration of the impact of changes in market interest rates. Excess cash flows are retained by the trust until certain overcollateralization levels are established. The overcollateralization is the excess of the aggregate principal balances of loans in a securitized pool over investor interests. The overcollateralization serves as credit enhancement for the investors. PREPAYMENT RATES. The assumptions the Company uses to estimate future prepayment rates are regularly compared to actual prepayment experience of the individual securitization pools of mortgage loans and to an average of the actual experience of other similar pools of mortgage loans at the same age. Current economic conditions, current interest rates, loans repurchased from securitization trusts and other factors are considered in our analysis of prepayment experience and in forecasting future prepayment levels. Analysis of prepayment experience and forecasts of prepayments consider that prepayments on securitized loans may be initiated by the borrower, such as a refinancing for a lower interest rate, initiated by the servicer in the collection process for delinquent loans, or as a result of our repurchase of delinquent loans from the securitization trusts for trigger management. Prepayments initiated by the borrower are viewed as voluntary prepayments. Voluntary prepayments are the most significant component of prepayment experience, generally representing approximately 91% of total prepayments, and are full cash payoffs of a securitized loan. Prepayments initiated by the servicer are viewed as involuntary prepayments, generally representing approximately 4% of total prepayment experience and are the result of delinquent loan bulk sales, REO liquidations and settlements on delinquent loans. Losses on these involuntary prepayments are absorbed by the securitization trusts. Prepayments as a result of the Company's repurchase of delinquent loans from the securitization trusts are also viewed as involuntary and generally represent approximately 5% of total prepayment experience. Losses on the liquidation of repurchased loans are absorbed on the Company's books. Both voluntary and involuntary loan prepayments are incorporated in the Company's prepayment assumption forecasts. The Company's practice in forecasting prepayment assumptions for calculation of the initial securitization gain and subsequent revaluations had been to use an average historical prepayment rate of similar pools for the expected constant prepayment rate assumption while a pool of mortgage loans was less than a year old even though actual experience may be different. During that period, before a pool of mortgage loans reached its expected constant prepayment rate, actual experience both quantitatively and qualitatively was generally not considered sufficient to conclude that final actual experience for an individual pool of mortgage loans would be materially different from the average. For pools of mortgage loans greater than one-year old, prepayment experience trends for an individual pool was considered to be more significant. For these pools, adjustments to prepayment assumptions may be made to more closely conform the assumptions to actual experience if the variance from average experience is significant and is expected to continue. F-16 AMERICAN BUSINESS FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) SEPTEMBER 30, 2004 1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED) INTEREST-ONLY STRIPS -- (CONTINUED) For the past twelve quarters, actual prepayment experience was generally higher, most significantly on home equity loans, than historical averages for prepayments prior to that eleven-quarter period. The long duration of historically low interest rates, combined with increasing home values and high consumer debt levels has given borrowers an extended opportunity to engage in mortgage refinancing activities, which resulted in elevated prepayment experience. Low interest rates and increasing home values provide incentive to borrowers to convert high cost consumer debt into lower rate tax deductible loans. As home values have increased, lenders have been highly successful in educating borrowers that they have the ability to access the cash value in their homes. For the past twelve quarters, the Company assumed for each quarter end valuation that the decline in interest rates had stopped and a rise in interest rates would occur in the near term. Economic conditions and published mortgage industry surveys supported the Company's assumption. The Company believes that once it moves beyond the low interest rate environment and the impact that environment has had on prepayments, the long recurring and highly unfavorable prepayment experience over the past eleven quarters will leave the Company with securitized mortgage pools which will experience future prepayment speeds substantially lower than originally believed. Also, the rate of increase in home values has slowed considerably, which the Company expects will mean that fewer borrowers will have excess value in their homes to access. As a result of analysis of these factors, the Company believes prepayments will continue to remain at higher than normal levels for the near term before declining to historical prepayment levels and then further declining in the future. However, the Company cannot predict with certainty what prepayment experience will be in the future. Any unfavorable difference between the assumptions used to value securitization assets and actual experience may have a significant adverse impact on the value of these assets. In addition to the use of prepayment fees on loans it originated, the Company has implemented programs and strategies in an attempt to reduce loan prepayments. These programs and strategies may include providing information to a borrower regarding costs and benefits of refinancing, which at times may demonstrate a refinancing option is not in the best economic interest of the borrower. Other strategies include offering second mortgages to existing qualified borrowers or offering financial incentives, such as the customer retention incentive program, to qualified borrowers to deter prepayment of their loan. The Company cannot predict with certainty what the impact these efforts will have on our future prepayment experience. CREDIT LOSS RATES. Credit loss rates are analyzed in a similar manner to prepayment rates. Credit loss assumptions are compared to actual loss experience for individual mortgage loan pools and averages for similar mortgage loan pools. Delinquency trends, economic conditions, loans repurchased from securitization trusts and other factors are also considered. If the analysis indicates that loss experience may be different from assumptions, the Company would adjust its assumptions as necessary. However, the Company cannot predict with certainty what credit loss experience will be in the future. Any unfavorable difference between the assumptions used to value securitization assets and actual experience may have a significant adverse impact on the value of these assets. The Company may elect to repurchase delinquent loans from securitization trusts to limit the level of delinquencies and losses in the securitization trusts, and as a result, it can avoid exceeding specified limits on delinquencies and losses that trigger a temporary reduction or discontinuation of cash flow from its interest-only strips. See Note 4 for the amount of loans the Company has repurchased from securitization trusts. Once a loan has been included in a pool of securitized loans, its performance, including historical loss experience if the loan has been repurchased, is reflected in the performance of that pool of mortgage loans. F-17 AMERICAN BUSINESS FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) SEPTEMBER 30, 2004 1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED) INTEREST-ONLY STRIPS -- (CONTINUED) The Company may enter into deferment and forbearance arrangements with borrowers in its managed portfolio who experience financial hardships. Any credit losses ultimately realized on these arrangements are included in total portfolio historical losses, which are used in developing credit loss assumptions. PERIODIC REVALUATIONS. The expected future cash flows from interest-only strips are periodically re-evaluated. The current assumptions for prepayment and credit loss rates are monitored against actual experience and other economic conditions and are changed if deemed necessary. In the event of an unfavorable change in these assumptions, the fair value of these assets would be overstated, requiring an accounting adjustment. In accordance with the provisions of Emerging Issues Task Force guidance on issue 99-20, "Recognition of Interest Income and Impairment on Purchased and Retained Beneficial Interests in Securitized Financial Assets," referred to as EITF 99-20 in this document, and SFAS No. 115, decreases in the fair value of interest-only strips that are deemed to be other than temporary adjustments to fair value are recorded through the income statement, which would adversely affect our income in the period of adjustment. Additionally, to the extent any individual interest-only strip has a portion of its initial write up to fair value still remaining in other comprehensive income, other than temporary decreases in its fair value would first be recorded as a reduction to other comprehensive income, which would adversely affect our stockholders' equity in the period of adjustment. See Note 5 for more information and the amounts of valuation assumptions adjustments recorded. The securitization trusts and their investors have no recourse to other assets of the Company for failure of the securitized loans to pay when due. SERVICING RIGHTS When loans are sold through a securitization, the loans' servicing rights have generally been retained and the Company capitalizes the benefit associated with the rights to service securitized loans. However, the Company does not service the loans in the 2003-2 securitization, the Company's most recent securitization, which closed in October 2003. Servicing rights represent the rights to receive contractual servicing fees from securitization trusts and ancillary fees from borrowers net of adequate compensation that would be required by a substitute servicer. Servicing rights are carried at the lower of cost or fair value. Fair value represents the present value of projected net cash flows from servicing. The projected cash flows from servicing fees incorporate assumptions made by management, including prepayment rates and discount rates. These assumptions are similar to those used to value the interest-only strips retained in a securitization. Amortization of the servicing rights asset for securitized loans is calculated individually for each securitized loan pool and is recognized in proportion to servicing income on that particular pool of loans. The expected future cash flows from servicing rights are periodically re- evaluated. The current assumptions for prepayment rates are monitored against actual experience and other economic conditions and are changed if deemed necessary. A review for impairment is performed on a quarterly basis by stratifying the serviced loans by loan type, home equity or business purpose loans, which is considered to be the predominant risk characteristic in the portfolio of loans the Company services. In establishing loan type as the predominant risk characteristic, the Company considered the following additional loan characteristics and determined these characteristics as mostly uniform within its two types of serviced loans and not predominant for risk stratification: F-18 AMERICAN BUSINESS FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) SEPTEMBER 30, 2004 1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED) SERVICING RIGHTS -- (CONTINUED) o Fixed versus floating rate loans - All loans the Company services in its securitizations are fixed-rate loans. o Conforming versus non-conforming loans - All loans the Company services are sub-prime (non-conforming) loans, with over 80% of the loans serviced having credit grades of A or B. o Interest rate on serviced loans - The serviced loan portfolio has a high penetration rate of prepayment fees. Sub-prime borrowers, in general, are not as influenced by movement in market interest rates as conforming borrowers. A sub-prime borrower's ability to `rate shop' is generally limited due to personal credit circumstances that are not market driven. o Loan collateral - All loans the Company services are secured by real estate, with approximately 85% secured with first liens on residential property. o Individual loan size - The average loan size in the Company's serviced portfolio is $71 thousand. The serviced portfolio is approximately $1.6 billion at September 30, 2004 with approximately 22 thousand loans. There are no significant defining groupings with respect to loan size. No loans are greater than $1.0 million, only $9.1 million of loans have principal balances greater than $500 thousand, and only $30.3 million of loans have principal balances greater than $350 thousand. o Geographic location of loans - The largest percentage of loans the Company services are geographically located in the mid-Atlantic and northeast sections of the United States. o Original loan term - Home equity loan terms are primarily 180, 240 or 360 months. Business purpose loan terms are primarily 120 or 180 months. If the Company's quarterly analysis indicates the carrying value of servicing rights is not recoverable through future cash flows from contractual servicing and other ancillary fees, a valuation allowance or write down would be required. PREPAID EXPENSES Prepaid assets are comprised mainly of amounts paid for fees on warehouse lines and operating lines of credit (facility fees), insurance coverage and printed marketing materials and customer lists, which have not yet been utilized. Costs for facility fees, printed materials and customer lists are expensed as they are utilized. Other marketing and advertising costs are expensed as incurred. Prepaid expenses included prepaid facility fees of $14.0 million at September 30, 2004 and $10.4 million at June 30, 2004. INCOME TAXES The Company and its subsidiaries file a consolidated federal income tax return. Under the asset and liability method used by the Company to provide for income taxes, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between the financial statement and tax basis carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities. Estimates of deferred tax assets and liabilities make up the deferred income tax asset on the Company's balance sheet. These estimates involve significant judgments and estimates by management, which may have a material impact on the carrying value of the deferred income tax asset. The deferred income tax asset is periodically reviewed to determine if it is more likely than not that the Company will realize this deferred tax asset. F-19 AMERICAN BUSINESS FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) SEPTEMBER 30, 2004 1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED) STOCK OPTIONS The Company has stock option plans that provide for the periodic granting of options to key employees and non-employee directors and accounts for options granted under these plans under APB Opinion No. 25 "Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees" ("APB No. 25"). The Company accounts for fixed stock options issued under these plans using the intrinsic value method, and accordingly, no expense is recognized where the exercise price equals or exceeds the fair value of the common stock at the date of grant. The Company accounts for performance based stock options issued under these plans as variable stock options and recognizes compensation expense based on the fair value of the Company's common stock, as measured on the date of the grant, on a straight-line basis over the vesting period of these stock options. Had the Company accounted for stock options granted under these plans using the fair value method of SFAS No. 123, "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation" ("SFAS No. 123") and SFAS No. 148 "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation - Transition and Disclosure" ("SFAS No. 148"), pro forma net income and earnings per share would have been as follows (in thousands, except per share amounts):
THREE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, -------------------------------- 2004 2003 --------- --------- Net income (loss) attributable to common stock, as reported... $ (28,712) $(26,268) Stock based compensation costs, net of tax effects determined under fair value method for all awards......................... (64) (182) -------- -------- Pro forma........................ $(28,776) $(26,450) ======== ======== Earnings (loss) per share - basic As reported.................. $ (7.98) $ (8.10) Pro form..................... (8.00) (8.16) -------- -------- Earnings (loss) per share - diluted As reported.................. $ (7.98) $ (8.10) Pro forma ................... (8.00) (8.16) ======== ========
RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS No new accounting pronouncements affecting the Company have been issued since the filing of its June 30, 2004 Form 10-K. 2. ACQUISITIONS On December 24, 2003, the Company acquired a broker operation located in California that operates primarily on the west coast of the United States for the purpose of expanding its capacity to originate loans through its broker channel, especially in the state of California. Assets acquired in this transaction, mostly fixed assets, were not material. The purchase price was comprised of issuing a $475 thousand convertible non-negotiable promissory note to the seller and assuming $107 thousand of liabilities. As a result of this transaction, the Company increased its goodwill by $582 thousand. The $475 thousand convertible non-negotiable promissory note issued in the December 2003 acquisition bears interest at 6% per annum and matures June 30, 2005. At any time on or after December 24, 2004 and before January 31, 2005, the holder of the note has the option to convert the note into the number of shares F-20 AMERICAN BUSINESS FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) SEPTEMBER 30, 2004 2. ACQUISITIONS (CONTINUED) of common stock determined by dividing the outstanding principal amount of the note and accrued interest, if any, by $5.00, subject to adjustment for any changes in the capitalization of the Company affecting its common stock. On June 11, 2004, the Company acquired a broker operation located and primarily operating in the state of Texas. This acquisition was also for the purpose of expanding the Company's capacity to originate loans through its broker channel. Assets acquired in this transaction, mostly fixed assets, were not material. The purchase price was comprised of issuing a $650 thousand convertible non-negotiable promissory note to the seller and $150 thousand of cash. As a result of this transaction, the Company increased its goodwill by $612 thousand. The $650 thousand convertible non-negotiable promissory note issued in the June 2004 acquisition bears interest at 8% per annum and is to be paid in five semi-annual installments of $108 thousand each commencing on December 31, 2004. The final semi-annual installment is due on June 30, 2007. At any semi- annual installment date, the holder of the note has the option to convert the note into the number of shares of the Company's common stock as determined by dividing the semi-annual principal payment amount by the closing price per common share on the immediately preceding semi-annual payment date, subject to adjustment for any changes in the capitalization of the Company affecting its common stock. 3. LOAN AND LEASE RECEIVABLES LOANS AVAILABLE FOR SALE Loans available for sale were comprised of the following (in thousands):
SEPTEMBER 30, 2004 JUNE 30, 2004 ------------------ ------------- Loans available for sale, secured by real estate, principal balance............... $329,331 $300,143 Valuation allowance(a).................... (100) (42) Deferred direct loan origination costs ... 7,236 4,453 Other(b) ................................. 44 (279) -------- -------- $336,511 $304,275 ======== ========
--------------- (a) For estimated credit losses. (b) Represents the SFAS No. 133 adjustment to the fair value of hedged loans. Real estate secured loans have contractual maturities of up to 30 years. The activity in the valuation allowance against available for sale loans is summarized as follows (in thousands):
THREE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, ------------- 2004 2003 ---- ------ Balance at beginning of the period ............................ $ 42 $1,319 Provision adjustment .......................................... 58 363 ---- ------ Balance at end of the period .................................. $100 $1,682 ==== ======
F-21 AMERICAN BUSINESS FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) SEPTEMBER 30, 2004 3. LOAN AND LEASE RECEIVABLES (CONTINUED) NON-ACCRUAL LOANS At September 30, 2004 and June 30, 2004, the accrual of interest income was suspended on real estate secured loans of $4.6 million and $3.5 million, respectively. Non-accrual loans at September 30, 2004 and June 30, 2004 were comprised of the following (in thousands):
SEPTEMBER 30, 2004 JUNE 30, 2004 ------------------ ------------- Loans repurchased from securitization trusts.................................. $ 4,392 $ 3,281 Loans transferred from available for sale 80 181 Other .................................... 80 -- ------- ------- 4,552 3,462 Allowance for credit losses .............. (1,238) (1,469) ------- ------- Net non-accrual loans .................... $ 3,314 $ 1,993 ======= =======
Average balances of non-accrual loans for the twelve months ended September 30, 2004 and June 30, 2004 were $5.6 million and $7.3 million, respectively. 4. ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES The activity in the allowance for credit losses on non-accrual loans and leases is summarized as follows (in thousands):
THREE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, ---------------- 2004 2003 ------ ------- Balance at beginning of the period ......................... $1,469 $ 1,529 Provision for credit losses: Business purpose loans .................................... 146 1,129 Home equity loans ......................................... (87) 2,694 Equipment leases .......................................... -- (30) ------ ------- Total provision.......................................... 59 3,793 ------ ------- Loan charge-offs: Business purpose loans .................................... (66) (352) Home equity loans ......................................... (328) (1,198) Equipment leases .......................................... -- (110) ------ ------- Total loan charge offs................................... (394) (1,660) ====== ======= Recoveries of loans previously charged off: Business purpose loans .................................... 70 4 Home equity loans ......................................... 34 14 Equipment leases .......................................... -- 108 ------ ------- Total recoveries......................................... 104 126 ------ ------- Total charge-offs, net ..................................... (290) (1,534) ------ ------- Balance at end of the period ............................... $1,238 $ 3,788 ====== ======= Ratio of net charge offs in the portfolio to the average portfolio(a).............................................. 0.38% 3.37% Ratio of allowance to non-accrual loans and leases ........ 27.21% 24.61%
--------------- (a) The average portfolio includes loans available for sale, non-accrual loans and leases. F-22 AMERICAN BUSINESS FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) SEPTEMBER 30, 2004 4. ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES (CONTINUED) The following schedule details the provision for credit losses for the three months ended September 30, 2004 and 2003 (in thousands):
THREE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, ------------- 2004 2003 ---- ------ Loans available for sale ...................................... $ 58 $ 363 Non-accrual loans ............................................. 59 3,823 Leases ........................................................ -- (30) ---- ------ Total Provision for Credit Losses ............................. $117 $4,156 ==== ======
While the Company is under no obligation to do so, at times it elects to repurchase delinquent loans from the securitization trusts. Repurchasing delinquent loans from securitization trusts benefits the Company by allowing it to limit the level of delinquencies and losses in the securitization trusts and as a result, it can avoid exceeding specified limits on delinquencies and losses that trigger a temporary reduction or discontinuation of cash flow from its interest-only strips until the delinquency or loss triggers are no longer exceeded. The Company has the right, but not the obligation, to repurchase a limited amount of delinquent loans from securitization trusts. In addition, the Company may elect to repurchase delinquent loans in situations requiring more flexibility for the administration and collection of these loans. The purchase price of a delinquent loan is at the loan's outstanding contractual balance. A foreclosed loan is one where the Company, as servicer, has initiated formal foreclosure proceedings against the borrower and a delinquent loan is one that is 31 days or more past due. The foreclosed and delinquent loans the Company typically elects to repurchase are usually 90 days or more delinquent and the subject of foreclosure proceedings, or where a completed foreclosure is imminent. The related allowance for loan losses on these repurchased loans is included in the provision for credit losses in the period of repurchase. The related REO writedown for REO repurchased is recorded through general and administrative expense in the period of repurchase. The Company's ability to repurchase these loans does not disqualify sale accounting under SFAS No. 140 or other relevant accounting literature because the Company is not required to repurchase any loan and its ability to repurchase a loan is limited by contract. At September 30, 2004, one of the Company's twenty mortgage securitization trusts was under a triggering event as a result of delinquencies exceeding specified levels. There were no securitization trusts exceeding specified loss levels at September 30, 2004. At June 30, 2004, four of the Company's mortgage securitization trusts were under a triggering event. Approximately $5.0 million of excess overcollateralization is being held by the trust as of September 30, 2004. For the three months ended September 30, 2004, the Company repurchased delinquent loans with an aggregate unpaid principal balance of $2.7 million from securitization trusts primarily for trigger management. The Company cannot predict when the trust currently exceeding triggers will be below trigger limits and release the excess overcollateralization. In order for the trust to release the excess overcollateralization, delinquent loans would need to decline, or the Company would need to repurchase delinquent loans of up to $4.8 million as of September 30, 2004. If delinquencies increase and the Company cannot cure the delinquency or liquidate the loans in the mortgage securitization trusts without exceeding loss triggers, the levels of repurchases required to manage triggers may increase. The Company's ability to continue to manage triggers in its securitization trusts in the future is affected by the availability of cash from operations or through the sale of subordinated debentures to fund these repurchases. F-23 AMERICAN BUSINESS FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) SEPTEMBER 30, 2004 4. ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES (CONTINUED) The following table summarizes the principal balances of loans and real estate owned "REO" repurchased from securitization trusts (dollars in thousands):
THREE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, ---------------- 2004 2003 ------ ------- By original loan type: Business purpose loans .................................... $2,002 $ 4,380 Home equity loans ......................................... 701 11,963 ------ ------- Total.................................................... $2,703 $16,343 ====== ======= By loans and REO: Loans repurchased ......................................... $2,607 $ 9,847 REO purchased ............................................. 96 6,496 ------ ------- Total.................................................... $2,703 $16,343 ====== ======= Number of loans repurchased ................................ 20 215 ====== =======
The Company received $1.8 million and $7.6 million of proceeds from the liquidation of repurchased loans and REO during the three-months ended September 30, 2004 and 2003, respectively. The Company had repurchased loans remaining on the balance sheet in the amounts of $4.4 million at September 30, 2004 and $3.3 million at June 30, 2004 and REO of $1.5 million at September 30, 2004 and $1.9 million at June 30, 2004. 5. INTEREST-ONLY STRIPS The activity for interest-only strip receivables is summarized as follows (in thousands):
THREE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, ------------------- 2004 2003 -------- -------- Balance at beginning of period .......................... $459,086 $598,278 Initial recognition of interest-only strips, including initial overcollateralization of $0.................... -- 950 Proceeds from sale of interest-only strips(a) ........... (9,120) -- Cash flow from interest-only strips ..................... (33,141) (56,222) Required purchases of additional overcollateralization .. 4,615 7,660 Interest accretion ...................................... 8,448 10,828 Adjustment for loans subject to repurchase rights ....... 309 162 Adjustments to fair value recorded through other comprehensive income(b)................................ 18,644 (6,122) Other than temporary fair value adjustment(c) ........... (29) (9,951) -------- -------- Balance at end of period ................................ $448,812 $545,583 ======== ========
--------------- (a) Reflects the proceeds received for the sale of interest-only strips related to five securitization trusts. On June 30, 2004, the Company wrote down the carrying value of these interest-only trusts by $4.1 million to reflect their values under the terms of a September 27, 2004 sale agreement. The sale of these assets is described in Note 8. F-24 AMERICAN BUSINESS FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) SEPTEMBER 30, 2004 5. INTEREST-ONLY STRIPS (CONTINUED) (b) Adjustments to the carrying value of interest-only strips for the initial write up to fair value are recorded through other comprehensive income, which is a component of stockholders' equity. Additionally, to the extent any individual interest-only strip has a portion of its initial write up to fair value still remaining in other comprehensive income at the time of impairment, other than temporary decreases in its fair value would first be recorded as a reduction to other comprehensive income. (c) Recorded through the income statement. Interest-only strips include overcollateralization balances that represent undivided interests in securitizations maintained to provide credit enhancement to investors in securitization trusts. At September 30, 2004 and 2003, the fair value of overcollateralization related cash flows were $202.2 million and $263.5 million, respectively. The Company's interest-only strips collateralize certain obligations under its $250.0 million credit facility with a warehouse lender. These obligations include an amount not to exceed 10% of the outstanding principal balance under this facility and the obligations for fees payable under this facility. Assuming the entire $250.0 million available under this credit facility were utilized, the maximum amount secured by the interest-only strips would be approximately $47.6 million. Interest-only strips also secure the Company's senior collateralized subordinated notes. The senior collateralized subordinated notes are secured by a security interest in certain cash flows originating from interest-only strips of certain of the Company's subsidiaries held by ABFS Warehouse Trust 2003-1 with an aggregate value of at least an amount equal to 150% of the outstanding principal balance of the senior collateralized subordinated notes. At September 30, 2004, our interest in the cash flows from the interest-only strips held in the trust, which secure the senior collateralized subordinated notes, totaled $401.6 million, of which approximately $146.2 million represented 150% of the outstanding principal balance of the senior collateralized subordinated notes. See Note 8 for more detail on the senior collateralized subordinated notes. Declining interest rates and resulting high prepayment rates over the last twelve quarters have required revisions to our estimates of the value of our securitization assets. Beginning in the second quarter of fiscal 2002 and on a quarterly basis thereafter, the Company's prepayment rates, as well as those throughout the mortgage industry, remained at higher than expected levels due to continuing low interest rates during this period. As a result, over the last twelve quarters the Company has recorded cumulative pre-tax write downs to its interest-only strips in the aggregate amount of $140.4 million and pre- tax adjustments to the value of servicing rights of $12.1 million, for total adjustments of $152.5 million, mainly due to the higher than expected prepayment experience. On June 30, 2004, the Company wrote down the carrying value of its interest-only strips and servicing rights related to five of our mortgage securitization trusts by $5.4 million to reflect their values under the terms of a September 27, 2004 sale agreement. The following table summarizes the net cumulative write downs recorded on securitization assets over the last twelve quarters (in thousands):
TOTAL INCOME OTHER WRITE DOWN STATEMENT COMPREHENSIVE (WRITE UP) IMPACT INCOME IMPACT ---------- --------- ------------- PRE-TAX ADJUSTMENT RESULTING FROM: Prepayments............................................................................. $177,396 $128,697 $48,699 Discount rate........................................................................... (30,305) (18,427) (11,878) Loss on sale............................................................................ 5,452 3,446 2,006 -------- -------- ------- Net cumulative write down............................................................... $152,543 $113,716 $38,827 ======== ======== =======
During the first quarter of fiscal 2005, the Company recorded a pre-tax write up of $18.6 million on its interest-only strips. The $18.6 million write up was recorded as an increase to other comprehensive income, a component of stockholders' equity. This write up of interest-only strips resulted from a reduction to our F-25 AMERICAN BUSINESS FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) SEPTEMBER 30, 2004 5. INTEREST-ONLY STRIPS (CONTINUED) assumptions for loan prepayments expected to occur beyond 18 months. Management believes that once it moves beyond the low interest rate environment and the impact that environment has on loan prepayments, the long running and highly unfavorable prepayment experience over the last twelve quarters will leave the Company with securitized mortgage pools which will experience future prepayment speeds substantially lower than originally believed. No adjustments were recorded to servicing rights at September 30, 2004. The breakout of the total securitization assets adjustments in fiscal 2004 and 2003 between interest-only strips and servicing rights was as follows (in thousands):
YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 2004 YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 2003 ------------------------------------ ------------------------------------ TOTAL INCOME OTHER TOTAL INCOME OTHER WRITE STATEMENT COMPREHENSIVE WRITE STATEMENT COMPREHENSIVE DOWN IMPACT INCOME IMPACT DOWN IMPACT INCOME IMPACT ------- --------- ------------- ------- --------- ------------- Interest-only strips ............................... $57,031 $39,659 $17,372 $57,973 $39,900 $18,073 Servicing rights ................................... 6,791 6,791 -- 5,282 5,282 -- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- Total securitization assets ........................ $63,822 $46,450 $17,372 $63,255 $45,182 $18,073 ======= ======= ======= ======= ======= =======
The long duration of historically low interest rates, combined with increasing home values and high consumer debt levels has given borrowers an extended opportunity to engage in mortgage refinancing activities, which resulted in elevated prepayment experience. Low interest rates and increasing home values provide incentive to borrowers to convert high cost consumer debt into lower rate tax deductible loans. As home values have increased, lenders have been highly successful in educating borrowers that they have the ability to access the cash value in their homes. The persistence of historically low interest rate levels, unprecedented in the last 40 years, has made the forecasting of prepayment levels difficult. The Company assumed for each quarter end valuation that the decline in interest rates had stopped and a rise in interest rates would occur in the near term. This assumption was supported by published data. Consistent with this view that interest rates would rise, the Company had utilized derivative financial instruments to manage interest rate risk exposure on its loan production and loan pipeline to protect the fair value of these fixed rate items against potential increases in market interest rates. The Company believes that once it moves beyond the low interest rate environment and the impact that environment has had on prepayments, the long recurring and highly unfavorable prepayment experience over the last eleven quarters will leave the Company with securitized loan pools which will experience future prepayment speeds substantially lower than originally believed. Also, the rate of increase in home values has slowed considerably, which the Company expects will mean that fewer borrowers will have excess value in their homes to access. The Mortgage Bankers Association of America has forecast as of September 17, 2004 that mortgage refinancings as a percentage share of total mortgage originations will decline from 49% in the second quarter of calendar 2004 to 24% in the second quarter of calendar 2005. The Mortgage Bankers Association of America has also projected in its September 2004 economic forecast that the 10-year treasury rate (which generally affects mortgage rates) will increase steadily each quarter in their forecast. As a result of an analysis of these factors, the Company believes prepayments will continue to remain at higher than normal levels for the near term before declining to historical prepayment levels and then further declining in the future. However, the Company cannot predict with certainty what our prepayment experience will be in the future. Any unfavorable difference between the assumptions used to value securitization assets and actual experience may have a significant adverse impact on the value of these assets. F-26 AMERICAN BUSINESS FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) SEPTEMBER 30, 2004 5. INTEREST-ONLY STRIPS (CONTINUED) The following tables detail the net pre-tax write-up of the interest-only strips for the first quarter of fiscal 2005 and the net pre-tax write downs of the securitization assets by quarter for fiscal years 2004, 2003 and 2002 and details the impact to the income statement and to other comprehensive income in accordance with the provisions of SFAS No. 115 "Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities" and EITF 99-20 as they relate to interest-only strips and SFAS No. 140 "Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishment of Liabilities" as it relates to servicing rights (in thousands): FISCAL YEAR 2005:
TOTAL INCOME OTHER WRITE STATEMENT COMPREHENSIVE QUARTER ENDED DOWN IMPACT INCOME IMPACT ------------- -------- --------- ------------- September 30, 2004........................................................................ $(18,614) $29 $(18,643)
FISCAL YEAR 2004:
TOTAL INCOME OTHER WRITE STATEMENT COMPREHENSIVE QUARTER ENDED DOWN IMPACT INCOME IMPACT ------------- -------- --------- ------------- September 30, 2003......................................................................... $16,658 $10,795 $ 5,863 December 31, 2003.......................................................................... 14,724 11,968 2,756 March 31, 2004............................................................................. 23,191 15,085 8,106 June 30, 2004.............................................................................. 9,249 8,602 647 ------- ------- ------- Total Fiscal 2004.......................................................................... $63,822 $46,450 $17,372 ======= ======= =======
FISCAL YEAR 2003:
TOTAL INCOME OTHER WRITE STATEMENT COMPREHENSIVE QUARTER ENDED DOWN IMPACT INCOME IMPACT ------------- -------- --------- ------------- September 30, 2002......................................................................... $16,739 $12,078 $ 4,661 December 31, 2002.......................................................................... 16,346 10,568 5,778 March 31, 2003............................................................................. 16,877 10,657 6,220 June 30, 2003.............................................................................. $13,293 $11,879 $ 1,414 ------- ------- ------- Total Fiscal 2003.......................................................................... $63,255 $45,182 $18,073 ======= ======= =======
FISCAL YEAR 2002:
TOTAL INCOME OTHER WRITE STATEMENT COMPREHENSIVE QUARTER ENDED DOWN IMPACT INCOME IMPACT ------------- -------- --------- ------------- December 31, 2001.......................................................................... $11,322 $ 4,462 $ 6,860 March 31, 2002............................................................................. 15,513 8,691 6,822 June 30, 2002.............................................................................. 17,244 8,900 8,344 ------- ------- ------- Total Fiscal 2002.......................................................................... $44,079 $22,053 $22,026 ======= ======= =======
Note: The impacts of prepayments on our securitization assets in the quarter ended September 30, 2001 were not significant. F-27 AMERICAN BUSINESS FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) SEPTEMBER 30, 2004 6. SERVICING RIGHTS The activity for the loan and lease servicing rights asset is summarized as follows (in thousands):
THREE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, ------------------ 2004 2003 ------- -------- Balance at beginning of the period........................ $73,738 $119,291 Amortization ............................................. (6,440) (12,375) Proceeds from sale of servicing rights(a) ................ (586) -- Write down ............................................... -- (844) ------- -------- Balance at end of the period.............................. $66,712 $106,072 ======= ========
--------------- (a) Reflects the proceeds received for the sale of servicing rights related to five securitization trusts. On June 30, 2004, the Company wrote down the carrying value of these servicing rights by $1.3 million to reflect their values under the terms of a September 27, 2004 sale agreement. The sale of these assets is described in Note 8. Servicing rights are valued quarterly by the Company based on the current estimated fair value of the servicing asset. The Company's valuation analysis for September 30, 2004 indicated that no adjustment was required in the first quarter of fiscal 2005. In the first quarter of fiscal 2004, the Company recorded a $0.8 million write down of its servicing rights. Under the servicing agreements associated with 16 of the 19 securitizations serviced by the Company, servicing rights can be terminated by financial insurers representing bondholders or certificate holders (collectively, "bond insurers") under certain circumstances, such as the Company's failure to make required servicer payments, defined changes of control, reaching specified loss levels on underlying mortgage pools or other events constituting a breach, including, in some cases, non-compliance with financial covenants in the servicing agreements (the term "servicing agreements" includes sale and servicing agreements and pooling and servicing agreements). In the remaining 3 securitizations serviced by the Company, servicing rights can be terminated by the trustee under similar circumstances. As a result of the Company's non-compliance at September 30, 2003 with the net worth covenant in the separate servicing agreements with each of two bond insurers, the Company requested and obtained waivers of the non-compliance from the two bond insurers. In connection with the waiver of non-compliance granted by one bond insurer, applicable to the remaining term of the related servicing agreements as well as to prior occurrences of the non-compliance, the servicing agreements with that bond insurer were amended to provide for 120-day term-to-term servicing. In connection with the waiver of non- compliance granted by the second bond insurer, applicable only to prior occurrences of non-compliance, the servicing agreements with that bond insurer were amended to provide for 30-day term-to-term servicing. Subsequently, this bond insurer has given the Company a waiver of non-compliance with the net worth covenant on a monthly basis and the Company is currently operating under such a waiver. A third bond insurer, as a condition to its participation in the Company's October 2003 securitization, required that the Company amend a servicing agreement related to a previous securitization in which the bond insurer had participated as bond insurer. The resulting amendment to this servicing agreement provided, among other things, for a specifically designated back-up servicer and for 90-day term-to-term servicing. On April 30, 2004 this amended servicing agreement was further amended principally to provide for 30-day term-to-term servicing and for the Company's reappointment as servicer for an initial 30-day term. On March 5, 2004, the Company entered into agreements with its fourth bond insurer, which amended the servicing agreements related to all securitizations insured by this bond insurer. These amendments principally F-28 AMERICAN BUSINESS FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) SEPTEMBER 30, 2004 6. SERVICING RIGHTS (CONTINUED) provided for a specifically designated back-up servicer. The original provisions of these servicing agreements providing for 3-month term-to-term servicing were not altered by these amendments. As a result of the foregoing amendments to our servicing agreements, all of the Company's servicing agreements associated with bond insurers now provide for term-to-term servicing. The Company has been re-appointed as servicer under each of these servicing agreements, as amended, for all relevant term-to-term servicing provision. 7. OTHER ASSETS AND OTHER LIABILITIES Other assets were comprised of the following (in thousands):
SEPTEMBER 30, JUNE 30, 2004 2004 ------------- -------- Goodwill ........................................... $16,315 $16,315 Financing costs, debt offerings .................... 3,727 3,567 Real estate owned .................................. 1,510 1,920 Investments held to maturity ....................... -- 839 Due from securitization trusts for servicing related activities................................ 679 792 Other .............................................. 5,723 4,115 ------- ------- $27,954 $27,548 ======= =======
The activity in real estate owned during the three months ended September 30, 2004 and 2003 was as follows (in thousands):
THREE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, ---------------- 2004 2003 ------ ------- Balance at beginning of period ............................. $1,920 $ 4,776 Properties acquired through foreclosure(a) ................. 101 676 Properties purchased from securitization trusts(a) ......... 96 4,202 Sales/liquidation proceeds ................................. (433) (4,956) Property revaluation losses ................................ -- (145) (Loss) gain on sale/liquidation ............................ (174) 13 ------ ------- Total ...................................................... $1,510 $ 4,566 ====== =======
--------------- (a) At lower of cost or net realizable value. F-29 AMERICAN BUSINESS FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) SEPTEMBER 30, 2004 7. OTHER ASSETS AND OTHER LIABILITIES (CONTINUED) Other liabilities were comprised of the following (in thousands):
SEPTEMBER 30, ----------------- 2004 2003 ------- ------- Commitments to fund closed loans .......................... $57,095 $46,654 Unearned lease incentives ................................. 12,470 12,793 Deferred rent incentive ................................... 5,298 4,908 Escrow deposits held ...................................... 2,207 3,113 Funds held in suspense .................................... 1,240 1,383 Periodic advance guarantee ................................ 670 670 Sold loan recourse liability .............................. 65 307 Hedging liabilities, at fair value ........................ -- 103 Trading liabilities (asset), at fair value ................ (2) 851 Other ..................................................... 1,475 1,090 ------- ------- $80,518 $71,872 ======= =======
Unearned lease incentives represent reimbursements received in conjunction with the lease agreement for the Company's corporate office space in Philadelphia, Pennsylvania. These funds represent reimbursement from the landlord for leasehold improvements and furniture and equipment in the rented space and will be recognized as an offset to rent expense over the term of the lease or the life of the asset, whichever is shorter. Deferred rent incentive represents the accrual of future rent payments, which will be made mainly in conjunction with the lease agreement for the Company's corporate office space in Philadelphia, Pennsylvania. This lease agreement, which is for a term of eleven years, required no cash rent payments during its first year. The Company is recording rent expense equal to the aggregate cash rent payments, which will be paid in years two through eleven, on a straight-line basis over the full eleven year life of the lease. The balance in the deferred rent incentive accrual was established during the first year and will be reduced to zero on a straight-line basis over years two through eleven. 8. SUBORDINATED DEBENTURES, SENIOR COLLATERALIZED SUBORDINATED NOTES AND WAREHOUSE LINES AND OTHER NOTES PAYABLE Subordinated debentures were comprised of the following (in thousands):
SEPTEMBER 30, JUNE 30, 2004 2004 ------------- -------- Subordinated debentures(a) ......................... $476,254 $509,928 Subordinated debentures - variable rate demand notes(b).......................................... 13,772 12,681 -------- -------- Total subordinated debentures ...................... $490,026 $522,609 ======== ========
Senior collateralized subordinated notes were comprised of the following (in thousands):
SEPTEMBER 30, JUNE 30, 2004 2004 ------------- -------- Senior collateralized subordinated notes(c) ........ $97,454 $83,639 ======= =======
F-30 AMERICAN BUSINESS FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) SEPTEMBER 30, 2004 8. SUBORDINATED DEBENTURES, SENIOR COLLATERALIZED SUBORDINATED NOTES AND WAREHOUSE LINES AND OTHER NOTES PAYABLE (CONTINUED) Warehouse lines and other notes payable were comprised of the following (in thousands):
SEPTEMBER 30, JUNE 30, 2004 2004 ------------- -------- Warehouse revolving line of credit(d) .............. $ 73,276 $ 53,223 Warehouse revolving line of credit(e) .............. 206,667 186,364 Capitalized leases(f) .............................. 404 488 Convertible promissory notes(g) .................... 1,125 1,125 -------- -------- Total warehouse lines and other notes payable ...... $281,472 $241,200 ======== ========
--------------- (a) Subordinated debentures due October 2004 through July 2014, interest rates ranging from 5.30% to 13.99%; average rate at September 30, 2004 was 10.44%, average remaining maturity was 11.5 months, subordinated to all of the Company's senior indebtedness. The average rate on subordinated debentures including variable rate demand notes was 10.30% at September 30, 2004. (b) Subordinated debentures - variable rate demand notes due upon demand, interest rate at 5.53%; subordinated to all of the Company's senior indebtedness. (c) Senior collateralized subordinated notes due October 2004 through July 2014, interest rates ranging from 5.40% to 13.10%; average rate at September 30, 2004 was 9.84%, average remaining maturity was 16.5 months. The senior collateralized subordinated notes are secured by a security interest in certain cash flows originating from interest-only strips of certain of the Company's subsidiaries held by ABFS Warehouse Trust 2003-1 with an aggregate value of at least an amount equal to 150% of the outstanding principal balance of the senior collateralized subordinated notes issued in the Exchange Offer plus priority lien obligations secured by the interest-only strips and/or the cash flows from the interest-only strips; provided that, such collateral coverage may not fall below 100% of the outstanding principal balance of the senior collateralized subordinated notes, as determined by the Company on any quarterly balance sheet date. In the event of liquidation, to the extent the collateral securing the senior collateralized subordinated notes is not sufficient to repay these notes, the deficiency portion of the senior collateralized subordinated notes will rank junior in right of payment behind the Company's senior indebtedness and all of the Company's other existing and future senior debt and behind the existing and future debt of the Company's subsidiaries and equally in right of payment with the subordinated debentures, and any future subordinated debentures issued by the Company and other unsecured debt. Senior collateralized subordinated notes were issued in connection with the December 1, 2003 and May 14, 2004 Exchange Offers. At September 30, 2004, the Company's interest in the cash flows from the interest-only strips held in the trust which secure the senior collateralized subordinated notes totaled $401.6 million, of which $146.2 million represents 150% of the outstanding principal balance of the senior collateralized subordinated notes at September 30, 2004. (d) $200.0 million warehouse revolving line of credit with JPMorgan Chase Bank entered into on September 22, 2003 and with an original maturity of September 2004. In September 2004, the maturity date of this facility was extended to November 5, 2004 and the facility amount was reduced to $100.0 million. In November 2004, the maturity date was extended to December 3, 2004 and the facility amount will reduce to $60.0 million. The reduction to $60.0 million will occur at a rate of $10.0 million per week commencing November 5, 2004. Interest rates on the advances under this facility are based upon one-month LIBOR plus a margin. Obligations under the facility are collateralized by pledged loans. F-31 AMERICAN BUSINESS FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) SEPTEMBER 30, 2004 8. SUBORDINATED DEBENTURES, SENIOR COLLATERALIZED SUBORDINATED NOTES AND WAREHOUSE LINES AND OTHER NOTES PAYABLE (CONTINUED) Additionally, we have a stand alone letter of credit with JP Morgan Chase Bank to secure lease obligations for corporate office space. The amount of the letter of credit was $8.0 million at September 30, 2004. The letter of credit was collateralized by cash and expires on December 16, 2004. (e) $250.0 million warehouse revolving line of credit with Chrysalis Warehouse Funding, LLC, entered into on October 14, 2003 and expiring October 2006. Interest rates on the advances under this facility are based upon one-month LIBOR plus a margin. Obligations under the facility are collateralized by pledged loans and certain interest-only strips. Interest-only strips secure obligations in an amount not to exceed 10% of the outstanding principal balance under this facility and the obligations due under the fee letter related to this facility. Assuming the entire $250.0 million available under this credit facility were utilized, the maximum amount secured by the interest-only strips would be approximately $47.6 million. (f) Capitalized leases, maturing through January 2006, imputed interest rate of 8.0%, collateralized by computer equipment. The original principal amount of debt recorded under these leases was $1.0 million. The leases mature through January 2006. (g) Consists of two convertible non-negotiable promissory notes issued for the acquisition of certain assets and operations of two mortgage broker businesses. The first note, issued December 23, 2003, bears interest at 6% per annum and matures June 30, 2005. At any time on or after December 24, 2004 and before January 31, 2005, the holder of the note has the option to convert the note into the number of shares of common stock determined by dividing the outstanding principal amount of the note and accrued interest, if any, by $5.00, subject to adjustment for any changes in the capitalization of the Company affecting its common stock. The second note, issued June 11, 2004, bears interest at 8% per annum and is to be paid in five semi-annual installments of $108 thousand each commencing on December 31, 2004. The final semi-annual installment is due on June 30, 2007. At any semi-annual installment date, the holder of the note has the option to convert the note into the number of shares of the Company's common stock as determined by dividing the semi-annual principal payment amount by the closing price per common share on the immediately preceding semi-annual payment date, subject to adjustment for any changes in the capitalization of the Company affecting its common stock. Principal payments on subordinated debentures, senior collateralized subordinated notes, warehouse lines and other notes payable for the next five years are as follows (in thousands):
TWELVE MONTHS ENDING SEPTEMBER 30, ---------------------------------- 2005 ................................................................ $655,023 2006 ................................................................ 154,971 2007 ................................................................ 32,229 2008 ................................................................ 7,399 2009 ................................................................ 7,492
At September 30, 2004, warehouse lines and other notes payable were collateralized by $296.6 million of loan receivables and $0.4 million of computer equipment. F-32 AMERICAN BUSINESS FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) SEPTEMBER 30, 2004 8. SUBORDINATED DEBENTURES, SENIOR COLLATERALIZED SUBORDINATED NOTES AND WAREHOUSE LINES AND OTHER NOTES PAYABLE (CONTINUED) Interest rates paid on the revolving credit facilities range from London Inter-Bank Offered Rate ("LIBOR") plus 2.00% to LIBOR plus 2.50%. The weighted-average interest rate paid on the revolving credit facilities was 4.21% and 3.76% at September 30, 2004 and June 30, 2004, respectively. FINANCIAL AND OTHER COVENANTS GENERAL. The warehouse credit agreements require that the Company maintain specific financial covenants regarding net worth, leverage, net income, liquidity, total debt and other standards. Each agreement has multiple individualized financial covenant thresholds and ratio of limits that the Company must meet as a condition to drawing on a particular line of credit. Pursuant to the terms of these credit facilities, the failure to comply with the financial covenants constitutes an event of default and at the option of the lender, entitles the lender to, among other things, terminate commitments to make future advances to the Company, declare all or a portion of the loan due and payable, foreclose on the collateral securing the loan, require servicing payments be made to the lender or other third party or assume the servicing of the loans securing the credit facility. An event of default under these credit facilities would result in defaults pursuant to cross-default provisions of our other agreements, including but not limited to, other loan agreements, lease agreements and other agreements. The failure to comply with the terms of these credit facilities or to obtain the necessary waivers would have a material adverse effect on the Company's liquidity and capital resources. COVENANTS UNDER JUNE 30, 2004 CREDIT FACILITIES. On September 22, 2003, the Company entered into definitive agreements with JP Morgan Chase Bank for a $200.0 million credit facility for the purpose of funding its loan originations. Pursuant to the terms of this facility, the Company is required to, among other things: (i) have a net worth of at least $28.0 million by September 30, 2003; with quarterly increases of $2.0 million thereafter; (ii) apply 60% of its net cash flow from operations each quarter to reduce the outstanding amount of subordinated debentures commencing with the quarter ending March 31, 2004; (iii) as of the end of any month, commencing January 31, 2004, the aggregate outstanding balance of subordinated debentures must be less than the aggregate outstanding balance as of the end of the prior month; and (iv) provide a parent company guaranty of 10% of the outstanding principal amount of loans under the facility. This facility had a term of 364 days and by its original terms would have expired September 21, 2004. This facility is secured by the mortgage loans, which are funded by advances under the facility with interest equal to LIBOR plus a margin. This facility is subject to representations and warranties and covenants, which are customary for a facility of this type, as well as amortization events and events of default related to the Company's financial condition. These provisions require, among other things, the Company's maintenance of a delinquency ratio for the managed portfolio (which represents the portfolio of securitized loans the Company services for others) at the end of each fiscal quarter of less than 12.0%, its subordinated debentures not to exceed $705.0 million at any time, and its ownership of an amount of repurchased loans not to exceed 1.5% of the managed portfolio. On September 20, 2004, the Company entered into an amendment to its $200.0 million credit facility which extended the scheduled expiration date of this credit facility from September 21, 2004 to September 30, 2004. F-33 AMERICAN BUSINESS FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) SEPTEMBER 30, 2004 8. SUBORDINATED DEBENTURES, SENIOR COLLATERALIZED SUBORDINATED NOTES AND WAREHOUSE LINES AND OTHER NOTES PAYABLE (CONTINUED) FINANCIAL AND OTHER COVENANTS -- (CONTINUED) On September 30, 2004, the Company entered into an amendment to the $200.0 million credit facility which extends the expiration date of this credit facility from September 30, 2004 to November 5, 2004, and decreased the facility from $200.0 million to $100.0 million. Since entering into this facility on September 22, 2003, the amount outstanding under this facility at any given time has not exceeded $100.0 million. In addition, the amendment included changes which reduced the advance rate if the amount outstanding under the facility exceeds $75.0 million. The amendment also changed the portfolio composition requirements to accommodate fluctuations in the pledged loans at the beginning and end of each month, providing greater flexibility to the Company. The purpose of the amendment is to allow the Company to continue to borrow under this facility, subject to its terms as described above, while it finalizes the definitive agreement for a new credit facility. In light of this amendment, on October 1, 2004, the Company entered into an amendment to the $250.0 million credit facility described below which decreased the amount of the additional credit facilities that it must maintain from $200.0 million to $100.0 million, provided that there continues to be at least $40.0 million available for funding newly originated loans as originally required by the facility agreements. On November 5, 2004, the Company entered into an additional amendment to this $200.0 million facility (reduced to $100.0 million on September 30, 2004). The amendment further extended the scheduled expiration date of this facility from November 5, 2004 to December 3, 2004, further reduced the maximum amount that can be borrowed under the facility from $100.0 million to $60.0 million. The reduction will occur at a rate of $10.0 million per week commencing on November 5, 2004. This amendment also restored portfolio composition requirements to their original terms except that funding for up to $60.0 million of newly originated loans was made available and no loans older than 30 days may be funded. The purpose of the amendment is to allow the Company to continue to borrow under this facility, subject to its terms as described above, while it finalizes the definitive agreements for its new credit facilities and transition to those new facilities. On October 14, 2003, the Company entered into definitive agreements with Chrysalis Warehouse Funding, LLC. for a revolving mortgage loan warehouse credit facility of up to $250.0 million to fund loan originations. The $250.0 million facility has a term of three years with an interest rate on amounts outstanding equal to the one-month LIBOR plus a margin and the yield maintenance fees (as defined in the agreements). The Company also agreed to pay an affiliate of the lender fees of $8.9 million upon closing and approximately $10.3 million annually plus a non-usage fee based on the difference between the average daily outstanding balance for the current month and the maximum credit amount under the facility, as well as the lender's out- of-pocket expenses. Advances under this facility are collateralized by specified pledged loans. Additional credit support for a portion of the facility was created by granting a security interest in substantially all of the Company's interest-only strips and residual interests which the Company contributed to a special purpose entity organized by it to facilitate this transaction. The interest-only strips and residual interests contributed to this special purpose entity also secured the Company's fee obligations under this facility to an affiliate of the lender, as described above. The interest- only strips sold pursuant to the previously described sale agreement of September 27, 2004 were part of the interest-only strips contributed to this special purpose entity for the purpose of securing the Company's fee obligations to this lender affiliate. In consideration for the release by this lender affiliate of its lien on the interest-only strips involved in the September 27, 2004 sale, the Company prepaid $3.5 million of fees owed or to be owed to the lender affiliate. F-34 AMERICAN BUSINESS FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) SEPTEMBER 30, 2004 8. SUBORDINATED DEBENTURES, SENIOR COLLATERALIZED SUBORDINATED NOTES AND WAREHOUSE LINES AND OTHER NOTES PAYABLE (CONTINUED) FINANCIAL AND OTHER COVENANTS -- (CONTINUED) This $250.0 million facility contains representations and warranties, events of default and covenants which are customary for facilities of this type, as well as the Company's agreement to: (i) restrict the total amount of indebtedness outstanding under the indenture related to its subordinated debentures to $750.0 million or less; (ii) make quarterly reductions commencing in April 2004 of an amount of subordinated debentures pursuant to the formulas set forth in the loan agreement; (iii) maintain maximum interest rates offered on subordinated debentures not to exceed 10 percentage points above comparable rates for FDIC insured products; and (iv) maintain minimum cash and cash equivalents of not less than $10.0 million. In addition to events of default which are typical for this type of facility, an event of default would occur if: (1) the Company is unable to sell subordinated debentures for more than three consecutive weeks or on more than two occasions in a 12 month period; and (2) certain members of management are not executive officers and a satisfactory replacement is not found within 60 days. The definitive agreements for this $250.0 million facility, as amended, granted the lender an option from the first anniversary of entering into the definitive agreements up to November 30, 2005 to increase the credit amount to $400.0 million with additional fees and interest payable by the Company. The Company amended the security agreements related to the senior collateralized subordinated notes to accommodate a request from the lender on its $250.0 million credit facility, and its affiliate, dated September 30, 2004, to clarify an inconsistency between these agreements and the $250.0 million credit facility documents related to liens on certain assets previously pledged by ABFS Warehouse Trust 2003-1 to Clearwing, the affiliate of the lender. DEFINITIVE AGREEMENTS AND COMMITMENTS RELATED TO NEW CREDIT FACILITIES $100.0 MILLION WAREHOUSE FACILITY. On November 5, 2004, the Company entered into definitive agreements, dated as of November 4, 2004, with Fortress Credit Corp. for a $100.0 million revolving mortgage warehouse credit facility to fund loan originations, referred to as the $100.0 million facility, including up to $30.0 million for newly originated loans ($40.0 million if the facility is increased as described below). The $100.0 million facility has a term of one year, with the right to extend upon mutual written agreement of the parties and the Company's payment to the lender of a renewal fee equal to a percentage of the maximum amount available under the facility. The lender may, at any time during the period from the 121st day through the 300th day from the closing date, in its sole discretion, increase the maximum amount available under the facility up to $175.0 million, at which time the Company is obligated to pay a commitment increase fee equal to 2.25% of the amount of the increase. The Company's ability to utilize this facility for newly originated loans is subject to its satisfaction of such requirements to be determined by the lender in its sole discretion. The Company agreed to pay fees of $2.3 million upon closing and approximately $3.8 million over the term of the facility (and if the facility is increased to $175.0 million, an additional $2.6 million in fees), plus a monthly non-usage fee equal to a percentage of the undrawn portion of the $100.0 million facility. The $100.0 million facility has a floating interest rate based on LIBOR plus a margin of 4.25% (which is increased to 7.5% for newly originated loans) and is secured by the mortgage loans which are funded by advances under the facility, as well as all assets, accounts receivable and all related proceeds held by the special purpose entity organized to facilitate the transaction, referred to as the borrower. F-35 AMERICAN BUSINESS FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) SEPTEMBER 30, 2004 8. SUBORDINATED DEBENTURES, SENIOR COLLATERALIZED SUBORDINATED NOTES AND WAREHOUSE LINES AND OTHER NOTES PAYABLE (CONTINUED) DEFINITIVE AGREEMENTS AND COMMITMENTS RELATED TO NEW CREDIT FACILITIES -- (CONTINUED) The $100.0 million facility contains representations, warranties, conditions and covenants which are customary for facilities of this type, including provisions which require the borrower to: (1) use the proceeds solely to fund loan originations as described in the facility; (2) not incur any other indebtedness except as specified in the facility; (3) not permit any liens, claims or interests on, or any sale or disposition of, the collateral securing the facility; and (4) provide the lender with all financial statements, certificates and notices as specified in the facility. The $100.0 million facility contains events of default typical for this type of facility, including but not limited to, if: (1) the borrower fails to make any payment when due to the lender; (2) the borrower breaches or fails to comply with the representations, warranties, conditions or covenants under the facility; (3) the Company becomes insolvent or the subject of insolvency proceedings; (4) a material adverse change or effect as described in the facility occurs; (5) certain members of management are no longer the Company's executive officers and a satisfactory replacement has not been found within 60 days; (6) the Company is unable to sell or issue subordinated notes for more than three consecutive weeks or on more than two occasions in any 12-month period irrespective of the length of time of such occasions; (7) the Company is delisted from the NASDAQ Stock Market or any other stock market or securities exchange or trading of the Company's stock is suspended for at least three consecutive days; (8) any of the Company's servicing agreements, other than a servicing agreement relating to a securitization in which one of the company's bond insurers or its affiliates have provided bond insurance or similar credit enhancement, are terminated for cause or an event of default; (9) the Company's net worth is negative at the end of any calendar month or less than $10.0 million at the end of any calendar quarter; (10) the Company fails to maintain cash and cash equivalents and undrawn borrowing capacity under committed borrowing facilities of less than $20.0 million after December 30, 2004; or (11) the Company fails to maintain minimum cash of at least $10.0 million after December 30, 2004. Subject to certain exceptions and the expiration of any applicable cure period as described in the $100.0 million facility, upon the occurrence of one or more events of default, the lender may declare the amount outstanding under the facility immediately due and payable. The Company expects to draw down on the full amount of this line to the extent necessary to fund its loan originations. The Company also sold the interest-only strips and servicing rights related to five of its mortgage securitization trusts to an affiliate of this facility provider under the terms of a September 27, 2004 sale agreement. The sale of these assets was undertaken as part of the Company's negotiations to obtain the new $100.0 million facility and to raise cash to pay fees on new warehouse credit facilities and as a result, the Company did not realize their full value as reflected on its books. The Company wrote down the carrying value of these interest-only strips and servicing rights by $5.4 million at June 30, 2004 to reflect their values under the terms of the sale agreement. On September 27, 2004, the Company received proceeds from this sale of $9.7 million. COMMITMENT LETTER RELATED TO $30.0 MILLION WAREHOUSE FACILITY AND RESIDUAL REPURCHASE FACILITY. On October 27, 2004, the Company executed a commitment letter, dated as of October 26, 2004, with a lender for: (i) a $30.0 million warehouse facility to fund the origination of residential mortgage loans, including mortgage loans for which the complete documentation will not have been received by the custodian at the time of funding and closing of such loans, referred to as newly originated loans in this document; and (ii) a repurchase facility of up to $23.0 million for specified interest-only strips owned by one of the Company's subsidiaries. Pursuant to the commitment letter, the Company agreed to organize a special purpose trust to act as borrower under the warehouse facility, hold the related newly originated loans and act as seller under the repurchase facility. The Company also agreed to form a second trust, referred to as the parent trust, to hold 100% of the ownership interest in the special purpose trust. The warehouse facility will have a term of three years, although, upon the termination of the repurchase facility at the close of its two-year term, the Company has an option to terminate the warehouse facility on the second anniversary of the closing date upon payment of a termination fee of $600 thousand. Pursuant to the commitment letter, the warehouse facility will have a floating interest rate based upon LIBOR plus a margin of 2.5% per year. F-36 AMERICAN BUSINESS FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) SEPTEMBER 30, 2004 8. SUBORDINATED DEBENTURES, SENIOR COLLATERALIZED SUBORDINATED NOTES AND WAREHOUSE LINES AND OTHER NOTES PAYABLE (CONTINUED) DEFINITIVE AGREEMENTS AND COMMITMENTS RELATED TO NEW CREDIT FACILITIES -- (CONTINUED) The warehouse facility will be secured by, among other items, (i) newly originated loans funded through the facility and proceeds from these loans; (ii) a pledge of 100% of the common stock of ABFS Consolidated Holdings, Inc., the Company's subsidiary that will own 97% of the parent trust; (iii) a certificate issued by the parent trust entitling an entity organized by the lender to a priority interest in all of the parent trust's assets and distributions, including income derived from certain of the Company's interest-only strips; (iv) certain servicing advances owned by American Business Credit, Inc., the Company's subsidiary; and (v) the value of the interest-only strips in excess of the amount necessary for the special purpose trust to satisfy its obligations under the repurchase facility. In connection with the warehouse facility, the lender on the Company's $250.0 million credit facility must consent to certain aspects of the proposed transaction. In addition, the parent trust will enter into an amendment to the security agreement with the trustee for the Company's outstanding senior collateralized subordinated notes pursuant to which collateral owned by the parent trust will be pledged to secure the senior collateralized subordinated notes. In connection with the execution of the commitment letter, the Company paid fees of approximately $1.9 million. The Company also agreed to pay fees on the closing of the facility and over the term of the warehouse facility totaling approximately $7.1 million, as well as an annual non-usage fee equal to a percentage of the undrawn portion of the warehouse facility. As described in the commitment letter, under the repurchase facility, an entity organized by the lender for the purposes of the repurchase facility transaction, referred to as the purchaser, will acquire specified interest-only strips for up to $23.0 million, which amount will be initially adjusted to reflect any pre-closing adjustments to the value of such interest-only strips that may result from distributions on the interest-only strips after September 30, 2004, changes in market conditions or other factors as determined by the purchaser, and may be reduced after the closing in case of a margin payment paid to the purchaser, as described in the repurchase facility. The interest-only strips to be transferred pursuant to this arrangement had an aggregate book value of $86.0 million at September 30, 2004. Subject to certain limitations, the repurchase price of the specified interest-only strips will be secured by the collateral under the warehouse facility, other than the specified interest-only strips necessary for the special purpose trust to satisfy its obligations under the repurchase facility. The repurchase facility will terminate two years after the closing date. The Company has an option to terminate the repurchase facility by repurchasing the specified interest-only strips in whole, but not in part, and paying the applicable exit fee equal to 3% of the repurchase facility amount. The Company's execution of the definitive agreement related to the repurchase facility will require the consent of the lender under its $250.0 million credit facility. The commitment letter is subject to, among other things, (i) the approval by the lender's investment committee on or prior to November 5, 2004 and (ii) the execution of definitive agreements not later than November 5, 2004. On November 8, 2004, the lender amended the commitment letter to notify the Company that it had obtained the approval of its investment committee and to extend the deadline for the execution of definitive agreements from November 5, 2004 to November 22, 2004. The Company currently anticipates entering into an interim repurchase facility with this lender which will expire when definitive agreements related to the warehouse facility and the permanent repurchase facility is executed. The availability of the warehouse facility and the repurchase facility, referred to as the facilities, is subject to the satisfaction of certain initial conditions which include, but are not limited to, the following: (i) the Company's receipt of one or more definitive commitments from one or more other new lenders for warehouse funding of at least $100.0 million with a minimum of $30.0 million available for funding newly originated loans; and (ii) the Company's assignment to the lender of a "key man" life insurance policy equal to at least $2.0 million on the life of Mr. Santilli, the Company's Chief Executive Officer, and the Company's agreement to use its best efforts to increase such policy to $5.0 million within six months of the closing date. The facilities will also be subject to certain customary and other on-going conditions pursuant to which the Company will be required (i) to maintain at all times an effective registration statement with the SEC for the sale of at least $30.0 million of subordinated debentures; (ii) to maintain the Company's ability to issue and sell its subordinated debentures, except for the inability to issue and sell subordinated debentures for a period of time which shall not exceed three consecutive weeks or two occasions in any 12-month period irrespective of the length of time of any such occasions; (iii) to satisfy all requirements for the continued listing of the Company's common stock on the NASDAQ National Market, with a delisting notification to be considered a default under the facilities subject to the cure period provided in the applicable NASDAQ listing standards; and (iv) during the terms of the facilities, to retain Messrs. Santilli, Ruben and Mandia in their current positions or, if Messrs. Ruben or Mandia cease to hold their current positions of Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, respectively, to secure a replacement employee reasonably satisfactory to the lender. The facilities will contain additional conditions, representations, covenants and events of default customary for transactions of this type and similar to those contained in our $250.0 million credit facility, as well as the Company's covenant to maintain additional warehouse facilities for an aggregate of at least $350.0 million. The failure to satisfy any of the initial or on-going conditions contained in the facilities or the loss of servicing rights under more than two of the Company's outstanding securitizations or any warehouse facility will constitute an event of default under the facilities. While the Company anticipates that it will close on the facilities with the lender, there can be no assurance that these negotiations will result in definitive agreements or that these agreements, as negotiated, will contain terms and conditions acceptable to it. COMMITMENT LETTER RELATED TO $150.0 MILLION WAREHOUSE FACILITY. The Company received a commitment letter dated as of November 1, 2004 for a mortgage warehouse facility from CIT Group/Business Credit, Inc. and Clearwing Capital, LLC, an affiliate of the lender on the Company's $250.0 million credit facility, for the purpose of funding home mortgage loan originations. The commitment letter becomes effective and legally obligates the parties upon the payment of the fees by the Company, as described below, which fees have not been paid to date. The commitment letter provides for a $150.0 million senior secured revolving facility, of which $10.0 million can be utilized to fund newly originated loans. Of the $150.0 million, CIT Group would provide up to approximately $132.0 million as the A Facility and Clearwing would provide up to approximately $18.0 million as the B Facility. The A Facility and B Facility together are referred to as the $150.0 million facility. The $150.0 million facility will expire on October 14, 2006, with a one-year extension of the A Facility after the expiration of the initial term subject to, among other things, the effectiveness of a committed B Facility in an amount and on terms and conditions substantially satisfactory to the A facility lender. The A Facility will have a floating interest rate based upon LIBOR plus a margin, which decreases over the term of the facility, or prime plus a margin of 1.5%. The $150.0 million facility will satisfy the option provided to the lender on the Company's $250.0 million facility which permits this lender to increase the maximum credit amount to $400.0 million and triggers the payment of additional fees to such lender as described below. The A Facility and the B Facility will each be secured by the home mortgage loans which are funded by advances under the $150.0 million facility, as well as all assets, held by a special purpose entity organized to facilitate this transaction, provided, however, that the B Facility will be subordinate to the A Facility. The $150.0 million facility will contain representations and warranties and covenants, events of default and other conditions, which are customary for a facility of this type. The commitment letter and the closing of the $150.0 million facility are subject to such other customary and commercially reasonable terms, including no material adverse condition or change in or affecting the Company's business, operations, property, condition or prospects since June 30, 2004, the Company's receipt of a working capital facility or reverse repurchase line of not less than $23.0 million, cash on hand and available working capital facilities of not less than $40.0 million, delivery of 2004 audited financial statements with an unqualified audit opinion, preparation, execution and delivery of definitive loan documents, completion of due diligence by CIT Group and Clearwing, and execution of a servicing arrangement satisfactory to CIT Group and Clearwing. In connection with the execution and effectiveness of the commitment letter, the Company is obligated to pay the lender on the A Facility a work fee to offset its costs and expenses incurred in connection with the facility and a fee of 2.0% of the amount of the A Facility, half of which is due upon the effective date of the commitment letter and the second half upon the closing of the facility. The Company agreed to pay annual collateral management fees to affiliates of the lender on the A Facility over the term of the facility. The Company also agreed to pay the lender on the B Facility: the increase commitment fees provided for in the fee agreement related to our $250.0 million facility of approximately $21.9 million, with approximately $1.4 million payable upon the termination of the facility and the balance payable in equal monthly installments over the term of the facility, a work fee to offset the lender's costs and expenses incurred in connection with the facility, and additional fees of $4.5 million payable in equal monthly installments over the term of the facility. The commitment letter terminates on November 30, 2004 if the execution and delivery of definitive agreements does not occur on or before such date. While the Company anticipates that it will close on the $150.0 million facility with the lenders, there can be no assurance that these negotiations will result in definitive agreements or that these agreements, as negotiated, will contain terms and conditions acceptable to it. Although after December 3, 2004 the Company expects to have mortgage loan warehouse credit facilities totaling at a minimum $530.0 million, the proceeds of these credit facilities may only be used to fund loan originations and may not be used for any other purpose. Consequently, the Company will have to generate cash to fund the balance of our business operations from other sources, such as whole loan sales, additional financings and sales of subordinated debentures. WAIVERS AND AMENDMENTS OF FINANCIAL COVENANTS. As a result of the loss experienced during fiscal 2003, the Company was not in compliance with the terms of certain financial covenants related to net worth, consolidated stockholders' equity and the ratio of total liabilities to consolidated stockholders' equity under two of its principal credit facilities existing at June 30, 2003 (one for $50.0 million and the other for $200.0 million, which was reduced to $50.0 million). The Company obtained waivers from these covenant provisions from both lenders. Commencing August 21, 2003, the lender under the $50.0 million warehouse credit facility F-37 AMERICAN BUSINESS FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) SEPTEMBER 30, 2004 8. SUBORDINATED DEBENTURES, SENIOR COLLATERALIZED SUBORDINATED NOTES AND WAREHOUSE LINES AND OTHER NOTES PAYABLE (CONTINUED) COMMITMENTS RELATED TO NEW CREDIT FACILITIES -- (CONTINUED) (which had been amended in December 2002 to add a letter of credit facility) granted the Company a series of waivers for its non-compliance with a financial covenant in that credit facility through November 30, 2003 and on September 22, 2003, in connection with the creation of the new $200.0 million credit facility on the same date, reduced this facility to an $8.0 million letter of credit facility, which secured the lease on the Company's principal executive office. The letter of credit facility expired according to its terms on December 22, 2003, but the underlying letter of credit was renewed for a one-year term on December 18, 2003. The Company also entered into an amendment to the $200.0 million credit facility which provided for the waiver of its non-compliance with the financial covenants in that facility, the reduction of the committed portion of this facility from $100.0 million to $50.0 million, the elimination of the $100.0 million non-committed portion of this credit facility and the acceleration of the expiration date of this facility from November 2003 to September 30, 2003. The Company entered into subsequent amendments to this credit facility, which extended the expiration date until October 17, 2003. This facility was paid down in full on October 16, 2003 and expired on October 17, 2003. In addition, in light of the losses recorded in the first quarter of fiscal 2005 and in the 2004 fiscal year, the Company requested and obtained waivers or amendments to several credit facilities to address its non-compliance with certain financial covenants. On September 22, 2003, the lender under the $200.0 million facility agreed (now $60.0 million) to extend the deadline for the Company's registration statement to be declared effective by the SEC to November 10, 2003. The Company's registration statement was declared effective on November 7, 2003. The lender on the $200.0 million credit facility agreed to extend the date by which the Company was required to close an additional credit facility of at least $200.0 million from October 3, 2003 to October 8, 2003. The Company subsequently obtained an additional waiver from this lender, which extended this required closing date for obtaining the additional credit facility to October 14, 2003 (this condition was satisfied by the closing of the $250.0 million facility described above). Prior to the closing of the second credit facility, our borrowing capacity on the $200.0 million facility was limited to $80.0 million. The Company entered into two amendments to the sale and servicing agreement with the lender under its $200.0 million facility which clarified the scope of particular financial covenants: one amendment dated as of May 12, 2004 clarified the scope of the financial covenant regarding the maintenance of minimum adjusted tangible net worth; and one amendment dated as of June 30, 2004 clarified the scope of the financial covenant regarding the maintenance of minimum cash and cash equivalents. This lender waived its noncompliance with the minimum net worth requirements at September 30, 2003, October 31, 2003, November 30, 2003, December 31, 2003, March 31, 2004, June 30, 2004 and September 30, 2004. This lender also waived the Company's non- compliance with: the covenant regarding minimum adjusted tangible net worth, for all monthly compliance periods commencing with the month ending April 30, 2004 and continuing through the month ending October 31, 2004; the covenant regarding minimum cash and cash equivalents, for the compliance periods ending December 31, 2003, April 30, 2004, May 31, 2004 and October 31, 2004; the covenant regarding the ratio of debt to adjusted tangible net worth, for the compliance periods ending September 30, 2004 and October 31, 2004; and the covenant regarding aggregate cash flow from all securitization trusts, for the compliance period ending September 30, 2004. The Company has continued to operate on the basis of waivers granted by the lender under this facility to each of these events of noncompliance. The expiration date of this facility was originally September 21, 2004, but through a series of extensions granted by this lender to facilitate the Company's closing and implementation of replacement credit facilities, this facility is now scheduled to expire on December 3, 2004. Consequently, the Company currently anticipates that it will be out of compliance with one or more of the F-38 AMERICAN BUSINESS FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) SEPTEMBER 30, 2004 8. SUBORDINATED DEBENTURES, SENIOR COLLATERALIZED SUBORDINATED NOTES AND WAREHOUSE LINES AND OTHER NOTES PAYABLE (CONTINUED) COMMITMENTS RELATED TO NEW CREDIT FACILITIES -- (CONTINUED) financial covenants contained in this facility at November 30, 2004 and will need an additional waiver for this noncompliance from this lender to continue to operate. A provision in the Company's $250.0 million credit facility required the Company to maintain another credit facility for $200.0 million with a $40.0 million sublimit of such facility available for funding newly originated loans. As a result of the reduction of the Company's $200.0 million facility to $100.0 million, as described above, the Company entered into an amendment to the master loan and security agreement governing its $250.0 million facility which reduced the required amount for another facility to $100.0 million. In the event the Company does not extend the $200.0 million (now $60.0 million) facility beyond its December 5, 2004 expiration date, or in the event it does not otherwise enter into definitive agreements with other lenders by December 5, 2004 which satisfy the above-described requirements in the $250.0 million facility for $100.0 million in additional credit facilities and a $40.0 million sublimit for newly originated loans, the Company will need an additional amendment to the $250.0 million facility or a waiver from the lender to continue to operate. Because the Company anticipates incurring losses at least through the second quarter of fiscal 2005 and as a result of any non-compliance with other financial covenants, the Company anticipates that it will need to obtain additional waivers. There can be no assurance as to whether or in what form a waiver or modification of these agreements would be granted to the Company. SUBORDINATED DEBENTURES AND SENIOR COLLATERALIZED SUBORDINATED NOTES Under a registration statement declared effective by the SEC on November 7, 2003, the Company registered $295.0 million of subordinated debentures. Of the $295.0 million, $77.2 million of debt from this registration statement was available for future issuance as of September 30, 2004. On December 1, 2003, the Company mailed an Exchange Offer, referred to as the first exchange offer, to holders of eligible debentures. Holders of such eligible debentures had the ability to exchange their debentures for (i) equal amounts of senior collateralized subordinated notes and shares of the Series A Preferred Stock; and/or (ii) dollar-for-dollar for shares of Series A Preferred Stock. Senior collateralized subordinated notes issued in the exchange have interest rates equal to 10 basis points above the eligible debentures tendered. Senior collateralized subordinated notes with maturities of 12 months were issued in exchange for eligible debentures tendered with maturities of less than 12 months, while eligible debentures with maturities greater than 36 months were exchanged for senior collateralized subordinated notes with the same maturity or reduced to 36 months. All other senior collateralized subordinated notes issued in the first exchange offer have maturities equal to the eligible debentures tendered. The senior collateralized subordinated notes are secured by a security interest in certain cash flows originating from interest-only strips of certain of the Company's subsidiaries held by ABFS Warehouse Trust 2003-1 with an aggregate value of at least an amount equal to 150% of the principal balance of the senior collateralized subordinated notes issued in the Exchange Offer plus priority lien obligations secured by the interest-only strips and/or the cash flows from the interest-only strips; provided that, such collateral coverage may not fall below 100% of the F-39 AMERICAN BUSINESS FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) SEPTEMBER 30, 2004 8. SUBORDINATED DEBENTURES, SENIOR COLLATERALIZED SUBORDINATED NOTES AND WAREHOUSE LINES AND OTHER NOTES PAYABLE (CONTINUED) SUBORDINATED DEBENTURES AND SENIOR COLLATERALIZED SUBORDINATED NOTES -- (CONTINUED) determined by the Company on any quarterly balance sheet date. In the event of liquidation, to the extent the collateral securing the senior collateralized subordinated notes is not sufficient to repay these notes, the deficiency portion of the senior collateralized subordinated notes will rank junior in right of payment behind the Company's senior indebtedness and all of the Company's other existing and future senior debt and behind the existing and future debt of our subsidiaries and equally in right of payment with the subordinated debentures, and any future subordinated debentures issued by the Company and other unsecured debt. On May 14, 2004, the Company mailed an Exchange Offer, referred to as the second exchange offer, to holders of eligible debentures. Holders of such eligible debentures had the ability to exchange their debentures for (i) equal amounts of senior collateralized subordinated notes and shares of the Series A Preferred Stock; and/or (ii) dollar-for-dollar for shares of Series A Preferred Stock. The terms of the second exchange offer were similar to the terms of the first exchange offer, as described above. See Note 9 for the results of the exchange offers through June 30, 2004. At September 30, 2004, the Company's interest in the cash flows from the interest-only strips held in the trust, which secure the senior collateralized subordinated notes, totaled $401.6 million, of which $146.2 million represented 150% of the principal balance of the senior collateralized subordinated notes outstanding at September 30, 2004. The Company's subordinated debentures are subordinated in right of payment to, or subordinate to, the payment in full of all senior debt as defined in the indentures related to such debt, whether outstanding on the date of the applicable indenture or incurred following the date of the indenture. The Company's assets, including the stock it holds in its subsidiaries, are available to repay the subordinated debentures in the event of default following payment to holders of the senior debt. In the event of the Company's default and liquidation of its subsidiaries to repay the debt holders, creditors of the subsidiaries must be paid or provision made for their payment from the assets of the subsidiaries before the remaining assets of the subsidiaries can be used to repay the holders of the subordinated debentures. FACILITY FEES The Company paid commitment fees and non-usage fees on warehouse lines and operating lines of credit of $8.6 million in the three months ended September 30, 2004 and $23.3 million in the year ended June 30, 2004. 9. STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY EXCHANGE OFFERS On December 1, 2003, the Company mailed the first exchange offer to holders of eligible subordinated debentures. On May 14, 2004, the Company mailed the second exchange offer to holders of eligible subordinated debentures. Holders of eligible subordinated debentures had the ability to exchange their debentures for (i) equal amounts of senior collateralized subordinated notes and shares of Series A Preferred Stock; and/or (ii) dollar-for-dollar for shares of Series A Preferred Stock. See Note 8 for a description of the terms of the senior collateralized subordinated notes issued in both exchange offers. See below for a description of the terms of the Series A Preferred Stock. F-40 AMERICAN BUSINESS FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) SEPTEMBER 30, 2004 9. STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (CONTINUED) EXCHANGE OFFERS -- (CONTINUED) Under the terms of the exchange offers, the following amounts of subordinated debentures were exchanged for shares of Series A preferred stock and senior collateralized subordinated notes (in thousands):
SHARES OF SENIOR SUBORDINATED SERIES A COLLATERALIZED DEBENTURES PREFERRED SUBORDINATED BY CLOSING DATES EXCHANGED STOCK ISSUED NOTES ISSUED ---------------- ------------ ------------ -------------- First Exchange Offer: December 31, 2003............................................................. $ 73,554 39,095 $34,459 February 6, 2004.............................................................. 43,673 22,712 20,961 Second Exchange Offer: June 30, 2004................................................................. 60,589 31,980 28,609 July 31, 2004................................................................. 25,414 12,908 12,506 August 23, 2004............................................................... 5,418 2,741 2,677 -------- ------- ------- Cumulative results of exchange offers......................................... $208,648 109,436 $99,212 ======== ======= =======
TERMS OF THE SERIES A PREFERRED STOCK General. The Series A Preferred Stock has a par value of $0.001 per share and may be redeemed at the Company's option after the second anniversary of the issuance date at a price equal to the liquidation value plus accrued and unpaid dividends. Liquidation Preference. Upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock will be entitled to receive a liquidation preference of $1.00 per share, plus accrued and unpaid dividends to the date of liquidation. Based on the shares of Series A Preferred Stock outstanding on September 30, 2004, the liquidation value equals $109.4 million. Dividend Payments. Monthly dividend payments will be $0.008334 per share of Series A Preferred Stock (equivalent to $0.10 per share annually or 10% annually of the liquidation value). Payment of dividends on the Series A Preferred Stock is subject to compliance with applicable Delaware state law. Based on the shares of Series A Preferred Stock outstanding on September 30, 2004, the annual dividend requirement equals $10.9 million. Conversion into Shares of Common Stock. On or after the second anniversary of the issuance date (or on or after the one year anniversary of the issuance date if no dividends are paid on the Series A Preferred Stock), each share of the Series A Preferred Stock is convertible at the option of the holder into a number of shares of the Company's common stock determined by dividing: (A) $1.00 plus an amount equal to accrued but unpaid dividends (if the conversion date is prior to the second anniversary of the issuance date because the Series A Preferred Stock has become convertible due to a failure to pay dividends), $1.20 plus an amount equal to accrued but unpaid dividends (if the conversion date is prior to the third anniversary of the issuance date but on or after the second anniversary of the issuance date) or $1.30 plus an amount equal to accrued but unpaid dividends (if the conversion date is on or after the third anniversary of the issuance date) by (B) the market value of a share of the Company's common stock (which figure shall not be less than $5.00 per share regardless of the actual market value on the conversion date). F-41 AMERICAN BUSINESS FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) SEPTEMBER 30, 2004 9. STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (CONTINUED) TERMS OF THE SERIES A PREFERRED STOCK -- (CONTINUED) Based on the $5.00 per share market value floor and if each share of Series A Preferred Stock issued in the first exchange offer and the second exchange offer converted at the conversion prices listed below, the number of shares of the Company's common stock which would be issued upon conversion follows (shares in thousands):
AS OF SEPTEMBER 30, 2004 ----------------------- CONVERTIBLE NUMBER OF INTO NUMBER PREFERRED OF COMMON SHARES SHARES --------- ----------- Conversion at $1.20 ................................. 109,436 26,265 Conversion at $1.30 ................................. 109,436 28,453
As described above, the conversion ratio of the Series A preferred stock increases during the first three years following its issuance, which provides the holders of the Series A preferred stock with a discount on the shares of common stock that will be issued upon conversion. Under guidance issued by the EITF in issue 98-5, "Accounting for Convertible Securities with Beneficial Conversion Features or Contingently Adjustable Conversion Ratios," this discount, or beneficial conversion feature, must be valued and amortized to the income statement as additional non-cash preferred dividends over the three-year period that the holders of the Series A preferred stock earn the discount with an offsetting credit to additional paid in capital. The Company computed the value of the beneficial conversion feature using the conversion ratio of $1.30 to $5.00, which is the conversion term that is most beneficial to the investor, and would result in the issuance of 24.5 million shares of common stock based on the shares of Series A preferred stock that were issued through June 30, 2004. The value of the beneficial conversion feature equals the excess of the intrinsic value of those 24.5 million shares of common stock at their closing prices on the dates the preferred stock was issued, over the value of the Series A preferred stock on the same dates. The value of the Series A preferred stock was equal to the carrying value of the subordinated debentures exchanged. For closings under the exchange offers through September 30, 2004, the value of the beneficial conversion feature was $11.3 million. During the first three months of fiscal 2005, amortization of $0.9 million was added to the $2.6 million of cash dividends declared resulting in a total charge to the income statement of $3.5 million. During fiscal 2004, amortization of $0.8 million was added to the $2.9 million of cash dividends declared resulting in a total charge to the income statement of $3.7 million. The offset to the charge to the income statement for the amortization of the beneficial conversion feature is recorded to additional paid in capital. Amortization of the total value of the beneficial conversion feature will be $3.6 million in fiscal 2005, $3.8 million in fiscal 2006 and $3.0 million for fiscal 2007. OTHER On May 13, 2004, the Board of Directors declared a 10% stock dividend payable June 8, 2004 to common shareholders of record on May 25, 2004. In conjunction with the Board's resolution, all outstanding stock options and related exercise prices were adjusted. Accordingly, all outstanding common shares, earnings per common share, average common share and stock option amounts presented have been adjusted to reflect the effect of this stock dividend. In December 2003, the Company's shareholders approved an increase in the number of shares of authorized common stock from 9.0 million shares to 209.0 million shares and authorized preferred stock from 3.0 million shares to 203.0 million shares. In December 2003 and June 2004, the Company's shareholders also approved the issuance of shares of the Series A preferred stock in connection with the Company's two exchange offers and shares of common stock upon the conversion of the Series A preferred stock. F-42 AMERICAN BUSINESS FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) SEPTEMBER 30, 2004 10. INCOME TAXES The provision for income taxes consists of the following (in thousands):
THREE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, ------------------- 2004 2003 -------- -------- CURRENT Federal.............................................. $ 399 $ 873 State................................................ -- 38 -------- -------- 399 911 -------- -------- DEFERRED Federal.............................................. (13,988) (15,679) State................................................ -- (1,332) -------- -------- (13,988) (17,011) -------- -------- Total provision for income tax expense (benefit) ........ $(13,589) $(16,100) ======== ========
There were no tax benefits from the utilization of net operating loss carry forwards in the quarters ended September 30, 2004 and 2003. The cumulative temporary differences resulted in net deferred income tax assets or liabilities consisting primarily of the following (in thousands):
SEPTEMBER 30, JUNE 30, 2004 2004 ------------- -------- Deferred income tax assets: Allowance for credit losses ........................ $ 468 $ 529 Net operating loss carryforwards ................... 157,613 139,088 Other .............................................. 11,290 11,237 -------- -------- 169,371 150,854 Less valuation allowance ........................... 36,693 33,394 -------- -------- 132,678 117,460 -------- -------- Deferred income tax liabilities: Interest-only strips and other receivables ......... 66,477 58,327 -------- -------- 66,477 58,327 -------- -------- Net deferred income tax asset....................... $ 66,201 $ 59,133 ======== ========
The Company's net deferred income tax asset position increased by $7.1 million from $59.1 million at June 30, 2004 to $66.2 million at September 30, 2004. This increase is the result of a federal tax benefit of $13.6 million on the Company's pre-tax loss of $38.8 million offset by a tax expense of $6.5 million on a write up of $18.6 million on the Company's interest-only strips which was recorded as a decrease to other comprehensive income, a component of stockholders' equity. This federal tax benefit increase of $7.1 million will be realized against future federal taxable income. Factors which were considered in determining that it is more likely than not the Company will realize this deferred tax asset included: (i) the circumstances producing the losses for the fourth quarter of fiscal 2003, the year ended June 30, 2004 and the first quarter of fiscal 2005; (ii) the Company's historical profitability prior to the fourth quarter of fiscal 2003; (iii) the anticipated impact that the Company's adjusted business strategy will have on producing more currently taxable income than its previous business strategy produced due to higher loan originations and shifting from securitizations to whole loan sales; (iv) the achievability of anticipated levels of future taxable income under the Company's adjusted business strategy; and (v) the likely utilization of its net operating loss carryforwards. F-43 AMERICAN BUSINESS FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) SEPTEMBER 30, 2004 10. INCOME TAXES (CONTINUED) Additionally, the Company considers tax-planning strategies it can use to increase the likelihood that the deferred income tax asset will be realized. In determining that it is more likely than not that the Company would realize its deferred tax asset, adequate funding and liquidity was assumed based on the status of negotiations with credit facility providers. Credit facilities of at a minimum $530.0 million and a repurchase facility of $23.0 million were assumed. In addition to its existing $250.0 million credit facility which has two more years remaining on its term, on November 5, 2004, the Company closed a new credit facility totaling $100.0 million (which can be increased up to $175.0 million from month four through month ten of the facility term at the sole discretion of the lender). As of November 12, 2004, the Company had a commitment letter for a new $150.0 million credit facility, a firm commitment for a new $30.0 million credit facility and a $23.0 million repurchase facility. These facilities are expected to close by November 30, 2004 bringing the Company's total credit facilities to $530.0 million possibly growing to $605.0 million at the sole discretion of one of its lenders. The combination of existing financing and financing scheduled to close before November 30, 2004 provides adequate funding to determine that it is more likely than not that the Company will realize its deferred tax asset. The valuation allowance represents the income tax effect of state net operating loss carry forwards less an amount of $5.4 million which it has been determined that it is more likely than not the Company will utilize in the next three years. This $5.4 million benefit will depend on future taxable income from operations and the implementation of state tax planning. The changes in the Company's business strategy from primarily securitizations to a combination of whole loan sales and smaller securitizations will result in a quicker recognition and a higher level of taxable income. The Company's net operating loss federal tax benefit of $115.5 million will likewise depend on future taxable income from operations in addition to the reversal of timing differences principally related to existing securitization assets with full net operating loss utilization primarily within two years. A reconciliation of income taxes at federal statutory rates to the Company's tax provision is as follows (in thousands):
SEPTEMBER 30, JUNE 30, 2004 2004 ------------- -------- Federal income tax at statutory rates .............. $(13,589) $(62,903) Nondeductible items ................................ 9 35 Other, net ......................................... (9) (5,426) -------- -------- $(13,589) $(68,294) ======== ========
For financial tax reporting, the Company had a pre-tax loss of $38.8 million on which a benefit of $13.6 million was recorded. This is a reduction of $4.1 million from the $17.7 million for the three months ended June 30, 2004 as a result of an $8.0 million reduction in the Company's pre-tax loss as well as a decrease in its effective tax rate from 38% in fiscal 2004 to 35% in fiscal 2005. The Company has net Federal operating loss carry forwards aggregating approximately $324.0 million available to reduce future Federal income taxes as of September 30, 2004 which will begin to expire in 2019. The Company has net state operating losses of $146.4 million as of September 30, 2004 which will expire in 20 years. F-44 AMERICAN BUSINESS FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) SEPTEMBER 30, 2004 11. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES OPERATING LEASES As of September 30, 2004, the Company leases property under noncancelable operating leases requiring minimum annual rentals as follows (in thousands):
YEAR-ENDING SEPTEMBER 30, --------------------------------------------------------------------- 2005................................................................. $ 5,763 2006................................................................. 5,630 2007................................................................. 5,454 2008................................................................. 5,486 2009................................................................. 5,344 Thereafter........................................................... 25,153 ------- $52,830 =======
Rent expense for leased property was $1.4 million and $1.6 million, respectively, for the quarter-ended September 30, 2004 and 2003. PERIODIC ADVANCE GUARANTEES As the servicer of securitized loans, the Company is obligated to advance interest payments for delinquent loans if it deems that the advances will ultimately be recoverable. These advances can first be made out of funds available in a trust's collection account. If the funds available from the trust's collection account are insufficient to make the required interest advances, then the Company is required to make the advance from its operating cash. The advances made from a trust's collection account, if not recovered from the borrower or proceeds from the liquidation of the loan, require reimbursement from the Company. However, the Company can recover any advances the Company makes from its operating cash from the subsequent month's mortgage loan payments to the applicable trust prior to any distributions to the certificate holders. The Company adopted FIN 45 "Guarantor's Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, Including Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others" on a prospective basis for guarantees that are issued or modified after December 31, 2002. Based on the requirements of this guidance, the Company is carrying on its balance sheet a $0.7 million liability for its obligations to the ABFS 2003-1 securitization trust, which was created in March 2003. This liability represents its estimate of the fair value of periodic interest advances that the Company as servicer of the securitized loans, is obligated to pay to the trust on behalf of delinquent loans. The fair value of the liability was estimated based on an analysis of historical periodic interest advances and recoveries from securitization trusts. RECOURSE ON WHOLE LOAN SALES The Company's whole loan sale agreements with purchasers may include recourse provisions obligating it to repurchase loans at the sales price in the event of unfavorable delinquency performance on the loans sold or to refund premiums if a sold loan prepays. The duration of these obligations typically ranges from 60 days to one year from the date of the loan sale. Premium refund obligations typically decline monthly over the obligation period. The Company reserves for these premium obligations at the time of sale through an expense charge against the gain on sale. The amount of the reserve is calculated based on the expected near term delinquency and prepayment performance of the sold loans and the premiums received at the time of sale. At September 30, 2004, the reserve for repurchase and payoff obligations of premiums received, included in miscellaneous liabilities on the balance sheet, was $446 thousand. F-45 AMERICAN BUSINESS FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) SEPTEMBER 30, 2004 11. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (CONTINUED) RECOURSE ON WHOLE LOAN SALES -- (CONTINUED) The following table details as of September 30, 2004, the aggregate principal balance of loans which the Company has sold with recourse that are still subject to recourse provisions and the quarter during which its recourse obligations on those loans mature (dollars in thousands):
QUARTER ENDED PRINCIPAL BALANCE ------------- ----------------- December 31, 2004.......................................... $378,960 March 31, 2005............................................. 150,608 June 30, 2005.............................................. 102,861 September 30, 2005......................................... 148,475 -------- $780,904 ========
OTHER State and federal banking regulatory agencies, state attorneys general offices, the Federal Trade Commission, the U.S. Department of Justice, the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development and state and local governmental authorities have increased their focus on lending practices by some companies in the subprime industry, more commonly referred to as "predatory lending" practices. State, local and federal governmental agencies have imposed sanctions for practices including, but not limited to, charging borrowers excessive fees, imposing higher interest rates than the borrower's credit risk warrants and failing to adequately disclose the material terms of loans to the borrowers. For example, the Pennsylvania Attorney General reviewed certain fees charged to Pennsylvania customers by the Company's subsidiary, HomeAmerican Credit, Inc., which does business as Upland Mortgage. Although the Company believes that these fees were fair and in compliance with applicable federal and state laws, in April 2002, the Company agreed to reimburse borrowers approximately $221,000 with respect to a particular fee paid by borrowers from January 1, 1999 to mid-February 2001 and to reimburse the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania $50,000 for their costs of investigation and for future public protection purposes. The Company discontinued charging this particular fee in mid-February 2001. The Company has satisfied the monetary commitments and obligations to the Pennsylvania Attorney General. The reserve, which the Company previously established, was adequate to cover the resolution of this matter. By way of further example, on December 22, 2003, the Company entered into a Joint Agreement with the Civil Division of the U.S. Attorney's Office for the Eastern District of Pennsylvania which ended the inquiry by the U.S. Attorney initiated pursuant to the civil subpoena dated May 14, 2003. The U.S. Attorney's inquiry focused on the Company's forbearance policies, primarily on its practice of requesting a borrower who entered into forbearance agreement to execute a deed in lieu of foreclosure. In response to the inquiry and as part of the Joint Agreement, the Company, among other things, adopted a revised forbearance policy, which became effective on November 19, 2003 and agreed to make an $80 thousand contribution to one or more housing counseling organizations approved by the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development. $40 thousand of this pledged amount has been contributed, with the balance being due in 2005. The Company does not believe that the Joint Agreement with the U.S. Attorney has had a significant impact on its operations. As a result of these initiatives, the Company is unable to predict whether state, local or federal authorities will require changes in the Company's lending practices in the future, including the reimbursement of borrowers as a result of fees charged or the imposition of fines, or the impact of those changes on the Company's profitability. F-46 AMERICAN BUSINESS FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) SEPTEMBER 30, 2004 12. DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS HEDGE ACCOUNTING From time to time, the Company utilizes derivative financial instruments in an attempt to mitigate the effect of changes in interest rates between the date loans are originated at fixed interest rates and the date the terms and pricing for a whole loan sale are fixed or the date the fixed interest rate pass-through certificates to be issued by a securitization trust are priced. Generally, the period between loan origination and pricing for whole loan sales is less than 45 days and the period between loan origination and pricing of the pass-through interest rate is less than three months. The types of derivative financial instruments the Company uses to mitigate the effects of changes in fair value of its loans due to interest rate changes may include interest rate swaps, futures and forward contracts, including forward sale agreements. The nature and quantity of hedging transactions are determined based on various factors, including market conditions and the expected volume of mortgage loan originations and purchases. TRADE ACCOUNTING Generally, the Company does not enter into derivative financial instrument contracts for trading purposes. However, the Company has entered into derivative financial instrument contracts, which were not designated or qualified as accounting hedges in accordance with SFAS No. 133. In these cases the derivative contracts are recorded as an asset or liability on the balance sheet at fair value and gains and losses are included in the income statement. (GAINS) AND LOSSES ON DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS The following table summarizes gains and (losses) on derivative financial instruments and gains and losses on hedged loans for the three months ended September 30, 2004 and 2004 (in thousands):
THREE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, ---------------- 2004 2003 ------- ------ Hedge accounting: Gains (losses) on derivatives ............................. $ (652) $ -- Gains (losses) on hedged loans ............................ 632 -- Trade accounting - gains (losses) on derivatives: Related to pipeline ....................................... (1,969) -- Related to whole loan sales ............................... -- 5,097 Related to interest-only strips ........................... -- 11 ------- ------ Total gains and (losses) $(1,989) $5,108 ======= ======
CASH FLOW ON DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
THREE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, ----------------- 2004 2003 ------- ------- Amount settled in cash - received (paid): Hedge accounting ......................................... $ (773) $ -- Trade accounting ......................................... (2,838) (1,378) ------- ------- Total amount settled in cash - received (paid) $(3,611) $(1,378) ======= =======
F-47 AMERICAN BUSINESS FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) SEPTEMBER 30, 2004 12. DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (CONTINUED) DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS OUTSTANDING At September 30, 2004 and June 30, 2004, the notional amounts of forward sale agreements and Eurodollar futures contracts accounted for as hedges and related unrealized gains and losses recorded as assets or liabilities on the balance sheet were as follows (in thousands):
SEPTEMBER 30, 2004 JUNE 30, 2004 --------------------- --------------------- NOTIONAL UNREALIZED NOTIONAL UNREALIZED AMOUNT GAIN AMOUNT (LOSS) -------- ---------- -------- ---------- Forward sale agreement .......................................................... $360,358 $ -- $275,000 $ -- Eurodollar futures contracts .................................................... $ -- $ -- $ 27,962 $(103)
At September 30, 2004 and June 30, 2004, outstanding Eurodollar futures contracts used to manage interest rate risk on loans in our pipeline and associated unrealized gains and unrealized losses recorded as assets and liabilities on the balance sheet were as follows (in thousands):
SEPTEMBER 30, 2004 JUNE 30, 2004 --------------------- --------------------- NOTIONAL UNREALIZED NOTIONAL UNREALIZED AMOUNT GAIN AMOUNT (LOSS) -------- ---------- -------- ---------- Eurodollar futures contracts .................................................... $10,000 $ 2 $202,038 $(851)
The sensitivity of the Eurodollar futures contracts held as trading as of September 30, 2004 to a 0.1% change in market interest rates is $2 thousand. The Company had an interest rate swap contract, which was not designated as an accounting hedge, designed to reduce the exposure to changes in the fair value of certain interest-only strips due to changes in one-month LIBOR. This contract matured in April 2004. Unrealized gains and losses on the interest rate swap contract were due to changes in the interest rate swap yield curve during the periods the contract was in place. Net gains and losses on this interest rate swap contract included the amount of cash settlement with the contract counter party each period. Net gains and losses on this interest rate swap contract for the three months ended September 30, 2003 were as follows (in thousands):
Unrealized gain on interest rate swap contract ......................... $ 177 Cash interest paid on interest rate swap contract ...................... (166) ----- Net gain (loss) on interest rate swap contract ......................... $ 11 =====
F-48 AMERICAN BUSINESS FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) SEPTEMBER 30, 2004 13. RECONCILIATION OF BASIC AND DILUTED EARNINGS PER COMMON SHARE
THREE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, ------------------- 2004 2003 -------- -------- (in thousands except per share data) (Numerator) EARNINGS (LOSS) Net income (loss) attributable to common shares ......... $(28,712) $(26,268) ======== ======== (Denominator) Average Common Shares: Average common shares outstanding ...................... 3,598 3,242 Average potentially dilutive shares .................... (a) (b) -------- -------- Average common and potentially dilutive shares ......... 3,598 3,242 ======== ======== EARNINGS (LOSS) PER COMMON SHARE: Basic: $ (7.98) $ (8.10) Diluted: $ (7.98) $ (8.10)
--------------- (a) 22,252,297 shares anti-dilutive in the three months ended September 30, 2004 but these shares may become dilutive in future periods. (b) 58,219 shares anti-dilutive in the three months ended September 30, 2003 but these shares may become dilutive in future periods. 14. SEGMENT INFORMATION The Company has three operating segments: Loan Origination, Servicing and Treasury and Funding. The Loan Origination segment originates business purpose loans secured by real estate and other business assets, home mortgage loans typically to credit- impaired borrowers and loans secured by one-to-four family residential real estate. The Servicing segment services the loans originated by the Company both while held as available for sale by the Company and subsequent to securitization. Servicing activities include billing and collecting payments from borrowers, transmitting payments to securitization trust investors, accounting for principal and interest, collections and foreclosure activities and disposing of real estate owned. The Treasury and Funding segment offers the Company's subordinated debenture securities pursuant to a registered public offering and obtains other sources of funding for the Company's general operating and lending activities. The All Other caption on the following tables mainly represents segments that do not meet the SFAS No. 131 "Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information" defined thresholds for determining reportable segments, financial assets not related to operating segments and is mainly comprised of interest-only strips, unallocated overhead and other expenses of the Company unrelated to the reportable segments identified. The reporting segments follow the same accounting policies used for the Company's consolidated financial statements as described in the summary of significant accounting policies. Management evaluates a segment's performance based upon profit or loss from operations before income taxes. Reconciling items represent elimination of inter-segment income and expense items, and are included to reconcile segment data to the consolidated financial statements. F-49 AMERICAN BUSINESS FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) SEPTEMBER 30, 2004 14. SEGMENT INFORMATION (CONTINUED)
THREE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2004 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- LOAN TREASURY AND RECONCILING ORIGINATION FUNDING SERVICING ALL OTHER ITEMS CONSOLIDATED ----------- ------------ --------- --------- ----------- ------------ (in thousands) External revenues: Gain on sale of loans: Securitizations............................ $ -- $ -- $ -- $ -- $ -- $ -- Whole loan sales........................... 6,119 -- -- -- -- 6,119 Interest income ............................. 4,833 5 (115) 8,678 -- 13,401 Non-interest income ......................... 2,608 1 7,420 -- (6,440) 3,589 Inter-segment revenues ....................... -- 14,501 -- 16,057 (30,558) -- Operating expenses: Interest expense ............................ 5,650 15,653 100 11,253 (14,501) 18,155 Non-interest expense ........................ 19,797 2,989 6,974 12,539 -- 42,299 Depreciation and amortization ............... 332 20 157 943 -- 1,452 Interest-only strips valuation adjustment ... -- -- -- 29 -- 29 Inter-segment expense ........................ 22,497 -- -- -- (22,497) -- Income tax expense (benefit) ................. (12,151) (1,454) 26 (10) -- (13,589) -------- -------- ------- -------- --------- ---------- Income (loss) before dividends on preferred stock....................................... $(22,565) $ (2,701) $ 48 $ (19) $ -- $ (25,237) ======== ======== ======= ======== ========= ========== Segment assets ............................... $389,486 $178,684 $69,737 $603,108 $(157,619) $1,083,396 ======== ======== ======= ======== ========= ==========
THREE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2003 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- LOAN TREASURY AND RECONCILING ORIGINATION FUNDING SERVICING ALL OTHER ITEMS CONSOLIDATED ----------- ------------ --------- --------- ----------- ------------ (in thousands) External revenues: Gain on sale of loans: Securitizations............................ $ 799 $ -- $ -- $ -- $ -- $ 799 Whole loan sales........................... 2,921 -- -- -- -- 2,921 Interest income ............................. 3,562 7 136 11,318 -- 15,023 Non-interest income ......................... 519 -- 13,219 86 (12,366) 1,458 Inter-segment revenues ....................... -- 18,078 9,553 (27,631) -- Operating expenses: Interest expense ............................ 6,651 16,106 (272) 12,411 (18,078) 16,818 Non-interest expense ........................ 18,057 (3,582) 11,296 7,423 -- 33,194 Depreciation and amortization ............... 594 16 29 1,123 -- 1,762 Interest-only strips valuation adjustment ... -- -- -- 10,795 -- 10,795 Inter-segment expense ........................ 21,919 -- -- -- (21,919) -- Income tax expense (benefit) ................. (14,980) 2,107 875 (4,102) -- (16,100) -------- -------- ------- -------- --------- -------- Income (loss) before dividends on preferred stock....................................... $(24,440) $ 3,438 $ 1,427 $ (6,693) $ -- $(26,268) ======== ======== ======= ======== ========= ======== Segment assets ............................... $214,822 $222,497 $96,277 $535,146 $(118,236) $950,506 ======== ======== ======= ======== ========= ========
F-50 REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS American Business Financial Services, Inc. Philadelphia, Pennsylvania We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of American Business Financial Services, Inc. and subsidiaries as of June 30, 2004 and 2003, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders' equity, and cash flow for each of the three years in the period ended June 30, 2004. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion. In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of American Business Financial Services, Inc. and subsidiaries as of June 30, 2004 and 2003, and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flow for each of the three years in the period ended June 30, 2004 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. /s/ BDO Seidman LLP BDO Seidman LLP Philadelphia, Pennsylvania October 8, 2004 F-51 AMERICAN BUSINESS FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (dollar amounts in thousands)
JUNE 30, ----------------------- 2004 2003 ---------- ---------- ASSETS Cash and cash equivalents ........................... $ 910 $ 36,590 Restricted cash ..................................... 13,307 10,885 Loan and lease receivables: Loans available for sale ........................... 304,275 263,419 Non-accrual loans (net of allowance for credit losses of $1,469 at June 30, 2004 and $1,359 at June 30, 2003).................................... 1,993 3,999 Lease receivables (net of allowance for credit losses of $170 at June 30, 2003).................. -- 3,984 Interest and fees receivable ........................ 18,089 10,838 Deferment and forbearance advances receivable ...... 6,249 4,341 Loans subject to repurchase rights .................. 38,984 23,761 Interest-only strips (includes the fair value of overcollateralization related cash flows of $216,926 and $279,245 at June 30, 2004 and 2003)... 459,086 598,278 Servicing rights .................................... 73,738 119,291 Deferred income tax asset ........................... 59,133 -- Property and equipment, net ......................... 26,047 23,302 Prepaid expenses .................................... 13,511 3,477 Receivable for sold loans .......................... -- 26,734 Other assets ........................................ 27,548 30,452 ---------- ---------- TOTAL ASSETS ........................................ $1,042,870 $1,159,351 ========== ==========
F-52 AMERICAN BUSINESS FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS -- (CONTINUED) (dollar amounts in thousands)
JUNE 30, ----------------------- 2004 2003 ---------- ---------- LIABILITIES Subordinated debentures ............................. $ 522,609 $ 719,540 Senior collateralized subordinated notes ............ 83,639 -- Warehouse lines and other notes payable ............. 241,200 212,916 Accrued interest payable ............................ 37,675 45,448 Accounts payable and accrued expenses ............... 28,096 30,352 Liability for loans subject to repurchase rights .... 45,864 27,954 Deferred income tax liability ....................... -- 17,036 Other liabilities ................................... 71,872 64,036 ---------- ---------- Total liabilities ................................... 1,030,955 1,117,282 ========== ========== STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY Preferred stock, par value $.001, liquidation preference of $1.00 per share plus accrued and unpaid dividends to the date of liquidation, authorized, 203,000,000 shares at June 30, 2004 and 3,000,000 shares at June 30, 2003; Issued: 93,787,111 shares of Series A at June 30, 2004..... 94 -- Common stock, par value $.001, authorized shares 209,000,000 at June 30, 2004 and 9,000,000 at June 30, 2003; Issued: 3,653,165 shares in 2004 and 3,653,165 shares in 2003 (including Treasury shares of 54,823 in 2004 and 411,584 in 2003)............. 4 4 Additional paid-in capital .......................... 107,241 23,985 Accumulated other comprehensive income .............. 4,596 14,540 Unearned compensation ............................... (495) -- Stock awards outstanding ............................ 95 -- Retained earnings (deficit) ......................... (98,324) 13,104 Treasury stock, at cost ............................. (696) (8,964) ---------- ---------- 12,515 42,669 Note receivable ..................................... (600) (600) ---------- ---------- Total stockholders' equity .......................... 11,915 42,069 ---------- ---------- TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY .......... $1,042,870 $1,159,351 ========== ==========
See accompanying notes to financial statements. F-53 AMERICAN BUSINESS FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS (amounts in thousands except per share data)
YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, -------------------------------- 2004 2003 2002 --------- -------- -------- REVENUES Gain on sale of loans: Securitizations............................................................................... $ 15,107 $171,212 $185,960 Whole loan sales.............................................................................. 20,044 655 2,448 Interest and fees.............................................................................. 17,732 19,395 18,890 Interest accretion on interest-only strips..................................................... 40,176 47,347 35,386 Servicing income............................................................................... 4,850 3,049 5,483 Other income................................................................................... 482 10 114 --------- -------- -------- Total revenues................................................................................. 98,391 241,668 248,281 --------- -------- -------- EXPENSES Interest....................................................................................... 68,138 68,098 68,683 Provision for credit losses.................................................................... 15,608 6,816 6,837 Employee related costs......................................................................... 50,026 41,601 36,313 Sales and marketing............................................................................ 15,734 27,773 25,958 (Gains) and losses on derivative financial instruments......................................... (2,561) 5,037 1,022 General and administrative..................................................................... 84,718 96,182 73,865 Securitization assets valuation adjustment..................................................... 46,450 45,182 22,053 --------- -------- -------- Total expenses................................................................................. 278,113 290,688 234,731 --------- -------- -------- INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES................................................ (179,722) (49,020) 13,550 Provision for income taxes (benefit) .......................................................... (68,294) (19,118) 5,691 --------- -------- -------- INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE DIVIDENDS ON PREFERRED STOCK.............................................. (111,428) (29,902) 7,859 Dividends on preferred stock................................................................... 3,718 -- -- --------- -------- -------- NET INCOME (LOSS) ATTRIBUTABLE TO COMMON STOCK................................................. $(115,146) $(29,902) $ 7,859 ========= ======== ======== EARNINGS (LOSS) PER COMMON SHARE: Basic......................................................................................... $ (34.07) $ (9.32) $ 2.44 ========= ======== ======== Diluted....................................................................................... $ (34.07) $ (9.32) $ 2.26 ========= ======== ======== AVERAGE COMMON SHARES: Basic......................................................................................... 3,380 3,210 3,227 ========= ======== ======== Diluted....................................................................................... 3,380 3,210 3,471 ========= ======== ========
See accompanying notes to financial statements. F-54 AMERICAN BUSINESS FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (amounts in thousands)
PREFERRED STOCK COMMON STOCK -------------------- -------------------- ACCUMULATED NUMBER OF NUMBER OF ADDITIONAL OTHER SHARES SHARES PAID-IN COMPREHENSIVE OUTSTANDING AMOUNT OUTSTANDING AMOUNT CAPITAL INCOME ----------- ------ ----------- ------ ---------- ------------- Balance, June 30, 2001 .............................. -- $-- 3,593 $ 4 $ 23,984 $10,337 Comprehensive income: Net income ......................................... -- -- -- -- -- -- Net unrealized gains on interest-only strips ....... -- -- -- -- -- 1,142 ------ --- ----- --- -------- ------- Total comprehensive income .......................... -- -- -- -- -- 1,142 Stock dividend (10% of outstanding shares) .......... -- -- -- -- -- -- Cash dividends ($0.28 per share) .................... -- -- -- -- -- -- Repurchase of treasury shares ....................... -- -- (466) -- -- -- Exercise of stock options ........................... -- -- 1 -- 1 -- ------ --- ----- --- -------- ------- Balance, June 30, 2002 .............................. -- -- 3,128 4 23,985 11,479 Comprehensive income (loss): Net loss ........................................... -- -- -- -- -- -- Net unrealized gains on interest-only strips ....... -- -- -- -- -- 3,061 ------ --- ----- --- -------- ------- Total comprehensive income (loss) ................... -- -- -- -- -- 3,061 Exercise of non employee stock options .............. -- -- 63 -- -- -- Exercise of employee stock options .................. -- -- 5 -- -- -- Shares issued to employees .......................... -- -- 42 -- -- -- Shares issued to directors .......................... -- -- 4 -- -- -- Stock dividend (10% of outstanding shares) .......... -- -- -- -- -- -- Cash dividends ($0.32 per share) .................... -- -- -- -- -- -- ------ --- ----- --- -------- ------- Balance, June 30, 2003 .............................. -- -- 3,242 4 23,985 14,540 COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS): NET LOSS ........................................... -- -- -- -- -- -- NET UNREALIZED LOSS ON INTEREST-ONLY STRIPS ........ -- -- -- -- -- (9,944) ------ --- ----- --- -------- ------- TOTAL COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS) ................... -- -- -- -- -- (9,944) ISSUANCE OF PREFERRED STOCK ......................... 93,787 94 -- -- 92,981 -- ISSUANCE OF RESTRICTED STOCK ........................ -- -- 220 -- (1,548) -- VESTING OF RESTRICTED STOCK (110,000 SHARES) ........ -- -- -- -- -- -- EMPLOYEE STOCK GRANT ................................ -- -- 136 -- (1,287) -- STOCK AWARDS OUTSTANDING ............................ -- -- -- -- -- -- STOCK DIVIDEND (10% OF OUTSTANDING SHARES) .......... -- -- -- -- (3,993) -- CASH DIVIDENDS DECLARED ON PREFERRED STOCK ($0.05 PER SHARE)......................................... -- -- -- -- (2,897) -- PREFERRED STOCK BENEFICIAL CONVERSION FEATURE: AMORTIZATION OF BENEFICIAL CONVERSION FEATURE ...... -- -- -- -- 821 -- NON-CASH PREFERRED DIVIDEND ........................ -- -- -- -- (821) -- ------ --- ----- --- -------- ------- BALANCE, JUNE 30, 2004 .............................. 93,787 $94 3,598 $ 4 $107,241 $ 4,596 ====== === ===== === ======== =======
See accompanying notes to financial statements. F-55 AMERICAN BUSINESS FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY -- (CONTINUED) (amounts in thousands)
STOCK TOTAL UNEARNED AWARDS RETAINED TREASURY NOTE STOCKHOLDERS' COMPENSATION OUTSTANDING EARNINGS STOCK RECEIVABLE EQUITY ------------ ----------- --------- -------- ---------- ------------- Balance, June 30, 2001 ........................ $ -- $-- $ 43,922 $(10,785) $(600) $ 66,862 Comprehensive income: Net income ................................... -- -- 7,859 -- -- 7,859 Net unrealized gains on interest-only strips . -- -- -- -- -- 1,142 ----- --- --------- -------- ----- --------- Total comprehensive income .................... -- -- 7,859 -- -- 9,001 Stock dividend (10% of outstanding shares) .... -- -- (2,979) 2,979 -- -- Cash dividends ($0.28 per share) .............. -- -- (834) -- -- (834) Repurchase of treasury shares ................. -- -- -- (5,652) -- (5,652) Exercise of stock options ..................... -- -- -- -- -- 1 ----- --- --------- -------- ----- --------- Balance, June 30, 2002 ........................ -- -- 47,968 (13,458) (600) 69,378 Comprehensive income (loss): Net loss ..................................... -- -- (29,902) -- -- (29,902) Net unrealized gains on interest-only strips . -- -- -- -- -- 3,061 ----- --- --------- -------- ----- --------- Total comprehensive income (loss) ............. -- -- (29,902) -- -- (26,841) Exercise of non employee stock options ........ -- -- (569) 619 -- 50 Exercise of employee stock options ............ -- -- (31) 51 -- 20 Shares issued to employees .................... -- -- (119) 492 -- 373 Shares issued to directors .................... -- -- (28) 51 -- 23 Stock dividend (10% of outstanding shares) .... -- -- (3,281) 3,281 -- -- Cash dividends ($0.32 per share) .............. -- -- (934) -- -- (934) ----- --- --------- -------- ----- --------- Balance, June 30, 2003 ........................ -- -- 13,104 (8,964) (600) 42,069 COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS): NET LOSS ..................................... -- -- (111,428) -- -- (111,428) NET UNREALIZED LOSS ON INTEREST-ONLY STRIPS .. -- -- -- -- -- (9,944) ----- --- --------- -------- ----- --------- TOTAL COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS) ............. -- -- (111,428) -- -- (121,372) ISSUANCE OF PREFERRED STOCK ................... -- -- -- -- -- 93,075 ISSUANCE OF RESTRICTED STOCK .................. (990) -- -- 2,538 -- -- VESTING OF RESTRICTED STOCK (110,000 SHARES) .. 495 -- -- -- -- 495 EMPLOYEE STOCK GRANT .......................... -- -- -- 1,737 -- 450 STOCK AWARDS OUTSTANDING ...................... -- 95 -- -- -- 95 STOCK DIVIDEND (10% OF OUTSTANDING SHARES) .... -- -- -- 3,993 -- -- CASH DIVIDENDS DECLARED ON PREFERRED STOCK ($0.05 PER SHARE)............................ -- -- -- -- -- (2,897) PREFERRED STOCK BENEFICIAL CONVERSION FEATURE: AMORTIZATION OF BENEFICIAL CONVERSION FEATURE..................................... -- -- -- -- -- 821 NON-CASH PREFERRED DIVIDEND .................. -- -- -- -- -- (821) ----- --- --------- -------- ----- --------- BALANCE, JUNE 30, 2004 ........................ $(495) $95 $ (98,324) $ (696) $(600) $ 11,915 ===== === ========= ======== ===== =========
See accompanying notes to financial statements. F-56 AMERICAN BUSINESS FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOW (amounts in thousands)
YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, ---------------------------------------- 2004 2003 2002 ----------- ----------- ----------- CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES Net income (loss) ..................................................................... $ (111,428) $ (29,902) $ 7,859 Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash used in operating activities: Gain on sales of loans.............................................................. (33,832) (171,605) (188,028) Depreciation and amortization ...................................................... 48,481 53,614 40,615 Interest accretion on interest-only strips.......................................... (40,176) (47,347) (35,386) Securitization assets valuation adjustment.......................................... 46,450 45,182 22,053 Provision for credit losses......................................................... 14,289 6,553 6,457 Loans and leases originated for sale................................................... (1,058,557) (1,732,346) (1,434,176) Proceeds from sale of loans and leases................................................. 1,014,914 1,463,714 1,452,999 Principal payments on loans and leases................................................. 26,169 19,136 12,654 (Increase) decrease in accrued interest and fees on loan and lease receivables......... (9,159) (2,887) 4,257 Purchase of initial overcollateralization on securitized loans ........................ -- (10,641) -- Required purchase of additional overcollateralization on securitized loans............. (27,334) (73,253) (47,271) Cash flow from interest-only strips.................................................... 178,457 160,417 100,692 Increase (decrease) in prepaid expenses................................................ (10,034) 163 (183) (Decrease) increase in accrued interest payable........................................ (7,773) 2,379 10,370 (Decrease) increase in accounts payable and accrued expenses........................... (2,758) 17,037 5,366 Accrued interest payable reinvested in subordinated debentures......................... 38,328 38,325 31,706 (Decrease) increase in deferred income taxes........................................... (70,814) (22,185) 4,595 Increase (decrease) in loans in process................................................ 11,467 5,321 736 (Payments) on derivative financial instruments......................................... (838) (8,750) (9,667) Other, net............................................................................. 970 1,700 1,045 ----------- ----------- ----------- Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities.................................... 6,822 (285,375) (13,307) ----------- ----------- ----------- CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES Purchase of property and equipment, net................................................ (9,883) (12,450) (4,472) Principal receipts and maturity of investments......................................... 42 36 28 ----------- ----------- ----------- Net cash used in investing activities.................................................. (9,841) (12,414) (4,444) ----------- ----------- -----------
F-57 AMERICAN BUSINESS FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOW -- (CONTINUED) (amounts in thousands)
YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, ---------------------------------- 2004 2003 2002 --------- --------- --------- CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES Proceeds from issuance of subordinated debentures............................................ $ 166,034 $ 181,500 $ 224,062 Redemptions of subordinated debentures....................................................... (223,443) (156,005) (137,998) Net borrowings (repayments) on revolving lines of credit..................................... 53,636 179,594 (34,077) Principal payments on lease funding facility................................................. -- (2,129) (3,345) Principal payments under capital lease obligations........................................... (319) (213) -- Net borrowings (repayments) of other notes payable........................................... (26,158) 26,158 (5,156) Financing costs incurred..................................................................... (2,170) (841) (1,743) Exercise of employee stock options........................................................... -- 20 1 Exercise of non-employee stock options....................................................... -- 50 -- Lease incentive receipts..................................................................... 4,562 9,465 -- Cash dividends paid on common stock.......................................................... -- (934) (834) Cash dividends paid on preferred stock....................................................... (2,381) -- -- Repurchase of treasury stock................................................................. -- -- (5,652) --------- --------- --------- Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities.......................................... (30,239) 236,665 35,258 --------- --------- --------- Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash..................... (33,258) (61,124) 17,507 Cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash at beginning of year........................... 47,475 108,599 91,092 --------- --------- --------- Cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash at end of year................................. $ 14,217 $ 47,475 $ 108,599 ========= ========= ========= SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES: Cash paid during the year for: Interest.................................................................................. $ 37,583 $ 27,394 $ 26,729 Income taxes.............................................................................. $ 752 $ 787 $ 1,511 Noncash transaction recorded in the acquisitions of mortgage broker operations: Increase in warehouse lines and other notes payable....................................... $ 1,125 $ -- $ -- Increase in accounts payable and other accrued expenses................................... $ 107 $ -- $ -- Increase in other assets.................................................................. $ 1,232 $ -- $ -- Noncash transaction recorded for conversion of subordinated debentures into preferred stock and senior collateralized subordinated notes: Decrease in subordinated debentures....................................................... $ 177,426 $ -- $ -- Increase in senior collateralized subordinated notes...................................... $ 83,639 $ -- $ -- Increase in preferred stock............................................................... $ 94 $ -- $ -- Increase in additional paid-in capital.................................................... $ 93,693 $ -- $ -- Noncash transaction recorded for capitalized lease agreement: Increase in property and equipment........................................................ $ -- $ (1,020) $ -- Increase in warehouse lines and other notes payable....................................... $ -- $ 1,020 $ --
See accompanying notes to financial statements. F-58 AMERICAN BUSINESS FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS JUNE 30, 2004 1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES BUSINESS American Business Financial Services, Inc. ("ABFS"), together with its subsidiaries (the "Company"), is a financial services organization operating predominantly in the eastern and central portions of the United States. The Company originates, sells and services business purpose loans and home mortgage loans through its principal direct and indirect subsidiaries. The Company also processes and purchases home mortgage loans from other financial institutions through the Bank Alliance Services program. Historically, the Company's loans primarily consisted of fixed interest rate loans secured by first or second mortgages on one-to-four family residences. The Company's recent business strategy adjustments include increasing loan originations by offering adjustable rate loans and purchase money mortgage loans. The Company's customers are primarily credit-impaired borrowers who are generally unable to obtain financing from banks or savings and loan associations and who are attracted to the Company's products and services. The Company originates loans through a combination of channels including a national processing center located at its centralized operating office in Philadelphia, Pennsylvania and a network of mortgage brokers. During fiscal 2004, the Company acquired broker operations in West Hills, California and Austin, Texas and opened new offices in Edgewater, Maryland and Irvine, California to support the Company's broker operations. The Company's centralized operating office was located in Bala Cynwyd, Pennsylvania prior to July 7, 2003. Prior to June 30, 2003 the Company also originated home equity loans through several direct retail branch offices. Effective June 30, 2003, the Company discontinued originating loans through direct retail branch offices. The Company's loan servicing and collection activities were performed at our Bala Cynwyd, Pennsylvania office, and were relocated to our Philadelphia office on July 12, 2004. In addition, the Company offers subordinated debentures to the public, the proceeds of which are used for repayment of existing debt, loan originations, operations (including repurchases of delinquent assets from securitization trusts and funding loan overcollateralization requirements under its credit facilities), investments in systems and technology and for general corporate purposes. BUSINESS CONDITIONS GENERAL. For its ongoing operations, the Company depends upon frequent financings, including the sale of unsecured subordinated debentures, borrowings under warehouse credit facilities or lines of credit and it also depends on the sale of loans on a whole loan basis or through publicly underwritten or privately-placed securitizations. If the Company is unable to renew or obtain adequate funding on acceptable terms through its sale of subordinated debentures or under a warehouse credit facility, or other borrowings, or if it is unable to sell or securitize its loans, the lack of adequate funds would adversely impact liquidity and result in continued losses or reduce profitability. To the extent that the Company is not successful in replacing existing subordinated debentures and senior collateralized subordinated notes upon maturity, maintaining adequate warehouse credit facilities or lines of credit to fund increasing loan originations, or securitizing and selling its loans, it may have to limit future loan originations and restructure its operations. Limiting loan originations or restructuring operations could impair the Company's ability to repay subordinated debentures and senior collateralized subordinated notes at maturity and may result in continued losses. The Company has historically experienced negative cash flow from operations since 1996 primarily because, in general, its business strategy of selling loans through securitizations had not generated cash flow immediately. However, during fiscal 2004, the Company experienced positive cash flow from operations of $6.8 million, primarily due to sales of loans on a whole loan basis it originated in fiscal 2003. The following table compares the principal amount of loans sold in whole loan sales during the year ended June 30, 2004, to the amount of loans originated during the same period (in thousands): F-59 AMERICAN BUSINESS FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) JUNE 30, 2004 1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED) BUSINESS CONDITIONS -- (CONTINUED)
WHOLE LOAN LOANS QUARTER ENDED SALES ORIGINATED ------------- ---------- ---------- September 30, 2003 .................................. $245,203 $124,052 December 31, 2003 ................................... 7,975(a) 103,084 March 31, 2004 ...................................... 228,629 241,449 June 30, 2004 ....................................... 326,571 514,095 -------- -------- Total for year ended June 30, 2004 .................. $808,378 $982,680 ======== ========
--------------- (a) During the quarter ended December 31, 2003, the Company completed a securitization of $173.5 million of mortgage loans. For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2004, the Company recorded a net loss attributable to common stock of $115.1 million. The loss primarily resulted from: a) liquidity issues described below, which substantially reduced the Company's ability to originate loans and generate revenues during the first nine months of fiscal 2004, b) the Company's inability to complete securitizations of loans during the first, second and third quarters of fiscal 2004, c) operating expense levels which would support greater loan origination volume, and d) $46.4 million of pre-tax charges for valuation adjustments on its securitization assets. The valuation adjustments reflect the impact of higher than anticipated prepayments on securitized loans experienced during fiscal 2004 due to the continuing low interest rate environment. In fiscal 2004, the Company originated $982.7 million of loans, which represents a significant reduction as compared to $1.67 billion of loans originated in the prior fiscal year. For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2003, the Company recorded a loss of $29.9 million. The loss in fiscal 2003 was primarily due to the Company's inability to complete a securitization of loans during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2003 and to $45.2 million of net pre-tax charges for net valuation adjustments recorded on securitization assets. LIQUIDITY CONCERNS. The Company's short-term liquidity has been negatively impacted by several events and issues, which have occurred starting in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2003. First, the Company's inability to complete a securitization during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2003 adversely impacted its short-term liquidity position and contributed to the loss for fiscal 2003. Because there was no securitization, $453.4 million of the Company's $516.1 million of revolving credit and conduit facilities then available was drawn upon at June 30, 2003. The Company's revolving credit facilities and mortgage conduit facility had $62.7 million of unused capacity available at June 30, 2003, which significantly reduced its ability to fund loan originations in fiscal 2004 until it sold existing loans, extended existing credit facilities, or added new credit facilities. Second, the Company's ability to finance new loan originations in the first three months of fiscal 2004 using borrowings under certain of its credit facilities which carried over into fiscal 2004 was limited, terminated or expired by October 31, 2003. Further advances under a non-committed portion of one of these credit facilities were subject to the discretion of the lender and subsequent to June 30, 2003, there were no new advances under the non- committed portion. Additionally, on August 20, 2003, amendments to this credit facility eliminated the non-committed portion of this facility, reduced the committed portion to $50.0 million and accelerated the expiration date from November 2003 to September 30, 2003. Also, a $300.0 million mortgage conduit facility with a financial institution that enabled the Company to sell its loans into an off-balance sheet facility, expired pursuant to its terms on July 5, 2003. In addition, the Company was unable to borrow under a $25.0 million warehouse facility after September 30, 2003, and this facility expired on October 31, 2003. F-60 AMERICAN BUSINESS FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) JUNE 30, 2004 1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED) BUSINESS CONDITIONS -- (CONTINUED) Third, even though the Company was successful in obtaining one new credit facility in September 2003 and obtaining a second new credit facility in October 2003, see Remedial Actions to Address Liquidity Issues below, its ability to finance new loan originations in the second and third quarters of fiscal 2004 with borrowings under these new credit facilities was limited. The limitations resulted from requirements to fund overcollateralization, which is discussed below, in connection with new loan originations. Fourth, the Company's temporary discontinuation of sales of new subordinated debentures for approximately a six-week period during the first quarter of fiscal 2004 further impaired its liquidity. As a result of these liquidity issues, the Company's loan origination volume was substantially reduced. From July 1, 2003 through June 30, 2004, the Company originated $982.7 million of loans, which represents a significant reduction as compared to originations of $1.67 billion of loans in fiscal 2003. As a result of the decrease in loan originations and liquidity issues described above, the Company incurred a loss in fiscal 2004 and depending on the Company's ability to complete securitizations and recognize gains in the future, it anticipates incurring losses at least through the first quarter of fiscal 2005. The combination of the Company's current cash position and expected sources of operating cash in fiscal 2005 may not be sufficient to cover its operating cash requirements. For the next six to twelve months, the Company expects to augment its sources of operating cash with proceeds from the issuance of subordinated debentures. In addition to repaying maturing subordinated debentures, proceeds from the issuance of subordinated debentures will be used to fund overcollateralization requirements in connection with loan originations and fund the Company's operating losses. The Company can provide no assurances that it will be able to continue issuing subordinated debentures. In the event the Company is unable to offer additional subordinated debentures for any reason, it has developed a contingent financial restructuring plan. This plan is described later in this note under "Subordinated Debentures and Senior Collateralized Subordinated Notes." On June 30, 2004, the Company had unrestricted cash of approximately $0.9 million and up to $210.4 million available under its credit facilities. Advances under these credit facilities can only be used to fund loan originations and not for any other purposes. The Company anticipates that depending upon the size of its future quarterly securitizations, it will need to increase loan originations to approximately $400.0 million to $500.0 million per month to return to profitable operations. If the Company is unable to complete quarterly securitizations, it will need to increase its loan originations to approximately $500.0 million to $600.0 million per month to return to profitability. For the quarter ended June 30, 2004, the Company originated $514.1 million of loans, including a monthly high of $208.5 million. The Company plans to achieve these increased levels of loan originations through the continued application of its business strategy adjustments, particularly as related to building an expanded broker channel and offering adjustable rate mortgages and more competitively priced fixed rate mortgages. The following actions were undertaken in fiscal 2004 to increase the Company's ability to originate loans in its broker channel: (i) in December 2003 the Company hired an experienced industry professional to manage the wholesale business; (ii) in December 2003 the Company acquired a broker operation with 35 employees (67 employees at June 30, 2004) located in California; (iii) in February 2004, the Company opened a mortgage broker office in Irving, California; (iv) in March 2004, the Company opened a mortgage broker office in Maryland and hired three experienced senior managers and a loan origination staff of 40 (56 employees at June 30, 2004); and (v) in June 2004 the Company acquired a broker operation with 35 employees located in Texas. In addition, the Company hired 25 mortgage broker account executives in its Upland Mortgage Broker Services division to expand its broker presence in the eastern, southern and mid-western areas of the United States and retained 67 employees in its Upland Broker Services Philadelphia headquarters to support its growing broker network. In total, at June 30, 2004, the Company had 285 employees in its broker operations including 136 account executives. F-61 AMERICAN BUSINESS FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) JUNE 30, 2004 1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED) BUSINESS CONDITIONS -- CONTINUED) The Company's ability to achieve those levels of loan originations could be hampered by a failure to implement its business strategy adjustments and by loan funding limitations should the Company fail to maintain or replace adequate credit facilities to finance new loan obligations. Due to losses recorded in each of the quarters in fiscal 2004, the Company requested and obtained waivers for its non-compliance with financial covenants in its credit facility agreements and servicing agreements. See Note 10 for more detail. REMEDIAL ACTIONS TO ADDRESS LIQUIDITY ISSUES. The Company undertook specific remedial actions to address liquidity issues including: o The Company adjusted its business strategy beginning in early fiscal 2004. The adjusted business strategy focuses on shifting from gain-on- sale accounting and the use of securitization transactions as the Company's primary method of selling loans to a more diversified strategy which utilizes a combination of whole loan sales and securitizations,while protecting revenues, controlling costs and improving liquidity. o The Company solicited bids and commitments from participants in the whole loan sale market and entered into forward sale agreements. In total, from June 30, 2003 through June 30, 2004, the Company sold approximately $1.1 billion (which includes $222.3 million of loans sold by the expired mortgage conduit facility) of loans through whole loan sales. From July 1, 2004 through September 30, 2004, the Company sold an additional $586.5 million of loans through whole loan sales. o The Company has entered into an informal arrangement with one recurring purchaser of its loans whereby the purchaser maintains members of their loan underwriting staff on the Company's premises to facilitate their purchase of the Company's loans promptly after the Company originates them. This arrangement accelerates the Company's receipt of cash proceeds from the sale of loans, accelerates the pay down of its advances under its warehouse credit facilities and adds to its liquidity. This quicker turnaround time is expected to enable the Company to operate with smaller committed warehouse credit facilities than would otherwise be necessary. o On October 31, 2003, the Company completed a privately-placed securitization, with servicing released, of $173.5 million of loans. o The Company entered into two definitive loan agreements during fiscal 2004 for the purpose of funding its loan originations. These two agreements replaced those credit facilities, which carried over into fiscal 2004 but were limited, terminated or expired by October 31, 2003. The Company entered into the first agreement on September 22, 2003 with a financial institution for a one-year $200.0 million credit facility. It entered into the second agreement on October 14, 2003 with a warehouse lender for a three-year revolving mortgage loan warehouse credit facility of up to $250.0 million. The one-year facility was extended to November 5, 2004 and on September 30, 2004 was reduced to $100.0 million. The three-year $250.0 million warehouse credit facility continues to be available. See Note 10 for information regarding the terms of these facilities. F-62 AMERICAN BUSINESS FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) JUNE 30, 2004 1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED) BUSINESS CONDITIONS -- (CONTINUED) o The Company has recently entered into a commitment letter and anticipates entering into a definitive agreement with a warehouse lender for a one- year $100 million credit facility to replace the maturing $200.0 million credit facility (reduced to $100.0 million). However, no assurances can be given that the Company will enter into a definitive agreement regarding the $100.0 million credit facility or that this agreement will contain the terms and conditions acceptable to it. The Company also sold the interest-only strips and servicing rights related to five of its mortgage securitization trusts to an affiliate of this facility provider under the terms of a September 27, 2004 sale agreement. The sale of these assets was undertaken as part of the negotiations to obtain the new $100.0 million warehouse credit facility and to raise cash to pay fees on new warehouse credit facilities and as a result, the Company did not realize their full value as reflected on its books. The Company wrote down the carrying value of these interest-only strips and servicing rights by $5.4 million at June 30, 2004 to reflect their values under the terms of the sale agreement. o The Company is currently negotiating additional credit facilities to provide additional borrowing capacity to fund the increased level of loan originations expected under its adjusted business strategy, however, no assurances can be given that it will succeed in obtaining new credit facilities or that these facilities will contain terms and conditions acceptable to it. o The Company mailed an Offer to Exchange on December 1, 2003 and May 14, 2004 ("the exchange offers") to holders of its subordinated debentures in order to increase stockholders' equity and reduce the amount of outstanding debt. These exchange offers resulted in the exchange of $208.6 million of the Company's subordinated debentures for 109.4 million shares of Series A preferred stock and $99.2 million of senior collateralized subordinated notes. See Notes 10 and 11 for more detail on the terms of the exchange offers, senior collateralized subordinated notes and preferred stock issued. The issuance of 109.4 million shares of Series A preferred stock results in an annual cash preferred dividend obligation of $10.9 million. o On January 22, 2004, the Company executed an agreement to sell its interests in the remaining leases in its portfolio. The terms of the agreement included a cash sale price of approximately $4.8 million in exchange for the Company's lease portfolio balance as of December 31, 2003. The Company received the cash from this sale in January 2004 and recognized a net gain of $0.5 million. o The company suspended payment of quarterly dividends on its common stock beginning in the first quarter of fiscal 2004. To the extent that the Company fails to maintain its credit facilities or obtain alternative financing on acceptable terms and increase its loan originations, it may have to sell loans earlier than intended and further restructure its operations. While the Company currently believes that it will be able to restructure its operations, if necessary, it can provide no assurances that such restructuring will enable it to attain profitable operations or repay subordinated debentures or senior collateralized subordinated notes when due. SUBORDINATED DEBENTURES AND SENIOR COLLATERALIZED SUBORDINATED NOTES. At June 30, 2004, there were approximately $326.2 million of subordinated debentures and $28.1 million of senior collateralized subordinated notes, maturing within twelve months. The Company obtains the funds to repay the subordinated debentures and senior collateralized subordinated notes at their maturities by selling additional subordinated debentures and selling loans on a whole loan basis and securitizing loans. Cash flow from operations, the sale of subordinated debentures and lines of credit fund the Company's cash needs. The Company expects these sources of funds to be sufficient to meet its cash needs. The Company could, in the future, generate cash flows by securitizing, selling, or borrowing against its interest-only strips and selling servicing rights generated in past securitizations, although the Company's ability to utilize the interest-only strips in this F-63 AMERICAN BUSINESS FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) JUNE 30, 2004 1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED) BUSINESS CONDITIONS -- (CONTINUED) fashion could be restricted in whole or in part by the terms of the Company's $250.0 million warehouse credit facility and senior collateralized subordinated notes, both of which are collateralized by the interest-only strips at the present time. See Note 5 for more detail. The Company can provide no assurances that it will be able to continue issuing subordinated debentures. In the event the Company is unable to offer additional subordinated debentures for any reason, the Company has developed a contingent financial restructuring plan including cash flow projections for the next twelve-month period. Based on the Company's current cash flow projections, the Company anticipates being able to make all scheduled subordinated debenture maturities and vendor payments. The contingent financial restructuring plan is based on actions that the Company would take, in addition to those indicated in its adjusted business strategy, to reduce its operating expenses and conserve cash. These actions would include reducing capital expenditures, selling all loans originated on a whole loan basis, eliminating or downsizing various lending, overhead and support groups, and obtaining working capital funding. No assurance can be given that the Company will be able to successfully implement the contingent financial restructuring plan, if necessary, and repay its outstanding debt when due. BASIS OF FINANCIAL STATEMENT PRESENTATION The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of ABFS and its subsidiaries (all of which are wholly owned). The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated. In preparing the consolidated financial statements, management is required to make estimates and assumptions, which affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities as of the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. These estimates include, among other things, estimated prepayment, credit loss and discount rates on interest-only strips and servicing rights, estimated servicing revenues and costs, valuation of real estate owned, the net recoverable value of interest and fee receivables and determination of the allowance for credit losses. Certain prior period financial statement balances have been reclassified to conform to current period presentation. All outstanding shares, average common shares, earnings per common share and stock option amounts have been retroactively adjusted to reflect the effect of a 10% stock dividend declared on May 13, 2004 and a 10% stock dividend declared August 21, 2002 and amounts reported for June 30, 2001 and 2000 have been retroactively adjusted to reflect the effect of a 10% stock dividend declared October 1, 2001. See Note 11 for further description. CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS Cash equivalents consist of short-term investments with an initial maturity of three months or less. RESTRICTED CASH The Company held restricted cash balances of $8.0 million at June 30, 2004 collateralizing a letter of credit facility, $3.1 million and $4.9 million related to borrower escrow accounts at June 30, 2004 and 2003, respectively, and $2.1 million and $6.0 million at June 30, 2004 and 2003, respectively, related to deposits for future settlement of derivative financial instruments. F-64 AMERICAN BUSINESS FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) JUNE 30, 2004 1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED) LOAN AND LEASE RECEIVABLES Loans available for sale are loans the Company plans to sell or securitize and are carried at the lower of amortized cost (principal balance, including unamortized origination costs and fees) or fair value. Fair value is determined by quality of credit risk, types of loans originated, current interest rates, economic conditions, and other relevant factors. Non-accrual loans consist primarily of loans repurchased from securitization trusts and transferred from loans available for sale that are greater than 90 days delinquent. Non-accrual loans are carried at cost less an allowance for credit losses. Lease receivables were financing leases on equipment the Company originated prior to December 1999 carried at cost less an allowance for credit losses. Effective December 31, 1999, the Company discontinued originating equipment leases, but continued to service its portfolio of leases until its sale in January 2004. INTEREST AND FEES RECEIVABLE Interest and fees receivables are comprised mainly of accrued interest receivable on loans and fees on loans that are less than 90 days delinquent. Fee receivables include, among other types of fees, late fees and taxes and insurance advances. FORBEARANCE AND DEFERMENT ADVANCES RECEIVABLES Under deferment and forbearance arrangements, the Company makes advances to a securitization trust on behalf of a borrower in amounts equal to the delinquent loan payments and may pay taxes, insurance and other fees on behalf of the borrower. As a result of these arrangements the Company resets the contractual status of a loan in its managed portfolio from delinquent to current based upon the borrower's resumption of making their loan payments. These amounts are carried at their estimated net recoverable value. Advances made under deferment and forbearance arrangements result from a new credit decision regarding the borrower's ability to repay the advance, as well as perform under the original terms of the original loan, and do not involve any modification of the terms of the original loan. These arrangements are considered a new lending activity and do not qualify as troubled debt restructurings under Statement of Financial Accounting Standard ("SFAS") No. 15, "Accounting by Debtors and Creditors for Troubled Debt Restructurings." The Company records the advances that it makes under deferment and forbearance arrangements with borrowers as receivables on its balance sheet. The Company carries these receivables at their estimated recoverable amounts. If the original loan returns to a delinquency status of 90 days or more past due, the Company writes the receivable off to expense. During the fiscal year ended June 30, 2004, the Company did not record any fee income on these arrangements while it recorded $99 thousand and $59 thousand during fiscal years ended June 30, 2003 and 2002, respectively. LOANS SUBJECT TO REPURCHASE RIGHTS / LIABILITY FOR LOANS SUBJECT TO REPURCHASE RIGHTS Loans subject to repurchase rights are comprised of loans which were securitized under SFAS No. 140 that the Company has a right to repurchase because of a default by the borrower. SFAS No. 140 was effective on a prospective basis for transfers of financial assets occurring after March 31, 2001. For securitizations recorded under SFAS No. 140 which have removal of accounts provisions providing the Company with a contractual right to repurchase delinquent loans, SFAS No. 140 requires that it recognize the loans which are subject to these rights as assets on its balance sheet and record a liability to reflect the repurchase cost. SFAS No. 140 requires this accounting treatment because the default by the borrower has given the Company effective control over the loans whether or not the Company actually repurchases these loans. For securitization trusts 2001-2 through 2003-2, to which this rule applies, the Company has the F-65 AMERICAN BUSINESS FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) JUNE 30, 2004 1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED) LOANS SUBJECT TO REPURCHASE RIGHTS / LIABILITY FOR LOANS SUBJECT TO REPURCHASE RIGHTS -- (CONTINUED) contractual right to repurchase a limited amount of loans greater than 180 days past due, but no obligation to do so. As delinquent loans in securitization trusts 2001-2 through 2003-2 age greater than 180 days past due, the Company records an asset representing the fair value of the loans and a liability to reflect the repurchase cost. In accordance with the provisions of SFAS No. 140, the Company has recorded on its June 30, 2004 balance sheet an asset of $39.0 million and a liability of $45.9 million for delinquent loans subject to these removal of accounts provisions under securitization trusts 2001-2 through 2003-2. For securitization trusts 1996-1 through 2001-1, the Company also has rights to repurchase a limited amount of delinquent loans, but is not obligated to do so. No liabilities or assets have been recorded on its balance sheet related to these rights. The amount of delinquent loans in securitization trusts 1996- 1 through 2000-1 which the company has the right to repurchase as of June 30, 2004 was $54.3 million. ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES The Company's allowance for credit losses on non-accrual loans and leases is maintained to account for delinquent loans and leases and delinquent loans that have been repurchased from securitization trusts. The allowance is maintained at a level that management determines is adequate to absorb estimated probable losses. The allowance is calculated based upon management's estimate of its ability to collect on outstanding loans and leases based upon a variety of factors, including, but not limited to, periodic analysis of the non-accrual loans and leases, economic conditions and trends, historical credit loss experience, borrowers' ability to repay and collateral considerations. Additions to the allowance arise from the provision for credit losses charged to operations or from the recovery of amounts previously charged-off. Loan and lease charge-offs reduce the allowance. Delinquent loans are charged off against the allowance in the period in which a loan is deemed fully uncollectable or when liquidated in a payoff. Management considers the current allowance to be adequate. LOAN AND LEASE ORIGINATION COSTS AND FEES Direct loan and lease origination costs and loan fees such as points are recorded as an adjustment to the cost basis of the related loan and lease receivable. This asset is recognized in the Consolidated Statement of Income, in the case of loans, as an adjustment to the gain on sale recorded at the time the loans are sold, or in the case of leases, as amortization expense over the term of the leases. INTEREST-ONLY STRIPS Prior to June 30, 2003, the Company sold most of the loans it originated through securitizations. In connection with these securitizations, the Company received cash and an interest-only strip, which represents the Company's retained interest in the securitized loans. As a holder of the interest-only strips, the Company is entitled to receive certain excess (or residual) cash flows and overcollateralization cash flows, which are derived from payments made to a trust from the securitized loans after deducting payments to investors in the securitization trust and other miscellaneous fees. These retained interests are carried at their fair value. Interest-only strips are initially recorded at their allocated cost basis at the time of recording a securitization gain and, in accordance with SFAS No. 115 "Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities," referred to as SFAS No. 115 in this document, are then written up to their fair value through other comprehensive income, a component of stockholders' equity. F-66 AMERICAN BUSINESS FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) JUNE 30, 2004 1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED) INTEREST-ONLY STRIPS -- (CONTINUED) Fair value is based on a discounted cash flow analysis which estimates the present value of the future expected residual cash flows and overcollateralization cash flows utilizing assumptions made by management at the time the loans are sold. These assumptions include the rates used to calculate the present value of expected future residual cash flows and overcollateralization cash flows, referred to as the discount rates, and expected prepayment and credit loss rates on the pools of loans sold through securitizations. Cash flows are discounted from the date the cash is expected to be available to the Company (the "cash-out method"). Management based its estimates of prepayment and credit loss rates on historical experience, current and expected economic conditions and in the case of prepayment rate assumptions, consideration of the impact of changes in market interest rates. Excess cash flows are retained by the trust until certain overcollateralization levels are established. The overcollateralization is the excess of the aggregate principal balances of loans in a securitized pool over investor interests. The overcollateralization serves as credit enhancement for the investors. PREPAYMENT RATES. The assumptions the Company uses to estimate future prepayment rates are regularly compared to actual prepayment experience of the individual securitization pools of mortgage loans and to an average of the actual experience of other similar pools of mortgage loans at the same age. Current economic conditions, current interest rates, loans repurchased from securitization trusts and other factors are considered in our analysis of prepayment experience and in forecasting future prepayment levels. Analysis of prepayment experience and forecasts of prepayments consider that prepayments on securitized loans may be initiated by the borrower, such as a refinancing for a lower interest rate, initiated by the servicer in the collection process for delinquent loans, or as a result of our repurchase of delinquent loans from the securitization trusts for trigger management. Prepayments initiated by the borrower are viewed as voluntary prepayments. Voluntary prepayments are the most significant component of prepayment experience, generally representing approximately 91% of total prepayments, and are full cash payoffs of a securitized loan. Prepayments initiated by the servicer are viewed as involuntary prepayments, generally representing approximately 4% of total prepayment experience and are the result of delinquent loan bulk sales, REO liquidations and settlements on delinquent loans. Losses on these involuntary prepayments are absorbed by the securitization trusts. Prepayments as a result of the Company's repurchase of delinquent loans from the securitization trusts are also viewed as involuntary and generally represent approximately 5% of total prepayment experience. Losses on the liquidation of repurchased loans are absorbed on the Company's books. Both voluntary and involuntary loan prepayments are incorporated in the Company's prepayment assumption forecasts. The Company's practice in forecasting prepayment assumptions for calculation of the initial securitization gain and subsequent revaluations had been to use an average historical prepayment rate of similar pools for the expected constant prepayment rate assumption while a pool of mortgage loans was less than a year old even though actual experience may be different. During that period, before a pool of mortgage loans reached its expected constant prepayment rate, actual experience both quantitatively and qualitatively was generally not considered sufficient to conclude that final actual experience for an individual pool of mortgage loans would be materially different from the average. For pools of mortgage loans greater than one-year old, prepayment experience trends for an individual pool was considered to be more significant. For these pools, adjustments to prepayment assumptions may be made to more closely conform the assumptions to actual experience if the variance from average experience is significant and is expected to continue. F-67 AMERICAN BUSINESS FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) JUNE 30, 2004 1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED) INTEREST-ONLY STRIPS -- (CONTINUED) For the past eleven quarters, actual prepayment experience was generally higher, most significantly on home equity loans, than historical averages for prepayments prior to that eleven-quarter period. The long duration of historically low interest rates, combined with increasing home values and high consumer debt levels has given borrowers an extended opportunity to engage in mortgage refinancing activities, which resulted in elevated prepayment experience. Low interest rates and increasing home values provide incentive to borrowers to convert high cost consumer debt into lower rate tax deductible loans. As home values have increased, lenders have been highly successful in educating borrowers that they have the ability to access the cash value in their homes. For the past eleven quarters, the Company assumed for each quarter end valuation that the decline in interest rates had stopped and a rise in interest rates would occur in the near term. Economic conditions and published mortgage industry surveys supported the Company's assumption. The Company believes that once it is beyond the low interest rate environment and its impact on prepayments, the long recurring and highly unfavorable prepayment experience over the past eleven quarters will subside. Also, the rate of increase in home values has slowed considerably, which the Company expects will mean that fewer borrowers will have excess value in their homes to access. As a result of analysis of these factors, the Company believes prepayments will continue to remain at higher than normal levels for the near term before declining to historical prepayment levels and then further declining in the future. However, the Company cannot predict with certainty what prepayment experience will be in the future. Any unfavorable difference between the assumptions used to value securitization assets and actual experience may have a significant adverse impact on the value of these assets. See the table "Summary of Material Mortgage Loan Securitization Valuation Assumptions and Actual Experience at June 30, 2004" in Note 5 for current prepayment assumptions. In addition to the use of prepayment fees on loans it originated, the Company has implemented programs and strategies in an attempt to reduce loan prepayments. These programs and strategies may include providing information to a borrower regarding costs and benefits of refinancing, which at times may demonstrate a refinancing option is not in the best economic interest of the borrower. Other strategies include offering second mortgages to existing qualified borrowers or offering financial incentives, such as the customer retention incentive program, to qualified borrowers to deter prepayment of their loan. The Company cannot predict with certainty what impact these efforts will have on our future prepayment experience. CREDIT LOSS RATES. Credit loss rates are analyzed in a similar manner to prepayment rates. Credit loss assumptions are compared to actual loss experience for individual mortgage loan pools and averages for similar mortgage loan pools. Delinquency trends, economic conditions, loans repurchased from securitization trusts and other factors are also considered. If the analysis indicates that loss experience may be different from assumptions, the Company would adjust its assumptions as necessary. See the table "Summary of Material Mortgage Loan Securitization Valuation Assumptions and Actual Experience at June 30, 2004" in Note 5 for current credit loss assumptions and actual credit loss experience. However, the Company cannot predict with certainty what credit loss experience will be in the future. Any unfavorable difference between the assumptions used to value securitization assets and actual experience may have a significant adverse impact on the value of these assets. The Company may elect to repurchase delinquent loans from securitization trusts to limit the level of delinquencies and losses in the securitization trusts, and as a result, it can avoid exceeding specified limits on delinquencies and losses that trigger a temporary reduction or discontinuation of cash flow from its interest-only strips. See Note 4 for the amount of loans the Company has repurchased from securitization trusts. Once a loan has been included in a pool of securitized loans, its performance, including historical loss experience if the loan has been repurchased, is reflected in the performance of that pool of mortgage loans. F-68 AMERICAN BUSINESS FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) JUNE 30, 2004 1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED) INTEREST-ONLY STRIPS -- (CONTINUED) The Company may enter into deferment and forbearance arrangements with borrowers in its managed portfolio who experience financial hardships. Any credit losses ultimately realized on these arrangements are included in total portfolio historical losses, which are used in developing credit loss assumptions. PERIODIC REVALUATIONS. The expected future cash flows from interest-only strips are periodically re-evaluated. The current assumptions for prepayment and credit loss rates are monitored against actual experience and other economic conditions and are changed if deemed necessary. In the event of an unfavorable change in these assumptions, the fair value of these assets would be overstated, requiring an accounting adjustment. In accordance with the provisions of Emerging Issues Task Force guidance on issue 99-20, "Recognition of Interest Income and Impairment on Purchased and Retained Beneficial Interests in Securitized Financial Assets," referred to as EITF 99-20 in this document, and SFAS No. 115, decreases in the fair value of interest-only strips that are deemed to be other than temporary adjustments to fair value are recorded through the income statement, which would adversely affect our income in the period of adjustment. Additionally, to the extent any individual interest-only strip has a portion of its initial write up to fair value still remaining in other comprehensive income, other than temporary decreases in its fair value would first be recorded as a reduction to other comprehensive income, which would adversely affect our stockholders' equity in the period of adjustment. During fiscal 2004, the Company recorded total pre-tax other than temporary valuation adjustments on its interest only-strips of $57.0 million, of which, in accordance with EITF 99-20, $39.6 million was charged as expense to the income statement and $17.4 million was charged to other comprehensive income. During fiscal 2003, the Company recorded total pre-tax other than temporary valuation adjustments on its interest-only strips of $58.0 million, of which $39.9 million was charged as expense to the income statement and $18.1 million was charged to other comprehensive income. The valuation adjustments primarily reflect the impact of higher than anticipated prepayments on securitized loans experienced during fiscal 2004 and fiscal 2003 due to the continuing low interest rate environment. See Note 5 Securitizations for more information on valuation assumptions adjustments recorded. The securitization trusts and their investors have no recourse to other assets of the Company for failure of the securitized loans to pay when due. SERVICING RIGHTS When loans are sold through a securitization, the loans' servicing rights have generally been retained and the Company capitalizes the benefit associated with the rights to service securitized loans. However, the Company does not service the loans in the 2003-2 securitization, the Company's most recent securitization, which closed in October 2003. Servicing rights represent the rights to receive contractual servicing fees from securitization trusts and ancillary fees from borrowers net of adequate compensation that would be required by a substitute servicer. Servicing rights are carried at the lower of cost or fair value. Fair value represents the present value of projected net cash flows from servicing. The projected cash flows from servicing fees incorporate assumptions made by management, including prepayment rates and discount rates. These assumptions are similar to those used to value the interest-only strips retained in a securitization. Amortization of the servicing rights asset for securitized loans is calculated individually for each securitized loan pool and is recognized in proportion to servicing income on that particular pool of loans. The expected future cash flows from servicing rights are periodically re- evaluated. The current assumptions for prepayment rates are monitored against actual experience and other economic conditions and are changed if deemed necessary. A review for impairment is performed on a quarterly basis by stratifying F-69 AMERICAN BUSINESS FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) JUNE 30, 2004 1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED) SERVICING RIGHTS -- (CONTINUED) the serviced loans by loan type, home equity or business purpose loans, which is considered to be the predominant risk characteristic in the portfolio of loans the Company services. In establishing loan type as the predominant risk characteristic, the Company considered the following additional loan characteristics and determined these characteristics as mostly uniform within its two types of serviced loans and not predominant for risk stratification: o Fixed versus floating rate loans - All loans the Company services in its securitizations are fixed-rate loans. o Conforming versus non-conforming loans - All loans the Company services are sub-prime (non-conforming) loans, with over 80% of the loans serviced having credit grades of A or B. o Interest rate on serviced loans - The serviced loan portfolio has a high penetration rate of prepayment fees. Sub-prime borrowers, in general, are not as influenced by movement in market interest rates as conforming borrowers. A sub-prime borrower's ability to `rate shop' is generally limited due to personal credit circumstances that are not market driven. o Loan collateral - All loans the Company services are secured by real estate, with approximately 85% secured with first liens on residential property. o Individual loan size - The average loan size in the Company's serviced portfolio is $75 thousand. The serviced portfolio is approximately $2.1 billion at June 30, 2004 with approximately 25 thousand loans. There are no significant defining groupings with respect to loan size. No loans are greater than $1.0 million, only $10.8 million of loans have principal balances greater than $500 thousand, and only $34.5 million of loans have principal balances greater than $350 thousand. o Geographic location of loans - The largest percentage of loans the Company services are geographically located in the mid-Atlantic and northeast sections of the United States. o Original loan term - Home equity loan terms are primarily 180, 240 or 360 months. Business purpose loan terms are primarily 120 or 180 months. If the Company's quarterly analysis indicates the carrying value of servicing rights is not recoverable through future cash flows from contractual servicing and other ancillary fees, a valuation allowance or write down would be required. RECEIVABLE FOR SOLD LOANS Receivable for sold loans represents a receivable held by the Company for loans sold on a whole loan basis which have closed but not yet settled in cash. PREPAID EXPENSES Prepaid assets are comprised mainly of amounts paid for fees on warehouse lines and operating lines of credit (facility fees), insurance coverage and printed marketing materials and customer lists, which have not yet been utilized. Costs for facility fees, printed materials and customer lists are expensed as they are utilized. Other marketing and advertising costs are expensed as incurred. Prepaid expenses at June 30, 2004 included $10.4 million for prepaid facility fees. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT Property and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization is computed using the straight- line method over the estimated useful life of the assets ranging from 3 to 15 years. F-70 AMERICAN BUSINESS FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) JUNE 30, 2004 1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED) FINANCING COSTS AND AMORTIZATION Financing costs incurred in connection with public offerings of subordinated debenture securities are recorded in other assets and are amortized over the term of the related debt. INVESTMENTS HELD TO MATURITY Investments classified as held to maturity recorded in other assets consisted of asset-backed securities that the Company had the positive intent and ability to hold to maturity. These investments were stated at amortized cost. These investments were liquidated in July 2004 due to the clean-up call and collapse of the securitization trust that had issued these investments. REAL ESTATE OWNED Property acquired by foreclosure or in settlement of loan receivables is recorded in other assets, and is carried at the lower of the cost basis in the loan or fair value of the property less estimated costs to sell. GOODWILL Goodwill is recorded in other assets and represents the excess of cost over the fair value of the net assets acquired from the Company's 1997 acquisition of New Jersey Mortgage and Investment Corp. (now American Business Mortgage Services, Inc.) and the 2004 acquisitions of broker operations in California and Texas. The Company adopted SFAS No. 142 "Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets" in July 2001. In accordance with SFAS No. 142, the amortization of goodwill was discontinued. The Company performs periodic reviews for events or changes in circumstances that may indicate that the carrying amount of goodwill might exceed the fair value, which would require an adjustment to the goodwill balance for the amount of impairment. At June 30, 2004, no goodwill impairment existed. For segment reporting purposes, the goodwill balance is allocated to the loan origination segment. ACCOUNTS PAYABLE AND ACCRUED EXPENSES Beginning in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2002, the Company offered customer retention incentives to borrowers who were exploring loan refinancing opportunities for the purpose of lowering their monthly loan payments. In an attempt to retain the loans the Company was servicing for these borrowers, it offered the borrowers the opportunity to receive a monthly cash rebate equal to a percentage of their scheduled monthly loan payments for periods of six to twelve months. When the Company was successful in retaining these loans, it was able to reduce the level of loan prepayments in its managed portfolio of securitized loans. To initially qualify for this program, a borrower has to be current on their loan principal and interest payments and to continue to qualify and receive each month's cash rebate, a borrower has to remain current. The percentage of rebates on scheduled monthly loan payments offered to participants ranged from 15% to 20%. No new participants in this program will be added after the first quarter of fiscal 2005. Included in accounts payable and accrued expenses at June 30, 2004 and 2003 was $1.3 million and $5.2 million, respectively, representing the Company's estimate of its liability for future payments to borrowers under this program. Included in general and administrative expenses for the years ended June 30, 2004, 2003 and 2002 was $1.8 million, $8.8 million and $0.8 million, respectively, representing the expense of this program in these years. ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME Accumulated other comprehensive income includes other comprehensive income as reported on the Consolidated Statement of Stockholders' Equity in accordance with SFAS No. 130, "Reporting F-71 AMERICAN BUSINESS FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) JUNE 30, 2004 1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED) ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME -- (CONTINUED) Comprehensive Income," referred to as SFAS 130. SFAS 130 requires unrealized gains and losses on certain investments be classified within other comprehensive income. The Company's components of other comprehensive income consist of certain fair value adjustments related to its interest-only strips which are recorded at their allocated cost basis at the time of recording a securitization gain and in accordance with SFAS No. 115 and then are written up to their fair value through other comprehensive income. Any subsequent increases in the fair value of the Company's interest-only strips would also be recorded through other comprehensive income. Any decreases in the fair value of interest-only strips that are deemed to be other than temporary adjustments to fair value are recorded through the income statement. To the extent any individual interest-only strip has a portion of its initial write up to fair value or a portion of any subsequent write up in fair value still remaining in other comprehensive income, other than temporary decreases in its fair value would first be recorded as a reduction to other comprehensive income. REVENUE RECOGNITION The Company derives its revenue principally from gains on sales of loans, interest accretion on interest-only strips, interest and fee income on loans and leases, and servicing income. Gains on loans sold with servicing released, referred to as whole loan sales, are the difference between the net proceeds from the sale and the loans' net carrying value. The net carrying value of loans is equal to their principal balance plus unamortized origination costs and fees. Gains on sales of loans through securitizations represent the difference between the net proceeds to the Company, including retained interests in the securitization and the allocated cost of loans or leases securitized. The allocated cost of loans securitized is determined by allocating their net carrying value between the loans, the interest-only strips and the servicing rights retained by the Company based upon their relative fair values. Interest accretion income represents the yield component of cash flows received on interest-only strips. The Company uses a prospective approach to estimate interest accretion. As previously discussed, the Company updates estimates of residual cash flow from the securitizations. Under the prospective approach, when it is probable that there is a favorable or unfavorable change in estimated residual cash flow from the cash flow previously projected, the Company recognizes a larger or smaller percentage of the cash flow as interest accretion. Any change in value of the underlying interest-only strip could impact the current estimate of residual cash flow earned from the securitizations. For example, a significant change in market interest rates could increase or decrease the level of prepayments, thereby changing the size of the total managed loan portfolio and related projected cash flows. Interest and fee income consists of interest earned on loans and leases while held in the Company's managed portfolio, and other ancillary fees collected in connection with loan origination. Interest income is recognized based on the simple interest or scheduled interest method depending on the original structure of the loan. Accrual of interest income is suspended when the receivable is contractually delinquent for 90 days or more. The accrual is resumed when the receivable becomes contractually current, and past-due interest income is recognized at that time. In addition, a detailed review may cause earlier suspension if collection is doubtful. Servicing income is recognized as contractual fees and other fees for servicing loans and leases are earned, net of amortization of servicing rights assets. F-72 AMERICAN BUSINESS FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) JUNE 30, 2004 1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED) DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS A primary market risk exposure that the Company faces is interest rate risk. Interest rate risk arises from the potential impact that changes in interest rates will have on the fair value of the Company's loans between the date fixed rate loans are originated and the date the terms and pricing for a whole loan sale or a securitization are fixed. From time to time, the Company utilizes derivative financial instruments in an attempt to mitigate the effect of changes in interest rates between the date loans are originated at fixed interest rates and the date the terms and pricing for a whole loan sale are fixed or the fixed interest rate pass- through certificates to be issued by a securitization trust are priced. Generally, the period between loan origination and pricing for whole loan sales is less than 45 days and the period between loan origination and pricing of the pass-through interest rate on a securitization is less than three months. The types of derivative financial instruments the Company uses to mitigate the effects of changes in fair value of the Company's loans due to interest rate changes may include interest rate swaps, futures and forward contracts, including forward loan sale agreements. The nature and quantity of hedging transactions are determined based on various factors, including market conditions and the expected volume of mortgage loan originations and purchases. At the time derivative contracts are executed, they may be specifically designated and documented as fair value hedges of mortgage loans, which the Company expects to sell in whole loan sale transactions or a term securitization at a future date. The mortgage loans consist of essentially similar pools of fixed interest rate loans, collateralized by real estate (primarily residential real estate) with similar maturities and similar credit characteristics. Even variable interest rate mortgages originated by the Company are generally fixed rate for the first two or three years. Mortgage loans to be sold in whole loan sale transactions are generally priced to yield a spread against Treasury or interest rate swap yield curves having maturities matching the maturities of the mortgage loan pool being sold. The Company may hedge the impact that changes in Treasury or interest rate swap yield curves may have on the fair value of its loans with forward starting interest rate swaps, Eurodollar futures, forward treasury sales or derivative contracts of similar underlying securities. Assuming this hedge relationship continues to be highly effective, determined as described below, hedge accounting continues until the mortgage loan pool is sold in a whole loan sale or the mortgage loan pool is committed to a forward sale agreement. When a hedge relationship is terminated, the derivative financial instrument may be re-designated as a hedge of a new mortgage pool. Fixed interest rate pass-through certificates issued by securitization trusts are generally priced to yield an interest rate spread above interest rate swap yield curves with maturities to match the maturities of the interest rate pass-through certificates. The Company may hedge the impact that potential interest rate changes in interest rate swap yield curves may have on the fair value of its loans with forward starting interest rate swaps, Eurodollar futures, forward treasury sales or derivative contracts of similar underlying securities. Assuming this hedge relationship continues to be highly effective, determined as described below, the relationship continues until the mortgage loan pool is sold in a securitization. When a hedge relationship is terminated, the derivative financial instrument may be re-designated as a hedge of a new mortgage pool. These practices have provided strong correlation between changes in the fair value of the derivative financial instruments the Company uses as hedges and changes in the fair value of the hedged loans due to the designated hedged risk. Derivative contracts receive hedge accounting only if they are designated as a hedge and are expected to be, and are, highly effective in substantially reducing interest rate risk arising from the pools of mortgage loans exposing the Company to risk. Under hedge accounting, the gain or loss derived from these derivative financial instruments, which are designated as fair value hedges, is reported in the Statement of Income (included in the caption "gains and losses on derivative financial instruments") as it F-73 AMERICAN BUSINESS FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) JUNE 30, 2004 1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED) DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS -- (CONTINUED) occurs with an offsetting adjustment to the hedged loans attributable to the risk being hedged also reported in the income statement. The fair value of derivative financial instruments is determined based on quoted market prices. The fair value of the hedged loans is determined based on current pricing of these assets in a whole loan sale or securitization. Cash flows resulting from fair value hedges are reported in the period they occur. The effectiveness of the Company's fair value hedges is periodically assessed. Fair value hedges must meet specific effectiveness tests to be considered highly effective. Over time the change in the fair values of the derivative financial instrument must be within 80 to 120 percent of the change in the fair value of the hedged loans due to the designated risk. If highly effective correlation does not exist, the Company discontinues hedge accounting prospectively. The Company has no derivative financial instruments designated as cash flow hedges. Generally, the Company does not enter into derivative financial instrument contracts for trading purposes. However, the Company has entered into derivative financial instrument contracts, which were not designated or qualified as accounting hedges. In these cases, the derivative financial instruments are recorded as an asset or liability on the balance sheet at fair value and gains and losses are included in the Statement of Income (included in the caption "gains and losses on derivative financial instruments") as they occur. These contracts have been used to protect the fair value of loans in the Company's pipeline and to reduce its exposure to changes in the fair value of certain interest-only strips due to changes in one-month LIBOR. Loans in the pipeline represent loan applications for which the Company is in the process of obtaining all the documentation required for a loan approval or approved loans, which have not been accepted by the borrower and are not considered to be firm commitments. The Company has sold mortgage loans through securitizations. The structure of certain securitization trusts includes a floating interest rate tranche based on one-month LIBOR plus an interest rate spread. Floating interest rate tranches in a securitization expose the Company to gains or losses due to changes in the fair value of the interest-only strip from changes in the floating interest rate paid to the certificate holders. In order to manage this exposure, the Company had entered into an interest rate swap agreement to lock in a fixed interest rate on certain of the Company's securitizations' variable rate tranches. This interest rate swap matured in April 2004. The swap agreement required a net cash settlement on a monthly basis of the difference between the fixed interest rate on the swap and the LIBOR rate paid on the certificates. The fair value of this swap agreement was based on estimated market values for the sale of the contract provided by a third party. Net changes in the fair value during a period were included in gains and losses on derivative financial instruments in the Statement of Income. The interest-only strips are held as available for sale securities and therefore changes in the fair value of the interest-only strips are recorded as a component of equity unless the fair value of the interest-only strip falls below its cost basis, which would require a write down through current period income. Additionally, the interest rate sensitivity for $63.0 million of floating interest rate certificates issued from the 2003-1 securitization trust is managed by an interest rate cap which was entered into by the trust at the inception of the securitization. This interest rate cap limits the one-month LIBOR to a maximum rate of 4.0% and was structured to automatically unwind as the floating interest rate certificates pay down. The interest rate sensitivity for $128.6 million of floating interest rate certificates issued from the 2003-2 securitization trust is managed by an interest rate cap which was entered into by the trust at the inception of the securitization. This interest rate cap limits the one-month LIBOR to a maximum rate of 4.0% and was structured to automatically unwind as the floating interest rate certificates pay down. F-74 AMERICAN BUSINESS FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) JUNE 30, 2004 1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED) DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS -- (CONTINUED) The value of derivative financial instruments is based on a notional amount, but this notional amount is not carried on the balance sheet. The notional amount is not exchanged between counterparties to the derivative financial instrument, but is only used as a basis to determine fair value, which is recorded on the balance sheet, and to determine interest and other payments between the counterparties. The Company's exposure to credit risk in a derivative transaction is represented by the fair value of those derivative financial instruments in a gain position. The Company attempts to manage this exposure by limiting its derivative financial instruments to those traded on major exchanges and where its counterparties are major financial institutions. See Note 20 for further discussion of the Company's use of derivative financial instruments. INCOME TAXES The Company and its subsidiaries file a consolidated federal income tax return. Under the asset and liability method used by the Company to provide for income taxes, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between the financial statement and tax basis carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities. Estimates of deferred tax assets and liabilities make up the deferred income tax asset on the Company's balance sheet. These estimates involve significant judgments and estimates by management, which may have a material impact on the carrying value of the deferred income tax asset. The deferred income tax asset is periodically reviewed to determine if it is more likely than not that the Company will realize this deferred tax asset. STOCK OPTIONS The Company has stock option plans that provide for the periodic granting of options to key employees and non-employee directors and accounts for options granted under these plans under APB Opinion No. 25 "Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees" ("APB No. 25"). The Company accounts for fixed stock options issued under these plans using the intrinsic value method, and accordingly, no expense is recognized where the exercise price equals or exceeds the fair value of the common stock at the date of grant. The Company accounts for performance based stock options issued under these plans as variable stock options and recognizes compensation expense based on the fair value of the Company's common stock, as measured on the date of the grant, on a straight-line basis over the vesting period of these stock options. F-75 AMERICAN BUSINESS FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) JUNE 30, 2004 1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED) STOCK OPTIONS -- (CONTINUED) Had the Company accounted for stock options granted under these plans using the fair value method of SFAS No. 123, "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation" ("SFAS No. 123") and SFAS No. 148 "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation - Transition and Disclosure" ("SFAS No. 148"), pro forma net income and earnings per share would have been as follows (in thousands, except per share amounts):
YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, ------------------------------ 2004 2003 2002 --------- -------- ------ Net income (loss) attributable to common stock, as reported...................................... $(115,146) $(29,902) $7,859 Stock based compensation costs, net of tax effects determined under fair value method for all awards......................................................................................... 712(a) (130) (170) --------- -------- ------ Pro forma........................................................................................ $(114,434) $(30,032) $7,689 ========= ======== ====== Earnings (loss) per share - basic As reported..................................................................................... $ (34.07) $ (9.32) $ 2.44 Pro forma....................................................................................... (33.86) (9.36) 2.38 Earnings (loss) per share - diluted As reported..................................................................................... $ (34.07) $ (9.32) $ 2.26 Pro forma....................................................................................... (33.86) (9.36) 2.22
--------------- (a) The pro forma adjustments for stock option costs are favorable to net income (loss) because the value of stock options forfeited during these periods exceeded the value of stock options vesting during these periods. RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS In November 2002, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued Financial Interpretation No. ("FIN") 45 "Guarantor's Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, Including Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others." FIN 45 standardizes practices related to the recognition of a liability for the fair value of a guarantor's obligation. The rule requires companies to record a liability for the fair value of its guarantee to provide or stand ready to provide services, cash or other assets. The rule applies to contracts that require a guarantor to make payments based on an underlying factor such as change in market value of an asset, collection of the scheduled contractual cash flows from individual financial assets held by a special purpose entity, non-performance of a third party, for indemnification agreements, or for guarantees of the indebtedness of others among other things. The provisions of FIN 45 are effective on a prospective basis for guarantees that are issued or modified after December 31, 2002. The disclosure requirements were effective for statements of annual or interim periods ending after December 15, 2002. Based on the requirements of this guidance, the Company is carrying a liability of $0.7 million on its balance sheet for its obligation to 2003-1 securitization trust which was created in March 2003. This liability represents the fair value of periodic interest advances that the Company, as servicer of the securitized loans, is obligated to pay on behalf of delinquent loans in the trust. The recording of this liability reduced the gain on sale recorded for the securitization. The Company would expect to record a similar liability for any subsequent securitization as it occurs. The amount of the liability that will be recorded is dependent mainly on the volume of loans the Company securitizes, the expected performance of those loans and the interest rate of the loans. The Company has not completed a new securitization with servicing retained since 2003-1. F-76 AMERICAN BUSINESS FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) JUNE 30, 2004 1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED) RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) In December 2002, the FASB issued SFAS No. 148 which amends SFAS No. 123. SFAS No. 148 provides alternative methods of transition for a voluntary change to the fair value method of accounting for stock-based compensation and requires pro forma disclosures of the effect on net income and earnings per share had the fair value method been used to be included in annual and interim reports and disclosure of the effect of the transition method used if the accounting method was changed, among other things. SFAS No. 148 is effective for annual reports of fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2002 and interim reports for periods beginning after December 15, 2002. The Company plans to continue using the intrinsic value method of accounting for stock- based compensation and therefore the new rule will have no effect on its financial condition or results of operations. The Company has adopted the new standard related to disclosure in the interim period beginning January 1, 2003. See Notes 1 and 12 of the Consolidated Financial Statements for further detail of the adoption of this rule. In April 2003, the FASB began reconsidering the current alternatives available for accounting for stock-based compensation. Currently, the FASB is continuing its deliberations on this matter. The Company cannot predict whether the guidance will change its current accounting for stock-based compensation, or what effect, if any, changes may have on the Company's current financial condition or results of operations. In April 2003, the FASB issued SFAS No. 149, "Amendment of Statement 133 on Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities." SFAS No. 149 amends SFAS No. 133, "Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities" to clarify the financial accounting and reporting for derivative instruments and hedging activities. SFAS No. 149 is intended to improve financial reporting by requiring comparable accounting methods for similar contracts. SFAS No. 149 is effective for contracts entered into or modified subsequent to June 30, 2003. The requirements of SFAS No. 149 do not affect the Company's current accounting for derivative instruments or hedging activities, therefore, it will have no effect on its financial condition or results of operations. In May 2003, the FASB issued SFAS No. 150, "Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of Both Liabilities and Equity." SFAS No. 150 requires an issuer to classify certain financial instruments having characteristics of both liabilities and equity, such as mandatorily redeemable shares and obligations to repurchase the issuer's equity shares, as liabilities. The guidance is effective for financial instruments entered into or modified subsequent to May 31, 2003, and otherwise is effective at the beginning of the first interim period after June 15, 2003. The Company does not have any instruments with such characteristics and does not expect SFAS No. 150 to have a material impact on its financial condition or results of operations. In December 2003, the FASB issued Interpretation No. 46 (revised December 2003), "Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities" ("FIN 46R"), which replaces the original FIN No. 46 issued in January 2003. FIN 46R addresses how a business enterprise should evaluate whether it has a controlling interest in an entity through means other than voting rights. This interpretation requires a variable interest entity to be consolidated by a company if that company is subject to a majority of the risk of loss from the variable interest entity's activities or is entitled to receive a majority of the entity's residual returns or both. The interpretation also requires disclosures about variable interest entities that the Company is not required to consolidate but in which it has a significant variable interest. Special Purpose Entities ("SPE") are one type of entity, which, under certain circumstances, may qualify as a variable interest entity. Although the Company uses unconsolidated SPEs extensively in its loan securitization activities, the guidance will not affect the Company's current consolidation policies for SPEs as the guidance does not change the guidance incorporated in SFAS No. 140 "Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishment of Liabilities" which precludes consolidation of a qualifying SPE by a transferor of assets F-77 AMERICAN BUSINESS FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) JUNE 30, 2004 1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED) RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) to that SPE. FIN 46R will therefore have no effect on the Company's financial condition or results of operations and would not be expected to affect it in the future. 2. ACQUISITIONS On December 24, 2003, the Company acquired a broker operation with 35 employees located in California that operates primarily on the west coast of the United States for the purpose of expanding its capacity to originate loans through its broker channel, especially in the state of California. Assets acquired in this transaction, mostly fixed assets, were not material. The purchase price was comprised of issuing a $475 thousand convertible non- negotiable promissory note to the seller and assuming $107 thousand of liabilities. As a result of this transaction, the Company increased its goodwill by $582 thousand. The $475 thousand convertible non-negotiable promissory note issued in the December 2003 acquisition bears interest at 6% per annum and matures June 30, 2005. At any time on or after December 24, 2004 and before January 31, 2005, the holder of the note has the option to convert the note into the number of shares of common stock determined by dividing the outstanding principal amount of the note and accrued interest, if any, by $5.00, subject to adjustment for any changes in the capitalization of the Company affecting its common stock. On June 11, 2004, the Company acquired a broker operation with 35 employees located and primarily operating in the state of Texas. This acquisition was also for the purpose of expanding the Company's capacity to originate loans through its broker channel. Assets acquired in this transaction, mostly fixed assets, were not material. The purchase price was comprised of issuing a $650 thousand convertible non-negotiable promissory note to the seller and $150 thousand of cash. As a result of this transaction, the Company increased its goodwill by $612 thousand. The $650 thousand convertible non-negotiable promissory note issued in the June 2004 acquisition bears interest at 8% per annum and is to be paid in five semi-annual installments of $108 thousand each commencing on December 31, 2004. The final semi-annual installment is due on June 30, 2007. At any semi- annual installment date, the holder of the note has the option to convert the note into the number of shares of the Company's common stock as determined by dividing the semi-annual principal payment amount by the closing price per common share on the immediately preceding semi-annual payment date, subject to adjustment for any changes in the capitalization of the Company affecting its common stock. F-78 AMERICAN BUSINESS FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) JUNE 30, 2004 3. LOAN AND LEASE RECEIVABLES LOANS AVAILABLE FOR SALE Loans available for sale were comprised of the following (in thousands):
JUNE 30, ------------------- 2004 2003 -------- -------- Loans available for sale, secured by real estate, principal balance...................................... $300,143 $257,840 Valuation allowance(a) .................................. (42) (1,319) Deferred direct loan origination costs .................. 4,453 6,850 Other(b) ................................................ (279) 48 -------- -------- $304,275 $263,419 ======== ========
--------------- (a) For estimated credit losses. (b) Represents the SFAS No. 133 adjustment to the fair value of hedged loans. Real estate secured loans have contractual maturities of up to 30 years. The activity in the valuation allowance against available for sale loans is summarized as follows (in thousands):
YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, ------------------------- 2004 2003 2002 ------- ------ ----- Balance at beginning of year.......................................................................... $ 1,319 $ 263 $ 380 Provision adjustment.................................................................................. (1,277) 1,056 (117) ------- ------ ----- Ending Balance........................................................................................ $ 42 $1,319 $ 263 ======= ====== =====
NON-ACCRUAL LOANS At June 30, 2004 and June 30, 2003, the accrual of interest income was suspended on real estate secured loans of $3.5 million and $5.4 million, respectively. Non-accrual loans at June 30, 2004 and 2003 were comprised of the following (in thousands):
JUNE 30, ----------------- 2004 2003 ------- ------- Loans repurchased from securitization trusts .............. $ 3,281 $ 4,674 Loans transferred from available for sale ................. 181 684 ------- ------- 3,462 5,358 Allowance for credit losses ............................... (1,469) (1,359) ------- ------- Net non-accrual loans ..................................... $ 1,993 $ 3,999 ======= =======
Average balances of non-accrual loans during the years ended June 30, 2004 and 2003 were $7.3 million and $8.6 million, respectively. F-79 AMERICAN BUSINESS FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) JUNE 30, 2004 3. LOAN AND LEASE RECEIVABLES (CONTINUED) LEASE RECEIVABLES Lease receivables were comprised of the following (in thousands):
JUNE 30, ------------- 2004 2003 ---- ------ Leases, net of unearned income of $550 in 2003 ................ $-- $4,126 Deferred direct origination costs ............................. -- 28 Allowance for credit losses ................................... -- (170) --- ------ Net lease receivables ......................................... $-- $3,984 === ======
Substantially all leases were direct finance-type leases whereby the lessee had the right to purchase the leased equipment at the lease expiration for a nominal amount. On January 22, 2004, the Company executed an agreement to sell its interests in the remaining leases in its portfolio. The terms of the agreement included a cash sale price of approximately $4.8 million in exchange for the Company's lease portfolio balance as of December 31, 2003. The Company received the cash from this sale in January 2004 and recognized a net gain of $0.5 million. 4. ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES The activity in the allowance for credit losses on non-accrual loans and leases is summarized as follows (in thousands):
YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, ----------------------------- 2004 2003 2002 -------- ------- ------- Balance at beginning of year...................................................................... $ 1,529 $ 3,442 $ 2,100 Provision for credit losses: Business purpose loans........................................................................... 3,344 1,210 1,716 Home equity loans................................................................................ 12,432 3,923 3,539 Equipment leases................................................................................. (210) 364 1,319 -------- ------- ------- Total provision................................................................................ 15,566 5,497 6,574 -------- ------- ------- Loan charge-offs: Business purpose loans........................................................................... (3,582) (2,022) (948) Home equity loans................................................................................ (12,182) (4,925) (2,897) Equipment leases................................................................................. (1,127) (865) (1,689) -------- ------- ------- Total loan charge offs......................................................................... (16,891) (7,812) (5,534) -------- ------- ------- Recoveries of loans previously charged off: Business purpose loans........................................................................... 84 38 24 Home equity loans................................................................................ 14 12 5 Equipment leases................................................................................. 1,167 352 273 -------- ------- ------- Total recoveries............................................................................... 1,265 402 302 -------- ------- ------- Total charge-offs, net............................................................................ (15,626) (7,410) (5,232) -------- ------- ------- Balance at end of year............................................................................ $ 1,469 $ 1,529 $ 3,442 ======== ======= ======= Ratio of net charge offs in the portfolio to the average portfolio(a)............................. 8.93% 5.17% 4.23% Ratio of allowance to non-accrual loans and leases ............................................... 42.44% 16.08% 22.65%
--------------- (a) The average portfolio includes loans available for sale, non-accrual loans and leases. F-80 AMERICAN BUSINESS FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) JUNE 30, 2004 4. ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES (CONTINUED) The following schedule details the provision for credit losses for the years ended June 30, 2004, 2003 and 2002 (in thousands):
YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, -------------------------- 2004 2003 2002 ------- ------ ------ Loans available for sale............................................................................. $ 42 $1,319 $ 262 Non-accrual loans.................................................................................... 15,776 5,133 5,255 Leases .............................................................................................. (210) 364 1,319 ------- ------ ------ Total Provision for Credit Losses.................................................................... $15,607 $6,816 $6,836 ======= ====== ======
While the Company is under no obligation to do so, at times it elects to repurchase delinquent loans from the securitization trusts. Repurchasing delinquent loans from securitization trusts benefits the Company by allowing it to limit the level of delinquencies and losses in the securitization trusts and as a result, it can avoid exceeding specified limits on delinquencies and losses that trigger a temporary reduction or discontinuation of cash flow from its interest-only strips until the delinquency or loss triggers are no longer exceeded. The Company has the right, but not the obligation, to repurchase a limited amount of delinquent loans from securitization trusts. In addition, the Company may elect to repurchase delinquent loans in situations requiring more flexibility for the administration and collection of these loans. The purchase price of a delinquent loan is at the loan's outstanding contractual balance. A foreclosed loan is one where the Company, as servicer, has initiated formal foreclosure proceedings against the borrower and a delinquent loan is one that is 31 days or more past due. The foreclosed and delinquent loans the Company typically elects to repurchase are usually 90 days or more delinquent and the subject of foreclosure proceedings, or where a completed foreclosure is imminent. The related allowance for loan losses on these repurchased loans is included in the provision for credit losses in the period of repurchase. The related REO writedown for REO repurchased is recorded through general and administrative expense in the period of repurchase. The Company's ability to repurchase these loans does not disqualify sale accounting under SFAS No. 140 or other relevant accounting literature because the Company is not required to repurchase any loan and its ability to repurchase a loan is limited by contract. At June 30, 2004, four of the Company's twenty-six mortgage securitization trusts were under a triggering event as a result of delinquencies exceeding specified levels. There were no securitization trusts exceeding specified loss levels at June 30, 2004. At June 30, 2003, none of the Company's mortgage securitization trusts were under a triggering event. Approximately $8.0 million of excess overcollateralization is being held by the four trusts as of June 30, 2004. For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2004, the Company repurchased delinquent loans with an aggregate unpaid principal balance of $54.0 million from securitization trusts primarily for trigger management. The Company cannot predict when the four trusts currently exceeding triggers will be below trigger limits and release the excess overcollateralization. In order for these trusts to release the excess overcollateralization, delinquent loans would need to decline, or the company would need to repurchase delinquent loans of up to $10.4 million as of June 30, 2004. If delinquencies increase and the Company cannot cure the delinquency or liquidate the loans in the mortgage securitization trusts without exceeding loss triggers, the levels of repurchases required to manage triggers may increase. The Company's ability to continue to manage triggers in its securitization trusts in the future is affected by the availability of cash from operations or through the sale of subordinated debentures to fund these repurchases. F-81 AMERICAN BUSINESS FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) JUNE 30, 2004 4. ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES (CONTINUED) The following table summarizes the principal balances of loans and real estate owned "REO" repurchased from securitization trusts (dollars in thousands):
YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, ---------------------------- 2004 2003 2002 ------- ------- ------- By original loan type: Business purpose loans............................................................................ $14,759 $16,252 $ 6,669 Home equity loans................................................................................. 39,211 38,775 23,571 ------- ------- ------- Total........................................................................................... $53,970 $55,027 $30,240 ======= ======= ======= By loans and REO: Loans repurchased................................................................................. $41,162 $23,809 $13,653 REO purchased..................................................................................... 12,808 31,218 16,587 ------- ------- ------- Total........................................................................................... $53,970 $55,027 $30,240 ======= ======= ======= Number of loans repurchased........................................................................ 684 637 341 ======= ======= =======
The Company received $40.9 million, $37.6 million and $19.2 million of proceeds from the liquidation of repurchased loans and REO during the years ended June 30, 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively. The Company had repurchased loans remaining on the balance sheet in the amounts of $3.3 million, $4.7 million and $5.0 million at June 30, 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively, and REO of $1.9 million, $4.5 million and $3.2 million at June 30, 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively. 5. SECURITIZATIONS The following schedule details loan securitization activity (dollars in millions):
YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, ----------------------------- 2004 2003 2002 ------ -------- -------- Loans securitized: Business purpose loans........................................................................... $ 11.0 $ 112.0 $ 129.1 Home equity loans................................................................................ 130.4 1,311.7 1,222.0 ------ -------- -------- $141.4 $1,423.7 $1,351.1 ====== ======== ======== Number of term securitizations: Business purpose and home equity loans........................................................... 1 3 4 Cash proceeds: Business purpose and home equity loans........................................................... $139.3 $1,445.0 $1,374.6 Securitization gains: Business purpose and home equity loans........................................................... $ 15.1 $ 171.0 $ 185.6
The table below summarizes certain cash flows received from and paid to securitization trusts (in millions):
YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, ----------------- 2004 2003 ------ -------- Proceeds from new securitizations ......................... $139.3 $1,445.0 Contractual servicing fees received ....................... 43.6 44.9 Other cash flows received on retained interests(a) ........ 151.1 87.2 Purchases of delinquent or foreclosed assets .............. (54.0) (55.0) Servicing advances ........................................ (11.6) (10.3) Reimbursement of servicing advances ....................... 11.8 11.6
--------------- (a) Amount is net of required purchases of additional overcollateralization. F-82 AMERICAN BUSINESS FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) JUNE 30, 2004 5. SECURITIZATIONS (CONTINUED) The Company's securitizations involve a two-step transfer that qualified for sale accounting under SFAS No. 125 and also qualify under SFAS No. 140. First, the Company sells the loans to an SPE, which has been established for the limited purpose of buying and reselling the loans and establishing a true sale under legal standards. Next, the SPE sells the loans to a qualified SPE, which is a trust transferring title of the loans and isolating those assets from the Company's assets. Finally, the trust issues certificates to investors to raise the cash purchase price for the loans being sold, collects proceeds on behalf of the certificate holders, distributes proceeds and is a distinct legal entity, independent from the Company. The Company also used SPEs in the sales of loans to a $300.0 million off- balance sheet mortgage conduit facility. Sales into the off-balance sheet facility involved a two-step transfer that qualified for sale accounting under SFAS No. 140, similar to the process described above. This facility had a revolving feature and could be directed by the sponsor to dispose of the loans. Typically, the loans were disposed of by securitizing the loans in a term securitization. The third party note purchaser also has the right to have the loans sold in whole loan sale transactions. Under this off-balance sheet facility arrangement, the loans had been isolated from the Company and its subsidiaries and as a result, transfers to the facility were treated as sales for financial reporting purposes. When loans were sold to this facility, the Company assessed the likelihood that the sponsor would transfer the loans into a term securitization. As the sponsor had typically transferred the loans to a term securitization prior to the fourth quarter of fiscal 2003, the amount of gain on sale recognized for loans sold to this facility was estimated based on the terms the Company would obtain in a term securitization rather than the terms of this facility. For the fourth quarter of fiscal 2003, the likelihood that the facility sponsor would ultimately transfer the underlying loans to a term securitization was significantly reduced and the amount of gain recognized for loans sold to this facility was based on terms expected in a whole loan sale transaction. The Company's ability to sell loans into this facility expired pursuant to its terms on July 5, 2003. At June 30, 2003, the off-balance sheet mortgage conduit facility held loans with principal balance due of $275.6 million as assets and owed $267.5 million to third parties. Through September 30, 2003, $222.3 million of the loans which were in the facility at June 30, 2003 were sold in whole loan sales as directed by the facility sponsor. At September 30, 2003, the facility held loans with principal balances of $40.5 million as assets and owed $36.0 million to third parties. This conduit facility was refinanced in an October 16, 2003 refinancing as described in Note 10. Declining interest rates and resulting high prepayment rates over the last eleven quarters have required revisions to our estimates of the value of our securitization assets. Beginning in the second quarter of fiscal 2002 and on a quarterly basis thereafter, our prepayment rates, as well as those throughout the mortgage industry, remained at higher than expected levels due to continuing low interest rates during this period. As a result, over the last eleven quarters, the Company has recorded cumulative pre-tax write downs to its interest-only strips in the aggregate amount of $175.8 million and pre-tax adjustments to the value of servicing rights of $17.9 million, for total adjustments of $193.7 million, mainly due to the higher than expected prepayment experience. During the same period, the Company reduced the discount rates it applies to value its securitization assets, resulting in net favorable pre-tax valuation impacts of $20.9 million on interest-only strips and $7.1 million on servicing rights. The discount rates were reduced primarily to reflect the impact of the sustained decline in market interest rates. Additionally, on June 30, 2004, the Company wrote down the carrying value of its interest-only strips and servicing rights related to five of its mortgage securitization trusts by $5.4 million to reflect their values under the terms of a September 27, 2004 sale agreement. The sale of these assets was undertaken as part of the negotiations to obtain a new $100.0 million warehouse credit facility described in Note 10 and to raise cash to pay fees on new warehouse credit facilities. The following table summarizes the net cumulative write downs recorded on the Company's securitization assets over the last eleven quarters (in thousands): F-83 AMERICAN BUSINESS FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) JUNE 30, 2004 5. SECURITIZATIONS (CONTINUED)
TOTAL INCOME OTHER WRITE DOWN STATEMENT COMPREHENSIVE (WRITE UP) IMPACT INCOME IMPACT ---------- --------- ------------- PRE-TAX ADJUSTMENT RESULTING FROM: Prepayments............................................................................. $193,743 $128,667 $65,076 Discount rate........................................................................... (28,038) (18,427) (9,611) Loss on sale............................................................................ 5,452 3,446 2,006 -------- -------- ------- Net cumulative write down............................................................... $171,157 $113,686 $57,471 ======== ======== =======
During fiscal 2004, the Company recorded total pre-tax valuation adjustments on its interest-only strips and servicing rights of $63.8 million, of which $46.4 million was charged as expense to the income statement and $17.4 million was charged to other comprehensive income. These adjustments primarily reflect the impact of higher than anticipated prepayments on securitized loans experienced in fiscal 2004 due to the low interest rate environment experienced during fiscal 2004. The fiscal 2004 valuation adjustment also includes a write down of the carrying value of interest-only strips and servicing rights related to five of the Company's mortgage securitization trusts of $5.4 million to reflect their values under the terms of a September 27, 2004 sale agreement. The sale of these assets was undertaken as part of negotiations to obtain a new $100.0 million warehouse credit facility and to raise cash to pay fees on new warehouse credit facilities and as a result, the Company did not realize their full value as reflected on its books. This compares to total pre-tax valuation adjustments on the Company's securitization assets of $63.3 million during the year ended June 30, 2003, of which $45.2 million was charged as expense to the income statement and $18.1 million was reflected as an adjustment to other comprehensive income. The breakout of the total adjustments in fiscal 2004 and 2003 between interest-only strips and servicing rights was as follows (in thousands):
YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 2004 YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 2003 ------------------------------------ ------------------------------------ TOTAL INCOME OTHER TOTAL INCOME OTHER WRITE STATEMENT COMPREHENSIVE WRITE STATEMENT COMPREHENSIVE DOWN IMPACT INCOME IMPACT DOWN IMPACT INCOME IMPACT ------- --------- ------------- ------- --------- ------------- Interest-only strips ............................... $57,031 $39,659 $17,372 $57,973 $39,900 $18,073 Servicing rights ................................... 6,791 6,791 -- 5,282 5,282 -- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- Total securitization assets ........................ $63,822 $46,450 $17,372 $63,255 $45,182 $18,073 ======= ======= ======= ======= ======= =======
The valuation adjustment on interest-only strips for fiscal 2004 included the net impact of a December 31, 2003 reduction in the discount rate applied to value the residual cash flows from interest-only strips from 11% to 10%, and a subsequent increase in that discount rate at June 30, 2004 back to 11%. The discount rate was reduced to 10% on December 31, 2003 from 11% on September 30, 2003 and June 30, 2003 primarily to reflect the impact of the sustained decline in market interest rates. The increase back to 11% at June 30, 2004 was made to reflect an increase in market interest rates that had occurred since the end of the March 2004 quarter. The December 31, 2003 reduction in discount rate had a favorable impact of $8.4 million on that quarter's valuation adjustment. The June 30, 2004 increase in discount rate had an unfavorable impact of $8.4 million on that quarter's valuation adjustment. F-84 AMERICAN BUSINESS FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) JUNE 30, 2004 5. SECURITIZATIONS (CONTINUED) The following tables detail the pre-tax write downs of the securitization assets by quarter and details the impact to the income statement and to other comprehensive income in accordance with the provisions of SFAS No. 115 and EITF 99-20 as they relate to interest-only strips and SFAS No. 140 as it relates to servicing rights (in thousands): FISCAL YEAR 2004:
TOTAL INCOME OTHER WRITE STATEMENT COMPREHENSIVE QUARTER ENDED DOWN IMPACT INCOME IMPACT ------------- ------- --------- ------------- September 30, 2003......................................................................... $16,658 $10,795 $ 5,863 December 31, 2003.......................................................................... 14,724 11,968 2,756 March 31, 2004............................................................................. 23,191 15,085 8,106 June 30, 2004.............................................................................. 9,249 8,602 647 ------- ------- ------- Total Fiscal 2004.......................................................................... $63,822 $46,450 $17,372 ======= ======= =======
FISCAL YEAR 2003:
TOTAL INCOME OTHER WRITE STATEMENT COMPREHENSIVE QUARTER ENDED DOWN IMPACT INCOME IMPACT ------------- ------- --------- ------------- September 30, 2002......................................................................... $16,739 $12,078 $ 4,661 December 31, 2002.......................................................................... 16,346 10,568 5,778 March 31, 2003............................................................................. 16,877 10,657 6,220 June 30, 2003.............................................................................. 13,293 11,879 1,414 ------- ------- ------- Total Fiscal 2003.......................................................................... $63,255 $45,182 $18,073 ======= ======= =======
FISCAL YEAR 2002:
TOTAL INCOME OTHER WRITE STATEMENT COMPREHENSIVE QUARTER ENDED DOWN IMPACT INCOME IMPACT ------------- ------- --------- ------------- December 31, 2001.......................................................................... $11,322 $ 4,462 $ 6,860 March 31, 2002............................................................................. 15,513 8,691 6,822 June 30, 2002.............................................................................. 17,244 8,900 8,344 ------- ------- ------- Total Fiscal 2002.......................................................................... $44,079 $22,053 $22,026 ======= ======= =======
Note: The impacts of prepayments on our securitization assets in the quarter ended September 30, 2001 were not significant. F-85 AMERICAN BUSINESS FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) JUNE 30, 2004 5. SECURITIZATIONS (CONTINUED) The following tables provide information regarding the initial and current assumptions applied in determining the fair values of mortgage loan related interest-only strips and servicing rights for each securitization trust. SUMMARY OF MATERIAL MORTGAGE LOAN SECURITIZATION VALUATION ASSUMPTIONS AND ACTUAL EXPERIENCE AT JUNE 30, 2004
2003-2 2003-1 2002-4 2002-3 2002-2 2002-1 2001-4 ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ INTEREST-ONLY STRIP RESIDUAL DISCOUNT RATE: Initial valuation.............................................. 11% 13% 13% 13% 13% 13% 13% Current valuation.............................................. 11% 11% 11% 11% 11% 11% 11% INTEREST-ONLY STRIP OVERCOLLATERALIZATION DISCOUNT RATE: Initial valuation.............................................. 8% 7% 9% 7% 7% 7% 7% Current valuation.............................................. 8% 5% 9% 7% 7% 7% 5% SERVICING RIGHTS DISCOUNT RATE: Initial valuation.............................................. (e) 11% 11% 11% 11% 11% 11% Current valuation.............................................. (e) 9% 9% 9% 9% 9% 9% PREPAYMENT RATES(a): INITIAL ASSUMPTION(b): Business loans............................................... 11% 11% 11% 11% 11% 11% 11% Home equity loans............................................ 22% 22% 22% 22% 22% 22% 22% RAMP PERIOD (MONTHS): Business loans............................................... 27 27 27 27 27 27 27 Home equity loans............................................ 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 CURRENT EXPERIENCE(c): Business loans............................................... 15% 28% 15% 23% 25% 31% 19% Home equity loans............................................ 31% 55% 48% 45% 42% 44% 38% CURRENT ASSUMPTION(d): Business loans Months 1 through 3.......................................... 13% 23% 16% 21% 35% 28% 29% Months 4 through 12......................................... 16% 21% 21% 20% 17% 14% 11% Months thereafter........................................... 14% 13% 12% 11% 10% 10% 10% Home equity loans Months 1 through 3.......................................... 30% 43% 39% 37% 35% 37% 39% Months 4 through 12......................................... 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% Months 13 through 24........................................ 15% 15% 15% 15% 15% 15% 15% Months thereafter........................................... 12% 12% 12% 12% 12% 12% 12% ANNUAL CREDIT LOSS RATES: Initial assumption............................................. 0.52% 0.40% 0.40% 0.40% 0.40% 0.40% 0.40% Actual experience.............................................. 0.05% 0.02% 0.05% 0.11% 0.15% 0.15% 0.23% Current assumption............................................. 0.52% 0.40% 0.40% 0.40% 0.40% 0.40% 0.40% SERVICING FEES: Contractual fees............................................... (e) 0.50% 0.50% 0.50% 0.50% 0.50% 0.50% Ancillary fees................................................. (e) 1.25% 1.25% 1.25% 1.25% 1.25% 1.25%
--------------- (a) Prepayment rates are expressed as Constant Prepayment Rate (CPR). (b) The prepayment ramp is the length of time before a pool of mortgage loans reaches its expected CPR. The business loan prepayment ramp begins at 3% in month one, ramps to an expected peak rate over 27 months, then declines to the final expected CPR by month 40. The home equity loan prepayment ramp begins at 2% in month one and ramps to an expected rate over 30 months. (c) Current experience is a six-month historical average. (d) Current assumption is a blended average projected during the time period described. (e) Servicing rights for the 2003-2 loans were sold to a third party servicer. F-86 AMERICAN BUSINESS FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) JUNE 30, 2004 5. SECURITIZATIONS (CONTINUED) SUMMARY OF MATERIAL MORTGAGE LOAN SECURITIZATION VALUATION ASSUMPTIONS AND ACTUAL EXPERIENCE AT JUNE 30, 2004 (CONTINUED)
2001-3 2001-2 2001-1 2000-4 2000-3 2000-2 2000-1 ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ INTEREST-ONLY STRIP RESIDUAL DISCOUNT RATE: Initial valuation.............................................. 13% 13% 13% 13% 13% 13% 11% Current valuation.............................................. 11% 11% 11% 11% 11% 11% 11% INTEREST-ONLY STRIP OVERCOLLATERALIZATION DISCOUNT RATE: Initial valuation.............................................. 7% 7% 6% 7% 8% 8% 8% Current valuation.............................................. 6% 7% 6% 7% 8% 8% 8% SERVICING RIGHTS DISCOUNT RATE: Initial valuation.............................................. 11% 11% 11% 11% 11% 11% 11% Current valuation.............................................. 9% 9% 9% 9% 9% 9% 9% PREPAYMENT RATES(a): INITIAL ASSUMPTION(b): Business loans............................................... 11% 11% 11% 10% 10% 10% 10% Home equity loans............................................ 22% 22% 22% 24% 24% 24% 24% RAMP PERIOD (MONTHS): Business loans............................................... 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 Home equity loans............................................ 30 30 30 24 24 24 18 CURRENT EXPERIENCE(c): Business loans............................................... 9% 30% 31% 29% 44% 17% 31% Home equity loans............................................ 39% 41% 48% 40% 40% 35% 44% CURRENT ASSUMPTION(d): Business loans Months 1 through 3.......................................... 22% 14% 24% 31% 14% 17% 11% Months 4 through 12......................................... 10% 10% 11% 11% 12% 10% 11% Months thereafter........................................... 10% 10% 10% 10% 10% 10% 10% Home equity loans Months 1 through 3.......................................... 38% 35% 34% 28% 36% 33% 23% Months 4 through 12......................................... 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% Months 13 through 24........................................ 15% 15% 15% 15% 15% 15% 15% Months thereafter........................................... 12% 12% 12% 12% 12% 12% 12% ANNUAL CREDIT LOSS RATES: Initial assumption............................................. 0.40% 0.40% 0.40% 0.40% 0.40% 0.40% 0.40% Actual experience.............................................. 0.46% 0.53% 0.85% 0.50% 0.53% 0.56% 0.72% Current assumption............................................. 0.50% 0.50% 0.55% 0.50% 0.50% 0.55% 0.70% SERVICING FEES: Contractual fees............................................... 0.50% 0.50% 0.50% 0.50% 0.50% 0.50% 0.50% Ancillary fees................................................. 1.25% 1.25% 1.25% 1.25% 1.25% 1.25% 1.25%
--------------- (a) Prepayment rates are expressed as Constant Prepayment Rate (CPR). (b) The prepayment ramp is the length of time before a pool of mortgage loans reaches its expected CPR. The business loan prepayment ramp begins at 3% in month one, ramps to an expected peak rate over 27 months, then declines to the final expected CPR by month 40. The home equity loan prepayment ramp begins at 2% in month one and ramps to an expected rate over 30 months. (c) Current experience is a six-month historical average. (d) Current assumption rates are a blended average during the projected time period described. F-87 AMERICAN BUSINESS FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) JUNE 30, 2004 5. SECURITIZATIONS (CONTINUED) SUMMARY OF MATERIAL MORTGAGE LOAN SECURITIZATION VALUATION ASSUMPTIONS AND ACTUAL EXPERIENCE AT JUNE 30, 2004 (CONTINUED)
1999-4 1999-3 1999-2 1999-1 1998(e) 1997(e) 1996(e) ------ ------ ------ ------ ------- ------- ------- INTEREST-ONLY STRIP RESIDUAL DISCOUNT RATE: Initial valuation........................................... 11% 11% 11% 11% 11% 11% 11% Current valuation........................................... 11% 11% 11% 11% 11% 11% 11% INTEREST-ONLY STRIP OVERCOLLATERALIZATION DISCOUNT RATE: Initial valuation........................................... 8% 7% 7% 7% 7% 7% 8% Current valuation........................................... 8% 7% 7% 7% 7% 7% 8% SERVICING RIGHTS DISCOUNT RATE: Initial valuation........................................... 11% 11% 11% 11% 11% 11% 11% Current valuation........................................... 9% 9% 9% 9% 9% 9% 9% PREPAYMENT RATES(a): INITIAL ASSUMPTION(b): Business loans............................................ 10% 10% 10% 10% 13% 13% 13% Home equity loans......................................... 24% 24% 24% 24% 24% 24% 24% RAMP PERIOD (MONTHS): Business loans............................................ 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 Home equity loans......................................... 18 18 18 18 12 12 12 CURRENT EXPERIENCE(c): Business loans............................................ 27% 27% 33% 16% 19% 29% 24% Home equity loans......................................... 44% 32% 40% 33% 30% 21% 22% CURRENT ASSUMPTION(d): Business loans Months 1 through 3....................................... 17% 28% 16% 18% 23% 22% 32% Months 4 through 12...................................... 11% 11% 12% 10% 11% 12% 10% Months thereafter........................................ 10% 10% 10% 10% 10% 10% 10% Home equity loans Months 1 through 3....................................... 33% 25% 27% 31% 29% 31% 44% Months 4 through 12...................................... 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% Months 13 through 24..................................... 15% 15% 15% 15% 15% 15% 15% Months thereafter........................................ 12% 12% 12% 12% 12% 12% 12% ANNUAL CREDIT LOSS RATES: Initial assumption.......................................... 0.30% 0.25% 0.25% 0.25% 0.25% 0.25% 0.25% Actual experience........................................... 0.79% 0.68% 0.44% 0.54% 0.53% 0.35% 0.38% Current assumption.......................................... 0.85% 0.65% 0.45% 0.55% 0.58% 0.40% 0.45% SERVICING FEES: Contractual fees............................................ 0.50% 0.50% 0.50% 0.50% 0.50% 0.50% 0.50% Ancillary fees.............................................. 1.25% 1.25% 1.25% 1.25% 1.25% 1.25% 1.25%
--------------- (a) Prepayment rates are expressed as Constant Prepayment Rate (CPR). (b) The prepayment ramp is the length of time before a pool of mortgage loans reaches its expected CPR. The business loan prepayment ramp begins at 3% in month one, ramps to an expected peak rate over 27 months, then declines to the final expected CPR by month 40. The home equity loan prepayment ramp begins at 2% in month one and ramps to an expected rate over 30 months. (c) Current experience is a six-month historical average. (d) Current assumption is a blended average during the projected time period described. (e) Amounts represent weighted-average percentages for four 1998 securitization pools, two 1997 securitization pools and two 1996 securitization pools. Under the terms of a September 27, 2004 sale agreement, the Company sold the interest-only strips related to 1996-2, 1997-1, 1997-2, 1998-1 and 1998-2. F-88 AMERICAN BUSINESS FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) JUNE 30, 2004 5. SECURITIZATIONS (CONTINUED) The table below summarizes at June 30, 2004 the amount of securitized loans in our securitization trusts, the carrying value of our securitization assets and the weighted-average life of our securitized loans.
Securitized collateral balance .................................... $1,928,086 Balance sheet carrying value of retained interests(a) ............. $ 532,824 Weighted-average collateral life (in years) ....................... 5.0
--------------- (a) Amount includes interest-only strips and servicing rights. The table below outlines the sensitivity of the current fair value of the Company's interest-only strips and servicing rights to 10% and 20% adverse changes in the key assumptions used in determining the fair value of those assets. The Company's base prepayment, loss and discount rates are described in the table "Summary of Material Mortgage Loan Securitization Valuation Assumptions and Actual Experience" (dollars in thousands):
IMPACT OF ADVERSE CHANGE ----------------------- 10% CHANGE 20% CHANGE ---------- ---------- Prepayment speed .................................... $21,427 $41,611 Credit loss rate .................................... 3,994 7,987 Floating interest rate certificates(a) .............. 949 1,899 Discount rate ....................................... 17,510 33,926
--------------- (a) The floating interest rate certificates are indexed to one-month LIBOR plus a trust specific interest rate spread. The base one-month LIBOR assumption used in this sensitivity analysis was derived from a forward yield curve incorporating the effect of rate caps where applicable to the individual deals. The sensitivity analysis in the table above is hypothetical and should be used with caution. As the figures indicate, changes in fair value based on a 10% or 20% variation in management's assumptions generally cannot easily be extrapolated because the relationship of the change in the assumptions to the change in fair value may not be linear. Also, in this table, the effect that a change in a particular assumption may have on the fair value is calculated without changing any other assumption. Changes in one assumption may result in changes in other assumptions, which might magnify or counteract the impact of the intended change. These sensitivities reflect the approximate amount of the fair values that the Company's interest-only strips and servicing rights would be reduced for the indicated adverse changes. These reductions would result in a charge to expense in the income statement in the period incurred and a resulting reduction of stockholders' equity, net of income taxes. 6. INTEREST-ONLY STRIPS Interest-only strips were comprised of the following (in thousands):
JUNE 30, ------------------- 2004 2003 -------- -------- Interest-only strips Available for sale ..................................... $459,086 $597,166 Trading assets ......................................... -- 1,112 -------- -------- $459,086 $598,278 ======== ========
F-89 AMERICAN BUSINESS FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) JUNE 30, 2004 6. INTEREST-ONLY STRIPS (CONTINUED) Interest-only strips include overcollateralization balances that represent undivided interests in securitizations maintained to provide credit enhancement to investors in securitization trusts. At June 30, 2004 and 2003, the fair value of overcollateralization related cash flows were $216.9 million and $279.2 million, respectively. The activity for interest-only strip receivables is summarized as follows (in thousands):
JUNE 30, -------------------- 2004 2003 --------- -------- Balance at beginning of period ......................... $ 598,278 $512,611 Initial recognition of interest-only strips, including initial overcollateralization of $0 million and $10.6 million......................................... 25,523 160,116 Cash flow from interest-only strips .................... (178,457) (160,417) Required purchases of additional overcollateralization . 27,334 73,253 Interest accretion .................................... 40,176 47,347 Termination of lease securitization(a) ................. (1,759) (1,890) Adjustment for loans subject to repurchase rights ...... 2,687 2,600 Adjustments to fair value recorded through other comprehensive income(b)............................... (15,037) 4,558 Other than temporary fair value adjustment(c) .......... (39,659) (39,900) --------- -------- Balance at end of period ............................... $ 459,086 $598,278 ========= ========
--------------- (a) Reflects release of lease collateral from lease securitization trusts which were terminated in accordance with the trust documents after the full payout of trust note certificates. Lease receivables of $1.8 and $1.6 million were recorded on the balance sheets at December 31, 2003 and 2002 as a result of these terminations. (b) Adjustments to the carrying value of interest-only strips for the initial write up to fair value are recorded through other comprehensive income, which is a component of stockholders' equity. Additionally, to the extent any individual interest-only strip has a portion of its initial write up to fair value still remaining in other comprehensive income at the time of impairment, other than temporary decreases in its fair value would first be recorded as a reduction to other comprehensive income. (c) Recorded through the income statement. See Note 5 for a further description of the write downs recognized in fiscal years 2004 and 2003. 7. SERVICING RIGHTS The total managed loan and lease portfolio, which includes loans held by the Company as available for sale, non-accrual loans, leases and securitized loans and leases the Company services for others, is as follows (in thousands):
JUNE 30, ----------------------- 2004 2003 ---------- ---------- Home equity loans ................................... $1,836,670 $3,249,501 Business purpose loans .............................. 255,200 393,098 Equipment leases .................................... -- 8,475 ---------- ---------- $2,091,870 $3,651,074 ========== ==========
F-90 AMERICAN BUSINESS FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) JUNE 30, 2004 7. SERVICING RIGHTS (CONTINUED) The activity for the loan and lease servicing rights asset is summarized as follows (in thousands):
YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, ------------------- 2004 2003 -------- -------- Balance at beginning of year ............................ $119,291 $125,288 Initial recognition of servicing rights ................. -- 41,171 Amortization ............................................ (38,762) (41,886) Write down .............................................. (6,791) (5,282) -------- -------- Balance at end of year .................................. $ 73,738 $119,291 ======== ========
Servicing rights are valued quarterly by the Company based on the current estimated fair value of the servicing asset. During fiscal 2004 and 2003, the Company recorded total pre-tax valuation adjustments on its servicing rights of $6.8 million and $5.3 million, respectively, which were charged to the income statement. The fiscal 2004 valuation adjustment includes a June 30, 2004 write down of $1.3 million of servicing rights related to five mortgage securitization trusts to reflect their values under the terms of a September 27, 2004 sale agreement. The sale of these assets was undertaken as part of the negotiations to obtain new $100.0 million warehouse credit facility and to raise cash to pay fees on new warehouse credit facilities and as a result, the Company did not realize their full value as reflected on its books. See Note 5 for more detail and key assumptions used in the periodic valuation of the servicing rights. Information regarding the sensitivity of the current fair value of interest- only strips and servicing rights to adverse changes in the key assumptions used to value these assets is detailed in Note 5. As a result of our non-compliance at September 30, 2003 with the net worth covenant in several of our servicing agreements, the Company requested and obtained waivers of the non-compliance from the two financial insurers representing bond holders. In connection with a waiver of the net worth covenant granted by one of these bond insurers for the remaining term of the related servicing agreements, the Company amended the servicing agreements on September 30, 2003 principally to provide for 120-day term-to-term servicing and for its appointment as servicer for an initial 120-day period commencing as of October 1, 2003. The Company was re-appointed as servicer for additional 120-day terms under these amended servicing agreements on January 29, 2004, May 27, 2004 and September 23, 2004. The second of these bond insurers waived the Company's non-compliance with net worth requirements on an oral basis from September 30, 2003 through March 9, 2004, at which time it confirmed its prior oral waiver in writing and extended the waiver through March 14, 2004. On February 20, 2004 the Company entered into an agreement with this second bond insurer amending the related servicing agreements principally to provide for 30-day term-to-term servicing and to re-appoint the Company as servicer for an initial term through March 15, 2004. Subsequently, this bond insurer, on a monthly basis, has given the Company a waiver of the net worth covenant and re-appointed it as servicer under these amended servicing agreements for all relevant periods since the execution of the amended servicing agreements. Reappointment as servicer under these amended servicing agreements occurs at the sole discretion of each respective bond insurer. Separately, one bond insurer, as a condition to its participation in the Company's October 31, 2003 securitization, required that the Company amend the servicing agreement related to a previous securitization in which the bond insurer had participated as bond insurer. The resulting amendment, dated October 31, 2003, to this servicing agreement provided, among other things, for a specifically designated back-up servicer, for 90-day term-to-term servicing and for the Company's re-appointment as servicer for an initial 90- day term commencing October 31, 2003. This bond insurer subsequently re- appointed the Company as servicer under the amended servicing agreement for an additional term through April 30, 2004. On April 30, 2004 this amended servicing agreement was further amended principally to provide for 30-day term-to-term servicing F-91 AMERICAN BUSINESS FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) JUNE 30, 2004 7. SERVICING RIGHTS (CONTINUED) and for the Company's reappointment as servicer for a 30-day term expiring May 31, 2004. In connection with a third amendment to this amended servicing agreement, which modified certain administrative terms of this agreement, the Company was reappointed as servicer for a term expiring June 30, 2004. The bond insurer has subsequently reappointed the Company on a monthly basis as servicer under this amended servicing agreement for all relevant periods including the current 30-day period. The Company has regularly been reappointed as servicer under these agreements for all relevant periods under the agreements. Reappointment as servicer under this amended servicing agreement is determined by reference to the Company's continued compliance with its terms. Also separately, on March 5, 2004, the Company entered into agreements with another bond insurer which amended the servicing agreements related to all securitizations insured by this bond insurer. These amendments principally provided for a specifically designated back-up servicer. The original provisions of these servicing agreements providing for 3-month term-to-term servicing were not altered by these amendments. Reappointment as servicer user under these amended servicing agreements is determined by reference to the Company's continued compliance with their servicing terms. As a result of the foregoing amendments to our servicing agreements, all of our servicing agreements associated with bond insurers now provide for term- to-term servicing. 8. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT Property and equipment is comprised of the following (in thousands):
JUNE 30, ----------------- 2004 2003 ------- ------- Computer software ......................................... $20,917 $20,282 Computer hardware ......................................... 2,582 3,816 Office furniture and equipment ............................ 7,474 4,680 Leasehold improvements .................................... 12,818 8,585 ------- ------- 43,791 37,363 Less accumulated depreciation and amortization ............ 17,744 14,061 ------- ------- $26,047 $23,302 ======= =======
Depreciation and amortization expense was $7.1 million, $8.6 million and $6.8 million for the years ended June 30, 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively. 9. OTHER ASSETS AND OTHER LIABILITIES Other assets were comprised of the following (in thousands):
JUNE 30, ----------------- 2004 2003 ------- ------- Goodwill .................................................. $16,315 $15,121 Financing costs, debt offerings ........................... 3,567 3,984 Real estate owned ......................................... 1,920 4,776 Investments held to maturity .............................. 839 881 Due from securitization trusts for servicing related activities............................................... 792 1,344 Other ..................................................... 4,115 4,346 ------- ------- $27,548 $30,452 ======= =======
F-92 AMERICAN BUSINESS FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) JUNE 30, 2004 9. OTHER ASSETS AND OTHER LIABILITIES (CONTINUED) The activity in other real estate owned during the years ended June 30, 2004, 2003 and 2002 was as follows (in thousands):
YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, ------------------------------- 2004 2003 2002 -------- -------- -------- Balance at beginning of period.................................................................. $ 4,776 $ 3,784 $ 2,322 Properties acquired through foreclosure(a)...................................................... 471 2,771 3,319 Properties purchased from securitization trusts(a).............................................. 8,576 21,998 11,236 Sales/liquidation proceeds...................................................................... (11,840) (22,273) (13,252) Property revaluation losses..................................................................... (352) (833) (282) Gain (loss) on sale/liquidation................................................................. 289 (671) 441 -------- -------- -------- Total........................................................................................... $ 1,920 $ 4,776 $ 3,784 ======== ======== ========
--------------- (a) At lower of cost or net realizable value. Other liabilities were comprised of the following (in thousands):
JUNE 30, ----------------- 2004 2003 ------- ------- Commitments to fund closed loans .......................... $46,654 $35,187 Unearned lease incentives ................................. 12,793 9,465 Deferred rent incentive ................................... 4,908 -- Escrow deposits held ...................................... 3,113 4,885 Funds held in suspense .................................... 1,383 6,103 Periodic advance guarantee ................................ 670 650 Sold loan recourse liability .............................. 307 82 Hedging liabilities, at fair value ........................ 103 6,335 Trading liabilities, at fair value ........................ 851 334 Other ..................................................... 1,090 995 ------- ------- $71,872 $64,036 ======= =======
See Note 19 for an explanation of the Company's hedging and trading activities. Unearned lease incentives represent reimbursements received in conjunction with the lease agreement for the Company's corporate office space in Philadelphia, Pennsylvania. These funds represent reimbursement from the landlord for leasehold improvements and furniture and equipment in the rented space and will be recognized as an offset to rent expense over the term of the lease or the life of the asset, whichever is shorter. Deferred rent incentive represents the accrual of future rent payments, which will be made mainly in conjunction with the lease agreement for the Company's corporate office space in Philadelphia, Pennsylvania. This lease agreement, which is for a term of eleven years, required no cash rent payments during its first year. The Company is recording rent expense equal to the aggregate cash rent payments, which will be paid in years two through eleven, on a straight-line basis over the full eleven year life of the lease. The balance in the deferred rent incentive accrual was established during the first year and will be reduced to zero on a straight-line basis over years two through eleven. F-93 AMERICAN BUSINESS FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) JUNE 30, 2004 10. SUBORDINATED DEBENTURES, SENIOR COLLATERALIZED SUBORDINATED NOTES AND WAREHOUSE LINES AND OTHER NOTES PAYABLE Subordinated debentures was comprised of the following (in thousands):
JUNE 30, ------------------- 2004 2003 -------- -------- Subordinated debentures(a) .............................. $509,928 $702,423 Subordinated debentures - money market notes(b) ......... 12,681 17,117 -------- -------- Total subordinated debentures ........................... $522,609 $719,540 ======== ========
Senior collateralized subordinated notes were comprised of the following (in thousands):
JUNE 30, ------------------- 2004 2003 -------- -------- Senior collateralized subordinated notes(c) ............... $ 83,639 $ -- ======== ========
Warehouse lines and other notes payable were comprised of the following (in thousands):
JUNE 30, ------------------- 2004 2003 -------- -------- Warehouse revolving line of credit(d) ................... $ 53,223 $ -- Warehouse revolving line of credit(e) ................... 186,364 -- Warehouse and operating revolving line of credit(f) ..... -- 30,182 Warehouse revolving line of credit(g) ................... -- 136,098 Warehouse revolving line of credit(h) ................... -- 19,671 Capitalized leases(i) ................................... 488 807 Convertible promissory notes(j) ......................... 1,125 -- Bank overdraft(k) ....................................... -- 26,158 -------- -------- Total warehouse lines and other notes payable ........... $241,200 $212,916 ======== ========
--------------- (a) Subordinated debentures due July 2004 through July 2014, interest rates ranging from 5.30% to 13.99%; average rate at June 30, 2004 was 10.04%, average remaining maturity was 13.5 months, subordinated to all of the Company's senior indebtedness. The average rate on subordinated debentures including money market notes was 9.91% at June 30, 2004. (b) Subordinated debentures - money market notes due upon demand, interest rate at 4.88%; subordinated to all of the Company's senior indebtedness. (c) Senior collateralized subordinated notes due July 2004 through July 2014, interest rates ranging from 5.40% to 13.10%; average rate at June 30, 2004 was 9.92%, average remaining maturity was 19.2 months. The senior collateralized subordinated notes are secured by a security interest in certain cash flows originating from interest-only strips of certain of the Company's subsidiaries held by ABFS Warehouse Trust 2003-1 with an aggregate value of at least an amount equal to 150% of the outstanding principal balance of the senior collateralized subordinated notes issued in the Exchange Offer plus priority lien obligations secured by the interest-only strips and/or the cash flows from the interest-only strips; provided that, such collateral coverage may not fall below 100% of the outstanding principal balance of the senior collateralized subordinated notes, as determined by the Company on any quarterly balance sheet date. In the event of liquidation, to the extent the collateral securing the senior collateralized subordinated notes is not sufficient to repay these notes, the deficiency portion of the F-94 AMERICAN BUSINESS FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) JUNE 30, 2004 10. SUBORDINATED DEBENTURES, SENIOR COLLATERALIZED SUBORDINATED NOTES AND WAREHOUSE LINES AND OTHER NOTES PAYABLE (CONTINUED) senior collateralized subordinated notes will rank junior in right of payment behind the Company's senior indebtedness and all of the Company's other existing and future senior debt and behind the existing and future debt of the Company's subsidiaries and equally in right of payment with the subordinated debentures, and any future subordinated debentures issued by the Company and other unsecured debt. Senior collateralized subordinated notes were issued in connection with the December 1, 2003 and June 30, 2004 Exchange Offers. At June 30, 2004, the Company's interest in the cash flows from the interest-only strips held in the trust which secure the senior collateralized subordinated notes totaled $411.9 million, of which $125.5 million represents 150% of the outstanding principal balance of the senior collateralized subordinated notes at June 30, 2004. (d) $200.0 million warehouse revolving line of credit with JPMorgan Chase Bank entered into on September 22, 2003 and expiring September 2004. The maturity date of this facility was extended to November 5, 2004 and on September 30, 2004 the facility amount was reduced to $100.0 million. Interest rates on the advances under this facility are based upon one- month LIBOR plus a margin. Obligations under the facility are collateralized by pledged loans. (e) $250.0 million warehouse revolving line of credit with Chrysalis Warehouse Funding, LLC, entered into on October 14, 2003 and expiring October 2006. Interest rates on the advances under this facility are based upon one-month LIBOR plus a margin. Obligations under the facility are collateralized by pledged loans and certain interest-only strips. Interest-only strips secure obligations in an amount not to exceed 10% of the outstanding principal balance under this facility and the obligations due under the fee letter related to this facility. Assuming the entire $250.0 million available under this credit facility were utilized, the maximum amount secured by the interest-only strips would be approximately $53.7 million. (f) Originally a $50.0 million warehouse and operating revolving line of credit with JPMorgan Chase Bank, collateralized by certain pledged loans, advances to securitization trusts, real estate owned and certain interest-only strips, which was replaced for warehouse lending purposes by the $200.0 million facility on September 22, 2003. Pursuant to an amendment, this facility remained in place as an $8.0 million letter of credit facility to secure lease obligations for corporate office space, until it expired in December 2003. In December 2003, the Company was issued a stand alone letter of credit for $8.0 million collateralized by cash. (g) Originally a $200.0 million warehouse line of credit with Credit Suisse First Boston Mortgage Capital, LLC. $100.0 million of this facility was continuously committed for the term of the facility while the remaining $100.0 million of the facility was available at Credit Suisse's discretion. Subsequent to June 30, 2003, there were no new advances under the non-committed portion. On August 20, 2003, this credit facility was amended to reduce the committed portion to $50.0 million (from $100.0 million), eliminate the non-committed portion and accelerate its expiration date from November 2003 to September 30, 2003. The expiration date was subsequently extended to October 17, 2003, but no new advances were permitted under this facility subsequent to September 30, 2003. This facility was paid down in full on October 16, 2003. The interest rate on the facility was based on one-month LIBOR plus a margin. Advances under this facility were collateralized by pledged loans. (h) Previously a $25.0 million warehouse line of credit facility from Residential Funding Corporation. Under this warehouse facility, advances could be obtained, subject to specific conditions described in the agreements. Interest rates on the advances were based on one-month LIBOR plus a margin. The obligations under this agreement were collateralized by pledged loans. This facility was paid down in full on October 16, 2003 and it expired pursuant to its terms on October 31, 2003. F-95 AMERICAN BUSINESS FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) JUNE 30, 2004 10. SUBORDINATED DEBENTURES, SENIOR COLLATERALIZED SUBORDINATED NOTES AND WAREHOUSE LINES AND OTHER NOTES PAYABLE (CONTINUED) (i) Capitalized leases, maturing through January 2006, imputed interest rate of 8.0%, collateralized by computer equipment. (j) Consists of two convertible non-negotiable promissory notes issued for the acquisition of certain assets and operations of two mortgage broker businesses. The first note, issued December 23, 2003, bears interest at 6% per annum and matures June 30, 2005. At any time on or after December 24, 2004 and before January 31, 2005, the holder of the note has the option to convert the note into the number of shares of common stock determined by dividing the outstanding principal amount of the note and accrued interest, if any, by $5.00, subject to adjustment for any changes in the capitalization of the Company affecting its common stock. The second note, issued June 11, 2004, bears interest at 8% per annum and is to be paid in five semi-annual installments of $108 thousand each commencing on December 31, 2004. The final semi-annual installment is due on June 30, 2007. At any semi-annual installment date, the holder of the note has the option to convert the note into the number of shares of the Company's common stock as determined by dividing the semi-annual principal payment amount by the closing price per common share on the immediately preceding semi-annual payment date, subject to adjustment for any changes in the capitalization of the Company affecting its common stock. (k) Overdraft amount on bank accounts paid on the following business day. Principal payments on subordinated debentures, senior collateralized subordinated notes, warehouse lines and other notes payable for the next five years are as follows (in thousands):
YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, ---------- -------- 2005 ................................................................ $594,873 2006 ................................................................ 174,394 2007 ................................................................ 47,331 2008 ................................................................ 10,043 2009 ................................................................ 6,509
At June 30, 2004, warehouse lines and other notes payable were collateralized by $252.3 million of loan receivables and $1.0 million of computer equipment. In addition to the above, the Company had available to it the following credit facilities: o $5.0 million operating line of credit, which expired pursuant to its terms in January 2004, where fundings were collateralized by investments in the 99-A lease securitization trust and Class R and X certificates of Mortgage Loan Trust 2001-2. o $300.0 million facility, which provided for the sale of mortgage loans into an off-balance sheet funding facility. This facility expired pursuant to its terms on July 5, 2003. See Note 5 for further discussion of the off-balance sheet features of this facility. Interest rates paid on the revolving credit facilities range from London Inter-Bank Offered Rate ("LIBOR") plus 2.00% to LIBOR plus 2.50%. The weighted-average interest rate paid on the revolving credit facilities was 3.76% and 2.24% at June 30, 2004 and June 30, 2003, respectively. In September 2002, the Company entered into a series of leases for computer equipment, which qualify as capital leases. The original principal amount of debt recorded under these leases was $1.0 million. The leases have an imputed interest rate of 8.0% and mature through January 2006. Until its expiration, the Company also had available a $300.0 million mortgage conduit facility. This facility expired pursuant to its terms on July 5, 2003. The facility provided for the sale of loans into an F-96 AMERICAN BUSINESS FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) JUNE 30, 2004 10. SUBORDINATED DEBENTURES, SENIOR COLLATERALIZED SUBORDINATED NOTES AND WAREHOUSE LINES AND OTHER NOTES PAYABLE (CONTINUED) off-balance sheet facility with UBS Principal Finance, LLC, an affiliate of UBS Warburg. This facility was paid down in full on October 16, 2003. On October 16, 2003, the Company refinanced through another mortgage warehouse conduit facility $40.0 million of loans that were previously held in the off-balance sheet mortgage conduit facility described above. The Company also refinanced an additional $133.5 million of mortgage loans in the new conduit facility, which were previously held in other warehouse facilities, including the $50.0 million warehouse facility which expired on October 17, 2003. The more favorable advance rate under this conduit facility as compared to the expired facilities, which previously held these loans, along with loans fully funded with Company cash resulted in the Company's receipt of $17.0 million in cash. On October 31, 2003, the Company completed a privately- placed securitization of the $173.5 million of loans, with servicing released, that had been transferred to this conduit facility. The terms of this conduit facility provided that it will terminate upon the disposition of the loans held by it. FINANCIAL AND OTHER COVENANTS GENERAL. The warehouse credit agreements require that the Company maintain specific financial covenants regarding net worth, leverage, net income, liquidity, total debt and other standards. Each agreement has multiple individualized financial covenant thresholds and ratio of limits that the Company must meet as a condition to drawing on a particular line of credit. Pursuant to the terms of these credit facilities, the failure to comply with the financial covenants constitutes an event of default and at the option of the lender, entitles the lender to, among other things, terminate commitments to make future advances to the Company, declare all or a portion of the loan due and payable, foreclose on the collateral securing the loan, require servicing payments be made to the lender or other third party or assume the servicing of the loans securing the credit facility. An event of default under these credit facilities would result in defaults pursuant to cross-default provisions of our other agreements, including but not limited to, other loan agreements, lease agreements and other agreements. The failure to comply with the terms of these credit facilities or to obtain the necessary waivers would have a material adverse effect on the Company's liquidity and capital resources. COVENANTS UNDER JUNE 30, 2004 CREDIT FACILITIES. On September 22, 2003, the Company entered into definitive agreements with JPMorgan Chase Bank for a $200.0 million credit facility for the purpose of funding its loan originations. Pursuant to the terms of this facility, the Company is required to, among other things: (i) have a net worth of at least $28.0 million by September 30, 2003; with quarterly increases of $2.0 million thereafter; (ii) apply 60% of its net cash flow from operations each quarter to reduce the outstanding amount of subordinated debentures commencing with the quarter ending March 31, 2004; (iii) as of the end of any month, commencing January 31, 2004, the aggregate outstanding balance of subordinated debentures must be less than the aggregate outstanding balance as of the end of the prior month; and (iv) provide a parent company guaranty of 10% of the outstanding principal amount of loans under the facility. This facility had a term of 364 days and by its original terms would have expired September 21, 2004. This facility is secured by the mortgage loans, which are funded by advances under the facility with interest equal to LIBOR plus a margin. This facility is subject to representations and warranties and covenants, which are customary for a facility of this type, as well as amortization events and events of default related to the Company's financial condition. These provisions require, among other things, the Company's maintenance of a delinquency ratio for the managed portfolio (which represents the portfolio of securitized loans the Company services for others) at the end of each fiscal quarter of less than 12.0%, its subordinated debentures not to exceed $705.0 million at any time, and its ownership of an amount of repurchased loans not to exceed 1.5% of the managed portfolio. F-97 AMERICAN BUSINESS FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) JUNE 30, 2004 10. SUBORDINATED DEBENTURES, SENIOR COLLATERALIZED SUBORDINATED NOTES AND WAREHOUSE LINES AND OTHER NOTES PAYABLE (CONTINUED) FINANCIAL AND OTHER COVENANTS -- (CONTINUED) On September 20, 2004, the Company entered into an amendment to its $200.0 million credit facility which extended the scheduled expiration date of this credit facility from September 21, 2004 to September 30, 2004. On September 30, 2004, the Company entered into an amendment to the $200.0 million credit facility which extends the expiration date of this credit facility from September 30, 2004 to November 5, 2004, subject to earlier termination upon the occurrence of any of the specified events or conditions described in the facility documents, and decreases facility from $200.0 million to $100.0 million. Since entering into this facility on September 22, 2003, the amount outstanding under this facility at any given time has not exceeded $100.0 million. In addition, the amendment includes changes which reduce the advance rate if the amount outstanding under the facility exceeds $75.0 million. The amendment also changes the portfolio composition requirements to accommodate fluctuations in the pledged loans at the beginning and end of each month, providing greater flexibility to the Company. The purpose of the amendment is to allow the Company to continue to borrow under this facility, subject to its terms as described above, while it finalizes the definitive agreement for a new credit facility. In light of this amendment, on October 1, 2004, the Company entered into an amendment to the $250.0 million credit facility described below which decreased the amount of the additional credit facilities that it must maintain from $200.0 million to $100.0 million, provided that there continues to be at least $40.0 million of wet funding as originally required by the facility agreements. On October 14, 2003, the Company entered into definitive agreements with Chrysalis Warehouse Funding, LLC for a revolving mortgage loan warehouse credit facility of up to $250.0 million to fund loan originations. The $250.0 million facility has a term of three years with an interest rate on amounts outstanding equal to the one-month LIBOR plus a margin and the yield maintenance fees (as defined in the agreements). The Company also agreed to pay an affiliate of the lender fees of $8.9 million upon closing and approximately $10.3 million annually plus a non-usage fee based on the difference between the average daily outstanding balance for the current month and the maximum credit amount under the facility, as well as the lender's out- of-pocket expenses. Advances under this facility are collateralized by specified pledged loans. Additional credit support for a portion of the facility was created by granting a security interest in substantially all of the Company's interest-only strips and residual interests which the Company contributed to a special purpose entity organized by it to facilitate this transaction. The interest-only strips and residual interests contributed to this special purpose entity also secured the Company's fee obligations under this facility to an affiliate of the lender, as described above. The interest- only strips sold pursuant to the previously described sale agreement of September 27, 2004 were part of the interest-only strips contributed to this special purpose entity for the purpose of securing the Company's fee obligations to this lender affiliate. In consideration for the release by this lender affiliate of its lien on the interest-only strips involved in the September 27, 2004 sale, the Company prepaid $3.5 million of fees owed or to be owed to the lender affiliate. This $250.0 million facility contains representations and warranties, events of default and covenants which are customary for facilities of this type, as well as the Company's agreement to: (i) restrict the total amount of indebtedness outstanding under the indenture related to its subordinated debentures to $750.0 million or less; (ii) make quarterly reductions commencing in April 2004 of an amount of subordinated debentures pursuant to the formulas set forth in the loan agreement; (iii) maintain maximum interest rates offered on subordinated debentures not to exceed 10 percentage points above comparable rates for FDIC insured products; and (iv) maintain minimum cash and cash equivalents of not less than $10.0 million. In addition to events of default which are typical for this type of facility, an event of default would occur if: (1) the Company is unable to sell subordinated debentures for more than three consecutive F-98 AMERICAN BUSINESS FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) JUNE 30, 2004 10. SUBORDINATED DEBENTURES, SENIOR COLLATERALIZED SUBORDINATED NOTES AND WAREHOUSE LINES AND OTHER NOTES PAYABLE (CONTINUED) FINANCIAL AND OTHER COVENANTS -- (CONTINUED) weeks or on more than two occasions in a 12 month period; and (2) certain members of management are not executive officers and a satisfactory replacement is not found within 60 days. The definitive agreements for this $250.0 million facility granted the lender an option for a period of 90 days commencing on the first anniversary of entering into the definitive agreements to increase the credit amount to $400.0 million with additional fees and interest payable by the Company. In a related transaction, the Company also sold the interest-only strips and servicing rights related to five of its mortgage securitization trusts to an affiliate of this facility provider under the terms of a September 27, 2004 sale agreement. The sale of these assets was undertaken as part of the Company's negotiations to obtain the new $100.0 million warehouse credit facility and to raise cash to pay fees on new warehouse credit facilities and as a result, the Company did not realize their full value as reflected on its books. The Company wrote down the carrying value of these interest-only strips and servicing rights by $5.4 million at June 30, 2004 to reflect their values under the terms of the sale agreement. The Company intends to amend the security agreements related to the senior collateralized subordinated notes to accommodate a request from the lender on its $250.0 million credit facility, and its affiliate, dated September 30, 2004, to clarify an inconsistency between these agreements and the $250.0 million credit facility documents related to liens on certain assets previously pledged by ABFS Warehouse Trust 2003-1 to Clearwing, the affiliate of the lender. COVENANTS UNDER A NEW CREDIT FACILITY. On September 17, 2004, the Company executed a commitment letter dated as of September 16, 2004 for a mortgage warehouse credit facility with a warehouse lender for the purpose of funding its home mortgage loan originations. The commitment letter provides for a facility that will consist of a $100.0 million senior secured revolving warehouse line of credit, which may be increased prior to closing to $150.0 million at the option of the warehouse lender. The commitment letter provides for a facility that will have a term of one year from closing with the right to extend for up to two additional one-year terms upon mutual agreement of the parties, with interest equal to LIBOR plus a margin. The facility will be secured by the mortgage loans which are funded by advances under the facility, as well as all assets, accounts receivable and all related proceeds held by the special purpose entity organized to facilitate this transaction referred to as the borrower. The stock of the borrower will also be pledged to the warehouse lender. The Company paid a due diligence fee and also agreed to pay fees of $1.3 million upon commitment, $1.0 million at closing and approximately $3.8 million over the next twelve months plus a non-usage fee based on the difference between the average daily outstanding balance for the current month and the maximum credit amount under the facility, as well as the lender's out-of-pocket expenses. The commitment letter and the closing of the facility will be subject to such customary and commercially reasonable terms, covenants, events of default and conditions as the warehouse lender deems appropriate. It is anticipated that this $100.0 million facility will contain representations and warranties, events of default and covenants which are customary for facilities of this type and will be structured similarly to the Company's $250.0 million credit facility. The warehouse lender may terminate the commitment at any time prior to entering into a definitive agreement if the Company fails to fulfill its obligations under the commitment letter, the warehouse lender determines that it is likely that the borrower is not capable of entering into a definitive agreement prior to October 20, 2004 or there is a material adverse change in the business, assets, liabilities, operations or condition of the borrower. The commitment letter expires upon the earlier to occur of: the execution of a definitive agreement, October 20, 2004 and the closing of another similar credit facility with a lender other than this warehouse lender. While the Company anticipates that it will close on the facility with this F-99 AMERICAN BUSINESS FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) JUNE 30, 2004 10. SUBORDINATED DEBENTURES, SENIOR COLLATERALIZED SUBORDINATED NOTES AND WAREHOUSE LINES AND OTHER NOTES PAYABLE (CONTINUED) FINANCIAL AND OTHER COVENANTS -- (CONTINUED) warehouse lender, there can be no assurance that these negotiations will result in a definitive agreement or that this agreement will contain terms and conditions acceptable to it. WAIVERS AND AMENDMENTS OF FINANCIAL COVENANTS. As a result of the loss experienced during fiscal 2003, the Company was not in compliance with the terms of certain financial covenants related to net worth, consolidated stockholders' equity and the ratio of total liabilities to consolidated stockholders' equity under two of its principal credit facilities existing at June 30, 2003 (one for $50.0 million and the other for $200.0 million, which was reduced to $50.0 million). The Company obtained waivers from these covenant provisions from both lenders. Commencing August 21, 2003, the lender under the $50.0 million warehouse credit facility (which had been amended in December 2002 to add a letter of credit facility) granted the Company a series of waivers for its non-compliance with a financial covenant in that credit facility through November 30, 2003 and on September 22, 2003, in connection with the creation of the new $200.0 million credit facility on the same date, reduced this facility to an $8.0 million letter of credit facility, which secured the lease on the Company's principal executive office. The letter of credit facility expired according to its terms on December 22, 2003, but the underlying letter of credit was renewed for a one-year term on December 18, 2003. The Company also entered into an amendment to the $200.0 million credit facility which provided for the waiver of its non-compliance with the financial covenants in that facility, the reduction of the committed portion of this facility from $100.0 million to $50.0 million, the elimination of the $100.0 million non-committed portion of this credit facility and the acceleration of the expiration date of this facility from November 2003 to September 30, 2003. The Company entered into subsequent amendments to this credit facility, which extended the expiration date until October 17, 2003. This facility was paid down in full on October 16, 2003 and expired on October 17, 2003. In addition, in light of the losses recorded in each quarter of fiscal 2004, the Company requested and obtained waivers or amendments to several credit facilities to address its non-compliance with certain financial covenants. The terms of the Company's $200.0 million credit facility with JP Morgan Chase Bank, as amended, required, among other things, that our registration statement registering $295.0 million of subordinated debentures be declared effective by the SEC no later than October 31, 2003, that the Company obtain a written commitment for another credit facility of at least $200.0 million and close that additional facility by October 3, 2003, that we have a minimum net worth of $28.0 million at September 30, 2003, $25.0 million at October 31, 2003 and November 30, 2003, $30.0 million at December 31, 2003, $32.0 million at March 31, 2004 and $34.0 million at June 30, 2004; that we have a minimum adjusted tangible net worth of $300.0 million and maintain cash and cash equivalents of $25.0 million as of the end of each quarter during the term of the credit facility. The lender under this $200.0 million facility agreed to extend the deadline for the Company's registration statement to be declared effective by the SEC to November 10, 2003. The Company's registration statement was declared effective on November 7, 2003. This lender also agreed to extend the date by which the Company was required to close an additional credit facility of at least $200.0 million from October 3, 2003 to October 8, 2003. The Company subsequently obtained an additional waiver from this lender, which extended this required closing date for obtaining the additional credit facility to October 14, 2003 (this condition was satisfied by the closing of the $250.0 million facility described above). Prior to the closing of the second credit facility, our borrowing capacity on the new $200.0 million facility was limited to $80.0 million. This lender under the $200.0 million credit facility also waived the minimum net worth requirements at September 30, 2003, October 31, 2003, November 30, 2003, December 31, 2003, March 31, 2004 and F-100 AMERICAN BUSINESS FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) JUNE 30, 2004 10. SUBORDINATED DEBENTURES, SENIOR COLLATERALIZED SUBORDINATED NOTES AND WAREHOUSE LINES AND OTHER NOTES PAYABLE (CONTINUED) FINANCIAL AND OTHER COVENANTS -- (CONTINUED) June 30, 2004, adjusted tangible net worth requirements at April 30, 2004, May 31, 2004 and June 30, 2004, and the cash and cash equivalent requirement at December 31, 2004, April 30, 2004 and May 31, 2004. Some of the Company's financial covenants in other credit facilities have minimal flexibility and it cannot say with certainty that it will continue to comply with the terms of all debt covenants. There can be no assurance as to whether or in what form a waiver or modification of terms of these agreements would be granted the Company. SUBORDINATED DEBENTURES AND SENIOR COLLATERALIZED SUBORDINATED NOTES Under a registration statement declared effective by the SEC on November 7, 2003, the Company registered $295.0 million of subordinated debentures. Of the $295.0 million, $134.7 million of debt from this registration statement was available for future issuance as of June 30, 2004. On December 1, 2003, the Company mailed an Exchange Offer, referred to as the first exchange offer, to holders of eligible debentures. Holders of such eligible debentures had the ability to exchange their debentures for (i) equal amounts of senior collateralized subordinated notes and shares of the Series A Preferred Stock; and/or (ii) dollar-for-dollar for shares of Series A Preferred Stock. Senior collateralized subordinated notes issued in the exchange have interest rates equal to 10 basis points above the eligible debentures tendered. Senior collateralized subordinated notes with maturities of 12 months were issued in exchange for eligible debentures tendered with maturities of less than 12 months, while eligible debentures with maturities greater than 36 months were exchanged for senior collateralized subordinated notes with the same maturity or reduced to 36 months. All other senior collateralized subordinated notes issued in the first exchange offer have maturities equal to the eligible debentures tendered. The senior collateralized subordinated notes are secured by a security interest in certain cash flows originating from interest-only strips of certain of the Company's subsidiaries held by ABFS Warehouse Trust 2003-1 with an aggregate value of at least an amount equal to 150% of the principal balance of the senior collateralized subordinated notes issued in the Exchange Offer plus priority lien obligations secured by the interest-only strips and/or the cash flows from the interest-only strips; provided that, such collateral coverage may not fall below 100% of the principal balance of the senior collateralized subordinated notes issued in the Exchange Offer, as determined by the Company on any quarterly balance sheet date. In the event of liquidation, to the extent the collateral securing the senior collateralized subordinated notes is not sufficient to repay these notes, the deficiency portion of the senior collateralized subordinated notes will rank junior in right of payment behind the Company's senior indebtedness and all of the Company's other existing and future senior debt and behind the existing and future debt of our subsidiaries and equally in right of payment with the subordinated debentures, and any future subordinated debentures issued by the Company and other unsecured debt. On May 14, 2004, the Company mailed an Exchange Offer, referred to as the second exchange offer, to holders of eligible debentures. Holders of such eligible debentures had the ability to exchange their debentures for (i) equal amounts of senior collateralized subordinated notes and shares of the Series A Preferred Stock; and/or (ii) dollar-for-dollar for shares of Series A Preferred Stock. The terms of the second exchange offer were similar to the terms of the first exchange offer, as described above. At June 30, 2004, the Company's interest in the cash flows from the interest-only strips held in the trust, which secure the senior collateralized subordinated notes, totaled $411.9 million, of which $125.5 million represented 150% of the principal balance of the senior collateralized subordinated notes outstanding at June 30, 2004. See Note 11 for the results of the exchange offers as of June 30, 2004. On June 30, 2004, the Company also extended the expiration date of the second exchange offer to July 31, 2004, which was subsequently F-101 AMERICAN BUSINESS FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) JUNE 30, 2004 10. SUBORDINATED DEBENTURES, SENIOR COLLATERALIZED SUBORDINATED NOTES AND WAREHOUSE LINES AND OTHER NOTES PAYABLE (CONTINUED) SUBORDINATED DEBENTURES AND SENIOR COLLATERALIZED SUBORDINATED NOTES -- (CONTINUED) extended to August 23, 2004. After the August 23, 2004 closing of the second exchange offer, the interest-only strips securing the senior collateralized subordinated notes totaled $148.2 million. The Company's subordinated debentures are subordinated in right of payment to, or subordinate to, the payment in full of all senior debt as defined in the indentures related to such debt, whether outstanding on the date of the applicable indenture or incurred following the date of the indenture. The Company's assets, including the stock it holds in its subsidiaries, are available to repay the subordinated debentures in the event of default following payment to holders of the senior debt. In the event of the Company's default and liquidation of its subsidiaries to repay the debt holders, creditors of the subsidiaries must be paid or provision made for their payment from the assets of the subsidiaries before the remaining assets of the subsidiaries can be used to repay the holders of the subordinated debentures. FACILITY FEES The Company paid commitment fees and non-usage fees on warehouse lines and operating lines of credit of $23.3 million, $0.4 million and $0.7 million in the years ended June 30, 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively. 11. STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY EXCHANGE OFFERS On December 1, 2003, the Company mailed the first exchange offer to holders of eligible subordinated debentures. On May 14, 2004, the Company mailed the second exchange offer to holders of eligible subordinated debentures. Holders of eligible subordinated debentures had the ability to exchange their debentures for (i) equal amounts of senior collateralized subordinated notes and shares of Series A Preferred Stock; and/or (ii) dollar-for-dollar for shares of Series A Preferred Stock. See Note 10 for a description of the terms of the senior collateralized subordinated notes issued in both exchange offers. See below for a description of the terms of the Series A Preferred Stock. Under the first exchange offer and June 30, 2004 closing of the second exchange offer, the following amounts of subordinated debentures were exchanged for shares of Series A Preferred Stock and senior collateralized subordinated notes (in thousands):
SHARES OF SENIOR SUBORDINATED SERIES A COLLATERALIZED DEBENTURES PREFERRED SUBORDINATED BY CLOSING DATES EXCHANGED STOCK ISSUED NOTES ISSUED ---------------- ------------ ------------ -------------- First Exchange Offer: December 31, 2003................................................................ $ 73,554 39,095 $34,459 February 6, 2004................................................................. 43,673 22,712 20,961 Second Exchange Offer: June 30, 2004.................................................................... 60,589 31,980 28,609 -------- ------ ------- Combined through June 30, 2004.................................................... $177,816 93,787 $84,029 ======== ====== =======
On June 30, 2004, the Company also extended the expiration date of the second exchange offer to July 31, 2004, which was subsequently extended to August 23, 2004. Following are the results of the July 31, 2004 and August 23, 2004 extensions and the cumulative results of the first and second exchange offers through August 23, 2004 (in thousands): F-102 AMERICAN BUSINESS FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) JUNE 30, 2004 11. STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (CONTINUED) EXCHANGE OFFER -- (CONTINUED)
SHARES OF SENIOR SUBORDINATED SERIES A COLLATERALIZED DEBENTURES PREFERRED SUBORDINATED CLOSING DATES EXCHANGED STOCK ISSUED NOTES ISSUED ------------- ------------ ------------ -------------- July 31, 2004.................................................................... $ 25,414 12,908 $12,506 August 23, 2004.................................................................. 5,397 2,730 2,667 Cumulative results of first and second exchange offers........................... 208,627 109,425 99,202
TERMS OF THE SERIES A PREFERRED STOCK General. The Series A Preferred Stock has a par value of $0.001 per share and may be redeemed at the Company's option after the second anniversary of the issuance date at a price equal to the liquidation value plus accrued and unpaid dividends. Liquidation Preference. Upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock will be entitled to receive a liquidation preference of $1.00 per share, plus accrued and unpaid dividends to the date of liquidation. Based on the shares of Series A Preferred Stock outstanding on June 30, 2004, the liquidation value equals $93.8 million. After completion of all closings under the second exchange offer, the liquidation value increased to $109.4 million. Dividend Payments. Monthly dividend payments will be $0.008334 per share of Series A Preferred Stock (equivalent to $0.10 per share annually or 10% annually of the liquidation value). Payment of dividends on the Series A Preferred Stock is subject to compliance with applicable Delaware state law. Based on the shares of Series A Preferred Stock outstanding on June 30, 2004, the annual dividend requirement equals $9.4 million. After completion of all closings under the second exchange offer, the annual cash dividend requirement increased to $10.9 million. Conversion into Shares of Common Stock. On or after the second anniversary of the issuance date (or on or after the one year anniversary of the issuance date if no dividends are paid on the Series A Preferred Stock), each share of the Series A Preferred Stock is convertible at the option of the holder into a number of shares of the Company's common stock determined by dividing: (A) $1.00 plus an amount equal to accrued but unpaid dividends (if the conversion date is prior to the second anniversary of the issuance date because the Series A Preferred Stock has become convertible due to a failure to pay dividends), $1.20 plus an amount equal to accrued but unpaid dividends (if the conversion date is prior to the third anniversary of the issuance date but on or after the second anniversary of the issuance date) or $1.30 plus an amount equal to accrued but unpaid dividends (if the conversion date is on or after the third anniversary of the issuance date) by (B) the market value of a share of the Company's common stock (which figure shall not be less than $5.00 per share regardless of the actual market value on the conversion date). Based on the $5.00 per share market value floor and if each share of Series A Preferred Stock issued in the first exchange offer and the second exchange offer converted on the anniversary dates listed below, the number of shares of the Company's common stock which would be issued upon conversion follows (shares in thousands):
AS OF JUNE 30, 2004 AS OF AUGUST 23, 2004 ----------------------- ----------------------- CONVERTIBLE CONVERTIBLE NUMBER OF INTO NUMBER NUMBER OF INTO NUMBER PREFERRED OF COMMON PREFERRED OF COMMON SHARES SHARES SHARES SHARES --------- ----------- --------- ----------- Second anniversary date ..................................................... 93,787 22,509 109,425 26,262 Third anniversary date ...................................................... 93,787 24,384 109,425 28,451
F-103 AMERICAN BUSINESS FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) JUNE 30, 2004 11. STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (CONTINUED) TERMS OF THE SERIES A PREFERRED STOCK -- (CONTINUED) As described above, the conversion ratio of the Series A preferred stock increases during the first three years following its issuance, which provides the holders of the Series A preferred stock with a discount on the shares of common stock that will be issued upon conversion. Under guidance issued by the EITF in issue 98-5, "Accounting for Convertible Securities with Beneficial Conversion Features or Contingently Adjustable Conversion Ratios," this discount, or beneficial conversion feature, must be valued and amortized to the income statement as additional non-cash preferred dividends over the three-year period that the holders of the Series A preferred stock earn the discount with an offsetting credit to additional paid in capital. The Company computed the value of the beneficial conversion feature using the conversion ratio of $1.30 to $5.00, which is the conversion term that is most beneficial to the investor, and would result in the issuance of 24.5 million shares of common stock based on the shares of Series A preferred stock that were issued through June 30, 2004. The value of the beneficial conversion feature equals the excess of the intrinsic value of those 24.5 million shares of common stock at their closing prices on the dates the preferred stock was issued, over the value of the Series A preferred stock on the same dates. The value of the Series A preferred stock was equal to the carrying value of the subordinated debentures exchanged. For closings under the exchange offers through June 30, 2004, the value of the beneficial conversion feature was $10.7 million. During fiscal 2004, amortization of $0.8 million was added to the $2.9 million of cash dividends declared resulting in a total charge to the income statement of $3.7 million. The offset to the charge to the income statement for the amortization of the beneficial conversion feature is recorded to additional paid in capital. For closings under the exchange offers through August 23, 2004, the value of the beneficial conversion feature was $11.3 million. Amortization of the total value of the beneficial conversion feature will be $3.6 million in fiscal 2005, $3.8 million in fiscal 2006 and $3.0 million for fiscal 2007. RESTRICTED SHARES GRANTED The Company entered into an employment agreement dated December 24, 2003 with an experienced industry professional who directs the wholesale business for the Company. The employment agreement provided for this executive to receive an award of 200,000 restricted shares (220,000 shares after the effect of subsequent stock dividends) of the Company's common stock. The vesting of these restricted shares is subject to the executive achieving performance targets for the wholesale business and vesting with respect to 110,000 of such shares occurred as of June 30, 2004. The restricted shares were issued from the Company's treasury stock with an average cost of $12.69 per share. The market price of the Company's common stock on June 30, 2004 was $4.50 per common share and was used to record unearned compensation on the restricted shares. Unearned compensation will be adjusted as the Company's common stock price changes and will be expensed over the vesting period of the restricted stock. EMPLOYEE STOCK GRANT PROGRAM On May 28, 2004, the Board of Directors approved a stock award of 136,850 shares to full-time employees who were hired on or before May 28, 2004. This stock award recognized employees for their contributions during the period of business strategy adjustments. The shares were issued from the Company's treasury stock, which had an average cost of $12.69 per share. The market price of the Company's common stock on May 28, 2004 was $3.29 per common share and was used to record compensation expense on the number of common shares awarded. OTHER On May 13, 2004, the Board of Directors declared a 10% stock dividend payable June 8, 2004 to common shareholders of record on May 25, 2004. In conjunction with the Board's resolution, all outstanding stock options and related exercise prices were adjusted. Accordingly, all outstanding common shares, earnings F-104 AMERICAN BUSINESS FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) JUNE 30, 2004 11. STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (CONTINUED) OTHER -- (CONTINUED) per common share, average common share and stock option amounts presented have been adjusted to reflect the effect of this stock dividend. Amounts presented for fiscal 2002 have been similarly adjusted for the effect of a 10% stock dividend declared on August 21, 2002, which was paid on September 13, 2002 to common shareholders of record on September 3, 2002. The Company paid no cash dividends on its common stock during the year ended June 30, 2004. Cash dividends of $0.291 and $0.255 were paid in the years ended June 30, 2003 and 2002, respectively. In May 2002 the Company registered 484,000 shares of its common stock for use in a dividend reinvestment plan. The dividend reinvestment plan was terminated as of June 30, 2003 with an aggregate of 9,699 shares having been issued under the plan. The dividend reinvestment plan was intended to allow shareholders to purchase the Company's common stock with dividend payments from their existing common stock holdings. In December 2003, the Company's shareholders approved an increase in the number of shares of authorized common stock from 9.0 million shares to 209.0 million shares and authorized preferred stock from 3.0 million shares to 203.0 million shares. In December 2003 and June 2004, the Company's shareholders also approved the issuance of shares of the Series A preferred stock in connection with the Company's two exchange offers and shares of common stock upon the conversion of the Series A preferred stock. In December 2002, the Company's shareholders approved an increase in the number of shares of authorized preferred stock from 1.0 million shares to 3.0 million shares. The preferred shares may be used to raise equity capital, redeem outstanding debt or acquire other companies, although no such acquisitions are currently contemplated. The Board of Directors has discretion with respect to designating and establishing the terms of each series of preferred stock prior to issuance. In fiscal 1999, the Board of Directors initiated a stock repurchase program in view of the price level of the Company's common stock, which at the time traded and has continued to trade at below book value. In addition, the Company's consistent earnings growth over the past several years through fiscal 2002 did not result in a corresponding increase in the market value of its common stock. The repurchase program was extended in fiscal 2000, 2001 and 2002. The fiscal 2002 extension authorized the purchase of up to 10% of the then outstanding shares, which totaled approximately 2,661,000 shares on the date of the extension. The Company repurchased 43,000 shares under the most current repurchase program, which terminated in November 2002. The Company did not extend the repurchase program beyond this date and currently has no plans to repurchase additional shares. The total number of shares repurchased under the stock repurchase program was: 117,000 in fiscal 1999; 327,000 in fiscal 2000; 627,000 in fiscal 2001; and 352,000 in fiscal 2002. 12. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN The Company has a 401(k) defined contribution plan, which was established in 1995, available to all employees who have been with the Company for one-month and have reached the age of 21. Employees may generally contribute up to 15% of their earnings each year, subject to IRS imposed limitations. For participants with one or more years of service, the Company, at its discretion, may match up to 25% of the first 5% of earnings contributed by the employee, and may match an additional 25% of the first 5% of earnings contributed by the employee in Company stock. The Company's contribution was $276 thousand, $417 thousand and $350 thousand for the years ended June 30, 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively. F-105 AMERICAN BUSINESS FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) JUNE 30, 2004 13. STOCK OPTION AND STOCK INCENTIVE PLANS The Amended and Restated 1999 Stock Option Plan of the Company ("1999 Plan") is available for the grant to officers, other key employees, directors and important consultants of the Company of options to purchase shares of the Company's common stock. The 1999 Plan was approved by the Company's stockholders. Options granted under the 1999 Plan to officers, other key employees and important consultants of the Company are granted at or above the market price of the Company's stock on the date of grant and generally expire five to ten years from the date of grant. Options granted under the 1999 Plan to non-employee directors are granted at or above the market price of the Company's stock on the date of grant and generally expire three to ten years from the date of grant. Options granted under the 1999 Plan may be fully exercisable when granted or may become fully exercisable only upon the continued employment of the optionee for a specified period of time, only upon the achievement of specified performance goals, or only upon the occurrence of both events. At June 30, 2004, options had been granted for all shares of the Company's common stock previously authorized by the Company's stockholders for issuance under the 1999 Plan and options for the purchase of an additional 104,328 shares of the Company's common stock had been granted subject to approval by the Company's stockholders at the Annual Meeting of Stockholders scheduled to be held December 29, 2004 of a proposal to increase the number of shares authorized for issuance under the 1999 Plan. At June 30, 2004 options granted under the Company's Amended and Restated 1993 Stock Option Plan ("1993 Plan") and the Company's 1995 Stock Option Plan for Non-Employee Directors ("1995 Plan") were also outstanding but both the 1993 Plan and 1995 Plan have expired and no further grants can be made under them. A summary of key employee stock option activity for the years ended June 30, 2004, 2003 and 2002 follows. Stock option activity has been retroactively adjusted for the effect of the stock dividends described in Note 11.
WEIGHTED-AVERAGE NUMBER OF SHARES EXERCISE PRICE ---------------- ---------------- Options outstanding, June 30, 2001 ...... 610,064 $10.58 Options granted ......................... 121,342 11.64 Options exercised ....................... (133) 9.77 Options canceled ........................ (67,471) 6.65 -------- ------ Options outstanding, June 30, 2002 ...... 663,802 10.86 Options granted ......................... 6,600 12.27 Options exercised ....................... (4,400) 4.60 Options canceled ........................ (45,611) 13.10 -------- ------ Options outstanding, June 30, 2003 ...... 620,391 10.72 Options granted ......................... 553,849 3.66 Options canceled ........................ (244,407) 10.99 -------- ------ Options outstanding, June 30, 2004 ...... 929,833 $ 6.44 ======== ======
A summary of non-employee director stock option activity for the three years ended June 30, 2004, 2003 and 2002 follows. Stock option activity has been retroactively adjusted for the effect of the stock dividends described in Note 11. F-106 AMERICAN BUSINESS FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) JUNE 30, 2004 13. STOCK OPTION AND STOCK INCENTIVE PLANS (CONTINUED)
WEIGHTED-AVERAGE NUMBER OF SHARES EXERCISE PRICE ---------------- ---------------- Options outstanding, June 30, 2001 ...... 258,214 $ 6.94 Options granted ......................... 65,340 12.70 Options canceled ........................ (27,951) 10.74 ------- ------ Options outstanding, June 30, 2002 ...... 295,603 7.85 Options exercised ....................... (96,784) 6.70 Options canceled ........................ (13,310) 9.77 ------- ------ Options outstanding, June 30, 2003 ...... 185,509 8.41 Options canceled ........................ (49,632) 8.11 ------- ------ Options outstanding, June 30, 2004 ...... 135,877 $ 8.52 ======= ======
The Company accounts for stock options issued under these plans using the intrinsic value method except for performance based stock options, which are accounted for as variable stock options. See Note 1 for more detail. The weighted-average fair value of options granted during the fiscal years ended June 30, 2004, 2003 and 2002 were $1.98, $7.00 and $5.85, respectively. The fair value of options granted was estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following assumptions:
JUNE 30, ------------------------------------------ 2004 2003 2002 ------------- ----------- ----------- Expected volatility.................................................................. 70% 65% 50% Expected life........................................................................ 8 YRS. 8 yrs. 8 yrs. Risk-free interest rate.............................................................. 3.38% - 4.56% 3.3% - 3.8% 3.4% - 5.3%
The following tables summarize information about stock options outstanding under these plans at June 30, 2004:
OPTIONS OUTSTANDING WEIGHTED REMAINING WEIGHTED- NUMBER OF CONTRACTUAL LIFE AVERAGE RANGE OF EXERCISE PRICES OF OPTIONS SHARES IN YEARS EXERCISE PRICE ----------------------------------- --------- ---------------- -------------- $ 3.09 to 5.12 681,673 8.3 $ 3.72 9.77 to 11.45 208,485 5.7 10.23 12.26 to 14.31 141,598 2.1 13.48 15.65 to 16.82 33,954 3.8 16.38 --------- 1,065,710 6.8 6.69 =========
OPTIONS EXERCISABLE WEIGHTED REMAINING WEIGHTED- NUMBER OF CONTRACTUAL LIFE AVERAGE RANGE OF EXERCISE PRICES OF OPTIONS SHARES IN YEARS EXERCISE PRICE ----------------------------------- --------- ---------------- -------------- $ 3.09 to 5.12 127,626 2.9 $ 3.94 9.77 to 11.45 148,336 5.3 10.08 12.26 to 14.31 136,522 1.9 13.51 15.65 to 16.82 33,116 3.8 16.40 ------- 445,600 3.5 9.84 =======
F-107 AMERICAN BUSINESS FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) JUNE 30, 2004 13. STOCK OPTION AND STOCK INCENTIVE PLANS (CONTINUED) In fiscal 2002 the Board of Directors adopted, and the shareholders approved, a stock incentive plan. The stock incentive plan provides for awards to officers and other employees of the Company in the form of the Company's common stock. Awards made pursuant to this plan are under the direction of the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors and are dependent on the Company, and individuals receiving the grant, achieving certain goals developed by the Compensation Committee. The vesting schedule for awards under this plan, if any, are set by the Compensation Committee at time of grant. The total number of shares authorized to be granted under the Stock Incentive Plan are 177,622 shares. The number of shares issuable can be adjusted, however, in the event of a reorganization, recapitalization, stock split, stock dividend, merger, consolidation or other change in the corporate structure of the Company. On October 15, 2002, 27,899 shares were granted at a price of $10.05 per share and 10,876 shares were granted on October 17, 2002 at $10.43 per share to officers and employees under this plan. On May 28, 2004, 136,850 shares were granted at a price of $3.29 per share to officers and employees under this plan. 14. INCOME TAXES The provision for income taxes consists of the following (in thousands):
YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, ------------------------------ 2004 2003 2002 --------- -------- ------ CURRENT Federal......................................................................................... $ 2,370 $ 9 $1,455 State........................................................................................... 150 400 250 --------- -------- ------ 2,520 409 1,705 --------- -------- ------ DEFERRED Federal......................................................................................... (65,289) (19,377) 3,986 State........................................................................................... (5,525) (150) -- --------- -------- ------ (70,814) (19,527) 3,986 --------- -------- ------ Total provision for income taxes................................................................. $(68,294) $(19,118) $5,691 ========= ======== ======
There were $4.4 million in federal tax benefits from the utilization of net operating loss carry forwards in the year ended June 30, 2003 while there were no tax benefits from the utilization of net operating loss carry forwards in the year ended June 30, 2004. F-108 AMERICAN BUSINESS FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) JUNE 30, 2004 14. INCOME TAXES (CONTINUED) The cumulative temporary differences resulted in net deferred income tax assets or liabilities consisting primarily of the following (in thousands):
JUNE 30, ------------------ 2004 2003 -------- ------- Deferred income tax assets: Allowance for credit losses ............................. $ 529 $ 997 Net operating loss carryforwards ........................ 139,088 72,581 Other ................................................... 11,237 14,544 -------- ------- 150,854 88,122 Less valuation allowance ................................. 33,394 36,830 -------- ------- 117,460 51,292 -------- ------- Deferred income tax liabilities: Interest-only strips and other receivables .............. 58,327 68,328 -------- ------- 58,327 68,328 -------- ------- Net deferred income tax (asset) liability ................ $(59,133) $17,036 ======== =======
The Company's net deferred income tax position changed from a liability of $17.0 million at June 30, 2003 to an asset of $59.1 million at June 30, 2004. This change from a liability position is the result of recording $68.3 million of federal and state income tax benefits on the Company's pre-tax loss for the year ended June 30, 2004. These federal and state income tax benefits will be realized against anticipated future years' state and federal taxable income. Factors which were considered in determining that it is more likely than not the Company will realize this deferred tax asset included: (i) the circumstances producing the losses for the fourth quarter of fiscal 2003 and the year ended June 30, 2004; (ii) the Company's historical profitability prior to the fourth quarter of fiscal 2003; (iii) the anticipated impact that the Company's adjusted business strategy will have on producing more currently taxable income than its previous business strategy produced due to higher loan originations and shifting from securitizations to whole loan sales; (iv) the achievability of anticipated levels of future taxable income under the Company's adjusted business strategy; and (v) the likely utilization of its net operating loss carryforwards. Additionally, the Company considers tax- planning strategies it can use to increase the likelihood that the deferred income tax asset will be realized. The valuation allowance represents the income tax effect of state net operating loss carry forwards less an amount of $5.4 million which it has been determined that it is more likely than not the Company will utilize in the next three years. This $5.4 million benefit will depend on future taxable income from operations and the implementation of state tax planning. The changes in the Company's business strategy from primarily securitizations to a combination of whole loan sales and smaller securitizations will result in a quicker recognition and a higher level of taxable income. The Company's net operating loss federal tax benefit of $100.3 million will likewise depend on future taxable income from operations in addition to the reversal of timing differences principally related to existing securitization assets with full net operating loss utilization primarily within two years. F-109 AMERICAN BUSINESS FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) JUNE 30, 2004 14. INCOME TAXES (CONTINUED) A reconciliation of income taxes at federal statutory rates to the Company's tax provision is as follows (in thousands):
YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, ----------------------------- 2004 2003 2002 -------- -------- ------ Federal income tax at statutory rates............................................................. $(62,903) $(17,157) $4,742 Nondeductible items............................................................................... 35 85 65 Other, net........................................................................................ (5,426) (2,046) 884 -------- -------- ------ $(68,294) $(19,118) $5,691 ======== ======== ======
For financial tax reporting, the Company had a pre-tax loss of $179.7 million on which a benefit of $68.3 million was recorded. The Company has net Federal operating loss carry forwards aggregating approximately $286.6 million available to reduce future Federal income taxes as of June 30, 2004 which will begin to expire in 2019. The Company has net state operating losses of $145.7 million as of June 30, 2004 which will expire in 20. In addition the other category includes a $5.4 million state tax benefit which will be utilized within three years. 15. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES OPERATING LEASES As of June 30, 2004, the Company leases property under noncancelable operating leases requiring minimum annual rentals as follows (in thousands):
Year ending June 30, 2005................................................................. $ 5,940 2006................................................................. 5,612 2007................................................................. 5,605 2008................................................................. 5,695 2009................................................................. 5,867 Thereafter........................................................... 27,883 ------- $56,602 =======
Rent expense for leased property was $5.6 million, $5.1 million and $4.9 million, respectively, for the years ended June 30, 2004, 2003, and 2002. EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS In January 1997, the Company entered into employment agreements with three current executives (which have subsequently been amended with respect to two of the executives) pursuant to which the three executives are entitled to initial, collective, annual base salary of $625 thousand, automatic annual increases in salary for increases in the Consumer Price Index and additional discretionary merit increases in salary. The agreements with two of the executives provide for annual cash bonuses of up to 225% of the executive's annual salary based on the achievement of performance goals established annually by the Company's Board of Directors. The agreement with the third executive provides for his participation in the cash bonus plan of the Company on terms established by the Company's Board of Directors and the Board currently provides for this executive to receive an annual cash bonus of up to 50% of his annual salary, with the specific amount set at the discretion of the Chairman. For two of the executives, the agreements terminate upon the earlier of (i) the executive's death, permanent disability, termination of employment for cause, voluntary resignation or F-110 AMERICAN BUSINESS FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) JUNE 30, 2004 15. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (CONTINUED) EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) 70th birthday; (ii) five years from any anniversary date of the agreements, or (iii) five years from the date of any notice to the executive of the Company's intention to terminate the agreement without cause. The agreement for the third executive terminates upon the earlier of (i) the executive's death, permanent disability, termination of employment for cause, voluntary resignation or 70th birthday; (ii) three years from any anniversary date of the agreements, (iii) three years from the date of any notice to the executive of the Company's intention to terminate the agreement without cause, or (iv) under certain circumstances, delivery of notice of termination without cause and payment of a lump sum equal to one year's salary. In the event of a "change in control," as defined in the agreements, two of the executives are entitled to receive a cash payment equal to 299% of their average annual compensation over the five calendar years preceding the change in control and the third executive is entitled to receive the same payment but only if he is terminated in connection with the change in control. In 1999, the Company entered into an employment agreement with an executive which terminated in July 2003. This agreement provided for the executive to receive an initial annual base salary of $335 thousand, subject to annual increases at the discretion of the Chairman, and an annual cash bonus of up to 50% of the executive's annual base salary upon the achievement of certain performance goals. In 1999, the Company entered into an employment arrangement with a current executive which, as subsequently amended, entitles the executive to receive an initial annual base salary of $275 thousand and an annual cash bonus of up to 50% of the executive's annual base salary upon the achievement of certain performance goals. In 1999, the Company entered into an agreement with this executive which entitles this executive to receive: (i) one year's base salary if terminated for any reason other than for cause as defined in the agreement; (ii) to a severance payment equal to two times the executive's highest annual base salary and bonus earned within a specified period if (A) the executive's employment is terminated due to a change in control of the Company, or (B) the executive resigns due to circumstances specified in the agreement within twenty-four months of a change in control of the Company. In 1999, the Company entered into an agreement with a current executive which entitles the executive, in the event the executive is terminated other than for cause within one year of a change in control, to receive a lump sum payment determined by adding together the highest annual salary and highest annual cash bonus received by the executive within the time periods specified in the agreement and multiplying the resulting sum by a fraction, the denominator of which is 365 and the numerator of which is the number of days the executive remained employed following the change in control. In 2004, the Company entered into an agreement with this same executive which provides for an annual base salary of $300,000, subject to annual increases at the discretion of the Chief Executive Officer and Compensation Committee of the Board, an annual bonus in accordance with the terms of the Management Incentive Plan of up to 50% of salary, and stock option grants in accordance with the Company's stock option plans. This agreement also provides that if at any time the executive is terminated without "cause" (as defined in the agreement), executive is entitled to receive in twelve equal monthly installments an amount equal to the highest annual salary received by the executive during the twelve month period prior to the date of termination plus the highest annual bonus paid to the executive during the five fiscal year period prior to the date of termination. Additionally, this agreement provides that if, within one year of a "change of control" (as defined in the agreement), the executive loses his position with the Company as set forth in the agreement, then he is entitled to receive a lump sum payment of the same aggregate amount he would be entitled to receive following any termination of his employment without cause. This executive's 2004 agreement with the Company superceded his 1999 agreement with the Company. F-111 AMERICAN BUSINESS FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) JUNE 30, 2004 15. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (CONTINUED) EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) In December 2003, the Company entered into an employment agreement with a current executive which entitles the executive to receive salary at the annual rate of $420,000 and a monthly cash bonus for each month that wholesale originations (as defined in the agreement) exceed $200 million, with such monthly bonus determined by multiplying 0.0005 times the amount of wholesale originations in excess of $200 million, up to an excess of $200 million, and adding $15,000 to such product if wholesale originations in the relevant month exceed $400 million. The employment agreement provided for an award to the executive of 200,000 shares (220,000 shares after adjustment for a subsequent stock dividend) of the Company's common stock subject to transfer restrictions and forfeiture until achievement of performance goals set forth in the employment agreement and a restricted stock agreement entered into simultaneously with the employment agreement. The performance goal with respect to 100,000 shares (110,000 shares after adjustment for a subsequent stock dividend) was satisfied June 30, 2004. PERIODIC ADVANCE GUARANTEES As the servicer of securitized loans, the Company is obligated to advance interest payments for delinquent loans if it deems that the advances will ultimately be recoverable. These advances can first be made out of funds available in a trust's collection account. If the funds available from the trust's collection account are insufficient to make the required interest advances, then the Company is required to make the advance from its operating cash. The advances made from a trust's collection account, if not recovered from the borrower or proceeds from the liquidation of the loan, require reimbursement from the Company. However, the Company can recover any advances the Company makes from its operating cash from the subsequent month's mortgage loan payments to the applicable trust prior to any distributions to the certificate holders. The Company adopted FIN 45 "Guarantor's Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, Including Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others" on a prospective basis for guarantees that are issued or modified after December 31, 2002. Based on the requirements of this guidance, the Company is carrying on its balance sheet a $0.7 million liability for its obligations to the ABFS 2003-1 securitization trust, which was created in March 2003. This liability represents its estimate of the fair value of periodic interest advances that the Company as servicer of the securitized loans, is obligated to pay to the trust on behalf of delinquent loans. The fair value of the liability was estimated based on an analysis of historical periodic interest advances and recoveries from securitization trusts. RECOURSE ON WHOLE LOAN SALES The Company's whole loan sale agreements with purchasers may include recourse provisions obligating it to repurchase loans at the sales price in the event of unfavorable delinquency performance on the loans sold or to refund premiums if a sold loan prepays. The duration of these obligations typically ranges from 60 days to one year from the date of the loan sale. Premium refund obligations typically decline monthly over the obligation period. The Company reserves for these premium obligations at the time of sale through an expense charge against the gain on sale. The amount of the reserve is calculated based on the expected near term delinquency and prepayment performance of the sold loans and the premiums received at the time of sale. At June 30, 2004, the reserve for repurchase and payoff obligations of premiums received, included in miscellaneous liabilities on the balance sheet, was $307 thousand. The following table details as of June 30, 2004, the aggregate principal balance of loans which the Company has sold with recourse that are still subject to recourse provisions and the quarter during which its recourse obligations on those loans mature (dollars in thousands): F-112 AMERICAN BUSINESS FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) JUNE 30, 2004 15. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (CONTINUED) RECOURSE ON WHOLE LOAN SALES -- (CONTINUED)
QUARTER ENDED PRINCIPAL BALANCE ------------- ----------------- September 30, 2004......................................... $443,306 December 31, 2004.......................................... 73,512 March 31, 2005............................................. 4,346 June 30, 2005.............................................. 102,827 -------- $623,991 ========
OTHER State and federal banking regulatory agencies, state attorneys general offices, the Federal Trade Commission, the U.S. Department of Justice, the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development and state and local governmental authorities have increased their focus on lending practices by some companies in the subprime industry, more commonly referred to as "predatory lending" practices. State, local and federal governmental agencies have imposed sanctions for practices including, but not limited to, charging borrowers excessive fees, imposing higher interest rates than the borrower's credit risk warrants and failing to adequately disclose the material terms of loans to the borrowers. For example, the Pennsylvania Attorney General reviewed certain fees charged to Pennsylvania customers by the Company's subsidiary, HomeAmerican Credit, Inc., which does business as Upland Mortgage. Although the Company believes that these fees were fair and in compliance with applicable federal and state laws, in April 2002, the Company agreed to reimburse borrowers approximately $221,000 with respect to a particular fee paid by borrowers from January 1, 1999 to mid-February 2001 and to reimburse the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania $50,000 for their costs of investigation and for future public protection purposes. The Company discontinued charging this particular fee in mid-February 2001. The Company has satisfied the monetary commitments and obligations to the Pennsylvania Attorney General. The reserve, which the Company previously established, was adequate to cover the resolution of this matter. By way of further example, on December 22, 2003, the Company entered into a Joint Agreement with the Civil Division of the U.S. Attorney's Office for the Eastern District of Pennsylvania which ended the inquiry by the U.S. Attorney initiated pursuant to the civil subpoena dated May 14, 2003. The U.S. Attorney's inquiry focused on the Company's forbearance policies, primarily on its practice of requesting a borrower who entered into forbearance agreement to execute a deed in lieu of foreclosure. In response to the inquiry and as part of the Joint Agreement, the Company, among other things, has adopted a revised forbearance policy, which became effective on November 19, 2003 and agreed to make an $80 thousand contribution to one or more housing counseling organizations approved by the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development. The Company does not believe that the Joint Agreement with the U.S. Attorney has had a significant impact on its operations. As a result of these initiatives, the Company is unable to predict whether state, local or federal authorities will require changes in the Company's lending practices in the future, including the reimbursement of borrowers as a result of fees charged or the imposition of fines, or the impact of those changes on the Company's profitability. 16. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS On February 26, 2002, a purported class action titled Calvin Hale v. HomeAmerican Credit, Inc., No. 02 C 1606, United States District Court for the Northern District of Illinois, was filed in the Circuit Court of Cook County, Illinois (subsequently removed by Upland Mortgage to the captioned federal court) against the Company's subsidiary, HomeAmerican Credit, Inc., which does business as Upland Mortgage, on behalf of borrowers in Illinois, Indiana, Michigan and Wisconsin who paid a document preparation fee on loans originated since February 4, 1997. The case consisted of three purported class action counts and two individual counts. The plaintiff alleged that the charging of, and the failure to properly disclose the nature of, F-113 AMERICAN BUSINESS FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) JUNE 30, 2004 16. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS (CONTINUED) a document preparation fee were improper under applicable state law. In November 2002 the Illinois Federal District Court dismissed the three class action counts and an agreement in principle was reached in August 2003 to settle the matter. The terms of the settlement have been finalized and did not have a material effect on our consolidated financial position or results of operations. The Company's lending subsidiaries, including HomeAmerican Credit, Inc. which does business as Upland Mortgage, are involved, from time to time, in other class action lawsuits, litigation, claims, investigations by governmental authorities, and legal proceedings arising out of their lending and servicing activities, besides the purported class action entitled, Calvin Hale v. HomeAmerican Credit, Inc., d/b/a Upland Mortgage, described above. Due to the Company's current expectation regarding the ultimate resolution of these actions, management believes that the liabilities resulting from these actions will not have a material adverse effect on its consolidated financial position or results of operations. However, due to the inherent uncertainty in litigation and because the ultimate resolution of these proceedings are influenced by factors outside of the Company's control, the Company's estimated liability under these proceedings may change or actual results may differ from its estimates. Additionally, court decisions in litigation to which the Company is not a party may also affect its lending activities and could subject it to litigation in the future. For example, in Glukowsky v. Equity One, Inc., (Docket No. A-3202 - 01T3), dated April 24, 2003, to which the Company is not a party, the Appellate Division of the Superior Court of New Jersey determined that the Parity Act's preemption of state law was invalid and that the state laws precluding some lenders from imposing prepayment fees are applicable to loans made in New Jersey. On May 26, 2004, the New Jersey Supreme Court reversed the decision of the Appellate Division of the Superior Court of New Jersey and held that the Parity Act has preempted the New Jersey Prepayment Law, although the plaintiff has petitioned the United States Supreme Court for certiorari in this matter. The Company expects that, as a result of the publicity surrounding predatory lending practices and this recent New Jersey court decision regarding the Parity Act, it may be subject to other class action suits in the future. In addition, from time to time, the Company is involved as plaintiff or defendant in various other legal proceedings arising in the normal course of its business. While the Company cannot predict the ultimate outcome of these various legal proceedings, management believes that the resolution of these legal actions should not have a material effect on the Company's financial position, results of operations or cash flow and liquidity. 17. OTHER LITIGATION -- SECURITIES CLASS ACTION LAWSUITS AND SHAREHOLDER DERIVATIVE ACTION In January and February of 2004, four class action lawsuits were filed against the Company and certain of its officers and directors. Lead plaintiffs and counsel were appointed on June 3, 2004. A consolidated amended class action complaint that supersedes these four complaints was filed on August 19, 2004 in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Pennsylvania. The consolidated amended class action complaint brings claims on behalf of a class of all purchasers of the Company's common stock for a proposed class period of January 27, 2000 through June 26, 2003. The consolidated complaint names the Company, its director and Chief Executive Officer, Anthony Santilli, its Chief Financial Officer, Albert Mandia, and former director, Richard Kaufman, as defendants and alleges that the Company and the named directors and officers violated Sections 10(b) and 20(a) of the Exchange Act. The consolidated complaint alleges that, during the applicable class period, the Company's forbearance and deferment practices enabled it to, among other things, lower its delinquency rates to facilitate the securitization of its loans which purportedly allowed the Company to collect interest income from its securitized loans and inflate its financial results and market price of its common stock. The consolidated F-114 AMERICAN BUSINESS FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) JUNE 30, 2004 17. OTHER LITIGATION -- SECURITIES CLASS ACTION LAWSUITS AND SHAREHOLDER DERIVATIVE ACTION (CONTINUED) amended class action complaint seeks unspecified compensatory damages, costs and expenses related to bringing the action, and other unspecified relief. On March 15, 2004, a shareholder derivative action was filed against the Company, as a nominal defendant, and its director and Chief Executive Officer, Anthony Santilli, its Chief Financial Officer, Albert Mandia, its directors, Messrs. Becker, DeLuca and Sussman, and its former director, Mr. Kaufman, as defendants, in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Pennsylvania. The lawsuit was brought nominally on behalf of the Company, as a shareholder derivative action, alleging that the named directors and officers breached their fiduciary duties to the Company, engaged in the abuse of control, gross mismanagement and other violations of law during the period from January 27, 2000 through June 25, 2003. The lawsuit seeks unspecified compensatory damages, equitable or injunctive relief and costs and expenses related to bringing the action, and other unspecified relief. The parties have agreed to stay this case pending disposition of any motion to dismiss the consolidated amended complaint filed in the putative consolidated securities class action. Procedurally, these lawsuits are in a very preliminary stage. The Company believes that it has several defenses to the claims raised by these lawsuits and intends to vigorously defend the lawsuits. Due to the inherent uncertainties in litigation and because the ultimate resolution of these proceedings is influenced by factors outside of its control, the Company is currently unable to predict the ultimate outcome of this litigation or its impact on its financial position, results of operations or cash flows. 18. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS The Company has a loan receivable from an officer of the Company for $600 thousand, which was an advance for the exercise of stock options to purchase 272,264 shares of the Company's common stock in 1995. The loan is due in September 2005 (earlier if the stock is disposed of). Interest at 6.46% is payable annually. The loan is secured by 272,264 shares of the Company's stock, and is shown as a reduction of stockholders' equity on the accompanying balance sheet. In February 2003, the Company awarded 2,000 shares (2,200 shares after the effect of subsequent stock dividends) of its common stock to each of two newly appointed members of its Board of Directors. The Company currently employs members of the immediate family of one of its directors (who is also an executive officer) and one of its executive officers (such director and executive officer are married to each other) in various officer and non-officer positions and currently employs a member of the immediate family of another executive officer in a non-officer position. The Company previously employed one member of the immediate family of one non- employee director, one non-director executive office, and the director and executive officer referred to in the previous sentence. The Company believes that the salaries paid to these individuals have been and are competitive with salaries paid to other employees in similar positions within the Company and in its industry. The Company has had, but does not currently have, a business relationship with members of the immediate family of the director and executive officer referred to in the first sentence of the previous paragraph pursuant to which the Company purchased appraisal services, office equipment and real estate advisory services. These related party transactions were not individually or collectively material to the Company's results of operations. A business owned by a family member of the director and executive officer referred to above is listed on an approved appraiser list for the Company's subsidiaries and as such is eligible to be chosen by mortgage applicants for appraisal services in connection with a loan transaction with the Company's lending subsidiaries. F-115 AMERICAN BUSINESS FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) JUNE 30, 2004 19. FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS No active market exists for certain of the Company's assets and liabilities. Therefore, fair value estimates are based on judgments regarding credit risk, investor expectation of future economic conditions, normal cost of administration and other risk characteristics, including interest rates and prepayment risk. These estimates are subjective in nature and involve uncertainties and matters of judgment and, therefore, cannot be determined with precision. Changes in assumptions could significantly affect the estimates. The following table summarizes the carrying amounts and fair value estimates of financial instruments recorded on the Company's financial statements at June 30, 2004 and 2003 (in thousands):
JUNE 30, 2004 JUNE 30, 2003 --------------------------- --------------------------- CARRYING VALUE FAIR VALUE CARRYING VALUE FAIR VALUE -------------- ---------- -------------- ---------- ASSETS Cash and cash equivalents ........................................... $ 910 $ 910 $ 36,590 $ 36,590 Restricted cash ..................................................... 13,307 13,307 10,885 10,885 Loans available for sale ............................................ 304,275 309,039 263,419 296,346 Interest-only strips ................................................ 459,086 459,086 598,278 598,278 Servicing rights .................................................... 73,738 78,884 119,291 119,291 Investments held to maturity ........................................ 839 839 881 946 LIABILITIES Subordinated debentures, senior collateralized subordinated notes, warehouse lines and notes payable.................................. $847,448 $846,238 $932,456 $931,302
The methodology and assumptions utilized to estimate the fair value of the Company's financial instruments are as follows: CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS -- For these short-term instruments, the carrying amount approximates fair value. RESTRICTED CASH -- For these short-term instruments, the carrying amount approximates fair value. LOANS AVAILABLE FOR SALE -- Fair value is determined by reference to recent sales and securitizations. INTEREST-ONLY STRIPS -- Fair value is determined using estimated discounted future cash flows taking into consideration anticipated prepayment rates and credit loss rates of the underlying loans and leases. SERVICING RIGHTS -- Fair value is determined using estimated discounted future cash flows taking into consideration anticipated prepayment rates of the underlying loans and leases. INVESTMENTS HELD TO MATURITY -- Represent mortgage loan backed securities retained in securitizations. Fair value for June 30, 2004 was equal to the investments' cost basis which was recovered in cash received in July 2004 due to the clean-up call and collapse of the securitization trust that had issued these investments. Fair value for June 30, 2003 was determined using estimated discounted future cash flows taking into consideration anticipated prepayment rates and credit loss rates of the underlying loans and pass through investment certificate interest rates of current securitizations. SUBORDINATED DEBENTURES, SENIOR COLLATERALIZED SUBORDINATED NOTES, WAREHOUSE LINES AND NOTES PAYABLE -- The fair value of fixed debt is estimated using the rates currently available to the Company for debt of similar terms. F-116 AMERICAN BUSINESS FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) JUNE 30, 2004 19. FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (CONTINUED) The carrying value of mortgage backed securities retained in securitizations, which were held-to-maturity investment securities were as follows (in thousands):
GROSS GROSS AMORTIZED UNREALIZED UNREALIZED FAIR COST GAINS LOSSES VALUE --------- ---------- ---------- ----- JUNE 30, 2004 ..................................................................... $839 $-- $-- $839 June 30, 2003 ..................................................................... $881 $65 $-- $946
These mortgage backed securities were repaid in July 2004. 20. DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS On July 1, 2000, the Company adopted SFAS No. 133, which establishes accounting and reporting standards for derivative financial instruments and hedging activities. The following disclosures summarize the Company's accounting and reporting for derivative financial instruments qualifying and classified as hedging activities and derivative financial instruments classified as trading activities. HEDGE ACCOUNTING RELATED TO LOANS EXPECTED TO BE SOLD THROUGH SECURITIZATIONS. Derivative contracts may be specifically designated as hedges of mortgage loans, which the Company expects to be included in a term securitization at a future date. At June 30, 2004 and 2003, the Company did not have any outstanding derivative financial instruments designated as hedges of mortgage loans expected to be sold through securitization. RELATED TO LOANS EXPECTED TO BE SOLD THROUGH WHOLE LOAN SALE TRANSACTIONS. The Company may utilize derivative financial instruments in an attempt to mitigate the effect of changes in market interest rates between the date loans are originated at fixed interest rates and the date that the loans will be sold in a whole loan sale. The Company may hedge the effect of changes in market interest rates with forward sale agreements, Eurodollar futures, forward starting interest rate swaps, forward treasury sales or derivative contracts of similar underlying securities. In March 2004, the Company entered into a forward sale agreement providing for the sale of $300.0 million of home mortgage loans and business purpose loans at a price of 104.4%. The Company sold loans under this commitment in the amount of $224.0 million during the month of March 2004 and $51.6 million during the month of April 2004, satisfying its commitment under this forward sale agreement, and recognizing net gains of $8.4 million. In May 2004, the Company entered into a forward sale agreement providing for the sale of $175.0 million of home mortgage loans at a price of 101.6%. The Company sold loans under this commitment in the amount of $92.9 million during the month of May 2004 and $67.5 million during the month of June 2004, satisfying its commitment under this forward sale agreement, and recognizing net gains of $1.8 million on the loans sold in the quarter ended June 30, 2004. On June 28, 2004, the Company entered into a forward sale agreement providing for the sale of $275.0 million of home mortgage loans at a price of 101.5%. The Company expects to satisfy this commitment during July and August 2004 with loans recorded on its balance sheet at June 30, 2004. No gains or losses were recognized on this forward sale agreement at June 30, 2004. DISQUALIFIED HEDGING RELATIONSHIP IN FISCAL 2003. The securitization market was not available to the Company in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2003. As a result, the Company realized that the expected high correlation between the changes in the fair values of derivatives designated as a hedge of mortgage loans F-117 AMERICAN BUSINESS FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) JUNE 30, 2004 20. DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (CONTINUED) HEDGE ACCOUNTING -- (CONTINUED) previously expected to be securitized would not be achieved, and it discontinued hedge accounting for $170.0 million of forward starting interest rate swaps. Losses of $4.0 million on these $170.0 million of interest rate swaps were charged to the Statement of Income in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2003. An offsetting increase of $3.7 million in the value of the hedged mortgage loans was also recorded in the Statement of Income, representing the change in fair value of the loans for the hedged risk until the date that the Company learned that the securitization market was not available. The $170.0 million of interest rate swaps were reclassified as trading contracts. SUMMARY OF HEDGE ACCOUNTING. The Company recorded the following gains and losses on the fair value of derivative financial instruments accounted for as hedging transactions for the years ended June 30, 2004, 2003 and 2002. Ineffectiveness related to qualified hedging relationships during each period was immaterial. Ineffectiveness is a measure of the difference in the change in fair value of the derivative financial instrument as compared to the change in the fair value of the item hedged (in thousands):
YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, ---------------------------- 2004 2003 2002 ------- ------- ------- Gains and losses on derivatives recorded in securitization gains and offset by gains and losses recorded on loan securitizations: Losses on derivative financial instruments......................................................... $ -- $(3,806) $(9,401) Recorded in gains and losses on derivative financial instruments: Gains (losses) on derivative financial instruments................................................. $ 1,157 $(7,037) $ -- Gains (losses) on hedged loans..................................................................... $(2,283) $ 6,160 $ -- Amount settled in cash - received (paid)........................................................... $ 656 $(5,041) $(9,401)
At June 30, 2004 and 2003, the notional amounts of forward sale agreements, Eurodollar futures contracts and forward starting interest rate swap contracts accounted for as hedges and unrealized gains and losses recorded as assets or liabilities on the balance sheet were as follows (in thousands):
JUNE 30, 2004 JUNE 30, 2003 --------------------- --------------------- NOTIONAL UNREALIZED NOTIONAL UNREALIZED AMOUNT (LOSS) AMOUNT (LOSS) -------- ---------- -------- ---------- Forward loan sale agreement ............................................. $275,000 $ -- $275,000 $ -- Eurodollar futures contracts ............................................ $ 27,962 $(103) $ -- $ -- Forward starting interest rate swaps .................................... $ -- $ -- $ -- $(6,776)(a)
--------------- (a) Represents the liability carried on the balance sheet at June 30, 2003 for previously recorded losses not settled in cash by June 30, 2003. The sensitivity of the Eurodollar futures contracts classified as fair value hedges as of June 30, 2004 to a 0.1% change in market interest rates is $9 thousand. TRADE ACCOUNTING Generally, the Company does not enter into derivative financial instrument contracts for trading purposes. However, the Company has entered into derivative financial instrument contracts, which have not been designated as hedges in accordance with SFAS No. 133 and were therefore accounted for as trading assets or liabilities. F-118 AMERICAN BUSINESS FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) JUNE 30, 2004 20. DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (CONTINUED) TRADE ACCOUNTING -- (CONTINUED) RELATED TO LOANS EXPECTED TO BE SOLD THROUGH SECURITIZATIONS. During fiscal 2003, the Company used interest rate swap contracts to protect the future securitization spreads on loans in its pipeline. The Company believed there was a greater chance that market interest rates that would be obtained on the subsequent securitization of these loans would increase rather than decline, and chose to protect the spread that could be earned in the event of rising rates. However due to a decline in market interest rates during the period the derivative contracts were used to manage interest rate risk on loans in the pipeline, the Company recorded losses on forward starting interest rate swap contracts during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2003. The losses are summarized in the table below. During the year ended June 30, 2004, the Company did not utilize derivative financial instruments to protect future securitization spreads on loans in its pipeline. RELATED TO LOANS EXPECTED TO BE SOLD THROUGH WHOLE LOAN SALE TRANSACTIONS. During fiscal 2004 and 2003, the Company used Eurodollar futures contracts or interest rate swap contracts to manage interest rate risk on loans in its pipeline or loans expected to be sold in whole loan sale transactions. Forward starting interest rate swap contracts with a notional amount of $170.0 million were carried over from a fiscal 2003 disqualified hedging relationship. These forward starting interest rate swap contracts were used to manage the effect of changes in market interest rates on the fair value of fixed-rate mortgage loans that were sold in the first quarter of fiscal 2004 and the contracts were closed in that quarter. The Company had elected not to designate these derivative contracts as an accounting hedge. SUMMARY OF TRADING ACTIVITY. The following gains and losses were recorded on the fair value of derivative financial instruments classified as trading for the years ended June 30, 2004 and 2003. There were no derivative contracts classified as trading for the year ended June 30, 2002 except those noted below to manage the exposure to changes in the fair value of certain interest- only strips due to changes in one-month LIBOR. (in thousands):
YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, ----------------- 2004 2003 ------- ------- Trading gains(losses) on Eurodollar futures contracts: Related to loan pipeline .................................. $(1,425) $ -- Trading gains (losses) on forward starting interest rate swaps: Related to loan pipeline .................................. $ -- $(3,796) Related to whole loan sales ............................... $ 5,097 $ 441 Amount settled in cash - (paid) ........................... $(1,187) $(2,671)
At June 30, 2004 and 2003, outstanding Eurodollar futures contracts or forward starting interest rate swap contracts used to manage interest rate risk on loans in the Company's pipeline or loans expected to be sold in whole loan sale transactions and the associated unrealized gains and losses recorded as assets and liabilities on the balance sheet are summarized in the table below. (in thousands):
JUNE 30, 2004 JUNE 30, 2003 --------------------- --------------------- NOTIONAL UNREALIZED NOTIONAL UNREALIZED AMOUNT (LOSS) AMOUNT GAIN -------- ---------- -------- ---------- Eurodollar futures contracts .................................................... $202,038 $(851) $ -- $ -- Forward starting interest rate swaps ............................................ $ -- $ -- $170,000 $441
The sensitivity of the Eurodollar futures contracts held as trading as of June 30, 2004 to a 0.1% change in market interest rates is $66 thousand. F-119 AMERICAN BUSINESS FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) JUNE 30, 2004 20. DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (CONTINUED) TRADE ACCOUNTING -- (CONTINUED) RELATED TO INTEREST-ONLY STRIPS. The Company had an interest rate swap contract, which was not designated as an accounting hedge, designed to reduce the exposure to changes in the fair value of certain interest-only strips due to changes in one-month LIBOR. This contract matured in April 2004. Unrealized gains and losses on the interest rate swap contract were due to changes in the interest rate swap yield curve during the periods the contract was in place. Net gains and losses on this interest rate swap contract included the amount of cash settlement with the contract counter party each period. Net gains and losses recorded on this interest rate swap contract for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2004, 2003 and 2002 were as follows (in thousands):
YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, ------------------------ 2004 2003 2002 ----- ------- ----- Unrealized gain (loss) on interest rate swap contract.................................................. $ 335 $ 127 $(460) Cash interest received (paid) on interest rate swap contract........................................... (307) (1,038) (266) ----- ------- ----- Net gain (loss) on interest rate swap contract......................................................... $ 28 $ (911) $(726) ===== ======= =====
21. RECONCILIATION OF BASIC AND DILUTED EARNINGS PER COMMON SHARE
YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, ------------------------------ 2004 2003 2002 --------- -------- ------ (in thousands except per share data) (Numerator) EARNINGS (LOSS) Net income (loss) attributable to common shares.................................................. $(115,146) $(29,902) $7,859 --------- -------- ------ (Denominator) Average Common Shares: Average common shares outstanding............................................................... 3,380 3,210 3,227 Average potentially dilutive shares............................................................. (A) (B) 244 --------- -------- ------ Average common and potentially dilutive shares.................................................. 3,380 3,210 3,471 ========= ======== ====== Earnings (loss) per common share: Basic:.......................................................................................... $ (34.07) $ (9.32) $ 2.44 Diluted:........................................................................................ $ (34.07) $ (9.32) $ 2.26
--------------- (a) 3,238,634 shares anti-dilutive in fiscal year 2004. (b) 135,708 shares anti-dilutive in fiscal year 2003. 22. SEGMENT INFORMATION The Company has three operating segments: Loan Origination, Servicing and Treasury and Funding. The Loan Origination segment originates business purpose loans secured by real estate and other business assets, home mortgage loans typically to credit- impaired borrowers and loans secured by one-to-four family residential real estate. The Servicing segment services the loans originated by the Company both while held as available for sale by the Company and subsequent to securitization. Servicing activities include billing and collecting payments from borrowers, transmitting payments to securitization trust investors, accounting for principal and interest, collections and foreclosure activities and disposing of real estate owned. F-120 AMERICAN BUSINESS FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) JUNE 30, 2004 22. SEGMENT INFORMATION (CONTINUED) The Treasury and Funding segment offers the Company's subordinated debenture securities pursuant to a registered public offering and obtains other sources of funding for the Company's general operating and lending activities. The All Other caption on the following tables mainly represents segments that do not meet the SFAS No. 131 "Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information" defined thresholds for determining reportable segments, financial assets not related to operating segments and is mainly comprised of interest-only strips, unallocated overhead and other expenses of the Company unrelated to the reportable segments identified. The reporting segments follow the same accounting policies used for the Company's consolidated financial statements as described in the summary of significant accounting policies. Management evaluates a segment's performance based upon profit or loss from operations before income taxes. Reconciling items represent elimination of inter-segment income and expense items, and are included to reconcile segment data to the consolidated financial statements.
YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 2004 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- LOAN TREASURY AND RECONCILING ORIGINATION FUNDING SERVICING ALL OTHER ITEMS CONSOLIDATED ----------- ------------ --------- --------- ----------- ------------ (in thousands) External revenues: Gain on sale of loans: Securitizations............................ $ 15,107 $ -- $ -- $ -- $ -- $ 15,107 Whole loan sales........................... 20,044 -- -- -- -- 20,044 Interest income ............................. 11,975 61 493 40,548 -- 53,077 Non-interest income ......................... 3,875 2 44,266 746 (38,726) 10,163 Inter-segment revenues ....................... -- 61,788 -- 45,005 (106,793) -- Operating expenses: Interest expense ............................ 23,090 63,961 (877) 43,752 (61,788) 68,138 Non-interest expense ........................ 71,052 9,922 36,821 38,592 -- 156,387 Depreciation and amortization ............... 2,264 68 851 3,955 -- 7,138 Interest-only strips valuation adjustment................................. -- -- -- 46,450 -- 46,450 Inter-segment expense ........................ 83,731 -- -- -- (83,731) -- Income tax expense (benefit) ................. (49,072) (4,598) 3,026 (17,650) -- (68,294) -------- -------- ------- -------- --------- ---------- Income (loss) before dividends on preferred stock....................................... $(80,064) $ (7,502) $ 4,938 $(28,800) $ -- $ (111,428) ======== ======== ======= ======== ========= ========== Segment assets ............................... $379,179 $239,889 $76,724 $502,534 $(155,456) $1,042,870 ======== ======== ======= ======== ========= ==========
F-121 AMERICAN BUSINESS FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) JUNE 30, 2004 22. SEGMENT INFORMATION (CONTINUED)
YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 2003 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- LOAN TREASURY AND RECONCILING ORIGINATION FUNDING SERVICING ALL OTHER ITEMS CONSOLIDATED ----------- ------------ --------- --------- ----------- ------------ (in thousands) External revenues: Gain on sale of loans: Securitizations............................ $171,212 $ -- $ -- $ -- $ -- $ 171,212 Whole loan sales........................... 655 -- -- -- -- 655 Interest income ............................. 8,463 422 762 48,195 -- 57,842 Non-interest income ......................... 8,385 4 45,480 (90) (41,820) 11,959 Inter-segment revenues ....................... -- 75,422 -- 63,259 (138,681) -- Operating expenses: Interest expense ............................ 20,324 66,526 2,467 54,203 (75,422) 68,098 Non-interest expense ........................ 65,861 7,379 42,542 52,978 -- 168,760 Depreciation and amortization ............... 3,189 108 1,168 4,183 -- 8,648 Interest-only strips valuation adjustment................................. -- -- -- 45,182 -- 45,182 Inter-segment expense ........................ 105,079 -- -- -- (105,079) -- Income tax expense (benefit) ................. (2,238) 716 25 (17,621) -- (19,118) -------- -------- -------- -------- --------- ---------- Income (loss) before dividends on preferred stock....................................... $ (3,500) $ 1,119 $ 40 $(27,561) $ -- $ (29,902) ======== ======== ======== ======== ========= ========== Segment assets ............................... $346,434 $156,082 $111,254 $642,150 $ (96,569) $1,159,351 ======== ======== ======== ======== ========= ==========
YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 2002 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- LOAN TREASURY AND RECONCILING ORIGINATION FUNDING SERVICING ALL OTHER ITEMS CONSOLIDATED ----------- ------------ --------- --------- ----------- ------------ (in thousands) External revenues: Gain on sale of loans and leases Securitizations............................ $185,960 $ -- $ -- $ -- $ -- $185,960 Whole loan sales........................... 2,448 -- -- -- -- 2,448 Interest income ............................. 6,486 998 1,309 36,099 -- 44,892 Non-interest income ......................... 8,377 1 35,387 923 (29,707) 14,981 Inter-segment revenues ....................... -- 70,586 -- 70,368 (140,954) -- Operating expenses: Interest expense ............................ 21,299 67,256 298 50,416 (70,586) 68,683 Non-interest expense ........................ 41,173 10,041 31,375 54,489 -- 137,078 Depreciation and amortization ............... 3,195 142 1,095 2,485 -- 6,917 Interest-only strips valuation adjustment................................. -- -- -- 22,053 -- 22,053 Inter-segment expense ....................... 100,075 -- -- -- (100,075) -- Income tax expense (benefit) ................. 15,762 (2,459) 1,650 (9,262) -- 5,691 -------- -------- -------- -------- --------- -------- Income (loss) before dividends on preferred stock....................................... $ 21,767 $ (3,395) $ 2,278 $(12,791) $ -- $ 7,859 ======== ======== ======== ======== ========= ======== Segment assets ............................... $ 87,495 $202,621 $124,914 $549,472 $ (88,127) $876,375 ======== ======== ======== ======== ========= ========
F-122 AMERICAN BUSINESS FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) JUNE 30, 2004 23. QUARTERLY DATA STATEMENT (UNAUDITED) The interim financial statements below contain all adjustments (consisting of normal recurring accruals and the elimination of intercompany balances) necessary in management's opinion for a fair presentation of financial position and results of operations. The following tables summarize financial data by quarters (in thousands, except per share amounts):
FISCAL 2004 QUARTER ENDED ---------------------------------------------------- JUNE 30, MARCH 31, DECEMBER 31, SEPTEMBER 30, -------- --------- ------------ ------------- REVENUES Gain on sale of loans: Securitizations .......................................................... $ -- $ -- $ 15,056 $ 799 Whole sale loans ......................................................... 6,720 9,578 78 2,921 Interest and fees ......................................................... 6,042 4,870 2,167 4,653 Interest accretion on interest-only strips ................................ 9,234 9,605 10,228 11,109 Servicing income .......................................................... 1,040 1,283 1,809 718 Other income .............................................................. 2 478 1 1 -------- -------- -------- -------- Total revenues ............................................................ 23,038 25,814 29,339 20,201 Total expenses(a) ......................................................... 69,662 76,508 69,375 62,569 -------- -------- -------- -------- Income (loss) before provision for income tax expense ..................... (46,624) (50,694) (40,036) (42,368) Provision for income tax expense (benefit) ................................ (17,717) (19,263) (15,214) (16,100) -------- -------- -------- -------- Income (loss) before dividends on preferred Stock ......................... (28,907) (31,431) (24,822) (26,268) Dividends on preferred Stock .............................................. 1,967 1,751 -- -- -------- -------- -------- -------- Net income (loss) attributable to common stock ............................ $(30,874) $(33,182) $(24,822) $(26,268) ======== ======== ======== ======== Earnings (loss) per common share: Basic .................................................................... $ (8.81) $ (9.57) $ (7.59) $ (8.10) Diluted .................................................................. $ (8.81) $ (9.57) $ (7.59) $ (8.10)
--------------- (a) Includes pre-tax adjustments to the fair value of securitization assets of $8.6 million, $15.1 million, $12.0 million and $10.8 million for the quarters ended June 30, March 31, December 31 and September 30, respectively. F-123 AMERICAN BUSINESS FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) JUNE 30, 2004 23. QUARTERLY DATA STATEMENT (UNAUDITED) (CONTINUED)
FISCAL 2003 QUARTER ENDED ---------------------------------------------------- JUNE 30, MARCH 31, DECEMBER 31, SEPTEMBER 30, -------- --------- ------------ ------------- REVENUES Gain on sale of loans: Securitizations .......................................................... $ 852 $54,450 $57,922 $59,988 Whole sale loans ......................................................... 626 (4) (2) 35 Interest and fees ......................................................... 6,002 4,665 4,595 4,133 Interest accretion on interest-only strips ................................ 12,986 12,114 11,500 10,747 Servicing income .......................................................... 382 486 644 1,537 Other income .............................................................. 3 1 2 4 -------- ------- ------- ------- Total revenues ............................................................ 20,851 71,712 74,661 74,444 Total expenses(a) ......................................................... 76,679 71,683 71,022 71,307 -------- ------- ------- ------- Income (loss) before provision for income tax expense ..................... (55,828) 29 3,639 3,140 Provision for income tax expense (benefit) ................................ (21,773) (192) 1,528 1,319 -------- ------- ------- ------- Net income (loss) attributable to common stock ............................ $(34,055) $ 221 $ 2,111 $ 1,821 ======== ======= ======= ======= Earnings (loss) per common share: Basic .................................................................... $ (10.62) $ 0.07 $ 0.72 $ 0.64 Diluted .................................................................. $ (10.62) $ 0.06 $ 0.69 $ 0.61
--------------- (a) Includes pre-tax adjustments to the fair value of securitization assets of $11.8 million, $10.7 million, $10.6 million and $12.1 million for the quarters ended June 30, March 31, December 31 and September 30, respectively. F-124 =============================================================================== You should rely only on the information contained or incorporated by reference in this prospectus. We have authorized no one to provide you with different information. You should not assume that the information in this prospectus, including information incorporated by reference, is accurate as of any date other than the date on the front of the prospectus. This prospectus is not an offer to sell nor is it seeking an offer to buy the securities in any jurisdiction where that offer or sale is not permitted. The information in this prospectus is correct only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of the delivery of this prospectus or any sale of securities. [GRAPHIC OMITTED] $280,000,000 OF SUBORDINATED INVESTMENT NOTES AND VARIABLE RATE DEMAND NOTES _________________________ PROSPECTUS _________________________ =============================================================================== PART II INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS ITEM 14. OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION. The following table sets forth the estimated expenses to be incurred in connection with the offering of the Subordinated Debentures, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, which ABFS does not anticipate paying: SEC Registration Fee*.................................. $ 35,476 NASD Filing Fee........................................ 0 Printing, Engraving and Mailing........................ 150,500 Legal Fees and Expenses................................ 390,000 Accounting Fees and Expenses........................... 100,000 Blue Sky Fees and Expenses............................. 20,000 Newspaper Advertising.................................. 3,200,000 Direct Mail Advertising................................ 1,500,000 Trustee Fees........................................... 10,000 Miscellaneous.......................................... 4,024 ----------- TOTAL......................................... $ 5,410,000 =========== --------------------- * Exact; all other fees and expenses are estimates. ITEM 15. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS. The Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the "Certificate of Incorporation") and the Amended and Restated Bylaws (the "Bylaws") of ABFS provide for indemnification of its directors and officers to the full extent permitted by Delaware law. In the event that the Delaware General Corporation Law (the "Corporation Law") is amended to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors and officers, the Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws provide that the personal liability of the directors and officers of ABFS shall be so eliminated or limited. Section 145 of the Corporation Law provides, in substance, that Delaware corporations shall have the power, under specified circumstances, to indemnify their directors, officers, employees and agents in connection with actions, suits or proceedings brought against them by a third party or in the right of the corporation, by reason of the fact that they were or are such directors, officers, employees or agents, against expenses incurred in any such action, suit or proceeding. Section 145 of the Corporation Law provides that a corporation may pay the expenses incurred by an officer or director in defending any civil, criminal, administrative, or investigative action, suit or proceeding in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon an undertaking by or on behalf of such director or officer to repay such amount if it is ultimately determined that he or she is not entitled to be indemnified by the corporation. The Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws of ABFS provide that ABFS shall pay such expenses. II-1 The Company maintains insurance to cover the Company's directors and executive officers for liabilities which may be incurred by the Company's directors and executive officers in the performance of their duties. ITEM 16. EXHIBITS.
EXHIBIT NUMBER DESCRIPTION --------- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4.1 Form of Unsecured Investment Note (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.1 of Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form SB-2 filed April 29, 1994, Registration Number 33-76390). 4.2 Form of Unsecured Investment Note issued pursuant to Indenture with First Trust, National Association, a national banking association (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.5 of Amendment No. One to the Registration Statement on Form SB-2 filed on December 14, 1995, Registration Number 33-98636 (the "1995 Form SB-2")). 4.3 Form of Indenture by and between ABFS and First Trust, National Association, a national banking association (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.6 of the Registration Statement on Form SB-2 filed on October 26, 1995, Registration Number 33-98636). 4.4 Form of Indenture by and between ABFS and First Trust, National Association, a national banking association (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.4 of the Registration Statement on Form SB-2 filed March 28, 1997, Registration Number 333-24115 (the "1997 Form SB-2")). 4.5 Form of Unsecured Investment Note (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.5 of the 1997 Form SB-2). 4.6 Form of Indenture by and between ABFS and First Trust, National Association, a national banking association. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.4 of the Registration Statement on Form SB-2 filed May 23, 1997, Registration Number 333-24115). 4.7 Form of Unsecured Investment Note (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.5 of the Registration Statement on Form SB-2 filed May 23, 1997, Registration Number 333-24115). 4.8 Form of Indenture by and between ABFS and U.S. Bank Trust, National Association, a national banking association (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.8 of Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-2, No. 333-63859, filed September 21, 1998).
II-2
EXHIBIT NUMBER DESCRIPTION --------- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4.9 Form of Unsecured Investment Note (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.9 of Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-2, No. 333-63859, filed September 21, 1998). 4.10 Form of Indenture by and between ABFS and U.S. Bank Trust National Association (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.10 of Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-2, No. 333-87333, filed September 17, 1999). 4.11 Form of Indenture by and between ABFS and U.S. Bank Trust National Association. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.11 of Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-2, No. 333-40248, filed June 27, 2000). 4.12 Form of Investment Note. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.12 of Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-2, No. 333-40248, filed June 27, 2000). 4.13 Form of Indenture by and between ABFS and U.S. Bank Trust National Association. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.13 of Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-2, No. 333-63014, filed on June 14, 2001). 4.14 Form of Investment Note. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.14 of Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-2, No. 333-63014, filed on June 14, 2001). 4.15 Form of Indenture by and between ABFS and U.S. Bank National Association. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.15 of Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-2, No. 333-90366, filed on June 12, 2002) 4.16 Form of Investment Note. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.16 of Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-2, No. 333-90366, filed on June 12, 2002). 4.17 Form of Indenture by and between ABFS and U.S. Bank National Association. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.17 of Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-2, No. 333-106476, filed on June 25, 2003). 4.18 Form of Investment Note. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.18 of Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-2, No. 333-106476, filed on June 25, 2003). 4.19 Indenture dated December 31, 2003 by and between ABFS and U.S. Bank National Association as Trustee. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.2 of Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended December 31, 2003, filed on February 27, 2004).
II-3
EXHIBIT NUMBER DESCRIPTION --------- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4.20 Form of Senior Collateralized Subordinated Note. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit T3E-5 of Registrant's Application for Qualification of Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 on Form T-3, filed on December 1, 2003). 4.21 Form of Indenture by and between ABFS and U.S. Bank National Association. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit T3C of Registrant's Application for Qualification of Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 on Form T-3, filed on May 14, 2004). 4.22 Form of Senior Collateralized Subordinated Note. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit T3E-5 of Registrant's Application for Qualification of Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 on Form T-3, filed on May 14, 2004). 4.23 Form of Indenture by and between ABFS and U.S. Bank National Association. 4.24 Form of Investment Note.* 5.1 Opinion of Blank Rome LLP. 10.1 Amended and Restated Stock Option Plan (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.2 of the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-QSB from the quarter ended September 30, 1997, filed on November 14, 1997 (the "09/30/97 Form 10-QSB")).** 10.2 Stock Option Award Agreement (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.1 of the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-11 filed on February 26, 1993, Registration No. 33-59042 (the "Form S-11")).** 10.3 1995 Stock Option Plan for Non-Employee Directors (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.6 of the Amendment No. 1 to the Registrant's 1996 Form SB-2 filed on February 4, 1997 Registration No. 333-18919 (the "Amendment No. 1 to the 1996 Form SB-2")).** 10.4 Form of Option Award Agreement for Non-Employee Directors Plan for Formula Awards (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.13 of the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-KSB for the period ended June 30, 1996, filed on September 27, 1996 (the "1996 Form 10-KSB")).** 10.5 1997 Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan (including form of Option Agreement) (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.1 of the Registrant's 09/30/97 Form 10-QSB).** 10.6 Lease dated January 7, 1994 by and between TCW Realty Fund IV Pennsylvania Trust and ABFS (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.9 of the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form SB-2 filed on March 15, 1994, File No. 33-76390).
II-4
EXHIBIT NUMBER DESCRIPTION --------- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10.7 First Amendment to Agreement of Lease by and between TCW Realty Fund IV Pennsylvania Trust and ABFS dated October 24, 1994. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.9 of the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-KSB for the fiscal year ended June 30, 1995 (the "1995 Form 10-KSB")). 10.8 Second Amendment to Agreement of Lease by and between TCW Realty Fund IV Pennsylvania Trust and ABFS dated December 23, 1994 (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.10 of the Registrant's 1995 Form 10-KSB). 10.9 Third Amendment to Lease between TCW Realty Fund IV Pennsylvania Trust and ABFS dated July 25, 1995 (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.11 of the Registrant's 1995 Form 10-KSB). 10.10 Promissory Note of Anthony J. Santilli and Stock Pledge Agreement dated September 29, 1995 (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.14 of the Registrant's 1995 Form SB-2). 10.11 Form of Employment Agreement with Anthony J. Santilli, Beverly Santilli and Jeffrey M. Ruben (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.15 of the Amendment No. 1 to the Registrant's 1996 Form SB-2).** 10.12 Amendment One to Anthony J. Santilli's Employment Agreement (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.3 of the Registrant's 09/30/97 Form 10-QSB).** 10.13 Amendment One to Beverly Santilli's Employment Agreement (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.4 of the Registrant's 09/30/97 Form 10-QSB).** 10.14 Management Incentive Plan (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.16 of the Registrant's 1996 Form SB-2).** 10.15 Form of Option Award Agreement for Non-Employee Directors Plan for Non-Formula Awards (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.18 of the Amendment No. 1 to the Registrant's 1996 Form SB-2).** 10.16 Form of Sales and Contribution Agreement related to the Company's loan securitizations dated May 1, 1996 and September 27, 1996 (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.1 of the Registrant's 03/31/95 Form 10-QSB). 10.17 Form of Indenture related to the Company's loan securitizations dated March 1, 2000, June 1, 2000, September 1, 2000, December 1, 2000, September 1, 2001 and December 1, 2001. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.18 to the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-2 filed June 14, 2001, Registration No. 333-63014 (the "2001 Form S-2")).
II-5
EXHIBIT NUMBER DESCRIPTION --------- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10.18 Form of Unaffiliated Seller's Agreement related to the Company's loan securitizations dated March 1, 2000, June 1, 2000, September 1, 2000, December 1, 2000, September 1, 2001 and December 1, 2001. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.19 to the Registrant's 2001 Form S-2). 10.19 Fourth Amendment to Lease between TCW Realty Fund IV Pennsylvania Trust and ABFS dated April 9, 1996 (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.22 to the Amendment No. 1 to the Registrant's 1997 Form SB-2). 10.20 Fifth Amendment to Lease between TCW Realty Fund IV Pennsylvania Trust and ABFS dated October 8, 1996 (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.23 to the Amendment No. 1 to the Registrant's 1997 Form SB-2). 10.21 Sixth Amendment to Lease between TCW Realty Fund IV Pennsylvania Trust and ABFS dated March 31, 1997 (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.24 to the Amendment No. 1 to the Registrant's 1997 Form SB-2). 10.22 Standard Form of Office Lease and Rider to Lease dated April 2, 1993 by and between 5 Becker Farm Associates and NJMIC (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.29 of Post-Effective Amendment No. 1 to the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form SB-2, filed on January 22, 1998, Registration No. 333-2445). 10.23 First Amendment of Lease by and between 5 Becker Farm Associates and NJMIC dated July 27, 1994 (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.30 of Post-Effective Amendment No. 1 to the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form SB-2, filed on January 22, 1998, Registration No. 333-2445). 10.24 Form of Indenture related to the lease-backed securitizations among ABFS Equipment Contract Trust 1998-A, American Business Leasing, Inc. and The Chase Manhattan Bank dated June 1, 1998 and among ABFS Equipment Contract Trust 1999-A, American Business Leasing, Inc. and The Chase Manhattan Bank dated June 1, 1999. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.39 of Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-2, No. 333-63859, filed on September 21, 1998). 10.25 Form of Receivables Sale Agreement related to the lease-backed securitizations ABFS Equipment Contract Trust 1998-A, dated June 1, 1998, and ABFS Equipment Contract Trust 1999-A, dated June 1, 1999. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.34 of the Registrant's 2001 Form S-2). 10.26 Form of Unaffiliated Seller's Agreement related to the Company's home equity loan securitizations dated March 27, 1997, September 29, 1997, February 1, 1998, June 1, 1998, and September 1, 1998 (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.40 of Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-2, No. 333-63859, filed September 21, 1998).
II-6
EXHIBIT NUMBER DESCRIPTION --------- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10.27 Lease Agreement dated August 30, 1999 related to One Presidential Boulevard, Bala Cynwyd, Pennsylvania (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.1 of the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 1999, filed on November 15, 1999 (the "09/30/99 Form 10-Q")). 10.28 Employment Agreement between American Business Financial Services, Inc. and Albert Mandia (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.2 of the Registrant's 09/30/99 Form 10-Q).** 10.29 Change in Control Agreement between American Business Financial Services, Inc. and Albert Mandia (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.3 of the Registrant's 09/30/99 Form 10-Q).** 10.30 American Business Financial Services, Inc. Amended and Restated 1999 Stock Option Plan (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.4 of the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q from the quarter ended September 30, 2001 filed on November 14, 2001).** 10.31 Sale and Servicing Agreement, dated as of March 1, 2000, by and among Prudential Securities Secured Financing Corporation, ABFS Mortgage Loan Trust 2000-1, Chase Bank of Texas, N.A., as collateral agent, The Chase Manhattan Bank, as indenture trustee and American Business Credit, Inc., as Servicer (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.1 of the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2000, filed on May 12, 2000). 10.32 Warehousing Credit and Security Agreement dated as of May 5, 2000 between New Jersey Mortgage and Investment Corp., American Business Credit, Inc., HomeAmerican Credit, Inc. d/b/a Upland Mortgage and Residential Funding Corporation. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.63 of the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-2, No. 333-40248, filed on June 27, 2000). 10.33 Indenture dated as of July 6, 2000 between ABFS Mortgage Loan Warehouse Trust 2000-2 and The Chase Manhattan Bank. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.65 of the Registrant's 2000 Form 10-K). 10.34 Employment Agreement by and between American Business Financial Services, Inc. and Milton Riseman (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.66 of the Registrant's 2000 Form 10-K).**
II-7
EXHIBIT NUMBER DESCRIPTION --------- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10.35 Sale and Servicing Agreement, dated as of March 1, 2001, by and among ABFS OSO, Inc., a Delaware corporation, as the Depositor, American Business Credit, Inc., a Pennsylvania corporation, HomeAmerican Credit, Inc., d/b/a Upland Mortgage, a Pennsylvania corporation, and American Business Mortgage Services, Inc., a New Jersey corporation, as the Originators, American Business Financial Services Inc., a Delaware corporation, as the Guarantor, ABFS Mortgage Loan Warehouse Trust 2001-1, a Delaware business trust, as the Trust, American Business Credit, Inc., a Pennsylvania corporation, as the Servicer, EMC Mortgage Corporation, a Delaware corporation, as the Back-up Servicer, and The Chase Manhattan Bank, a New York banking corporation, as the Indenture Trustee and the Collateral Agent. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.72 of Registrant's Post-Effective Amendment No. One to the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-2, No. 333-40248, filed April 5, 2001 (the "Amendment to the 2001 Form S-2")). 10.36 Indenture, dated as of March 1, 2001, by and among Triple-A One Funding Corporation, a Delaware corporation, as the Initial Purchaser, ABFS Mortgage Loan Warehouse Trust 2001-1, a Delaware statutory business trust, and its successors and assigns, as the Trust or the Issuer, The Chase Manhattan Bank, a New York banking corporation, and its successors, as the Indenture Trustee, and American Business Financial Services, Inc., as the Guarantor. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.73 of the Registrant's Amendment to the 2001 Form S-2). 10.37 Insurance and Reimbursement Agreement, dated as of March 28, 2001, among MBIA Insurance Corporation, a New York stock insurance company, ABFS Mortgage Loan Warehouse Trust 2001-1, a Delaware business trust, as the Trust, ABFS OSO, Inc., a Delaware corporation, as the Depositor, American Business Credit, Inc., a Pennsylvania corporation, as the Originator and the Servicer, HomeAmerican Credit, Inc., a Pennsylvania corporation, d/b/a Upland Mortgage, as the Originator, American Business Mortgage Services, Inc., a New Jersey corporation, as the Originator, American Business Financial Services, Inc., a Delaware corporation, as the Guarantor, The Chase Manhattan Bank, as the Indenture Trustee, and Triple-A One Funding Corporation, a Delaware corporation, as the Initial Purchaser. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.74 of the Registrant's Amendment to the 2001 Form S-2). 10.38 Pooling and Servicing Agreement, relating to ABFS Mortgage Loan Trust 2001-1, dated as of March 1, 2001, by and among Morgan Stanley ABS Capital I Inc., a Delaware corporation, as the Depositor, American Business Credit, Inc., a Pennsylvania corporation, as the Servicer, and The Chase Manhattan Bank, a New York banking corporation, as the Trustee. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.75 of the Registrant's Amendment to the 2001 Form S-2).
II-8
EXHIBIT NUMBER DESCRIPTION --------- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10.39 Unaffiliated Seller's Agreement, dated as of March 1, 2001, by and among Morgan Stanley ABS Capital I, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and its successors and assigns, as the Depositor, ABFS 2001-1, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and its successors, as the Unaffiliated Seller, American Business Credit, Inc., a Pennsylvania corporation, HomeAmerican Credit, Inc., d/b/a Upland Mortgage, a Pennsylvania corporation, and American Business Mortgage Services Inc., a New Jersey corporation, as the Originators. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.76 of the Registrant's Amendment to the 2001 Form S-2). 10.40 Amended and Restated Sale and Servicing Agreement dated as of June 28, 2001 by and among ABFS Greenmont, Inc., as Depositor, HomeAmerican Credit, Inc. d/b/a Upland Mortgage and American Business Mortgage Services, Inc. f/k/a New Jersey Mortgage and Investment Corp., as Originators and Subservicers, ABFS Mortgage Loan Warehouse Trust 2000-2, as Trust, American Business Credit, Inc., as an Originator and Servicer, American Business Financial Services, Inc., as Sponsor and The Chase Manhattan Bank, as Indenture Trustee and Collateral Agent. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.60 to the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2001, filed on September 28, 2001). 10.41 Letter Agreement dated July 1, 2000 between ABFS and Albert W. Mandia. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.61 of Amendment No. 1 to the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-2 filed on October 5, 2001).** 10.42 American Business Financial Services, Inc. 2001 Stock Incentive Plan. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2001, filed on November 14, 2001 (the "September 2001 Form 10-Q")).** 10.43 American Business Financial Services, Inc. 2001 Stock Incentive Plan Restricted Stock Agreement. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.2 of the Registrant's September 2001 Form 10-Q).** 10.44 American Business Financial Services, Inc. 2001 Executive Management Incentive Plan. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.3 of the Registrant's September 2001 Form 10-Q).** 10.45 Master Repurchase Agreement between Credit Suisse First Boston Mortgage Capital LLC and ABFS Repo 2001, Inc. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.2 of the Registrant's December 2001 Form 10-Q).
II-9
EXHIBIT NUMBER DESCRIPTION --------- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10.46 Master Contribution Agreement, dated as of November 16, 2001 by and between American Business Financial Services, Inc. and ABFS Repo 2001, Inc. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.3 of the Registrant's December 2001 Form 10-Q). 10.47 Custodial Agreement dated as of November 16, 2001, by and among ABFS Repo 2001, Inc., a Delaware corporation; American Business Credit, Inc., a Pennsylvania corporation; JPMorgan Chase Bank, a New York banking corporation; and Credit Suisse First Boston Mortgage Capital LLC. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.4 of the Registrant's December 2001 Form 10-Q). 10.48 Guaranty, dated as of November 16, 2001, by and among American Business Financial Services, Inc., American Business Credit, Inc., HomeAmerican Credit, Inc. d/b/a Upland Mortgage, American Business Mortgage Services, Inc. and Credit Suisse First Boston Mortgage Capital LLC. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.5 of the Registrant's December 2001 Form 10-Q). 10.49 Amendment No. 1 to the Indenture dated March 1, 2001 among Triple-A One Funding Corporation, ABFS Mortgage Loan Warehouse Trust 2001-1 and JPMorgan Chase Bank. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.1 of the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2002, filed on May 15, 2002 (the "March 2002 Form 10-Q"). 10.50 Amendment No. 2 to the Sale and Servicing Agreement dated as of March 1, 2001 by and among ABFS OSO Inc., a Delaware corporation, as Depositor, ABFS Mortgage Loan Warehouse Trust 2001-1, a Delaware business trust, as the Trust, American Business Financial Services, Inc., a Delaware corporation, as Guarantor, American Business Credit, Inc., a Pennsylvania corporation, as Servicer, JPMorgan Chase Bank f/k/a The Chase Manhattan Bank, a New York banking corporation, as Indenture Trustee and as Collateral Agent and MBIA Insurance Corporation, a New York stock insurance company, as Note Insurer. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.2 of the Registrant's March 2002 Form 10-Q). 10.51 3/02 Amended and Restated Senior Secured Credit Agreement dated as of March 15, 2002 among: American Business Credit, Inc. and certain affiliates and JPMorgan Chase Bank, as Agent and as a Lender. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.3 of the Registrant's March 2002 Form 10-Q). 10.52 $1.2 million Committed Line of Credit Note between American Business Financial Services, Inc. and Firstrust Savings Bank dated January 18, 2002. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.4 of the Registrant's March 2002 Form 10-Q).
II-10
EXHIBIT NUMBER DESCRIPTION --------- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10.53 American Business Financial Services, Inc. Dividend Reinvestment and Stock Purchase Plan. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.1 of the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-3, No. 333-87574, filed on May 3, 2002). 10.54 Pooling and Servicing Agreement, relating to ABFS Mortgage Loan Trust 2001-2, dated as of June 1, 2001, by and among Bear Stearns Asset Backed Securities, Inc., a Delaware corporation, American Business Credit, Inc., a Pennsylvania corporation, and The Chase Manhattan Bank, a New York banking corporation. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.75 of the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-2, No. 33-90366, filed on June 12, 2002 (the "2002 Form S-2")). 10.55 Unaffiliated Seller's Agreement, dated June 1, 2001 by and among Bear Stearns Asset Backed Securities, Inc., a Delaware corporation, ABFS 2001-2, Inc., a Delaware corporation, American Business Credit, Inc., a Pennsylvania corporation, HomeAmerican Credit, Inc., d/b/a Upland Mortgage, a Pennsylvania corporation, and American Business Mortgage Services, Inc., a New Jersey corporation. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.76 of the Registrant's 2002 Form S-2). 10.56 Pooling and Servicing Agreement, relating to ABFS Mortgage Loan Trust 2002-1, dated as of March 1, 2002, by and among Bear Stearns Asset Backed Securities, Inc., a Delaware corporation, American Business Credit, Inc., a Pennsylvania corporation and JPMorgan Chase Bank, a New York banking corporation. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.77 of the Registrant's 2002 Form S-2). 10.57 Unaffiliated Seller's Agreement, dated as of March 1, 2002 by and among Bear Stearns Asset Backed Securities, Inc., a Delaware corporation, ABFS 2002-1, Inc., a Delaware corporation, American Business Credit, Inc., a Pennsylvania corporation, HomeAmerican Credit, Inc. d/b/a Upland Mortgage, a Pennsylvania corporation and American Business Mortgage Services, Inc., a New Jersey corporation. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.78 of the Registrant's 2002 Form S-2). 10.58 Pooling and Services Agreement relating to ABFS Mortgage Loan Trust 2002-2, dated as of June 1, 2002, by and among Credit Suisse First Boston Mortgage Securities Corp., a Delaware corporation, American Business Credit, Inc., a Pennsylvania corporation, and JP Morgan Chase Bank, a New York corporation. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.79 of the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended June 30, 2002 filed on September 20, 2002 (the "2002 Form 10-K")).
II-11
EXHIBIT NUMBER DESCRIPTION --------- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10.59 Unaffiliated Seller's Agreement, dated as of June 1, 2002, by and among Credit Suisse First Boston Mortgage Securities Corp., a Delaware corporation, ABFS 2002-2, Inc., a Delaware corporation, American Business Credit, Inc., a Pennsylvania corporation, and HomeAmerican Credit Inc., d/b/a Upland Mortgage, a Pennsylvania corporation, and American Business Mortgage Services, Inc., a New Jersey corporation. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.80 of the Registrant's 2002 Form 10-K). 10.60 Indemnification Agreement dated June 21, 2002, by ABFS 2002-2, Inc., American Business Credit, Inc., HomeAmerican Credit, Inc. and American Business Mortgage Services, Inc. in favor of Credit Suisse First Boston Mortgage Securities Corp. and Credit Suisse First Boston Corp. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.81 of the Registrant's 2002 Form 10-K). 10.61 First Amended and Restated Warehousing Credit and Security Agreement between American Business Credit, Inc., a Pennsylvania corporation, American Business Mortgage Services, Inc., a New Jersey corporation, HomeAmerican Credit, Inc., a Pennsylvania corporation, and Residential Funding Corporation, a Delaware corporation dated as of July 1, 2002. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.82 of the Registrant's 2002 Form 10-K). 10.62 Promissory Note between American Business Credit, Inc., a Pennsylvania corporation, American Business Mortgage Services, Inc., a New Jersey corporation, HomeAmerican Credit, Inc., a Pennsylvania corporation, and Residential Funding Corporation, a Delaware corporation dated July 1, 2002. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.83 of the Registrant's 2002 Form 10-K). 10.63 Guaranty dated July 1, 2002 given by American Business Financial Services, Inc., a Delaware corporation, to Residential Funding Corporation, a Delaware corporation. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.84 of the Registrant's 2002 Form 10-K). 10.64 Office Lease Agreement, dated November 27, 2002 and Addendum to Office Lease, dated November 27, 2002 between the Registrant and Wanamaker, LLC. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.1 of the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K, dated December 9, 2002, filed on December 27, 2002). 10.65 Letter Agreement dated May 20, 2002 between the Registrant and the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.2 of the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K, dated December 9, 2002, filed on December 27, 2002).
II-12
EXHIBIT NUMBER DESCRIPTION --------- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10.66 Letter of Intent with PIDC Local Development Corporation dated December 3, 2002. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.3 of the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K, dated December 9, 2002, filed on December 27, 2002). 10.67 Letter of Credit from JPMorgan Chase Bank for $6,000,000 provided as security for a lease for office space. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.4 of the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended December 31, 2002, filed on February 14, 2003 (the "12/31/02 Form 10-Q")). 10.68 12/02 Amendment to Senior Secured Credit Agreement for $50.0 million warehouse line, operating line and letter of credit with JPMorgan Chase. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.5 to the Registrant's 12/31/02 Form 10-Q). 10.69 Lease between CWLT Roseland Exchange L.L.C., and American Business Financial Services, Inc. for 105 Eisenhower Parkway, Roseland, N.J. (the "Roseland Lease") (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2003, filed on May 15, 2003 (the "03/31/03 Form 10-Q")). 10.70 Amendment No. 3 to Letter of Credit Agreement with JP Morgan Chase (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant's 03/31/03 Form 10-Q). 10.71 First Amendment to the Roseland Lease (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.3 of the Registrant's 03/31/03 Form 10-Q). 10.72 Pooling And Servicing Agreement relating to ABFS Mortgage Loan Trust 2002-3, dated as of September 1, 2002, by and among Credit Suisse First Boston Mortgage Securities Corp., a Delaware corporation, American Business Credit, Inc., a Pennsylvania corporation, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, a New York banking corporation. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.93 of Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-2, No. 333-106476, filed on June 25, 2003 (the 06/25/03 Form S-2")). 10.73 Unaffiliated Seller's Agreement, dated as of September 1, 2002, by and among Credit Suisse First Boston Mortgage Securities Corp., a Delaware corporation, ABFS 2002-3, Inc., a Delaware corporation, American Business Credit, Inc., a Pennsylvania corporation, HomeAmerican Credit, Inc. d/b/a Upland Mortgage, a Pennsylvania corporation, and American Business Mortgage Services, Inc., a New Jersey corporation. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.94 of Registrant's 06/25/03 Form S-2).
II-13
EXHIBIT NUMBER DESCRIPTION --------- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10.74 Indemnification Agreement, dated September 23, 2002, by ABFS 2002-3, Inc., American Business Credit, Inc., HomeAmerican Credit, Inc. d/b/a Upland Mortgage and American Business Mortgage Services, Inc. in favor of Credit Suisse First Boston Mortgage Securities Corp. and Credit Suisse First Boston Corporation. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.95 of Registrant's 06/25/03 Form S-2). 10.75 Unaffiliated Seller's Agreement, dated as of December 1, 2002, by and among Credit Suisse First Boston Mortgage Securities Corp., a Delaware corporation, ABFS 2002-4, Inc., a Delaware corporation, American Business Credit, Inc., a Pennsylvania corporation, HomeAmerican Credit, Inc. d/b/a Upland Mortgage, a Pennsylvania corporation, and American Business Mortgage Services, Inc., a New Jersey corporation. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.96 of Registrant's 06/25/03 Form S-2). 10.76 Pooling and Servicing Agreement relating to ABFS Mortgage Loan Trust 2002-4, dated as of December 1, 2002, by and among Credit Suisse First Boston Mortgage Securities Corp., a Delaware corporation, American Business Credit, Inc., a Pennsylvania corporation, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, a New York banking corporation. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.97 of Registrant's 06/25/03 Form S-2). 10.77 Indemnification Agreement, dated December 18, 2002, by ABFS 2002-4, Inc., American Business Credit, Inc., HomeAmerican Credit, Inc. d/b/a Upland Mortgage and American Business Mortgage Services, Inc. in favor of Credit Suisse First Boston Mortgage Securities Corp. and Credit Suisse First Boston Corporation. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.98 of Registrant's 06/25/03 Form S-2). 10.78 Unaffiliated Seller's Agreement, dated as of March 1, 2003, by and among Bear Stearns Asset Backed Securities, Inc., a Delaware corporation, ABFS 2003-1, Inc., a Delaware corporation, American Business Credit, Inc., a Pennsylvania corporation, HomeAmerican Credit, Inc. d/b/a Upland Mortgage, a Pennsylvania corporation, and American Business Mortgage Services, Inc., a New Jersey corporation. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.99 of the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended June 30, 2003, filed on September 29, 2003 (the "2003 Form 10-K")). 10.79 Pooling and Servicing Agreement relating to ABFS Mortgage Loan Trust 2003-1, dated as of March 1, 2003, by and among Bear Stearns Asset Backed Securities, Inc., a Delaware corporation, American Business Credit, Inc., a Pennsylvania corporation, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, a New York banking corporation. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.100 of the Registrant's 2003 Form 10-K).
II-14
EXHIBIT NUMBER DESCRIPTION --------- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10.80 Insurance and Indemnity Agreement, dated March 31, 2003, by Radian Asset Assurance Inc., a New York stock insurance company, American Business Credit, Inc., a Pennsylvania corporation, HomeAmerican Credit, Inc. d/b/a Upland Mortgage, American Business Mortgage Services, Inc., ABFS 2003-1, Inc., Bear Stearns Asset Backed Securities, Inc. and JPMorgan Chase Bank. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.101 of the Registrant's 2003 Form 10-K). 10.81 Amended and Restated Committed Line of Credit Note, dated June 2, 2003, between American Business Financial Services, Inc. and Firstrust Savings Bank. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.102 of the Registrant's 2003 Form 10-K). 10.82 Amendment Number One to the Master Repurchase Agreement, dated November 13, 2002, between Credit Suisse First Boston Mortgage Capital LLC and ABFS REPO 2001, Inc. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.103 of the Registrant's 2003 Form 10-K). 10.83 3/31/03 Amendment to Senior Secured Credit Agreement, dated March 31, 2003, among American Business Credit, Inc., a Pennsylvania corporation, HomeAmerican Credit, Inc., a Pennsylvania corporation, American Business Mortgage Services, Inc., a New Jersey corporation, ABFS Residual 2002, Inc., American Business Financial Services, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and JPMorgan Chase Bank and certain other lenders. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.104 of the Registrant's 2003 Form 10-K). 10.84 12/02 Amendment to 3/02 Security Agreement - Residual Interest Certificates, dated December 18, 2002, made by ABFS Residual 2002, Inc., a Delaware corporation in favor of JPMorgan Chase Bank. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.105 of the Registrant's 2003 Form 10-K). 10.85 Letter, dated August 21, 2003 from JPMorgan Chase Bank to American Business Credit, Inc., HomeAmerican Credit, Inc., American Business Mortgage Services, Tiger Relocation Company, ABFS Residual 2002, Inc. and American Business Financial Services, Inc. regarding waiver of financial covenant in 3/02 Senior Secured Credit Agreement dated as of March 15, 2002. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.1 of the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K, File No. 0.22474 filed on September 25, 2003 (the "9/25/03 Form 8-K")). 10.86 Mortgage Loan Purchase and Interim Servicing Agreement, dated July 22, 2003, among DLJ Mortgage Capital, Inc., American Business Credit, Inc., HomeAmerican Credit, Inc. d/b/a Upland Mortgage and American Business Mortgage Services, Inc. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.107 of the Registrant's 2003 Form 10-K).
II-15
EXHIBIT NUMBER DESCRIPTION --------- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10.87 Mortgage Loan Purchase and Interim Servicing Agreement, dated as of June 30, 2003, among EMC Mortgage Corporation, American Business Credit, Inc., HomeAmerican Credit, Inc. d/b/a Upland Mortgage, and American Business Mortgage Services, Inc. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.108 of the Registrant's 2003 Form 10-K). 10.88 Waiver and Amendment Number Two to the Master Repurchase Agreement between Credit Suisse First Boston Mortgage Capital LLC and ABFS Repo 2001, Inc. dated August 20, 2003 and Letter dated as of August 20, 2003 from Credit Suisse First Boston Mortgage Capital LLC to ABFS Repo 2001, Inc. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.2 of the Registrant's 9/25/03 Form 8-K). 10.89 Sale and Servicing Agreement, dated September 22, 2003, among ABFS Balapointe, Inc., HomeAmerican Credit, Inc., ABFS Mortgage Loan Warehouse Trust 2003-1, American Business Credit, Inc., American Business Financial Services, Inc. and JPMorgan Chase Bank. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.3 of the Registrant's 9/25/03 Form 8-K). 10.90 Indenture, dated September 22, 2003 between ABFS Mortgage Loan Warehouse Trust 2003-1 and JPMorgan Chase Bank, as Indenture Trustee, with Appendix I, Defined Terms. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.4 of the Registrant's 9/25/03 Form 8-K). 10.91 Trust Agreement, dated as of September 22, 2003, by and between ABFS BalaPointe, Inc., as Depositor and Wilmington Trust Company, as Owner Trustee. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.5 of the Registrant's 9/25/03 Form 8-K). 10.92 ABFS Mortgage Loan Warehouse Trust 2003-1 Secured Notes Series 2003-1 Purchase Agreement. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.6 of the Registrant's 9/25/03 Form 8-K). 10.93 Commitment letter dated September 22, 2003 addressed to American Business Financial Services Inc. from Chrysalis Warehouse Funding, LLC. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.7 of the Registrant's 9/25/03 Form 8-K). 10.94 Fee letter dated September 22, 2003 addressed to American Business Financial Services, Inc. and Chrysalis Warehouse Funding, LLC from Clearwing Capital, LLC. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.8 of the Registrant's 9/25/03 Form 8-K).
II-16
EXHIBIT NUMBER DESCRIPTION --------- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10.95 Amendment to Senior Secured Agreement dated as of September 22, 2003 among American Business Credit, Inc. and certain affiliates and JPMorgan Chase Bank and other parties thereto. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.9 of the Registrant's 9/25/03 Form 8-K). 10.96 Waiver dated September 30, 2003 to Indenture, dated September 22, 2003 between ABFS Mortgage Loan Warehouse Trust 2003-1 and JP Morgan Chase Bank, as Indenture Trustee. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.13 of the Registrant's Current Report on From 8-K, filed on October 16, 2003 (the "10/16/03 Form 8-K")). 10.97 First Amendment to First Amended and Restated Warehousing Credit and Security Agreement, dated September 30, 2003, between American Business Credit, Inc., American Business Mortgage Services, Inc. and HomeAmerican Credit, Inc. and Residential Funding Corporation. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.12 of the Registrant's 10/16/03 Form 8-K). 10.98 Term-to-Term Servicing Agreement, Waiver and Consent dated as of September 30, 2003 between American Business Credit, Inc., MBIA Insurance Corporation as Note Insurer and JP Morgan Chase Bank as Trustee. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.14 of the Registrant's 10/16/03 Form 8-K). 10.99 Extension of the Expiration Date dated September 30, 2003 under the Master Repurchase Agreement between Credit Suisse First Boston Mortgage Capital LLC and ABFS Repo 2001, Inc. from Credit Suisse First Boston Mortgage Capital LLC to ABFS Repo 2001, Inc. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.10 of the Registrant's 10/16/03 Form 8-K). 10.100 Extension of the Expiration Date dated October 10, 2003 under the Master Repurchase Agreement between Credit Suisse First Boston Mortgage Capital LLC and ABFS Repo 2001, Inc. from Credit Suisse First Boston Mortgage Capital LLC to ABFS Repo 2001, Inc. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.11 of the Registrant's 10/16/03 Form 8-K). 10.101 Waiver dated October 3, 2003 to Indenture dated September 22, 2003 between ABFS Mortgage Loan Warehouse Trust 2003-1 and JP Morgan Chase Bank, as Indenture Trustee. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.8 of the Registrant's 10/16/03 Form 8-K). 10.102 Master Loan and Security Agreement dated as of October 14, 2003 between ABFS Warehouse Trust 2003-2 and Chrysalis Warehouse Funding, LLC. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.1 of the Registrant's 10/16/03 Form 8-K).
II-17
EXHIBIT NUMBER DESCRIPTION --------- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10.103 Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of October 14, 2003 between ABFS Warehouse Trust 2003-1 and ABFS Warehouse Trust 2003-2. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.2 of the Registrant's 10/16/03 Form 8-K). 10.104 Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of October 14, 2003 among HomeAmerican Credit, Inc., d/b/a Upland Mortgage, American Business Mortgage Services, Inc., and American Business Credit, Inc., as Sellers and ABFS Warehouse Trust 2003-1, as Purchaser. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.3 of the Registrant's 10/16/03 Form 8-K). 10.105 Amended and Restated Trust Agreement between HomeAmerican Credit, Inc., American Business Mortgage Services, Inc., as Depositors, and American Business Credit, Inc., ABFS Consolidated Holdings, Inc., as IOS Depositor and Wilmington Trust Company, as Owner Trustee. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.4 of the Registrant's 10/16/03 Form 8-K). 10.106 Trust Agreement between ABFS Warehouse Trust 2003-1 and Wilmington Trust Company. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.5 of the Registrant's 10/16/03 Form 8-K). 10.107 Fee and Right of First Refusal Letter addressed to ABFS Warehouse Trust 2003-1, ABFS Warehouse Trust 2003-2, American Business Financial Services, Inc. and its subsidiaries from Clearwing Capital, LLC. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.7 of the Registrant's 10/16/03 Form 8-K). 10.108 Waiver dated as of October 8, 2003 to Indenture dated September 22, 2003 between ABFS Mortgage Loan Warehouse Trust 2003-1 and JP Morgan Chase Bank, as Indenture Trustee. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.9 of the Registrant's 10/16/03 Form 8-K). 10.109 Pledge and Security Agreement dated as of October 14, 2003 between ABFS Warehouse Trust 2003-1 and Clearwing Capital, LLC. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.6 of the Registrant's 10/16/03 Form 8-K). 10.110 Servicing Agreement dated October 14, 2003 between ABFS Warehouse Trust 2003-2, as Owner, Chrysalis Warehouse Funding, LLC, as Lender, American Business Credit, Inc., as Servicer, and Countrywide Home Loans Servicing LP, as Backup Servicer. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.15 of the Registrant's 10/16/03 Form 8-K).
II-18
EXHIBIT NUMBER DESCRIPTION --------- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10.111 Second Amended and Restated Sale and Servicing Agreement, dated as of October 16, 2003, by and among ABFS Greenmont, Inc., as Depositor, HomeAmerican Credit, Inc., d/b/a/ Upland Mortgage, and American Business Mortgage Services, Inc., as Originators and Subservicers, ABFS Mortgage Loan Warehouse Trust 2000-2, as Trust, American Business Credit, Inc., as Originator and Servicer, American Business Financial Services, Inc., as Sponsor, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, as Indenture Trustee and Collateral Agent. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.4 of the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on October 24, 2003 (the "10/24/03 Form 8-K")). 10.112 ABFS Mortgage Loan Warehouse Trust 2000-2 Secured Notes Series 2000-2 Purchase Agreement, dated October, 16, 2003, by and between ABFS Greenmont, Inc., ABFS Mortgage Loan Warehouse Trust 2000-2 and JPMorgan Chase Bank. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.2 of the Registrant's 10/24/03 Form 8-K). 10.113 Fee Letter Agreement, dated October 16, 2003, addressed to American Business Financial Services, Inc. from JPMorgan Chase Bank. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.3 of the Registrant's 10/24/03 Form 8-K). 10.114 Second Amended and Restated Indenture, dated as of October 16, 2003, by and between ABFS Mortgage Loan Warehouse Trust 2000-2, as Issuer, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, as Indenture Trustee. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.1 of the Registrant's 10/24/03 Form 8-K). 10.115 Waiver to Indenture, dated September 22, 2003, between ABFS Mortgage Loan Warehouse Trust 2003-1 and JPMorgan Chase Bank, as Indenture Trustee. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.15 of the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2003, filed on November 5, 2003). 10.116 Waiver to the Sale and Servicing Agreement, dated September 22, 2003, among ABFS Balapointe, Inc., HomeAmerican Credit, Inc., ABFS Mortgage Loan Warehouse Trust 2003-1, American Business Credit, Inc., American Business Financial Services, Inc. and JPMorgan Chase Bank and to the 9/03 Amendment to the Senior Secured Credit Agreement, among: American Business Credit, Inc., HomeAmerican Credit, Inc., New Jersey Mortgage and Investment Corp., American Business Financial Services, Inc. and The Chase Manhattan Bank, as amended (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.117 of the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K/A, Amendment No. 2, for the year ended June 30, 2003 filed on December 11, 2003 (the "12/11/03 Form 10-K/A")).
II-19
EXHIBIT NUMBER DESCRIPTION --------- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10.117 Consulting Agreement by and between ABFS and Milton Riseman, dated July 3, 2003. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.118 of the Registrant's 12/11/03 Form 10-K/A).** 10.118 Amendment, dated December 1, 2003, to Consulting Agreement by and between the Company and Milton Riseman, dated July 3, 2003 (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.119 of the Registrant's 12/11/03 Form 10-K/A). 10.119 Joint Agreement dated December 22, 2003 (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 99.2 of the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on December 24, 2003). 10.120 Security Agreement dated December 31, 2003 by and among ABFS Consolidated Holdings, Inc., American Business Mortgage Services, Inc., HomeAmerican Credit, Inc., American Business Credit, Inc., and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.1 of the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 2, 2004). 10.121 Second Waiver Letter, dated as of October 31, 2003, from JPMorgan Chase Bank regarding (i) the Sale and Servicing Agreement, dated as of September 22, 2003, among ABFS Balapointe, Inc., HomeAmerican Credit, Inc., d/b/a Upland Mortgage ("Upland"), American Business Mortgage Services, Inc. ("ABMS"), American Business Credit, Inc. ("ABC"), ABFS Mortgage Loan Warehouse Trust 2003-1, as trust ("Trust"), American Business Financial Services, Inc., and JPMorgan Chase Bank, as indenture trustee ("Indenture Trustee") and collateral agent, (ii) the Indenture, dated as of September 22, 2003, between the Trust and the Indenture Trustee; and (iii) the 3/02 Amended and Restated Senior Secured Credit Agreement, dated March 15, 2002 (as amended and supplemented by the 10/02 Letter of Credit Supplement, the 12/02 Amendment, the 3/03 Amendment, 3/31/03 Amendment and the 9/03 Amendment), among Upland ABMS, ABC, Tiger Relocation Company, ABFS Residual 2002, Inc., and JPMorgan Chase Bank. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.24 of the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended December 31, 2003, filed on February 17, 2004 (the "12/31/03 Form 10-Q")).
II-20
EXHIBIT NUMBER DESCRIPTION --------- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10.122 Third Waiver Letter, dated as of December 31, 2003, from JPMorgan Chase Bank regarding (i) the Sale and Servicing Agreement, dated as of September 22, 2003, among ABFS Balapointe, Inc., HomeAmerican Credit, Inc., d/b/a Upland Mortgage ("Upland"), American Business Mortgage Services, Inc. ("ABMS"), American Business Credit, Inc. ("ABC"), ABFS Mortgage Loan Warehouse Trust 2003-1, as trust ("Trust"), American Business Financial Services, Inc., and JPMorgan Chase Bank, as indenture trustee ("Indenture Trustee") and collateral agent, (ii) the Indenture, dated as of September 22, 2003, between the Trust and the Indenture Trustee; and (iii) the 3/02 Amended and Restated Senior Secured Credit Agreement, dated March 15, 2002 (as amended and supplemented by the 10/02 Letter of Credit Supplement, the 12/02 Amendment, the 3/03 Amendment, 3/31/03 Amendment and the 9/03 Amendment), among Upland, ABMS, ABC, Tiger Relocation Company, ABFS Residual 2002, Inc., and JPMorgan Chase Bank. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.25 of the Registrant's 12/31/03 Form 10-Q). 10.123 Employment Agreement dated December 24, 2003, by and between American Business Financial Services, Inc. and Barry Epstein. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.26 of the Registrant's 12/31/03 Form 10-Q).** 10.124 Restricted Stock Agreement dated December 24, 2003, by and between American Business Financial Services, Inc. and Barry Epstein. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.27 of the Registrant's 12/31/03 Form 10-Q).** 10.125 Change in Control Agreement between the Company and Stephen M. Giroux. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.28 of the Registrant's 12/31/03 Form 10-Q).**
II-21
EXHIBIT NUMBER DESCRIPTION --------- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10.126 Form of AMENDED AND RESTATED POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENT, dated as of March 5, 2004, by and among Prudential Securities Secured Financing Corporation, in its capacity as Depositor of the Trust ("Depositor"), American Business Credit, Inc., in its capacity as servicer ("Servicer"), Wilshire Credit Corporation, in its capacity as back-up servicer, and JPMorgan Chase Bank (f/k/a The Chase Manhattan Bank), in its capacity as trustee ("Trustee"), relating to: (i) ABFS MORTGAGE LOAN TRUST 1996-2, amending and restating the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, dated as of August 31, 1996, by and among the Depositor, the Servicer and the Trustee; (ii) ABFS MORTGAGE LOAN TRUST 1997-1, amending and restating the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, dated as of March 1 1997, by and among the Depositor, the Servicer and the Trustee; (iii) ABFS MORTGAGE LOAN TRUST 1997-2, amending and restating the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, dated as of September 1, 1997, by and among the Depositor, the Servicer and the Trustee; (iv) ABFS MORTGAGE LOAN TRUST 1998-1, amending and restating the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, dated as of February 1, 1998, by and among the Depositor, the Servicer and the Trustee; (v) ABFS MORTGAGE LOAN TRUST 1998-2, amending and restating the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, dated as of June 1, 1998, by and among the Depositor, the Servicer and the Trustee; (vi) ABFS MORTGAGE LOAN TRUST 1998-3, amending and restating the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, dated as of September 1, 1998, by and among the Depositor, the Servicer and the Trustee. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.1 of the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2004, filed on May 14, 2004 (the "03/31/04 Form 10-Q")).
II-22
EXHIBIT NUMBER DESCRIPTION --------- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10.127 Form of AMENDED AND RESTATED SALE AND SERVICING AGREEMENT, dated as of March 5, 2004, by and among Prudential Securities Secured Financing Corporation, as depositor (the "Depositor"), American Business Credit, Inc., as servicer (the "Servicer"), Wilshire Credit Corporation, as Back-up Servicer, JPMorgan Chase Bank (f/k/a Chase Bank of Texas, N.A.), as collateral agent (the "Collateral Agent"), The Bank of New York, as indenture trustee (the "Indenture Trustee"), and: (i) ABFS MORTGAGE LOAN TRUST 1998-4, as issuer (the "1998-4 Trust"), amending and restating the Sale and Servicing Agreement, dated as of November 1, 1998, by and among the Depositor, the 1998-4 Trust, the Servicer, the Collateral Agent and the Indenture Trustee; (ii) ABFS MORTGAGE LOAN TRUST 1999-1, as issuer (the "1999-1 Trust"), amending and restating the Sale and Servicing Agreement, dated as of March 1, 1999, by and among the Depositor, the 1999-1 Trust, the Servicer, the Collateral Agent and the Indenture Trustee; (iii) ABFS MORTGAGE LOAN TRUST 1999-4, as issuer (the "1999-4 Trust"), amending and restating the Sale and Servicing Agreement, dated as of December 1, 1999, by and among the Depositor, the 1999-4 Trust, the Servicer, the Collateral Agent and the Indenture Trustee. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.2 of the Registrant's 03/31/04 Form 10-Q). 10.128 Form of SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE NO. 1, dated as of March 5, 2004, between The Bank Of New York, as indenture trustee (the "Indenture Trustee") and: (i) ABFS MORTGAGE LOAN TRUST 1998-4, as issuer (the "1998-4 Trust"), supplementing the Indenture, dated as of November 1, 1998, between the 1998-4 Trust and the Indenture Trustee; (ii) ABFS MORTGAGE LOAN TRUST 1999-1, as issuer (the "1999-1 Trust"), supplementing the Indenture, dated as of March 1, 1999, between the 1999-1 Trust and the Indenture Trustee; (iii) ABFS MORTGAGE LOAN TRUST 1999-4, as issuer (the "1999-4 Trust"), supplementing the Indenture, dated as of November 1, 1999, between the 1998-4 Trust and the Indenture Trustee. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.3 of the Registrant's 03/31/04 Form 10-Q). 10.129 Form of amended DEFINED TERMS, constituting Appendix I to Exhibits 10.127 and 10.128. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.4 of the Registrant's 03/31/04 Form 10-Q).
II-23
EXHIBIT NUMBER DESCRIPTION --------- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10.130 Form of AMENDED AND RESTATED SALE AND SERVICING AGREEMENT, dated as of March 5, 2004, by and among Prudential Securities Secured Financing Corporation, as depositor (the "Depositor"), American Business Credit, Inc., as servicer (the "Servicer"), Wilshire Credit Corporation, as back-up servicer, JPMorgan Chase Bank, (f/k/a Chase Bank of Texas, N.A.), as collateral agent (in such capacity, the "Collateral Agent"), and JPMorgan Chase Bank (f/k/a The Chase Manhattan Bank), as indenture trustee (in such capacity, the "Indenture Trustee"), and: (i) ABFS MORTGAGE LOAN TRUST 1999-2, as issuer (the "1999-2 Trust"), amending and restating Sale and Servicing Agreement, dated as of June 1, 1999, by and among the Depositor, the 1999-2 Trust, the Servicer, the Collateral Agent and the Indenture Trustee; (ii) ABFS MORTGAGE LOAN TRUST 1999-3, as issuer (the "1999-3 Trust"), amending and restating the Sale and Servicing Agreement, dated as of September 1, 1999, by and among the Depositor, the 1999-3 Trust, the Servicer, the Collateral Agent and the Indenture Trustee. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.5 of the Registrant's 03/31/04 Form 10-Q). 10.131 Form of SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE NO. 1, dated as of March 5, 2004, between JPMorgan Chase Bank (f/k/a The Chase Manhattan Bank), as indenture trustee (the "Indenture Trustee") and: (i) ABFS MORTGAGE LOAN TRUST 1999-2, as issuer (the "1999-2 Trust"), supplementing the Indenture, dated as of June 1, 1999, between the 1999-2 Trust and the Indenture Trustee; (ii) ABFS MORTGAGE LOAN TRUST 1999-3, as issuer (the "1999-3 Trust"), supplementing the Indenture, dated as of September 1, 1999, between the 1999-3 Trust and the Indenture Trustee. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.6 of the Registrant's 03/31/04 Form 10-Q). 10.132 Form of amended DEFINED TERMS, constituting Appendix I to Exhibits 10.130 and 10.131. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.7 of the Registrant's 03/31/04 Form 10-Q).
II-24
EXHIBIT NUMBER DESCRIPTION --------- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10.133 Amendment No. 1 to the POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENT, SERIES 2003-1, dated as of the October 31, 2003, by and among Bear Stearns Asset Backed Securities, Inc., as Depositor (the "Depositor"), American Business Credit, Inc., as Servicer ("Servicer"), EMC Mortgage Corporation, as Back-Up Servicer, JPMorgan Chase Bank, as Trustee and Collateral Agent, Bear Stearns & Co. Inc., as Class A-1 Certificateholder, and Radian Asset Assurance Inc., as Certificate Insurer, amending the Pooling And Servicing Agreement relating to ABFS MORTGAGE LOAN TRUST 2003-1, dated as of March 1, 2003, by and among the Depositor, the Servicer, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, in its capacity as trustee, collateral agent and back-up servicer. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.8 of the Registrant's 03/31/04 Form 10-Q). 10.134 AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO THE POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENT, SERIES 2002-1, dated as of February 20, 2004, by and among Bear Stearns Asset Backed Securities, Inc., as depositor (the "Depositor"), American Business Credit, Inc., as servicer ("ABC"), JPMorgan Chase Bank, as trustee and collateral agent (the "Trustee"), Ambac Assurance Corporation, as Certificate Insurer and party entitled to exercise the voting rights of the Majority, and ABFS Warehouse Trust 2003-1, as Class R Certificateholder, amending the POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENT, dated as of March 1, 2002, by and among the Depositor, ABC and the Trustee. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.9 of the Registrant's 03/31/04 Form 10-Q).
II-25
EXHIBIT NUMBER DESCRIPTION --------- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10.135 Form of AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO THE SALE AND SERVICING AGREEMENT, dated as of February 20, 2004, by and among, American Business Credit, Inc., as Servicer ("ABC"), JPMorgan Chase Bank (formerly known as The Chase Manhattan Bank), as indenture trustee and JPMorgan Chase Bank (as successor to Chase Bank of Texas, N.A.) as collateral agent (collectively, the "Indenture Trustee"), Ambac Assurance Corporation, as Note Insurer and as the party entitled to exercise the voting rights of the Majority Noteholders, ABFS Warehouse Trust 2003-1, as Holder of a majority of the Percentage Interest in the Trust Certificates, and: (i) Prudential Securities Secured Financing Corporation, as Depositor (the "Depositor") and ABFS Mortgage Loan Trust 2000-1, as issuer (the "2000-1 Trust"), amending the Sale and Servicing Agreement, dated as of March 1, 2000 by and among the Depositor, ABC, the Indenture Trustee and the 2000-1 Trust; (ii) Prudential Securities Secured Financing Corporation, as Depositor (the "Depositor") and ABFS Mortgage Loan Trust 2000-2, as issuer (the "2000-2 Trust"), amending the Sale And Servicing Agreement, dated as of June 1, 2000 by and among the Depositor, ABC, the Indenture Trustee and the 2000-2 Trust; (iii) Prudential Securities Secured Financing Corporation, as Depositor (the "Depositor") and ABFS Mortgage Loan Trust 2000-3, as issuer (the "2000-3 Trust"), amending the Sale And Servicing Agreement, dated as of September 1, 2000 by and among the Depositor, ABC, the Indenture Trustee and the 2000-3 Trust; (iv) Bear Stearns Asset Backed Securities, Inc., as depositor (the "Depositor") and ABFS Mortgage Loan Trust 2000-4, as issuer (the "2000-4 Trust"), amending the Sale and Servicing Agreement, dated as of December 1, 2000 by and among the Depositor, ABC, the Indenture Trustee and the 2000-4 Trust. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.10 of the Registrant's 03/31/04 Form 10-Q). 10.136 Waiver dated March 9, 2004 to the Pooling And Servicing Agreement, dated as of March 1, 2002, as amended February 20, 2004 ("Pooling Agreement"), and the Sale And Servicing Agreements, dated, respectively, as of March 1, 2000, June 1, 2000, September 1, 2000 and December 1, 2000, each as amended February 20, 2004 ("Sale Agreements"), issued by Ambac Assurance Corporation, as Certificate Insurer under the Pooling Agreement and as Note Insurer under the Sale Agreements. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.11 of the Registrant's 03/31/04 Form 10-Q).
II-26
EXHIBIT NUMBER DESCRIPTION --------- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10.137 Waiver, dated April 14, 2004, to the Pooling And Servicing Agreement, dated as of March 1, 2002, as amended February 20, 2004 ("Pooling Agreement"), and the Sale And Servicing Agreements, dated, respectively, as of March 1, 2000, June 1, 2000, September 1, 2000 and December 1, 2000, each as amended February 20, 2004 ("Sale Agreements"), issued by Ambac Assurance Corporation, as Certificate Insurer under the Pooling Agreement and as Note Insurer under the Sale Agreements. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.12 of the Registrant's 03/31/04 Form 10-Q). 10.138 Amendment No. 2 to the POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENT, SERIES 2003-1, dated as of April 30, 2004, by and among Bear Stearns Asset Backed Securities, Inc., as Depositor (the "Depositor"), American Business Credit, Inc., as Servicer ("Servicer"), EMC Mortgage Corporation, as Back-Up Servicer, JPMorgan Chase Bank, as Trustee and Collateral Agent, Bear Stearns & Co., Inc., as Class A-1 Certificateholder, and Radian Asset Assurance, Inc., as Certificate Insurer, amending the Pooling And Servicing Agreement relating to ABFS MORTGAGE LOAN TRUST 2003-1, dated as of March 1, 2003, by and among the Depositor, the Servicer, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, in its capacity as trustee, collateral agent and back-up servicer. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.13 of the Registrant's 03/31/04 Form 10-Q). 10.139 Fourth Waiver Letter, dated as of March 31, 2004, from JPMorgan Chase Bank regarding (i) the Sale and Servicing Agreement, dated as of September 22, 2003, among ABFS Balapointe, Inc., HomeAmerican Credit, Inc., American Business Mortgage Services, Inc., American Business Credit, Inc., ABFS Mortgage Loan Warehouse Trust 2003-1 ("Trust"), American Business Financial Services, Inc., and JPMorgan Chase Bank, as indenture trustee and collateral agent ("Indenture Trustee") and JPMorgan Chase Bank, as note purchaser, and (ii) the Indenture, dated as of September 22, 2003, between the Trust and the Indenture Trustee. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.14 of the Registrant's 03/31/04 Form 10-Q). 10.140 Amendment No. 1 to Sale and Servicing Agreement, dated as of May 12, 2004, amending the Sale and Servicing Agreement, dated as of September 22, 2003, among ABFS Balapointe, Inc., HomeAmerican Credit, Inc., American Business Mortgage Services, Inc., American Business Credit, Inc., ABFS Mortgage Loan Warehouse Trust 2003-1, American Business Financial Services, Inc., and JPMorgan Chase Bank, as note purchaser and as indenture trustee and collateral agent. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.15 of the Registrant's 03/31/04 Form 10-Q).
II-27
EXHIBIT NUMBER DESCRIPTION --------- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10.141 Employment Agreement dated May 24, 2004 by and between American Business Financial Services, Inc. and Stephen M. Giroux. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.141 to the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2004, filed on October 13, 2004 (the "2004 Form 10-K").** 10.142 Security Agreement dated June 30, 2004 among ABFS Consolidated Holdings, Inc., American Business Mortgage Services, Inc., HomeAmerican Credit, Inc., and American Business Credit, Inc., and U.S. Bank National Association. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K dated June 28, 2004). 10.143 Amendment No. 4 dated as of September 16, 2004, to Sale and Servicing Agreement, among ABFS Balapointe, Inc., as depositor, HomeAmerican Credit, Inc., d/b/a Upland Mortgage ("Upland"), American Business Mortgage Services, Inc. ("ABMS" together with Upland, the "Originators"), and American Business Credit, Inc., ABFS Mortgage Loan Warehouse Trust 2003-1, as trust, American Business Financial Services, Inc., as sponsor, JP Morgan Chase Bank, as indenture trustee, JPMorgan Chase Bank, as collateral agent, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, as note purchaser. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.1 of the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K dated September 20, 2004). 10.144 Amendment No. 5 dated as of September 30, 2004, to Sale and Servicing Agreement, among ABFS Balapointe, Inc., as depositor, HomeAmerican Credit, Inc., d/b/a Upland Mortgage ("Upland"), American Business Mortgage Services, Inc. ("ABMS" together with Upland, the "Originators"), and American Business Credit, Inc., as servicer, ABFS Mortgage Loan Warehouse Trust 2003-1, as trust, American Business Financial Services, Inc., as sponsor, JP Morgan Chase Bank, as indenture trustee, JPMorgan Chase Bank, as collateral agent, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, as note purchaser. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.1 of the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K dated September 17, 2004). 10.145 Amendment Number One to Master Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of September 30, 2004, by and between Chrysalis Warehouse Funding, LLC, as lender, and ABFS Warehouse Trust 2003-2, as borrower. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.145 to the 2004 Form 10-K). 10.146 Letter Purchase Agreement dated as of September 27, 2004 by and among 50 By 50 LLC, as buyer, and American Business Financial Services, Inc., as seller, and acknowledged and agreed to by ABFS Consolidated Holdings, Inc. and American Business Credit, Inc. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.146 to the 2004 Form 10-K).
II-28
EXHIBIT NUMBER DESCRIPTION --------- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10.147 Fifth Waiver Letter, dated as of June 30, 2004, from JPMorgan Chase Bank regarding (i) the Sale and Servicing Agreement, dated as of September 22, 2003, among ABFS Balapointe, Inc., HomeAmerican Credit, Inc., American Business Mortgage Services, Inc., American Business Credit, Inc., ABFS Mortgage Loan Warehouse Trust 2003-1 ("Trust"), American Business Financial Services, Inc., and JPMorgan Chase Bank, as indenture trustee and collateral agent ("Indenture Trustee") and JPMorgan Chase Bank, as note purchaser, and (ii) the Indenture, dated as of September 22, 2003, between the Trust and the Indenture Trustee. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.147 to the 2004 Form 10-K). 10.148 Sixth Waiver Letter, dated as of September 30, 2004, from JPMorgan Chase Bank regarding (i) the Sale and Servicing Agreement, dated as of September 22, 2003, among ABFS Balapointe, Inc., HomeAmerican Credit, Inc., American Business Mortgage Services, Inc., American Business Credit, Inc., ABFS Mortgage Loan Warehouse Trust 2003-1 ("Trust"), American Business Financial Services, Inc., and JPMorgan Chase Bank, as indenture trustee and collateral agent ("Indenture Trustee") and JPMorgan Chase Bank, as note purchaser, and (ii) the Indenture, dated as of September 22, 2003, between the Trust and the Indenture Trustee. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.148 to the 2004 Form 10-K). 10.149 First Amendment to Security Agreement dated October 13, 2004 to Security Agreement dated June 30, 2004 by and among ABFS Consolidated Holdings, Inc., American Business Mortgage Services, Inc., HomeAmerican Credit, Inc., American Business Credit, Inc., and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee.* 10.150 First Amendment to Security Agreement dated October 13, 2004 to Security Agreement dated December 31, 2003 by and among ABFS Consolidated Holdings, Inc., American Business Mortgage Services, Inc., HomeAmerican Credit, Inc., American Business Credit, Inc., and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee.* 10.151 Form of Waiver, dated May 11, 2004, June 7, 2004, July 2, 2004, August 3, 2004, September 8, 2004 and October 4, 2004, to the Pooling And Servicing Agreement, dated as of March 1, 2002, as amended February 20, 2004 ("Pooling Agreement"), and the Sale And Servicing Agreements, dated, respectively, as of March 1, 2000, June 1, 2000, September 1, 2000 and December 1, 2000, each as amended February 20, 2004 ("Sale Agreements"), issued by Ambac Assurance Corporation, as Certificate Insurer under the Pooling Agreement and as Note Insurer under the Sale Agreements. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.149 to the 2004 Form 10-K). 10.152 Amendment No. 2, dated as of June 24, 2004, to Sale and Servicing Agreement, among ABFS Balapointe, Inc., as depositor, HomeAmerican Credit, Inc., d/b/a Upland Mortgage ("Upland"), American Business Mortgage Services, Inc. ("ABMS" together with Upland, the "Originators"), and American Business Credit, Inc., as servicer, ABFS Mortgage Loan Warehouse Trust 2003-1, as trust, American Business Financial Services, Inc., as sponsor, JPMorgan Chase Bank, as indenture trustee, JPMorgan Chase Bank, as collateral agent, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, as note purchaser. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.1 of the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2004, filed on November 12, 2004 (the "09/30/04 Form 10-Q")). 10.153 Amendment No. 3, dated as of June 30, 2004, to Sale and Servicing Agreement, among ABFS Balapointe, Inc., as depositor, HomeAmerican Credit, Inc., d/b/a Upland Mortgage ("Upland"), American Business Mortgage Services, Inc. ("ABMS" together with Upland, the "Originators"), and American Business Credit, Inc., as servicer, ABFS Mortgage Loan Warehouse Trust 2003-1, as trust, American Business Financial Services, Inc., as sponsor, JPMorgan Chase Bank, as indenture trustee, JPMorgan Chase Bank, as collateral agent, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, as note purchaser. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.2 of the 09/30/04 Form 10-Q.). 10.154 Seventh Waiver Letter, dated as of October 31, 2004, from JPMorgan Chase Bank regarding (i) the Sale and Servicing Agreement, dated as of September 22, 2003, among ABFS Balapointe, Inc., HomeAmerican Credit, Inc., American Business Mortgage Services, Inc., American Business Credit, Inc., ABFS Mortgage Loan Warehouse Trust 2003-1 ("Trust"), American Business Financial Services, Inc., and JPMorgan Chase Bank, as indenture trustee and collateral agent ("Indenture Trustee") and JPMorgan Chase Bank, as note purchaser, and (ii) the Indenture, dated as of September 22, 2003, between the Trust and the Indenture Trustee. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.3 of the 09/30/04 Form 10-Q.). 10.155 Amendment No. 6, dated as of November 5, 2004, to Sale and Servicing Agreement, among ABFS Balapointe, Inc., as depositor, HomeAmerican Credit, Inc., d/b/a Upland Mortgage ("Upland"), American Business Mortgage Services, Inc. ("ABMS" together with Upland, the "Originators"), and American Business Credit, Inc., as servicer, ABFS Mortgage Loan Warehouse Trust 2003-1, as trust, American Business Financial Services, Inc., as sponsor, JPMorgan Chase Bank, as indenture trustee, JPMorgan Chase Bank, as collateral agent, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, as note purchaser. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.4 of the 09/30/04 Form 10-Q.). 10.156 Master Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of November 4, 2004, by and between Penn Square East Funding, LLC, as borrower, and Fortress Credit Corp., as lender. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.5 of the 09/30/04 Form 10-Q.). 10.157 Asset Purchase Agreement, dated as of November 4, 2004, between HomeAmerican Credit, Inc. and American Business Mortgage Services, Inc., jointly and severally, as Sellers, and Penn Square East Funding, LLC, as Purchaser. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.6 of the 09/30/04 Form 10-Q.). 10.158 Servicing Agreement, dated as of November 4, 2004, between Penn Square East Funding, LLC, as Owner, Fortress Credit Corp., as Lender, American Business Mortgage Services, Inc. and HomeAmerican Credit, Inc., jointly and severally, as Servicer, and Countrywide Home Loans Servicing LP, as Backup Servicer. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.7 of the 09/30/04 Form 10-Q.). 10.159 Pledge and Security Agreement, dated as of November 4, 2004, made and given by HomeAmerican Credit, Inc. and American Business Mortgage Services, Inc., each a Grantor and, collectively, Grantors, in favor of Fortress Credit Corp., as Secured Party. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.8 of the 09/30/04 Form 10-Q.). 10.160 Commitment Letter, dated as of October 26, 2004, from The Patriot Group, LLC to American Business Financial Services, Inc. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.9 of the 09/30/04 Form 10-Q.). 10.161 Letter, dated November 8, 2004, amending Commitment Letter, dated October 26, 2004, from The Patriot Group, LLC to American Business Financial Services, Inc. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.10 of the 09/30/04 Form 10-Q.). 10.162 Consents and Amendment to Fee Letter, dated October 26, 2004, from Clearwing Capital, LLC to ABFS Consolidated Holdings, Inc. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.11 of the 09/30/04 Form 10-Q.).
EXHIBIT NUMBER DESCRIPTION --------- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10.163 Commitment Letter, dated as of November 1, 2004, from The CIT Group/Business Credit, Inc. and Clearwing Captial, LLC to American Business Financial Services, Inc. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.12 of the 09/30/04 Form 10-Q.). 11.1 Statement of Computation of Per Share Earnings (Included in Note 21 of the Notes to June 30, 2004 Consolidated Financial Statements).
II-29
EXHIBIT NUMBER DESCRIPTION --------- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 12.1 Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 12.1 to the 2004 Form 10-K). 23.1 Consent of Blank Rome LLP. (Included in Exhibit 5.1). 23.2 Consent of BDO Seidman, LLP. 24.1 Power of Attorney.* 25.1 Statement of Eligibility and Qualification under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 on Form T-1.* 99.1 Form of Rate Supplement, Form of Order Form and Other Materials.
--------------- * Previously filed. ** Indicates management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement. Exhibit numbers correspond to the exhibits required by Item 601 of Regulation S-K for a Registration Statement on Form S-2. ITEM 17. UNDERTAKINGS. (a) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes: (1) To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement: (i) To include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933; (ii) To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) (ss.230.424(b)) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than a 20% change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the "Calculation of Registration Fee" table in the effective registration statement; II-30 (iii) To include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement; (2) That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be the initial bona fide offering thereof; (3) To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities that remain unsold at the termination of the offering. (b) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to deliver or cause to be delivered with the prospectus, to each person to whom the prospectus is sent or given, the latest annual report to security holders that is incorporated by reference in the prospectus and furnished pursuant to and meeting the requirements of Rule 14a-3 or Rule 14c-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and, where interim financial information required to be presented by Article 3 of Regulation S-X are not set forth in the prospectus, to deliver, or cause to be delivered to each person to whom the prospectus is sent or given, the latest quarterly report that is specifically incorporated by reference in the prospectus to provide such interim financial information. (c) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue. (d) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that: (1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant under Rule 424(b)(1), or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective. (2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of the securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof. II-31 SIGNATURES Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form S-2 and has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Philadelphia, Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, on November 12, 2004. AMERICAN BUSINESS FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. By: /s/ Anthony J. Santilli --------------------------------------------- Anthony J. Santilli, Chairman, President, Chief Executive Officer, Chief Operating Officer and Director (Duly Authorized Officer) Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates stated.
SIGNATURE CAPACITY DATE ------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------- ------------------------ /s/ Anthony J. Santilli Chairman, President, Chief Executive Officer, November 12, 2004 ------------------------------- Chief Operating Officer and Director (Principal Anthony J. Santilli Executive and Operating Officer) * Executive Vice President and Chief Financial ------------------------------- Officer (Principal Financial and Accounting Albert W. Mandia Officer) * Director ------------------------------- Leonard Becker * Director ------------------------------- Michael DeLuca * Director ------------------------------- Joseph Pignotti * Director ------------------------------- Jerome Miller * Director ------------------------------- Warren E. Palitz * Director ------------------------------- Harold Sussman *By: /s/ Anthony J. Santilli November 12, 2004 -------------------------- Anthony J. Santilli, Attorney-in-fact
EXHIBIT INDEX
EXHIBIT NUMBER DESCRIPTION --------- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4.1 Form of Unsecured Investment Note (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.1 of Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form SB-2 filed April 29, 1994, Registration Number 33-76390). 4.2 Form of Unsecured Investment Note issued pursuant to Indenture with First Trust, National Association, a national banking association (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.5 of Amendment No. One to the Registration Statement on Form SB-2 filed on December 14, 1995, Registration Number 33-98636 (the "1995 Form SB-2")). 4.3 Form of Indenture by and between ABFS and First Trust, National Association, a national banking association (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.6 of the Registration Statement on Form SB-2 filed on October 26, 1995, Registration Number 33-98636). 4.4 Form of Indenture by and between ABFS and First Trust, National Association, a national banking association (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.4 of the Registration Statement on Form SB-2 filed March 28, 1997, Registration Number 333-24115 (the "1997 Form SB-2")). 4.5 Form of Unsecured Investment Note (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.5 of the 1997 Form SB-2). 4.6 Form of Indenture by and between ABFS and First Trust, National Association, a national banking association. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.4 of the Registration Statement on Form SB-2 filed May 23, 1997, Registration Number 333-24115). 4.7 Form of Unsecured Investment Note (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.5 of the Registration Statement on Form SB-2 filed May 23, 1997, Registration Number 333-24115). 4.8 Form of Indenture by and between ABFS and U.S. Bank Trust, National Association, a national banking association (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.8 of Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-2, No. 333-63859, filed September 21, 1998). 4.9 Form of Unsecured Investment Note (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.9 of Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-2, No. 333-63859, filed September 21, 1998).
EXHIBIT NUMBER DESCRIPTION --------- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4.10 Form of Indenture by and between ABFS and U.S. Bank Trust National Association (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.10 of Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-2, No. 333-87333, filed September 17, 1999). 4.11 Form of Indenture by and between ABFS and U.S. Bank Trust National Association. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.11 of Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-2, No. 333-40248, filed June 27, 2000). 4.12 Form of Investment Note. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.12 of Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-2, No. 333-40248, filed June 27, 2000). 4.13 Form of Indenture by and between ABFS and U.S. Bank Trust National Association. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.13 of Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-2, No. 333-63014, filed on June 14, 2001). 4.14 Form of Investment Note. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.14 of Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-2, No. 333-63014, filed on June 14, 2001). 4.15 Form of Indenture by and between ABFS and U.S. Bank National Association. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.15 of Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-2, No. 333-90366, filed on June 12, 2002) 4.16 Form of Investment Note. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.16 of Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-2, No. 333-90366, filed on June 12, 2002). 4.17 Form of Indenture by and between ABFS and U.S. Bank National Association. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.17 of Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-2, No. 333-106476, filed on June 25, 2003). 4.18 Form of Investment Note. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.18 of Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-2, No. 333-106476, filed on June 25, 2003). 4.19 Indenture dated December 31, 2003 by and between ABFS and U.S. Bank National Association as Trustee. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.2 of Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended December 31, 2003, filed on February 27, 2004). 4.20 Form of Senior Collateralized Subordinated Note. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit T3E-5 of Registrant's Application for Qualification of Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 on Form T-3, filed on December 1, 2003).
EXHIBIT NUMBER DESCRIPTION --------- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4.21 Form of Indenture by and between ABFS and U.S. Bank National Association. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit T3C of Registrant's Application for Qualification of Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 on Form T-3, filed on May 14, 2004). 4.22 Form of Senior Collateralized Subordinated Note. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit T3E-5 of Registrant's Application for Qualification of Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 on Form T-3, filed on May 14, 2004). 4.23 Form of Indenture by and between ABFS and U.S. Bank National Association. 4.24 Form of Investment Note.* 5.1 Opinion of Blank Rome LLP. 10.1 Amended and Restated Stock Option Plan (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.2 of the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-QSB from the quarter ended September 30, 1997, filed on November 14, 1997 (the "09/30/97 Form 10-QSB")).** 10.2 Stock Option Award Agreement (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.1 of the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-11 filed on February 26, 1993, Registration No. 33-59042 (the "Form S-11")).** 10.3 1995 Stock Option Plan for Non-Employee Directors (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.6 of the Amendment No. 1 to the Registrant's 1996 Form SB-2 filed on February 4, 1997 Registration No. 333-18919 (the "Amendment No. 1 to the 1996 Form SB-2")).** 10.4 Form of Option Award Agreement for Non-Employee Directors Plan for Formula Awards (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.13 of the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-KSB for the period ended June 30, 1996, filed on September 27, 1996 (the "1996 Form 10-KSB")).** 10.5 1997 Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan (including form of Option Agreement) (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.1 of the Registrant's 09/30/97 Form 10-QSB).** 10.6 Lease dated January 7, 1994 by and between TCW Realty Fund IV Pennsylvania Trust and ABFS (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.9 of the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form SB-2 filed on March 15, 1994, File No. 33-76390). 10.7 First Amendment to Agreement of Lease by and between TCW Realty Fund IV Pennsylvania Trust and ABFS dated October 24, 1994. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.9 of the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-KSB for the fiscal year ended June 30, 1995 (the "1995 Form 10-KSB")).
EXHIBIT NUMBER DESCRIPTION --------- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10.8 Second Amendment to Agreement of Lease by and between TCW Realty Fund IV Pennsylvania Trust and ABFS dated December 23, 1994 (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.10 of the Registrant's 1995 Form 10-KSB). 10.9 Third Amendment to Lease between TCW Realty Fund IV Pennsylvania Trust and ABFS dated July 25, 1995 (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.11 of the Registrant's 1995 Form 10-KSB). 10.10 Promissory Note of Anthony J. Santilli and Stock Pledge Agreement dated September 29, 1995 (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.14 of the Registrant's 1995 Form SB-2). 10.11 Form of Employment Agreement with Anthony J. Santilli, Beverly Santilli and Jeffrey M. Ruben (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.15 of the Amendment No. 1 to the Registrant's 1996 Form SB-2).** 10.12 Amendment One to Anthony J. Santilli's Employment Agreement (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.3 of the Registrant's 09/30/97 Form 10-QSB).** 10.13 Amendment One to Beverly Santilli's Employment Agreement (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.4 of the Registrant's 09/30/97 Form 10-QSB).** 10.14 Management Incentive Plan (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.16 of the Registrant's 1996 Form SB-2).** 10.15 Form of Option Award Agreement for Non-Employee Directors Plan for Non-Formula Awards (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.18 of the Amendment No. 1 to the Registrant's 1996 Form SB-2).** 10.16 Form of Sales and Contribution Agreement related to the Company's loan securitizations dated May 1, 1996 and September 27, 1996 (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.1 of the Registrant's 03/31/95 Form 10-QSB). 10.17 Form of Indenture related to the Company's loan securitizations dated March 1, 2000, June 1, 2000, September 1, 2000, December 1, 2000, September 1, 2001 and December 1, 2001. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.18 to the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-2 filed June 14, 2001, Registration No. 333-63014 (the "2001 Form S-2")). 10.18 Form of Unaffiliated Seller's Agreement related to the Company's loan securitizations dated March 1, 2000, June 1, 2000, September 1, 2000, December 1, 2000, September 1, 2001 and December 1, 2001. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.19 to the Registrant's 2001 Form S-2).
EXHIBIT NUMBER DESCRIPTION --------- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10.19 Fourth Amendment to Lease between TCW Realty Fund IV Pennsylvania Trust and ABFS dated April 9, 1996 (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.22 to the Amendment No. 1 to the Registrant's 1997 Form SB-2). 10.20 Fifth Amendment to Lease between TCW Realty Fund IV Pennsylvania Trust and ABFS dated October 8, 1996 (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.23 to the Amendment No. 1 to the Registrant's 1997 Form SB-2). 10.21 Sixth Amendment to Lease between TCW Realty Fund IV Pennsylvania Trust and ABFS dated March 31, 1997 (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.24 to the Amendment No. 1 to the Registrant's 1997 Form SB-2). 10.22 Standard Form of Office Lease and Rider to Lease dated April 2, 1993 by and between 5 Becker Farm Associates and NJMIC (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.29 of Post-Effective Amendment No. 1 to the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form SB-2, filed on January 22, 1998, Registration No. 333-2445). 10.23 First Amendment of Lease by and between 5 Becker Farm Associates and NJMIC dated July 27, 1994 (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.30 of Post-Effective Amendment No. 1 to the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form SB-2, filed on January 22, 1998, Registration No. 333-2445). 10.24 Form of Indenture related to the lease-backed securitizations among ABFS Equipment Contract Trust 1998-A, American Business Leasing, Inc. and The Chase Manhattan Bank dated June 1, 1998 and among ABFS Equipment Contract Trust 1999-A, American Business Leasing, Inc. and The Chase Manhattan Bank dated June 1, 1999. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.39 of Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-2, No. 333-63859, filed on September 21, 1998). 10.25 Form of Receivables Sale Agreement related to the lease-backed securitizations ABFS Equipment Contract Trust 1998-A, dated June 1, 1998, and ABFS Equipment Contract Trust 1999-A, dated June 1, 1999. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.34 of the Registrant's 2001 Form S-2). 10.26 Form of Unaffiliated Seller's Agreement related to the Company's home equity loan securitizations dated March 27, 1997, September 29, 1997, February 1, 1998, June 1, 1998, and September 1, 1998 (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.40 of Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-2, No. 333-63859, filed September 21, 1998). 10.27 Lease Agreement dated August 30, 1999 related to One Presidential Boulevard, Bala Cynwyd, Pennsylvania (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.1 of the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 1999, filed on November 15, 1999 (the "09/30/99 Form 10-Q")).
EXHIBIT NUMBER DESCRIPTION --------- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10.28 Employment Agreement between American Business Financial Services, Inc. and Albert Mandia (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.2 of the Registrant's 09/30/99 Form 10-Q).** 10.29 Change in Control Agreement between American Business Financial Services, Inc. and Albert Mandia (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.3 of the Registrant's 09/30/99 Form 10-Q).** 10.30 American Business Financial Services, Inc. Amended and Restated 1999 Stock Option Plan (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.4 of the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q from the quarter ended September 30, 2001 filed on November 14, 2001).** 10.31 Sale and Servicing Agreement, dated as of March 1, 2000, by and among Prudential Securities Secured Financing Corporation, ABFS Mortgage Loan Trust 2000-1, Chase Bank of Texas, N.A., as collateral agent, The Chase Manhattan Bank, as indenture trustee and American Business Credit, Inc., as Servicer (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.1 of the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2000, filed on May 12, 2000). 10.32 Warehousing Credit and Security Agreement dated as of May 5, 2000 between New Jersey Mortgage and Investment Corp., American Business Credit, Inc., HomeAmerican Credit, Inc. d/b/a Upland Mortgage and Residential Funding Corporation. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.63 of the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-2, No. 333-40248, filed on June 27, 2000). 10.33 Indenture dated as of July 6, 2000 between ABFS Mortgage Loan Warehouse Trust 2000-2 and The Chase Manhattan Bank. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.65 of the Registrant's 2000 Form 10-K). 10.34 Employment Agreement by and between American Business Financial Services, Inc. and Milton Riseman (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.66 of the Registrant's 2000 Form 10-K).**
EXHIBIT NUMBER DESCRIPTION --------- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10.35 Sale and Servicing Agreement, dated as of March 1, 2001, by and among ABFS OSO, Inc., a Delaware corporation, as the Depositor, American Business Credit, Inc., a Pennsylvania corporation, HomeAmerican Credit, Inc., d/b/a Upland Mortgage, a Pennsylvania corporation, and American Business Mortgage Services, Inc., a New Jersey corporation, as the Originators, American Business Financial Services Inc., a Delaware corporation, as the Guarantor, ABFS Mortgage Loan Warehouse Trust 2001-1, a Delaware business trust, as the Trust, American Business Credit, Inc., a Pennsylvania corporation, as the Servicer, EMC Mortgage Corporation, a Delaware corporation, as the Back-up Servicer, and The Chase Manhattan Bank, a New York banking corporation, as the Indenture Trustee and the Collateral Agent. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.72 of Registrant's Post-Effective Amendment No. One to the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-2, No. 333-40248, filed April 5, 2001 (the "Amendment to the 2001 Form S-2")). 10.36 Indenture, dated as of March 1, 2001, by and among Triple-A One Funding Corporation, a Delaware corporation, as the Initial Purchaser, ABFS Mortgage Loan Warehouse Trust 2001-1, a Delaware statutory business trust, and its successors and assigns, as the Trust or the Issuer, The Chase Manhattan Bank, a New York banking corporation, and its successors, as the Indenture Trustee, and American Business Financial Services, Inc., as the Guarantor. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.73 of the Registrant's Amendment to the 2001 Form S-2). 10.37 Insurance and Reimbursement Agreement, dated as of March 28, 2001, among MBIA Insurance Corporation, a New York stock insurance company, ABFS Mortgage Loan Warehouse Trust 2001-1, a Delaware business trust, as the Trust, ABFS OSO, Inc., a Delaware corporation, as the Depositor, American Business Credit, Inc., a Pennsylvania corporation, as the Originator and the Servicer, HomeAmerican Credit, Inc., a Pennsylvania corporation, d/b/a Upland Mortgage, as the Originator, American Business Mortgage Services, Inc., a New Jersey corporation, as the Originator, American Business Financial Services, Inc., a Delaware corporation, as the Guarantor, The Chase Manhattan Bank, as the Indenture Trustee, and Triple-A One Funding Corporation, a Delaware corporation, as the Initial Purchaser. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.74 of the Registrant's Amendment to the 2001 Form S-2). 10.38 Pooling and Servicing Agreement, relating to ABFS Mortgage Loan Trust 2001-1, dated as of March 1, 2001, by and among Morgan Stanley ABS Capital I Inc., a Delaware corporation, as the Depositor, American Business Credit, Inc., a Pennsylvania corporation, as the Servicer, and The Chase Manhattan Bank, a New York banking corporation, as the Trustee. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.75 of the Registrant's Amendment to the 2001 Form S-2).
EXHIBIT NUMBER DESCRIPTION --------- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10.39 Unaffiliated Seller's Agreement, dated as of March 1, 2001, by and among Morgan Stanley ABS Capital I, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and its successors and assigns, as the Depositor, ABFS 2001-1, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and its successors, as the Unaffiliated Seller, American Business Credit, Inc., a Pennsylvania corporation, HomeAmerican Credit, Inc., d/b/a Upland Mortgage, a Pennsylvania corporation, and American Business Mortgage Services Inc., a New Jersey corporation, as the Originators. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.76 of the Registrant's Amendment to the 2001 Form S-2). 10.40 Amended and Restated Sale and Servicing Agreement dated as of June 28, 2001 by and among ABFS Greenmont, Inc., as Depositor, HomeAmerican Credit, Inc. d/b/a Upland Mortgage and American Business Mortgage Services, Inc. f/k/a New Jersey Mortgage and Investment Corp., as Originators and Subservicers, ABFS Mortgage Loan Warehouse Trust 2000-2, as Trust, American Business Credit, Inc., as an Originator and Servicer, American Business Financial Services, Inc., as Sponsor and The Chase Manhattan Bank, as Indenture Trustee and Collateral Agent. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.60 to the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2001, filed on September 28, 2001). 10.41 Letter Agreement dated July 1, 2000 between ABFS and Albert W. Mandia. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.61 of Amendment No. 1 to the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-2 filed on October 5, 2001).** 10.42 American Business Financial Services, Inc. 2001 Stock Incentive Plan. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2001, filed on November 14, 2001 (the "September 2001 Form 10-Q")).** 10.43 American Business Financial Services, Inc. 2001 Stock Incentive Plan Restricted Stock Agreement. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.2 of the Registrant's September 2001 Form 10-Q).** 10.44 American Business Financial Services, Inc. 2001 Executive Management Incentive Plan. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.3 of the Registrant's September 2001 Form 10-Q).** 10.45 Master Repurchase Agreement between Credit Suisse First Boston Mortgage Capital LLC and ABFS Repo 2001, Inc. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.2 of the Registrant's December 2001 Form 10-Q). 10.46 Master Contribution Agreement, dated as of November 16, 2001 by and between American Business Financial Services, Inc. and ABFS Repo 2001, Inc. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.3 of the Registrant's December 2001 Form 10-Q).
EXHIBIT NUMBER DESCRIPTION --------- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10.47 Custodial Agreement dated as of November 16, 2001, by and among ABFS Repo 2001, Inc., a Delaware corporation; American Business Credit, Inc., a Pennsylvania corporation; JPMorgan Chase Bank, a New York banking corporation; and Credit Suisse First Boston Mortgage Capital LLC. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.4 of the Registrant's December 2001 Form 10-Q). 10.48 Guaranty, dated as of November 16, 2001, by and among American Business Financial Services, Inc., American Business Credit, Inc., HomeAmerican Credit, Inc. d/b/a Upland Mortgage, American Business Mortgage Services, Inc. and Credit Suisse First Boston Mortgage Capital LLC. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.5 of the Registrant's December 2001 Form 10-Q). 10.49 Amendment No. 1 to the Indenture dated March 1, 2001 among Triple-A One Funding Corporation, ABFS Mortgage Loan Warehouse Trust 2001-1 and JPMorgan Chase Bank. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.1 of the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2002, filed on May 15, 2002 (the "March 2002 Form 10-Q"). 10.50 Amendment No. 2 to the Sale and Servicing Agreement dated as of March 1, 2001 by and among ABFS OSO Inc., a Delaware corporation, as Depositor, ABFS Mortgage Loan Warehouse Trust 2001-1, a Delaware business trust, as the Trust, American Business Financial Services, Inc., a Delaware corporation, as Guarantor, American Business Credit, Inc., a Pennsylvania corporation, as Servicer, JPMorgan Chase Bank f/k/a The Chase Manhattan Bank, a New York banking corporation, as Indenture Trustee and as Collateral Agent and MBIA Insurance Corporation, a New York stock insurance company, as Note Insurer. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.2 of the Registrant's March 2002 Form 10-Q). 10.51 3/02 Amended and Restated Senior Secured Credit Agreement dated as of March 15, 2002 among: American Business Credit, Inc. and certain affiliates and JPMorgan Chase Bank, as Agent and as a Lender. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.3 of the Registrant's March 2002 Form 10-Q). 10.52 $1.2 million Committed Line of Credit Note between American Business Financial Services, Inc. and Firstrust Savings Bank dated January 18, 2002. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.4 of the Registrant's March 2002 Form 10-Q). 10.53 American Business Financial Services, Inc. Dividend Reinvestment and Stock Purchase Plan. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.1 of the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-3, No. 333-87574, filed on May 3, 2002).
EXHIBIT NUMBER DESCRIPTION --------- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10.54 Pooling and Servicing Agreement, relating to ABFS Mortgage Loan Trust 2001-2, dated as of June 1, 2001, by and among Bear Stearns Asset Backed Securities, Inc., a Delaware corporation, American Business Credit, Inc., a Pennsylvania corporation, and The Chase Manhattan Bank, a New York banking corporation. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.75 of the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-2, No. 33-90366, filed on June 12, 2002 (the "2002 Form S-2")). 10.55 Unaffiliated Seller's Agreement, dated June 1, 2001 by and among Bear Stearns Asset Backed Securities, Inc., a Delaware corporation, ABFS 2001-2, Inc., a Delaware corporation, American Business Credit, Inc., a Pennsylvania corporation, HomeAmerican Credit, Inc., d/b/a Upland Mortgage, a Pennsylvania corporation, and American Business Mortgage Services, Inc., a New Jersey corporation. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.76 of the Registrant's 2002 Form S-2). 10.56 Pooling and Servicing Agreement, relating to ABFS Mortgage Loan Trust 2002-1, dated as of March 1, 2002, by and among Bear Stearns Asset Backed Securities, Inc., a Delaware corporation, American Business Credit, Inc., a Pennsylvania corporation and JPMorgan Chase Bank, a New York banking corporation. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.77 of the Registrant's 2002 Form S-2). 10.57 Unaffiliated Seller's Agreement, dated as of March 1, 2002 by and among Bear Stearns Asset Backed Securities, Inc., a Delaware corporation, ABFS 2002-1, Inc., a Delaware corporation, American Business Credit, Inc., a Pennsylvania corporation, HomeAmerican Credit, Inc. d/b/a Upland Mortgage, a Pennsylvania corporation and American Business Mortgage Services, Inc., a New Jersey corporation. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.78 of the Registrant's 2002 Form S-2). 10.58 Pooling and Services Agreement relating to ABFS Mortgage Loan Trust 2002-2, dated as of June 1, 2002, by and among Credit Suisse First Boston Mortgage Securities Corp., a Delaware corporation, American Business Credit, Inc., a Pennsylvania corporation, and JP Morgan Chase Bank, a New York corporation. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.79 of the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended June 30, 2002 filed on September 20, 2002 (the "2002 Form 10-K")). 10.59 Unaffiliated Seller's Agreement, dated as of June 1, 2002, by and among Credit Suisse First Boston Mortgage Securities Corp., a Delaware corporation, ABFS 2002-2, Inc., a Delaware corporation, American Business Credit, Inc., a Pennsylvania corporation, and HomeAmerican Credit Inc., d/b/a Upland Mortgage, a Pennsylvania corporation, and American Business Mortgage Services, Inc., a New Jersey corporation. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.80 of the Registrant's 2002 Form 10-K).
EXHIBIT NUMBER DESCRIPTION --------- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10.60 Indemnification Agreement dated June 21, 2002, by ABFS 2002-2, Inc., American Business Credit, Inc., HomeAmerican Credit, Inc. and American Business Mortgage Services, Inc. in favor of Credit Suisse First Boston Mortgage Securities Corp. and Credit Suisse First Boston Corp. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.81 of the Registrant's 2002 Form 10-K). 10.61 First Amended and Restated Warehousing Credit and Security Agreement between American Business Credit, Inc., a Pennsylvania corporation, American Business Mortgage Services, Inc., a New Jersey corporation, HomeAmerican Credit, Inc., a Pennsylvania corporation, and Residential Funding Corporation, a Delaware corporation dated as of July 1, 2002. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.82 of the Registrant's 2002 Form 10-K). 10.62 Promissory Note between American Business Credit, Inc., a Pennsylvania corporation, American Business Mortgage Services, Inc., a New Jersey corporation, HomeAmerican Credit, Inc., a Pennsylvania corporation, and Residential Funding Corporation, a Delaware corporation dated July 1, 2002. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.83 of the Registrant's 2002 Form 10-K). 10.63 Guaranty dated July 1, 2002 given by American Business Financial Services, Inc., a Delaware corporation, to Residential Funding Corporation, a Delaware corporation. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.84 of the Registrant's 2002 Form 10-K). 10.64 Office Lease Agreement, dated November 27, 2002 and Addendum to Office Lease, dated November 27, 2002 between the Registrant and Wanamaker, LLC. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.1 of the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K, dated December 9, 2002, filed on December 27, 2002). 10.65 Letter Agreement dated May 20, 2002 between the Registrant and the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.2 of the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K, dated December 9, 2002, filed on December 27, 2002). 10.66 Letter of Intent with PIDC Local Development Corporation dated December 3, 2002. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.3 of the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K, dated December 9, 2002, filed on December 27, 2002). 10.67 Letter of Credit from JPMorgan Chase Bank for $6,000,000 provided as security for a lease for office space. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.4 of the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended December 31, 2002, filed on February 14, 2003 (the "12/31/02 Form 10-Q")).
EXHIBIT NUMBER DESCRIPTION --------- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10.68 12/02 Amendment to Senior Secured Credit Agreement for $50.0 million warehouse line, operating line and letter of credit with JPMorgan Chase. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.5 to the Registrant's 12/31/02 Form 10-Q). 10.69 Lease between CWLT Roseland Exchange L.L.C., and American Business Financial Services, Inc. for 105 Eisenhower Parkway, Roseland, N.J. (the "Roseland Lease") (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2003, filed on May 15, 2003 (the "03/31/03 Form 10-Q")). 10.70 Amendment No. 3 to Letter of Credit Agreement with JP Morgan Chase (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant's 03/31/03 Form 10-Q). 10.71 First Amendment to the Roseland Lease (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.3 of the Registrant's 03/31/03 Form 10-Q). 10.72 Pooling And Servicing Agreement relating to ABFS Mortgage Loan Trust 2002-3, dated as of September 1, 2002, by and among Credit Suisse First Boston Mortgage Securities Corp., a Delaware corporation, American Business Credit, Inc., a Pennsylvania corporation, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, a New York banking corporation. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.93 of Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-2, No. 333-106476, filed on June 25, 2003 (the 06/25/03 Form S-2")). 10.73 Unaffiliated Seller's Agreement, dated as of September 1, 2002, by and among Credit Suisse First Boston Mortgage Securities Corp., a Delaware corporation, ABFS 2002-3, Inc., a Delaware corporation, American Business Credit, Inc., a Pennsylvania corporation, HomeAmerican Credit, Inc. d/b/a Upland Mortgage, a Pennsylvania corporation, and American Business Mortgage Services, Inc., a New Jersey corporation. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.94 of Registrant's 06/25/03 Form S-2). 10.74 Indemnification Agreement, dated September 23, 2002, by ABFS 2002-3, Inc., American Business Credit, Inc., HomeAmerican Credit, Inc. d/b/a Upland Mortgage and American Business Mortgage Services, Inc. in favor of Credit Suisse First Boston Mortgage Securities Corp. and Credit Suisse First Boston Corporation. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.95 of Registrant's 06/25/03 Form S-2).
EXHIBIT NUMBER DESCRIPTION --------- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10.75 Unaffiliated Seller's Agreement, dated as of December 1, 2002, by and among Credit Suisse First Boston Mortgage Securities Corp., a Delaware corporation, ABFS 2002-4, Inc., a Delaware corporation, American Business Credit, Inc., a Pennsylvania corporation, HomeAmerican Credit, Inc. d/b/a Upland Mortgage, a Pennsylvania corporation, and American Business Mortgage Services, Inc., a New Jersey corporation. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.96 of Registrant's 06/25/03 Form S-2). 10.76 Pooling and Servicing Agreement relating to ABFS Mortgage Loan Trust 2002-4, dated as of December 1, 2002, by and among Credit Suisse First Boston Mortgage Securities Corp., a Delaware corporation, American Business Credit, Inc., a Pennsylvania corporation, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, a New York banking corporation. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.97 of Registrant's 06/25/03 Form S-2). 10.77 Indemnification Agreement, dated December 18, 2002, by ABFS 2002-4, Inc., American Business Credit, Inc., HomeAmerican Credit, Inc. d/b/a Upland Mortgage and American Business Mortgage Services, Inc. in favor of Credit Suisse First Boston Mortgage Securities Corp. and Credit Suisse First Boston Corporation. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.98 of Registrant's 06/25/03 Form S-2). 10.78 Unaffiliated Seller's Agreement, dated as of March 1, 2003, by and among Bear Stearns Asset Backed Securities, Inc., a Delaware corporation, ABFS 2003-1, Inc., a Delaware corporation, American Business Credit, Inc., a Pennsylvania corporation, HomeAmerican Credit, Inc. d/b/a Upland Mortgage, a Pennsylvania corporation, and American Business Mortgage Services, Inc., a New Jersey corporation. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.99 of the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended June 30, 2003, filed on September 29, 2003 (the "2003 Form 10-K")). 10.79 Pooling and Servicing Agreement relating to ABFS Mortgage Loan Trust 2003-1, dated as of March 1, 2003, by and among Bear Stearns Asset Backed Securities, Inc., a Delaware corporation, American Business Credit, Inc., a Pennsylvania corporation, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, a New York banking corporation. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.100 of the Registrant's 2003 Form 10-K). 10.80 Insurance and Indemnity Agreement, dated March 31, 2003, by Radian Asset Assurance Inc., a New York stock insurance company, American Business Credit, Inc., a Pennsylvania corporation, HomeAmerican Credit, Inc. d/b/a Upland Mortgage, American Business Mortgage Services, Inc., ABFS 2003-1, Inc., Bear Stearns Asset Backed Securities, Inc. and JPMorgan Chase Bank. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.101 of the Registrant's 2003 Form 10-K).
EXHIBIT NUMBER DESCRIPTION --------- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10.81 Amended and Restated Committed Line of Credit Note, dated June 2, 2003, between American Business Financial Services, Inc. and Firstrust Savings Bank. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.102 of the Registrant's 2003 Form 10-K). 10.82 Amendment Number One to the Master Repurchase Agreement, dated November 13, 2002, between Credit Suisse First Boston Mortgage Capital LLC and ABFS REPO 2001, Inc. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.103 of the Registrant's 2003 Form 10-K). 10.83 3/31/03 Amendment to Senior Secured Credit Agreement, dated March 31, 2003, among American Business Credit, Inc., a Pennsylvania corporation, HomeAmerican Credit, Inc., a Pennsylvania corporation, American Business Mortgage Services, Inc., a New Jersey corporation, ABFS Residual 2002, Inc., American Business Financial Services, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and JPMorgan Chase Bank and certain other lenders. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.104 of the Registrant's 2003 Form 10-K). 10.84 12/02 Amendment to 3/02 Security Agreement - Residual Interest Certificates, dated December 18, 2002, made by ABFS Residual 2002, Inc., a Delaware corporation in favor of JPMorgan Chase Bank. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.105 of the Registrant's 2003 Form 10-K). 10.85 Letter, dated August 21, 2003 from JPMorgan Chase Bank to American Business Credit, Inc., HomeAmerican Credit, Inc., American Business Mortgage Services, Tiger Relocation Company, ABFS Residual 2002, Inc. and American Business Financial Services, Inc. regarding waiver of financial covenant in 3/02 Senior Secured Credit Agreement dated as of March 15, 2002. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.1 of the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K, File No. 0.22474 filed on September 25, 2003 (the "9/25/03 Form 8-K")). 10.86 Mortgage Loan Purchase and Interim Servicing Agreement, dated July 22, 2003, among DLJ Mortgage Capital, Inc., American Business Credit, Inc., HomeAmerican Credit, Inc. d/b/a Upland Mortgage and American Business Mortgage Services, Inc. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.107 of the Registrant's 2003 Form 10-K). 10.87 Mortgage Loan Purchase and Interim Servicing Agreement, dated as of June 30, 2003, among EMC Mortgage Corporation, American Business Credit, Inc., HomeAmerican Credit, Inc. d/b/a Upland Mortgage, and American Business Mortgage Services, Inc. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.108 of the Registrant's 2003 Form 10-K).
EXHIBIT NUMBER DESCRIPTION --------- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10.88 Waiver and Amendment Number Two to the Master Repurchase Agreement between Credit Suisse First Boston Mortgage Capital LLC and ABFS Repo 2001, Inc. dated August 20, 2003 and Letter dated as of August 20, 2003 from Credit Suisse First Boston Mortgage Capital LLC to ABFS Repo 2001, Inc. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.2 of the Registrant's 9/25/03 Form 8-K). 10.89 Sale and Servicing Agreement, dated September 22, 2003, among ABFS Balapointe, Inc., HomeAmerican Credit, Inc., ABFS Mortgage Loan Warehouse Trust 2003-1, American Business Credit, Inc., American Business Financial Services, Inc. and JPMorgan Chase Bank. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.3 of the Registrant's 9/25/03 Form 8-K). 10.90 Indenture, dated September 22, 2003 between ABFS Mortgage Loan Warehouse Trust 2003-1 and JPMorgan Chase Bank, as Indenture Trustee, with Appendix I, Defined Terms. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.4 of the Registrant's 9/25/03 Form 8-K). 10.91 Trust Agreement, dated as of September 22, 2003, by and between ABFS BalaPointe, Inc., as Depositor and Wilmington Trust Company, as Owner Trustee. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.5 of the Registrant's 9/25/03 Form 8-K). 10.92 ABFS Mortgage Loan Warehouse Trust 2003-1 Secured Notes Series 2003-1 Purchase Agreement. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.6 of the Registrant's 9/25/03 Form 8-K). 10.93 Commitment letter dated September 22, 2003 addressed to American Business Financial Services Inc. from Chrysalis Warehouse Funding, LLC. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.7 of the Registrant's 9/25/03 Form 8-K). 10.94 Fee letter dated September 22, 2003 addressed to American Business Financial Services, Inc. and Chrysalis Warehouse Funding, LLC from Clearwing Capital, LLC. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.8 of the Registrant's 9/25/03 Form 8-K). 10.95 Amendment to Senior Secured Agreement dated as of September 22, 2003 among American Business Credit, Inc. and certain affiliates and JPMorgan Chase Bank and other parties thereto. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.9 of the Registrant's 9/25/03 Form 8-K). 10.96 Waiver dated September 30, 2003 to Indenture, dated September 22, 2003 between ABFS Mortgage Loan Warehouse Trust 2003-1 and JP Morgan Chase Bank, as Indenture Trustee. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.13 of the Registrant's Current Report on From 8-K, filed on October 16, 2003 (the "10/16/03 Form 8-K")).
EXHIBIT NUMBER DESCRIPTION --------- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10.97 First Amendment to First Amended and Restated Warehousing Credit and Security Agreement, dated September 30, 2003, between American Business Credit, Inc., American Business Mortgage Services, Inc. and HomeAmerican Credit, Inc. and Residential Funding Corporation. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.12 of the Registrant's 10/16/03 Form 8-K). 10.98 Term-to-Term Servicing Agreement, Waiver and Consent dated as of September 30, 2003 between American Business Credit, Inc., MBIA Insurance Corporation as Note Insurer and JP Morgan Chase Bank as Trustee. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.14 of the Registrant's 10/16/03 Form 8-K). 10.99 Extension of the Expiration Date dated September 30, 2003 under the Master Repurchase Agreement between Credit Suisse First Boston Mortgage Capital LLC and ABFS Repo 2001, Inc. from Credit Suisse First Boston Mortgage Capital LLC to ABFS Repo 2001, Inc. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.10 of the Registrant's 10/16/03 Form 8-K). 10.100 Extension of the Expiration Date dated October 10, 2003 under the Master Repurchase Agreement between Credit Suisse First Boston Mortgage Capital LLC and ABFS Repo 2001, Inc. from Credit Suisse First Boston Mortgage Capital LLC to ABFS Repo 2001, Inc. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.11 of the Registrant's 10/16/03 Form 8-K). 10.101 Waiver dated October 3, 2003 to Indenture dated September 22, 2003 between ABFS Mortgage Loan Warehouse Trust 2003-1 and JP Morgan Chase Bank, as Indenture Trustee. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.8 of the Registrant's 10/16/03 Form 8-K). 10.102 Master Loan and Security Agreement dated as of October 14, 2003 between ABFS Warehouse Trust 2003-2 and Chrysalis Warehouse Funding, LLC. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.1 of the Registrant's 10/16/03 Form 8-K). 10.103 Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of October 14, 2003 between ABFS Warehouse Trust 2003-1 and ABFS Warehouse Trust 2003-2. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.2 of the Registrant's 10/16/03 Form 8-K). 10.104 Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of October 14, 2003 among HomeAmerican Credit, Inc., d/b/a Upland Mortgage, American Business Mortgage Services, Inc., and American Business Credit, Inc., as Sellers and ABFS Warehouse Trust 2003-1, as Purchaser. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.3 of the Registrant's 10/16/03 Form 8-K).
EXHIBIT NUMBER DESCRIPTION --------- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10.105 Amended and Restated Trust Agreement between HomeAmerican Credit, Inc., American Business Mortgage Services, Inc., as Depositors, and American Business Credit, Inc., ABFS Consolidated Holdings, Inc., as IOS Depositor and Wilmington Trust Company, as Owner Trustee. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.4 of the Registrant's 10/16/03 Form 8-K). 10.106 Trust Agreement between ABFS Warehouse Trust 2003-1 and Wilmington Trust Company. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.5 of the Registrant's 10/16/03 Form 8-K). 10.107 Fee and Right of First Refusal Letter addressed to ABFS Warehouse Trust 2003-1, ABFS Warehouse Trust 2003-2, American Business Financial Services, Inc. and its subsidiaries from Clearwing Capital, LLC. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.7 of the Registrant's 10/16/03 Form 8-K). 10.108 Waiver dated as of October 8, 2003 to Indenture dated September 22, 2003 between ABFS Mortgage Loan Warehouse Trust 2003-1 and JP Morgan Chase Bank, as Indenture Trustee. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.9 of the Registrant's 10/16/03 Form 8-K). 10.109 Pledge and Security Agreement dated as of October 14, 2003 between ABFS Warehouse Trust 2003-1 and Clearwing Capital, LLC. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.6 of the Registrant's 10/16/03 Form 8-K). 10.110 Servicing Agreement dated October 14, 2003 between ABFS Warehouse Trust 2003-2, as Owner, Chrysalis Warehouse Funding, LLC, as Lender, American Business Credit, Inc., as Servicer, and Countrywide Home Loans Servicing LP, as Backup Servicer. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.15 of the Registrant's 10/16/03 Form 8-K). 10.111 Second Amended and Restated Sale and Servicing Agreement, dated as of October 16, 2003, by and among ABFS Greenmont, Inc., as Depositor, HomeAmerican Credit, Inc., d/b/a/ Upland Mortgage, and American Business Mortgage Services, Inc., as Originators and Subservicers, ABFS Mortgage Loan Warehouse Trust 2000-2, as Trust, American Business Credit, Inc., as Originator and Servicer, American Business Financial Services, Inc., as Sponsor, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, as Indenture Trustee and Collateral Agent. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.4 of the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on October 24, 2003 (the "10/24/03 Form 8-K")). 10.112 ABFS Mortgage Loan Warehouse Trust 2000-2 Secured Notes Series 2000-2 Purchase Agreement, dated October, 16, 2003, by and between ABFS Greenmont, Inc., ABFS Mortgage Loan Warehouse Trust 2000-2 and JPMorgan Chase Bank. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.2 of the Registrant's 10/24/03 Form 8-K).
EXHIBIT NUMBER DESCRIPTION --------- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10.113 Fee Letter Agreement, dated October 16, 2003, addressed to American Business Financial Services, Inc. from JPMorgan Chase Bank. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.3 of the Registrant's 10/24/03 Form 8-K). 10.114 Second Amended and Restated Indenture, dated as of October 16, 2003, by and between ABFS Mortgage Loan Warehouse Trust 2000-2, as Issuer, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, as Indenture Trustee. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.1 of the Registrant's 10/24/03 Form 8-K). 10.115 Waiver to Indenture, dated September 22, 2003, between ABFS Mortgage Loan Warehouse Trust 2003-1 and JPMorgan Chase Bank, as Indenture Trustee. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.15 of the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2003, filed on November 5, 2003). 10.116 Waiver to the Sale and Servicing Agreement, dated September 22, 2003, among ABFS Balapointe, Inc., HomeAmerican Credit, Inc., ABFS Mortgage Loan Warehouse Trust 2003-1, American Business Credit, Inc., American Business Financial Services, Inc. and JPMorgan Chase Bank and to the 9/03 Amendment to the Senior Secured Credit Agreement, among: American Business Credit, Inc., HomeAmerican Credit, Inc., New Jersey Mortgage and Investment Corp., American Business Financial Services, Inc. and The Chase Manhattan Bank, as amended (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.117 of the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K/A, Amendment No. 2, for the year ended June 30, 2003 filed on December 11, 2003 (the "12/11/03 Form 10-K/A")). 10.117 Consulting Agreement by and between ABFS and Milton Riseman, dated July 3, 2003. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.118 of the Registrant's 12/11/03 Form 10-K/A).** 10.118 Amendment, dated December 1, 2003, to Consulting Agreement by and between the Company and Milton Riseman, dated July 3, 2003 (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.119 of the Registrant's 12/11/03 Form 10-K/A). 10.119 Joint Agreement dated December 22, 2003 (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 99.2 of the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on December 24, 2003). 10.120 Security Agreement dated December 31, 2003 by and among ABFS Consolidated Holdings, Inc., American Business Mortgage Services, Inc., HomeAmerican Credit, Inc., American Business Credit, Inc., and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.1 of the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 2, 2004).
EXHIBIT NUMBER DESCRIPTION --------- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10.121 Second Waiver Letter, dated as of October 31, 2003, from JPMorgan Chase Bank regarding (i) the Sale and Servicing Agreement, dated as of September 22, 2003, among ABFS Balapointe, Inc., HomeAmerican Credit, Inc., d/b/a Upland Mortgage ("Upland"), American Business Mortgage Services, Inc. ("ABMS"), American Business Credit, Inc. ("ABC"), ABFS Mortgage Loan Warehouse Trust 2003-1, as trust ("Trust"), American Business Financial Services, Inc., and JPMorgan Chase Bank, as indenture trustee ("Indenture Trustee") and collateral agent, (ii) the Indenture, dated as of September 22, 2003, between the Trust and the Indenture Trustee; and (iii) the 3/02 Amended and Restated Senior Secured Credit Agreement, dated March 15, 2002 (as amended and supplemented by the 10/02 Letter of Credit Supplement, the 12/02 Amendment, the 3/03 Amendment, 3/31/03 Amendment and the 9/03 Amendment), among Upland ABMS, ABC, Tiger Relocation Company, ABFS Residual 2002, Inc., and JPMorgan Chase Bank. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.24 of the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended December 31, 2003, filed on February 17, 2004 (the "12/31/03 Form 10-Q")). 10.122 Third Waiver Letter, dated as of December 31, 2003, from JPMorgan Chase Bank regarding (i) the Sale and Servicing Agreement, dated as of September 22, 2003, among ABFS Balapointe, Inc., HomeAmerican Credit, Inc., d/b/a Upland Mortgage ("Upland"), American Business Mortgage Services, Inc. ("ABMS"), American Business Credit, Inc. ("ABC"), ABFS Mortgage Loan Warehouse Trust 2003-1, as trust ("Trust"), American Business Financial Services, Inc., and JPMorgan Chase Bank, as indenture trustee ("Indenture Trustee") and collateral agent, (ii) the Indenture, dated as of September 22, 2003, between the Trust and the Indenture Trustee; and (iii) the 3/02 Amended and Restated Senior Secured Credit Agreement, dated March 15, 2002 (as amended and supplemented by the 10/02 Letter of Credit Supplement, the 12/02 Amendment, the 3/03 Amendment, 3/31/03 Amendment and the 9/03 Amendment), among Upland, ABMS, ABC, Tiger Relocation Company, ABFS Residual 2002, Inc., and JPMorgan Chase Bank. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.25 of the Registrant's 12/31/03 Form 10-Q). 10.123 Employment Agreement dated December 24, 2003, by and between American Business Financial Services, Inc. and Barry Epstein. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.26 of the Registrant's 12/31/03 Form 10-Q).** 10.124 Restricted Stock Agreement dated December 24, 2003, by and between American Business Financial Services, Inc. and Barry Epstein. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.27 of the Registrant's 12/31/03 Form 10-Q).** 10.125 Change in Control Agreement between the Company and Stephen M. Giroux. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.28 of the Registrant's 12/31/03 Form 10-Q).**
EXHIBIT NUMBER DESCRIPTION --------- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10.126 Form of AMENDED AND RESTATED POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENT, dated as of March 5, 2004, by and among Prudential Securities Secured Financing Corporation, in its capacity as Depositor of the Trust ("Depositor"), American Business Credit, Inc., in its capacity as servicer ("Servicer"), Wilshire Credit Corporation, in its capacity as back-up servicer, and JPMorgan Chase Bank (f/k/a The Chase Manhattan Bank), in its capacity as trustee ("Trustee"), relating to: (i) ABFS MORTGAGE LOAN TRUST 1996-2, amending and restating the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, dated as of August 31, 1996, by and among the Depositor, the Servicer and the Trustee; (ii) ABFS MORTGAGE LOAN TRUST 1997-1, amending and restating the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, dated as of March 1 1997, by and among the Depositor, the Servicer and the Trustee; (iii) ABFS MORTGAGE LOAN TRUST 1997-2, amending and restating the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, dated as of September 1, 1997, by and among the Depositor, the Servicer and the Trustee; (iv) ABFS MORTGAGE LOAN TRUST 1998-1, amending and restating the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, dated as of February 1, 1998, by and among the Depositor, the Servicer and the Trustee; (v) ABFS MORTGAGE LOAN TRUST 1998-2, amending and restating the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, dated as of June 1, 1998, by and among the Depositor, the Servicer and the Trustee; (vi) ABFS MORTGAGE LOAN TRUST 1998-3, amending and restating the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, dated as of September 1, 1998, by and among the Depositor, the Servicer and the Trustee. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.1 of the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2004, filed on May 14, 2004 (the "03/31/04 Form 10-Q")).
EXHIBIT NUMBER DESCRIPTION --------- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10.127 Form of AMENDED AND RESTATED SALE AND SERVICING AGREEMENT, dated as of March 5, 2004, by and among Prudential Securities Secured Financing Corporation, as depositor (the "Depositor"), American Business Credit, Inc., as servicer (the "Servicer"), Wilshire Credit Corporation, as Back-up Servicer, JPMorgan Chase Bank (f/k/a Chase Bank of Texas, N.A.), as collateral agent (the "Collateral Agent"), The Bank of New York, as indenture trustee (the "Indenture Trustee"), and: (i) ABFS MORTGAGE LOAN TRUST 1998-4, as issuer (the "1998-4 Trust"), amending and restating the Sale and Servicing Agreement, dated as of November 1, 1998, by and among the Depositor, the 1998-4 Trust, the Servicer, the Collateral Agent and the Indenture Trustee; (ii) ABFS MORTGAGE LOAN TRUST 1999-1, as issuer (the "1999-1 Trust"), amending and restating the Sale and Servicing Agreement, dated as of March 1, 1999, by and among the Depositor, the 1999-1 Trust, the Servicer, the Collateral Agent and the Indenture Trustee; (iii) ABFS MORTGAGE LOAN TRUST 1999-4, as issuer (the "1999-4 Trust"), amending and restating the Sale and Servicing Agreement, dated as of December 1, 1999, by and among the Depositor, the 1999-4 Trust, the Servicer, the Collateral Agent and the Indenture Trustee. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.2 of the Registrant's 03/31/04 Form 10-Q). 10.128 Form of SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE NO. 1, dated as of March 5, 2004, between The Bank Of New York, as indenture trustee (the "Indenture Trustee") and: (i) ABFS MORTGAGE LOAN TRUST 1998-4, as issuer (the "1998-4 Trust"), supplementing the Indenture, dated as of November 1, 1998, between the 1998-4 Trust and the Indenture Trustee; (ii) ABFS MORTGAGE LOAN TRUST 1999-1, as issuer (the "1999-1 Trust"), supplementing the Indenture, dated as of March 1, 1999, between the 1999-1 Trust and the Indenture Trustee; (iii) ABFS MORTGAGE LOAN TRUST 1999-4, as issuer (the "1999-4 Trust"), supplementing the Indenture, dated as of November 1, 1999, between the 1998-4 Trust and the Indenture Trustee. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.3 of the Registrant's 03/31/04 Form 10-Q). 10.129 Form of amended DEFINED TERMS, constituting Appendix I to Exhibits 10.127 and 10.128. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.4 of the Registrant's 03/31/04 Form 10-Q).
EXHIBIT NUMBER DESCRIPTION --------- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10.130 Form of AMENDED AND RESTATED SALE AND SERVICING AGREEMENT, dated as of March 5, 2004, by and among Prudential Securities Secured Financing Corporation, as depositor (the "Depositor"), American Business Credit, Inc., as servicer (the "Servicer"), Wilshire Credit Corporation, as back-up servicer, JPMorgan Chase Bank, (f/k/a Chase Bank of Texas, N.A.), as collateral agent (in such capacity, the "Collateral Agent"), and JPMorgan Chase Bank (f/k/a The Chase Manhattan Bank), as indenture trustee (in such capacity, the "Indenture Trustee"), and: (i) ABFS MORTGAGE LOAN TRUST 1999-2, as issuer (the "1999-2 Trust"), amending and restating Sale and Servicing Agreement, dated as of June 1, 1999, by and among the Depositor, the 1999-2 Trust, the Servicer, the Collateral Agent and the Indenture Trustee; (ii) ABFS MORTGAGE LOAN TRUST 1999-3, as issuer (the "1999-3 Trust"), amending and restating the Sale and Servicing Agreement, dated as of September 1, 1999, by and among the Depositor, the 1999-3 Trust, the Servicer, the Collateral Agent and the Indenture Trustee. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.5 of the Registrant's 03/31/04 Form 10-Q). 10.131 Form of SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE NO. 1, dated as of March 5, 2004, between JPMorgan Chase Bank (f/k/a The Chase Manhattan Bank), as indenture trustee (the "Indenture Trustee") and: (i) ABFS MORTGAGE LOAN TRUST 1999-2, as issuer (the "1999-2 Trust"), supplementing the Indenture, dated as of June 1, 1999, between the 1999-2 Trust and the Indenture Trustee; (ii) ABFS MORTGAGE LOAN TRUST 1999-3, as issuer (the "1999-3 Trust"), supplementing the Indenture, dated as of September 1, 1999, between the 1999-3 Trust and the Indenture Trustee. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.6 of the Registrant's 03/31/04 Form 10-Q). 10.132 Form of amended DEFINED TERMS, constituting Appendix I to Exhibits 10.130 and 10.131. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.7 of the Registrant's 03/31/04 Form 10-Q).
EXHIBIT NUMBER DESCRIPTION --------- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10.133 Amendment No. 1 to the POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENT, SERIES 2003-1, dated as of the October 31, 2003, by and among Bear Stearns Asset Backed Securities, Inc., as Depositor (the "Depositor"), American Business Credit, Inc., as Servicer ("Servicer"), EMC Mortgage Corporation, as Back-Up Servicer, JPMorgan Chase Bank, as Trustee and Collateral Agent, Bear Stearns & Co. Inc., as Class A-1 Certificateholder, and Radian Asset Assurance Inc., as Certificate Insurer, amending the Pooling And Servicing Agreement relating to ABFS MORTGAGE LOAN TRUST 2003-1, dated as of March 1, 2003, by and among the Depositor, the Servicer, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, in its capacity as trustee, collateral agent and back-up servicer. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.8 of the Registrant's 03/31/04 Form 10-Q). 10.134 AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO THE POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENT, SERIES 2002-1, dated as of February 20, 2004, by and among Bear Stearns Asset Backed Securities, Inc., as depositor (the "Depositor"), American Business Credit, Inc., as servicer ("ABC"), JPMorgan Chase Bank, as trustee and collateral agent (the "Trustee"), Ambac Assurance Corporation, as Certificate Insurer and party entitled to exercise the voting rights of the Majority, and ABFS Warehouse Trust 2003-1, as Class R Certificateholder, amending the POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENT, dated as of March 1, 2002, by and among the Depositor, ABC and the Trustee. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.9 of the Registrant's 03/31/04 Form 10-Q).
EXHIBIT NUMBER DESCRIPTION --------- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10.135 Form of AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO THE SALE AND SERVICING AGREEMENT, dated as of February 20, 2004, by and among, American Business Credit, Inc., as Servicer ("ABC"), JPMorgan Chase Bank (formerly known as The Chase Manhattan Bank), as indenture trustee and JPMorgan Chase Bank (as successor to Chase Bank of Texas, N.A.) as collateral agent (collectively, the "Indenture Trustee"), Ambac Assurance Corporation, as Note Insurer and as the party entitled to exercise the voting rights of the Majority Noteholders, ABFS Warehouse Trust 2003-1, as Holder of a majority of the Percentage Interest in the Trust Certificates, and: (i) Prudential Securities Secured Financing Corporation, as Depositor (the "Depositor") and ABFS Mortgage Loan Trust 2000-1, as issuer (the "2000-1 Trust"), amending the Sale and Servicing Agreement, dated as of March 1, 2000 by and among the Depositor, ABC, the Indenture Trustee and the 2000-1 Trust; (ii) Prudential Securities Secured Financing Corporation, as Depositor (the "Depositor") and ABFS Mortgage Loan Trust 2000-2, as issuer (the "2000-2 Trust"), amending the Sale And Servicing Agreement, dated as of June 1, 2000 by and among the Depositor, ABC, the Indenture Trustee and the 2000-2 Trust; (iii) Prudential Securities Secured Financing Corporation, as Depositor (the "Depositor") and ABFS Mortgage Loan Trust 2000-3, as issuer (the "2000-3 Trust"), amending the Sale And Servicing Agreement, dated as of September 1, 2000 by and among the Depositor, ABC, the Indenture Trustee and the 2000-3 Trust; (iv) Bear Stearns Asset Backed Securities, Inc., as depositor (the "Depositor") and ABFS Mortgage Loan Trust 2000-4, as issuer (the "2000-4 Trust"), amending the Sale and Servicing Agreement, dated as of December 1, 2000 by and among the Depositor, ABC, the Indenture Trustee and the 2000-4 Trust. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.10 of the Registrant's 03/31/04 Form 10-Q). 10.136 Waiver dated March 9, 2004 to the Pooling And Servicing Agreement, dated as of March 1, 2002, as amended February 20, 2004 ("Pooling Agreement"), and the Sale And Servicing Agreements, dated, respectively, as of March 1, 2000, June 1, 2000, September 1, 2000 and December 1, 2000, each as amended February 20, 2004 ("Sale Agreements"), issued by Ambac Assurance Corporation, as Certificate Insurer under the Pooling Agreement and as Note Insurer under the Sale Agreements. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.11 of the Registrant's 03/31/04 Form 10-Q).
EXHIBIT NUMBER DESCRIPTION --------- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10.137 Waiver, dated April 14, 2004, to the Pooling And Servicing Agreement, dated as of March 1, 2002, as amended February 20, 2004 ("Pooling Agreement"), and the Sale And Servicing Agreements, dated, respectively, as of March 1, 2000, June 1, 2000, September 1, 2000 and December 1, 2000, each as amended February 20, 2004 ("Sale Agreements"), issued by Ambac Assurance Corporation, as Certificate Insurer under the Pooling Agreement and as Note Insurer under the Sale Agreements. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.12 of the Registrant's 03/31/04 Form 10-Q). 10.138 Amendment No. 2 to the POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENT, SERIES 2003-1, dated as of April 30, 2004, by and among Bear Stearns Asset Backed Securities, Inc., as Depositor (the "Depositor"), American Business Credit, Inc., as Servicer ("Servicer"), EMC Mortgage Corporation, as Back-Up Servicer, JPMorgan Chase Bank, as Trustee and Collateral Agent, Bear Stearns & Co., Inc., as Class A-1 Certificateholder, and Radian Asset Assurance, Inc., as Certificate Insurer, amending the Pooling And Servicing Agreement relating to ABFS MORTGAGE LOAN TRUST 2003-1, dated as of March 1, 2003, by and among the Depositor, the Servicer, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, in its capacity as trustee, collateral agent and back-up servicer. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.13 of the Registrant's 03/31/04 Form 10-Q). 10.139 Fourth Waiver Letter, dated as of March 31, 2004, from JPMorgan Chase Bank regarding (i) the Sale and Servicing Agreement, dated as of September 22, 2003, among ABFS Balapointe, Inc., HomeAmerican Credit, Inc., American Business Mortgage Services, Inc., American Business Credit, Inc., ABFS Mortgage Loan Warehouse Trust 2003-1 ("Trust"), American Business Financial Services, Inc., and JPMorgan Chase Bank, as indenture trustee and collateral agent ("Indenture Trustee") and JPMorgan Chase Bank, as note purchaser, and (ii) the Indenture, dated as of September 22, 2003, between the Trust and the Indenture Trustee. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.14 of the Registrant's 03/31/04 Form 10-Q). 10.140 Amendment No. 1 to Sale and Servicing Agreement, dated as of May 12, 2004, amending the Sale and Servicing Agreement, dated as of September 22, 2003, among ABFS Balapointe, Inc., HomeAmerican Credit, Inc., American Business Mortgage Services, Inc., American Business Credit, Inc., ABFS Mortgage Loan Warehouse Trust 2003-1, American Business Financial Services, Inc., and JPMorgan Chase Bank, as note purchaser and as indenture trustee and collateral agent. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.15 of the Registrant's 03/31/04 Form 10-Q). 10.141 Employment Agreement dated May 24, 2004 by and between American Business Financial Services, Inc. and Stephen M. Giroux. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.141 to the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2004, filed on October 13, 2004 (the "2004 Form 10-K").**
EXHIBIT NUMBER DESCRIPTION --------- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10.142 Security Agreement dated June 30, 2004 among ABFS Consolidated Holdings, Inc., American Business Mortgage Services, Inc., HomeAmerican Credit, Inc., and American Business Credit, Inc., and U.S. Bank National Association. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K dated June 28, 2004). 10.143 Amendment No. 4 dated as of September 16, 2004, to Sale and Servicing Agreement, among ABFS Balapointe, Inc., as depositor, HomeAmerican Credit, Inc., d/b/a Upland Mortgage ("Upland"), American Business Mortgage Services, Inc. ("ABMS" together with Upland, the "Originators"), and American Business Credit, Inc., ABFS Mortgage Loan Warehouse Trust 2003-1, as trust, American Business Financial Services, Inc., as sponsor, JP Morgan Chase Bank, as indenture trustee, JPMorgan Chase Bank, as collateral agent, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, as note purchaser. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.1 of the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K dated September 20, 2004). 10.144 Amendment No. 5 dated as of September 30, 2004, to Sale and Servicing Agreement, among ABFS Balapointe, Inc., as depositor, HomeAmerican Credit, Inc., d/b/a Upland Mortgage ("Upland"), American Business Mortgage Services, Inc. ("ABMS" together with Upland, the "Originators"), and American Business Credit, Inc., as servicer, ABFS Mortgage Loan Warehouse Trust 2003-1, as trust, American Business Financial Services, Inc., as sponsor, JP Morgan Chase Bank, as indenture trustee, JPMorgan Chase Bank, as collateral agent, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, as note purchaser. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.1 of the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K dated September 17, 2004). 10.145 Amendment Number One to Master Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of September 30, 2004, by and between Chrysalis Warehouse Funding, LLC, as lender, and ABFS Warehouse Trust 2003-2, as borrower. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.145 to the 2004 Form 10-K). 10.146 Letter Purchase Agreement dated as of September 27, 2004 by and among 50 By 50 LLC, as buyer, and American Business Financial Services, Inc., as seller, and acknowledged and agreed to by ABFS Consolidated Holdings, Inc. and American Business Credit, Inc. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.146 to the 2004 Form 10-K).
EXHIBIT NUMBER DESCRIPTION --------- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10.147 Fifth Waiver Letter, dated as of June 30, 2004, from JPMorgan Chase Bank regarding (i) the Sale and Servicing Agreement, dated as of September 22, 2003, among ABFS Balapointe, Inc., HomeAmerican Credit, Inc., American Business Mortgage Services, Inc., American Business Credit, Inc., ABFS Mortgage Loan Warehouse Trust 2003-1 ("Trust"), American Business Financial Services, Inc., and JPMorgan Chase Bank, as indenture trustee and collateral agent ("Indenture Trustee") and JPMorgan Chase Bank, as note purchaser, and (ii) the Indenture, dated as of September 22, 2003, between the Trust and the Indenture Trustee. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.147 to the 2004 Form 10-K). 10.148 Sixth Waiver Letter, dated as of September 30, 2004, from JPMorgan Chase Bank regarding (i) the Sale and Servicing Agreement, dated as of September 22, 2003, among ABFS Balapointe, Inc., HomeAmerican Credit, Inc., American Business Mortgage Services, Inc., American Business Credit, Inc., ABFS Mortgage Loan Warehouse Trust 2003-1 ("Trust"), American Business Financial Services, Inc., and JPMorgan Chase Bank, as indenture trustee and collateral agent ("Indenture Trustee") and JPMorgan Chase Bank, as note purchaser, and (ii) the Indenture, dated as of September 22, 2003, between the Trust and the Indenture Trustee. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.148 to the 2004 Form 10-K). 10.149 First Amendment to Security Agreement dated October 13, 2004 to Security Agreement dated June 30, 2004 by and among ABFS Consolidated Holdings, Inc., American Business Mortgage Services, Inc., HomeAmerican Credit, Inc., American Business Credit, Inc., and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee.* 10.150 First Amendment to Security Agreement dated October 13, 2004 to Security Agreement dated December 31, 2003 by and among ABFS Consolidated Holdings, Inc., American Business Mortgage Services, Inc., HomeAmerican Credit, Inc., American Business Credit, Inc., and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee.* 10.151 Form of Waiver, dated May 11, 2004, June 7, 2004, July 2, 2004, August 3, 2004, September 8, 2004 and October 4, 2004, to the Pooling And Servicing Agreement, dated as of March 1, 2002, as amended February 20, 2004 ("Pooling Agreement"), and the Sale And Servicing Agreements, dated, respectively, as of March 1, 2000, June 1, 2000, September 1, 2000 and December 1, 2000, each as amended February 20, 2004 ("Sale Agreements"), issued by Ambac Assurance Corporation, as Certificate Insurer under the Pooling Agreement and as Note Insurer under the Sale Agreements. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.149 to the 2004 Form 10-K). 10.152 Amendment No. 2, dated as of June 24, 2004, to Sale and Servicing Agreement, among ABFS Balapointe, Inc., as depositor, HomeAmerican Credit, Inc., d/b/a Upland Mortgage ("Upland"), American Business Mortgage Services, Inc. ("ABMS" together with Upland, the "Originators"), and American Business Credit, Inc., as servicer, ABFS Mortgage Loan Warehouse Trust 2003-1, as trust, American Business Financial Services, Inc., as sponsor, JPMorgan Chase Bank, as indenture trustee, JPMorgan Chase Bank, as collateral agent, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, as note purchaser. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.1 of the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2004, filed on November 12, 2004 (the "09/30/04 Form 10-Q")). 10.153 Amendment No. 3, dated as of June 30, 2004, to Sale and Servicing Agreement, among ABFS Balapointe, Inc., as depositor, HomeAmerican Credit, Inc., d/b/a Upland Mortgage ("Upland"), American Business Mortgage Services, Inc. ("ABMS" together with Upland, the "Originators"), and American Business Credit, Inc., as servicer, ABFS Mortgage Loan Warehouse Trust 2003-1, as trust, American Business Financial Services, Inc., as sponsor, JPMorgan Chase Bank, as indenture trustee, JPMorgan Chase Bank, as collateral agent, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, as note purchaser. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.2 of the 09/30/04 Form 10-Q.). 10.154 Seventh Waiver Letter, dated as of October 31, 2004, from JPMorgan Chase Bank regarding (i) the Sale and Servicing Agreement, dated as of September 22, 2003, among ABFS Balapointe, Inc., HomeAmerican Credit, Inc., American Business Mortgage Services, Inc., American Business Credit, Inc., ABFS Mortgage Loan Warehouse Trust 2003-1 ("Trust"), American Business Financial Services, Inc., and JPMorgan Chase Bank, as indenture trustee and collateral agent ("Indenture Trustee") and JPMorgan Chase Bank, as note purchaser, and (ii) the Indenture, dated as of September 22, 2003, between the Trust and the Indenture Trustee. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.3 of the 09/30/04 Form 10-Q.). 10.155 Amendment No. 6, dated as of November 5, 2004, to Sale and Servicing Agreement, among ABFS Balapointe, Inc., as depositor, HomeAmerican Credit, Inc., d/b/a Upland Mortgage ("Upland"), American Business Mortgage Services, Inc. ("ABMS" together with Upland, the "Originators"), and American Business Credit, Inc., as servicer, ABFS Mortgage Loan Warehouse Trust 2003-1, as trust, American Business Financial Services, Inc., as sponsor, JPMorgan Chase Bank, as indenture trustee, JPMorgan Chase Bank, as collateral agent, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, as note purchaser. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.4 of the 09/30/04 Form 10-Q.). 10.156 Master Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of November 4, 2004, by and between Penn Square East Funding, LLC, as borrower, and Fortress Credit Corp., as lender. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.5 of the 09/30/04 Form 10-Q.). 10.157 Asset Purchase Agreement, dated as of November 4, 2004, between HomeAmerican Credit, Inc. and American Business Mortgage Services, Inc., jointly and severally, as Sellers, and Penn Square East Funding, LLC, as Purchaser. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.6 of the 09/30/04 Form 10-Q.). 10.158 Servicing Agreement, dated as of November 4, 2004, between Penn Square East Funding, LLC, as Owner, Fortress Credit Corp., as Lender, American Business Mortgage Services, Inc. and HomeAmerican Credit, Inc., jointly and severally, as Servicer, and Countrywide Home Loans Servicing LP, as Backup Servicer. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.7 of the 09/30/04 Form 10-Q.). 10.159 Pledge and Security Agreement, dated as of November 4, 2004, made and given by HomeAmerican Credit, Inc. and American Business Mortgage Services, Inc., each a Grantor and, collectively, Grantors, in favor of Fortress Credit Corp., as Secured Party. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.8 of the 09/30/04 Form 10-Q.). 10.160 Commitment Letter, dated as of October 26, 2004, from The Patriot Group, LLC to American Business Financial Services, Inc. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.9 of the 09/30/04 Form 10-Q.). 10.161 Letter, dated November 8, 2004, amending Commitment Letter, dated October 26, 2004, from The Patriot Group, LLC to American Business Financial Services, Inc. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.10 of the 09/30/04 Form 10-Q.). 10.162 Consents and Amendment to Fee Letter, dated October 26, 2004, from Clearwing Capital, LLC to ABFS Consolidated Holdings, Inc. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.11 of the 09/30/04 Form 10-Q.).
EXHIBIT NUMBER DESCRIPTION --------- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10.163 Commitment Letter, dated as of November 1, 2004, from The CIT Group/Business Credit, Inc. and Clearwing Captial, LLC to American Business Financial Services, Inc. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.12 of the 09/30/04 Form 10-Q.). 11.1 Statement of Computation of Per Share Earnings (Included in Note 21 of the Notes to June 30, 2004 Consolidated Financial Statements).
EXHIBIT NUMBER DESCRIPTION --------- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 12.1 Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges. (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 12.1 to the 2004 Form 10-K). 23.1 Consent of Blank Rome LLP. (Included in Exhibit 5.1). 23.2 Consent of BDO Seidman, LLP. 24.1 Power of Attorney.* 25.1 Statement of Eligibility and Qualification under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 on Form T-1.* 99.1 Form of Rate Supplement, Form of Order Form and Other Materials.
------------------ * Previously filed. ** Indicates management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement. Exhibit numbers correspond to the exhibits required by Item 601 of Regulation S-K for a Registration Statement on Form S-2.